Full text of "Annals of the Carnegie Museum"

See other formats

i ~
rane TE

ri fae ab aiatraraniN-To4

ees

Nine 4

ike o

: es
oe efes
ee

ohare
oral

itrteni ters “
se annette Trees enacergrosie
pits) ja eryiatae Oe! wie
‘

”
¥

Se ahaeh
SD Roftdoseab hare @aed

debs
ie

eae

ANNALS

OF THE

ei
~

CARNEGIE MUSEUM

eel

VOLUME. X:

1916

Wile HOLLANDS Aare,

PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHORITY OF THE
BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTE

JANUARY AND JULY, 1916

PRESS OF
THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PA

abe Ob CONEENTS.

Tit!e-page and Table of Contents
List of Plates
List of Figures in Text

Errata et Corrigenda .
Editorial Notes
he
Tt

III.

. A New Species of eee ren ae By W. J. Holland
. The Birds of the Isle of Pines. By W. E. Clyde Todd
. The Reptiles and Amphibians of the Isle of Pines. By

Description of a Mee Saece of Tomoise aoe the Jurassic
of Utah. By Charles W. Gilmore : : ;

The Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. By W. P.
Haynes

Description of a New eae ie ae de Seen
By Carl H. Eigenmann

. Some Marine Fishes from Ghoanes Wee Bodadon By

Charles Wilson .

. On Apareiodon, a New eae ai Ghartid ene By Carl

H. Eigenmann .

. New and Rare Fishes Hon ooh erica Rivers. By

Carl H. Eigenmann .

. Description of Three New ereries af Chiacd Fishes. By

Carl H. Eigenmann and Arthur W. Henn

. On the Species of Salminus. By Carl H. Eigenmann .
. On Various South American Peeciliid Fishes. By Arthur

W. Henn

Thomas Barbour

. A List of the Land and Fick water Shells of ov Isle of

Pines. By John B. Henderson

/. The Pelecypoda of the Chazy Formation. By Percy E.

Raymond .

. South American Crickets, Grligeaiodes: and Abtetnides:

By Lawrence Bruner

I. A Preliminary Catalog of the North Ampican ehenciicle.

By Victor Sterki, M.D.

. Some Directions and Suggestions for Collecting tae eine.

riide and Aquatic Gastropods. By Victor Sterki, M.D.
ili

PAGES.
i-iv
v-V1
Vil

Viil

owe Kew 5 309-314

7-12

93-142

- 143-145
. 146-296

. 297-308

478-486

1\ CONTENTS.

XVILM. The Lepidoptera of the Isle of Pines, being a List of the
Species Collected on the Island by Mr. J. L. Graf and
Mr. G. A. I.ink, Sr., in t910 and 1912-1913. By W. J.
Holland ~. 5 : : : : ; pees : . 487-518
XIX. A List of the Odonata Collected on the Isle of Pines by Mr.
J. L. Graf in 1910, and by Mr. G. A. Link in 1912-19132,
now Contained in the Carnegie Museum. By Hugo Kahl. 519-526
XX. A Trip to Islands in Lake Erie. By Calvin Goodrich. . 527-531
XXI. Notes on the Land-shells of the Islands at the Western End
of Lake Erie and Description of New Varieties. By
George H. Clapp : ; ’ é : : f
XXII. A List of the Orthoptera Collected in the Isle of Pines by
J. L. Graf, t910, and G. A. Link, 1912-1913. By W. J.
Holland and Hugo Kahl . : : ; ; : : . 542-546
Index . : é 5 : : ; : : ‘ : . 547-576

532-541

ks
JUN
IV.
VoVECL
IX.
X.
XI.
XII.
XIII.
XIV.
XV.
XVI.

XVII.
XVIII.

XXI.
XXII.

XXII.
XXIV.

XXV.
XXVI

XXVII.

SE On SPiN LES,

Carapace and Plastron of Glyptops utahensis Gilmore, Type.

Carapace and Plastron of Glyptops utahensis Gilmore, Paratype.

Geologic Map of Region about Three Forks, Montana.

Columnar sections of the Three Forks formation.

Brachiopods from Green Shales, Montana.

Sphagebranchus conklini Eigenmann, Type.

Umbrina tumacoénsis Wilson, Type.

A pareiodon affinis (Steindachner), Type of Parodon paraguayensis
Eigenmann; A pareiodon itapicuruénsis Eigenmann, Type.

A pareiodon hasemani Eigenmann, Type.

Agoniates anchovia Eigenmann, Type.

Corydoras mete Eigenmann, Type; Ofocinclus spectabilis Eigen-
mann, Type, inferior and superior views.

Gnathocharax steindachnert Fowler.

Stethaprion crenatus Eigenmann, Type.

Hemiodus parnague Eigenmann & Henn, Type.

Rivulus compressus Wenn, Type; Phalloceras caudomaculatus
(Hensel).

. Diphyacantha chocoénsis Henn, Type and Paratype; Limza holland

Henn, Type; Neoheterandria elegans Henn, Type and Paratype.

. Heterandria hasemani Henn, Type; Phalloptychus eigenmanni

Henn, Type and Paratype.

Phallotorynus fasciolatus Henn, Type and Paratype.

Casas Mountains near Nueva Gerona; Jungle on upper slopes of
Caballos Mountains, Isle of Pines.

Palmetto-pine Scrub; Grove of Royal Palms; Bottle Palms, Isle
of Pines.

Grove of Caribbean Pines near McKinley, Isle of Pines; Mangroves
and grass along river-bank, Isle of Pines.

Characteristic view in the Cienaga; Sea-cliffs at Punta del Este,
Isle of Pines.

Cuban Nighthawk, Chordeiles virginianus minor (Cabanis) on nest,
Santa Barbara, Isle of Pines.

Map of the Isle of Pines, West Indies.

List OF EVATES.

. Lateral view of anterior portion and dorsal view of top of head of
Leimadophis nebulatus sp. nov.

Lateral view of anterior portion and dorsal view of top of head of
L. andree.

. Pelecypoda of the Chazy Formation.

. Lepidoptera of the Isle of Pines.

. Shells from the Western Islands of Lake Erie.

. Diagrams showing diameters and heights of Pyramidula strontiana

and P. roseo-apicata Clapp.

7, Diagrams showing diameters and heights of Pyramidula alternata

ertensis Clapp.

. Diagrams showing diameters and heights of Polvgyra profunda

strontiana Clapp.

. Diagram of diameters and heights of Polygyra albolabris goodrichi

Clapp. Mr. Bryant Walker collecting Polygyra goodrichi on

Middle Sister Island. Mr. George H. Clapp collecting shells on

Middle Sister Island. |

Mist Or. FIGURES.

PAGES
Glyptops utahensis. Carapace of type 9
Glyptops utahensis. Plastron of type 10
Mouth of A goniates anchovia Eigenmann ; 78
Predorsal spine of Stethaprion crenatus Eigenmann 81
Scale of Stethaprion crenatus Eigenmann 81

Diagrammatic sketch of Pecilia vivipara, &, showing modification of
last two precaudal vertebre to form a support for intromittent
organ : :

Diphyacantha, See Henry deel ot of intromittent organ

Priapichthys nigroventralis (Eigenmann & Henn), distal end of intro-
mittent organ : 3 : Z : ;

Heterandria formosa Agassiz, cipal end of intromittent organ

Neoheterandria elegans Henn, distal end of intromittent organ

Pseudopecilia fria (Eigenmann & Henn), distal end of intromittent organ

Pecilopsis amates (Miller), distal end of intromittent organ

Phallotorynus fasciolatus Henn, side view and anal fin of male

Phallotorynus fasciolatus Henn, inferior view of premaxillaries with teeth

Phallotorynus fasciolatus Henn, view from above of terminal portion of
anal; view from below of-same object

Phallotorynus fasciolatus Henn, section through center Ai eae al 6
anal; section through posterior portion of terminal part or scoop of
the anal. : ;

Pecilia melanzona Giese alist neal as anal of male

Mollienisia latipinna Le Seur, distal end of anal of male .

Mollienisia caucana (Steindachner), distal end of anal of male .

Limia hollandi Henn, distal end of anal of male : :

Method of making a cheap ring for a net for collecting small ane

Vil

ERRATA £2 -CORRIGE NDE.

P. 25, 5th line from top, for ‘“/ena”’ read leana.

ne,

—
Y

a Mea eke MODEL SAS CLS

. 39, 3rd line from bottom, and 40, 14th line from bottom, for “‘kellogi”’

read kelloggi.

53;
. 544,

. 71, 10th line from bottom, for “hkasemanni”’ read hasemant.

22nd line from bottom, for ‘‘ Pharacrocorax”’ read Phalacrocorax.
17th line from bottom, for ‘‘auricola”’ read auricoma.

7th line from top, for “‘oxydactyla”’ read oxydactylus.

19th line from bottom, for “ Anurogyllus”’ read Anurogryllus.

‘

23rd line from bottom, for ‘“‘immaculata”’ read tmmaculatus.

Ist, ond, and 5th lines from top, for ‘‘augusticollis” read angusticollis.
15th line from bottom, for “ Hapithes’’ read Hapithus.

16th line from top, for “‘ (Draper) ’’ read (Drapernaud).

22nd line from top, for “ Giddings ’’ read Gould.

ard line from bottom, for “ Mousensis’’ read mynesites.

for “‘ AZpIpopIDa’’ read CEDIPODID®.

Vill

ANNALS \

fan NIE GLE MUSEUM

VoL. x, Nos: § AND. 2.

EDITORIAL NOTES.

THE month of May and the first two weeks in June were spent by
the Director on the Pacific coast, whither he had gone at the invitation
of the authorities of the Panama-Pacific International Exposition,
to act as a member of the International Jury in the Department of
Education. The work of the Jury was more or less exacting, so that
little time could be devoted to anything else. Nevertheless a visit
to the University of California on Commencement Day, and a visit to
Leland Stanford University on Baccalaureate Sunday, permitted the
Director to renew his acquaintance with Professor J. C. Merriam at
Berkeley and to inspect the wonderful paleontological collections
which he has acquired, and to enjoy the hospitality of Dr. and Mrs.
D. Starr Jordan at Palo Alto, and to glance at the ichthyological
treasures in the Museum of the University.

After his work as a member of the Jury had been completed, the
Director was able to find time to view the Yosemite, where he spent a
couple of days, and then to repair to Los Angeles and San Diego
Near Los Angeles the remarkable deposit at Rancho la Brea was
inspected. The kindness of Dr. Frank S. Daggett, the Director of the
beautiful Museum of History, Science, and Art of Los Angeles County,
on the occasion of a visit paid to the institution, will never be forgotten.
The action of the authorities of Los Angeles County in appropriating
a sum of money for the thorough scientific exploitation of the fossil
Beds at Rancho la Brea is most gratifying as an illustration of in-

2 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

telligent interest in scientific matters. The wonderful results in the
recovery of vast numbers of splendid specimens representing the
Pleistocene fauna of California, is most remarkable. The researches of
Professor Merriam, now being followed up by the work of Dr. Daggett
and his associates, will reveal the life which existed in Pleistocene times
upon the Pacific coast in a manner unparalleled by any similar work.
The number of species of mammals and birds preserved in these
asphalt beds is astonishingly large, and we impatiently wait for the
publications, which are in course of preparation, and which will give in
detail an account of the discoveries made.

From Los Angeles the Director proceeded to Utah, where he viewed
the Carnegie Quarry near Jensen, spending some time with Mr.
Douglass going over the work which has been accomplished during
the past year or more. The result in many respects has been very
gratifying, resulting in the recovery of specimens representing many
species which lived in Jurassic time, and which in perfection are not
surpassed, and in fact are not equaled by those obtained by any other
institution in existence. The old sand-bars here uncovered are almost
as rich in animal remains as are the pitch-beds at Rancho la Brea.
The creatures are of course wholly different, representing the Age of
Reptiles rather than the Age of Mammals and Birds.

IT is with sorrow that we record the death, on April 24, of Mr. William
H. Reed, the Curator of the Museum of the University of Wyoming.
Mr. Reed was born on June 9, 1848, near Hartford, Connecticut. In
his early boyhood the family removed to Michigan, and later to
Nebraska. In his early manhood, he resided for a time in Ohio, and
in the year 1880 married Miss Anna Clark of Milford Center in that
state. Later he returned to Wyoming, and becoming acquainted with
Professor Othniel C. Marsh, of Yale University, who was engaged in
investigating the Jurassic deposits near Como Bluff on the line of the
Union Pacific Railway, was taken into the employment of Professor
Marsh, and continued to serve him for several years. He became
deeply interested, and secured for Professor Marsh a great deal of
valuable material. He was very successful as a prospector and col-
lector in the field. Subsequently he became associated with the late
Professor Wilbur C. Knight of the University of Wyoming, under
whom he worked as a preparator in paleontology.

EDITORIAL. 3

In the spring of the year 1899 he entered into the employment of
the Carnegie Museum as a field assistant under the Director. He was
a member of the party led by Dr. Jacob L. Wortman which discovered
the specimen of Diplodocus carnegiet near Sheep Creek in Albany
County, Wyoming. In fact, that discovery was due to Mr. Reed.
The Fourth of July was being celebrated in camp as a holiday, and
Mr. Reed, shouldering his rifle, went out to hunt, and on his rambles
discovered the deposit which yielded up the skeleton of that now
famous specimen. The winter of 1899 was spent by him at the
Carnegie Museum in the paleontological laboratory. In the spring he
resumed work in the field under the late Professor J. B. Hatcher. In
the summer of 1900 he voluntarily left the employment of the Carnegie
Museum and engaged in copper mining. Later he resumed his con-
nection with the University of Wyoming as Curator of the Museum
of the University and as preparator of fossils.

Mr. Reed, although he had enjoyed but few advantages in early
life, by reading and contact with men had acquired considerable
familiarity with the subject of paleontology, and as a collector proved
himself efficient. It was often said of him that he “ had a nose for
and found them where others passed them by unobserved.

’

fossils,’

The news of his death awakens a flood of memories in the minds of
his friends at the Carnegie Institute, who trekked with him over the
mesas and explored the canyons of eastern and south central Wyoming
in the years 1899 and 1900. His good humor, his inexhaustible fund
of amusing anecdotes and stories of life on the plains in the days of
the early settlement, told in his own inimitable way, remain firmly
fixed in the memories of those who enjoyed his companionship.

To his widow and children the Director on behalf of his former
associates desires in these lines to express heartfelt sympathy in view
of their sad bereavement.

OnE of the very interesting discoveries made by Mr. Douglass in the
Carnegie quarry in Utah is that of a perfect skull of a Diplodocus
directly articulated with the atlas, which is followed by the remaining
vertebre of the neck. This beautiful specimen settles for all time
the question as to the type of skull which beionged to Diplodocus.
It is profoundly to be wished that as definite information could be
secured as to the heads of some of the other genera of sauropod dino-

4 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

saurs. As the Director pointed out in his paper read before the
Paleontological Society on December 31, 1914, there is no positive
certainty as to the head which belonged to A patosaurus. No speci-
men has as yet been found with the skull so situated in relation to the
cervical vertebre as to remove the question from the field of con-
troversy. The association made by Professor Marsh, which has
generally been accepted by those who have not had opportunities to
closely study the subject, appears to have been in the nature of a
guess. There is a good deal of reason to think that Professor Marsh
may have been in error.

Mr. AND Mrs. Otto E. JENNINGS have returned from the State of.
Washington where they spent the summer making botanical collections
for the Museum. They were highly successful and the result has been
the acquisition by the herbarium of many thousands of specimens
representing in the neighborhood of fifteen hundred species of the
flowering plants of that State. Collections were made by Mr. Jen-
nings on the high mountains, in the arid interior, and along the coast.
Incidentally Mrs. Jennings succeeded in collecting quite a number of
insects, some of which are entirely new to our collections.

Dr. ARNOLD E. ORTMANN has twice visited the drainage basin of the
Tennessee, and has made very large collections both in its upper
affluents and in the broader reaches of the river below Knoxville.
He reports that this Museum now possesses as the result of his re-
searches the largest and most perfect collection of the mollusca and
crustacea of eastern Tennessee in existence in any museum. His
studies, based upon these extensive collections, will enable him to
clear up a number of disputed questions as to synonymy and will
pave the way for the preparation of a monograph similar to that upon
the molluscan fauna of the Ohio River which is in course of preparation.

WE have acquired by purchase from Mr. Samuel M. Klages a very
large collection of the birds of Venezuela, which adds a multitude of
species of South American forms to our collection. From the same
source we have also secured a considerable collection of the lepidoptera
of the same country.

EDITORIAL. 5

WE have purchased a collection of the lepidoptera of Arizona made
by Mr. O. C. Poling during the past summer, which will add a number
of species to the collection which heretofore have not been represented.

WE are indebted to Mr. Herbert DuPuy for the gift to the Museum of
a model of a Pullman parlor car. It is one of two models, in the fabri-
cation of which it is stated that two thousand dollars’ worth of gold
and silver was employed. The model is about three feet long. It
will be provided with small electric lights which will enable the inte-
rior as well as the exterior, to be thoroughly inspected. Every
minute detail is reproduced in miniature, even to the cuspidors on
the floor.

Dr. L. E. GRIFFIN has been working diligently during the summer of
I9I5 in arranging the collections of recent reptiles in the Museum,
and reports that he is now in a position to begin the preparation of a
catalog, which will include, when published, descriptions of a
number of species new to science.

Mucu industry has been displayed by Dr. Eigenmann, the Curator
of Ichthyology, during the past summer. He has partly re-arranged
the collections and has studied and described a number of species new
to science. He was assisted by Mr. Arthur W. Henn, who has now
left us in order to take up a course of postgraduate study at Columbia
University, where he is reading for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy.
One of the results of Mr. Henn’s work during the summer has been
the preparation of a highly interesting and important paper upon
the Peeciliide, which the Director takes pleasure in issuing in the
present number of the ANNALS. A large and important paper by
Dr. Eigenmann upon the Cheirodontine will shortly appear as Part 1
of Vol. VII of the Memoirs. It is in the hands of the printer.

ARRANGEMENTS have been concluded for the purchase from Mr. Alan
W. Owston of Yokohama of his entire collection of the fishes of Japan,

6 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

known to be the largest and most complete collection of fishes from
Japanese waters in private hands. The acquisition of this assemblage
of specimens taken in conjunction with collections previously obtained
from Japan, Korea, and Formosa, places the Carnegie Museum in the
position of having probably the most complete collection of the
fishes of those regions in America.

i
ta,
“eee

I. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF TORTOISE FROM
THEAsURASSIC OF UTAH.

By CHARLES W. GILMORE.
(PLATES I-II.)

By the kindness of Dr. W. J. Holland, Director of the Carnegie
Museum, I am permitted to study and describe the large series of
fossil chelonian remains, which that museum has accumulated during
the years since 1906, before which time the collections in Pittsburgh
were subjected to study by Dr. O. P. Hay. It is proposed to treat
these collections in a series of articles, each to be devoted to the turtles
of a particular formation. The turtles from the Morrison beds are
the basis of the present communication. Being the most ancient of
any found in North America, they are of peculiar interest.

There are three specimens in the collection, all from the extensive
quarry near Jensen, Uinta County, Utah, from which the Carnegie
Museum has obtained a wonderful collection of the remains of
sauropodous dinosaurs. One of these specimens, Cat. No. 3411,
pertains to the well-known genus and species Glyptops plicatulus
(Cope), and is only of interest as greatly extending the known geo-
graphical range of this species. The remaining specimens I regard
as representing a new species of Glyptops to be described in the follow-
ing pages. The better preserved specimen, Cat. No. 3380, although
differing in several features from the type, is for the present at least
referred to the same species.

Glyptops utahensis sp. nov.

Type: Cat. No. 3412, complete carapace and plastron; Paratype:
Cat. No. 3380; both specimens collected by Earl Douglass, 1913,
at Carnegie Dinosaur Quarry, near Jensen, Uinta County, Utah.

Horizon: Morrison, Upper Jurassic.

The carapace of the type, when compared with Glyptops plicatulus
(Cope), is relatively long and narrow, with a depressed shell, having
its greatest depth of 63 mm. at the center. Transversely the carapace
is evenly convex, but antero-posteriorly the front portion is but little
below the level of the back, whereas the posterior portion descends

land

{

8 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

from the center to the posterior border on a long gradual slope. The
outline of the anterior border of the left side is somewhat distorted
from the healing of an old wound. (See PI. I, fig. 1.) Most of the
sutures can be clearly traced, but the sulci marking the limits of the
epidermal scutes, except on the ventral areas, cannot be determined in
either specimen, and as to the extent of the dorsal scutes we must
await the discovery of additional material.

The carapace is 252 mm. long on the midline, and 178 mm. wide.
Compared with a specimen of Glyptops plicatulus in the U. S. National
Museum (Cat. No. 5458) the shell is more depressed and more elongate-
oval in its general contour. Anteriorly the border is excavated on
the midline and posteriorly it is evenly rounded with a narrow but
well-defined median notch. As in Glyptops plicatulus, there are eleven
peripherals, which extend outward nearly horizontally. Relatively
they are thin throughout the series, high on front and back, but narrow
above the bridges. The first and second have a height of 25 mm.,
the fifth of 16 mm.; the ninth of 29 mm.; the eleventh of 26 mm.
Their borders are thin and acute in front and behind, but thicken and
become somewhat obtuse toward and above the bridges. Along the
sides and toward the front on the upper surfaces the peripherals
curve upward, thus forming a well defined gutter (best shown in speci-
men No. 3380, Pl. II, Fig. 1), which becomes wider and shallower
especially toward the posterior ends. The deepest part of this
gutter is in the center of the peripherals, whereas in G. plicatulus it
is confined to the outer half of their superior surfaces.

The surface of the carapace is covered with small, rather obscure,
but irregularly placed tubercles and ridges, the latter on the median
part of the back having a tendency to run in a fore-and-aft direction,
but not forming a regular pattern. The sculpture of the carapace
would at once distinguish the species from G. plicatulus which as Hay!
says, ‘‘is finely sculptured with tubercles and winding ridges, there
being about thirteen ridges in a line 10 mm. long.’”’ The surface of
the plastron and the lower surfaces of the peripherals and bridges in
the type of G. utahensis are smooth and without sculpture, which would
serve to further distinguish it from G. plicatulus, which is sculptured
beneath. In the second specimen, Cat. No. 3380, there is a decided
longitudinal depression or sulcus along the carapace where the second,

1 Fossil Turtles of North America, Pub. Carnegie Inst., Washington, 1908, p. 49.

GILMORE: A NEw SPECIES OF TORTOISE. 9

third, fourth, and fifth costals join the peripherals, the inner edges of
the latter being raised and rounded over. This feature is not apparent
on the undamaged side of the type, where the surface of the costals
continue smoothly into those of the peripherals.

oa
aut

tas eee
us

Fic. 1. Glyptops utahensis. Carapace of type, No. 3412. One-third natural size.

The nuchal bone is quadrilateral, with the widest side posterior.
This side measures 48 mm. in length. The neurals are hexagonal,
with the widest end anterior, just as in G. plicatulus, except the eighth
neural, which is much longer than in any known specimen of that
species. The accompanying table presents the dimensions of the
neurals as compared with those of G. plicatulus, as given by Hay in
the publication cited above.

DIMENSIONS OF NEURALS.

G. utahensis. | G. plicatulus.
No. a ov Se Sse
Length. Width. Length. Width.
I 30 17 38 23
2 18e | 16e 30 26
3 25¢e 2I | 32 24
4 25e 24 | 26 23
5 19 | 20 | 27 23
6 19 19 19 19
7 15 16 | 18 20
8 22 16 18 21

e = estimated.

10 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The pygal measures 40 mm. transversely and 16 mm. antero-
posteriorly; at the median notch it is only 10 mm. fore-and-aft. As
in G. plicatulus there are two suprapygals.! The form of these bones
is well shown in Fig. 1. The greatest width of each is 53 mm.; the
antero-posterior diameter of the posterior element at the midline is
18 mm.; the same measurement of the anterior element is 14 mm.

The costal plates narrow in succession from before backward, the
eighth being relatively wider than in G. plicatulus.

The plastron is comparatively narrow. It is thin and flat, except
on the hinder two-thirds of the posterior lobe, which is shallowly
concave transversely. It has a length of 224 mm., and extends
slightly in advance of the border of the carapace. The anterior lobe
is 68 mm. long, its width at the base being 87 mm. The borders are
relatively thin and rounded.

The entoplastron measures 55 mm. in length, and 55 mm. in width.
It is more pointed behind than in G. plicatulus, resembling in this
respect the entoplastron of G. depressus Hay.

Fic. 2. Glyptops utahensis. Plastron of type, No. 3412. One-third natural size.

The mesoplastra differ in width at the midline, the right being 20
mm.; the left 23 mm. The hypoplastrals meet on the midline for
about 46 mm. ‘The xiphiplastral bones have their greatest length,
45 mm., at their median junction.

1 Hay, O. P., Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, Vol. 35, 1908, p. 162, Fig. I.

GILMORE: A NEw SPECIES OF TORTOISE. 11

The posterior lobe diminishes rapidly in width, backward from
the hypo-xiphiplastral suture, much as in Probaéna sculpta Hay.
Its posterior extremity is truncated, ending 38 mm. anterior to the
hinder margin of the carapace. The free borders of the hinder lobe
are acutely edged, the bones being but little thickened back from the
margin. The bridge is 87 mm. wide. The sulci of the plastron can
only be made out in part as shown in Fig. 2. The gular scutes are
broad, the sulci bounding them (See Fig. 2) curving outward and
slightly backward, much as in G. plicatulus, but not approaching the
epi-hyoplastral sutures so closely as in the latter species. The inter-
gulars cannot be differentiated. The gular-humeral sulcus cuts across
the antero-median part of the entoplastron. The humero-pectoral
sulcus passes almost straight across and behind the entoplastron.
Inframarginal scutes are present on the bridge, but their full outlines,
or exact number, cannot be determined from the present specimens.
They appear to lie almost entirely on the plastral bones.

The present species is distinguished from Glyptops plicatulus (Cope),
described from the same geological horizon, by the following differ-
ences:

(1) Elongated-oval contour of the carapace and its relatively narrow
transverse diameter.

(2) Difference in the pattern of the ornamentation of the carapace
and sculptureless plastron.

(3) Posterior lobe of plastron relatively narrow.

(4) The greater width of the gutter on the peripherals.

(5) Deeper median anterior emargination, with a narrow notch on the
median posterior border of the carapace.

(6) The greater length of the eighth neural.

From Glyptops celatus Hay the present species is distinguished at
once by the coarser and more regular ornamentation of the carapace
in the former. From G. pervicax, the relatively longer and narrower
anterior lobe of the present species is a distinguishing character.
From G. depressus Hay the species is differentiated by the narrower
nuchal and neural bones, by the regular decrease in width of the costals
from front to back, and the relatively narrower mesoplastrals.

Specimen No. 3380 from the same geological level and from the
same locality, although showing some differences, such as a longitudinal
sulcus, or groove, at the junction of the second, third, fourth, and fifth
costals with the peripherals, different contour of the entoplastron, and

i, ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

a slight transverse convexity of the bridges (in the type they are some-
what concave) on account of its close resemblance in form and other
features is referred to the present species. Its close resemblance to
the type is clearly shown by a comparison of Plates I and It.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fic. 1. Carapace of Glyptops utahensis. Type, No. 3412, Carnegie Museum

Cat. Foss. Vert. XX ate
100

Fic. 2. Plastronofthesame. xX =

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Fic. 1. Carapace of Glyptops utahensis. Paratype, No. 3380, Carnegie Mu-

oO
seum Cat. Foss. Vert. ago
100

fo)
Fic. 2. Plastronofthe same. X =

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X Plate I.

Fic. 1. Carapace of Glyptops utahensis Gilmore. Type. No. 3412, Cat. Vert. Foss. C. M.
Fic. 2. Plastron of Glyptops utahensis Gilmore. No. 3412,C.M. Both figures about 75 nat. size.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X. Plate II.

Fic. 1. Carapace of Glyptops utahensis Gilmore. Paratype, No. 3380, Cat. Vert.
Foss., Carnegie Museum.
Fic. 2. Plastron of Glyptops utahensis Gilmore. No. 3380, C. M. Both figures

about 74 nat. size.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X Plate III.

ure
Voy

LEGEND

SEDIMENTARY ROCKS

QUATLANARY

2
3
Fa
§
5

ee)
ay

CARBONITE ROU

CAINE RIAL

Rens e)
Nab Tare

Geology south plat h
bey AC Peale Tue '
Rewssed by WV PHayne

Geolowy north of Lats
tse Ww PE fangren Saree gee o®

Geologic Map of Region about Three Forks, Montana.

Il. THE FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA.
Part 2. THE STRATIGRAPHY AND THE BRACHIOPODA.

By W. P. HAYNES.

(PLATES III-VIII.)

A number of years ago Dr. P. E. Raymond undertook the description
of the fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana, basing his work upon
collections made by Mr. Earl Douglass and himself for the Carnegie
Museum. The first part, containing a description of the Cephalopoda
and a few other fossils from the ‘‘ Red shales,’”’ appeared in 1909 in
these ANNALS.

In this, the second contribution to the subject, the writer describes
the Brachiopoda, based on the material in the Carnegie Museum,
supplemented by collections, which he has himself made for the
Museum of Comparative Zoédlogy, and describes the stratigraphy of
the formation.

The writer is indebted to Dr. Raymond for many suggestions in the
preparation of this work for publication.

STRATIGRAPHY.

The writer has made a study of the Three Forks Formation at its
type-locality at Three Forks, Montana, and also throughout the
Three Forks quadrangle and the neighboring region along the Missouri
river in the Fort Logan quadrangle (See Plate III). In this report
the distribution and stratigraphy of the formation will first be con-
sidered, and then the fauna will be discussed, with a detailed de-
scription of the brachiopods of the limestone and green shale members
of the formation.

Three Forks Formation.

General Description.—Lying in apparent conformity upon the Jef-
ferson limestone is a series of shales and limestones, which have been
named by the late Dr. A. C. Peale the Three Forks Shales... He
described the formation in some detail, which may be briefly summar-
ized by the following columnar section.

1 Peale, A. C., Bull. U. S. G. S., No. 110, pp. 29-30, 1893.
13

14 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Yellow laminated. sandstones... 0.5. <2... .- 0.0. lee .. 25 - feet.

Upper Shales Greenish gray nodular limestones,
Dark colored argillaceous limestones,

Soft shaly black and purplish calcareous limestones.. 45 feet.

Fine green argillaceous shale........... Ay ae Se exo) >
Intermediate Compact grayish brown limestone, weathers into
Limestone orange debris and obscures lower shales....... 15-20 feet.
Lower Shales Reddish and brownish yellow argillaceous shales .... 50 “
145 + feet.

Dr. Peale noted the absence of fossils in the Lower Shales and the over-
lying limestone, and the great abundance of fossils of Devonian age
in the Upper Shales, particularly in the calcareous portions. He also
noted the presence of a band of black slate or shale in the section at
the base of the Yellow Sandstone member at two localities, one near
the Horseshoe Bend of the Missouri River near Rekap, and the other
south of the Jefferson River near Antelope Creek.

The writer has visited both of these localities and has included
sections measured at both places among the lists of sections given in
the following pages.

Dr. Peale in summarizing his description of the Three Forks Shales
noted the fact that they become more arenaceous to the east of Three
Forks, as they pass into the Bridger Range, while they become more
calcareous to the west on the north side of the Jefferson River.

This description given by Dr. Peale applies to the Three Forks
Formation as seen in the northern part of the Three Forks quadrangle,
but in the southern part the formation has changed and becomes more
dominantly a limestone with argillaceous and arenaceous phases.
Owing to the fact that the strata called the Three Forks Shales by Dr.
Peale are a composite series and include limestones and shales and
some sandstones, the writer feels that it is advisable to use the name
which is applicable to the southern occur-

”

“Three Forks Formation
rences as well as to those about Three Forks.

The writer has found it possible to divide the Three Forks Formation
into seven members, which are easily recognized by their lithologic
characters and are present in all of the sections studied in the northern
part of the quadrangle and the adjacent region to the north. This
sevenfold division will be noted in the case of each section, so that a

‘UONVULIO} SYIOY OIIYL IY} JO SUOTJOVS TEUWINTO)

aR El
payout) hear ==
a}eys eu =

| yey Reavis bina
{=a
ad ed Oe Se
aujsoua | pep bl.
Sp ke =i/

| 3
| snoaseuaae PEE

|
|

moj (eh: oat

suo} seuss]

snoa>eusie k=

auc, Sow |

snoaseuase f=

WAI) AdOINY waa INVS es
mo [Ph

Sy) 3H]

“NOILVWHO 4 SHHO4 aeVtellniype alte 40 SNOILOIC YVNWIMN100)

INE ‘XY ‘1A ‘ANSSNW JIDINYVO STVNNV

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. 1h

comparison of the thickness of any of the members in different parts
of the region can easily be made by referring to the numbers. It is
noticeable that in all of these sections the thickness of the formation
is considerably greater than in the section given by Dr. Peale, which
has been generally taken as the standard for the Three Forks Formation.

For purposes of general comparative study the five columnar sec-
tions on Plate IV have been drawn. ‘These sections are arranged in
order from left to right, from the northeastern part of the region to the
southwestern.

Throughout all of the region where the Three Forks Formation has
been recognized it is almost invariably exposed ina small valley. This
is due to the fact that it is prevailingly a shaly formation occurring
between two massively bedded limestone formations, and differential
erosion has produced the characteristic valley between the Jefferson
and Madison limestone ridges. Because the formation generally
occurs in a valley the exposures are obscured and the contacts masked
by talus and vegetation. Often the valleys were traversed by the
writer for several miles without finding any place where a satisfactory
section could be measured. In consequence of this many of the sec-
tions are incomplete, especially in the lower part, but since no fossils
have been found in the two lower members it is not so important that
they should be included in the sections. The figures which are given
were obtained by measurements with a steel-wire tape and the thick-
nesses were either measured directly or computed from the horizontal
distance and the angle of dip.

The details of the various sections of the Three Forks Formation
studied by the writer will now be considered in order from north ta
south.

Section A.—The most northerly occurrence of the formation was
observed about four miles east of Lombard and one and one-half
miles northeast of Crane, a flag station on the Chicago, Milwaukee,
and Puget Sound Railway. Here there is a good exposure in a saddle,
back of a cliff of the massive brown Jefferson limestone. The strata
have a strike of about N. 70° E. and dip 15° north. The Lower
shale member is almost entirely obscured by vegetation and only a
small amount of reddish yellow angular shaly fragments in some gullies,
indicates its presence. The intermediate limestone member is of a
rather bright yellow color and contains some white calcite veins.
Above the limestone, which is about fifteen feet thick, there isa good

16 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

exposure of the very fissile green shale member. The green shale is
from sixty to seventy feet thick and contains numerous bands of
greenish and grayish limestone concretions, which are usually very
fossiliferous. From many horizons in the lower forty feet of the green
shale, pyritized fossils, chiefly cephalopods, often beautifully preserved,
weather out on the surface and furnish excellent collecting. Above
the green shale at this locality is about ten feet of very fossiliferous
gray limestone which weathers reddish on the surface. Overlying this
limestone are thirty or forty feet of yellowish shales, grading upward
into calcareous sandstones. Above the yellow sandstones is the gray
Madison limestone with fossils of Mississippian age. ‘This section
northeast of Crane was not measured carefully with a tape, because
many of the contacts were obscured by talus or vegetation. However,
enough of the section was exposed to show that it closely resembles
the sections to the south at Rekap and Logan.

Section B.—The section next south of Lombard is near Rekap Station
on the Northern Pacific Railway. The strata here strike N. 30°-35° E.
and dip 30° W. The section was measured from the base of the
gray Madison to the top of the brown Jefferson limestone and includes
the following seven members:

Tand.2. Yellow: sandy limestone and shalesas4-4-e1 ce eee 74 feet.
3. Black ‘coaly shale% aise hts otk ee es bam ee et en ee ous
A. Nodularerayalimestonewnn.<.8 5 Oe. Ree eee 7 Reh
5. Fissile green shale

F250 0 it A ne Ml SMe yi aoe wir, Aaa Ryaiea aS rhasecn T20) om
6. Gray and orange limestone. J
7. Pebbly yellow and reddish limestones and shales.......... BOTs

MNO tall ad cick oobi ere me potar LAS eae Ee elg ae ae 287 feet.

The Three Forks formation was measured at two localities near
Logan, Montana. One section was near the Gallatin River and the
other was about two miles inland. The strata here strike about N.
50° E. and dip 40°-50° W.

Section C, measured near the Gallatin River, is as follows:

Base of gray Madison limestone.

TeV ellowsarenaceous limestones acme ier. oleae erste ere oie eteelich aie 30 feet.
2. Pale yellow arenaceous shale: ai face ciaes a tlete Oke eieeee 30 oe
Ze sPurpletissileGhalle srs t8 cx Scares a edeass psa ene ete eee RCN Sa
Ae Blush cray nodulardinmestoneme ers ee teen eee OS an
5. Missile’ green Shalev. Sas danweeut akc plevlins ove b it) a5 6 Sr eeceeene 47 oS
6. Yellow crystalline limestone with calcite veins........... I5 sf
Massive grayish brown limestone. ....-.......saeeees I2 a
7 Vellow and orange blocky shalesi™ .).. 1. sian oe ceeneneeets _78 S

TOtalie.aaa 2e cise ete aint doe ie ee 222 feet.

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. 17

Section D, measured two miles farther north is as follows:

Base of gray Madison limestone.

mmMellow: sandstone with some shale... ....:.052........... 44 feet.
peeMellowasShalyalimestOne’s ... 2.6 22 os fs le ee ede soe meee s I5 -
PomVellowrarolllaceOus SHAG. acs sce vis cence se los se Sa)
PemtiEplsheced)stalemmrryas accrris str els «ene he aieis ss <feye ous « I ‘s
aly INi@taluilewe mageny Ibneaestworten ode oo bo oo pUouba eo abo denoouoneS 8 -
FPG COTINS LALO MBE eect een coh cicctis oi av ebena) sicewore, oko) Ses. cslay sa Syeneeto (68 fenisie 49 “s
6. Orange limestone

myal 9 © A Oe rer eAenS hc eRe 130 i

7. Reddish yellow shales mostly obscured
Top of Jefferson limestone.
"IR eels 6 ws isadastalb io. did Cac OOS ch Chk CREME ON A-One een CRER caer 252.5 feet.
The region north of Three Forks and west of the Missouri River

has many good exposures of the Three Forks Formation. The valleys
eroded in the formation have a general north to south direction and
are nearly parallel with one another. The repetition of the formation
is due partly to folding and partly to faulting. The structure in the
central part of the ridge is that of a southward pitching anticlinal fold
which is overturned to the east. A very large valley is eroded in the
Three Forks formation in the western limb of the fold. The strata
here strike N. 10° E. and dip 30° W. The following section was
measured on the western side of this valley across the upper part of
Three Forks Formation.

Section E:
Base of gray Madison limestone.
Wand~2.. Vellow, sandstone and shale. 2.5... 5. 529:.-242------ 75 feet.
3 and 4. Purplish shale with limestone at the base........... 2 Oe

5. Fissile green shale with layers of limestone concretions.
Lower part of section obscured.

West of the overthrust fault there is another valley formed in the
Three Forks Formation. The strata here strike N. 20°-30° E. and dip
30°-40° W. The best exposures were seen on the western side of
the valley in the small tributary gullies which cut across the dip of
the strata. Partial sections were measured along this valley at several
places in a distance of over two miles. These sections, beginning at
the northern end of the valley, are as follows:

Section F, on tributary gully 3, western side of valley.

Base of yellow shale No. 2.

3. Purplish black shale weathering reddish...............- 13.5 feet.
APA GLAVBIIIMESEONE Crear asad inti ec reteryee Sal esos See este ge
Top of green shale No. 5.

18 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Section G, on tributary gully 4, western side of valley.

Base of gray Madison limestone.

Ti Mellow Sandy, limestGner menses ste ei iaiciel ee ie renee 44 feet.
2. Finely laminated pale yellow arenaceous shale, lower five
feet draibrcolored andiarcillaceous. ss see oe ee eee 28s
2y Bissilespunplish) blackyshal ems ieeree cis cee ae eae TOman
4: ‘(Gray ‘limestones ig sate eae oo ees he ee ae fe ee Sie
Fa. binelyaamimatedssreensshaleseme recat erie e cic eine age
5bs Yellowishvand purplish white shales... ..0:.9- 0506 4se56 AS
6 Yellow limestone withicalcite:veins: 2... 257) ses- esos see arly oo
oeeReddishivelloweShalesin ce. cote 21: cteceeusie sicdetenitte Ce nos oe JAS
pO tallewe tuto arson cus fete cits ake RS eRe 279 feet.

Section H, between tributary gullies 4 and 5 on the western side of
the valley.

Base of yellow shale No. 2.
Bee urplishblackicoaliygshial emmys stiri ernie rere terenet ter 15.3 feet.
Top of limestone No. 4.

Section I, on fifth gully on western side of valley.

Base of gray Madison limestone.

1. Yellow sandy limestone, |
2. Yellow shales, '

; ON ge SASS WEEE, eg te eC SE Sa ct Dy 93 feet
3. Purplish shales, '
4. Gray limestone, j
5 Green finely laminated! shalesmssmerceeee ee ommele eee et 77 feet.
5a. Purple and yellow soft argillaceous shales................ Sie

6. Yellow limestone with calcite veins.
Lower part cf section obscured.

Section J, at the southern end of this western Three Forks valley.
Here the strata have a strike of about N. 40° E. and a dip of 20° W.

Base of gray Madison limestone.

r. Nellow Standstonespe ese <a paves He eae, Do cinkas eres 07 feet.
2. Laminatediyellow/shales ¥sis.05 soce «ue ceric a ee eee 10 es
2a, Vellowishowhite limestones... a. eer tee Cee eneeeeren Ge ae
3; Purplishveray shale sts 5 jocics -c-te cet ecient hel ons poe eke hole 5 a
Aw Gray nodularidimestones saacte. cole clase ieee eee tee ec 3 se
5s Hussile preenishales.. ccc: doe oe ee ren See oh eet reuers ems 54 a
5a. Whitish yellow argillaceous shales..................... 14 Z

(Dr. Raymond’s white blocky shale?)

5b. Finely laminated yellowish green and locally reddish shale 7
(Dr. Raymond’s red shale?)

Top of Orange limestone No. 6.

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. 19

The following sections of the Three Forks Formation were measured
by the writer south of Jefferson River between Willow and Antelope
Creeks.

Section K, measured one and one-half miles west of Willow Creek.
Here the strata are vertical and have an east-west strike.

Base of gray Madison limestone.

tand 2. Yellow sandstone and shales.................+.-«..- 70 feet.
Beep lackscoalliyaShaleyj-gtecie cia sravcte tebe ee sy wile arene ob dual e apts ata louceys ee a
4 and 5. Green shale calcareous at the top, with white and
yellowish shalestatithe bas@s 4 ..-44.4...-.5--+66- oa
OmIViAssivercrayeliMestOneis «miles cis coe es dies ee o exp ene sauces Mas WC
PeeVellowanodmlaralimestOnes aac sos ee< cies ceie eke le eos Sus ches 3 ois Gy
SK Call pee oe NSA Yee chm Sete ee areata afeosiaun ea thiten 256 feet.

Top of brown Jefferson limestone.
Section L, farther west in Three Forks ravine. Strike of strata N.
80° W. dip 70° N.

Base of gray Madison limestone.

1. Yellow sandstone and talus obscuring 2, 3, 4, 5............ 108 feet.
Ga Gray, inassivelimestones a..e1. cca dem dete cle Helse ts + sive Tan
7. Yellowish red thinly bedded limestone..................- AG
7a. Nodular red limestone, nodules 2 to 3 inches in diameter .. 73 “
TOCA PS Nie ces tee OR Reeds rece eccPe ta Dieks eae eth eeepoeel atais end 221 feet.

Section M was measured just east of Sand Creek. The strata
strike N. 60° E. and dip 40° N.
Base of gray Madison limestone.

emeViellowsSanastOne: IN Glith:.,.. ciesicc1slaeGrsydacyaneaciel teary aye) tees Rosse 10 feet.
2, 3, 4, and 5. Contacts obscured and therefore not measured

SOMALALELY: ever shar eteidiere eee Sekar er Hate e ahs Mya ae eutyivaie ors 135
5a. Thinly bedded white and yellowish limestone............ igsys
Sbapealelpink shalyslimestone. an acch oases ee ee 1 Ns

Top of grayish yellow limestone No. 6.
Section N, measured about a half miles west of Sand Creek.

Base of gray Madison limestone.
tand 2. Yellow arenaceous limestone and nodular yellowish gray

EES EOL C Meret he PME Te ee Aur eMac span Satori ie tas 76 feet.
rae LACKACODUVES ial CMe eins @ ohA Teneo aie ei temas Wise oats eee die 5
4. Gray nodular limestone.
Remainder of section obscured.

Section O, the westernmost section, was measured about a quarter of
a mile east of Antelope Creek. Strike E.—-W., dip 30° N.

20 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Base of gray Madison limestone.

i and 2. Yellow sandy limestone and shale.................. 79 feet.
3. Blackicoaly shales. se. ore le oe ee Crs
AnGray no ditlardlimest ome ace sualiete eileen eee eee Se
ins, (Green Hfissile/ shale se. ci aise ita Cees et eats aS ae ean eee a Asia ss

5a. White thinly bedded limestone partly stained with limonite 20 “
5b. Purplish white thinly bedded limestone.
Remainder of section obscured.

This completes the list of measured sections of the Three Forks
Formation in the northern part of the quadrangle and the neighboring
region to the north. A comparison of these sections shows the per-
sistence of all of seven members in all parts of the region. The
members show if the different sections a considerable variation which
may be briefly summarized as follows:

Members I and 2 together vary from 60-80 feet and have an average
thickness of about 70 feet. Member 3 varies in thickness from about
19 feet, in the west Three Forks valley, to 6 inches at Logan. It has
an average thickness of about 6 feet. Member 4 varies from 3 to 10
feet in thickness; member 5 from 50 to 120 feet; member 6 from 15 to
40 feet, and member 7 varies from 40 to 8o feet.

These thicknesses of members I and 6 are much greater than those
given by Dr. Peale in his section for the formation. Dr. Peale’s
figures have apparently been adopted by Dr. Kindle? in his section at
Logan, Mont., and also by Dr. Raymond,’ who, although he did not
measure the section here or north of Three Forks, noted the presence
of (1) a Lower Red-Shale zone; (2) a Green-Shale zone, and (3) a White
Blocky Shale, all part of Dr. Peale’s Green Shales. The writer has
noted in Section J the probable position and thickness of these zones
as recognized by Dr. Raymond. Although these zones are indicated in
Sections G and I “ farther north”’ and in Sections M and O south of the
Jefferson River, they are generally not clearly defined and therefore
are not given a place among the seven members of the formation as
recognized by the writer.

The slight thickness of the yellow sandstone and shales of members
1 and 2, noted in Section J, is probably partly due to obscured contacts,
and somewhat to actual thinning of the strata. Some deformation
in the strata due to the folding and overthrusting may also be the
cause of the lessened thicknesses of the members in this section.

2 Kindle, E. M., Bull. Am. Pal., No. 20, p. 8, 1908.
3 Raymond, P. E. Amer. Jour. Sci., Ser. IV, vol. XXIII, pp. 116-122, 1907.

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. 21

A comparison of all of the sections shows a distinct increase to the
southwest in the amount of limestone in the formation. This is due
chiefly to the increase in thickness of member 6 and the predominance
of limestone in member 7. Thus there is a gradation toward the con-
ditions which prevail in the southern part of the quadrangle.

Fossils were obtained from the upper part of the formation at all of
the localities where sections were measured. The fossiliferous mem-
bers of the formation are numbers I, 2, 4, and 5. Fossils are particu-
larly abundant in number 4, the gray limestone, and number 5, the
green shale. The fossils in numbers 4 and 5 indicate an Upper De-
vonian age, and those in 1 and 2 indicate a transition into the Missis-
sippian. The evidence for the age of the formation will be given
with the description of the fossils.

The sections of the Three Forks Formation studied by the writer in
the southern part of the Three Forks quadrangle are not as satisfactory
as those just given on account of the much poorer exposures. The
country here is much more mountainous, and the shaly beds are
obscured by talus and vegetation. No fossils were obtained from the
formation here, but this was probably due to insufficient search and
poor exposures, because fossils have been found in small numbers in
the formation in the northwest corner of the Yellowstone Park,
which adjoins the Three Forks quadrangle on the southeast.

The best section measured by the writer in the southern part of the
Three Forks quadrangle is located in the upper end of the West
Gallatin Canyon where it opens out into the Lower Basin. Here the
strata are downfaulted against the gneiss along a nearly vertical fault
plane. The strata strike about N. 40° W., nearly parallel with the
fault, and dip about 50°S. The thicknesses of the beds considered to
belong to the Three Forks Formation are as follows:

Base of gray Madison limestone.
Gray shaly limestone weathering buff, in lower part red and

VCO Wipe ers ci och tarncnercRr si sie stay Sac yabacits erates wears eee ane 3 125 + feet.
Brown limestone, breaking into small joint blocks......... 25 oe
MellowishiredishalylimestOne=. sh s0: sseciets sos sat .c. ss 40 =a
Crayishi brows: limestone breccia. 55. ........656. 0005-605. 15 <

Opscunredsbyatalise arava ches « ets cr oe ees thes 35 E

INGE oe Gla ateco URERD Dee O IOS EG Dene 240 -& feet.

Brown Jefferson limestone with Favosites cf. limitaris.

It will be noticed that although the seven members which compose
the formation in the northern part of the quadrangle cannot be re-

2D, ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

cognized here there is a general persistence of a lower and upper shaly
member separated by a more massive limestone. There are, however,
no true argillaceous shales in the formation, as exposed in the southern
part of the quadrangle.

Some of the sections of the Three Forks Formation measured by Dr.
Weed? in the northwest corner of the Yellowstone Park are similar in
lithologic character to the section already given. Three of these
sections are as follows:

Crowfoot Ridge Section.
Buff and red fissile argillaceous and siliceous limestone... 30 feet.
Crystalline magnesian limestone, generally dense and mas-

Limestone, impure and argillaceous, in alternating thin
fissile; andsmassiveisray bedsaysst ace eee oe 100

Antler Peak Section.

Light gray limestone, somewhat massive............... 4o feet.
Dark brownish gray arenaceous limestone.............. TEZYO)) PS
Totals oo) 23s oes One Ce tees tote Ses ere 170 feet

Bighorn Pass Section.

Gray crystalline limestones. .2 424 -- 2. ee 80 + feet.
Dark bluish gray massive argillaceous limestone......... 20 <
Alternating beds of massive gray arenaceous limestone and
fissile light grayslimestone= s-.- sieeieie ieee eee ieee 4o a
Total... sen es act shina AR OS Cee Een ieee 140 + feet.

East of the Yellowstone Park in the region described in the Absaroka
folio of Central Wyoming, Dr. Weed® has identified the Three Forks
Formation, which there has an average thickness of about 250 feet.
He describes the formation as consisting of bluish gray limestone at
the base, alternating with shaly beds and fine clays. These pass
upward into bedded limestones generally bright purple and blue, with
intercalated thin layers of indurated earthy and sandy material.
Recurring alternations abound, but limestone is the prevailing rock.
In places near the top of the formation the shaly beds exhibit bright
red and orange tints. Localities yielding small groupings of a marine
Devonian fauna occur at several places in the Absaroka district.

The Three Forks Formation has been recognized by Dr. Kindle® in

4 Weed, W. H., Mono., 32, pt. 2, pp. 7, 22, and 26, 1899.

5 Weed, W. H., Atlas Folio, U. S. G. S., No. 52, 1899.
6 Kindle, E. M., Bull. Am. Pal., No. 20, p. 12, 1908.

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. 23

a section measured by him in southwestern Wyoming, on Labarge
Mountain, northeast of the town of Viola. Here he notes the presence
of 80 feet of drab shales and shaly, thin-bedded magnesian and siliceous
limestone, barren of fossils, occurring below dark gray Madison lime-
stone and above the Jefferson limestone.

The southernmost occurrence of the Three Forks Formation, which
the writer has seen recorded, is in a section near Bear Lake in northern
Utah in the Randolph quadrangle. Mr. Richardson’ reports the
presence of 200 feet of soft reddish shaly limestone, which is poorly
exposed, occurring between the Jefferson and Madison limestones. He
considers this the equivalent of the Three Forks Formation farther
north.

North of the Yellowstone Park the Three Forks Formation has been
recognized in the Livingstone, Little Belt Mts., and Fort Benton Quad-
rangles. In the Livingstone quadrangle’ it is described as a series of
thinly bedded, impure limestones, alternating with thin beds of shale,
with a total thickness of about 250 feet. The top beds are often purple
and red in color. The lower strata are earthy shales in beds a few
feet thick, alternating with limestone layers of equal thickness.

In the Little Belt Mountains Quadrangle? the upper member of the
Monarch formation is equivalent to the Three Forks formation of
other quadrangles. It consists of thinly bedded shaly limestones
(with much argillaceous matter), of a bluish gray color when fresh, but
weathering to a straw-yellow or pink color. The thickness is usually
40 or 50 feet and does not exceed 140 feet.

In the Fort Benton quadrangle! the upper 30 feet of the Monarch
Formation is equivalent to the Three Forks Formation, and consists of
reddish shaly limestone with abundant Devonian fossils. This is as
far north as the Three Forks Formation has been recognized so far as
the writer can ascertain.

Northwest of Three Forks the Formation has been recognized in the
Helena District by Dr. Knopf!! who describes the section as follows:

Fine-grained black carbonaceous shales..................... 15 feet.
Light-colored fossiliferous calcareous shales, grading downward
into earthy shales with interbedded quartzite.............. 270 feet.
MO tale a we Ree oe eee AER Se Serpe ey en sc Shed Ligh Bie, Bue 285 feet.

7 Richardson, G. B., Amer. Jour. Sci., Ser. lV, Vol. XXXVI, pp. 406-416, 1913.
8 Atlas Folio, U. S. G. S., No. 1.

9 Atlas Folio, U. S. G. S., No. 56.

10 Atlas Folio, U. S. G. S., No. 55.

11 Knopf, A, Bull. U. S. G. S., No. 527, p. 92, 1914.

24 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Another section is as follows:

BlacGkSh ale tiicay 5 eaeceh sate eke ea to ee Siete OLS ROT IO ae AS 56 feet

Galcareoustarsillitess Gee tank ee eee 3 Ove

Shales) Soper. Sees) Rees os NOR UO Ee ee A0lae
MRO tal ee ore Se nerete. tees 608 Sed Shoe Gten ko ahe Re ae ieee 232 feet

Farther west, in the Philipsburg Quadrangle,” the Three Forks
Formation is apparently absent, and the Jefferson limestone is immedi-
ately overlain by the Madison limestone. In the Camp Creek section
near Melrose, about 50 miles southwest of Three Forks, Dr. Kindle
maintains that the Three Forks Formation isrepresented bya bluish
gray argillaceous shale and buffish shale in the lower part, with
limestone bands near the middie, having a total thickness of about
200 feet.

The boundaries of the region throughout which the Three Forks
Formation has been recognized may tentatively be placed at latitudes
48° and 42° north and longitudes 109° and 113° west. This includes a
region with a north-south dimension of about 400 miles and an east-
west dimension of 200 miles. It is very evident from these figures
that the Three Forks Formation has not nearly so widespread a dis-
tribution as the Jefferson limestone, which underlies it, or the Madison
limestone, which overlies it.

Although the Three Forks Formation has not been recognized by its
lithological characters outside of the region just noted, it is likely from
faunal evidence that the sea, in which the Three Forks Formation was
deposited, covered an area much greater than that in which the for-
mation has been recognized. The similarity of some of the fauna of
the lower part of the Ouray limestone of Colorado with the brachiopod
fauna of the Three Forks Formation indicates a connection in that
direction, and the presence of a small Ouray faunule from the beds
transitional from the Lower Banff limestone to the Lower Banff shale,
reported by Dr. Shimer! in the Lake Minnewanka section in Alberta
indicates a spreading of this Upper Devonian sea to the north.

THE FAUNA OF THE THREE FORKS FORMATION.
The writer has made a careful study of the collection of fossils made

by Dr. Raymond for the Carnegie Museum and also of his own col-

12\Calkins, F. C., Prof. Pap. U. S. G. S., No. 78, p. 65, 1013.
13 Kindle, E. M., Bull. Amer. Pal., No. 20, p. 9, 1908.
14 Shimer, H. W., Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., Vol. XXIV, pp. 233-240, 1913.

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. 25

FAUNAL LIST OF THE THREE FORKS FORMATION.

BRACHIOPODA.
Atremata.
WEN EWG NLOUGTOt SPs NOW ocus ss eos wus cin ss <is'se 5 R|R
TE ROLDO=PUNCMBES Ss NV ALCOLE, cre «ie eis csleiteitee war die ons toss oe R
Joy Gis UE Ee roca el ce ene cle chlor eae ita a R

Neotremata.
Orbiculoidea lodiensis (Vanuxem).................-
OALELITTAB: SOW 8 eich Coreeneadl GNI Mo aL on Sree

Telotremata.

SHULL ALLLOLIOL S10E Oe o gage odie Seen 64 Bee iP
5, CON OCOENAS EN UB Re oe ries an ares ea
Juwniineys var. monticola var. NOV.....:...--.-+.--- Y
. whitneyt var. animasensis (Girty)...............
. whitneyt var. gallatinensis var. nOV..............
I CHRCIES PEG CLUS HNC E ker pe iris cate cain hanaianerseissrens, Se F013 bycr ae
CH RILEW DELP TVET AN Pac Sete. bolic oh us) si x alode taro choke Givens
Cp esSuveQUalas ELAM aah Sale eteecs esis soe i Dees Bee
SiOiAOUMOS Gudiad sella. 6a pa0edecouusouboseacae c
ANTRUDRTATE EAAgo aw As EM oS ano pasdupanecsugoooun.
Eevorhynchus Gunvarense Sp: NOV... «22... -0 se ess
ee GOCLSCHAISE Ss WOVE oo Galo che saeoocoodedcuen ac
L. madisonense var. gibbosum var. NOv............--.-
L. utahense var. ventricosum var. Nov.............--
ee.
JE,

Stet iG) Stacy
SSEnG) NE ci
VBRVORR

AnHRnHRHHHYN

Qseans

GG)

EI CIELSONECNSE|SDANOVae ie ey teeae es eis ahehensie shorter ae Sie
TES ACOSTGLE PITAL Nayoen, 5 chert ce icieke pekinese OREO Cc
Gia Atran (Billings) eects cosas oles 2 Gis she eiee orienta as
Gamarotecivaconirzactawtall. 552. eee oe c

OQ AOS OO @
ayaaanro

Q AWB
oj &
isy

Protremata.
Schizophoria striatula var. australis Kindle.......... GWG
RHUPVAOMIEULASUENUX CIV ELAll ete een einai ete ee
Schuchertella chemungensis var. arctostriata (Hall)....
Sa Gave UO. AUMIN Sao gon cccoguePameoedpanodec
So aie (Opies Wows nACUIG soe dadoenboosGoeooG Tee
voductella, covoradensts) Kander e2)72e ee. ae

MICOLOLadensis var. plicata, Kindle). .......+-+2.+->

LOTT Glawiindlem sega. cere ear code Se

PESUMU SCH MICATI GLC myers ere ice eae ian esos ree =

GROG PRESSOMIGING] Claes cata BA oincn cin ee ee |

PIC AAUT SULA REL Al lhe, RR EN Se Ma, CEM ne cartes

MCL MALTS OV INIS CANV AlCOLEs . ancien ee net oe oo a2) >

MG ESUUAGCUICOLOINVAICOLE iain ameeieincinies eee >

MSUDGIGLC PEL AM wapeaoe reams (1S Pees EN ede os ode. v8 |

.
o
Qas

oOo ©

Now Ac wg

is)
is}

htt ty tyes

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

FAUNAL LIST OF THE THREE FORKS FORMATION.—Continued.

MOLLUSCA.
Pelecypoda.

iEyyiopecten\ fasciatus tally meres terete) arte eer
Toa melone eb, onan seoampdaporcododsoumodsogene
Dn (apy el MUL ATS IRIN. pape bdo ms op Oooo ROD oes woe

Geglaber ally assesses hs otc het eee et
Aviculopecten fasciculatus Hall.........:.......-..
yea (ad Sols ULE Sin ig ota O er Bmebiaale nb Dib anioge ie cle 2
Nowak. ANAC A RS We sso chaobéucudceobumeouoL ae
Alviculopecten Spsteri a miei eae eee ae et tera hea
Ptevinopecten 1mbecils Wallis. te ie
JETT TOD lala 604 ab domoouoams ono dog Om Manos
Mah NADIAD SOE 6 6 co as SAR GSO won dno bapeobonosccn.
ANGE MO PLE CON Ca aed alll meme rere pevet el ie ton el t-te aout -e
A. emiliana? = Avicula emiliana Frech...........
VA Clin O PLETEOISD ate eee ee ieee eek eee al
Loxopteria holzapfeli Raymond...........-.-------
Loxopteria clarket Raymond..........:......------
ie prodesmmassocralevattally sy nye erey tale eieha steer
TLE PLOGESING: SP tenets te eta ee ee et ayo
Gly plodesma’ cf erectum Haller si. je aeneta aie ele sie
Mytilarca chemungensis? Conrad............++++-:
WO PO ARIE Soon 5 pan eeganne de bbooon sob eo adoe ac
IMGT ORion ah bese ois oe am ream Capea te He dhs ad O10 BoC
Grammysta;swbarcuagta lalla ey eee) env e
(CT MOINS Dea a ook Seaeauedoesaomepe soot onconot
Goniaphora cf. hamiltonensis Hall.................-
Gu Gh subrectavelall rer oer teenie naCaert aie eeet
IQA RAE OLB > 6 ba boama ped acbooccomopoasascus

Macrodon chemungensis Hall...............+-..4--
IBY Here) (ajo CMpatei see IBIS 3 son ato bod pcan oogeuo=
Gis Paleonerlovbrevrs Elaine racer) tele
Spathellatch. ty prea ball eee came eeen en yee een keer
PAY GCY CLASRS:D3?. a -ote ae Oe I ee ere
Gy pricardella.sp:) se. see ee eee ee Oc er

Gastropoda.

JY PaO LES Sida ene Oo aon Pod ap asc OdoOnouuE

Conularida.

SOMULATLGISD SP ie i she siecle ie, eee ctaeMohone Re: ope omer

Nautiloidea.

Orthoceras montanense Raymond.............+.+++-
Geisonoceras normale Raymond.................++5

G. accelerans Raymond.......- +--+ esses eee ets ;

Sy ae ce)

HayNEs: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. Pat

FAUNAL LIST OF THE THREE FORKS FORMATION.—Concluded.

5
eer |) % i ;
Ammonoidea.
Platyclymenia americana Raymond..............-. CG ke
Platyclymenia polypleura Raymond .............-. CarGe|
Py Olovrtes: StHUp lex: TRAY IMONG oie: oy ccs ee Pace woo ie) Se ss (ENE |
Tornoceras crebriseptum Raymond................-. (CNG |
10S CY IOSSo Rew aetels 5545454005 5ns an seed ous eo de ia We | |
GringidmstemnsS eee Ore eee weal eos GNCehkea TN. |
IBGV.OZOANCEREGEOtLY, Da ySDiy i sien eee ee (|G

lection made for the Museum of Comparative Zoology. In the faunal
list compiled by the writer, which immediately follows, only the species
identified by him are included, and their comparative abundance and
horizon are indicated by the letters R = very rare, r = rare, ¢ =
common, and C = very common, in the column with the number of
the member in which they occur. The localities are not indicated on
the faunal list because no difference was found in the fauna of the
- formation at the different localities. Most of the collecting was done
at Logan and in the east and west valleys north of Three Forks, but
enough specimens were collected from the other localities to show that
the same species occur at the same horizons throughout this region.

This list of fossils identified by the writer from the Three Forks
formation shows among other things (1) that the ammonoids are
almost entirely limited to the lower and middle part of member 5,
and (2) that members 1 and 2 contain a fauna which is different in
most of its forms from that of the lower members, and is more like that
of the Madison limestone which overlies member 1. The fauna of the
yellow sandstone and shale is considered by Dr. Raymond! to be
transitional between the Lower Mississippian fauna of the Madison
limestone and the Upper Devonian fauna of members 4 and 5 of the
Three Forks Formation.

Dr. Schuchert!® has examined Dr. Raymond’s specimens and notes
the presence of Syringothyris cartert and Spirifer cf. striatus, and con-
siders that this faunule is like that of the lower Louisiana limestone of
Pike County, Missouri. He therefore concludes that there was a
“ break in deposition, clearly distinguishing the Devonic, both physic-
ally and faunally, from the Mississippic.”’

16 Raymond, Am. Jour. of Sci., Ser. IV, Vol. XXIII, 1907, p. 119. @
16 Schuchert, Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., Vol. XX, 1910, p. 546.

28 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The writer has made a careful study of these horizons in the field,
and was unable to find any indication of unconformity in the section
in this part, and concluded, that, although Spirifer whitney: and other
typical Upper Devonian forms present in 4 and 5 were not found in
members 1 and 2, as noted by Dr. Raymond, certain forms, such as
Rhipidomella vanuxemi(?) and Productella cf. arctostriatus were sufh-
ciently abundant in both the gray limestone, number 4, and the yellow
shale, number 2, which almost immediately overlies number 4 at
Logan, where this careful study was made, to indicate that there is no
sharp break in the record here. Syringothyris cartert was found in
the yellow shale within six feet of the top of number 4, and in the same
layers with R. vanuxemi(?). In the overlying yellow calcareous sand-
stone S. carteri is common, and is associated with Schuchertella inflata
and Productella cf. arctirostrata, and certain doubtfully identified
Spirifers. This faunule, although containing many lower Mississip-
pian forms, is considered by the writer to be sufficiently different from
the fauna in the overlying Madison limestone, which is regarded as
Kinderhook, or basal Mississippian, to be considered transitional, as -
Dr. Raymond has suggested.

Syringothyris carteri is generally regarded as an index of Mississip-
pian age, but this seems to be a case where it extends down as far as
uppermost Devonian strata. Other species of Syringothyris have
been reported from Middle or Upper Devonian strata in various parts
of the Mississippi valley, and this genus is now regarded by Dr.
Schuchert!? as having originated in the Cordilleran sea during later
Devonian time.

The typical faunule of the Three Forks Formation, collected from
members 4 and 5, is similar in certain of its forms to that of the lower
Ouray limestone of Colorado and also to some of the Upper Devonian
forms of the eastern United States. It compares closely with certain
European faunules, especially those from near the Ural Mountains.

Dr. Th. Tschernyschew! in 1887 made the following correlation of
the Upper and Middle Devonian Formations of the Urals, Germany,
and eastern North America: ,

17 Schuchert, Am. Jour. Sci., Ser. IV, Vol. XXX, I910, p. 223.
18 Tschernyschew, Mem. Com. Geol., St. P., Vol. III, pp. 172-185, 1887.

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. 29

Ural. Rhein. North America.
D.2/3 Clymenia Kalk. Clymenia zone. Chemung.
Upper
Devonian. D.1/3 Goniatites and Goniatites zone. Portage.
Cuboides zone. Naples.
Cuboides zone. Genesee.
Middle D.2/2 Sp. annossofi and
Devonian. Stringoce phalus. Stringocephalus zone. Hamilton group.

The Upper Devonian of the western border of the Ural Mountains
is divided by Dr. Tschernyschew into two horizons. The upper
horizon is correlated with the Clymenia horizon of Enkeberg, Fichtel-
gebirge, Saxony, Thiiringerwald, and Cornwall, and is characterized
by Clymenia annulata, Clymenia flexuosa, Tornoceras simplex,
Spirifer archiacit, Spirifer disjunctus, Rhynchonella acuminata, Camar-
ophoria (Leiorhynchus) subreniformis, Orthis (Schizophoria) striatula,
etc. The lower zone is correlated with the Goniatites and Cuboides
horizons of the Eifel and with the Naples fauna of eastern North
America, and contains Goniatites (Manticoceras) intumescens, Tor-
noceras simplex, Atrypa aspera, A. reticularis, Spirifer disjunctus,
S. conoideus, Rhynchonella ( Hypothyris) cuboides, etc.

Dr. R. Wedekind!’ has recently made a special study of the Upper
Devonian stratigraphy of Germany, and has found that it can be
subdivided by characteristic cephalopod faunas into six zones. These
zones are named as follows, beginning with the uppermost: VI.
Gonioclymenia, V. Levigéta, IV. Postprolobites, III. Prolobites,
II. Cheiloceras, I. Manticoceras.

Dr. Wedekind has noted the wide distribution of the Prolobites
zone IIIb, which he considers is represented by the Three Forks For-
mation of Montana. Although he does not include any of his other
zones in his correlation with the Three Forks Formation, it seems likely
that the Postprolobites zone is also represented, because Clymenia
annulata of his zone IVb is closely related to Platyclymenia americana
of the Three Forks Formation.

Dr. E. Perna”® has recently correlated the Upper Devonian strata
of the eastern Ural Mountains, with those of Westphalia (Enkeberg
and Balve) and Silesia, and has shown that the upper horizon of
Tschernyschew’s classification can be divided into four zones, which

19 Wedekind, K. Gesell. d. Wissen. zu Gottingen, Mathematik-phys. Klasse, 1913.
20 Perna, ibid.

30 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

are equivalent to the five upper zones of Dr. Wedekind’s classification,
and two lower zones, which are equivalent to the Manticoceras zone.

This sixfold division is not widely applicable and therefore is of
little assistance in correlation with the American Upper Devonian
formations, where the brachiopod fauna is much more abundant than
the cephalopod fauna.

Apparently the cephalopods are the only abundant fossils in the
German Upper Devonian, and for that reason the brachiopods are
not mentioned. It is therefore possible to make a much closer cor-
relation between the Upper Devonian of the Ural Mountains and
North America, than between that of Germany and North America.
From an examination of the brief lists of fossils, noted in connection with
Tschernyschew’s two zones of the Upper Devonian, it is evident that
the upper zone, D’, is approximately equivalent to the Three Forks
Formation, exclusive of members I and 2, and contains many similar
fossils, although only a few of the species are the same. This corre-
lation and also the other European correlations place the Three Forks
fauna above the Manticoceras fauna, and make it the latest Devonian
fauna of which we have any record in North America, which is the
conclusion at which Dr. Raymond”! arrived some years ago, before
these recent European correlations were made.

DESCRIPTION OF THE BRACHIOPODA.
Class BRACHIOPODA.
Order ATREMATA Beechen
Superfamily LI NGULACEA Waagon.
Family LINGULID& Gray.

Genus LINGULA Bruguiere.
1. Lingula hubbardi sp. nov. (PI. VII, fig. 1.)

Description.—Shell elliptical, width about three-quarters the length;
base regularly rounded; sides gently curving; apex obtuse, with an
angle of about 115°. The shell has a narrow flattened border about
one millimeter wide. The surface is marked by fine concentric striae,
also by fine radiating strie on the middle portion. These striew are
somewhat wavy about two-thirds of the way from the apex to the
margin. The substance of the shell is thin, glistening, brownish black,

“1 Raymond, Proc. 7th Internat. Zodl. Cong., Camb., Mass., 1910.

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. 31

brittle material. The type specimen has a height of 18.5 mm. and a
width of 14.5 mm., with the ratio of I : .79.
Locality.—A single very perfect valve was collected from the lime-

‘

stone in the green shale member (number 5) in the ‘‘ east”’ valley,
north of Three Forks. A somewhat smaller and less perfect specimen
was collected by Dr. Raymond in 1903, from near this same locality.
This type appears to be different from any figured species and so the
writer has placed it in a new species which is named in honor of Mr.
G. E. Hubbard, who found the specimen while aiding the writer in

his geological work near Three Forks.

Order NEOTREMATA Beecher.
Family DISCINIDZ Gray.

2. Orbiculoidea lodiensis (Vanuxem). (Plate VII, fig. 4.)
Orbiculoidea lodiensis VANUXEM, Geol. N. Y., Rept. 3d Dist., 1842, Pl. 163, fig. 1;

HALL, Ibidem, Rept. 4th Dist., 1843, p. 223, fig. I.

Discina lodiensis Watcott, Mono. VIII, U. S. Geol. Surv., pp. 112-113, Pl. 2,
ater, bs, Yaa,

A few specimens from the middle of member number 5, collected by
Dr. Raymond and the writer, were identified as Orbiculoidea sp. and
one or two of the best preserved specimens were identified as Orbicu-
loidea lodiensis Vanuxem, on their general agreement with the de-
scription and figures of the Nevadan form from the White Pine Shale
as noted by Dr. Walcott.

Order TELOTREMATA Beecher.
Family SPIRIFERIDZ& King.
Genus SPIRIFER Sowerby.

3. Spirifer raymondi sp. nov. (PI. V, figs. 1-2; Pl. VI, figs, 12-13.)

Cf. Spirifer pinonensis, MEEK, King, 4oth Parl. Surv., p. 45, Pl. 1, figs. 9a, 6.

Cf. Spirifer pinonensis RAYMOND, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, 1909, p. 143.

Cf. Spirifer argentarius KINDLE, Bull. Am. Pal., No. 20, 1908, p. 32, Pl. 2, fig. 4.
This form is apparently identical with the specimen figured by Dr.

Raymond from the red shale as Spirifer pinonensis. About sixty

specimens from the green shale and associated limestone were carefully

studied by the writer, and they show marked differences from S. pino-

nensis as figured and described by Mr. Meek. These differences are

as follows:

oe ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The shape of the shell is not semicircular in outline, but is triangular,
and much like that of S. mucronatus Conrad. The cardinal margin
terminates in acute and not rectangular or obtuse extremities. The
proportions of height to width are different. Spirifer pinonensis has
a ratio of .76: 1 and a height of .g2 in. and a width of 1.20 in. Six
specimens of Spinifer raymondi were measured and gave the following
dimensions: I. Height 12 mm.; width 25 mm.;ratio.48:1. II. Height
15 mm.; width 30 mm.; ratio .5:1. III. Height 11.5 mm.; width 21
mm. ratio, 54:1. IV. Height 13 mm.; width 23 mm.; ratio .56: I.
V. Height 14 mm.; width 24 mm.; ratio .58:1. VI. Height 20 mm.;
width 30 mm.; ratio .66 : I.

Specimens of S. pinonensis have from eleven to fourteen rounded
plications on each side of the mesial fold and sinus, and these plications
are covered with radiating strie. Spirifer raymondi has from nine
to twelve rounded radiating plications on each side of the mesial fold
and sinus, and in no specimen were more than twelve plications
observed. No minute striations were seen on the plications of any of
the specimens. All of the well-preserved specimens of S. raymondi
show a slight fold in the middle of the sinus, and the surfaces of both
valves are marked with rather fine undulating lines of growth.

Specimens from the Jefferson limestone near Princeton, Montana,
have been by Dr. Kindle, referred for comparison to Spirifer argen-
tarius Meek, which Dr. Schuchert believes to be the same as S. pinon-
ensis Meek. The specimen figured by him is apparently identical
with the average specimen of Spirifer raymondt.

Four specimens of the European species Spirifer elegans Stein, in
the Museum of Comparative Zoédlogy (Schultze’s Collection) show a
very marked resemblance to the specimens of Spirifer raymondi. The
points of difference are that the specimens of S. elegans are one-third
to one-half larger than S. raymondi, and the delthyrium in S. elegans
is an equilateral triangle, while in S. raymondz its height is to its width
as 1:.6. The sinus in S. elegans is also somewhat broader and
perfectly smooth.

On account of all of these differences from any described forms, it
seems advisable to place these specimens from the Three Forks
Formation under the new specificname Spirifer raymondi. This new
species is named in honor of Dr. Raymond who collected the first
specimens from Three Forks. The type is in the Carnegie Museum.

Locality.—Specimens of Spirifer raymondi are numerous in the

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. ao

green shale and limestone bands of No. 5 at all of the localities where -
specimens were collected.

4. Spirifer whitneyi Hall. (Pl. V, fig. 5; Pl. VI, figs. 8-11. Cf. PI.
VILE aig. 7:)

Spirifer whitneyi HALL, Geol. Surv. Iowa, pt. 2, 1858, p. 502, Pl. 4, fig. 2.

Spirifer whitneyi KINDLE, Bull. U. S. G. S., No. 391, 1909, p. 24.

A large number of specimens of spirifers with plicated fold and sinus
were collected from the gray limestone, number 4, and the green shale,
number 5, by Dr. Raymond, for the Carnegie Museum in 1905, and
by the writer in 1912 and 1913 for the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy,
These specimens have been carefully studied by the writer and
compared with New York and European forms of Spirifer disjunctus
Sowerby =S. verneuili Murchison, and also with specimens of Spirifer
whitneyi from Lime Creek, Iowa. The results of this comparative
study are as follows:

The specimens of Spirifer disjunctus from the Chemung formation
of New York are similar to those of the de Koninck Collection from
Sougniez Province, Liége, and from Colonster and Traipont. In
general they are mucronate and rather large forms, with simple rounded
plications. They are all very different from the specimens from
Montana. Certain of the European forms identified as Spirifer
disjunctus, from Boulonnais (Duval and de Koninck collections), are
of the same shape and size as specimens of Spirifer whitney: from
Lime Creek, Iowa. The European specimens, however, all lack
the fine striations on each plication which are characteristic of Spirifer
whitney.

Some of the specimens from Montana have the same measurements
and appearance as Spirifer whitney: from Lime Creek, and in a few
cases the surface is well enough preserved to show traces of fine
striations on the plications. They have therefore been identified as
Spirifer whitneyi Hall. A comparison of the measurements of the
Boulonnais, Lime Creek, and Montana specimens is as follows:

Spirifer disjunctus Sow. from Boulonnais. Ratio (1), width on
hinge line to height of brachial valve measured over the surface, from
I :..53 to I:.71 majority of specimens 1:.66. Ratio (2), width
on hinge line to height of area: range I : .143 to I :.27, majority
I:.21. Ratio (3), height to width of delthyrium; range I: .6 to
i245, miajority 1:1.

34 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Spirifer whitneyi Hall. Lime Creek, Iowa.

Ratio (1), range 1 : 6 tor :.77. Ratio (2); range 1: 223 tows come
Ration(2), range T : 86 tol 31%

Spirifer whitneyi Hall. Three Forks, Montana.

Ratio (i), range 1:.47 to 1 =.69: “Ratio..@)) sange 1 17. 16
I:.27. Ratio (3), range 1:.5 to1:.8. An average specimen from
Three Forks has a width of 32 mm. a height of 21 mm., height of area
of 7 mm., and width of delthyrium of 5.7 mm.

The number of plications on each side of the brachial valve and the
number on the fold is as follows:

Sprrifer disjunctus from Boulonnais, 18 to 31 on a side, majority 21;
9 to 13 bifurcating plications on the fold, majority of specimens have
7s

Spirifer whitneyt from Lime Creek, 16 to 26 on a side, and 7 to 12
on the fold.

Spirifer whitneyi from Three Forks, 16 to 26 on a side; majority 21;
and 8 to 15 on the fold.

5. Spirifer whitneyi var. animasensis (Girty). (Plate V, figs. 11-13.)
Spirifer disjunctus var. animasensis GIRTY, Twentieth Ann. Rept. U.S. G.S., pt. 2,

1900, p. 48, Pl. 4, figs. I-10.

Spirifer whitneyi var. animasensis (Kindle), U. S. G. S. Bull. 391, p. 25, Pl. 9, figs.

About twenty of the spirifers from the Three Forks Formation have
been identified by the writer as Spirifer whitneyi var. animasensis
(Girty). These specimens are somewhat smaller than Spirifer
whitneyi and they all show a relatively high area with frequently a
slightly twisted ventral beak, and they compare well with the specimens -
figured by Drs. Girty and Kindle. The ratio of the width to the height
of the brachial valve in the Montana specimens range from I: .5
to 1:.76 and the ratios of width to height of area from 1 : .28 to
I :.33. The ratios of the height to the width of the delthyrium
range from 1: .46 to1:1. The ratios of the specimens of Spirifer
disjunctus var. animasensis Girty are, width to height of area I : .23
to 1 : .36; height to width of delthyrium 1: .75 to I: 1.

The specimens from the Three Forks Formation have from thirteen
to twenty-one simple radiating plications on each side of the fold, and
from nine to fourteen bifurcating plications on the fold. The presence
of traces of striz on some of the plications shows that this form is more

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. 35

closely related to S. whitneyi than to S. disjunctus, as was pointed out
by Dr. Kindle. The size of an average specimen from Montana is:
width 30 mm.; height 19 mm.; height of area 9 mm.; width of del-
thyrium 5.5 mm.

6. Spirifer whitneyi var. gallatinensis, var. nov. (PI. V, figs. 3-4;
CPE VITI; figs).

About twenty-five specimens of the same general form as those
just described, show a very different type of area and on this account
have been described as a new variety, gallatinensis. These specimens
have a rather narrow area, which is usually flat, or only slightly curved,
although the beak of the pedicle may be strongly incurved. The area
is of equal width throughout its whole extent, and usually extends at
right angles to the hinge-line. The area generally shows distinct
fine vertical striz.

The ratios of width to height of brachial valves range from I : .52
to 1:.78. The ratios of width to height of area range from I : .125
to 1:.2. The ratios of width to height of delthyrium range from
I1:.8to.g9:1. Thesize of an average individual is, width 29 mm.;
height 19 mm.; height of area 4 mm.; width of delthyrium 4 mm.
There are from sixteen to twenty-six plications on each side of the
shell, and from nine to fifteen bifurcating plications on the fold. Some
of the specimens show striations on the plications, and this and the
general shape of the shell indicates a close relationship with Spirifer
whitneyi. The type is in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy.

Some of the specimens of Spirifer disjunctus from Europe (locality
Try prés Walfourt) show a type of area with parallel sides similar to
Spirifer whitneyt var. gallatinensis. (Cf. Pl. VIII, fig. 12.) Ratios
from the European specimens show a range in width to height of
brachial valve from I: .4 to 1: .56, and a range in width to height
of area from 1: .1 to 1: .2, and a range in height to width of del-
thyrium from I :.62 to 1:1. None of these specimens show traces
of striations on the plications.

This close resemblance between certain specimens of Spirifer dis-
junctus from Boulonnais, and Spirifer whitneyi, and certain specimens
of Spirifer disjunctus from Try prés Walfourt and Spirifer whitneyt
var. gallatinensis shows that we have here a good example of parallel
development in two very similar species of spirifers. Each species
has developed similar variations in regard to the shape of the shell

36 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

and the area. In cases where the striations are preserved on the
specimens from western America it is easy to refer them to the species
whitneyi, but the majority of the specimens are exfoliated, and they
therefore come within the limits of the species disjunctus. This is
undoubtedly the reason why so many of the western American species
of this general type have been identified as Spirifer disjunctus. The
wide variations in the European specimens of Spirifer disjunctus=
Spirifer verneuili show that varietal differences have been overlooked
in the identification of the specimens.

7. Spirifer whitneyi var. monticola, var. nov. (PI. V, figs. 6-10;
Pl. V1; figs. 1-7):
Cf. Spirifer whitneyi KINDLE, Bull. No. 391, U. S. G.S., p. 24, Pl. 8, figs. 2-5.

By far the commonest of the specimens of Spirzfer from Montana
is a robust form with a relatively short hinge-line. Several hundred
specimens of this variety were collected by Dr. Raymond and the
writer from all of the localities where the Three Forks Formation is
well exposed. These specimens are apparently identical with those
from the Ouray limestone of Colorado and New Mexico, which are
figured by Dr. Kindle and identified as Spirifer whitneyi. Dr. Kindle
notes the fact that the forms from Colorado and New Mexico are
more robust and have flatter and broader plications than the Iowa
specimens. He considers it undesirable to make a new species based
on these differences, because Spirifer disjunctus is such a variable type.

A study of the large collection of specimens from the Three Forks
formation has convinced the writer that these specimens show certain
characters which are sufficiently distinct from Spzirifer whitney to
be the basis for a new variety, monticola.

A series of seven specimens (See Pl. VI) was selected to show varia-
tion in shape in the new variety. The ratios between the width and
height of the brachial valves are as follows: (a) .84:1; (b) .88:
£Xe)) 03-215 (a) © 2 1: (zg) T2207; (6) 1 = 0813) 178. Bhematros
of the width to the height of the area are as follows: (a) I : .152; (0b)
i, 7.297- (6) 1s 2326 ((d) 1 @ 13% (€) at .25: (fri =34 502) 1 Scone
is interesting to note that with the exception of specimen, g, the
increase in the height of the area and its flattening-out follows directly
the increase in length of the hinge-line.

A comparison of these ratios with those of Spirifer whitneyi from
Lime Creek show that all of the western specimens have a shorter

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. oh

hinge-line and relatively higher brachial valve than the specimens from
Iowa. Furthermore all the western specimens are more robust, and
have a ratio between the length of hinge and the maximum thickness
of the specimen which ranges from I : .86 to I: .54, while the same
ratios for specimens of Spirifer whitneyi from Iowa range from 1 : .5
EOsT 1.46:

A large percentage of the well-preserved specimens of Spirifer
whitney var. monticola, show fine striz on the rather broad, flattened,
radiating plications. The plications vary in number from thirteen to
twenty-nine on a side, and from nine to nineteen on the fold. The
size of a moderately small individual is: width 22 mm., height 25 mm.,
height of area 5 mm., width of delthyrium .45 mm., thickness 19 mm.
The measurements of a rather large individual are: width 37 mm.,
height 30 mm., height of area 12 mm., width of delthyrium 9.5 mm.,
thickness 26 mm. Specimens from the fissile green shales of number
5 are much better preserved than those from the limestone layers.
Almost all of the specimens from the shale show the characteristic
striations on the plications, and some show a tendency to develop.
alate, almost spiniform, hinge extremities.22 Such delicate spinose:
points are preserved in only a few of the specimens from the shale, so.
that it seems likely that this is an abornmal feature and not a general!
character.

About fifteen of the specimens, including Nos. 174 a, b, and c, of the-
series just mentioned, and specimens numbered 172c and d,.
and 176 a and b, show under the hand-lens, or microscope, a spinose-
surface covering the plications. The character of this surface varies:
from numerous irregularly scattered small rounded spines,” as seen
on specimens 172d or 174a to elongate spine bases arranged in
radiating rows (See PI. V, figs. 7, 8, 9,), which under slight magnification
appear continuous, and therefore like the normal stria. Upon a closer
examination they appear to be an intermediate stage between the
normally striated specimens and the irregularly spinose individuals.
Since there is this gradation in surface character on specimens, which
in other respects are identical, it seems best to note it merely as a
variable detail in Spirifer whitneyi var. monticola. Specimens from
the green shale almost always have the details of the surface well-
preserved and it is from a study of these that the intermediate stages

22 See Plate V, fig. 6.
2s Seeumlate: Ve fig. 10:

38 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

between the normally striate and the irregularly spinose types were
made out. The type is in the Carnegie Museum.
Locality.—Specimens of Spirifer whitneyi and its varieties were
obtained from the gray limestone, number 4, and the green shale num-
ber 5, at all of the localities studied in detail by the writer, where the
Three Forks Formation is exposed in the region about Three Forks and

to the north.
Genus AMBOCGLIA Hall.

8. Amboccelia gregaria Hall.

Ambocelia gregaria HALL, 13th Ann. Rept. N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Nist., p. 81.
Ambocelia gregaria RAYMOND, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, 1900, p. 143.

Specimens referred to this species are very common in certain of
the limestone bands in the green shale, number 5, particularly at
Three Forks and Logan. The brachial valves show the well-marked
sinus, which characterizes this species.

Locality —Green shale, member number 5, at Three Forks, Logan,
and localities to the north.

Family RHYNCHONELLIDZ& Gray.
Genus LEIORHYNCHUS Hall.

9. Leiorhynchus dunbarense sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 8.)
Cf. Leiorhynchus astabulense PROSSER, Ohio Geol. Surv., 4th ser., Bull. 15, 1913.

Shell very gibbous and wide in comparison with its height. The
ventral valve is slightly convex and the beak rather prominent. The
mesial sinus becomes very deep toward the margin and contains two
rather low, rounded plications. The sinus is bordered by two large
rounded plications, with usually two less elevated, rounded plications
on either side, the outermost usually faintly defined. The dorsal valve
is very convex and strongly incurved at the umbo, and rises some-
what above the ventral valve. The surface is marked by a high fold
with three rather angular plications. The sides have one strongly
marked plication next to the fold, and usually two less distinct, low,
rounded plications nearer the lateral margins. The surface of the
well-preserved specimens is covered with strong, concentric, imbricated
growth-lines. The dimensions of the type specimen are: width 27 mm.,
height 16 mm. Another specimen has a width of 22 mm., and a
height of 14 mm. The type is in the Carnegie Museum.

This species resembles Leiorhynchus astabulense Prosser in many

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. 39

respects, but the ratio of width to height in Leiorhynchus dunbarense
is I : .6 instead of 1: .g asin L. astabulense, and the sides have fewer
plications. The type is in the Carnegie Museum.

Locality—Five specimens of this species were collected from the
limestone layers at the top of member number 5, near Dunbar’s
mine, north of Three Forks. Three of them were collected by Dr.
Raymond in 1905 and two of them by the writer in 1912. One very
well preserved specimen was obtained by the writer in 1913 from the
base of gray limestone number 4, from east of Lombard, Montana.

10. Leiorhynchus madisonense sp. nov. (Plate VII, figs. 11-13.)

Outline of shell oval; width always greater than height; the ratio
varies from I : .64 to 1:.76. An average specimen has a width of
19 mm. and a height of 14 mm., with a ratio of I : .73.

The pedicle valve curves to the sides and has a well marked, rather
broad sinus, developed slightly above the middle of the shell. Beak
small and closely incurved over the umbo of the opposite valve.

The brachial valve is much more convex than the pedicle, and
rounds to the sides. Mesial fold well-developed in most cases, and
greatly elevated at the outer border. Surface marked by fine im-
bricating concentric striz, also by fine radiating striz, which are well-
developed on the sides of the shell. The sinus is generally character-
ized by two rounded plications, rarely one or three. The fold is
usually marked by three, sometimes two, or four, plications. Sides
of the shell usually marked by one or two faint, low, rounded plications.
These plications all extend to the apex of the shell. The type is in the
Carnegie Museum.

This species differs from Leitorhynchus mesacostale in the smaller
number of plications in the fold and sinus, and in the greater width
of the shell in relation to its height.

Locality—Specimens are numerous in the green shale and asso-
ciated limestone layers of member number 5, at Three Forks, Logan,
and most of the other localities in the region near Three Forks.

11. Leiorhynchus madisonense var. gibbosum var. nov. (Plate VII,
figs. 14-16.)
Cf. Leiorhynchus kellogi HALL, Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV, p. 361, Pl. 56.
Shell more gibbous and usually larger than Leiorhynchus madisonense.
An average specimen has a width of 23 mm. and a height of 20 mm.,

40 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

with a ratio of width to height of 1: .87. A smaller specimen has a
width of 19 mm. and a height of 15 mm., and a ratio of 1:.79. The
range in the ratio of width to height is from 1 : .77 to.1 : .89.

The valve of the pedicle is gibbous a little below the umbo, and
curves evenly to the sides. It becomes flattened in the middle and is
deeply sinuate toward the front of the shell. The beak is closely
incurved over the umbo of the brachial valve.

The brachial valve is more convex than the pedicle and curves to
the sides, with a broad, flattened mesial fold, well-developed from the
upper third of the shell.

The surface is marked by fine concentric striz and also by fine
radiating strie, which are usually most prominent on the sides of the
shell. From three to seven low, rounded plications occur in the sinus,
and from four to eight in the fold. The specimens usually have from
one to three low, rounded plications on the sides of the valves, which
diminish in relief toward the lateral margins. All of the plications
radiate from the beaks and they are almost invariably clearly defined
from the beaks to the margin of the shell. This new variety differs
from Leiorhynchus madisonense in the greater convexity of the valves;
the normally greater number of plications in the fold and sinus, and
in the height and width being more nearly equal.

This new variety differs from Leiorhynchus kellogi in the lesser
number of plications on each side of the fold and sinus, and in having
the plications extending all the way from the margin to the apex,
instead of half-way or less, asin L. kellogi. The type is in the Carnegie
Museum.

Locality—Specimens are numerous in the gray limestone, number 4,
and also in the green shales, number 5, at Three Forks, Logan, and
the other localities in that region. ‘Twenty-four specimens were
collected by Dr. Raymond in 1905 and seventeen by the writer in
1912, and about ten in 1913.

12. Leiorhynchus utahense var. ventricosum var. nov. (Plate VIII,
figs. IO-T1.)

Cf. Leiorhynchus utahensis KINDLE, Bull. Am. Pal., No. 20, p. 27, Pl. 3, figs. I-Ie.
Cf. Leiorhynchus greeneanum (ULRICH), Cont. Am. Pal., I, 1886, p. 26, Pl. 13, fig. I.
Shell large, ventricose on brachial side, and flattened on side of
pedicle. Ratio of width to height 1:.94. Thickness usually some-
what less than height. The type specimen has a width of 37 mm.,

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. 41

height 35 mm., and convexity 28 mm. The largest specimen obtained
has a height of 47 mm., a width of 42 mm., and a convexity of 47 mm.
This specimen has a ratio of width to height of .89 : 1, and a convexity
equal to the height. The cardinal view of all of the specimens is
sub-semicircular in outline.

Valve of pedicle gibbous at the umbo, flattened toward the sides,
and deeply sinuate toward the front. Beak small, acute, and closely
incurved over the umbo and brachial valve. Two low, rounded pli-
cations and three broad furrows are present in the sinus, which is
scarcely defined at the umbo, but becomes broad and fairly deep at
the anterior margin.

Brachial valve ventricose, with a well-defined low fold, consisting
of three rather broadly rounded plications, the one in the middle
somewhat narrower than the other two.

Surface of both valves marked by fine concentric lines, with more
prominent uneven growth-wrinkles at increasingly frequent intervals
toward the margin of the valves. The sides of the shell show distinct
radiating striations, about four to one millimeter, and there are faint
indications of them on the sinus and on a part of the fold.

This form is considered to be a variety of Lezorhynchus utahense
Kindle, of the Jefferson limestone of Utah, from which it differs in its
sub-semicircular and not sub-trigonal outline, and in its larger size,
and lesser number of plications in the sinus and fold. The type is in
the Carnegie Museum.

It differs from Leiorhynchus greeneanum (Ulrich) in its greater height
in relation to its width; in having a sub-hemispherical rather than a
sub-trigonal cardinal view, and in having the fold clearly marked to
the anterior extremity of the valve, and containing three distinct
plications, instead of two or three irregular, faint plications.

Leiorhynchus greeneanum is a younger form, and occurs in the
Keokuk limestone of Indiana.

Locality.—Specimens of this new variety were collected from the
base of limestone number 4, and the top of green shale number 5,
chiefly from Three Forks and Logan. Dr. Raymond collected three
specimens in 1905 and the writer collected six in 1912 and ten in 1913.

13. Leiorhynchus jeffersonense sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 9.)

Shell large, sub-ovate and moderately convex on the brachial side;
flattened on the pedicle side. Width of an average specimen 44 mm.;

42 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

height 28 mm.; ratio I : .635. Width of a smaller individual 38 mm.;
height 23 mm.; ratio I : .6.

Valve of pedicle flattened toward the sides, with a moderately deep
sinus, which starts from the beak. Sinus flat, and bordered by a single,
usually prominent, rounded plication on each side. Four or five
distinct, evenly spaced, rounded plications in the sinus, and on a few
specimens one or two faint plications on the sides of the valve.

Brachial valve convex, with a prominent flat-topped fold, which
starts from the beak, and is composed of five or six rounded plications.
One or two very low plications are visible on the sides of the valve in a
few specimens.

This species differs from Leiorhynchus utahense var. ventricosum,
with which it is associated in the field, in its greater width in relation
to its height; in the lesser convexity of the valves, and in the possession
of a greater number of plications in the fold and sinus.

One specimen referred to this species was collected by Dr. Raymond
in 1905, and eight specimens were collected by the writer in 1912 from
the base of the gray limestone, number 4, and the upper limestone in
green shale number 5, in the east and west valleys north of Three
Forks. In 1913 two well-preserved specimens were obtained from
this same horizon near Sappington, and a few were obtained from
Logan, and Lombard. The type is in the Museum of Comparative
Zooblogy.

14. Leiorhynchus mesacostale Hall.

Leiorhynchus mesacostalis HALL, 1867, Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV, p. 362, Pl. 67, figs.

I8—25.

Leiorhynchus mesacostale RAYMOND, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, No. 2, 3,

1909.

Fossils referred to this species are fairly common in the limestone
and green shale of member number 5, at all of the localities. These are
all rather small flattened forms, with the plications limited to the fold
and sinus. There are usually three plications in the sinus and four
in the fold, but the number is rather variable. They are all evenly
spaced, and in that respect differ from L. mesacostale as figured by
Hall. In general appearance they resemble Camarophoria subreni-
formis which is described by Tschernyschew from the Ural Mountains,
but without material for comparison it is not possible to tell how closely
these forms compare.

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. 43

15. Leiorhynchus cf. laura (Billings).

Cf. Leiorhynchus multicosta HALL, Pal. N. Y., IV, 1867, p. 358, Pl. 56, figs. 26-40.
Cf. Leiorhynchus clarkei PROSSER, Ohio Geol. Surv., 4th Ser. Bull. 15, 1913.

Several specimens from the green shale and limestone member,
number 5, from Three Forks and Logan, are referred with some doubt
to this species. They are small flattened shells with three or four low,
rounded plications on each side of the sinus and fold, as well as in the
sinus and fold. They compare closely with L. multicosta as figured
by Hall, but that is a Hamilton form, and these Montana specimens
are in a higher horizon. The Montana specimens are also similar to
L. clarkei Prosser, but are much smaller in size.

Genus CAMAROTGECHIA Hall & Clarke.

16. Camaroteechia contracta Hall.

Rhynchonella (Stenocisma) contracta HALL, 1867, Pal. N. Y., IV., p. 351, Pl. 55,

figs. 26-39.
Camarotechia contracta? KINDLE, U.S. G. S. Bull. 391, p. 22, Pl. VI, figs. 1-24.
Camarotechia contracta RAYMOND, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, 1909, p. I41.

Specimens apparently identical with those from Colorado and New
Mexico, which are identified as C. contracta, occur as one of the most
abundant forms in the green shale and limestone member number 5,
and also in smaller numbers in the overlying gray limestone, at all of
the localities where fossils were collected from the formation by the
writer. The specimens vary greatly in the number of plications in
the sinus and fold. The average number is three in the sinus and four
in the fold, but a considerable number of specimens have more or less.
The extreme numbers in the sinus are from two to five, and in the fold
from three to six.

Family ATHYRIDZ Phillips.
Genus CLEIOTHYRIDINA Buckman.

17. Cleiothyridina devonica Raymond.
Cleiothyridina devonica RAYMOND, Ann. Carnegie Museum, Vol. V, 1909, p. 143.
A very large number of specimens of this species were collected by
the writer in 1912 and 1913 from the gray limestone number 4, and
from the green shale and limestone member number 5, at all of the
localities. This species is described in detail by Dr. Raymond from
its occurrence at Three Forks and Logan.

44 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus MERISTELLA Hall.

18. Meristella barrisi Hall. (Plate VII, fig. 2.)
Meristella barrisi HALL, Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV, 1867, p. 304, Pl. 49.
Meristella barrisi KINDLE, Bull. 391, U. S. G. S., p. 30, Pl. 9, figs. 7-9.

Four specimens identified by the writer as of this species, were
collected from the limestone layers in the middle part of the green
shale, number 5, from the west valley, north of Three Forks. They
closely. resemble the forms figured by Dr. Kindle from New Mexico,
and also those figured by Hall from the state of New York.

Order PROTREMATA.
Superfamily STROP HOME NACEA Schuchert.
Family ORTHID Dalman.
Genus SCHIZOPHORIA King.

19. Schizophoria striatula var. australis Kindle. (Plate VIII,
figs. 3-5.)
Schizophoria striatula var. australis KINDLE, U. S. G. S., Bull., 391, p. 21, Pl. 2,

figs. I and 2.

About thirty specimens identified as this variety, were collected
by the writer from the middle and upper part of member number 5
at Three Forks and Logan. The specimens are not as well preserved
as those from New Mexico figured by Dr. Kindle, but they resemble
them sufficiently closely to make the identification fairly certain.

Genus RHIPIDOMELLA Oehlert.

20. Rhipidomella vanuxemi(?) Hall. (Plate VIII, figs. 3-5.)

Orthis vanuxemi Hall, 1858, Geol. Surv. Iowa, I, pt. 2, p. 487, pl. 2, figs. 2 and 3.

A large, number of specimens, identified as this species, were col-
lected by Dr. Raymond and the writer from the top of the gray lime-
stone, number 4, and the base of the yellow shale, number 2, chiefly
at Logan. A few specimens were obtained from near Sappington
and Rekap, and in the east and west valley at Three Forks. The
specimens are all nearly circular in outline, and are very flat, with
no sinus or fold, and the plications have numerous pores as in R. vanu-
xemt. This horizon is higher than that in which R. vanuxemi occurs
in New York, but, because of the very close correspondence in shape
and details, these forms from Montana are identified with some
doubt as belonging to this species.

HAYNES: FAUNA OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN IN MONTANA. 45

Family STROPHOMENID<: King.
Genus SCHUCHERTELLA.

21. Schuchertella chemungensis var. arctostriata (Hall). (Plate VII,
fig. 6.)

Streptorhynchus chemungensis var. arctostriata HALL, Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV, Pl. 9, fig. 1.
Hemipronites chemungensis var. arctostriata MEEK, 40th Parl. Surv., Pl. 3, fig. 2,
Schuchertella chemungensis var. arctostriata (KINDLE), Bull. Am. Pal., No. 20, p. 26.

Ply

About ten specimens, identified as this variety, were collected from
the limestone bands in the green shale, number 5, in the valleys near
Three Forks, and eight specimens were collected from the same horizon
at Logan by Dr. Raymond in 1905 and by the writer in 1912 and 1913.
One very well preserved specimen was obtained by the writer in 1913
from the gray limestone member near Sappington. These specimens
show a considerable range in size, but they all seem to belong to the
same species and variety. The dimensions of an average specimen
are: width on hinge 25 mm., height 18 mm. A rather small specimen
has a width of 9 mm. and a height of 7.5 mm. All of the specimens .
show the characters of the variety as noted by Hall. The surface is
covered with close, crenulated, radiating strie, increasing mainly by
interstitial addition. The specimens appear to be identical with those
figured by Dr. Kindle from the Jefferson limestone of Princeton and
Livingston, Montana.

Family PRODUCTID Gray.
Genus PRODUCTELLA Hall.

22. Productella spinigera Kindle. (Plate VIII, fig. 3.)
Productella spinigera KINDLE, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 391, p. 19, Pl. V, figs. 1-4.
About twenty-five specimens, identified as this species, were collected
by Dr. Raymond and the writer from members numbers 4 and 5 at
the various localities. These specimens show very little variation
and correspond very well with the description and figures of the
Ouray species of Dr. Kindle.

23. Productella coloradensis Kindle. (Plate VII, figs. 5 and 7-8.)

Productella coloradensis KINDLE, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 391, p. 17, Pl. IV,
figs. 2-8.
About thirty specimens collected by Dr. Raymond and the writer
from members 4 and 5 were identified by the writer as this species.

46 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

24. Productella coloradensis var. plicata Kindle.
Productella coloradensis var. plicatus KINDLE, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 391, p.
18, Pl. IV, figs. 9-12.
The writer obtained two well-preserved specimens from the upper
portion of member number 5, north of Three Forks, which show the
detailed characters of this variety.

25. Productella laminata Kindle. (Plate VIII, fig. 6.)

Productella laminatus KINDLE, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 391, p. 18, Pl. IV, figs.
13-14.
About ten specimens from the upper portion of member number 5
in the collections of Dr. Raymond and the writer were identified as
of this species.

26. Productella cf. depressa Kindle.
Productella depressa KINDLE, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 391, p. 20, Pl. V, fig. 5, 5a.

Five specimens collected by Dr. Raymond from member number 5
are referred by the writer, with some doubt, to this species.

27. Productella cf. arctirostrata Hall.
Productella arctirostrata HALL. Pal. N. Y., Vol. IV, 1867, p. 182, pl. 26, figs. 16-23.

About thirty poorly preserved specimens from limestone member
number 4, and the overlying yellow shale of number 2 are referred to
this species with some doubt. Most of the specimens have continuous
plications, rather than a row of elongate spine-bases as shown in most
of the figures of this species.

The following rather unsatisfactory determinations of poorly pre-
served Productellas are merely listed here without comment. They
are all from the upper part of member number 5 or from number 4.

Productella cf. hirsuta Hall, a rather common form.

Productella cf. hirsutiformis Walcott, a very rare form in the col-

lections.

Productella cf. subaculeata Walcott, a rare form.

Productella cf. subalata Hall, a fairly abundant form.

This completes the description of the Brachiopoda from members
numbers 4 and 5 of the Three Forks formation. A description of the
Pelecypoda of the formation is in preparation for a later paper in this
series.

a , 7 >" 7 ’ y ; i i
' 7) ; ,
: - ‘ , ci
i a ©, ¢ ‘ r
4 Ri, A .
7 : -
i ' « & nt
. le Z
a —— : 7 rT, ,
4 : i) : <= ’
7 VE ane = ; a= a
a Pe OR 20 2 Meee Ste kOe on
7 - i
ai a 7 P
an e hy
- r a ow
‘
rm i ’ !
of i ' i
ele ; ee
— ‘
é > as 7
— a : in ‘ ® f 4 P
» a | Monte ,
Te fm} = ian {t rt gs
¢ = ,
. « 3 ih §
. ‘ 5! ee f
1 r a]
- / sees a
7 « t - i)
t 7 A a i rT
ace Wie hana a @ . P
? ; i] is ae
; ' gay Pi yt in
‘
‘ - ‘ie . ee , |
bd . « Ls dé.
; J * "OT
: ¢ s ya p> 7 i
’ 7 oo ‘ , ’ Fi qe
=< ee
ds eT eet g we Fee's | we ' ‘
f - je
; 7 ru le A a al, Pp cis ba | : : i &
Py = — f = , =
5 an “es » ee. oo eles a ‘t Oe Atte oy ae » + y r 7
ao r ae Maney : .
7 . . ‘i
® 1
17 n
i iJ ad
é ~ ©
: ‘
‘
- a
ds
’
s 5
: Fl
; A
\ ,
. ; i
\ 7 a }
{
5,
“| v4 atilin i ba i : t
ene el teeny a bey Fuh pay? ip
Bs Py 6a ;
7 i\ oe! *
: yma F ' 44
: "4a
a
: ‘
7 ors 1 i _ 7
\ ty Fe ,
‘ oY) an Be > a i ae 7
mr wea ie as ee
ae ‘ 3 7 f , a . ;
ea : { eh!
j - ¢ inv Pie
t ¢ (
Y uh 7 j
e . ,
: 5
— g {
‘ i}
‘ : ’
r ‘a
1 wf e wv -
i > ¥ ‘
are |
Vy, 6 ie
Pg a “cea
(ae 7 7
- erty, Q , .
True Sore 1 or
4 ieee a r '
roa Lae * ; <¥ .
bt bs we
Ph Pad § 1 oo
i " :
ae = ’ a |
i Ay 1 at
> ¢ :
/ \ - jis,
et g's ‘on
Y i ie
be 4 J 7 ae a,
i ., .
; nL 2
* ~~ ae}
be koa mye
ee
: . é e&.
j Ss i R = ~ ay
ia ° 4 4
yw vy , baa
nN 1A, 4 A ie é a7
- fie y RY = Sa ”
a
> 7 baal Z a -
_ ‘ 7 ie ae
: » wos
\ Pid tS
(eri ae i a
nd is Na ; fi eo , Gee a
Sal! @ 7 a | - tae oe or

FIG.

FIG.
FIc.

Fic.

FIc.
FIG.

Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.

FIG.
FIG.

FIG.

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Spirifer raymondi Haynes, sp. nov. (Top view showing shape of area.)
X 2.
Spirifer raymondi Haynes, sp. nov. X 2.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. gallatinensis Haynes, var. nov. (Showing
parallel-sided area.) X 2.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. gallitinensis Haynes, var. nov. (Ventral
valve of specimen shown in Fig. 3.) X 2.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall. X 2.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola Haynes, var. nov. (Showing
spiniform cardinal angle.) XX 2.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X 4. No. 1760.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X 4. No. 1726.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. 4. No. 172¢.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X 4. No. 172d.
(Figs. 7 to 10 inclusive show details of surface markings.)
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. animasensis (Girty). (Side view.) X 2.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. animasensis (Girty). (Ventral valve of
specimen in Fig. 11.) X 2.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. animasensis (Girty). (Top view showing
high area of same specimen.) X 2.

Plate V.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X.

(See opposite page.)

s from Green Shales.

Brachiopod

FIG.
FIG.
Fic.
FIG.
Fic.
FIG.
Fic.

FIG.
Fic.
FIG.
FIG.

FIG.

TIAN BPWNH

T2.

riey,

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X11. No. 174a.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X1. No. 17406.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X31. No. 174¢.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X11. No. 174d.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X1. No. 174e.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. X1. No. 174f.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall, var. monticola. 1. No. 174g.

(Figs. I to 7 show variations from a long, narrow form to ashort wide
form, and also in height of area and length of hinge-line.)

Spirifer whitneyi Hall. X 2.
Spirifer whitneyi Hall. (Top view of specimen shown in Fig. 8.) X 2.

Spirifer whitneyi Hall. Lime Creek, Iowa. X 2.

Spirifer whitneyi Hall. Lime Creek, Iowa. (Top view of specimen
shown in Fig. 10.) X 2.

Spirifer raymondi Haynes. Three Forks, Montana. (Ventral valve
of extreme mucronate type.) X 2.

Spirifer raymondi Haynes. Three Forks, Montana. (Exfoliated
ventral valve, showing slight fold in sinus.) X 2.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X Plate VI,

aie i

Brachiopceds from Green Shales. (See opposite page.)

FIG.
Fic.
FIG.
FIG.
FIG.
FIG.
FIG.
Fic.

FIG.
Fic.

FIG.
FIG.

FIG.

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Lingula hubbardi Haynes, sp. nov. X 2.

Meristella barrist Hall. X 2.

Productella spinigera Kindle. X 2.

Orbiculoidea lodiensis (Vanuxem). X 2.

Productella coloradensis Kindle. X 2.

Schuchertella chemungensis var. arctostriata (Hall). X 2.

Productella coloradensis Kindle. X 2.

Productella coloradensis Kindle. (Top view of specimen shown in Fig.
73) eee

Rhipidomella vanuxemi Hall. (?). XX 2.

Rhipidomella vanuxemi Hall. (Enlarged figure showing detail of
surface of specimen given in Fig. 9.)

Leiorhynchus madisonense Haynes, sp. nov. X 2.

Leiorhynchus madisonense Haynes, sp. nov. (Dorsal valve of speci-
men in Fig. 11.) X 2.

Leiorhynchus madisonense Haynes, sp. nov. (Ventral valve of
smooth-sided form.) X 2.

Leiorhynchus madisonense Haynes, var. gibbosum Haynes, var. nov.
x 3.

Leiorhynchus madisonense Haynes, var. gibbosum. (Dorsal valve of
specimen shown in Fig. 14.) xX #.
Leiorhynchus madisonense Haynes, var. gibbosum, (Side view of

same showing plications on side of shell.) 3.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X Pith

Ait

AIT

My :
Opp in

ANS

Ai in
mA NNN S

Brachiopods from Green Shales. (See opposite page.)

Te ue e
Tt? iP —

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Schizophoria stviatula, var. australis Kindle. X 3.
Schizophoria striatula, var. australis. (Top view of specimen shown in
Fig. 1.) X 3.
Rhipidomella vanuxemi Hall. (A small specimen showing area about
umbo.) X 2.
Rhipidomella vanuxemi Hall. Logan, Montana. X 2.
Rhipidomella vanuxemi Hall. Logan, Montana. (Same specimen as
shown in Fig. 4.) X 2.
Productella laminata Kindle. Three Forks, Montana. Coli. Haynes.
X25
Spirifer disjunctus Sowerby = S. verneuili Murchison. Boulonnais
Duval Coll. (To be compared with S. whitneyi Hall.) X 2.
Leiorhynchus dunbarense Haynes, sp. nov. Holotype, Carn. Museum,
Three Forks, Montana. Coll. P.E. Raymond. X 3.
Leiorhynchus jeffersonense Haynes, sp. nov. X I.
Leiorhynchus utahense Kindle, var. ventsicosum Haynes, var.nov. X 2.
Leiorhynchus utahense Kindle, var. ventricosum Haynes. (Side views
inverted.) XX 2.
Spirifer disjunctus Sowerby. Try prés Walfourt. (To be compared
with S. whitneyi var. gallatinensis Haynes.) X 2.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X. Plate VIII,

Brachiopods from Green Shales. (See opposite page.)

III. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPHAGEBRANCHUS FROM
THE BAHAMAS.

(PLATE IX.)
By C. H. EIGENMANN.

The genus Sphagebranchus is characterized by the absence of all
fins and the small inferior gill-slits. Snout very sharply pointed,
mouth large, horizontal, inferior, the lower jaw sharply pointed;
gular region somewhat expanded, and with longitudinal grooves;
gills large, gill-slits small, converging forward along the inner edge of a
pair of comma-shaped depressions, the bottom of the depressions with a
thin membrane; nostril inferior, not completely divided into anterior and
posterior; lateral-line pores prominent. About twenty-three recurved
teeth in the lower jaw, about twenty-seven similar teeth in a compact
row along each side of the upper jaw, those in front smallest, four
similar, but much larger, teeth on the snout in front of the regular
series; about ten recurved teeth on a median line in the roof of the
mouth. No tongue.

Sphagebranchus conklini sp. nov.

6710,C. M. Type, 235 mm. From coarse sand in ten feet of water,
just inside the bar at entrance to harbor, New Providence, Bahamas,
April 27, 1907. Collector, E. G. Conklin.

Tip of snout to anus 88 mm., to gill-opening 18; tail 147 mm.; gape
of mouth 4 mm.; snout to eye 3.3 mm.; eye .66 mm.; width of body
4 mm. Over IIo pores in the lateral line; eye covered, but visible,
the pupil a horizontal slit.

This species is evidently related to S. anguiformis Peters, the type
of which was taken in the open Atlantic 15° 40’ 1” north, 23° 5/ 8”
west. The location of Nassau is 25° 5’ 6” north and 77° 21’ 2”
The differences may be tabulated as follows:

west.

56 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

S. conklint. S. angutformts.
Head and trunk 1.67 in length Head and trunk less than 1.5
of tail. in length of tail.
Head to gill-openings 4 in the Head 6 in the trunk, 17 in the
trunk, 13 in the total length. total length.
Eye 5 in the snout. ! Flesh color with minute dark
Flesh color. spots.

After being caught this specimen was observed to rapidly make its
way through the sand, which had been brought up by the dredge.
It was presented to the Carnegie Museum by Professor E. G. Conklin
of Princeton University.

‘loqivpy nesseN ‘odAy UURUIUOSIY 227YU0I snyounagasnyds

AR DW AC Aq of] Wor UMLIG

*X1 Fld ‘YX “JOA ‘WNASNW JIDINYVO STVNNY

ih i

IV. SOME MARINE FISHES FROM COLOMBIA AND
ECUADOR.*

By CHARLES WILSON.

The specimens enumerated in the present paper were collected (a)
by C. H. Eigenmann in January of 1912 in the bay and on the shores
of the Caribbean Sea at Cartagena, and in March, 1912, at Buena-
ventura on the Pacific shores of Colombia; (b) by Arthur Henn and
Charles Wilson in January, 1913, at Tumaco and in the Rio Rosario,
both near the southwestern corner of Colombia; and (c) by Arthur
Henn in May, 1913, at Guayaquil, Ecuador.

The primary object of the expeditions to Colombia and Ecuador
was to collect freshwater fishes. No attempt was made to make
complete collections of marine fishes at any of the localities which
were visited.

The work of Professor Eigenmann was under the auspices of the
Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum. The types and first
series collected by him are in the Carnegie Museum. The work of
Mr. Henn and myself in Colombia was under the auspices of the
[ndiana University and was equipped and financed by Mr. H. McK.
Landon and Mr. Carl G, Fisher, both of Indianapolis. The types and
first series collected by us are in the collections of the Carnegie Museum,
which has engaged to publish the results of these expeditions. The
second series obtained by the above expeditions are in the Museum of
Indiana University.

The work of Mr. Arthur Henn in Ecuador and in the lower San
Juan was under the auspices of Indiana University and was financed
by Mr. Hugh McK. Landon of Indianapolis. The types and first
series collected by him are, for the most part, in the collections of the
Indiana University, the second series is in the Carnegie Museum.

A few of the marine fishes collected by Mr. Max Ellis during the
Gimbel expedition to Guiana and by Mr. John Haseman for the
Carnegie Museum are also listed.

In the following list of species and specimens the numbers refer

* Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of Indiana University, No. 149.

itl

58 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

to the Catalog of Fishes of the Carnegie Museum (C. M.) and to that
of Indiana University Museum (I. U. M.).

Family GALEID.

1. Charcharhinus cerdale (Gilbert).
5670 a, C. M.; 13508 a, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador,
May, 1913. Arthur Henn.
5671 a, C. M.; 13509 a, I. U. M. Buenaventura, Colombia. Eigen-
mann.
Family SPHYRNID-.
2. Sphyrna tiburo (Linnzus).
5675 a, C. M.; 13514 a, I. U. M. Market in Guayaquil, Ecuador,
May, 1913. Henn.

Family PRISTID.

3. Pristis pectinatus Latham.
13512a,1.U.M. Georgetown Harbor, British Guiana. Max M. Ellis.

4. Pristis perrotteti Valenciennes.
13513 a, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador, May, 1913.
Arthur Henn.
Family RHINOBATID.

5. Rhinobatus leucorhynchus Giinther.
5674 a; C. M.; 13511 a, 1. U: M. Tumacoe; Colombia, Jan: 2,419"4.
Henn & Wilson.
Family SILURID-.

6. Galeichthys simonsi Starks.
5586 a-f, C. M.; 13218 a—b, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena-
ventura, Colombia. Eigenmann.
6721 a—b, C. M., 220-265 mm. Buenaventura. Eigenmann.
5663 a—b, C. M.; 13223 a—b, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia, Jan. 2, 1913.
Henn & Wilson.
5664 a, C. M.; 13224 a, I. U. M. Rio Rosario, Colombia. Henn.
5665 a, C. M.; 13225, 1. U. M. Buenaventura, Colombia. Eigen-

mann.

1 A species of Pristis is abundant both in the Atrato and in the San Juan Rivers.

WILSON: MARINE FISHES FROM COLOMBIA AND ECUADOR. 59

Genus FELICHTHYS Swainson.

This marine genus is composed of four species, two of which occur
in the Pacific and two in the Atlantic. We have the two Pacific
species, F. panamensis and F. pinnimaculatus from Buenaventura,
and F. pinnimaculatus, from Guayaquil.

a. Dorsal spine not produced in a long filament, occipital process large and shaped
like a clover-leaf, anal with dark margin. Head 3.66—4.25; depth 4.66—-5.5;
1D) Sere ACe 2 Sut Ons Obraloiey achactsta. «fe reicy~ sheer smre ds, tee access. Soils: » panamensis Gill.

aa. Dorsal spine produced in a long filament, occipital process normal; anal with

a large dark blotch on the anterior lobe. Head 4-4.75; depth 4-4.8; D.
Te Ae 2 Or COrs Osis es. ciie) ays elwreils ots sisi aia sane pinnimaculatus Steindachner.

7. Felichthys pinnimaculatus (Steindachner).

Ailurichthys pinnimaculatus STEINDACHNER, Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LX XIV,
Ichthyol. Beitr., IV, 1875, p. 15, pl. VIII, figs. 1-3 (Panama); JORDAN & GILBERT,
Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., 1882, p. 34 (Panama); Proc. U. S..Nat. Mus., 1882,
p. 662 (Panama); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d ser,
Vol. I, 1888, p. 148 (Panama); South American Nematognaths, 1890, p. 35
(Panama).

Felichthys pinnimaculatus GILBERT & STARKS, Mem. Cal. Acad. Sci., Vol. IV, 1904.
p. 20 (Panama); JORDAN & EVERMANN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 47, Vol. 1,
1896, p. I17.

6680 a, C. M., 453 mm. Guayaquil. Henn. 13553, I.-U. M., 245
mm. Buenaventura. Eigenmann.

8. Felichthys panamensis (Gill).

6679 a, C. M., 305 mm. Buenaventura. Eigenmann.

g. Sciadeichthys troscheli (Gill).
6723 a-e, C. M., 210-240 mm.; 13554, I. U. M., 195-260. Tumaco.

Henn.
10. Netuma kessleri (Steindachner).

6722 a, C. M., 245 mm. Buenaventura. Eigenmann.

Family SYNODONTID-.
11. Synodus scituliceps Jordan & Gilbert.

5669 a-c, C. M.; 13506 a—c, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia, Jan. 2,
1913, Henn & Wilson; 13507 a, I. U. M., Guayaquil market, Henn.
The specimens from Tumaco and Guayaquil market agree with

S. jenkinsi Jordan & Bollman, which Gilbert and Starks (California.

60 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Academy of Sciences, Vol. IV, p. 50) consider synonymous with
S. scituliceps Jordan & Gilbert.

Family HEMIRAMPHID-.

12. Hyporhamphus roberti (Cuvier & Valenciennes).
13503 a, 1. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador. May, 1913. Henn.

Family SYNGNATHID.

13. Hippocampus punctulatus Guichenot.
5653 a, C. M.; 13430a,1. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann.

14. Siphostoma rousseau (Kaup).

5673 a, C. M.; 13510, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann.

15. Siphostoma eigenmanni Wilson, sp. nov.

5672 a,C. M. Type 121 mm. Rio Vermelho, Bahia. Oct. 24, 1907.

J. D. Haseman.

Body-rings eighteen, caudal rings twenty-eight, dorsal rays forty-
five, commencing before the vent and extending on one-and-a-half plus
seven rings. Snout slender and compressed; its length is contained
one and five-eighths times in total length of head. Diameter of eye
contained five and one-half times in length of snout and eight and one-
fifth times in total length of head. Space from the anterior border of
the orbit of eye to the posterior border of the opercle is contained one
and five-eighth times in the length of snout. Head is contained in
total length, including caudal, five and three-fourths times. Depth
of body before dorsal is contained two times in the space between the
posterior border of the opercle and the anterior border of the orbit of
the eye. Distance from vent to tip of caudal is contained in the dis-
tance from vent to tip of snout one and seven-hundredths times. Keels
sharp and high; each body-ring bearing two ventral, two lateral, and
two dorsal keels. Lateral line interrupted above the vent. Five
radiating ridges pass from the anterior border of the opercle backward
and downward. The uppermost dorsal ridge passes ventral to the
blotches. The three central ridges are visible without lens. The upper
two-thirds of the opercle covered with brown blotches. A brown line
commences on the anterior ventral border of the snout and passes
backward and laterally through the eye and along the dorsal border

WILSON: MARINE FISHES FROM COLOMBIA AND ECUADOR. 61

of the opercle and is continued as a broken line to its termination
above the vent. Center of caudal rays dark. <A brown line on ventral
surface extends from vent to head. Color in alcohol pale, with brown
blotches on the sides of each ring.

Family MUGILID/.

16. Mugil cephalus Linnzus.

5244 a-e, C. M., 13204 a-e, I. U. M. Eighteen duplicates. Tumaco,
Colombia. Henn & Wilson.
5644, C. M. Barrade Penedo. Mouth of Rio San Francisco. J. D.

Haseman.
17. Mugil brasiliensis Agassiz.

5245 a-b, C. M., 13205,1. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann.

18. Mugil curema Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Bos2a, ©. M., Cachoeira. April17, 1908. J. D: Haseman.
5642 a, C. M.; 13429 a—b, I. U. M. Chone, Province Manabi,

Ecuador. Henn.

The specimens from Ecuador examined agree with the description
of M. gaimardianus Desmarest, but Regan in the Biologia Centrali-
Americana, Pisces, p. 72, considers the difference between M.
curema and M. gaimardianus to be due merely to individual variation.

Family POLYNEMID&.
19. Polydactylus approximans (Lay & Bennett).
5576 a, C. M.; 13207 a, I. U. M. Buenaventura. Eigenmann.

20. Polydactylus virginicus (Linnzus).
5583 a-h, C. M.; 13208 a-d, I. U. M. Cartagena. Eigenmann.
5263 a, C. M. Cachoeira. April 17, 1908. J. D. Haseman.
5264a,C.M. Rio Vermelho, Bahia. Oct. 24,1907. J.D. Haseman.

Family HOLOCENTRID~.
21. Holocentrus ascensionis (Osbeck).
5575 a—b, C. M.; 13212 a, I. U. M. Cartagena. Eigenmann.
Family MULLID.

22. Upeneus grandisquamis Gill.
5581 a—b, C. M.; 13206 a, I. U. M. Tumaco. Henn & Wilson.

62 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Family CARANGID-.

23. Oligoplites refulgens Gilbert & Starks.

5652 a, C. M.; 13436 a, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador.

Henn.
24. Oligoplites mundus Jordan & Starks.

5655 a-c, C. M.; 13439 a-c, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena-
ventura, Colombia. Eigenmann.

5656 a—d, C. M.; 13440 a—-d, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador.
Henn.

5659 a-b, C. M.; 13443 a, I. U. M. West Bank, Georgetown Harbor,
British Guiana. Max M. Ellis.

25. Oligoplites altus (Giinther).

5657 a—b, C. M.; 13441 a-b, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador.
Henn.
13445 a, 1. U. M. Rio Rosario, Colombia. Henn & Wilson.

26. Oligoplites saurus (Bloch & Schneider).
5658 a-e, C. M.; 13442 a-e, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. E/jigen-

mann.
27. Caranx hippos (Linneus).

5650 a, C. M.; 13434 a, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador.
Henn.
5660 a, C. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann.

28. Caranx caballus (Giinther).

13435 a, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Henn & Wilson.

29. Trachinotus fasciatus Gill.

13209 a, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Henn & Wilson.

30. Trachinotus culveri Jordan & Starks.
5661 a-f, C. M.; 13444 a-e, I]. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen-

mann.
31. Trachinotus glaucus (Bloch).

5662 a, C. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann.

32. Selene vomer (Linnzus).

13239 a, 1..U..M. “Tumaco,, Colombia. Jan...2) 1913. t Mentiace
Wilson.

WILSON: MARINE FISHES FROM COLOMBIA AND ECUADOR. 63

33. Vomer setipinnis (Mitchill).

5265 a, C. M.; 13240 a, I. U. M.’ Tumaco, Colombia. Jan. 2, 1913.
Henn & Wilson.

Family CENTROPOMID-.
34. Centropomus pectinatus Poey.

5256 a—c, C. M.; 13232 a-d, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen-
mann.

5258 a, C. M.; 13233 a-b, I. U. M. Buenaventura, Colombia. Eigen-
mann.

E2520 7c. M. Rio Vermelho, Bahia. Oct. 24, 1907: J. D.
Haseman.

35. Centropomus grandoculatus Jenkins & Evermann.

Wen gd es M3234 a—b. lo U. M.- Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena-
ventura. Eigenmann.

D. vii, i. 10, A. iti, 7. Scales 8-54 to 56-13, before first dorsal 25.

Specimens 4022 and 7743; 1..U:M., have D. vii, i. to. A. iii, 7.
Scales 8-54-13, number scales before first dorsal (4022, I. U. M.)
24 and (7743, 1. U. M.) 26.

Gilbert & Starks (California Academy. of Sciences, Vol. IV, p. 90),
say: “‘ C. grandoculatus is certainly not separable from C. medius
Giinther, or from C. pedimacula Poey. The describers of grandocu-
latus seem to have neglected the first spine, which is very short and
often concealed by scales. The first dorsal contains eight spines as
in all other species of the genus.”’

Regan (Biologia Centrali-Americana, p. 47) considers C. grandocu-
latus and C. medius Giinther as the same species.

Giinther (Fishes of Central America, Trans. Zoél. Soc. Lond. Vol.
VI, 1868, p. 406), describes C. medius as having: ‘“‘D. 8 = JN 3; 1
las 2570.

Jordan & Evermann (Bulletin U. S. National Mus., No. 47, Part f,
p. 1120) described C. grandoculatus as having D. vii-i, 10; A. iii, 7;
scales 8-52 to 54-13, 23 to 26 before dorsal.

I consider C. grandoculatus Jenkins & Evermann to be a distinct
species. Specimens 4022 and 7743 have only seven spines in the first
dorsal. The specimens collected at Buenaventura, Colombia, have
only seven spines in the first dorsal. The specimens examined by

64 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Gilbert & Starks were evidently C. medius Giinther, and not C.
grandoculatus Jenkins & Evermann.

36. Centropomus parallelus Poey.
5251 a, C. M. Barbados, B. W. I. Eigenmann.

37. Centropomus undecimalis Bloch.

5255 a-b, C. M.; 13231 a—b, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen-
mann.
38. Centropomus viridis Lockington.

5254 a—-b, C. M.; 13230 a, 1]. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador.
Henn.
39. Centropomus nigrescens Giinther.

5250 a, C. M.; 13229 a—b, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil. Henn.

40. Centropomus ensiferus Poey.

5253 a, C. M. Cachoeira, Brazil.. April 17, 1908. J. D. Haseman.

41. Centropomus armatus Gill.
5243 a-b, C. M.; 13226 a—-c, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena-
ventura, Colombia. Eigenmann.
5248 a, C. M.; 13227 a-b, I. U. M. Puerto Negria, Colombia.
Eigenmann.
5249 a, C. M.; 13228 a—b, I. U. M. Rio Rosario, Colombia. Henn
& Wilson.
Family SERRANID.
42. Epinephelus maculosus (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

5641 a, C. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann.

Family LUTIANID.

43. Neomenis griseus (Linneus).

5259 a—-c, C. M.; 13235 a-g, I. U. M. Nine duplicates. Cartagena,
Colombia. Eigenmann.

44. Neomenis apodus (Walbaum).
5574 a-e, C. M.; 13216 a-b, I. U. M. Three duplicates. Cartagena,
Colombia. Eigenmann.
13215 a, 1. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Henn & Wilson.

Wixson: MARINE FISHES FROM COLOMBIA AND ECUADOR. 65

45. Neomenis argentiventris (Peters).
5579 a, C. M.; 13213 a, I. U. M. Buenaventura, Colombia. FEigen-
mann.
46. Neomenis analis (Cuvier & Valenciennes).
5582 a-j, C. M., 13214 a-e, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen-
mann.

47. Neomenis mahogoni (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

5573 a—-d, C. M.; 13217 a-c, 1. U. M. Cartegena, Colombia. Eigen-
mann.
48. Neomenis aratus (Giinther).
5260 a—b, C. M.; 13236 a—c, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Jan. 2,
1913. Henn & Wilson.
In young specimens I find the scales in the lateral line to be from
forty-five to fifty; soft rays in dorsal twelve to fourteen; soft rays in
anal seven to nine; interorbital area broad, width four to five times in

head.
49. Ocyurus chrysurus (Bloch).

5261 a—-b, C. M.; 13237 a—-b, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. FEigen-

mann.
Family HA MULID-.
50. Hemulon plumieri (Lacépéde).

5578 a—-d, C. M.; 13219 a-c, I. U. M. Cartagena. Eigenmann.
77 a, C. M.; 13220 4,1. U. M. Soplaviento. Eigenmann.

51. Hemulon macrostomum Giinther.

5585, eight specimens, C. M.; 13222 a-c,I. U. M. Cartagena, Colom-
bia. Eigenmann.

52. Hemulon scudderi Gill.

5262 a, C. M.; 13238 a, I. U. M. Guayaquil Market. Henn.

53. Hemulon parra (Desmarest).

5267 a-c, C. M., 13243 a—b, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. E/igen-

mann.
54. Hemulon sciurus (Shaw).

13221 a, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann.

66 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Family POMADASID&.
55. Pomadasis macracanthus (Giinther).

5651 a, C. M.; 13243 4,1. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buenaventura,
Colombia. Eigenmann.

56. Pomadasis branicki (Steindachner).

5266 a—b, C. M.; 13241 a, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena-
ventura, Colombia. Eigenmann.

Family SPARID/E.

57. Archosargus unimaculatus (Bloch).

5648 a-h, C. M.; 13433 a-d, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen-
mann.

58. Calamus brachysomus (Lockington).
5649 a, C. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buenaventura, Colombia.
Eigenmann.

Family GERRID&.

59. Gerres simillimus Regan.

5268 a, C. M.; 13437 a—-b, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador.
Henn.
60. Gerres cinereus (Walbaum).

5269 a-o, C. M.; 13244 a-f, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen-
mann.

61. Gerres rhombeus Cuvier & Valenciennes.

5270 a, C. M. Cachoeira, April 17, 1908. Haseman.

62. Gerres lineatus (Humboldt).
5274 a-f, C. M.; 13248 a-f, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena-
ventura, Colombia. Eigenmann.
5273,0,,C. M..13247:0—b,1.U. M.. Tumaco; Colombia. “Jan. 2,169:
Henn & Wilson.

63. Gerres aureolus Jordan & Gilbert.
13249 a,1. U. M._ Rio Rosario, Colombia. Henn & Wilson.

5375 a-f, C. M., 13250 a-f, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena-
ventura. Colombia, Eigenmann.

‘OeUIN, “WU QT IO ‘DB VSOS ‘adAT “WOSTIAA S2sugQo9DULN} DULAqUL/)

xecteld 'X ‘10A SANASSNW JISANYVD STVNNY

WILson: MARINE FISHES FROM COLOMBIA AND ECUADOR. 67

64. Gerres olisthostomus Goode & Bean.
5276 a-b, C. M.; 13426 a—b, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen-
mann.
65. Gerres patao Poey.

5272 a, C. M.; 13246a,1.U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann.

66. Eucinostomus pseudogula Poey.

5241, C. M.; 13201 a-d, I. U. M, fifteen duplicates. Cartagena,
Colombia. Eigenmann.

5584, thirty-two specimens, C. M., 13203 a—-h, I. U. M. Tumaco,
Colombia, Jan. 2, 1913. Henn & Wilson.

67. Eucinostomus gula (Cuvier & Valenciennes).

5242 a-e, C. M.; 13202 a-e, I. U. M. Forty-seven duplicates. Car-
tagena, Colombia. Eigenmann.

68. Eucinostomus californiensis (Gill).

5271 a-c, C. M.; 13245 a-f, I. U. M. Guayaquil Market. Henn.

Family SCIZA NIDA.

69. Umbrina tumacoénsis Wilson, sp. nov. (Plate X.)

5654 a, C. M. Type, 163 mm. Paratypes 90-121 mm. 5654 b-c,
C. M.; 13438 a—b, I. U. M. Tumaco, Colombia. Henn & Wilson.
D. x, i, 24; A. ii, 6; scales in lateral line 50-52. Length of head

three and one-half times in total length, including caudal. The height
of the body is contained three and one-half times in the total length
without caudal. Snout produced beyond the mouth. Diameter of
eye is contained four times in head, and one and one-half times in
snout.

Symphyseal barbel short, scarcely longer than posterior nostril.
Preoperculum distinctly serrated; the serre slightly enlarged at the
angle. The second and third spines of first dorsal fin subequal,
contained one and one-half times in the length of head. Color dark
above, silvery below; a dark blotch on the opercle; dark olive stripes
follow the centers of the scale-rows upward and backward on the sides
and back; spinous dorsal and anal dusky; ventrals with punctulations;
gill-membrane and peritoneum pale. Maxillary extending to center
of pupil.

68 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Family LABRIDA.
70. Iridio bivittatus (Bloch).

5278 a, C. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann.

71. Iridio bimaculata sp. nov.

5280 a, C. M. Type, 170 mm. Paratype, 5280 6,C. M. 112 mm.
13428 a, Paratype 164 mm., I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua,

Buenaventura, Colombia. Eigenmann.

D. IX, 11; A. III, 12. Scales 3-27-10. Length of head contained
three times in total length, not including the caudal. Width contained
three and one-half times in total length, not including the caudal.
Diameter of eye contained in length of head six and one-half times.
Anterior canines in lower jaw subequal. Dorsal spines slender. First
anal spine much reduced. Caudal rounded. Ventrals not reaching
vent, but extending beyond the vertical from hind margins of pectorals.
Lateral line continuous; the posterior portion running on the third
series below the anterior portion. A spot on soft dorsal extending
from behind the second ray to the fourth ray. <A spot at the base of
caudal equal to two-thirds the diameter of eye. Above grayish olive;
below pale.

Family SCARIDA.
72. Scarus croicensis (Bloch).

5279 a-f, C. M.; 13427 a-d, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigen-

mann.

Family BALISTIDA.
73. Balistes polylepis Steindachner.
5646 a, C. M.: 13431 a, 1-7 U. M2” Dumaco; Colombia, Jan. 2.19ne:
Henn & Wilson.
74. Balistes naufragium Jordan & Starks.

5647a,C. M.; 13432¢,1.U.M. Marketof Guayaquil, Ecuador. Henn.

Family MONACANTHID.
75. Monacanthus oppositus Poey.

5277 a, C. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann.

WILson: MARINE FISHES FROM COLOMBIA AND ECUADOR. 69

Family TETRAODONTID#.
76. Spheroides annulatus (Jenyns).

5246 a—b, duplicates C. M.; 13210 a—b, I. U. M. Tumaco, Jan. 2, 1913.
Henn & Wilson.
5247 a, C. M. Rio Rosario. Henn & Wilson.

77. Spheroides testudineus (Linnzus).

5580, C. M., 13211 a—-e, I. U. M. Thirty six specimens. Cartagena,
Colombia. Eigenmann.
5666 a, C. M. Barra de Penedo. April 8, 1908. J. D. Haseman.

Family GOBIID/.
78. Philypnus maculatus (Giinther).

5680 a—c, C. M.; 13518 a—c, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador.
May, 1913. Henn.
13519a,1.U.M. RioSan Juan at Mouth of Rio Cucurrupi, Colombia.
Henn.
79. Philypnus dormitor (Lacépéde).

5687a,C.M. Rio Vermelho, Bahia. Oct. 24,1907. J.D. Haseman.

80. Eleotris picta Kner and Steindachner.
5681 a—b, C. M.; 13520 a—b, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador.
May, 1913. Henn.
5682 a, C. M.; 13521 a—b, I. U. M. Chone, Province of Manabi,
Ecuador. Henn.

81. Dormitator maculatus (Bloch).

5679 a, C. M. Cartagena, Colombia. Eigenmann.

82. Dormitator latifrons Richards.

5676 a—d, C. M.; 13515 a—d, I. U. M. Fifteen duplicates. Market of
Guayaquil, Ecuador. May, 1913. Henn.

5677 a-d, C. M.; 13516 a-d, I. U. M. Eight duplicates. Chone,
Province of Manabi, Ecuador. Henn.

5678 a—b, C. M.; 13517 a—b, I. U. M. Mouth of Rio Dagua, Buena-

ventura, Colombia, Eigenmann.

70 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

83. Gobius soporator Cuvier & Valenciennes.

5683 a, C. M.; 13522 a, 1. U..M..Tumaco, Colombia. .Jan. 2, 1913:
Henn & Wilson.

5684 a—b, C. M.; 13523 a-b, I. U. M. Cartagena, Colombia, Eigen-
mann.

5686 a—d, C. M.; 13524 a—-d, I. U. M. Market of Guayaquil, Ecuador.

May, 1913. Henn.
5685 a-d,C.M. Rio Vermelho, Bahia. Oct. 24, 1907, J. D. Haseman.

Family PLEURONECTIDZA.
84. Citharichthys gilberti Jenkins & Evermann.
5667 a-f, C. M.; 13504 a-f,1.U.M. Market of Quayaquil, Ecuador. .
May, 1913. Henn.
5068 a, C: M.: 135054—-), 1. U: Mo @umaco, Colombiay sjanwe;
1913. Henn & Wilson.

V.. ON APAREIODON, A NEW GENUS OF CHARACID
FISHES.*

By Cart H. EIGENMANN.

(PLATES XI-XII.)

Apareiodon' is in all respects like Paradon except that there are
no teeth in the side of the lower jaw. The ampulla on the upturned
edge of the lower jaw, with which the teeth are associated in Paradon,
is less well-developed in this genus.

Distribution.—Western Panama and Ecuador, Rio San Francisco,
La Plata.

Type: Parodon piracicabe Eigenmann.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF APAREIODON.

a. Mouth distinctly inferior.
b. A dark streak along the lateral line and a second one above the first or
second row of scales above it.
c. Head 5; lateral line 41 or 42; interorbital 3, or less than 3, in the

lene throtthenheadsert reciente 1. piracicabe (Eigenmann).
cc. Head 4.5; lateral line 35 or 36; interorbital 3 in the length of the
RE AGING tarcenrs cheverlesciae a etece™s lee 2. itapicuruensis Eigenmann & Henn.

bb. A dark streak along the lateral line and dark shades across the back, at
least in the adult.
d. Lateral band continuous.

e. Two teeth in the maxillary; lateral line 40-44; predorsal scales

12-14; eye 4 in the head, interorbital less than 3.
3. afinis (Steindachner).
ee. One tooth in the maxillary; lateral line usually 37 (41 in one

specimen); predorsal scales 10-12, usually 11.
4. hasemanni Eigenmann.
dd. Three broken stripes; dorsal and caudal lobes with cross-bands.

5. dariensis Meek & Hildebrand.
ddd. Lateral band moniliform; one maxillary tooth; lateral line 37; pre-
dorsal scales 11-12......... 6. ecuadoriensis (Eigenmann & Henn).
aa. Mouth terminal; a simple lateral band...7. terminalis (Eigenmann & Henn).

1. Apareiodon piracicabe (Eigenmann).

Parodon affinis EIGENMANN & NorRRIS (non STEINDACHNER), Revista Museu
Paulista, Vol. IV, 1900, p. 356.

* Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of Indiana University, No. 143.
lq@ privative, mapea =the cheek. oddwv, = tooth; Apareiodon = without
teeth in the cheeks, or side of the mouth.

WZ ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Parodon piracicabe EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX XIII, 1907, p. 6,
(Piracicaba, Province Sao Paulo, Brazil); Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Pata-
gonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 423.

Habitat—Basin of the Tieté.

9292 a-c, I. U. M. 112-127 mm. Piracicaba, von Ihering. Types.
6588 a, C. M. 150mm. Piracicaba, July 23, 1908. Haseman.
5705 a-e, C. M. 61-125 mm. Salto Avanhandava, above the falls.

Sept. 14, 1908. Haseman.

12660 a, I. U. M. 93 mm. Puerto Bertoni, Alto Parana. Bertoni.

Head 5 (4.5 in the smallest); depth 4.33-4.75; D. 10-12; A. 8.1;
P. 14; scales 4-40 to 43-3; eye 3.6-4 in the head, snout about 3,
equal to iriterorbital; depth of caudal peduncle equals one-half the
depth at the dorsal.

Dorsal and ventral profiles about equally arched. Four premaxil-
lary and two maxillary teeth; origin of dorsal about equidistant from
snout and middle of adipose or some point behind the adipose in the
young, highest dorsal ray about equal to head less half the opercle, its
margin obliquely truncate, the longest ray scarcely projecting beyond
tip of last ray; end of anal about on vertical from origin of adipose
in adult; height of anal a little greater or a little less than length of
head.

A dark stripe from tip of snout along lateral line to end of middle
caudal rays, obscure on head, well marked on sides; a second band,
narrower and less intense between first and second scale below dorsal
from occiput to adipose dorsal; a silvery band below the lateral band;
one to three dusky spots along the middle of the back in front of the
dorsal, usually obscure or absent in the adult; dark shades across the
back just in front of the adipose, between dorsal and adipose, at the
dorsal, and at the nape, a partial band confined to the sides between
the bands at the dorsal and at the nape. These cross-shades are
well marked in some of the young, very obscure or absent in the adult.

2. Apareiodon itapicuruensis Eigenmann & Henn. (Plate XI, fig. 2.)

5804 a, C. M. Type. 78 mm. Rio Paiaia, tributary of Rio Ita-
picuri. Nov. 8, 1907. Haseman.

5805 a-c, C. M. Paratypes, 62-72 mm. Same place and date.

5806 a-e, C. M.; 13542 a-c, 1. U. M. Paratypes, 46-66 mm. Que-
imadas, Rio ftapicuri, March 2, 1908. Haseman.

EIGENMANN: ON APAREIODON. le

5807 a—-m, C. M. (Young) 24-43 mm. Same lot as 5806, C. M.

Haseman.

5808 a, C. M. 26 mm. Timbo, Rio Itapicuri, March 5, 1908.

Haseman.

5809 a, C. M. 48mm. Rio Aqua Branca, Nov. 6, 1907. Haseman.

Closely related to A. piracicabe (Eigenmann), differing in the slightly
larger scales, longer head, and in coloration.

Head 4-4.5; depth 4—4.5; D. 11, rarely 12; A. 8, the first ray, a
mere rudiment; scales 4-35 or 36-3. Eye 1.25 in snout, 3.5 in head;
snout equal to interorbital, which is 3 in the head. Occipital process
bluntly rounded, bordered by two or three scales; no fontanels. A
regular median predorsal series of ten or eleven scales.

Dorsal profile gently curved, ventral profile flattened, horizontal or
curved. Depth of caudal peduncle about half the depth at dorsal.
Snout conical; mouth inferior; four slender multicuspid premaxillary
teeth, two minute maxillary teeth, no mandibular teeth.

Origin of the dorsal equidistant from the tip of the snout and a point
four or five scales behind the adipose, its height equal to the head less
half the opercle. End of anal on, or slightly in advance of, the vertical
from the adipose, its height equal to the snout and eye. Ventrals
overlap the anus, their origin equidistant from the tip of the snout
and the tips of the middle rays of the caudal. Caudal forked, the
lobes rounded, their length somewhat less than the head.

Upper border of snout margined with brownish; a broad band of
the same color extends from the upper angle of the opercles along the
lateral line to the tips of the middle rays of the caudal. A narrower
band extends above and parallel to this through the center of the
third row of scales from above the eye to the base of the caudal. The
space between these two bands and the ventral surface is whitish or
silvery. Extending from the upper band across the dorsal ridge to
the corresponding band of the other side is a series of broad vertical
bands forming blotches; the first, midway between occiput and
dorsal, another through the center of dorsal, and the last over the
adipose. These often show through the clear space between the two
lateral bands; others, midway between these, extend only over the
dorsal ridge. All fins hyaline or colorless, except for faint markings
at the base of both lobes of the caudal.

Young specimens (5807) have all the markings less distinct; the
upper lateral stripe is especially late in making its appearance.

74 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

3. Apareiodon affinis (Steindachner). (Plate XI, fig. 1.)

Parodon afinis STEINDACHNER, Neue & Seltene Fisch-Arten, 1879, p. 20, pl. III,
fig. 3 (La Plata); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol.
XIV, 1891, p. 49; BERG, An. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, Vol. V, 1897, p. 279
(Rio de La Plata; Paraguay); BOULENGER, Trans. Zoédl. Soc. London, Vol.
XIV, 1896, p. 34 (North Paraguay); Bull. Mus. Torino, Vol. XII, 1897 (Caiza;
Mission de San Francisco). EEIGENMANN, Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Pata-
gonia, Vol. III, I910, p. 423; EIGENMANN & KENNEDY, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1903, p. 512.

Parodon paraguayensis EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXXIII, 1907,
p. 6 (Asuncién); Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. IV, 1907, p. 124, pl. XX XIX, fig. 1,
1907 (Asunci6n); Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 423.

Habitat——La Plata Basin.

6589 a-d, C. M. 128-138 mm. Sado Joao del Rei, Rio das Mortes,
emptying into Rio Grande, this into Parana. May 17, 1908.
Haseman.

25706 a-c, C. M. 21-31 mm. Rio Paranahyba bridge, Aug. 15,
1908. Haseman.

6591 a-f, C. M. 92-101 mm. Cacequy, Rio Ibicuhy, emptying into
Rio Uruguay. Feb. 1 and 2, 1909. Haseman.

6590 a-i, C. M. 28-120 mm. Uruguayana, February 5, 1909.
Hasemann.

6592 a—-b,C. M. 91-106mm. Asuncién, March 29, 1909. Haseman.

10237 a-n, I. U. M. 45-80 mm. Asuncién. Anisits.

6594 a, C. M. Corumba. April 27, 1909. Haseman.

6593 a—k, C. M. 87-112 mm. Villa Hayes. April 13, 1909. Hase-
man.

9953 a-o, I. U. M. 52-80 mm. Asuncién, Paraguay. Anisits.

9952 a—j, I. U. M. 76-96 mm. Asuncién, Paraguay. Anisits.

9975 a-c, I. U. M. Between 40 and 50 mm. Asuncién, Paraguay.
Anisits.

Head 3.5—4.5: depth 4.33-5.5; Ds itor 1234.77, ore8 ye ke tae
40 41 42 43 44 : :
scales 4-5 a 3! ir awe 12 to 14 predorsal scales; eye 3.5—4 in the

head, snout 3, about equal to interorbital; width of mandible 5—-5.5

in the head.

Origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of snout and tip of adipose or

a little farther back; height of dorsal equal to the portion of the

head in front of upper angle of gill-opening; margin of dorsal obliquely

truncate, the highest ray extending beyond tip of last; adipose fin
over the anal.

EIGENMANN: ON APAREIODON. 75

A dark band from tip of snout along lateral line to tip of middle
caudal rays, a silvery band below it; back with faint dark cross-
shades, narrower and usually more numerous than in piracicabe, one
below tip of adipose, one in front of the adipose, two or three between
adipose and dorsal, one or two below dorsal, one just in front of dorsal,
one or two between dorsal and nape, and one at nape. Sometimes only
one between dorsal and the one just in front of adipose, and but one
between that under the dorsal and that at the nape. Some of the
smaller specimens with only three cross-shades; at the adipose, under
the dorsal, and at the nape. Sometimes the cross-shades in front
of the dorsal are broken.

Parodon affinis was described by Steindachner as having two teeth
on the side of each mandible. I have examined the types in the Vienna
Museum, and was not able to detect any teeth. I had, however,
described a new species, Parodon paraguayensis, largely because it
differed from affinis in having no teeth on the sides of the lower jaw.
The two species seem therefore to be synonymous. None of the many
specimens examined have teeth in the mandibles. The figure (Pl. XI,
fig. I) is from the type of P. paraguayensis.

4. Apareiodon hasemani, sp. nov. (Plate XII.)

6587 a, C. M. Type, 75 mm. Pirapora, Dec. 15, 1907. Haseman,

6585 a-l, C. M. Paratypes, 61-75 mm.; same place and date. Hase-
man.

6584 a-f, C. M. Paratypes, 35-63 mm. Cidade do Barra, Dec. 6,

1907. Haseman.

6583 a-f, C. M. Paratypes, 44-68 mm. Januaria, Dec. 12, 1907.

Haseman.

6586 a, C. M. Paratype, 53 mm. Lagoa Pereira, Dec. 23, 1907.

Haseman.

6582 a—j, C. M. Paratypes, 72-85 mm. Penedo, March 20, 1908.

Haseman.

Head 4.5-5; depth 4.5; dorsal 11 or 12. Anal 7 or 8; interorbital
equal to snout, 3 in head in the smaller specimens; 2.66 in 6582 a,
in which the interorbital is a trifle greater than the snout. Lateral
line 30 om 38 2 4° Predorsal scales =o a, ze. depth of caudal
Ae One StL 2° 21 3
peduncle half, or more than half the greatest depth.

In general shape like the other species of the genus; dorsal and ventral
profiles equally curved from the snout; mouth inferior, below the middle

2 Number of individuals having the given character.

76 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

point between snout and eye; four premaxillary teeth, only one maxil-
lary tooth; no mandibular teeth.

Base of the dorsal a little nearer the snout than to the end of the
lateral line; second, third, and fourth rays projecting slightly, equal to
head less half the opercle; origin of ventrals about equidistant from
snout, and middle of dorsal; ventrals reaching anus, or a little shorter.

Straw-colored, probably translucent in life; sides of head metallic
silvery; a silvery lateral band with a sharp ventral margin; chromato-
phores on the upper half of the scales of the lateral line in front, on
the entire scale of the lateral line on the caudal peduncle, continued
as a dark streak on the middle rays of the caudal; upper part of snout
in front of nares dark, upper half of opercle with numerous chromato-
phores; very faint dark shades across the back. The color is poten-
tially like that of affinis of the same size. The chromatophores are
similarly distributed, but less intensely pigmented.

6582 a—j, 590-85 mm. Penedo, March 20, 1908. Haseman.

The specimens from Penedo are larger than any of the others;
the dark shades across the back are more evident, the stripe along the
lateral line less evident. The scales are more numerous, the lateral

3 5 3 O 4I : ; 5
line being = = = The latter character evidently varies with the

37 38

locality; in the Pirapora specimens it is ee in the Januaria speci-
6 8 6

mens eS 37 ou in those from Cidade do Barra. ou 38
De cle > BuO ha 2

5. Apareiodon dariensis (Meek & Hildebrand).

Parodon dariensis Meek & Hildebrand, Field Museum Publications, No. 166,
Zool. Ser., Vol. X, 1913, p- 83.

Habitat—Western slopes of Southern Panama.

6. Apareiodon ecuadoriensis (Eigenmann & Henn).

Parodon ecuadoriensis EIGENMANN & HENN, Indiana University Studies, No. 19.
1914, p. 12 (Vinces River, and forest pools).

Habitat.—Western slopes of Ecuador.

7. Apareiodon terminalis (Eigenmann & Henn).

Parodon terminalis EIGENMANN & HENN, Indiana University Studies, No. 19,
1914, p. 12 (Vinces River, and forest pools).

Habitat.—Western slopes of Ecuador.

‘od AT, “UURUIUOSIGT S7suananaid Dy! uopolaang py *% “OIA

‘erereg Ory ‘wut gd ‘soysty “2D “IW “O ‘yogS ‘ON
‘(qauUYOepuUleys) s1uyfDp uoporadpg WY “1 “OI

‘uu o£ “WW ‘A ‘I ‘S66 “ON ‘uUeUIUasIA Sisuatpnspapg wopo¢D JO sdAL

TT PL i ARRESTS
Mek t Wy tyee hy US yee
pe PAROS

al geetell ‘Y JOA ‘NMASNW JIDINYVO SIVNNY

ras a" ol en ;
: ss aay, * 2 Cent oie aS) Tien. “a os <- %

a - ae, Pye a “< : io 7 ~ : = Aa : 7 odes a> &- (6 ee ee
- ; : ; Je.

ae a - & : - == Sa ay yy = -
ee Lf oy ee ae eee ey, Se oe : ,

4
:

es - = 7 ~ =
. -_ Ah Lt Ae
7 : ‘a bs — :
= © = - 7
a : a = a 7
ef a i—, a : : >) 7 .
— 7 oe - *» “>
: p 7 i se a -, a a - = = - a, :
= i) Pewee ecs
Died at Ste — Jay
i 7 7 = ’
— Jy) Ri yl eos ~~ ; =e
7 + . - =
bs * a 7. =
. * 4° 4
7 + s 7 eo - «>
‘ a a = a ay
ca o ae - _ ; a

Plate XII.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X.

Pirapora.

mm.

» 75

No. 6587, C. M

yipes

A pareiodon hasemani Eigenmann.

VI. NEW AND RARE FISHES FROM SOUTH AMERICAN
RIVERS.*

By CARL H. EIGENMANN.

(PLATES XIII-XVI.)

Several species of fishes have recently been described by myself,
without figures (Indiana University Studies, Nos. 20 and 23) and by
Fowler! (Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia). Fowler’s species were for the most part based on small speci-
mens. The notes and figures here given are intended to supplement
these descriptions. This paper also includes the description of a new
species of Characin, Stethaprion crenatus, and of seven new species of
Nematognaths. The latter will be figured and more fully described
in a forthcoming report upon the fishes collected in Colombia.

1. Agoniates anchovia Eigenmann. (Plate XIII.)

The description in the Indiana University Studies, No. 20, 1914,
p- 46,is herewith given and supplemented by a figure of the type,
No. 5216 C. M., from Villa Bella on the Amazon (Plate XIII)
and by the accompanying figure which shows the dentition of both the
upper and lower jaws, greatly enlarged. The original description is
as follows:

5216, C. M., Type 127 mm., 5217 C. M. Paratypes, nine, 87-108

mm. Villa Bella. Haseman.

Head 5; depth 4.75—5; D. 11; A. 31-34; scales 5-45 to 48-4; eye 1.25
in snout, 4.2 in head, 0.8 in interorbital.

Long and slender; head compressed, anchovy-like; preventral area
keeled, prepectoral ridge being very sharp; predorsal area rounded,
without a complete median series of scales; dorsal profile nearly straight
from tip of snout to dorsal; ventral profile regularly arched from the
chin to the ventrals; occipital process about 13 in the distance from

* Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of Indiana University, No. 144.

1 Gymnocorymbus nemopterus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1914, p. 247.
is a synonym of Ephippocharax orbicularis (Valenciennes). Astyanax rupununt
Fowler is a synonym of A. bimaculatus.

78 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

its base to the dorsal; skull slightly rounded, narrowed forward; frontal
fontanel extending to above the anterior margin of the pupil, narrower
—— than the parietal, but of about equal length;
mouth very oblique, narrow, a distinct angle be-
tween the premaxillary and the maxillary, the
upper anterior margin of which is rounded; lower
jaw with about ten conical teeth, the first small,
the next two larger and equal, the third very
long, the middle one of the remainder largest;
a pair of small conical teeth behind the first pair
of the front series; premaxillary with three con-
ical teeth in an outer series and four long conical
teeth graduated from the large first one, a min-
ute notch on one or both sides of these teeth
near their tip; maxillary with about twenty con-
ical teeth, smallest and close-set near the pre-
maxillary ; second suborbital leaving a wide

naked margin; gill-rakers 7-+13, the lower limb
Fic. t. Mouth of A.

ancient ee of the arch long; adipose lid leaving only the

enlarged). pupil free.

Lateral line complete, sharply decurved on its
first four scales and then running straight to the middle of the lower
caudal lobe; fins naked; axillary scales large; a large flap just above
the pectoral more than half the length of the head.

Dorsal very small, its origin equidistant from base of middle caudal
rays and head or nearer the former; adipose fin small; anal low, its
origin under the origin of the dorsal; ventrals very small, almost half
as long as the head; pectorals large, longer than head.

A dusky stripe from upper angle of opercle to the middle of the

caudal.

2. Corydoras mete Eigenmann. (Plate XIV, Fig. 1.)
Only the type of this species is known. The description in the
Indiana University Studies, No. 23, 1914, p. 230, is supplemented by
the figure cited above.

3. Otocinclus spectabilis Eigenmann. (Plate XIV, Figs. 2 and 3.)

Ten specimens of this species were collected by Gonzales at Villa-
vicencio. The description in Indiana University Studies, No. 23,

EIGENMANN: NEW AND RARE FISHES FROM SouTH AMERICA. 79

1914, p. 229, is supplemented by the figures of the type, No. 13451,

U2. M:
GNATHOCHARAX Fowler.

Gnathocharax FOWLER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 560, fig. 10.

Type, Gnathocharax steindachnert Fowler.

Closely allied to Gilbertolus of transandean Colombia, with which it
agrees in the broad but trenchant breast, the large pectorals which
reach the anal, in the length of the anal, the position of the dorsal over
the anal, the shape and size of the mouth, etc. It resembles in the
general form the species of the genus Charax. It differs from Gil-
bertolus in having four canines of about equal size in the portion of
each mandible opposed to the premaxillary; two small conical teeth
between the first and second canines, and about fourteen sharp, pointed
teeth along the portion of the mandible opposed to the maxillary;
premaxillary with a series of about fourteen conical teeth, those op-
posed to the canines of the lower jaw smaller than the others; maxillary
with a series of over twenty conical teeth along its entire length;
maxillary slipping under the pre-orbital for most of its length, its
posterior edge thickened; lateral line short.

This is the Gnathocharax of Fowler. Fowler says his specimens have
no maxillary teeth, three pairs’ of canines in the lower jaw, and no
axillary scale. He places it with the Chalcinine, to which it is
but very remotely related. His specimens are very small and the
size and difficulty of making out the characters account for the ap-
parent differences.

4. Gnathocharax steindachneri Fowler. (Plate XV.)

Gnathocharax steindachneri FOWLER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 561,
fig. 19 (Igarapé de Candelaria, tributary of the Madeira; Madeira river; tribu-
tary of Madeira near Porto Velho).

6608 a, C. M. 56 mm., Manaos, Nov. 30, 1909. Haseman.

Head 4+; depth 3.33; D. 9; A. 31; scales 36, eleven between dorsal
and anal; eye 2.4 in the length of the head; interorbital equals snout,
4 + in the length of the head.

Compressed; ventral profile from chin to ventrals a segment of a
circle, anal base straight; profile from snout to occiput slightly concave,
from occiput to dorsal slightly curved, from origin of dorsal to caudal
similar to the corresponding ventral profile; breast broader than any
other portion of the body, with a median ridge; back narrow, about

80 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

eighteen predorsal scales, not forming a distinct median series; occipital
process short, extending about one-eighth the distance to the dorsal;
fontanels large, the anterior very sharp-pointed in front, as long as the
parietal.

Mouth very large and very oblique, the preorbital very narrow;
maxillary-premaxillary border equal to the length of the head without
the opercle; maxillary very slender, reaching to below the middle of
the eye, nearly to the angle of the mandible; suborbitals covering the
entire cheek, preopercle very narrow, gill-membranes free from each
other and from the isthmus. Gill-rakers about 2+ 7; origin of dorsal
equidistant from eye and end of the lateral line; dorsal pointed, about
equal to the head; adipose well-developed; caudal forked, the lobes a
little shorter than the head; origin of anal about equidistant from tip
of snout and end of lateral line; height of anal lobe about equal to
head without opercle; ventrals small, reaching anal; pectorals very
large, reaching the anal, with seventeen rays.

Caudal naked, a few scales in a single row along the bases of the
anterior anal rays; a small axillary scale. Scales thin, without radial
strie, everywhere regularly imbricate; lateral line indicated on about
five scales. .

5. Stethaprion crenatus sp. nov. (Plate XVI.)

5228 a-c, C. M. Type (a) 95 mm., paratypes 53 and 85 mm. San
Joaquin, Bolivia, September 4, 1909. Haseman.
-5756a,C.M. Paratype 96 mm., Cachoele de Riberao de Rio Madeira,
October 17, 1909. Haseman.
Head 4; depth 1.5 in largest, 1.75 in smallest; D. 12; A. 3 + 42 or 43;
scales 21 to 23-66 or 67—16 or 17; eye 3 in head, interorbital 2—2.33.
Much compressed; dorsal profile steep to the dorsal, depressed over
the eyes; ventral profile a nearly perfect segment of a circle from the
gill-opening to the end of the anal; predorsal line scaled, but without
a regular median series of scales; about five series of narrow scales
ending in spines along the ventral edge, the scales on either side of
these not quite symmetric; occipital process extending one-third of
the distance to the dorsal; frontal fontanel oval, considerably shorter
than the parietal, its anterior margin over front of pupil; a naked area
about a fourth as wide as the second suborbital at its widest point,
extending around its entire free margin; maxillary-premaxillary border
longer than eye; premaxillary with four teeth in the outer series, five

EIGENMANN: NEW AND RARE FISHES FROM SOUTH AMERICA. 81

five-pointed teeth in the inner series; mandible with four five-pointed
teeth and about eight abruptly smaller, mostly conical teeth on the
sides; maxillary with one or two teeth. Gill-rakers about 11 + 16.
Origin of dorsal little nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, its
highest ray 3.4—-4 in the length; adipose scaled on its basal half, pre-
ceded by a short dermal ridge; caudal lobes about as long as the head;
origin of anal equidistant with origin of dorsal from the end of the

Fic. 2. Predorsal spine of Stethaprion crenatus Eigenmann. (Greatly enlarged.)

lateral line; margin of anal slightly rounded, without a lobe; ventrals
about equal to the postorbital part of the head, their origin equidistant
between tip of snout and origin of the dorsal; pectorals almost as long
as head, reaching beyond the line joining origins of dorsal and ventral.

Fic. 3. Scale of Stethaprion crenatus Eigenmann. (Greatly enlarged.)

Scales covering all but a narrow fringe of the caudal and anal;
concentric free edges of the scales crenate; the scales symmetrically
arranged except over anal musculature. No distinct markings.

82 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

6. Trachycorystes fisheri’, sp. nov.

6667 a, C. M., type, 217 mm., male, Rio Sucio, Eigenmann.
6668 a-e, C. M.; 13495 I. U. M., paratypes, 151-226 mm. Rio Sucio.

Eigenmann.

6669 a, C. M.;. 13496 I. U. M., paratypes, 75-103 mm. Quibdo.

Wilson.

6670 a-f, C. M., 13497 I. U. M., paratypes, 46-89 mm. Rio Truando.

Wilson.

D. I, 6; A. 21-25 (Type 24); head 4—4.5; width of head 4—4.5; depth
3.3-4; snout 2.7—3 in head; eye 1.5—2 in snout.

Head flat, granular, as broad as long. Profile of head slightly
convex to above the eye, thence strongly concave to the articulation
of the dorsal spine. Maxillary bone extending beyond gill-opening
in adult male; to anterior border of eye in adult female. Adipose
short, 3 in head. Dorsal spine equal to length of head, which is equal
to length of pectoral spiné, curved forward in male, with entire anterior
surface covered with short, heavy, irregularly placed spines; in the
female straight and almost smooth. Humeral process short and
pointing slightly upward, reaching only one-third of the distance to.
the end of the pectoral spine. Pectoral spine strong with strongly
recurved teeth on its inner margin; its outer margin almost smooth.
Creamy white below, brownish above. Back and sides covered with
very black, irregular, longitudinal flecks and streaks, much more
abundant dorsally. Middle of caudal with a dark bar in most speci-
mens.

7. Imparfinis microps Eigenmann and Fisher, sp. nov.

778, C. M., type, 75 mm. Rio Negro at Villavicencio, Colombia.
Gonzales.

Head 5.5; depth 7; D. 7; A. 12; snout 2.6 in the head; interorbital
nearly 4; eye 12 in the head, nearly 5 in the snout; adipose fin 4.4
in the length. .

Head depressed; jaws equal; all barbels extending to gill-openings,
when laid straight back; origin of dorsal behind vertical from front
of ventrals; base of anal slightly less than length of head.

Fins hyaline, body with numerous brown chromatophores, more
abundant on back and anteriorly.

2 Named for Carl G. Fisher, of Indianapolis, who helped to make possible a
second expedition to the type locality of this species.

EIGENMANN: NEW AND RARE FISHES FROM SOUTH AMERICA. 8&3

8. Nannorhamdia nemacheir Eigenmann & Fisher, sp. nov.

7125, C. M., type, 105 mm., Girardot, Colombia. Eigenmann.

Head 5; depth 7; D.7; A. 1oor 11; eye 5 in the head; snout 2.4-3;
interorbital .8.

First dorsal and pectoral rays prolonged beyond the rest of the fin,
the prolongation more pronounced in the female than in the male;
maxillary barbel reaching to the end of the ventral.

A narrow, dark, lateral band, indictinct in some specimens. A dark
band across the nape, other cross-shades at the origin, at the latter
half, and behind the tips, of the short rays of the dorsal. Fins hyaline;

CETOPSORHAMDIA Eigenmann & Fisher, gen. nov.

First dorsal and first pectoral rays not spinous; anal moderate;
lower caudal lobe the longer; origin of ventrals under the dorsal;
adipose fin three times as long as high; a small frontal fontanel, far
removed from the long parietal fontanel; skull covered with skin,
not granular; occipital process minute; orbit without a free margin;
head subconical, the snout projecting. Vomer and palate without
teeth.

g. Cetopsorhamdia nasus Eigenmann & Fisher, sp. nov.
7124, C. M., type, 72 mm. Honda, Colombia. Eigenmann.

Head 4.3; depth 6.25; adipose 6.3; snout 2.5 in head; eye 7.5 in
head, 2 in interorbital; D. 7; A. Io.

Maxillary barbel reaching a little beyond the beginning of the
pectorals; base of anal shorter than adipose.

Everywhere with small purplish dots, which are most numerous
dorsally. A dark band at base of caudal. A light band, about as
wide as the eye, across the base of the occipital.

10. Ancistrus melas sp. nov.

7335, C. M., type, male, 106 mm.; 13650, I. U. M., paratypes, two,
62 mm., Condoto. Wilson.
7336a, C. M.; 13651, 1. U. M., paratypes, two, 52and65 mm. _ Raspa-
dura. Wilson.
These specimens came from contiguous localities on opposite sides
of the continental divide.
DL 7 ALT 4.
Length to end of plates at base of caudal 78 mm.; length of head

84 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

28 mm.; its width 23 mm.; depth of body 13 mm.; eye 4 mm.;
interorbital 12.5 mm.; ramus of lower jaw 3.1 mm.; first dorsal ray
25 mm.; last dorsal ray 13 mm.; distance between dorsal and spine
of the adipose fin 12 mm.; depth of caudal peduncle 9 mm.; length
of caudal peduncle from anal to base of the plates at root of caudal
20 mm.; outer ventral ray 21 mm.; pectoral spine 29 mm.

Snout with a narrow naked margin, with eight small tentacles, only
the two median ones bifid; no tentacles on middle line of head; about
fourteen interopercular spines. Twenty-four scutes in the median
series, six between dorsal and adipose, eleven between anal and caudal;
pectoral extending to third fifth of ventrals, ventrals to tip of anal;
caudal obliquely truncate, length of upper ray 25 mm., length of
lower 30 mm.

Black, tips of the fin-rays very narrowly light.

The larger specimen from Raspadura (13651 I. U. M.) has six
tentacles. The two smaller specimens from Condoto and the smaller
one from Raspadura have each a small tentacle on the margin of the
snout near the angle of the mouth, none elsewhere; but tentacles are
indicated also along the anterior part of the margin of the snout in
one of the smaller specimens from Condoto.

11. Hemiancistrus landoni sp. nov.

13654, I. U. M., type, 255 mm. over all. Naranjito, Ecuador. Henn.

Head 3.14; depth 5.35; D.I, 7; A.I, 4. Length to plates at root
of caudal 198 mm.; length of head 63 mm.; width of head 60 mm.;
depth of body 37 mm.; eye 7 mm., interorbital 22 mm., snout 37 mm.,
ramus of lower jaw II mm. Scales along the side 26 + 1 at root of
caudal; 7 between dorsal and adipose, 15 between anal and caudal
fulcrum, base of dorsal equal to its distance from the middle of the
spine of the adipose; length of caudal peduncle 68 mm. from anal to
base of plates at root of caudal.

About ten large interopercular spines and numerous graduated
smaller ones, the longest of the larger spines about 2.66 in the head.
ventral surface entirely covered with small plates; supra-occipital
with a slight median elevation, bordered by a single plate; plates of
sides carinate, the ridges on the second row from the top strongest;
length of dorsal spine but little less than length of head. Pectoral
spine with strong hooks toward the tip, reaching second third of
ventrals; ventrals beyond base of anal. Caudal symmetric, very

EIGENMANN: NEW AND RARE FISHES FROM SOUTH AMERICA. &)

slightly emarginate, the outer rays a little prolonged. Four dark
cross-shades, one behind eyes, one at end of dorsal, one at adipose,
and one at base of caudal; a row of large dark spots on each of the
dorsal membranes; caudal, anal, ventrals, and pectorals with similar
spots on rays and membranes; similar obscure dark spots on the
sides, larger ones on the belly; faint light streaks along the carine
of the lower rows of plates.
Named for Hugh McK. Landon of Indianapolis.

11. Pseudancistrus carnegiei sp. nov.

7346, C. M., type, 110 mm.; 13661 I. U. M., two paratypes, 87 and
1iI0 mm. _ Rio San Gil, Santander, Colombia. Gonzales.

7347a-d, C. M., paratypes, 13662, I. U. M., nine, largest 41 mm.
Quebrada de Honda, Santander, Colombia. Gonzales.
Most readily distinguished by the number of dorsal rays.

MEASUREMENTS OF TWO MALES, THE TYPE AND LARGEST PARATYPE FROM THE
Rio SAN GIL.

Mm
Wengthtto: baseloL platesiatiroot of caudally: ce a. aeists bs ces ine - 82
Meno throiphead carters ac eh kelrnedrnee eye teletext Paliake eho acsatene Sada Some trees es 30
Dep thot Do cdiviaree ev nnRcwere Chetev are aPa PAS Re sae 1d, cee Outi cielientinn ets: © ashes sueene 15
WViicithwo teh ea Cities eters ieee ions toroucl.s Fie ae) ade ict teats Aue, oticel ous cs 30
ID Yepoyel ay oye averene bees Meneses eater ocricl eae oR pe EC nen NE A 13
Interonbitalywidth ns perc neen oe cc cre coke cimcnls ele enus Soe ots 7.5 and 8
RAMS OL MOWETaFa Win Sete reine te hegate he mers Rho uenin Win ee ei etenateb avant siewiats 9
Weng thioresno tracy eet oe ee ohio sie) casts rae ocd Gus es et wee oe 18
Wenlethyomeyetces = sort csskoke as este a tact oe ol teeee hemes ae petustatl ee 3
Wengthrof dorsal ispiteters sys eiecs © oe cxeconsieks cose, ke yer as Se 15 and 17
Wengthromlast dorsal rays sepnis sect eda ete. a Be ae ore: Ir and 12
Wengthpotsbase:OmaOrsaleeysadessiey teva ckeee sees Oete ce siee creas sels 20 and 21
Distance of dorsal from spine of the adipose.............. 12.5 and 12
Wensth ofvcaudalspeduneles tee spe eee ee chee) neat 20.5 and 22
Depthiotecaudal pedunclese ccc... eke hse ks eee a eee 8 and 8.5
ikengthyot pectoraltspinGcm ciate oh cu os te osisi sada oo opr ace 6 are Bune e 35
engthvofevertrall apts acncearge a ccna ceyene ee eo Ses ihe aes te. «celicvie og 20 and 21.5
Tet St hyo tea ral ea pee ereeree er ae Re cr AED Se Foe oh oa see vee OE eee ceise: iasbitec ah st 10
Distancestromisnoutsco dorsalis scedwere yas ls ceca scien. se 37 and 38
Distance tOMsSnOletOnvenltralicmer st ati eatin trie erie eee Gin 2 nas 4I

Head 2.66; depth 5.46; D.I, 9 in nine of the specimens, I, 8 in
two; A.I, 5; plates 25 or 26, 7 between the dorsals, 10 or 11 between
anal and caudal; eye Io in the head; ramus of lower jaw a little
greater than interorbital.

86 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Head depressed, without ridges; snout broadly reunded, margined
with short, thick bristles; interopercle with about eight spines, the
Jongest in the smaller specimen, a female from Santander, being
about one-third as long as the head. The longer ones are lost from
the larger males; last dorsal ray joined at the base only to the scute
following it; caudal slightly, but very obliquely, emarginate; pec-
toral spine in the male reaching beyond middle of ventrals, shorter in
the female. Scutes spinulose, not carinate; lower surfaces of head
and body naked. Adult nearly uniformly dark brown, all the fins
with obscure spots on the rays; caudal in the young with two or more
cross-bars.

Named in honor of Mr. Andrew Carnegie, the founder of the
Carnegie Museum.

‘eT [OW eIII uw. Let “TAT > foTsSS “ONT ad A ‘UUCUWUIUISIY DIZOYIUD sazp1UOs
II TE NER I TH 03 f

“WX #¥Id X “IPA ‘WNSSNW JISSNYVO STVNNV

—
ad a iar iap _ ih), <a
ty ig ge win
, a t
7 1
Tig re
a
‘

a To “a, - H
png 1 \ fi 49
x 7 re me , a
’ = i w
“I See ie
7 4 = Pe
i. a= \
ar a
- P 1
a _| - ‘
° % ,
q
> — U -
. a
ik q @ ‘
;
' ¢ :
: .
i wy yr
. oO 9
y ,
: ; Y ot
‘ 4 Pa
® ic -
7 ae as
y : { a»
ai y :

rae 5)
da ©

7 Le -
- ’ = : —_

_ :

i -

i}
1
: coer

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X. Plate XIV.

Fic. 1. Corydoras mete Eigenmann. Type. No. 13451, I. U. M.,54 mm. _ Barrigona.

Fic. 2. Otocinclus spectabilis Eigenmann. Type. No. 132534, I. U. M., 38 mm. Villavi-
cencio. Gonzales Coll. (Inferior view.)

Fic. 3. Otocinclus spectabilis. (Superior view.)

a
arr
¢
= 2
Q
x ve
ee
7
‘
® a
j=
y
F 7a
of
= ae
"
‘
*
6
i)
J
F
4
4
>

wih

Gem
oy a
on

‘sopueypy ‘uur OS “TN “CD ‘809090 ‘ON “oT MOY tauijsppurajs xDADYIOYIDUL)

“AX Id ‘X “ISA ‘WNSSNW JISANYVO SIVNNV

ed So re

‘=e Ve
#

Flate AVi.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X.

ivia.

San Joaquin, Bol

No. 5228, C. M., 95 mm.

Type.

Stethaprion crenatus Eigenmann.

‘ee

a efapyeets at oa)
> ie

2 fi eg re

i he he }
ue :
ay Te eta 7 rd .
a 4 — en d :
Ay eae ie oe fi
mee jae, ;
a;

-ensvureg op vosey wu LS “wy ‘roLS ‘oN ‘odA ‘uuay 2 UUeUUDSIA DnNsSDUADE Snpoiua FT

| eh LCS eR

Ki MCCOCECY

HARE Ean Banaras
mest Meeusnnnnee

CUE ( Koc

(GQ is A OCLC .

LCOS

NUR A vie
Hee

“TAX ®¥ ld ‘X ‘IPA ‘ANSSNW JIDSANYVO SIVNNV

VII. DESCRIPTION OF THREE NEW SPECIES OF
CHARACID FISHES

By Cart H. EIGENMANN AND ARTHUR W. HENN.

(PLATE XVII.)
1. Hemiodus parnague, sp. nov. (Plate XVII.)

5701, C. M., type, 57 mm.;: 5762 a—-b, C. M., 48-62 mm.; 13541,
I. U. M., 64 mm., paratypes. Lagoa de Parnagua, Jan. 17, 1908.
Haseman.

Related to Hemiodus longiceps Kner and H. microlepis Kner.

Head 3.5-3.6; depth 3.5-4; D. 10-11; A. 11-12; scales 20-80 to
83-12. Eye equal to, or slightly greater than, snout, 3.5 in head, I in
interorbital.

Slender, compressed; dorsal and ventral profiles equally arched;
snout pointed; mouth sub-terminal. A single series of about twenty
multicuspid teeth in the upper jaw.

Origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of snout and tip of adipose, the
height of its second ray, which is longest, equal to the head plus one-
third of the eye. Anal emarginate, its origin twice as distant from a
point between the eye and the edge of the opercle, as from the base of the
caudal. Adipose elongate, slightly lessin length than theeye. Caudal
deeply forked, lobes longer than head; pectorals lanceolate, not reach-
ing ventrals, the latter barely reaching the vent.

Lateral line slightly decurved in front, thence horizontal, very
slightly below the mid-line of the body. Scales minute, cycloid, in
well defined rows, with few strie; lower abdominal rows but slightly
increasing in size. A large axillary scale; fins naked.

A silvery lateral streak; opercle shining silvery; an oval black spot
nearly the size of the eye, midway between the end of the dorsal and
the origin of the anal. The upper half of the lower caudal lobe is black
and the lower half is speckled with scattered chromatophores. Outer
half of anal black; other fins colorless.

A single mutilated specimen from the same locality (5703 C. M.) ap-
parently this species, has the following characters: length to broken

1 Contributions from the | Zoological Laboratory of Indiana University, No. 145.

88 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

end of caudal peduncle 113 mm.; head 4.5; depth 3.8; D. 11; scales
20-82-12; teeth 34.

2. Leporinus ecuadorensis sp. nov.

13116 a,I1.U. M. Type, 325 mm. _ Rio Barranca Alta near Naran-
jito, Ecuador, Arthur Henn.
5428 a—b, C. M.; 13116, I]. U. M. Six paratypes. Largest 187 mm.

Rio Baranca Alta, Naranjito. Henn.

5426 a-i, C. M.; 13113. I. U, M. Nineteen, 128-264 mm. Vinces.

Henn.

5427 a-b, C. M.; 13114, I. U. M. Several. Guayaquil. Henn.
13115, I. U. M., several. Colimes. Henn.

This species differs from typical specimens of L. friderici from British
Guiana, chiefly (1) in having the dorsal set farther back, 7. e., equi-
distant from snout and a point midway between the adipose and
caudal; (2) the anal set somewhat farther forward and very seldom
reaching the caudal; and (3) the presence of three persistent lateral
spots. L. muyscorum has the dorsal as in L. friderici, but the sharp
caudal and the anal placed as in this species. L. muyscorum and the
present form should probably be regarded as subspecies of L. friderici.

Head 3.8-4.2 (35 ey na sek 42) denominator representing

the number of individuals having the given character; depth 3.3-3.8
, Vi ete BUG) Gites Za Al ? x

(33, 3 S20. = 38), D. 12-13 (3 3), A. 10, in twenty six
Yl ee gees ee See Spare pi Sa |

Ie 2

Lie20 05

snout, 4.5-5.5 in head, 2-3 in interorbital; four teeth in each side of

specimens; scales 5-39 to 41-4 or 5 ( i: eye I.5-2 in the

each jaw.

Origin of dorsal equidistant from the tip of the snout and a point
beyond the adipose or generally midway between the adipose and the
base of the upper caudal fulcrum. The height of the third or longest
dorsal ray is equal to the head less one-half of the opercle. Caudal
sharp, deeply forked, not obliquely truncate or lobate, asin L. friderici,
the upper lobe about half an orbital diameter longer than the lower.
Anal but slightly emarginate, the distance from its origin to the base
of the caudal equal to the head, or the head plus an orbital diameter.
The height of the third or longest ray equals the head minus the snout;
only very rarely reaching the lower caudal fulcrum as is commonly

EIGENMANN AND HENN: THREE NEW SPECIES OF CHARACID FISHES. 89

the case in L. friderici. Pectorals reaching nearly three-fourths of the
distance to the ventrals, the latter more than half way to the anus.

Each scale of the sides and back has a dark area at the base. Dorsal
area steel-blue or bluish-green, ventral region and belly yellowish.
Young specimens have alternating bluish blotches and transverse
pinkish bars on the back. Sides with a series of three heavy black
spots or blotches, the first below the dorsal, or midway in the length
without caudal, the third at the end of the caudal peduncle, and the
center one ending before the vertical from the adipose. These are
present in all specimens, and occupy each about four scales in the lateral
line and the series beneath it. Dorsal, pectorals, and caudal dusky,
without definite bands of color; ventrals and anal blackish, with a broad,
white, outer margin.

3. Astyanax magdalene sp. nov.

5822 a, C. M., type, 53 mm. Girardot. Eigenmann.
13611, I. U. M., paratype, 61 mm. Apulo. Gonzales.

Closely related to A. stilbe (Cope) differing in the greater depth,
the shorter anal, and the lack of a median series of preventral scales.

Head 3.5-3.8; depth 2.33; D. 11; A. 33-34; scales 8-36 or 37-7 (to
ventrals), snout I.3 in eye, 4—4.5 in head; eye 3—3.3 in head and equal
to interorbital.

Dorsal and ventral profiles equally and strongly arched; predorsal
area without a median series of scales, those of the two sides over-
lapping, an occasional median scale near the origin of the dorsal;
preventral area keeled, scales of the two sides apposed in the mid-line.

Interorbital convex, smooth; occipital process elongate, sharp,
about one-fourth of the distance from its base to the dorsal, bordered
by three large scales. Frontal fontanel bluntly triangular, as wide as
the parietal and about two-thirds as long as the parietal without the
occipital groove. Second and third suborbitals leaving a narrow naked
margin behind and below. Maxillary as long as the eye, shorter than
the mandible, which is equal to the snout and half the length of the
eye.

Premaxillary with four broadly tricuspid teeth in the outer row and
five brown-tipped four- to five-pointed teeth in the inner row. Maxil-
lary with a single minute tooth in the upper angle. Mandible with
five sharp three- to four-pointed teeth.

90 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Origin of dorsal about equidistant from the snout and the base of
the caudal, or slightly nearer the snout, its anterior rays 3.4 in the
length; caudal sharp, lobes equal and as long as the head; anal not
emarginate, short, its longest ray equalling length of ventrals or the
head without snout and half the eye. Origin of anal slightly in ad-
vance of vertical from last dorsal ray.

Scales regularly imbricate, below the lateral line from above the
ventrals posteriorly they are deflected or decurrent to the anal. Anal
sheath, a single row of oblong scales decreasing in size progressively
towards the last rays; a short axillary scale. Lateral line gently de-
curved throughout its length.

Silvery; a lateral streak of bright silver from operculum to caudal;
a single round black humeral spot; a horizontally oval spot at the end
of the caudal peduncle.

VIII. ON THE SPECIES OF SALMINUS.
By CarL H. EIGENMANN.

The species of the genus Salminus are salmon-like characid fishes
found in the Trans-andean region of Colombia and northern Ecuador,
in the La Plata basin, and northward into the San Francisco basin, and
sparingly in the Amazon and Orinoco basins. The species are very
similar to each other.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF SALMINUS.

a. Scales between the dorsal and lateral line 14-16; lat. 1. 92-08; A. 25-20.

I. maxillosus Cuv. & Val.
aa. Scales between the dorsal and lateral line 11; lat. 1. . 77-79; A. 27-30.

2. brevidens Cuvier.
aaa. Scales between the dorsal and lateral line 10; lat. 1. 66-72; A. 24-26.
3. hilarii Cuv. & Val.
aaaa. Scales between the dorsal and lateral line 12; lat.1. 73.
4. affinis Steindachner.

1. Salminus maxillosus Cuvier and Valenciennes.

6565 a-c, C. M. 119-146 mm. Uruguayana, Feb. 7, 1909. Hase-
man.

6566 a, C. M. 185 mm. Salto Avanhandava, Sept. 15, 1908.
Haseman.

6610 a, C. M. 485 mm. Porto Alegre, Jan. 22, 1909. Haseman.
The localities from which this species has been recorded are: Amazon;

La Plata; Missiones; Paraguay; Dock Central; Isla Santiago; Puerto

Viejo; Asuncién.

2. Salminus brevidens Cuvier.

6559 a,C. M. 257mm. Joazeiro, Nov. 28,1907. Haseman.

6560 a, C. M., about 225 mm. Cidade do Barra, Dec. 6, 1907.
Haseman.

6561 a-c, C. M. 147-197 mm. Penedo, March 20, 1908. Haseman.
The localities from which this species has been recorded are the

Rio San Francisco and the Rio Cipo.

92 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

3. Salminus hilarii Cuvier and Valenciennes.

6562 a, C. M. 153 mm. Bom Jardin. Rio Grande above the falls,
July 7, 1908. Haseman.
6563 a, C. M. 332 mm. _ Piracicaba, July 23, 1908. Haseman.
6564 a-b, C. M. 143-145 mm. Sapina, July 29, 1908. Haseman.
6567 a,C. M. 169mm. Salto Avanhandava, Sept. 15,1908. Hase-
man.
The localities from which this species has been recorded are the
Rio San Francisco; Amazon; Vermejo; Rio das Velhas; Rio Tieté;
Ypiranga; Apuré.

4. Salminus affinis Steindachner.

12816, I. U. M.; 5023 a—b, C. M. 455, 530, and 600 mm. Honda.
Eigenmann.
This species has been recorded from the Cauca and from the Rio
Santiago in western Ecuador.

IX. ON VARIOUS SOUTH AMERICAN PCCILIID FISHES.

By ARTHUR W. HENN.!
(PLATES XVIII-XXI.)

INTRODUCTORY.

The present account is largely based upon collections made from
1907 until 1910, by Mr. John D. Haseman in central South America,
during the expedition of the Carnegie Museum. An account of this
expedition with a list of the localities, where Mr. Haseman made
collections, was published in these ANNALS, Volume VII, pp. 288-314.
A review of the specimens obtained by Professor C. H. Eigenmann
during a reconnaissance of the basins of the Magdalena, Cauca, Dagua,
San Juan, and Atrato Rivers of Colombia is included. This expedi-
tion was under the auspices of the Indiana University and the Carnegie
Museum.

Besides this material I have examined and included a list of the
specimens obtained in 1913, by Mr. Charles E. Wilson when on the
Landon-Fisher Expedition of Indiana University to western Colombia,
and those secured by the writer in southwestern Colombia and
Ecuador in 1913 and 1914 during the Landon Expedition of Indiana
University. A review of the last three expeditions appeared in
Science for 1914, pp. 602-606.

The numbers, unless otherwise stated, are the catalog numbers of
the Carnegie Museum and the Indiana University. A full series of
the fishes obtained by the Indiana University Expeditions is included
in the collections of the Carnegie Museum. I have had constantly
at hand for reference the collections in the Museum of Indiana Uni-
versity, where this paper was prepared.

For the species mentioned I have given in most cases the synonymy
and bibliography subsequent to the publication of Garman’s mono-
graph of this family: ‘‘ The Cyprinodonts,’’ Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
Vol. XIX, No. 1, 1895. In a few cases, where the synonymy in
that work was inaccurate or obscure, I have given the complete
synonymy since the earliest reference to the species.

1 Contributions from the Zoédlogical Laboratory of Indiana University, No. 125.

94 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The genera defined or accepted in this paper are largely based upon
the variously arranged hooks and barbs at the tip of the modified
anal fin of the male and the arrangement and shape of the teeth.
Dr. Eigenmann (1907, p. 425) first used the former characters in
defining genera of Peeciliids. He examined microscopically the anals
of a number of species, and among others based the genera Phal-
loceros and Phalloptychus on these characters. The study of the anal
has been greatly extended in a recent paper by Mr. C. T. Regan (c.
1913),2 who revised all of the Peeciliine. The examination of the anal
is somewhat tedious. The anal of the male must be mounted in
damar, or balsam, and studied with a compound microscope. Un-
questionably, however, such procedure demonstrates true relation-
ships, and no new species should be described without an examination
of the anal. These characters are small since the males of these fishes
are among the least of vertebrates. Were these fishes larger in size
and easily examined, these characters would long ago have been
used in generic descriptions. It will be unfortunate, however, if this
system should lead to needless multiplication of genera. Some of
the closely related genera already recognized by Regan should prob-
ably be united.

Within recent years these little fishes on account of their bright
colors and interesting habits have been extensively introduced as
aquarium fishes, especially into Germany. Various popular accounts
have appeared in some of the fanciers’ journals, such as the ‘ Wochen-
schrift Aquarien-Terrarienkunde”’ and the ‘ Blatter Aquarien-Ter-
rarienkunde.’’ These have not been accessible to me. In a contri-
bution from the Zodélogical Institute of the University of Berlin, Erich
Philippi, (d. 1908) has reviewed the more significant of these notices
and has added extensive observations of his own. Of this very thorough
paper I have given considerable summaries in English, particularly
of the parts dealing with the breeding habits. Philippi reared and
observed in the aquarium two species, Phalloceros caudomaculatus
and Cnesterodon decem-maculatus. In his account the former is
constantly spoken of as Glaridichthys (Phalloptychus) januarius.
But he did not have and did not know P. januarius, and his systematic
deductions are therefore quite in error.

In a number of instances observations, especially in regard to the
development and differentiation with age, number of young, etc., are

2 The reference is to the bibliography of the subject which is given on p. 107.

HENN: SOUTH AMERICAN Pa:cILiD FISHEs. 95

my own. For such studies I have had at command more than two
thousand of Lebistes reticulatus and more than eight hundred specimens
of Pseudopecilia fria, representing all sizes and conditions, as well as
large numbers of other species.

This paper was prepared at Indiana University under the super-
vision of Professor C. H. Eigenmann, to whom I am under obligations
for having given me the opportunity to make these studies, and who
aided me by giving me access to the literature, and making valuable
critical suggestions. To Dr. W. J. Holland I am indebted for the
editorial revision of the manuscript and the reading of the proofs while
going through the press.

NEw GENERA AND SPECIES.

The following new species and genera are described by the author:
Rivulus compressus sp. nov.,
Diphyacantha chocoénsts gen. et sp. nov.,
Heterandria hasemani sp. nov.,
Neoheterandria elegans gen. et sp. nov.,
Phalloptychus eigenmannt sp. nov.,
Phallotorynus fasciolatus gen. et sp. nov.,
Limia hollandi sp. nov.
The following species, considered to be new, are jointly described
by Eigenmann and Henn:
Rivulus magdalen@ sp. nov.,
Gambusia caliensis sp. nov.

THE PECILIID2.

The Peeciliida, or Cyprinodontide,*? were long placed in the hetero-
geneous assemblage of the order Haplomi. Regan (a, 1911) has lately
investigated their structure and placed them along with the blind
fishes (Amblyopside) in a new order, the Microcyprini. This he
divides into the suborders Amblyopsoidea and Peecilioidea. The
principal differences between the Haplomi and the Microcyprini are
given in the following extract: ‘‘ The Haplomi are physostomous, the
maxillary enters the gape, the mesethmoid is represented by a pair
of dermal bones, and the ribs are borne on autogenous parapophyses.
The Microcyprini appear to be physoclistic, the mouth is bordered

3 Gill (1894, p. 115) gives the reasons for preferring the name Peeciliide.

96 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

above by the premaxillaries only, the mesethmoid is unpaired, and
all or most of the ribs are inserted on strong transverse processes.
Whereas the Haplomi show relationship to the more generalized iso-
spondylous fishes, the Microcyprini bear more resemblance to the Sal-
moperce and Synentognathi, especially the latter.”’

In the Oligocene and Miocene of Europe occur the fossil remains of
Prolebias, a generalized form, related to the recent genus Fundulus.
From this central type adaptive radiation has taken place, resulting
in considerable modification of the form of the body and structure.
Differences in the character of the teeth and the length of the ali-
mentary tract have arisen in the same subfamily through adaptation
to a carnivorous or a vegetable diet. In some cases evolution in one
species has paralleled that in another, unrelated species. For instance,
the ventrals have been lost in Orestias and Empetrichthys.

The family consists of oviparous forms, in which the eggs are de-
posited in the usual manner, and viviparous forms, in which the ova
undergo development within the ovarial sack and the young are born
in a more or less advanced stage of development. The oviparous
species are contained in three sub-families, the Cyprinodontine,
Orestiine, and Funduline, in which the sexes do not greatly differ
from each other.

Of viviparous forms there are five subfamilies. In these fertilization
of the female is effected, with but one exception, with the aid of the
anal fin, which is modified to serve as a so-called intromittent organ.
In the Fitsroyiine or Jenynsiine, and the Anablepine, both of which
are monogeneric and contain but few species, the anal rays are rolled
up into a tube. The Characodontine resemble the oviparous Fundu-
line in appearance, but the male has the first five or six rays of the
anal short and stiff and separated by a notch from the rest of the fin.
This subfamily, with the exception of a few species, is found only in
the basin of the Rio Lerma of Mexico. ‘This type of anal structure is
much more simple than that in the Peciliine, in which the anterior
rays are thickened and lengthened to form a lever.

The viviparous forms were thought to be entirely confined to the
western hemisphere. Quite recently Regan (0. 1913) has described
Phallostethus dunckeri, a remarkable new Pecciliid and the type of a
new subfamily. This fish, which is from Johore on the Malay Penin-
sula, is viviparous. While in all the other viviparous forms, which

HENN: SOUTH AMERICAN P@CILIID FISHEs. 97

are limited to the Americas, it is the anal fin which serves as the intro-
mittent organ, it seems that in males of this species the ventral fins
have become modified into a large muscular appendage, or intromittent
organ. This might indicate that viviparity in this subfamily may be
of independent origin.

POSTNATAL DEVELOPMENT IN THE SUBFAMILY PGCILIIN2.

In most of the viviparous forms the sexes at birth are indistinguish-
able. The anal fin of the male occupies the same position as that of
the female, its shape is the same, and the individual rays are clearly
apparent. The location is usually below the posterior part of the
dorsal fin. As development proceeds, the third, fourth, and fifth rays
become lengthened, although they still remain separate and distinct
for some time. Eventually these attain their full length and appear
to be fused. While distinct, they are closely apposed and form a stiff-
ened rod or lever. Thelength varies with the different genera; usually
it is about one-third of the whole length of the fish. The tip of this
intromittent organ is provided with hooks and spines, the arrangement
of which differs in the various genera.

While these modifications have been taking place, the whole fin
has been gradually moving forward, so that, when development is
complete, the position of the fin has changed from abdominal to
thoracic. The external openings of the genital tract, the ureter and
the intestine, which lie just before the anal, have also moved with it.
This migration of the vent is evidently similar to that which takes.
place in the blind-fish (A mblyopsis speleus), where the opening of the
oviduct along with that of the intestine and the ureter move forward,.
so that the eggs may pass into the gill-chamber, where they are incu-
bated. The ventral fins also travel forward, and the final position of
these and of the anal is close up under the pectorals.

A support, which is necessary for the mass of muscles involved in
the complicated movements of the anal fin during copulation, is pro-
vided in the males through a modification of the posterior precaudal
vertebra. A process or stay extends forward from each of the arches
uniting the parapophyses of the last few precaudal or rib-bearing
vertebre. Inthe vertebre thus modified the ribs are absent, but their
places are taken by short processes which project backward in the

-median line. The number of vertebre bearing these stays varies
greatly. In Pecilia vivipara (Fig. 1) there are only two; in some forms

98 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

there are as manyas five. In Cnesterodon there are none. In Phal-
lotorynus there are three, the first and last are long and needle-like
and the central one is expanded or club-shaped at the tip. Just before
these there isa single short stay. Garman (), Plate VIII) has figured
many of the different species. The muscular mass enveloping the

base of the anal is directly attached by a tough ligament to the
vertebral column.

Fic. 1. Diagrammatic sketch of Pecilia vivipara, &, showing modification of
last two precaudal vertebre to form a support for the intromittent organ. 7,
intestine; J, liver; ¢, testicle; abl, air-bladder; w, ureter; ctr, ends of ribs cut off
to show abdominal cavity.

For the modified subvertebral processes Philippi (d. 1908) has pro-
posed the term ‘ gonapophysis.’ In Pecilia vivipara (Fig. 1) the first
of these processes joins directly with the enlarged first interhemal.
The other interhzemals or radialia, with which the rays of the anal fin
are articulated, are sharp and slender, and all, including the first en-
larged one, are enclosed in the mass of muscles, which controls the
movements of the fin.

The forward position of the anal fin in the male causes the crowding
of the viscera into the extreme forward end of the body-cavity. In
females the development of young within the ovarial sack likewise
causes a pushing of the viscera toward the head. In this sex the air
bladder is a simple oval sack, but in males the development of the sub-
vertebral stays causes a split in the organ, so that posteriorly it is
bilobed, with the subvertebral processes occupying a position between
the lobes.

BREEDING HABITS.

The act of copulation in the viviparous Peeciliids has not often been
seen. Agassiz (1853, p. 135) witnessed it in Mollienisia latipinna,
and in this manner learned that the two forms, which had previously

HENN: SouTH AMERICAN PaCcILIID FISHEs. 99

been considered members of different genera, were in reality male and
female of the same species. He gave no details of the behavior of the
two sexes.

Ryder (1885, p. 155) published a more detailed account of the ac-
tions of Gambusia patruelis, based on observations related to him by
A. A. Duly, an employee of the National Museum. The head of the
male was said to be turned in the direction of the tail of the female
during coitus and the prolonged anal fin thrust into the external
opening of the ovarian duct. This account, according to the observa-
tions of both Philippi and Seal, is entirely wrong.

Philippi had opportunity to see the copulation in both P. caudo-
maculatus and C. decem-maculatus. The habits of the two species
are essentially alike. The anal fin of the male, which normally lies
folded against the abdomen, is in breeding males suddenly thrust for-
ward and somewhat sidewise. The male slowly follows the female, but
maintains a certain distance, going through exactly the same motions
as the female. In general the male swims somewhat under and be-
hind the female. It suddenly darts upward toward the female, and
with extraordinary speed places the tip of the anal bearing a sperm
capsule upon the urogenital papilla of the female. With equal speed
its course is continued and the anal is withdrawn into the usual posi-
tion.

Seal (1911, p. 92) observed the breeding habits of Gambusia ‘hol-
brooki and Heterandria formosa, which he kept in aquaria. The
habits are said to be exactly alike. He says: ‘“‘ The male follows in-
cessantly and warily after the female, on the left side and to the rear,
the female frequently turning and making savage dives at him,
causing him to turn and flee, but to return immediately and follow,
watching for a moment when her attention will be distracted, when
he will make a sudden dash, sometimes succeeding in inserting the
intromittent organ into the genital pore, but oftener apparently missing,
because of a quick turn of the female from which he flees in apparent
terror. The contact is so sudden and brief that it required many
observations to verify it. In these movements the male organ is
thrust forward and to the right toward the female. In small jars
the males are frequently killed, especially when the female is full sized,
or if there are two or three females to one male. . . . There is never
more than one male following a female. If others approach, the male
turns and drives them off.”

100 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

These accounts are in almost entire accord and are the most com-
plete yet given. The manner of conducting the spermatozoa from
the genital opening to the tip of the anal, however, is yet to be made
known. In most of the viviparous forms, except Fitzroyia and
Anableps, the genital duct of the male opens immediately in front of
the base of the anal fin. In certain genera, such as Pecilia, Molli-
entsia, Limia, and Xiphophorus, the ventral fins, which adjoin the anal,
are elongated, and, if pressed against it, would form a tube extending
nearly to the end of the anal, through which the spermatozoa might
pass. In the majority of the viviparous genera, however, such as
Heterandria, Phalloceros, and Cnesterodon, the ventral fins are alto-
gether too small to be of such service. Further observations on living
fishes will be necessary to determine the manner in which the sperm
bodies are transferred to the tip of the anal. In Fitzroyia and Ana-
bleps the ureter and the sperm-duct continue to the end of the anal,
which in this case is an actual tube.

Garman (a, p. 1012) observed that in Anableps the tip of the tubular
anal of the male is invariably pointed either to the right or to the
left. In females the genital orifice is protected by a large scale, which
is fastened either on one side or the other, and permits the entrance of the
anal of the male only from the opposite side. This Garman fancifully
thought was a unique device to insure cross-fertilization. It is obvious
that a male with the tip of the anal directed toward the right can mate
only with a female having the Jeft side of the genital orifice free through
the fastening of the protective scale upon the right side. Garman
thought that in the same brood probably all males and all females were
of the same type of structure and that interbreeding would thus be
prevented. In Fitzroyia the anal of the male is also tube-like and the
direction of its tip is fixed. But since in this genus the genital orifice
of the female is unprotected by a scale or otherwise, it seems probable
that mating can be accomplished by either type of male with any
female. There would thus be no provision to insure cross-fertilization
in this genus.

Philippi observed that, although both sides of the anal are alike
in P. caudomaculatus and C. decem-maculatus, the anal can in any one
individual be used only on one side of the body. In P. caudomaculatus
it is prevailingly the left side, and in C. decem-maculatus the right, from
which the anal may be thrust out. This it is presumed means that
males of C. decem-maculatus approach the female from the left side,

HENN: SoutH AMERICAN PacILiip FISHES. 101

and of P. caudomaculatus from the right. A variant is sometimes found
which moves the anal on the side of the body opposite that which is
characteristic of the species.

The males of P. caudomaculatus and C. decem-maculatus are, accord-
ing to Philippi, sexually active throughout the year. In the aquarium
they follow other specimens about continually, even though these are
immature individuals of either sex. That this is not due to playful
instincts, or to similar reasons, is shown by the constant folding and
unfolding of the anal and the restless swimming up to the other fishes
from below and behind, which are characteristic actions of breeding
males. Females however show a definite rest-period, which in Berlin
happens during the winter. At this time one of the females under
observation sank to the bottom of the basin, where it remained sur-
rounded by the waiting males, but free from their attacks, since these
must rise upward from below in order to effect a transfer of the sperm.

AGGREGATIONS OF SPERM, OR ‘‘ SPERMOZEUGMATA.”

A slight pressure upon the abdominal wall of narcotized male fishes
causes expulsion of the sexual products (Philippi). These consist of
numerous milk-white bodies, which stick fast to the first available
object. These collections of sperm are elliptical in shape and measure
in P. caudomaculatus 122 microns in length and 73 microns in width;
in C. decem-maculatus they are 220 microns long and 107 microns
wide.

By fixation and staining with hematoxylin-eosin they are seen to
consist of closely crowded spermatozoa, the long axes of which are per-
pendicular to the surface of the body. The heads of the spermatozoa
lie at the periphery, while the center is composed of the tails and
a few heads of spermatozoa. The whole mass is held together by a
sticky substance, which is acquired in the lumen of the testicle. This
sticky material probably causes the sperm-body to fasten to the genital
papilla of the female. The entire outer portion of the genital tract of
the breeding male is filled with these elliptical capsules. For similar
aggregations of sperm in insects, which likewise lack an externa!
investment, Ballowitz (1895, p. 458) has proposed the name “ spermo-
zeugma,” plural “ spermozeugmata.”

Although the spermatozoa are ejaculated in the masses called sper-
mozeugmata, the latter are never found in the oviduct. A number
of these sperm-masses, immediately after being taken from the male,

102 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

were placed in normal salt solution, where they sank to the bottom.
After eighteen hours the majority were unchanged; one had released
a wisp of sperm, which remained about the otherwise unchanged mass,
some showed softening, but very few had broken up. The following
day the great majority were still unchanged, although somewhat
swollen, and on the fourth day they still remained unchanged.

A number of these sperm-bodies were placed in a dish in which the
ovary and genital tract of a freshly killed female had been crushed.
Within a very short time (six minutes) after coming under the influence
of the ovarian fluid these bodies had dissolved and the individual
spermatozoa were set free.

A receptaculum semints is formed by numerous unsymmetrical folds
in the lining of the oviduct. Within these folds the spermatozoa are
found in incredible numbers, and they remain here even after the birth
of the young.

SUBSEQUENT FERTILIZATION FROM A SINGLE MATING.

Zolotnisky (1901, p. 65) observed that a female of P. caudomaculatus,
which had been separated from males after the appearance of a brood
of young, produced another within six weeks, and a third brood four
weeks after this. This occurred, although copulation subsequent to
the first parturition had not taken place. Philippi also isolated females
at, or slightly before, parturition. In everyinstance the females became
pregnant for a second time, and one specimen produced a third brood
forty-six days after the appearance of the second. Poey noted these
facts many years ago.

: among the viviparous species have
appeared in the literature of fish-fanciers. These presumable hybrids
have certainly arisen through the ability of bringing forth young with-
out fertilization between broods. A female of one species, for ex-

Many notices of “ hybrids’

ample, which has borne young is placed with a male of another species.
After some weeks young appear, which are taken for hybrids, but are
in reality a product of the first mating. Actual hybrids can be ob-
tained only by carefully rearing young fishes until discrimination of
the sexes is possible. After this they must be kept rigidly separated,
and the first mating of the young female must be made with a male of
a different species. Unless this method has been practised, accounts

”

of ‘‘ hybrids ’’ among these fishes are worthless.

HENN: SoutH AMERICAN Pa@CILitp FISHES. 1038

BIRTH.

In the two species, which Philippi had under observation, the young
were born singly and at intervals of a few minutes. Delivery usually
took place before eight o’clock in the morning, but in a few instances
it took place about noon. During this period the female, when not
tormented by males, remained just below the surface of the water.
The young are not expelled in a definite position; either the head or the
tail may appear first, and occasionally the young is expelled doubled
upon itself. Delivery is much slower when the young appear tail
first. In this case the adult may swim about for awhile with the half-
protruding young. The position of the young in the ovary, as shown
by cross-sections, is likewise undetermined. :

Contrary to Ryder’s statement that fright seemed to hasten par-
turition, Philippi found that excitement tended to greatly retard or
postpone delivery. For better observation he placed females in the
act of delivery in smaller aquaria. This usually caused a delay of
four or five hours, and when parturition was resumed a number of
unripe eggs were also cast out.

The cannibalistic habits of the fishes are pronounced, and when the
birth is at an end the adult will seize upon her own young. This takes
place even when the tank is well supplied with food. The males
likewise devour the young fishes, and if they are to be reared, they must
be separated from the adults.

Seal (1911, p. 93) states that the young of Gambusia holbrooki and
Heterandria formosa are born one at atime. The ejection of each
fish is so rapid that they appear as though shot out with some force.
““This, however, might be due to the bursting of the follicle and the
uncoiling of the fish as it is released from restraint. | When they first
appear they are still in a somewhat curved form, but they quickly
straighten out and swim into hiding. . . . The intervals between the
extrusions vary from several minutes to as many hours.’’ Seal also
noted the presence of two or more generations in a single season;
fishes born early in May were themselves mature and producing young
by the middle of August.

NUMBER OF YOUNG IN SOME VIVIPAROUS SPECIES.

The number of young at birth in a given species is evidently quite
variable. The appended table gives the number of embryos found in

104 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

females of various species. The ovaries have been dissected out and
the number of young ascertained by carefully picking the ovary to
pieces. In pregnancy the abdomen is greatly distended and the
ovary fills a large part of the body-cavity. The ovary is exceedingly
thin-walled, and as suggested by Ryder, the gravid follicles are hung
together very much in the manner of a bunch of grapes. They are
readily separable.

Species, Size. Date. Locality. Contents of ovary.

1203 TO TUGROT A 8 cea oc 55mm. April 14, 1908 Cachoeira, Bahia 34 small ova.

a A Nae «Seve 71mm = 4 AY Tir small em-
bryos, 3 small
ova

os Eau pe ead antics 6I mm. by oa ta os 66 embryos, 2
ova.

oy ar tigs tae ee 44mm. June 18, 1908 Munez Friere 32 Ova.

‘ RNP RES Sexe ues, 45 mm i is sed ef 21 small embryos

PONT UD secede Soe Se 23mm. Aug. 11, 1913 Vinces, Ecuador 2 large embryos,
2 ova.

Sem ER aie, Sacer oie 27 mm. SS es S oe 4 large embryos,
6 small em-
bryos, 3 ova.

set Wye eid satan acct eicis g 22 mm. 3 cs i id 2 very large em-
bryos, I small
embryo.

Sue cme tone NAA a ceer ease 23 mm a3 2 “A I very large em-
bryo, I small
embryo, 3 ova.

Men MIG eo 24 mm. a ie x a I large embryo,

* 2 small em-
bryos, 2 eggs.
DF CROCOENSIS ne ee 34mm. May 9, 1913 Chocé, Colombia 5 embryos, 8 ova,
P. caudomaculatus..55 mm. July 26, 1908 Raiz da Serra 39 embryos
Sao Paulo

= + ..45 mm. July 26, 1908 Raiz da Serra 25 ova.

Ni 4 ..42mm. July 25, 1908 Alto da Serra Spent.

os ‘¢ ..38mm. July 25, 1908 Alto da Serra T5 small ova.

C. decemmaculatus..38 mm. Dec. 22, 1908 Serrinha Parana, 16 embryos.
Rio Iguassu

- oe ...45 mm. Dec. 22, 1908 Serrinha Parana, 55 embryos.

F a4 ...39 mm. Dec. 22, 1908 Serrinha Parana, 28 embryos.

ri ...40mm. Dec. 22, 1908 Serrinha Parana, 20 embryos.

...36mm. Dec. 22, 1908 Serrinha Parana, 31 embryos.

Limia hollandi..... 42mm. July 31,1908 Rio Pilao,S. Paulo, 24 embryos.

HENN: SouTH AMERICAN PGCILUD FISHES. 105

The ova are quite large, yellowish in appearance, and spherical,
measuring on an average 1.5 mm. in diameter. In this list I have
counted as ova those which show no differentiation. When develop-
ment begins the optic vesicles early become pigmented, and are the
first major indication of the initiation of development. Examination
with a binocular microscope is sufficient to distinguish a small embryo
from an undifferentiated egg.

It will be seen that the same females often contain both large and
small embryos and undifferentiated ova. The latter are often quite
small and the birth of the young which they are to produce will be
postponed considerably after the birth of the larger ones. Specimens
of Diphyacantha chocoénsis, which externally seemed pregnant and
had evidently just been delivered of one brood, judging from the
collapsed ovaries, still contained a few small embryos and ova. Similar
conditions were found in specimens of Pseudopecilia fria. These
observations are to be correlated with the observations of Philippi,
who noted successive births from a single mating. In other specimens
it is common to find a few embryos considerably behind in development,
when compared with the average. These probably are the result of
later fertilization. The period in which delivery takes place is also
variable, since in the same locality specimens are found with the con-
tents of the ovary ranging in different examples all the way from small
ova to embryos nearly ready for birth. Usually, when taken during
the breeding season, all of the mature females from a given locality are
pregnant. Occasionally, however, fully mature individuals contain
neither ova nor embryos.

The presence in the ovary at the same time of both ova and embryos
in one or two different stages of development seems to have previously
been noticed by only one observer. E. G. Boulenger (1912, p. 906)
remarked these facts in Lebistes reticulatus, but there is no indication
that his observations were based on actual dissection of the ovary.
He says, ‘‘ As breeding goes on all through the year, at least in cap-
tivity, the female is in an almost permanently pregnant condition, and
within afortnight of having brought forth a brood (such a period re-
presenting the duration of the gestation, at a temperature of over 70°)
once more brings a generation into the world. It should be borne in
mind, however, that a single impregnation is sufficient for the fertiliza-
tion of several broods, the embryos of the second and third generation
being already in an advanced condition when the first young are born.”

106 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

THE SEX RATIO.

The general predominance of females in collections of viviparous
Peeciliids has been repeatedly noticed by students of these fishes. The
bright colors of the males and structure of the anal fin make the dis-
crimination of the sexes in mature examples an easy matter. Garman
(1895, p. 7), after observation of numbers of specimens, was impelled
to say, ‘‘ By common experience collectors find males to be less nu-
merous thanfemales. The striking appearance of the male will no
doubt be claimed as evidence of selection, because of a possible benefit
in enabling the female more readily to find him; it may also be utilized
in explaining the discrepancy in numbers, since it must be effectual
in making him an object of more prominence and a more frequent prey
than the other sex for enemies of the species.”’

Most writers are inclined to attribute the discrepancy in numbers of
the two sexes to the much smaller size of the male, which causes it to
be overlooked by collectors and also enables it to escape through the
meshes of seines, which readily hold the bulkier females. From a
study of the Haseman collections I observed that in nearly every species
the number of females is more than double that of the males.

I have carefully examined all of the specimens in a pint of Lebistes
reticulatus taken under Dr. Eigenmann’s direction in the Barbadoes.
This collection was taken with a very finely meshed net and represents
the conditions actually found in nature, since it includes specimens of
minute water-insects, plant-rootlets, and other things. Many fishes,
not larger than five millimeters, have been included and it is quite
evident that few went through the seine. This lot comprises 2,070
specimens, of which 520 are males, 630 are females, and 920 are too
small to be determined. The latter average about eight or ten milli-
meters; when that stage has been passed it becomes easier to distinguish
the sexes. Males then exhibit the characteristic markings, the anal
fin becomes advanced and modified, and full maturity is reached when
the male is about fifteen millimeters in length. Females are much
larger and may reach a length of from twenty-five to thirty milli-
meters. It is quite certain that this count of males includes only
members of that sex, while a few of the smaller specimens regarded
as females may really have been immature males. It will thus be
seen that the sex ratio, when an adequate collection is at hand, does
not materially differ from that found in other fishes. Mr. Edward

HENN: SoUTH AMERICAN Pa cILupD FISHEs. 107

G. Boulenger (1912, p. 906), who has reared this species, likewise
notes the equality of sexes in very small broods; a fact, however, which
in the prevailing idea of the numerical inequality of the sexes he
considers remarkable.

REFERENCES TO THE LITERATURE.

Acassiz, L. Recent researches of Prof. Agassiz (given in a letter to J. D. Dana).
American Journal of Science and Arts, (2), Vol. XVI, 1853, p. 134-136.
BALLOwI1z, Emit. Die Doppelspermatozoen der Dystisciden. Zeitschr. Wiss.
Zool., Vol. LX, 1895, pp. 458-499. 4
BOULENGER, EDWARD G. Notes on the Breeding of the ‘‘ Millions”’ Fish (Girardi-
nus peciloides). Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1912, pp. 906-908.
EIGENMANN, C. H. The Peeciliid Fishes of Rio Grande do Sul and the La Plata
Basin. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, Vol. XXXII, 1907, pp. 425-433.
GARMAN, S. (a) Sexual rights and lefts. Am. Nat., Vol. XXIX, 1895, pp. 1012-
Ior4. i
(b) The Cyprinodonts. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl., Vol. XIX, No. 1, 1895,
pp. 1-179, Plates I-XII.
(c) Cross fertilization and sexual rights and lefts among vertebrates. Am.
Nat., Vol. XXX, 1896, p. 232.
Git, T. N. The nomenclature of the Family Peeciliide, or Cyprinodontide.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, Vol. XVII, 1894, pp. 115-116.
PHILIPPI, ERICH. (a) Kurzer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Teleostier-genera Glari-
dichthys Garman und Cnesterodon Garman. Sitzber. Gesell. Naturf.
Freunde, Berlin, Jg., 1906, pp. 229-232.
(b) Ein neuer descendztheoretisch intefessanter Fall von Viviparitat bei
einem Teleostier. Jbid., Jg. 1906, pp. 235-237.
(c) ““Spermatophoren” bei Fischen. Verh. Deutsch. Zoél. Ges., Leipzig,
Vol. XVII, 1907, pp. 105-108.
(d) Fortpflanzungsgeschichte der viviparen Teleostier Glaridichthys januarius
und G. decem-maculatus in ihrem Einflusz auf Lebensweise, makroskop-
ische und mikroskopische Anatomie. Zoél. Jahrb., Vol. XXVII, 1908,
pp. I-94, 7 plates.
REGAN, C. T. (a) The Osteology and Classification of the Teleostean Fishes of
the Order Microcyprini. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), Vol. VII, rorr,
Pp. 320-327.
(b) Phallostethus dunckeri, a remarkable new cyprinodont fish from Johore.
Ibid., Vol. XII, 1913, pp. 548-555.
(c) A revision of the cyprinodont fishes of the subfamily Peeciliine. Proc.
Zool. Soc. London, 1913, pp. 977-1018, 3 plates.
RYDER, JOHN A. On the development of viviparous osseous fishes. Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., Vol. VIII (1885), 1886, pp. 128-156, 6 plates.
SEAL, Wm. P. “Breeding Habits of the Viviparous fishes Gambusia holbrookii

and Heterandria formosa.’’ Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, Vol. XXIV,
IQII, pp. 91-96, plate I.
ZOLOTNISKY, N. ‘‘Les mceurs du Girardinus decem-maculatus, Poisson vivipare.”

Arch. Zo6él. Exper., (3), Vol. IX, 1901, pp. Ixv—Ixxi.

108 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

GENERA AND SPECIES OF P@CILIID®.

Genus RIVULUS Poey.

Rivulus PorEy, Memorias sobre Ja Historia Natural de Cuba, II, 1858, 307, 383;
GARMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodél., XIX, I, 1905, p. 134; REGAN, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., (8), X, 1912, p. 495.

Type, Rivulus cylindraceus Poey.

Small, usually depressed, oviparous fishes, in which the margins of
the eyes are not free and the gill-membranes are separate and free from
the isthmus.. Dorsal smaller than the anal and placed much farther
back. The sexes do not differ, except that the female is generally
brighter and usually has a caudal ocellus.

Teeth in each jaw, an outer series of sharp, recurved canines, with
several rows of minute teeth behind them.

1. Rivulus cylindraceus Poey.

5812 a, C. M. 35 mm. Los Indios, Isle of Pines. Gustav Link.

2. Rivulus hartii (Boulenger).

Haplochilus hartii BOULENGER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), VI, 1890, p. 190; REGAN,
Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1906, I, p. 389, pl. X XI, fig. 2.

Rivulus hartii REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), X, 1912, p. 501.

13608, I. U. M. Three, 25-46 mm. Quebrada Cramalote, Villa-
vicencio, Colombia. Gonzales.

13609, 1. U. M. Two, 23-47 mm. Barrigona, Rio Meta. Gonzales.
These specimens are provisionally placed here. D. 8-9; A. 12, 13,

14 and 15; lat. 1. 38-40. They resemble R. hartiz, but the caudal is

rounded and without a black margin.

3. Rivulus elegans Steindachner.

Rivulus elegans STEINDACHNER, Denkschr. Akad. Wissen. Wien, XLII, 1880, p. 85,
pl. VI, fig. 6; REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), X, 1912, p. 498 (Rio Condoto,
Colombia); zbid., 1913, p. 471.

5810 a—d, C. M.; 13601 I. U. M. Twelve, 23-45 mm. Rio Condoto,
Colombia. Wilson.

5811 ai, C. M.; 13602 I. U. M. Twenty three, 17-31 mm. Rio
Truando. Wilson.

Head 4-4.2; depth 5; depth of caudal peduncle 7.5-8 in length to
base of caudal and 2 in head. Eye 3.5 in head and 1.5 in interorbital.

HENN: SouTH AMERICAN Pa@CILIUID FISHEs., 109

78, 12 13 14

arpa : ’
Nay a a Tee AT
individuals) ; scales 33-37 in a lateral series, 9 in transverse series.

(the denominator represents the number of

Origin of.dorsal over last three rays of anal, about twice as distant
from the operculum as from the base of the caudal, its height equal to
the length of the pectoral. Origin of anal slightly nearer operculum
than base of caudal. Ventrals small, equidistant from tip of snout
and base of caudal; their length equal to the diameter of the eye.

General coloration of males (specimens from Condoto) light oli-
vaceous, center of each scale lighter, their edges forming longitudinal
stripes, belly whitish. Top of head dusky, an oblong dark spot under-
lying the operculum. All fins dusky, unspotted; anal with a clear
whitish border at the base, becoming darker outwardly, it and the lower
caudal margin edged with deep black. In females the dark longitudinal
stripes are broken by light patches, which form transverse oblong
blotches. The dorsal and caudal fins are heavily spotted and the
anal more lightly. In none of the specimens from the Rio Condoto
is there a caudal ocellus. In the specimens from the Rio Truando
almost half of the females possess a distinct caudal fleck and are much
darker.

Rivulus godmani Regan, of which I have examined numerous speci-
mens, recorded as R. elegans by Miller (Bull. American Mus. Nat.
Hist., Vol. X XIII, 1907, p. 104) from Los Amates, Guatemala, seems
only to differ from R. elegans in having the dark edge of the lower caudal
lobe of the males broadened to form an intramarginal stripe with a
pale lower margin.

4. Rivulus magdalene Eigenmann & Henn, sp. nov.

5813, C. M:. Type, 56 mm. 5814 a—m, C. M.; 13603 I. U. M.,
twenty-five paratypes, 24-62 mm. Ibagué, (elevation 4,250 ft.).

5815 a-h, C. M.; 13604 I. U. M., fifteen, 20-45 mm., Rio Guaduas,
Dept. of Cundinamarca. Gonzales.

5816 a—-b, C. M.; 13605 I. U. M., four, 25-46 mm. Rio Villeta. Gon-
zales.

5817 a—-h, C. M.; 13606 I. U. M., fifteen, 20-42 mm. Quebrada de
Chamisal. Gonzales.

5818 a—b, C. M., two small specimens, 11-15 mm., probably belong
here. Boquia. Eigenmann.

110 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

All of these localities except Boquia, which is in the Cauca basin
west of the central Cordilleras, are in the highlands of the Magdalena
Basin, west of Bogota.

Very similar in proportions to R. elegans, differing in. the smaller
scales and in coloration.

Head 3.8-4; depth 5-5.2; caudal peduncle 7-8 in length and 2 in
the head. Eye 3 in head; 1.5 in interorbital. D. 9-11; A. 15-16;
scales 40-42 in lateral series, 9 in transverse series.

Origin of dorsal twice as distant from the point a snout-length
behind the eye as from the base of the caudal, or about two head-
lengths behind the operculum. Other fins asin R. elegans, except that
the caudal is sub-truncate, not oval or rounded.

Olivaceous, streaked and blotched with dark brown. Dorsal and
caudal streaked with the same color. Operculum underlaid with
blackish. A series of heavy vertical purplish blotches in the mid-
lateral line. Females have a circular caudal ocellus surrounded by a
white margin. Males have the tip of the anal and both caudal edges
margined with black.

5. Rivulus waimacui Eigenmann.

Regan (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), X, 1912, p. 497) regards Rivulus
waimacut Eigenmann as synonymous with R. holmie Eigenmann.
These species while similar are, however, distinct. The distinguishing
characters are sufficiently indicated in the key accompanying the orig-
inal descriptions while other points are:

a. Origin of dorsal about two, or less than two and one-half, head-lengths behind
the operculum; D. 8-9; A. 16; scales in lateral series forty-three or forty-
four, with about three on the base of the caudal; a median predorsal series
of about twenty-seven scales; this series is discontinued five or six scales
before the dorsal, where those of the two sides dovetail or overlap the median
lines females with) axcaudal¥ocelltisnc:urepneiene etcetera eter R. holmie.

aa. Origin of dorsal two and one-half, or more, head-lengths behind operculum;
D. 8; A. 14; scales in lateral series forty-seven to fifty, with three or four on
base of caudal; a regular median series of thirty-three to thirty-eight scales
between occiput and dorsal; females without a caudal ocellus...R. waimacut.

6. Rivulus urophthalmus Giinther.

Rivulus urophthalmus GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes, Brit. Mus., VI., 1866, p. 327; REGAN»
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), X, 1912, p. 408.

4631,C. M. Eight, 24-33 mm., Alagoinhas, Rio Catu, Bahia. Hase-

man.

HENN: SoutH AMERICAN PCILIID FISHEs. 111

4632,C. M. Ten, 23-43 mm. Raiz da Serra, Sao Paulo. Haseman.

Hose GN. eoix, 27-45 mm. Cubatao, Rio Cubatao, Sao Paulo.
Haseman.

5821, C. M. Two, 52-56 mm., Iguape, Rio Ribeira da Iguape.
Haseman.

7. Rivulus obscurus Garman.

Rivulus obscurus GARMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodél., XIX, 1895, p. 140; PELLEGRIN,
Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, 1899, p. 157, (Rio Spuié); REGAN, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., (8), X, I912, p. 502.

5820, C. M. Four specimens, 27-30 mm. Mandaos. Haseman.

D. 5, A. 7, lat. 1. 29 in 2 specimens; D. 5, A. 8, lat. 1. 29 in another,
and D. 6, A. 9, lat. 1. 30 in the last. These agree in all respects with
the original description, except that the dorsal is completely posterior

to the anal.
8. Rivulus punctatus Boulenger.

Rivulus punctatus BOULENGER, Boll. Mus. Torino, X, No. 196, 1895, p. 3 (Colonia
Risso); EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 1907, p. 430; EIGENMANN,
Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 454.

4625, C. M. Two, 16 and 22 mm. Villa Hays, Paraguay. Hase-
man.

4626, C. M. Nine, 14-30 mm., Urucum Mts., Corumba, Matto
Grosso. Haseman.

4627, C. M. One, 24 mm. Puerto Suarez, Bolivia. Haseman.

4628, C. M. One, 22 mm., Rio Santa Rita, into Rio Paraguay,
Matto Grosso. Haseman.

With these is probably to be included, 4629, C. M., a specimen
22 mm. long from the Rio Boa Ventura, Matto Grosso of the Rio
Guaporé.

These specimens agree very well with the description of Boulenger
Dy 5-6; A. 11; P. 10; V. 5; lat. I. 30-31; 9 transverse series of scales.

Head 4, depth at anal origin 7; caudal peduncle 10. Finely spotted;
caudal with a number of cross-bars.

g. Rivulus compressus Henn, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII, fig. 1.)
5819, C. M. Type, unique,55 mm. Mandos, Nov. 30,1909. Hase-

man.

This may be R. micropus Steindachner, but it seems to differ in the
more forward position of the dorsal, the longer head, etc.

Head 4; depth 5.2; caudal peduncle 8 in the length; 2in head. Eye

kD, ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

3.5 in head, 1.5 in interorbital and equal to the snout. D. 7; A. 14;
42 scales in horizontal series, 8 between dorsal and anal.

Head broader than deep. Very much compressed posteriorly,
greatly depressed anteriorly, width of fish at ventrals one-half its
width at the occiput. Profile slightly arched, cleft of mouth hori-
zontal.

Origin of dorsal three times as distant from the tip of the snout as
from the base of the caudal, inserted over the last anal ray. Origin of
anal equidistant from operculum and base of caudal, ventrals equi-
distant from tip of snout and base of caudal, one and one-half as long
as eye.

Coloration olivaceous, a narrow brown stripe between the rows. of
scales. Top of head and dorsal ridge darker.

10. Rivulus brevis Regan.
Rivulus brevis REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), X, 1912, p. 504 (Colombia).

University of Michigan, ten specimens, 26-45 mm., from Fundacién,
near Santa Marta, Dept. of the Magdalena, Colombia.

Much deeper and more compressed than most of the species of this :
genus. Head deeper than broad in mature examples; in young, as
broad as deep.

Head 3.3-3.5; depth at origin of ventrals 3.5-3.8; depth of caudal
peduncle 5.5-6 in length and 1.6 in head. Eye 3 in head, slightly
less than interorbital. Width of the head 1.5 in the depth, which is
1.5 in the length. D. 8-9; A. 12-13; scales 29-30 in a lateral series,
8 or 9 in transverse series.

Origin of dorsal twice as distant from the anterior margin of the
orbit as from the base of the caudal. Dorsal rises over the middle of
the anal. In adult specimens the rays of all the fins are prolonged.
The eighth to the eleventh rays of the anal are extended to form a
streamer, which reaches to the base of the lower caudal fulcrum.
Dorsal rays also prolonged. Middle rays of pectoral prolonged and
reaching almost to middle of ventrals, which are extended on to the
base of the anal. Caudal rays elongated, lowest rays often forming a
streamer, basal third with a heavy sheath of small scales. All fins
blackish.

Genus GAMBUSIA Poey.

Gambusia Porky, Memorias de Cuba, I, 1855, p. 382; Regan, Proc. Zoél. Soc.
London, 1913, p. 981.

HENN: SOUTH AMERICAN Pa@cILitD FISHES. 1b is

11. Gambusia caliensis Eigenmann & Henn, sp. nov.

6700 a, C. M. Type, 2, 34 mm., length to base of caudal 28 mm.

Cali, Colombia. Eigenmann.

6700 6, C. M. An immature specimen, 16 mm. From the same
locality.

In the absence of adult males the generic affinities of this species are,
of course, uncertain. It has the mouth and dentition of Gambusia.

Head 4.6; equal to the depth at the origin of the anal; depth of
caudal peduncle 7 in the length. Eye 3 in head; 1.5 in interorbital;
snout 1.5 in eye. D.9; A. 10; P. 10; V. 6; 30 scales in a lateral series
with 2 on the base of the caudal; 7 in transverse series. There is a
median predorsal series of twelve scales; this series ceases within four
scales of the dorsal, where the rows of scales of the sides overlap.
Dorsal profile rising or curved to the middle of the total length, then
dipping to the dorsal; ventral profile much less curved.

Origin of dorsal equidistant from the tip of the caudal and the
posterior margin of the orbit, or 1.6 times as distant from the anterior
margin of the orbit as from the base of the caudal. Dorsal inserted
over the last ray of the anal. Origin of anal about equidistant from
base of caudal and posterior margin of orbit.

General coloration olivaceous, top of head and operculum darker.
Outlines of scales broadly margined with chromatophores. A faint
series of dusky, transverse bars. In the type, a pregnant female, the
abdomen is distended and underlaid with purplish black.

Genus DipHYACANTHA?! Henn, gen. nov.

Teeth, very similar to those of Gambusia, 7. e., an outer widely
spaced series of conical teeth; in immediate conjunction an inner
series of small, closely set, similar teeth.

Anal in the males an elongate organ, equal in length to one-third
of the total length of the fish. The terminal portion of this intro-
mittent organ resembles that of Pecilia and Pseudopecilia; it differs
from these and other genera in the character of the first prolonged
ray, which lacks a prepuce, bears both dorsally and ventrally a sub-
terminal series of retrorse hooks, and terminates in a single appendage
or finger-like process. This, while much smaller, is median and
unpaired, as in Cnesterodon.

4 dupuns = twofold; axavfa, 7 = a spine, with reference to the bipartite struc-
ture of the hooked segments in the first prolonged ray of the male anal.

114 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

In females the ventrals are normal in shape and barely reach the
vent. In males the ventrals, although proportionately of the same
size, are slightly more lanceolate and are set more closely to the anal,
which they overlap for a third of their length.

Fic. 2. Diphyacantha chocoénsis Henn. Distal end of intromittent organ. X—

No. 13,620, I. U. M. Rio Calima, Colombia.

12. Diphyacantha chocoénsis Henn. sp.nov. (Plate XIX, figs. 1 and 2.)

73618; [..U; M.,- Type, male, 31. mmm 136f9>). ULM 5825tee.
C. M., Paratypes, twenty-five specimens, four males, twenty-one
females, 18-35 mm. Small creek near mouth of Rio Calima, a tribu-
tary of the lower San Juan, Chocé, Colombia. Henn.

13620, I. U. M. Two males, four females, 22-37 mm. Rio Calima,
small brushy creek near Boca del Guineo. Henn.

Head 3.8—4.2; depth at origin of anal, in females 4—4.2, in males 3.8;
depth of caudal peduncle 6.5-7 in length without caudal and about
1.3 in head. Eye 2.5 in head; 1.5 in interorbital. Premaxillary
very short, mandible longer, forming anterior border of mouth,
chin steep and oblique, cleft of mouth almost vertical. Upper profile
almost horizontal, lower gently curved.

D. 7; A. 10 (in 12 specimens); P. 12-13; V. 6; scales 28 in a lateral
series, which is underlaid by a black canal; 7 in transverse series,
exclusive of median dorsal series; 16-18 scales between the large
occipital scale and the origin of the dorsal, predorsal region very
broad and flat.

Origin of dorsal far back in both sexes, twice as distant from the
anterior margin of the orbit as from the base of the caudal, or equi-
distant from the posterior margin of the orbit and the tip of the caudal.
Origin of anal in females equidistant from base of caudal, and upper
angle of gill-opening, slightly less in length than the head. In males

HENN: SOUTH AMERICAN PCCILIID FISHES. 115

the origin of the anal is very slightly nearer the tip of the snout than
the base of the caudal. Its length is one-third that of the entire length
of the fish. Pectorals nearly equal to the head, caudal rounded or oval.

Olivaceous, margins of each scale outlined with chromatophores.
Coloration more or less even throughout, except the belly, which is
white or colorless. Occiput chocolate-brown; a narrow median line
to dorsal, a similar line on the ventral keel of the caudal peduncle.
Operculum underlaid with silvery. In specimens less than 25 mm.,
there are about ten, or fewer, narrow, indistinct, vertical lines of
darker, distributed between the head and caudal. All mature females
have a very conspicuous black area surrounding the vent. All of the

fins are colorless.
Genus PRIAPICHTHYS Regan.

Priapichthys REGAN, Proc. Zo6l. Soc. London, 1913, p. 991, text-fig. 170 B.

Type, Gambusia annectens Regan.

13. Priapichthys nigroventralis (Eigenmann & Henn.)

Gambusia nigroventralis EIGENMANN & HENN, Indiana Univ. Studies, No. 16,
I912, p. 26. (Rio San Juan at Istmina.)

Priapichthys nigroventralis REGAN, Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1913, p. 992.

Gambusia caudovittata REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), XII, 1913, p. 471 (Rio
Condoto of San Juan); Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1913, p. 986.

4835 a, C. M., Type, 4835 a—e, C. M.; 12689 a-f, I. U. M., paratypes.
Istmina. Eigenmann.

6697 a-g, C. M.; 13613 I. U. M. Fifteen, four males, eleven females,
15-25 mm. Tambo. C. E. Wilson.

Fic. 3. Priapichthys nigroventralis (Eigenmann & Henn). Distal end of intro-

A 10) A n
mittent organ. X = No. 12,689, I. U. M. Istmina, Colombia.

13614, I. U. M. Four small specimens, 10-20 mm. Manigru.
Wilson.

13615, I. U. M. One male, 21 mm. Quibdo. Wilson.

6698 a-g, C. M.; 136161. U. M. Fifteen, seven males, eight females,
15-22 mm. Raspadura. Wilson.

116 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

6701 a, C. M. A single specimen. 15 mm. Rio Calima. Henn.

A brightly colored, small species, resembling P. episcopi (Stein-
dachner) in the heavily pigmented anal, but having the sides of a
uniform color and lacking the series of lateral spots. Basal fourth of
the dorsal in the male with a heavily pigmented band, middle portion
clear, outer third again pigmented. Outer portion of caudal in both
sexes broadly banded with dusky.

This species occurs in the Rio Atrato and in the Rio San Juan.

Genus HETERANDRIA Agassiz.
Heterandria AGassiz, American Journal of Science, (2) Vol. XVI, 1853, p. 135.
In this genus the length of the male intromittent organ is about
one-third of the entire length. The ventrals are minute, thoracic,
and barely reach to the base of the anal.

fo)
Fic. 4. Heterandria formosa Agassiz. Distal end of intromittent organ. <—

No. 6846, I. U. M. Jacksonville, Florida.

The third or first prolonged ray of the anal of the male has the distal
portion club-shaped, without serrations or hooks, the fourth ray ends
in an antrorse point, the fifth ray bears dorsally a series of retrorse
hooks, the sixth and seventh rays unite terminally to form the dorsal
margin of the fin.

As restricted by Regan, (P. Z. S., 1913, p. 995) this genus includes
the type, H. formosa Agassiz, ranging from the Carolinas to Florida,
and H. fasciata (Meek) from southern Mexico. The males of the
latter < ies have not been described.

14. Heterandria hasemani Henn, sp. nov. (Plate XX, fig. 1.)
4663, C. M., type, a female, probably immature, 20 mm. 4664 a-c,
C. M., paratypes, three females, 19-23 mm. Puerto Suarez,
Bolivia (Paraguay Basin) May 7, 1909. Haseman.
The limited number of specimens and the lack of males, makes the
generic reference doubtful. The teeth are spike-like, in several series)

HENN: SouTH AMERICAN PCILIID FISHES. lays

and resemble those of Heterandria formosa Agassiz, which is the type
of the genus. It is improbable that the genus Heterandria extends so
far south, and this species may possibly be a member of Pamphorich-
thys Regan.

Head 4; depth at origin of dorsal 5.3; depth of caudal peduncle 8
in length; caudal peduncle twice in head; D. 6-7; A. 7-8; P. 9; V. 6;
27 scales in horizontal or lateral series; 7 in transverse series. The
eye is rather large, 2.3 in length of head, and is equal to the interorbital
width.

Body rather elongate. Origin of the dorsal about opposite to that
of the anal and slightly in advance of the middle of the entire length.
Fins only slightly pigmented. Pectorals reach over the middle of the
ventrals, which are lanceolate, and have the middle rays longest,
reaching to base of anal. Caudal rounded.

Lateral line a conspicuous black canal from the ninth scale back-
ward. Above the lateral line the outlines of the scales are distinctly
margined with dark brown chromatophores; below the lateral line
these are lighter. The dark peritoneum gives a bluish appearance to
the visceral cavity.

I name the species for Mr. John D. Haseman, to whose energy and
zeal as a collector is to be attributed the greater portion of the collection
upon which this paper is based.

Genus NEOHETERANDRIA Henn, gen. nov.

Intermediate between Heterandria and Pseudopecilia.

The dentition consists of an outer series of widely spaced, long,
recurved, conical teeth, with slightly expanded tips and an inner series
of small, spike-like teeth in a narrow band.

fe)
Fic. 5. Neoheterandria elegans Henn. Distal end of intromittent organ. e

No. 5824, Carnegie Museum. Rio Truando.

Modified anal of the male, a narrow, moderately long organ with a
bluntly rounded tip. First and second rays minute; third to seventh
rays prolonged and modified. Third ray with a few recurved hooks

118 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

on the ventral surface near its tip. Fourth ray tapering and termi-
nating inan abrupt downward hook. The fifth ray bears dorsally
and terminally a series of four retrorse hooks and two rudiments.

15. Neoheterandria elegans Henn, sp.nov. (Plate XIX, figs. 4 and 5.)

5823 a, C. M., type, a male, 16.5 mm. Paratypes, 5824 a-g, C. M.
One male, 15 mm., six females, 14-16 mm.; 13612, I. U. M. Two
males, 14-16 mm., six females, 14-18 mm. Rio Truando, a trib-
utary of the Lower Atrato, in Colombia. Charles E. Wilson.

An exceedingly minute fish, greatly resembling Heterandria formosa
in size, coloration, and general appearance. Its small size makes an
accurate description difficult.

Head 4; depth at origin of anal in females 4.5, in males about 4-4.5;
depth of caudal peduncle 6-7 in length to base of caudal. Eye large,
about 2.3 in head and slightly less than interorbital. Snout short,
1.3 in eye. Cleft of mouth vertical, lower jaw the longer.

D. 8: A. 10; scales 28 in longitudinal series, about 8 in transverse.

Origin of dorsal over last ray of anal in females, equidistant from
the base of caudal and upper angle of gill-opening. Origin of anal
in females equidistant from the base of the caudal and the center of
the eye. The long modified anal of the male arises at the anterior third
of the total length and is about equal in length to one-third of the length
of the fish. The ventrals of males are minute and thoracic and barely
reach to the base of the anal.

Coloration, similar to that of Heterandria formosa, in having a series
of from six to nine vertical bars, beginning just posterior to the visceral
cavity, differing from formosa in having the second bar above the center
of the anal in females (above the ends of the posterior anal rays in
males) broadened to form a conspicuous vertically oval black spot.
Dorsal and anal barred or banded with blackish.

None of the females are pregnant. They may not be mature.

Genus PSEUDOPGCILIA Regan.
Pseudopecilia REGAN, Proc. Zodl. Soc. London, 1913, p. 995, text-fig. 170 F.
Type, Pecilia feste Boulenger.
This genus is very closely related to Heterandria and is in reality
connected with that genus through Neoheterandria.
The dentition consists of an outer series of widely spaced, broadened,
or expanded, incisors with recurved pointed tips, and an inner series of

HENN: SOUTH AMERICAN PaCILIID FISHES. 119

much smaller spike-like teeth. In dentition, Pseudopecilia, although
having much heavier teeth, more closely resembles Neoheterandria
than it does Heterandria.

The anal of the male is an elongate organ with a decurved tip,
equalling in length about two-fifths of the length of the fish. The
ventrals are minute and unmodified. The anal in males is inserted at
about the second fifth of the entire length.

Another character, possibly peculiar to this genus, is the series
of large pores about the margin of the pre-operculum.

16. Pseudopeecilia feste (Boulenger).

Pecilia feste BOULENGER, Boll. Mus. Zoél. Torino, XIII, 1898, No. 320, p. 13,
(San Vicente, near Santa Elena, Ecuador).
Pseudopecilia feste REGAN, Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1913, p. 996.

No specimens of this species were secured.

17. Pseudopeecilia fria (Eigenmann & Henn).
Pecilia fria Eigenmann & Henn. Indiana Univ. Studies, No. 19, Jan. 16, 1914,

p- 13 (Vinces, Ecuador).

This species may be identical with the preceding, but seems to differ
in the number of scales. It has scales 3-29 or 30-4 (to ventrals).
P. fest@ is said to have 33-35 scales in a longitudinal series and 12-13
in a transverse series.

Fic. 6. Pseudopecilia fria (Eigenmann & Henn). Distal end of intromittent

organ. X =. No. 13,107, I. U. M. Vinces, Ecuador.

The anal fins show slight differences which may be specific. Regan’s
figure of the anal of the male of P. feste shows nine or more hooks
on the third prolonged ray. In all of six examples of P. fria examined
for this character, the number of these spines is eight.

Genus PoEcILiopsis Regan.
Peciliopsis REGAN, Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1913, p. 996, text fig. 170 D.

Type, Pecilia presidionis Jordan and Culver.

120 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

18. Peeciliopsis amates (Miller).
Pecilia amates MILLER, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXIII, 1907, p. 108, fig. &
(Los Amates, Guatemala).
This is a valid species of the genus Peciliopsis as shown by the struc-
ture of the anal fin of the male. (Cf. Fig. 7.) Peciliopsis pittiert
(Meek); Field Mus. Pubs. Zoél., X, 1912, p. 71, from La Junta, Costa

Fic. 7. Peciliopsis amates (Miller). Distal end of intromittent organ. see

No. 11,375, I. U. M. Los Amates, Guatemala.

Rica, may be identical with this species. These two and the following
species are the only members of the genus with distinct cross-bars or
color-bands, which in most cases are confined to the male.

19. Peeciliopsis colombiana (Eigenmann & Henn.).
Heterandria colombianus EIGENMANN & HENN, Indiana Univ. Studies, No. 16;
I9gI2, p. 27 (Rio Dagua, Colombia); REGAN, Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1913, p.
996. :
This well-marked species is different in coloration from the other
members of the genus. The distinct chocolate streaks extend the
full height of the fish, are widely spaced, and are equally distinct in

both sexes.
Genus PHALLOPTYCHUS Eigenmann.

Phalloptychus EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 1907, p. 430, fig. 6.

REGAN, Proc. Zo6l. Soc. London, 1913, p. 999.

Type by original designation Girardinus januarius Hensel.

The dentition consists of an outer series of compressed, slightly
recurved, spoon-oar-shaped teeth, with a broad band of minute,
club-shaped teeth immediately behind them.

Anal of the male, when folded, 7. e., in the normal state, a long, needle-

HENN: SouTH AMERICAN PGCILIID FISHES. 121

like intromittent organ, contained 2.2 to 2.3 in the entire length. It is
inserted forward of the anterior third of the entire length. Ventrals
anterior to the origin of the anal, minute; rays not modified. Male
elongate, greatest depth about 5 in length to base of caudal. Ejigen-
mann, Joc. cit., p. 430, fig. 6, gives excellent figures of the male anal
fins.

First and second anal rays of the male, minute; third, fourth, and
fifth greatly prolonged. In the normal folded position, these lie
closely apposed, forming a simple needle-shaped organ. Distal
part of third ray club-shaped, near the tip free from the fourth, which
tapers evenly and bears dorsally a series of strong, retrorse hooks.
These lie downward or enclose the folded organ. Fifth ray heavy and
tubular, closely joined to the fourth. Other rays much shorter.

Cnesterodon differs from this genus in the presence of a long terminal
hook.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PHALLOPTYCHUS.
a. D. 8; A. 9; V. 6; depth 4; vertical bands usually nine or fewer.

I. eigenmanni Henn.

aa. D. 9; A. 10; V. 5; depth 3.5, vertical bands usually more than nine.
2. januarius (Hensel).
20. Phalloptychus eigenmanni Henn, sp.nov. (Plate XX, figs. 2 and 3.)
4665 C. M., type, female, 29 mm. 4666, C. M., paratypes, two
males, 20-22 mm.; eight females, 25-30 mm. Alagoinhas, Rio

Catu, Bahia. March 4, 1908. Haseman.

D. 8; A. 9; P. 10; V. 6; head 4; equal to depth at origin of anal;
caudal peduncle 6 in length to base of caudal and 1.5 in head. Eye
3 in head; 2 in caudal peduncle and equal to the interorbital width.
Scales 27—29 in lateral series, 8 in transverse series. Snout short, 1.3
in eye; chin steep.

Distance from tip of snout to origin of dorsal, slightly less than
distance from anal origin to tip of middle caudal rays. Dorsal origin
over last rays of anal. Pectorals as long as the head minus the snout;
ventrals just reaching the vent. Caudal elongate, rounded.

A series of from seven to nine vertical bands of color adorn the sides.
The last two are often united to form a trident. Peritoneum silvery;
color-bands absent over the visceral cavity.

This species differs from P. januarius (Hensel) in the more elongate
form, smaller dorsal and anal, larger ventrals, and the fewer color-
bands.

Named in honor of my respected professor, Dr. C. H. Eigenmann.

122 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

21. Phalloptychus januarius (Hensel).

Girardinus januarius HENSEL, Arch. fiir Naturgesch., XXXIV, 1868, p. 360; zbid.,
XXXVI, 1870; EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891,
p- 65; VON IHERING, Siisswasserf. v. Rio Grande do Sul, 1893, p. 28; STEIN-
DACHNER, Sb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, CX VI, 1907, p. 492.

Pecilia januarius EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VII, 1894, p. 636.

Glaridodon januarius BERG, Anales Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, V, 1897, p. 289 (in
part).

Phalloptychus januarius EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 1907, p.
431; Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 458; REGAN, Proc.
Zo6l. Soc. London, 1913, p. 999, PI. C., figs. 7, 8 and text fig. 171 A.

Girardinus theringit BOULENGER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct., 1889, p. 266; EIGEN-
MANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, p. 65.

? Gambusia gracilis PERUGIA, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova., X, (2), 1891, p.
652.

Range: Santa Catharina, Rio Grande do Sul, and Uruguay.

D. 9; A. 10; P. 10; V. 5; head 3.8-4; equal to from .82~.87 of the
depth at the origin of the anal; this depth 3.1-3.6 in length to base of
caudal; caudal peduncle 6.4—6.7 in length and 1.5-1.7 in head. Eye
3.5 in head; 2 in caudal peduncle; equal to interorbital. Scales 29
in lateral series, 8 in transverse series.

The vertical color-bands in this species are narrower and more
numerous than in the preceding. They vary in number from nine
to twelve.

No specimens were secured by Mr. Haseman. This description is
based upon adult females from Rio Grande do Sul, received from Dr.
H. von Ihering (Ind. Univ. Mus. No. 4899).

This species has been confused by Garman® and others following
him, with Girardinus caudomaculatus Hensel (Phalloceros). Garman
considered the two to be identical, and, since Girardinus januarius
Hensel stood first in pagination, G. caudomaculatus should have become
a synonym of G. januarius. Garman placed G. januarius in his new
genus Glaridodon, with Girardinus uninotatus Poey of Cuba as the
type. Glaridodon was later shown to be pre-occupied and replaced
by Garman® with Glaridichthys. It is quite evident from Garman’s
figure of a male of ‘‘Glaridodon januarius ”’ (Plate VIII, fig. 15) showing
the antler-like processes, that his specimens were not this species,
but were G. caudomaculatus.

5 The Cyprinodonts, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zoél., XIX, No. 1, 1895, p. 42.
68 American Naturalist, XXX, 1896, p. 232.

HENN: SOUTH AMERICAN PaCILtID FISHES. 123

Garman was followed by Berg’ in confusing the two species, in a
more elaborate synonymy than had been given by Garman. FEigen-
mann’ in 1907, maintained the separateness of the two species and
created for G. januarius, a new genus, Phalloptychus, based on the
long unhooked anal of the male. For G. caudomaculatus was created
the genus Phalloceros, based upon the antler-like processes at the tip
of the male intromittent organ.

Philippi? in an excellent résumé of the published records, again
confused the two species and considered them identical. His illus-
trations (Tafel I, figs. 1 and 4) show that he actually had P. caudo-
maculatus, and did not have P. januarius. Taf. I, fig. 3 illustrates an
““Unvollstandig ausgebildetes Gonopodium eines subadulten Mann-
chens von G. januarius, ohne Klammerapparat (Phalloptychus-
stadium).”’ This type of anal without hooks is found in developing
males of most viviparous genera, and does not represent the type of
structure on which Phalloptychus is based.

Genus PHALLOCEROsS Eigenmann.

Phalloceros EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 1907, p. 431, fig. 73

REGAN, Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1913, p. 999.

Type by original designation Girardinus caudomaculatus Hensel.

There is an outer series of compressed, oar-shaped teeth, which on
each ramus flare outward toward the angle of the mouth. Their
margins toward the tips are in contact and only the tips protrude from
the jaw. Behind these, lies an inner series of very small, conical teeth.

The anal fin of the male is modified into a long, intromittent organ,
its origin slightly forward of the anterior third of the total length.
Its length is contained 3.3 times in the length of the fish. Ventrals
short, hardly reaching the anal, their origin directly below that of the
pectoral. Caudal rounded.

First and second anal rays in the male minute; third, fourth, and
fifth anal rays united and greatly prolonged; other rays much shorter.
The tip of the fin bends gracefully downward; the fourth ray ends in an
obtuse point, bent downward at right angles to the rest of the fin.

7 Anales del Mus. Nac. de Buenos Aires, V, 1897, p. 289.

8 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 1907, p. 425.

9 ““Fortpflanzungsgeschichte der viviparen Teleostier Glaridichthys januarius
und G. decem-maculatus in ihrem Einfluss auf Lebensweise,’’ etc., Zodlogische
Jahrbiicher, XXVII, 1908, pp. 4 et seq.

124 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The fourth ray bears dorsally a series of recurved hooks, which are
protected by the fifth. At the tip, the organ bears on the under side
two antler-like processes. These bear a prong near their tips.

Girardinus and Glaridichthys of Cuba differ from each other by the
presence in the latter of an inner series of teeth. Phalloceros differs
from Glaridichthys by the lack of retrorse hooks on the posterior margin
of the anal and the presence of the terminal antler-like processes.
Reference should be made to the excellent figure of the generic char-
acters, given by Eigenmann, Joc. cit., p. 431, fig. 7. The genus up to
date has remained monotypic.

22. Phalloceros caudomaculatus (Hensel). (Plate XVIII, fig. 2.)

Girardinus caudimaculatus HENSEL, Arch. fiir Naturgesch., XXXIV, 1868, p. 362;
ibid., XXXVI, 1870; VON IHERING, Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zo6dl., X XXVIII, 1883, p.
468, pl. 26; EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, p.
65; VON IHERING, Siisswasserf. v. Rio Grande do Sul, 1893, p. 28; COPE, Proc.
Amer. Phil. Soc., XX XIII, 1894, p. 102.

Pecilia caudomaculaius EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VII, 1894, p. 636.

Girardinus caudomaculatus EIGENMANN & Norris, Revista Mus. Paulista, 1V,
1900, p. 361; EIGENMANN, Ann. Carnegie Mus., IV, 1907, p. 143.

Phalloceros caudomaculatus EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 1907,
p- 431; Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 458; REGAN.
Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, pt. IV, 1913, p. 999, PI. C., figs. 5, 6, and text-fig. 172 C,

Glaridodon januarius GARMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl., XIX, (1), 1895, p. 42).
p!. VIII, fig. 15; Berc, Anales Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, V, 1897, p. 289.

? Girardinus januarius RIBEIRO, Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro, XIII, 1906, p. 16.

Glaridichthys januarius PuiLippPi, Zodl. Jahrb., X XVII, 1908, p. 4.

The following specimens were all collected by Mr. J. D. Haseman.

4671, C. M. Seven, two males, four females, one young, 21 to 35 mm.
From Entre Rios, Rio Parahyba.

4672, C. M. One female, 25 mm. Munez Freire, Rio Itapemerim.

4673, C. M. Six, two males, three females, one young, 16-28 mm.
Barra da Pirahy, Rio Parahyba.

4674 C. M., six, two males, two females, two young. 14-32 mm.
Santa Rita de Jacutinga, Rio Preto into Parahyba.

4675 C. M., seventy-nine, seventeen males, sixty-two females. I5-41
mm. Jacarehy, Rio Parahyba, Sao Paulo.

4676 C. M., thirty-one, four males, twenty-seven females. 20-41 mm.
Mogy das Cruzes, Rio Tieté, into Parana.

4677 C. M., eight, two males, five females, one young. 16-30 mm.
Jundiahy, Sao Paulo.

HENN: SouTH AMERICAN Pa@CcILIID FISHEs. 125

4678 C. M., twenty-three, six males, fourteen females, three young.

19-56 mm. _ Raiz da Serra, Rio Mogy into Santos Bay.

4679 C. M., seven, five males, two young. 20-40 mm. Alto da

Serra, Rio Tieté, into Parana.

4680 C. M., four, one male, two females, one young. 9-48 mm.

Cubatao, Rio Cubatao.

4681 C. M., twenty-one, three males, eighteen females. 22-35 mm.
Mogy Guassu, Rio Mogy Guassu into Rio Grande, into Parana.
4682 C. M., thirteen, three males, ten females, 21-45 mm. Salto de

Avanhandava., Rio Tieté.

4683 C. M., five, all females; 19-37 mm. Bauru, Rio Tieté.
4684 C. M., fifteen, five males, eight females, two young. 18-40 mm.

Iguapé, Rio Ribeira da Iguapé.

4685 C. M., fifteen, eleven females, four young. 8-43 mm. Morretes
on Marumby into Rio Nhundiaquara.
4686 C. M., seventeen, one male, thirteen females, three young.

18-38 mm. Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul.

4687 C. M., four females. 20-35 mm. Cachoeira, Rio Jacuhy, Rio

Grande do Sul.

4688 C. M., nineteen, seven males, ten females, two young. 16-38

mm. Sapucay, Paraguay.

4689 C. M., three females. 17-28 mm. Villa Hays, Rio Confusso,
into Rio Paraguay.

Range: Rio de Janeiro to Uruguay and Paraguay. .

Head 4.1-4.2; depth at origin of anal, in females 4.2—4.5, in males 4:
depth of caudal peduncle, 7.2-8.5 in length to base of caudal, 1.7—2 in
head; D. 8; A. 10; P. 10; V. 5; 29-30 scales in lateral series; 8 in trans-
verse series. Eye equal to interorbital; 2.8 in head.

Origin of the dorsal about midway in the total length, slightly
posterior or opposite to anal origin. Pectorals large, extending over
ventrals; caudal rounded.

General color in spirits olivaceous, scales margined with darker.
Fins usually immaculate, sometimes spotted or tipped with chro-
matophores. The most conspicuous marking is a vertical spot of
black, slightly posterior to the dorsal, on the seventeenth or eighteenth
scale posterior to the pectoral origin; the twelfth or thirteenth scale
forward from the caudal, the fourth scale obliquely from the dorsal.
The darkened area usually extends under adjoining scales, forming a
spot about half the diameter of the eye. In young specimens, a

126 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

series of very faint, narrow, vertical bars appears on the sides, in one
of which the spot appears.

Some variations from this general type of coloration occur. In the
series of seven specimens from Entre Rios, the caudal spot is entirely
lacking, faintly vermiculated bars taking its place. The same con-
dition prevails in a number of specimens from Raiz da Serra.

In a series of twenty-one specimens from Mogy Guassu, this vari-
ation is considerable. These specimens have a series of oblong spots
extending along the sides, varying in number from seven to the usual
single spot. This latter spot always appears in the proper place.
Hardly two individuals are alike.

In the two hundred and sixty-two mature specimens in these collec-
tions, there are fifty-five males and two hundred and seven females.
The sex ratio of this species, as here represented is thus I: 3.76. The
largest specimen, a pregnant female from Raiz da Serra, is 55 mm. in
total length. This specimen was opened and found to contain thirty-
nine well-developed embryos. The alimentary tract was about three
times as long as the entire fish and was filled with mud.

On account of the confusion of this species with Phalloptychus
januarius, | have given the complete synonymy of the two species.
When males are present, there should be no confusion, since the struc-
ture of the anal fins is entirely different.

Phallotorynus’ Henn, gen. nov.
Allied to Phalloceros. Distinguished at once from all described
genera of the Peciliide by the peculiar terminal organ of the anal
fin of the male, which resembles a garden trowel or scoop. Anal in

Fic. 8 Phallotorynus fasciolatus Henn. Side view of anal fin of male. X 9.5.
No. 3753a, Carnegie Museum. Jacarehy, Sao Paulo, Brazil.

10 Pads, intromittent organ; Toptvn, trowel.

HENN: SouTH AMERICAN PCCILIID FISHEs. 1 7/

the male inserted at about the proximal third of the entire length;
ventrals thoracic, minute, not modified. First and second anal rays
of the male minute; third, fourth, fifth, and sixth, much prolonged.
The third ray forms an obtuse angle near its tip, where it is produced
dorsally, joining the tip of the fourth to form the pedicle of the ter-
minal process. The fifth ray is longest, terminating in a point; pos-
teriorly there is a series of about six retrorse hooks upon its dorsal
ridge. Sixth ray compressed posteriorly, bending ventrally to join
the fifth. Seventh, eighth, and ninth rays normal, successively
shorter. The terminal organ has the form of a scoop and there is a
compressed horn or extension on each side. This is poised at right

Fic. 9. Phallotorynus fasciolatus Henn. Inferior view of premaxillaries with
teeth. One tooth probably missing from left ramus. X 26. No. 3754, Carnegie
Museum.

angles to the pedicle. There is a single series of teeth, shaped like
spoon-oars, in each jaw. The tips of the teeth are slightly expanded
and bent backward. The intestine is about twice the length of the
entire fish.

This remarkable little fish has attained a high degree of complexity
in the apparatus for the transfer of spermatozoa to the female. The
sperm-duct, as in related genera, opens backward at the very base of
the anal. The sexual products probably appear in the form of the
sperm-aggregations, the occurrence of which in Phalloceros caudoma-
culatus has already been mentioned. The hinder portion of the anal
fin seems to be somewhat flexible and may fold over the inflexible
prolonged rays, to form a groove or trough which would have the
open side along the ventral edge. The close apposition of the two
edges of the fin would form a channel for the conduction of the sexual
products. The ventral fins are too small to be of service, but the
pectoral fins, although small, by being placed over the mouth of the
sperm duct, may cause the entrance of the sexual products into this

128 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

groove. The scoop or terminal process of the anal fin, if movement
of the handle or pedicle is possible, could be raised to receive the sperms
atozoa as they issue from the end of the trough. By the usual move-
ments during copulation they could then be placed on the genital
papilla of the female. Since the living fish has not been observed,
these remarks are naturally conjectural.

Views of the terminal process of the intromittent organ from both
above and below are shown in Figs. 10 and 11. It was suggested that

FIG. 10. FIG. Il.

Fic. 10. Phallotorynus fasciolatus Henn. View from above of terminal portion
of anal, detached from the pedicle. X18. No. 3753a, Carnegie Museum.
Jacarehy, Sao Paulo, Brazil.

Fic. 11. View from below of same object shown in Fig. 10. X18.

this might be an elaborate device for enclosing the spermatozoa,
so ewhat analogous to the egg case of the skate. Accordingly one
of them was decalcified, imbedded, and cut into very thin sections
and stained with iron-alum hematoxylin. This procedure showed
conclusively that the terminal process is not a sperm case, but is an

BiG: 12. FIG. 13.
Fic. 12. Phallotorynus fasciolatus Henn. Section through center of terminal
portion of anal. %X 30.
Fic. 13. Do. Section through posterior portion of terminal part or scoop of
the anal. X 30.

HENN: SOUTH AMERICAN PCILIID FISHES. 129

actual part of the fin. If used, as suggested above, for the trans-
ference of spermatozoa, it was empty at the time of capture. Sections
near the center and through the posterior portion respectively, are
shown in figures 12 and 13. Other than in the character of the anal
fin, or intromittent organ, this fish does not greatly differ from a num-
ber of related species.

23. Phallotorynus fasciolatus Henn, sp. nov. (Plate XXI, figs. 1
and 2.)

3752, C. M., type, male, 20 mm.; 3753 a—b, C. M., paratypes, two
males, 19.5-22 mm., eight females, 20.5-28.5 mm. One mile north
of Jacarehy, Sao Paulo, Brazil, from the basin of the Rio Parahyba,
July 14, 1908. Haseman.

Head 4.44.6; depth at origin of anal 4—4.5; depth of caudal peduncle
5-5-6; D. 8; A. 11 (male 9); P. 10; scales 28-30 + I from upper angle
of gill-opening to caudal; fourteen scales between large occipital scale
and origin of the dorsal; nine scales in a transverse series. Eye 1.5
in the interorbital width, 2.5 in the head; interorbital 1.6 in the head.
Snout and head broad, depressed; profile slightly arched; mouth
vertical, premaxillaries protractile. Second dorsal ray in the female
nearly over the last ray of the anal. Origin of the dorsal slightly im
advance of the middle of the total length. The anal of the male,
exclusive of the clasper, equals about one-fourth of the total length.
Pectorals large, reaching to above middle of ventrals; the latter minute,,
barely reaching the vent. Caudal rounded, hyaline. Viviparous.
A female which was examined contained nine large yolk-laden ova.
Intestine about twice the total length; fins are usually without pigment >
the dorsal and anal fins of a few specimens are pigmented. Sides with
six or seven narrow, vertical bands, or streaks of dark brownish
pigment.

Genus CNESTERODON Garman.

Cnesterodon GARMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zoél., XIX, (1), 1895, p. 43; REGAN,
Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, pt. IV, 1913, p. 1000.
Gulapinnus LANGER, Morph. Jahrb., XLVII, 1913, p. 207.
Type of genus, by original designation Pecilia decem-maculatus
Jenyns.
The dentition consists of an outer series of compressed, slightly:
recurved, spatulate incisors, with a single series of small conical teeth
just behind them.

130 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Anal of the male a long intromittent organ, inserted below the
pectorals. Its length is about 1.7 that of the head. First and second
anal rays minute; third, fourth, fifth, and sixth, prolonged. Fourth
ray terminating in a point, immediately ventral to this, a single long
sickle, or hook. Fifth ray bearing near its upturned tip a series of
retrorse hooks. Sixth ray bending ventrally; near its tip a sharp
recurved spine. Other rays successively shorter.

Garman based this genus on immature males, the anals of which
were plain sword-like organs without hooks. A good figure of the
male anal of Cnesterodon is given by Philippi, Zodl. Jahrb., XVII,
1908, p. 19, fig. B.

Phalloceros differs from this genus by the possession of two much
smaller hooks or antler-like processes.

24. Cnesterodon decem-maculatus (Jenyns).

Pecilia decem-maculatus JENYNS, Beagle Zoél., Fishes, 1842, p. 115 (Maldonado).

Girardinus decem-maculatus BOULENGER, Boll. Mus. Torino., X, No. 196, 1895, p. 3
(Buenos Aires); LAHILLE, Revista Mus. de la Plata, VI, 1895, p. 275 (La Plata);
BOULENGER, Boll. Mus. Torino, XII, No. 279, 1897, p. 4 (Caiza, Bolivian Chaco.)

Cnesterodon decem-maculatus GARMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zoél., XIX, (1), 1895,
p. 44, pl. V, fig. 13, teeth; pl. VIII, fig. 16, male (Uruguay River, Maldonado);
Berc, Ann. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, V, 1897, p. 290 (Argentina, Uruguay,
Brazil); EVERMANN & KENDALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXI, 1906, p. 90
(Argentina); EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 1907, p. 431 (Rio
Grande do Sul); EIGENMANN, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III,
IQI0, p. 458; REGAN, Proc. Zo6l. Soc. London, 1913, p. 1000, fig. 172 B.

Glaridichthys decem-maculatus PuiLipP!. Zool. Jahrb., XVII, 1908, pp. 10 et seq.

Cnesterodon carnegiei HASEMAN, Ann. Carnegie Mus., VII, 1911, p. 385, pl.
LX XXIII (Serrinha Parana, Rio Iguasst).

4661, C. M. Three; two males, one female. 18-22 mm. Cacequy,
Rio Ibicuhy, Rio Grande do Sul.
4662,C.M. Two; maleand female. 19-20mm. Monté, Argentina.
The following description is based upon paratypes of Cnesterodon
carnegiei Haseman, which seems to be identical with C. decem-maculatus.
Head 4.2-4.8; equal to depth at origin of dorsal; depth of caudal
peduncle 7.5-8.6 in length; caudal peduncle about 1.5 in head. Snout
short and blunt; mouth oblique; snout 1.2 in eye. Eye medium;
3-3.5 in head.
A male has the head 5; depth at origin of dorsal 5; caudal peduncle
7.1 in length and 1.4 in head.
D. 8-9; A. 9-10; P. 10; V. 4-5; scales 28-31 in lateral line series;
8-9 in transverse series.

HENN: SouTH AMERICAN PCILIID FISHES. i

Broadly depressed anteriorly, compressed posteriorly. Profile
slightly arched. Distance from tip of snout to origin of dorsal in
females about equal to the distance from last ray of anal to tip of
caudal. Origin of dorsal slightly posterior to vertical from the origin
of the anal. Ventrals small, barely reaching the vent, caudal rounded.

A series of oblong vertical spots or bars on the sides of the fish.
These vary in number from six to twelve, their number is usually
about nine. Males have a prominent V-shaped mark immediately
ventral to the dorsal, which is produced into a line of pigment on the
keel of the caudal peduncle.

Genus Pa@ciLiA Schneider.
Pecilia BLocu, Syst. Ichth.; 1801, p. 451; GARMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,

Vol. XIX, 1895, p. 52; REGAN, Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1913, p. 1005.

Type, Pecilia vivipara Bloch and Schneider.

As now restricted by Regan, this genus comprises a few species
limited to the northeastern portion of South America.

The anal fin of the male is shorter than the head and very similar in
structure to that of Lebistes and Mollienisia, from both of which it
differs in the absence of the modified terminal segment of the third
prolonged ray.

Photographs of all of the species, except P. branneri, which has
never been figured, are given by Eigenmann in Memoirs Carnegie
Museum, Vol. V, pl. LXIV-LXVI.

25. Pecilia vivipara Bloch & Schneider.

Pecilia vivipara BLOCH & SCHNEIDER, Syst., Ichth., 1801, p. 452, pl. 86, fig. 2;
GARMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl., XIX, (1), 1895, p. 53; EIGENMANN, Repts.
Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 460; EIGENMANN, Mem. Carnegie
Museum, V, 1912, p. 456, pl. LXIV, fig. 3, male, fig. 4, female (Georgetown, Brit.
Guiana); REGAN, Proc. Zo6l. Soc. London, 1913, p. 1005, fig. 173 C.

? Pecilia amazonica Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodél., XIX, (1), 18905, p. 64, pl.
IV, fig. 9, teeth (Santa Cruz, Para).

The following specimens were all collected by Haseman.

4646, C. M., seventeen, three males, twelve females, two young. 13-48
mm. Alagoinhas, Rio Catu, Bahia.

4647, C. M., eleven, 9-18 mm. Maceio, Rio San Francisco.

4648, C. M., fifteen, two males, eight females, five young. 14-37
mm. Penedo, Alegoas, Brazil.

4649, C. M., ten, 15-41 mm. Barra de Penedo, Rio San Francisco.

le ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

4650, C. M., twenty-eight, three males, twenty-four females, one young.

17-70 mm. Cachoeira, Rio Paraguasst.

4651, C. M., five, one male, three females, one young. 11-42 mm.

Campos, Rio Parahyba.

4652, C. M., forty-eight, three males, forty-five females. 25-51 mm.

Munez Freire, Rio Itapemerin.

4653, C. M., five, one male, four females. 29-43 mm. Sao Joao da

Barra, Parahyba.

4654, C. M., eleven. 10-21 mm. Alto da Serra, Sao Paulo.
4655, C. M., two. 46-61 mm. Iguapé, Rio Ribeira da Iguapé.

From R. Krone.

4656, C. M., twelve, three males, nine females. 38-50 mm. Iguapé.

Rio Ribeira da Iguape.

4657, C. M., three. 12-24 mm. Bom Jesus dos Meiras, Rio San

Francisco.

4658, C. M., one. 30 mm. Raiz da Serra, Sao Paulo.

Some variation occurs in different localities, particularly in the
number of dorsal and anal fin-rays. Specimens from localities in the
southern part of its range show the shortened dorsal said by Garman
to be characteristic of P. amazonica. However, such complete
gradation exists in a single locality, that separation into two species
is not possible. P. amazonica, said by Garman to be closely related
to P. vivipara, is probably synonymous with it. I have not been able
to examine typical specimens.

26. Pecilia pare Eigenmann.
Pecilia vivipara pare EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1894, p. 629
(Para).
Pecilia pare REGAN, Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1913, p. 1006, text-fig. 173b (anal).
Acanthophacelus bifurcus EIGENMANN, Mem. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, I912, p. 459,
pl. LXV, figs. 4, 5, and 6.
I am not positive that P. bifurcus isa synonym of P. pare, although
it is quite certain that bifurcus is a Pecilia. Typical specimens of
P. pare are too much shrunken to permit a final decision.

27. Peecilia melanzona (Eigenmann).

Acanthophacelus melanzonus EIGENMANN, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. VI, 1909, p. 51;
Mem. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, 1912, p. 457, pl. LXIV, fig. 5.

1086, C. M. Type, male, 27 mm. Georgetown, British Guiana.

HENN: SOUTH AMERICAN PCCILIID FISHES. 133

Eigenmann based this species on a male, as the type, with which
were associated seven females, which seem to belong to a distinct
species, subsequently described by Regan as P. picta. The apparent

Fic. 14. Pecilia melanzona (Eigenmann). Distal end of anal of male. x*.

No. 1,086, Carnegie Museum. Georgetown, Brit. Guiana.

differences between the single male and the females were supposed to
be those of sexual dimorphism. Regan’s material contained males
agreeing in coloration with these females, to which they unquestion-
ably belong, showing their specific distinctness from P. melanzona.
Regan’s supposition that the type of A. melanzonus is a male of Lebistes
reticulatus is erroneous, as will be seen by reference to the accompany-
ing figure of the anal fin, which is that of a Pecilia.

The type, which is unique, has a broad lateral band of clear white
or silvery, bordered by narrow lines of chocolate. Females of this
species are unknown.

28. Peecilia picta Regan.

Acanthophacelus melanzonus EIGENMANN (in part, females), Ann. Carnegie Museum,
Vol. VI, 1909, p. 51; Mem. Carnegie Museum, Vol. V, 1912, p. 457, pl. LXIV,
fig. 6.

Pecilia picta REGAN, Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1913, p. 1007, pl. C, fig. 1, 2, and
text-fig. 173 A (Demerara).

As stated in the remarks under Pecilia melanzona, that species was
a composite based upon a male (type) and several females supposed
to belong to it, but shown by males in Regan’s material to be distinct
and described by him as the present species. Both are distinct and
valid species of the genus Pecilia. Males and females of this species
are more or less similar in coloration.

134 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

29. Peecilia branneri Eigenmann.

Pecilia branneri EIGENMANN, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VII, 1894, p. 629. (Santarem,
Para); EIGENMANN, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 460;
REGAN, Proc. Zo6él. Soc. London, 1913, p. 1007.

Pecilia heteristia REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) Vol. III, 1909, p. 235 (Para);
EIGENMANN, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 460.

No specimens were secured by Haseman.

I have examined the typical specimens; one male, 22 mm., five
females, 16-25 mm., Nos. 5082 and 5084, 1. U. M. Four of the females
are in a very poor state of preservation.

This species differs from Lebistes reticulatus Peters, with which it
was considered identical by Garman (The Cyprinodonts, p. 62) in
the male anal structure, fin formule, and coloration.

iP braunert has 7. Os Nee Ow bla.

L: reticulatus has D. 6-7; A. 10; V. 6; P. 12.

In P. branneri both sexes have a single vertical oblong spot at the
base of the caudal; in L. reticulatus only the males possess spots, these
number two or three, vary in location, and are usually circular.

In the single male of P. branneri, the last two rays of the dorsal are
greatly prolonged and extend over the middle of the caudal. In
males of L. reticulatus, the dorsal is normal.

Head 3.8; equal to depth at origin of dorsal; caudal peduncle 5.4 in
length. Eye about 3 in head.

Dorsal origin posterior to that of anal, about in the middle of total
length. Ventrals lanceolate (in females), reaching almost to origin of
anal. Caudal rounded.

Genus LEBIsTEs Filippi.
Lebistes Fitrppi, Arch. Zo6l. Anat. Fisiol., Vol. I, 1861, p. 69.
Acanthophacelus EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXXII, 1907, p. 426,

OFF Ate

30. Lebistes reticulatus (Peters).
Pecilia reticulata PETERS, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1859, p. 412; Garman, Mem.

Mus. Comp. Zodél., Vol. XIX, 1895, p. 62.

Lebistes reticulatus REGAN, Proc. Zo6él. Soc. London, 1913, p. 1008.

Through the kindness of the late Dr. S. E. Meek, of the Field
Museum of Natural History of Chicago, I have been enabled to ex-
amine the specimens recorded by him as Girardinus vandepolli (Van
Lidth de Jeude) from Curagao, an island of the Dutch West Indies
(Pubs. Field Col. Mus., 1909, Zoél. Series, Vol. VII, No. 7, p. 209).

HENN: SouTH AMERICAN PacILiD FISHEs. 135

These agree in all respects with typical specimens of Lebistes reticulatus
from Barbadoes.

Genus MOLLIENISIA Le Sueur.

Mollienisia Le SuEur, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. II, 1821, p- 3; REGAN, Proc.
Zo6l. Soc. London, 1913, p. 1010.

This genus is very closely related to Pecilia, from which it differs
in having an obtuse downward point at the end of the first prolonged
ray of the anal and another segment, directed dorsally, as in Lebistes
at the tip of the fourth prolonged ray. The chief difference between
Pecilia and Mollienisia is the longer dorsal in the latter. Pecilia,
Mollienisia, and Lebistes might be considered members of the single
comprehensive genus, Pecilia.

: 40
Fic. 15. Mollienisia latipinna Le Sueur. Distal end of anal of male. X a

No. 9201, I. U. M. Baldwin Lodge, Mississippi.

The anal of the male is shorter than the head and slightly more than
one-fifth of the total length. The ventrals are set close to the anal;
the second ray, or the ray next the outer one, is prolonged into a club-
shaped filament, which is almost as long as the anal and extends to or
beyond the middle of that organ. The ventral part of the tip of the
fin has a prepuce or dermal hood as in Pecilia and Lebistes.

Type of the genus M. latipinna Le Sueur.

136 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

31. Mollienisia sphenops (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Pecilia sphenops Cuv. & VAaL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XVIII, 1846, p. 130, pl. 526.
Mollienisia sphenops REGAN, Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1913, p. 1013, text-fig. 173F.
6699 a-c, C. M.; 13617, I. U. M., six. 47-57 mm. Brackish water

at Cartagena, Colombia. C. H. Eigenmann.

In addition to these examples, the University of Michigan possesses
a few specimens from fresh waters at Santa Marta and the Rio
Manzanares near Santa Marta and Mamatoco, in the Santa Marta
Mountains of Colombia.

32. Mollienisia caucana (Steindachner).

Girardinus caucanus STEINDACHNER, Denkschr. K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien. XLII,
1880, p. 87, pl. VI, figs. 4, 5 (Caceres, Colombia); STEINDACHNER, ibid., LX XII,
1902, p. 146 (Baranquilla).

5826a,C.M. Asingle female 34 mm., Cienaga at Calamar, Colombia.
Eigenmann.

A male, 22 mm., from Fundacién is in the collection of the University
of Michigan. The tip of the anal fin of this specimen is shown in Fig.
16.

D¢7=85) A.VOs PL TOssVe Grille 26-27. °

This species is very closely related to M. sphenops and seems to differ
chiefly in coloration. It has the basal half of the dorsal broadly
banded with intense black, thence a clear portion, which is again

: te)
Fic. 16. Mollienisia caucana (Steindachner). Distal end of analof male. x =

Fundacién, Colombia.

margined with black. The base of the last rays of the anal in the
female is also covered by a black spot. There are faint indications.
of a number of transverse lines on the sides.

HENN: SOUTH AMERICAN PGCILIID FISHES. 837/

The structure of the anal of the male seems also to differ in the
lesser number of segments with ventral hooks in the first prolonged
ray and in the absence of spinous or dorsal processes on these seg-
ments. The first and second prolonged rays are more clearly separated
in M. caucana. These specific differences in anal structure exist
between specimens of the same size. i

Genus LimIA Poey.

Limia, Pory, Memorias Cuba, Vol. I, 1855, p. 383; REGAN, Proc. Zoél. Soc. London,

IQ13, p. IOT4.

Type, Limia cubensis Poey= Pecilia vittata Guichenot.

This genus, while closely related to Pecilia, Mollienisia, and
Lebistes, is distinguished from these genera by the absence of forward-
projecting spines on the ventral portion of the segments in the first
prolonged ray of the anal. This ray is club-shaped and without

Fic. 17. Limia hollandi Henn. Distal end of anal of male. X =

No. 4640, Carnegie Museum. Boqueirdo, Brazil.

serrations. The third prolonged ray bears the usual dorsal serrations.
In most of the species, but not in the present, there is an antrorse
spine on the ventral surface near the extremity of the first prolonged
ray.

The anal of the male is shorter than the head; the ventrals are equal
to the head in length and are lancolate in shape. A dermal hood or
prepuce occurs near the extremity of the fin.

This genus includes eight species, seven of which are from Cuba,
Haiti, and Jamaica, and one from the mainland at La Guayra, Ven-
ezuela. The present new species is from the basin of the Rio San
Francisco and neighboring streams of Brazil.

138 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

33. Limia hollandi Henn, sp. nov. (Plate XIX, fig. 3.)
4643, C. M., type, female, 34 mm.; 4643 b-d, C. M., paratypes, three
females, 13-34 mm. From Penedo, Rio San Francisco. Haseman.

Other specimens collected by Haseman are:

4635, C. M., seven females, 26-29 mm. Lagoa, Barreiras, Rio San

Francisco.

4636, C. M., five females, 15-32 mm. Baixa Grande, Rio Paqui.
4637, C. M., one female, 21 mm. Joazeiro, Rio San Francisco.
4638, C. M., two females, 27-28 mm. Cachoeira de Pirapora, Rio

San Francisco.

4639, C. M., eleven, three males, eight females, 19-24 mm. Lagoa de

Porto, Rio San Francisco.

4640, C. M., twelve, two males, eight females, two young. 16-26 mm.

Boqueirao, Rio Grande, Rio San Francisco.

4641, C. M., twelve females, 18-27 mm. Santa Rita de Rio Preto.

4642, C. M., five females, 18-33 mm. Rio Itapicuri near Timbo,
Bahia.

4644, C. M., one female, 28 mm. Alto da Serra, Sao Paulo.

4645, C. M., three females, 41-43 mm. Rio Pilaéo near Santos, Sao

Paulo.

Head 3.8-4.2; depth at origin of dorsal about equal to length of
head; caudal peduncle 6.5—6.8 in length, 1.6-1.7 in head. Eye equal
to narrowest width of interorbital and 2.6-3 in head. Profile highly
arched or humped. Head depressed and broad.

D. 7; A. 8-9; P. 10; V. 6; scales 27-29 in lateral line; 7 in transverse
series.

Origin of dorsal over last rays of anal. In females the distance from
the tip of the snout to the origin of the dorsal about equals that from
the origin of the anal to the middle, or end, of the caudal. Ventrals
lanceolate, middle rays longest, barely reaching the vent.

In males the ventrals arise on a prominence directly under the
pectorals. They are greatly produced, bear processes near their tips
and are about as long as the head. The anal is about 1.5 as long as the
head.

The fins are without color. A single male from Barreiras has the
lower portion of the dorsal heavily pigmented and an oblong spot at
the base of the caudal. The posterior dorsal rays are not produced.

A female from Rio Pilao, 42 mm. in total length, contained twenty-
four embryos, curled, but seemingly ready for expulsion.

HENN: SouTH AMERICAN PCILID FISHES. 139

Color in spirits, golden yellow. Margins of scales outlined with
darker. A conspicuous dark zig-zag line of chocolate pigment is
formed by the heavily pigmented upper margins of the scales in the
sixth lateral series, counting ventrally and transversely from the dorsal.
Then ext series of scales below forms a clear streak without pigment.
The keel of the caudal peduncle is also slightly pigmented.

Named for Dr. W. J. Holland, whose interest and support has made
possible the extensive collections of South American fishes in the
Museum of which he is Director.

Genus Fitzroyia Giinther.
Fitzroyia GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., VI, 1866, pp. 299, 307 (multidentata),.
Jenynsia GUNTHER, ibid., VI, 1866, pp. 300, 331 (lineata).

Type of genus by monotypy Lebzas multidentata Jenyns = Lebias
lineata Jenyns.

The dentition consists of an outer series of compressed, slightly
recurved, tricuspid incisors, immediately behind these a band of much
smaller tricuspid teeth. Intestine about equal to, or less than, the
length of the fish.

Anal fin of the male modified to form a tube. Anal rays separate,
but enclosed in a loose sheath, forming the tube. The tip of this organ,
as pointed out by Garman, turns either to the right or left, the males
are thus rights and lefts. The genital orifice of the female is sym-
metrical. This fact seems to indicate that the male dextrality and
sinistrality, at least in this genus, has no especial significance.

The male organ of this genus is much simpler than in Anableps.
In Anableps the anal rays are indeterminable, are heavily ensheathed
in fleshy pads and are scaled. The anal tubular structure may thus
have arisen independently in the two genera.

Several young males of F. maculata show the development of the
tube. An epidermal flap appears, surrounding the foremost anal rays,
and eventually enclosing all of them. The anal tube of adult males is
about equal to the length of the head.

Body slightly depressed; snout short and blunt; cleft horizontal;
lower jaw not extending beyond upper.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF FITZROYIA.

a. Scales less than eighteen between occiput and dorsal.
b. Origin of dorsal slightly in advance of anal.
c. Lateral line 29-30, a series of regular, longitudinal lines on the flank.
32. lineata (Jenyns).

140 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

cc. Lateral line 32-33, no lines or dots, large irregular blotches, ventral

half of Ibodwadarkeny ar yeterces sha. 206 33. eigenmanni Haseman.
bb. Origin of dorsal about opposite anal. A series of longitudinal rows of
oblong :spotshaaere pci Meise skin tia ove.e Sle 34. maculata (Regan).

aa. Scales more than 18 between occiput and dorsal. Lateral line 32-35.
35. pygogramma (Boulenger).

34. Fitzroyia lineata (Jenyns).
Lebias lineata JENYNS, Beagle Zodél., Fishes, 1842, p. 116, pl. 22, fig. 2.
Lebias multidentata JENYNS, ibid., 1842, p. 117, pl. 22, fig. 3.
Fitzroyia mulltidentata GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., VI, 1866, p. 307.
Jenynsia lineata GUNTHER, ibid., 1866, p. 331; GARMAN, The Cyprinodonts, Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zodl., XIX, 1895, p. 69, pl. VIII, fig. 2-3; VoN IHERING, Siisswas-
serf. v. Rio Grande do Sul, 1893, p. 28; LAHILLE, Revista Mus. de la Plata, VI,
1895, p. 275 (Arroyo del Gato); BOULENGER, Boll. Mus. Torino., X, No. 279,
1897, p. 4; REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), XI, 1913, p. 232.
Jenynsia multidentata BOULENGER, Boll. Mus. Torino, X, 1897, p. 4 (Lesser, Tala.).
Fitzroyia lineata BERG, Ann. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, V, 1897, p. 291.
Fitzroyia lineata EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 1907, p. 430; Repts.
Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, p. 457.
4670, C. M., seven, one male, six females, 44-66 mm. Rio Guahyba
at Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul.
Range: La Plata to Rio Grande do Sul.
Head 4—4.3; depth at origin of dorsal 4—4.5 ,depth of caudal peduncle
7 in length to base of caudal and 1.8 in head. Eye 3 in head, equal to
interorbital. Snout 1.3 in eye.
D. 8-9; A. 8; P. 14; V. 6; scales 14 between occipital and dorsal;
29-30 in lateral series; 8 in transverse series.
Origin of dorsal slightly in advance of middle of the total length;
anterior to origin of anal in both sexes.
General form elongate. Pectorals large and round, caudal subtrun-
cate. All fins usually without color.
A series of from four to six continuous horizontal lines, formed by
contiguous marks on overlapping scales.
The largest specimen, a femalein the I. U. M., is69 mm. long. Of
the males, which range from 25-45 mm. in length seven have the anal
tube of the male turned to the right and fifteen to the left.

35. Fitzroyia eigenmanni Haseman.

Filizroya eigenmanni HASEMAN, Ann. Carnegie Museum, VII, torr, p. 385, pl.
EXeEXSTT.
Jenynsia eigenmanni REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), XI, 1913, p. 233.

HENN: SouTH AMERICAN Pa@cILtiD FISHEs. 141

2866, C. M., one, the type, 43 mm. 2867, C. M., thirteen, paratypes,
17-45 mm. Rio Iguassi system, near Serrinha Parana, Brazil.
Haseman.

Head 4-4.5; depth at origin of dorsal about equal to head; depth of
caudal peduncle 7.6—7.8 in length to base of caudal and 2 in head.

Eye 3.3 in head. Interorbital 1.5 in eye.

D. 8-9; A. 7-9; P. 14; V. 6; scales 16-17 between occipital and dorsal;
32-33 in lateral line; 8-9 in transverse series. The posterior 18-21
scales in the lateral series have a conspicuous central pit, or pore, the
only approach to the usual lateral line pores, I have seen in any Peeciliid.

The dentition is composed of an outer series of compressed tricuspids,
an inner series partly of smaller tricuspids and partly of spike-like
incisors.

This species differs from the other members of the genus in being
more elongate and more compressed. It differs also in coloration.

A broad, horizontal, purplish lateral band formed by continuous
blotches. In young specimens this is a narrow broken line. Ventral
half of body darker. Belly prominent, yellowish in color. Fins with-
out color, caudal truncate.

36. Fitzroyia maculata (Regan).
Jenynsia maculata REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), XVIII, 1906, p. 154

(Cachi, Salta, Argentina); zbid., (8), XI, 1913, p. 233.

4667, C. M. Eleven, five males, 20-31 mm., six females, 20-52 mm.

Arroyo Miguelete, Montevideo. Haseman.

4668, C. M. Twenty, 13-20 mm. Monté, Argentina. Haseman.
4669, C. M. Fifteen, three males, nine females, three young. 11-55

mm. Near Colorado, Rio Colorado, Argentina. Haseman.

Range: Uruguay and Argentina.

Head 3.4—4; depth at origin of dorsal 4-4.5; depth of caudal peduncle
6.5-7 in length to base of caudal and 1.8—-2 in head. Eye prominent,
3.4-4 in head; about equal to interorbital. Interocular width about
2.4 in head.

D. 8-9; A. 9-10; P. 14; V. 6; scales 12 between occipital and dorsal;
28-30 in lateral line; 8 in transverse series.

Origin of dorsal about opposite that of anal, sometimes slightly
anterior. In males the anal is sometimes slightly in advance of the
dorsal. Fins without color; pectoral large and round, caudal sub-
truncate or slightly rounded.

142 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Closely related to F. lineata, from which it differs in having the
continuous lines broken up into a series of large oblong spots.

A female (48 mm.) taken at Colorado on March 6, 1909, contained
forty-eight embryos, averaging in length about 9 mm. They are
straightened out and are evidently almost ready for expulsion. A
large number of chromatophores are present and the lateral line is
well-marked by a conspicuous row of these.

37. Fitzroyia pygogramma (Boulenger).

Jenynsia pygogramma BOULENGER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), IX, 1902, p. 336
(Cordova, Rio Cruz del Eje, Argentina); REGAN, ibid. (8), vol. XI, 1913, p. 233.
Fitzroya pyrogramma EIGENMANN, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III,
IQIO, p. 457.
No specimens were secured by Mr. Haseman. ‘“‘ D. 8-9; A. 9-10;
L. lat. 32-35.’’ This species appears to differ from F. lineata in the

ims

smaller scales ‘‘ 18 to 25 transverse series between the occiput and
the dorsal fin”’ and in coloration. ‘‘ Golden yellow above, speckled
and spotted with black, white beneath . . . distinct black lateral
streak . . . female with a large V-shaped, purplish-black marking,
edged with orange, on the belly, the point on the vent.”

I have examined one of the paratypes, received from Rosenberg.
It most resembles F. ezgenmanni in coloration, but differs in the

numerous series of small predorsal scales.

Genus ANABLEPS Artedi.
Anableps ARTEDI, Gen. Pisc., 1738, p. 25.

38. Anableps anableps Linneus.

Anableps anableps LINN&US, Syst. Nat., Ed. 9, 1756, p. 55; GARMAN, Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zodl., Vol. XIX, 1895, p. 77.

4618, C. M., one, 178 mm., Rio Caeté, Para. Haseman.

4619, C. M., one, 98 mm., Para. Haseman.

39. Anableps microlepis Miiller and Troschel.
Anableps microlepis MULLER & TROSCHEL, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1844, p. 36;
GARMAN, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl., Vol. XIX, 1895, p. 78.
4620, C. M., two, 125-143 mm. Rio Caeté, Para. Haseman.
4621, C. M., two, 94-108 mm. Belem, Paré. Haseman.
4622, C. M., two, 52-190 mm. Para.. Haseman.

‘adensy ‘wu 6€ "WD ‘tgor oN *(jasuaTzT) suynynIDMopnD? SOAPIONDYT "% “OY
‘sovueyWy ‘uu SS$ “Wwsy‘6rgS ‘oN ‘addy ‘uuazy snssauduos SnINwIYy "Il OTA

.
Ww

(OpuEnTy, Ory WME OL Wi): vegs oN “odéjereq 46.9 “uuery SUDSIII DIAPUDAIJAYOI NJ “OI
‘Opueniy Ory “WS Or “WD ‘€zgS ‘oN ‘adAL °*9 -uuazy sunSaza DidpuDddaayOIN “bOI
‘opsueg ‘wurrve "Wes ‘trov on ‘adAy ‘UUdH 2punjyjoy pimiqyT = -*€ -o1Yy

‘uenf ues jo eUTTTeD ORY ‘uM SS “Poy ‘6rgez ‘ON ‘odAjeieg * 6 ‘uuaTyY szsug02049 pyjuDIDKYydiq ‘tO
‘uenf ues jo eulyeD ory ‘wu Tf “wy cy] ‘SIQEI ‘ON ‘odAT *9 ‘uuazy SISUQZOIOYI DYIUDIDKYGIG “I “OY

‘seyulosely ‘wuré6e “WseO ‘S9gvoN ‘odAL +4 ‘uuazy ‘TUUDULUas1a snYyIK{Go]DYd “© OA
‘SeyUOSe]W “WUT OzZ “WD ‘9990p ON ‘odAleIeg *9 ‘uUaZ] suuDWuUasia SnyIKGo]DYT "tO
‘ZOIENS OJIN “wuroz Wy ‘oor ON ‘odd ‘uuazy inpwmaspy DIApUDAIIIAF “I “OIA

XiXeetE ld YY ‘JOA 'WAASNW JIDZNYVD STIVNNV

“Ayoreosef mur S-gz "WeD ‘YPSLE ‘oN ‘adAyereq + ‘uUaH SMDlo1ISDf sNUKAOJOYDYT *% ‘OW
‘Ayoreoef ‘uuroz "Wed ‘zShL€-oN ‘odsSy +O -uuazy SNIDIOIISD{ SNUKAOJODYT "I “OT

"IYy 2alel4 AO Or ry © na TON otis accra on oe ean crep

xX. A NEW SPECIES OF APATOSAURUS.
By W. J. HoLianp.

In the Carnegie Quarry, near Jensen, Utah, the Carnegie Museum
among other specimens has recovered a remarkably perfect skeleton,
which is provisionally referred to the genus A patosaurus.

The specimen consists of a series of vertebre, complete from the
atlas to nearly the end of the tail. From the anterior dorsals to the
posterior caudal vertebre the bones were found lying in situ, but
slightly dislocated. Possibly eight or ten posterior caudals are
missing. The tail is very long and contains at least seventy-three
vertebre,.of which sixty-four were recovered. The cervical vertebrae
had been separated from the dorsals and shifted, but the entire series
was found articulated in regular order. The limb bones were found
approximately in place, one of the femora being articulated in the
acetabulum. The entire left fore limb was found with the bones
articulated. The femur, tibia, and fibula of the right hind limb the
left femur and the left hind foot were also found. The foot was
articulated. The ribs were approximately in position. The whole
specimen has been mounted, save that the skull has not as yet been
supplied. A skull, which, judging from its location, belongs to the
specimen, was found within eleven feet of the atlas. It does not
differ greatly in form from the skull which belongs to Dzplodocus,
but is much larger than any skull of the latter genus known to the
writer. I have already in a previous article (ANNALS CARNEGIE
Museum, Vol. IX, p. 273) called attention to the uncertainty which
exists as to the skull of A patosaurus, and will not renew the discussion
in this paper, believing it more prudent to await the result of excava-
tions which are now being carried on, and which promise perhaps to
yield positive information as to this matter. Mr. Douglass is at
present taking up the remains of another specimen, somewhat smaller
than the one which has been mounted in the Carnegie Museum, and
which seems to be lying im situ. He has not yet reached the region
of the cervicals, but is not without hope that the head of this specimen
may be found attached to the vertebre. It seems prudent therefore

1438

144. ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

to refrain from further remarks as to the nature of the skull of A pato-
saurus, in the hope that more light may be soon thrown upon the
subject.

It should be stated that the writer has in preparation a large mono-
graphic paper relating to the genus, based in part upon the speci-
men specifically described in this paper, the publication of which
has been held back, partly in order that the plates and illustrations
which are to accompany it may be prepared.

Apatosaurus louise, sp. nov.

Type: No. 3018, Carnegie Museum Catalog of Fossil Vertebrates.
Locality: Carnegie Quarry, near Jensen, Uinta County, Utah.
Horizon: Upper Jurassic (Morrison Beds).

The differences between the present species and Apatosaurus
(Brontosaurus) excelsus, which reveal themselves in many of the minor
details of structure, such as the position and form of the lamine
supporting the transverse processes of the dorsal vertebre, are
multitudinous, but may perhaps in part be attributed to individual
variation. Of these differences I shall not speak in the present paper.
A few of the specific characters which will facilitate the recognition
of the species are the following:

1. The lateral cavities in the centra of the dorsals do not have their
openings situated at the middle of the centrum, as in A. excelsus,
but they are located higher up, at the base of the pedicle of the
neural arch, and open inwardly and downward, forming deep pocket-
like cavities.

2. The round hemispherical articulating surface of the anterior
ends of the centra, which are well-developed in the first five dorsal
vertebre of A. excelsus, appear only in the first two dorsals of A.
louise, being feebly indicated in dorsal No. 3, after which all the centra
in A. louise have their anterior articulating surfaces platyan.

3. Whereas in A. excelsus Marsh, and in another specimen belonging
to the Carnegie Museum, referred to excelsus by Hatcher, and coming
from the same horizon in Wyoming from which Professor Marsh
obtained the type, there is a large foramen piercing the lateral trans-
verse laminz on either side of the anterior three caudals above the
level of the neural canal, such openings do not occur in the type speci-
men of A. louise. This causes the bones to present a very different
appearance from those of the type of A. excelsus when viewed either
from before or behind. *

HoLLanD: A New SPECIES OF APATOSAURUS. 145

4. The facets for the attachment of the capitulum of the ribs in
the dorsals are much lower down in A. excelsus than in A. louise.
This fact also imparts to the vertebree when compared with each other
a very different appearance.

5. The neural spines of the caudals at the middle of the tail in A.
louise are more erect, more nearly approaching the perpendicular,
than in A. excelsus, as represented in the specimen in the Carnegie
Museum, as well as in the type preserved in the Peabody Museum,
so far as the material there represented permits comparison.

There are numerous diagnostic characters which the writer does
not take up in the present paper, but which he hopes to be able shortly
to present in the larger publication already referred to.

The type is fully adult, as is shown not only by its great size, but
by the complete codéssification of the pubic and ischial bones where
they unite in forming the acetabulum, and also by the codssification
of the pubic and ischial bones at their distal extremities.

The species is named in honor of Mrs. Andrew Carnegie.

Miwa bhR DS OF THE ISLE OF PINES:
By W. E. CLypDE Topp.
INCORPORATING THE SUBSTANCE OF FIELD-NOTES BY GuSTAV A. LINK.

(PLATES XXII-XXVII.)

INTRODUCTION.

Although the West Indian Islands were among the first regions of
the New World to be visited by explorers with a scientific turn of
mind, their fauna thus early becoming known to the naturalists of
Europe, and although subsequent researches have greatly increased
our knowledge, it is only in comparatively recent years that systematic
attempts have been made to investigate the islands from the stand-
point of the zodgeographer, and with the same painstaking care as
has been used in the case of certain sections of continental America.
The West Indian Islands present a most inviting field for further
investigation and, indeed, so far as their avifauna is concerned, an
exhaustive treatise on the subject remains to be written. The im-
portance of a study of island-life, considered in its bearing upon the
various problems connected with the evolution of species, and their
present distribution and relationships, has during the past four
decades come to be realized. It is more and more felt that the study
of the organism in relation to its environment, constituting the new
science of ecology, is of equal importance with the study of form and
function, and that carefully recorded data as to the habits and life-
history of a given species are often more valuable, even from the stand-
point of the pure systematist, than a large series of finely prepared
and accurately labelled specimens.

It is with such considerations as these in mind that the present paper
has been prepared, and is submitted as a contribution to a faunal
survey of the West Indies, along lines similar to those followed
by the writer in an earlier paper on the ornithology of the Bahama
Islands (ANNALS CARNEGIE Museum, VII, 1911, 388-464). It is
primarily based on a collection of birds made in the Isle of Pines by

Mr. Gustav A. Link, of the taxidermic force of the Carnegie Museum,
146

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 147

during his residence there for a year, beginning in June, 1912. Mr,
Link is entitled to great credit for making such a fine collection,
working as he did under unusual embarrassments, due in part to ill
health, on account of which he had been ordered by his physician
to a warmer climate. Although he succeeded in covering the island
fairly well, it is to be regretted that he was unable to devote more time
to the investigation of the southern coast and the eastern part of the
Cienaga, or Central Swamp, the avifauna of which sections proved to
be unusually interesting. Unfortunately, too, because of inexperience
in recording observations, his field-notes are somewhat meager, and
leave much to be desired. In many cases they have been supple-
mented in the preparation of this paper by the published observations
of other parties, particularly those of Mr. Arthur C. Read, a local
observer, and the late Mr. Walter R. Zappey. Under each species
all published references have been collated, so far as they relate to
the Isle of Pines.

In addition to the material brought back by Mr. Link, the writer
has had the opportunity of examining many of the more interesting
specimens collected by Mr. Zappey in 1904, for which privilege he is
indebted to Mr. Outram Bangs. The critical study and comparison
of this new material has served to fix with greater certainty a number
of doubtful cases of status and relationships among the forms involved,
while it has also incidentally revealed the existence of some additional
geographical variants in the adjoining island of Cuba. It is evident
that much remains to be done even in Cuba before a full and accurate
understanding of its ornis can be reached. For the loan of specimens
from the West Indies for use in this connection the writer is indebted
not only to Mr. Bangs, as mentioned, but also to Mr. Charles T. Rams-
den, of Guantanamo, Cuba, Mr. Frank M. Chapman, of the American
Museum of Natural History, Mr. Charles B. Cory, of the Field Museum
of Natural History, and Dr. Charles W. Richmond, of the U. S.
National Museum. He is further under obligations to Messrs. William
Palmer and Joseph H. Riley for the use of their field-notes made during
a visit to the Isle of Pines in 1900, and to Mr. Riley and Dr. Richmond
for additional data and information. Mr. Robert Ridgway has very
generously permitted him to describe here the new form of Columba
inornata from the Isle of Pines in advance of the appearance of the
forthcoming part of that author’s Birds of North and Middle America,
while Dr. Jonathan Dwight, Dr. Louis B. Bishop, and Mr. Henry

148 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

W. Henshaw have kindly furnished measurements of certain specimens
from collections under their care. Miss Sophie G. Keenan, of Nueva
Gerona, Isle of Pines, has courteously supplied some much needed
information concerning sundry localities, together with an authentic
map of the island. Dr. Otto E. Jennings, Curator of Botany in the
Carnegie Museum, is responsible for that part of the present paper
which deals with the physiographic and major botanical features of
the island. And finally, acknowledgments are due to Mr. Arthur C.
Read, of Santa Barbara, Isle of Pines, for a set of his articles on birds
published in a local newspaper, and for his cheerful compliance with
requests for information concerning his work. :

GEOGRAPHY AND PHYSIOGRAPHY.

The Isla de Pinos, or Isle of Pines, lies off the southern coast of
Cuba, to which it belongs both politically and geographically. It is
situated about midway of the concavity formed by the western end
of that island, from the nearest point of which it is distant only about
thirty-five miles, while the channel between is dotted with numerous
small islands or cays. Its area is approximately eight hundred square
miles, and its outline roughly rectangular, with the corners cut off.
On the west coast there is a deep indentation, known as Siguanea
Bay, and a smaller one on the east coast, directly opposite. Between
these two inlets stretches an immense fresh-water morass, the Cienaga
de Lanier, which divides the island from east to west into two parts,
the southern portion being approximately one-half the size of the
northern. The latter is irregularly oblong in shape, about twenty-
five miles in an east and west direction by twenty miles north and
south. The southern portion is about thirty-five miles long and not
over eight miles across at the widest part, with its western end curving
to the northwest, around Siguanea Bay, for a considerable distance
beyond the westernmost point of the northern portion. The “ south
coast,’ as it is called, is almost uninhabited and very imperfectly
known, but the northern portion of the island has been laid out into
tracts of greater or less size, some of which have been cleared and given
over to the cultivation of citrus-fruits, pineapples, etc. The total
population is said to be about four thousand, and Nueva Gerona, in
the north-central part of the island, is the principal town, between
which and Batabané, Cuba, there is regular communication by
steamer.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 149

The surface of the northern portion of the island consists of an
essentially level plain, from which rise abruptly a number of isolated
mountain ridges and peaks, constituting prominent landmarks. Of
these ridges the best known are the two in the neighborhood of Nueva
Gerona, running parallel with each other in a general north and south
direction, on either side of the town. The ridge lying to the westward
is known as the Sierra de Casas or Casas Mountains (Pl. X XII, fig. 1),
while the eastern and longer ridge is the Sierra de Caballos or Caballos
Mountains, which extend out into the sea to the northward in a high
rocky promontory, Punta del Colombo. The Caballos Mountains
reach a height in some places of about a thousand feet, the Casas
Mountains being considerably lower. Geologically speaking, these
ridges are composed mainly of a crystalline marble, the strata dipping
to the east-northeast, so that the western slopes are generally steeper
than the eastern, with precipitous cliffs exposed in many places.
Elsewhere the slopes are covered from base to summit with a dense
tangle of partly deciduous vegetation (PI. XXII, fig. 2). Among the
prominent forest-trees are Casearia sylvestris, Trichilia hirta, Amyris
balsamifera, Banisteria laurifolia, Spondias Monbin, and Guazuma
Guazuma. Everywhere the trees are looped with vines, while their
upper and more exposed branches are covered with air-plants of
various kinds, and the ground beneath is choked with bushes and
herbaceous growths. In these woody tangles, especially near the
foot of the mountains, the most characteristic bird is perhaps the
Isle of Pines Lizard Cuckoo, while among the other species partial
to this particular habitat may be mentioned the Ani, Red-legged
Thrush, Black-whiskered Vireo, Cuban Tody, Cuban Spindalis, Ricord
Emerald, and Isle of Pines Pygmy Owl. A little higher up on the
slopes the Isle of Pines Trogon becomes fairly common, while among
the cliffs near the summit, where the trees begin to thin out, the Cuban
Cliff Swallow and Turkey Buzzard are accustomed to nest.

Besides the two ridges just described, there is another, the Sierra
de la Cafiada or Cafiada Mountains, in the southwestern part of the
northern section of the island, a few miles east of Los Indios. This
is almost as high as the Caballos ridge, but unlike it is composed of an
impure mica schist, the southwestern exposure being quite steep and
precipitous. Itis covered with a sparse growth of pines ( Pinus caribea)
and star-palms ( Cocothrinax Miraguano), and from its foot a level sandy
or gravelly plain, supporting a similar open pine-forest, stretches away

150 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

to the western coast. Indeed, this sandy, pine-covered plain occupies
the entire southwestern portion of the northern island, as far north
almost as Santa Barbara. Excepting for a fringe along the streams,
where the prevailing vegetation is of a different kind, denser and more
jungle-like, the pines are very characteristic of this section (PI.
XXIV, fig. 1). The bird-life here, however, is neither rich nor varied.
These open pine-lands are the favorite haunts of the Cuban Crane and
several species of pigeons and doves, but barring the La: Sagra Fly-
catcher, Gray Kingbird, and certain winter-resident species of warblers
in their season, birds are rather scarce.

Over the greater portion of the northern island, however, the soil
is largely the Mal Pais Gravel, a yellowish red or brownish red gravelly
clay, which becomes very firm during the dry season, and which in
depressions is replaced by a light yellow or somewhat gray sandy
loam. Over much of this part of the inland plain, as for instance in
the vicinity of Nueva Gerona and Santa Fé, the land has been in use
at least for grazing purposes for a long time, and the original vege-
tation has been greatly modified. Bush-fires have frequently been
started as a means of clearing the land, and at the present time con-
siderable areas are under cultivation. In these cultivated tracts are
found the Cuban Meadowlark, Isle of Pines Lizard Cuckoo, and Isle
of Pines Woodpecker, with an occasional flock of the Isle of Pines
Grackle, but few other of the woodland species have occasion to venture
into such situations. Outside of these cultivated areas the vegetation
is mainly a palmetto-pine scrub (Pl. XXIII, fig. 1), partly deciduous
in the dry season, and in the lower spots quite dense and difficult to
penetrate. Asa rule this straggling shrubbery is from eight to fifteen
feet in height, and among others the following species are represented:
Curatella americana (sandpaper leaf), Byrsonima crassifolia, Tabe-
bouia lepidophylla, Brya ebenus (known locally as ‘‘ majagua,’’ and
forming dense thorny thickets), and several kinds of palmetto. Mixed

‘

with these, but rising considerably above the general level of the
shrubby vegetation, are varying numbers of Pinus caribea (Carib-
bean Pine), Muntingia calabura, Cocothrinax Miraguano (star-palm),
Sabal parviflora (cabbage-palm), Paurotis Wrightit (bottle-palm)
(Pl. XXIII, fig. 3), and Copernicia Curtisii, and in the lower places
Oreodoxia regia (royal palm) (Pl. XXIII, fig. 2). The Isle of Pines
Parrot, Isle of Pines Woodpecker, and Cuban Sparrow Hawk are
characteristic birds in this sort of country, while certain other species,

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 151

such as the Cuban Quail, Cuban Oriole, Cuban Mourning Dove, Cuban
Ground Dove, and three species of flycatchers—the Cuban Petchary,
Gray Kingbird, and La Sagra Flycatcher — are also more or less com-
mon here, as well as in the thickets on the mountain side. Inthe more
open situations, and along the edges of the scrubby growth, are
found the Cuban Meadowlark and Yellow-faced Grassquit.

The rivers of the northern island diverge in every direction from the
central plain, from which to the seacoast there is a fall of about two
hundred feet. The Rio de las Nuevas, or New River, is the largest
of these streams, and drains an extensive area in the northwestern part.
All the rivers are very low in the dry season, some of them, indeed,
being reduced to a mere succession of pools, the channels then being
called ‘‘ arroyos.’’ ‘‘ There appears to have been in recent times an
elevation of the island sufficient to have enabled the streams to cut
down steep channels, at least in the lower part of their courses, so that
subsequent depression to the present level has resulted in submerging
the lower courses of the rivers, thus making them subject to tide-water
for often eight or nine miles from the mouth. The forests of the man-
grove formation have at the same time advanced upon the lower parts
of the depressed plain
131). This mangrove-swamp, which is so characteristic a feature of

”

(Jennings, American Fern Journal, I, 1911,

numerous other islands and coasts about the Gulf of Mexico, forms a
fringe around the greater part of the Isle of Pines (Pl. XXIV, fig. 2),
and extends inland along the river-courses for several miles, or until
the water becomes fresh. Two species are represented, Rhizophora
mangle, the true mangrove, and Avicennia nitida, the white mangrove,
growing together in a dense and tangled mass, extending well out into
the water. There is a chain of islands lying off to the northwest from
Punta del Potrero on the east coast which are composed entirely of
this mangrove growth, while the islands in Siguanea Bay are also of
the same formation. The Cuban Yellow Warbler is entirely confined
to the mangroves, and they are the favorite haunts of the Isle of
Pines Clapper Rail, and several species of herons and other water-
birds.

Above tidewater the river-bank fringe of mangroves gives way as
the land rises to a jungle-like growth with considerable low vegetation
and many vines. The trees are mainly evergreen species, among which
are Anona squamosa, Hirtella mollicoma, Morinda Roioc, Eugenia
punictfolia, etc. This same jungle, with modifications, extends also

152 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

along the banks of the arroyos, becoming less dense and less evergreen
on the drier ground. Here occur such trees as Xylopia grandiflora,
Pithecolobium arboreum, Dendropanax cuneifolium, Tetrazygia bicolor,
and Ternstremia obovalis. On the low plain back of the mangroves,
as for instance along the coast north of Nueva Gerona, there is a con-
siderable seepage even during the dry season from the higher ground,
so that this same fresh-water jungle occurs in many cases as an inner
fringe to the mangrove forest, and may even be found also along the
north side of the Cienaga de Lanier. It is in this dense tropical
jungle that bird-life is most abundant and varied. Here occur as
representative species the Isle of Pines Green Woodpecker, Cuban
Wood Pewee, Black-whiskered Vireo, Isle of Pines Pygmy Owl, Isle
of Pines Trogon, Ricord Emerald, Red-legged Thrush, and Cuban
Spindalis, in addition to numerous other less common kinds, while
several species of winter-resident warblers find here congenial haunts
in their season.

Lagoons and marshes are not infrequent in certain parts of the
northern island, especially near the coast, and several of the larger
of these were visited on one or more occasions by Mr. Link. A large
lagoon on the Bibijagua tract, near Punta Primera de Salinas, proved
to be a favorite resort for several species of shore-birds, its sandy and
muddy southern beach being a great attraction. So much of the ac-
tual coast-line of the island is taken up with the mangroves that there
are comparatively few stretches of beach, one of the most extensive
of which lies to the east of Punta de la Bibijagua. The lagoon just
referred to, known locally as ‘‘ Rincon ”’ Lagoon, lies a little way behind
this beach, parallel with the shore-line. It is quite shallow, and the
water is brackish, supporting in places a growth of aquatic plants, and
fringed in others with the inevitable mangroves. The El Bobo Lagoon,
which lies just east of the mouth of the Nuevas River, is of a similar
character, being an area of shallow, brackish water closed in by man-
groves and receiving an overflow from the sea at very high tide. Santa
Rosalia Lagoon, which is situated just south of the Caballos Mountains
not far from the town of Columbia, is of a different character, the
water being fresh, the shores muddy, and with a rank growth of
marsh-grasses farther back. All these lagoons become very low in the
dry season. They are favorite resorts for the various species of herons
and certain other aquatic birds.

The Cienaga de Lanier, the great marsh which extends across the

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 153

southern part of the Isle of Pines, virtually dividing it into two islands,
partakes largely of the character of the coast for some distance from
its western end, and probably at its eastern end also. The water is
more or less brackish, and the mangroves follow up this condition. To-
wards the central portion, however, the water becomes fresh, and even
atthe Paso de Piedras, the only available crossing-place, it is two or
three feet deep in the dry season. In its general character this great
swamp closely resembles the Florida Everglades (Pl. XXV, fig. 1).
Marshy areas with grasses and sedges alternate with open shallow pools
filled with water-lilies, or, on the other hand, with island-like ‘‘ hum-
mocks,”’ supporting a dense growth of broad-leaved shrubs, low trees,
and palms. As might naturally be expected, the Cienaga has a very
characteristic bird-fauna of its own, some species, as for example the
Cuban Red-wing and Purple Gallinule, being practically confined to its
limits. Herons of several kinds, the White Ibis, Cuban King Rail,
Limpkin, Antillean Tree Duck, and West Indian Jacana are among
the birds commonly observed here. It is to be regretted that there
was not sufficient time to give this interesting region a more thorough
investigation.

South of the Cienaga lies the ‘‘ south coast ’’—a region quite dif-
ferent in character from the main island, consisting of a fairly level
coral-limestone formation, the overlying soil being thin, but rich,
supporting in places a tangle of broad-leaved, partly deciduous trees,
shrubs, and vines, suchas Pithecolobium arboreum, Tecoma pentaphylla,
Metopium toxtferum, Bucida Buceras, and Lysiloma bahamensis, some
of which are not known from the northern island. There are no pines
here, and barring a few cocoanut and royal palms along the coast
near habitations, the only palm noticed was Thrinax Wendlandiana,
which is particularly abundant along the tops of the cliffs facing the
sea. Seattered through this section there are numerous good-sized
lagoons, only one of which, however, the Laguna de Piedras, a short
distance south of Pasadita, was visited by Mr. Link, who reports
that it was of the same general character as the Cienaga itself. He was
able also to make an overland trip from Bogarona, on Siguanea Bay,
to Caleta Grande, and thence to Caleta Cocodrilos. Along this
portion of the coast the surf beats against jagged perpendicular cliffs,
which in some places were perhaps eighty or ninety feet in height. A
narrow shelf, with numerous projecting jagged rocks, extends out
from the coast for a short distance, beyond which the water deepens

154 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

very rapidly, the thousand-fathom line lying only about seven miles
offshore. Unfortunately it was not possible to explore any of the
long stretch of coast-line between Caleta Cocodrilos and Punta del
Este (Pl. XXV, fig. 2), which part is considered too dangerous for
small vessels to approach, and this remains, ornithologically speaking,
a terra incognita which is bound to repay future investigation, judging
from the indications afforded by the western end. The Cuban Bull-
finch was not encountered elsewhere in the island, and the Cuban
Crow, Helena Hummingbird, and certain species of shore-birds were
also quite numerous. The islands in Siguanea Bay proved to be
favorite resorts for certain sea-birds, particularly one known locally
as “ Bird Island,’’ where is a large colony of Man-o’-war Birds and
Florida Cormorants.

CLIMATE.

‘The climate of the island is, of course, oceanic and quite equable.
[This is due to its comparatively small size, exposed position, and level
contour, without any high or extensive mountain ridges, such as exert
a modifying influence in Cuba, for example.] The latitude being but
about twenty-one degrees north, the extreme range of the thermometer
lies between about 50° and 100° F. The temperatures experienced
by the writer during his sojourn on the island in May, with the sun
exactly overhead at noon, were from 82° to 92° F. during the day,
while at night, temperatures as low as 70° F. were rarely experienced.
The temperature of the ocean water on the beaches was 80°-82° F.,
while a mineral spring at Santa Fé was said to register 88° F. The
well and spring waters, so far as tested, ranged generally from about
68° to 80° F. as they came from the ground. The island has a dry
season, with showers very rarely, from November to May, while
during the latter month, or about the first of June, there begins a wet
season, with torrential rains, which fill to the brim the sharply cut
channels of the rivers, and flood portions of the low-lying plains ”’
(Jennings, American Fern Journal, I, 1911, 132). Hurricanes visit
the island at intervals, doing immense damage to buildings and crops.
The island is free from both yellow and malarial fevers, but the hordes
of insect-pests make life in the open almost unendurable, except to
those inured to such persecution, and are one of the causes for the
tardy development of its natural resources. Most of the land is in
the hands of companies of promoters, whose roseate representations

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 155

are leading many an unwary bona fide settler into an unprofitable
venture, the potential capacity of the soil being by no means the only
factor entering into the case.

PREVIOUS WoRK.

The well-known Cuban naturalist, the late Dr. John Gundlach, was
in January, 1854, apparently the first ornithologist to visit the Isle of
Pines. For a period of forty years thereafter his notes, published in
various periodicals and sometimes at second-hand, remained our only
source of information concerning its avifauna. According to Mr. Cory,
to whom he furnished a manuscript list of the birds observed, Gundlach
again visited the island in April, 1892, but whether in the inter-
mediate period does not appear. Gundlach, however, failed to recog-
nize the importance of a comparative study of the bird-life of
the island, which he evidently regarded as not essentially different
from that of Cuba, and while his latest work abounds in references to
the Isle of Pines, in almost every case it is merely to mention incident-
ally the occurrence there of certain Cuban species.

In 1900 Messrs. William Palmer and Joseph H. Riley of the U. S.
National Museum, made a brief collecting trip to the island, from June
27 to July 13 inclusive. Practically all of their work was done in the
vicinity of Nueva Gerona, except for part of two days which Mr.
Palmer spent at Manigua, a plantation about ten miles west of that
town, in the pines. A list of fifty-one species was made on this trip;
all well-known forms.

In March, 1902, the late Mr. Walter R. Zappey visited the island:
and made a small collection of birds, which went to the Rothschild:
Museum at Tring, England, where up to date they have not been
reported upon. In 1904, however, the same collector visited the
island again, remaining from April 18 to June 4 inclusive. His route
appears to have been from Nueva Gerona, Bibijagua, etc., to Santa
Fé, El Hospital, and Pasadita to the south coast at Playa Larga, and
he seems to have been the first naturalist to visit the Cienaga. His
material, amounting to two hundred and sixty-seven specimens, went
into the collection of Messrs. E. A. and O. Bangs (now in the Museum
of Comparative Zodlogy), and together with his field-notes was the
basis of the first systematic account of the birds of the island. In
this paper, published in 1905, Messrs. Bangs and Zappey pointed out
for the first time the distinctness of several of the birds from the Isle

156 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

of Pines, and later Mr. Bangs characterized a few additional forms
from the same collection.

In December, 1908, Mr. Arthur C. Read, an enthusiastic amateur
ornithologist of Toledo, Ohio, went to the Isle of Pines, where he has
ever since resided. He soon began to send back notes for publication,
mainly to the Odlogist of Albion, New York. Many of his articles are
merely lists of species seen at various times and places. Unfortunately,
however, in some instances Mr. Read’s earlier identifications were erro-
neous, as is shown by the corrections which he himself makes. Some
of the records, which up to the present he has allowed to stand, appear
doubtful to the writer, and to have been admitted to his lists on
insufficient grounds. In reply to an inquiry addressed to Mr. Read
he writes that some of these records which seem open to question were
based on the actual capture of specimens, but that the specimens were
not in every case preserved; moreover, that he lost his entire collection
of skins in the flood and hurricane of 1910, and has not started a
mew one since. This circumstance is very unfortunate, as it makes it
impossible to authenticate the correctness of his determinations in
cases of doubt. The list of a part of Mr. Read’s collection, and a copy
of some of his field-notes, have been kindly loaned by him for exami-
nation, and have been freely used in the preparation of the present
report.

THE EXPEDITION OF I912-I13.

In May, 1910, a party of four from the staff of the Carnegie Museum
was engaged for a few weeks in making collections of the plants and
reptiles of the Isle of Pines. No particular attention was paid to the
birds on this expedition, but, as the island seemed to promise good
results for work in this line, Mr. Gustav A. Link of the taxidermic
staff of the museum was detailed in 1912 to undertake the making
of a representative collection of the birds of the island, and left in
June of that year, accompanied by his son, Mr. John Link, as assistant.
Beginning work at Nueva Gerona on June 26, he continued until July
12, when interference from the Cuban officials caused a suspension of
his activities for over two months. He then went to Los Indios, in
the southwestern part of the main island, which he made his head-
quarters until January 25, 1913, making in the meantime several trips
*southicoast.. «a llues

‘

from there to points on Siguanea Bay and the
Indios and its vicinity proved to be a much better collecting-ground
than the country about Nueva Gerona, this latter section being so

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 157

much more extensively cleared and cultivated than the other. Inter-
mittent work was carried on at Nueva Gerona, however, from January
26 until April 9, the mountains in the vicinity being repeatedly visited,
and several side-trips being made to certain lagoons on the north coast
in search of water-birds. Returning to Los Indios on April 10, Mr. Link
made a second trip to the “ south coast,’ and also put in some time at
the western end of the Cienaga, near Siguanea. May 10 to 21 was
spent at Nueva Gerona, after which he undertook a trip to the eastern
end of the Cienaga, at Pasadita, where he collected from May 23 to 28,
returning to Nueva Gerona the next day, and leaving the island on
June 5. The collection of birds brought back amounts to eight hun-
dred and forty-two well-prepared specimens, representing one hundred
and three species, including all of the forms peculiar to the island, and
a larger series of aquatic forms than most collectors would think of
taking.
SEASONAL OCCURRENCE.

One hundred and forty-two species are admitted to the present list
of the birds of the Isle of Pines, or twenty-two more than were given
by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey in 1905. For nearly all of these ad-
ditions the work of Mr. Link is responsible, and theré are specimens to
support most of the new records. In every case the evidence for the
occurrence of a given species has been carefully weighed, especially
with reference to its known status in Cuba, and doubtful records have
been relegated to the hypothetical list. A few species have been ad-
mitted to the list solely on the basis of Gundlach’s records as given by
Mr. Cory. The voluminous notes made in the last few years by Mr.
Arthur C. Read have somewhat perplexed the writer. Published in
an amateur journal, the scientific names in many cases not being given,
or else so mangled by the printer as to be almost beyond recognition,
and with no indication that the author was aware of the very unusual
character of certain of his observations, or of the necessity for their
full authentication, there would seem to be ample justification for
ignoring them entirely in a paper like the present. Nevertheless in
spite of the defects, which are evident, it is plain that the good faith
of Mr. Read cannot be called into question, and that there is much
of interest and value in his notes. An effort therefore has been
made to sift them, utilizing such as seem to rest on a sound basis,
and calling attention to such as seem dubious, so that they may either
be verified or corrected in the future.

158 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

As might be expected in the case of a locality lying so far within
the Tropical Zone as the Isle of Pines, its avifaunais composed mainly
of two classes of species as regards seasonal status, permanent resi-
dents and winter visitants. Ninety-two species are included in the
first category, all of which are known, or presumed, to breed in the
island, and to remain (as a species) the year around. Nota few of the
species in this list, however, are known to be more or less migratory,
some of them being more numerous in the dry season, when their
numbers are augmented by winter migrants from the north; while
others are regularly more abundant, or at least more frequently
observed, in the breeding season, most of the individuals retiring at
its close to other parts. Some of these forms are more or less local
in their distribution. Following is the list:

Colymbus dominicus dominicus Urubitinga gundlachit
Podilymbus podiceps Falco sparverioides

Anhinga anhinga Polyborus cheriway

Phalacrocorax auritus floridanus
Pharacrocorax vigua mexicanus

Pandion haliaétus carolinensis
Colinus cubanensis

Pelecanus occidentalis Rallus elegans ramsdeni

Fregata magnificens
Ixobrychus exilis exilis
Ardea occidentalis repens
Ardea herodias adoxa
Herodias egretta
Dichromanassa rufescens
Florida cerulea

Egretta thula thula
Hydranassa tricolor ruficollis
Butorides virescens cubanus
Butorides brunescens
Nycticorax nyclicorax nevius
Nyctanassa violacea

Ajaia ajaja

Guara alba

Mycteria americana
Phenicopterus ruber
Dendrocygna arborea
Cathartes aura aura
Rostrhamus sociabilis

Rallus longirostris leucopheus
Gallinula chloropus cachinnans
Ionornis martinica

Aramus vociferus

Grus mexicana nesiotes

Sterna maxima

Sterna antillarum

Himantopus mexicanus
Oxyechus vociferus rubidus
Pagolla wilsonia wilsonia
Jacana spinosa violacea
Starnenas cyanocephala
Geotrygon chrysia

Geotrygon montana
Chemepelia passerina aflavida
Zenaida zenaida zenaida
Zenaidura macroura macroura
Columba leucocephala
Columba squamosa

Columba inornata proxima

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs.

Ara tricolor

Aratinga euops

Amazona leucocephala palmarum

Crotophaga ant

Saurothera decolor

Glaucidium siju vittatum

Gymnasio lawrencii exsul

Asto stygius

Tyto perlata furcata

Setochalcis cubanensis

Todus multicolor

Xiphidiopicus percussus insule-
pinorum

Centurus superciliaris murceus

Priotelus temnurus vescus

Streptoprocne zonaris pallidifrons

Tachornis phenicobia yradii

Calypte helene

Riccordia ricordii ricordii

Tyrannus dominicensis domini-
censis

159

Tyrannus cubensis
Tolmarchus caudifasciatus
Myiarchus sagre sagre
Blacicus caribeus

Mimus polyglottos orpheus
Myadestes elisabeth
Mimocichla rubripes rubripes
Corvus nasicus

Vireo gundlachii gundlachii
Petrochelidon fulva fulva
Teretistris fernandine
Dendroica petechia gundlachi
Sturnella magna hippocrepts
Agelaius assimilis

Icterus hypomelas

Ptiloxena atroviolacea
Holoquiscalus caymanensis dispar
Spindalis pretret
Melopyrrha nigra

Tiaris olivacea olivacea
Tiaris canora

Of true summer residents there appear to be only three species, as

follows:

Chordetiles virginianus minor
Vireosylva calidris barbatula

Progne cryptoleuca

This makes a total of ninety-five species known, or reasonably pre-
sumed, to breed in the island, or two-thirds of its known ornis.

There are forty-two species which occur as winter visitants from
continental North America. Further work in the island should result
in adding a considerable number to this list, judging from the many
records of this class from Cuba and the other Antilles. That practic-
ally all the migratory birds which regularly or casually visit Cuba
should likewise reach the Isle of Pines seems entirely probable.
Several of the birds in the following list have been observed more fre-
quently during the season of migration than through the winter
months.

Querquedula discors
Chen hyperborea nivalis

Pelecanus erythrorhynchos
Botaurus lentiginosus

160

Circus hudsonius

Falco peregrinus anatum

Falco columbarius

Fulica americana

Sterna sandvicensts acuflavida

Gallinago delicata

Limnodromus griseus griseus

Pisobia minutilla

Totanus melanoleucus

Totanus flavipes

Cato ptrophorus semipalmatus semi-
palmatus

Actitts macularia

Squatarola squatarola

Oxyechus vociferus vociferus

Charadrius semipalmatus

Arenaria interpres morinella

Antrostomus carolinensis

Streptoceryle alcyon alcyon

Sphyrapicus varius varius

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Mimus polyglottos polygioutos

Dumetella carolinensis

Poliobtila cerulea cerulea

Vireo griseus griseus

Seto phaga ruticilla

Geothlypis trichas trichas

Seiurus noveboracensis notabilis

Seiurus aurocapillus

Dendroica palmarum palmarum

Dendroica discolor

Dendroica dominica dominica

Dendroica virens

Dendroica coronata

Dendroica cerulescens cerulescens

Compsothlypis americana usnee

Mniotilta varia

Passerina cyanea

Ammodramus savannarum aus-
traits

Passerculus sandwichensis savanna

The remaining five species belong to the class of transient visitants,
appearing only during the migrations in spring and fall, on the way

to and from their breeding-grounds.
number of species to this list also.

Hirundo erythrogastra
Dendroica striata
Tringa solitaria

Future research may add a

Chordetles virginianus virginianus
Dolichonyx oryzivorus

FAUNAL AFFINITIES.

Geographically speaking, the Isle of Pines is so closely related to
Cuba that a rise of only about fifty feet would suffice to connect the
two islands. Even now the channel between is dotted with numerous
cays, forming a chain of islands which would surely present no especial
difficulties to the passage of birds, even those of weak flight. It does
not appear whether the Isle of Pines received its bird population from
Cuba in this manner, or before its separation from that island took
place; in either case we would expect to find their respective avifaunas
closely related. An analysis shows that of the one hundred and
twenty-six species on the list of breeding birds for western Cuba, no

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 161

less than eighty-five are common to both islands, while eight others
are represented in the Isle of Pines by recognizably distinct forms, at
least one of which is so different from the original-stock form as to
merit (in the writer’s judgment) the rank of a species. These Cuban
forms, with their respective representatives in the Isle of Pines, are

as follows:

WESTERN CUBA. ISLE OF PINES.
Rallus longirostris cubanus Rallus longirostris leucopheus
Columba inornata inornata Columba inornata proxima
Amazona leucocephalaleucocephala Amazona leucocephala palmarum
Saurothera merlini Saurothera decolor
Glaucidium siju siju Glaucidium siju vittatum

Xiphidiopicus percussus percussus Xiphidiopicus percussus insule-pinorum
Centurus superciliaris superciliaris Centurus superciliaris murceus
Priotelus temnurus temnurus Priotelus temnurus vescus

On the other hand, there are at least thirty-one species of western
Cuban breeding birds which have not as yet been recorded from the
Isle of Pines, as follows:

* Sula leucogastra * Sterna anetheta
* Phaéthon americanus * Sterna dougalli
* Plegadis autumnalis * Larus atricilla
* Erismatura jamaicensis * Hematopus palliatus
* Nomonyx dominicus Geotrygon caniceps
* Aix sponsa * Melopelia asiatica asiatica
* Pecilonetta bahamensis Campephilus bairdii
Chondrohierax wilsonit Nesoceleus fernandine
Buteo borealis umbrinus Colaptes chrysocaulosus chryso-
Buteo platypterus cubanensis caulosus
Accipiter gundlachi Nephecetes niger niger
Accipiter striatus fringilloides Corvus minutus
Limnopardalus maculatus inop- Dendroica pityo phila
tatus Cyanerpes cyaneus ramsdeni
* Porzana flaviventris Agelaius humeralis
* Anous stolidus stolidus Ammodramus savannarum subsp.

* Sterna fuscata

Almost half of the species in this list (designated by an asterisk)
are of more or less wide distribution, so that their absence is of no
especial significance. No doubt in due time a number of them will
be found in the Isle of Pines. Just how far a like probability may be

162 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

assumed for the remaining forms is an open question. At all events,
negative evidence must count for little at present, and the chances are
that, other conditions being equal, the majority of the species of this
latter category extend their range to the Isle of Pines. Some of them,
indeed, have even been reported therefrom, on what appears at present,
however, to be insufficient grounds.

The avifauna of Cuba itself, it may be noted in passing, is not en-
tirely homogeneous, there being at least six cases (two of which are
pointed out for the first time in the present paper) where the eastern
and western parts of the island respectively are inhabited by different
although closely allied forms of certain birds. Without exception in
such cases the Isle of Pines bird is like that of western Cuba. So
that, while we might perhaps be inclined to accept the theory of iso-
lation as the dominant factor in the development of the distinctive
races of the Isle of Pines, it is evident that such an explanation will not
account for the differentiation of two distinct forms in Cuba. It is
altogether likely, therefore, that the actual difference in environmental
conditions in the Isle of Pines, as evidenced in its peculiar physio-
graphic and climatic features, as compared with those of Cuba, has
had more to do in the evolution of its several indigenous forms of
birds than mere segregation.

List oF LOCALITIES.

In order to facilitate the use of the map which accompanies this
report in studying the local distribution of the avifauna, all the locality
names appearing in the text are here duly listed, with a brief indication
of their position and application. The American invasion of the
island is responsible for the confusing mixture of English and Spanish
names. Certain names appearing in Messrs. Bangs and Zappey’s
paper, too, are incorrectly spelled, while others are of more or less
uncertain application. A map furnished by Mr. Link, showing his
route and collecting-stations, happily puts his work on a much better
basis in this respect.

Almacigos——More properly Los Almacigos, which see.

Arroyo del Pino (Pine River) —A river in the western part of the
main island, visited by Mr. Read on a few occasions.

Arroyo (‘‘ Rio”’) Santiago.—A small river or creek flowing into the
Cienaga near its eastern end, referred to by Mr. Zappey.

Bibijagua (or Vivijagua)—A town-site, with a hotel and several

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 163

concrete houses, situated on the north coast about a mile and a half
southeast of the point of the same name. There is a sandy beach
about a mile long at this place, while immediately to the westward a
wooded ridge, which reaches a height of two hundred and fifty feet,
runs parallel with the shore-line. The slopes of this ridge were well
explored by Mr. Link, and proved to be quite rich in bird-life, and the
locality was visited by Mr. Zappey also, who incorrectly spells the
name ‘‘ Bibeyhagua.”’

Bird Island—A small mangrove island in the southern part of
Siguanea Bay, so called because of the presence there of nesting colonies
of the Man-o’-war-bird and Florida Cormorant. Visited by Mr. Link
on two occasions, and more recently by Mr. Read.

Bogarona.—A landing on the south coast of Siguanea Bay, used by
vessels plying to and from Los Indios. Mr. Link collected a few
specimens at this place.

Caballos Mountains.—See Sierra de Caballos.

Cabo (Punta) Frances——The western extremity of the “ south
coast,’’ at the entrance to Siguanea Bay.

Caleta Cocodrilos (Crocodile Inlet)—A small inlet, fringed with
mangroves, on the western part of the ‘“‘ south coast,” visited by Mr.
Link.

Caleta Grande (Grand Inlet)—A small bay or inlet on the ‘‘ south
coast,’’ near its western end, visited by Mr. Link. A sandy beach
all around makes this a favorite resort for several species of shore-birds
in season, while Brown Pelicans also find it a good place to pursue
their fishing.

‘‘ Callebonita.’’-—A misspelling for Cayo Bonito, which see.

Catiada Mountains——See Sierra de la Canada.

Casas Mountains.—See Sierra de Casas.

Casas River-—See Rio Sierra de Casas.

Cayo Bonito—An old plantation, lying along a river of the same
name, within a mile of the town of Santa Fé. Erroneously given as
““ Callebonita ’’ by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey.

Cayo Frances——A small island just off Cabo Frances, where Mr.
Link once made a brief stop, collecting a few birds. It is almost
surrounded with mangroves, but has a stretch of sandy beach.

Cerro de Santa Barbara (Santa Barbara Mountain).—An isolated
hill in the western part of the island, about two hundred feet high,
referred to by Mr. Read.

164 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Cienaga de Lanier.—Usually referred to merely as the ‘‘ Cienaga.”
An immense swamp or morass, running from east to west across the
southern part of the island, and separating it into two portions. See
description on page 152.

Columbia.—An American colony or town in the northeastern part
of the main island, west of the Rio Jucaro.

Crocodile Inlet—See Caleta Cocodrilos.

El Bobo Lagoon.—A good-sized salt-water mangrove lagoon near
the coast, east of the mouth of the Nuevas River. A favorite resort
for various species of herons and shore-birds. Visited by Mr. Link
on March 14 and 15, 1913.

El Canal.—A tract of land in the southern part of the main island,
traversed by Mr. Link in his trip to the Cienaga in May, 1913.

El Hospital—A tract of land adjoining El Canal on the south,
traversed by both Mr. Zappey and Mr. Link.

Ensenada de la Siguanea (Siguanea Bay).—A large but compara-
tively shallow bay indenting the western part of the island, and
opening to the northwest. It is about ten miles wide by fourteen
miles long, and its shores are almost everywhere fringed with man-
groves, while mangrove islands line its southern shore.

Grand Inlet-—See Caleta Grande. :

Guanabana.—(Misspelled ‘‘ Guanawana” by Messrs. Bangs and
Zappey). The name applied toa small tract of land just east of Santa
Rosalia Lagoon, visited by Mr. Zappey.

Hato.—The site of a house on the trail about midway between
Bogarona and Caleta Grande, on the “ south coast,’’ south of Siguanea
Bay. A few birds were collected here by Mr. Link, who reports
that the surrounding country is all jungle.

Hospital—More properly El Hospital, which see.

Jacksonville—The name applied to a small settlement on the “ south
coast,’ about midway between Caleta Grande and Caleta Cocodrilos,
visited by Mr. Link.

Jucaro.—A landing on the south bank of the river of the same name,
used by the steamer plying between the Isle of Pines and Cuba.
Visited by Mr. Zappey.

La Ceiba.—A fine plantation, about four miles west-southwest of
Santa Fé, referred to by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey. The name is
applied also, in a larger sense, to the original tract of which this is a
part.

Topp: THE BrirDs OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 165

Laguna de Piedras.—A large lagoon, in character much resembling
the Cienaga, situated in the southern portion of the island not far from
Pasadita, and visited by Mr. Link on one occasion.

Laguna Grande.—The exact position of this lagoon, which was
visited by Mr. Zappey, is not ascertainable, but it is evidently near
Santa Fé, since birds were shot at both places on the same day,
April 21.

La Vega.—A contraction, used by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey, of
San Francisco de la Vega, which see.

Los Almacigos.—An extensive tract lying west of the town of Santa
Fé, the name being more particularly applied to the old plantation
situated near the center of the tract in question. Referred to by
Messrs. Bangs and Zappey merely as ‘‘ Almacigos.”’

Los Indios.—A town-site along the lower course of the river of the
same name, in the southwestern part of the main island. This locality
was very thoroughly worked by Mr. Link, it being his headquarters,
from which excursions were made to surrounding sections, during the
greater part of his stay in the island. There are extensive marshes
in the vicinity, also areas of dry pasture-land, jungle, pine-woods,
etc., with growths of mangrove along the river for a considerable dis-
tance from its mouth, and lining a larger salt-water lagoon which les
just back of the coast to the southward. This diversity of conditions
makes the locality an ideal one for collecting birds.

Los Tres Hermanos Mountains —A name applied by Mr. Read to
the three northernmost peaks of the Casas range, close to Nueva
Gerona.

Majagua River.—See Rio de la Majagua.

Mal Pais.—The name applied to the region along the river of the
same name, visited by Mr. Zappey.

“‘ Managua.’’—A misspelling of Manigua.

Manigua.—A famous plantation along the Rio de las Nuevas, a
few miles above McKinley, visited by Mr. William Palmer in 1900,
in which year it was abandoned.

Mc Kinley.—A town-site, with a number of scattering houses, along
the Rio de las Nuevas, a few miles from its mouth. It is a locality
frequently mentioned in Mr. Read’s articles.

Morrillo del Diablo—An island off the north coast, east of the
high promontory, Punta del Colombo, and famous as a resort of the
Florida Cormorant.

166 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

New River.—See Rio de las Nuevas.

Nueva Gerona.—The capital, port of entry, and chief town of the
island, situated in the northern part, on the west bank of the Rio
Sierra de Casas. It was officially founded in 1830, and now has a
population of about twelve hundred. The land in the vicinity of the
town is cleared for the most part and some of it is under cultivation,
but there remain considerable wooded areas at the base of the Casas
Mountains immediately to the westward. Most of the specimens
labeled by Mr. Link as coming from ‘‘ Nueva Gerona”’ were really
secured on the slopes and bases of the Casas and Caballos Mountains,
or else along the river above the town. The locality was worked
also by Messrs. Palmer and Riley during their visit in 1900, and by
Dr. Gundlach in 1854.

Nuevas River.—See Rio de las Nuevas.

Pasadita.—The site of a house which formerly stood on the south
shore of the Cienaga, just west of the Paso de Piedras. This house
was destroyed in the hurricane of 1910, and at the time of Mr. Link’s
visit in 1913 the owner had built a new one on the other side of the
Cienaga. Mr. Zappey did some collecting here in 1904.

Paso de Piedras~—The name given to a stretch of ground about
midway of the Cienaga de Lanier, where only it is possible to cross
from the main island to the southern part. Even during the dry
season the water here is from one to three feet deep, with occasional
dry islands.

Pine River.—See Arroyo del Pino.

Placer de Playa Larga.—The name applied to an extensive area of
beach and shallows on the southeastern shore of the “ south coast.”
Called ‘‘ Plaza Larga’’ by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey.

“Plaza Larga.’’—See Placer de Playa Larga.

Port Mc Kinley.—A landing a few miles above the mouth of the
Rio de las Nuevas, referred to by Mr. Read.

Pueblo Nuevo.—The name given to the inferior ‘‘ native’
on the western outskirts of Nueva Gerona. Referred to by Messrs.

suburb,

Bangs and Zappey.

Punta del Colombo.—A high promontory jutting out into the sea,
forming the termination of the Sierra de Caballos.

Punta del Este-—The easternmost point of the “ south coast.’”” There
is an area of sandy beach here, while on the south exposure the same
in general.

”

coral rock prevails as is found all over the “ south coast

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 167

Very few birds, however, were noticed here on the occasion of Mr.
Link’s visit, March 22 and 23, 1913. Mr. Zappey seems to have
penetrated thus far on his second expedition, since the locality is
mentioned once in his report. :

Punta del Potrero—The easternmost point of the northern or main
island.

Punta de la Bibijagua.—A point on the northeastern coast of the
island.

Punta Primera de Salinas.—A point on the coast, east of Punta
de la Bibijagua, which is probably the locality referred to by Messrs.
Bangs and Zappey under the name “ Salina.’’ It is probably the
same as Rincon Lagoon, so called by Mr. Link.

Punta Frances.—See Cabo Frances.

Rincon Lagoon.—A large lagoon adjacent to the coast, east of Bibi-
jagua, visited by Mr. Link, and probably the same as the locality
called ‘“‘Salina’’ by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey. For a fuller de-
scription see page 152.

Rio de la Majagua (Majagua River).—A small river in the south-
western part of the main island, northwest of Los Indios, visited by
Mr. Link on several occasions. Like all the rivers of this part, its
lower course is fringed with mangroves.

Rio de las Nuevas ( Nuevas or New River).—The longest river in
the island, draining a large part of the central and northwestern sec-
tion. Itis too shallow, however, to permit the ascent of any but small
vessels, and is fringed with mangroves as far up as the town of
McKinley, beyond which the jungle comes to the water’s edge.

Rio del Mal Pais.—One of the tributaries of the Rio Jucaro, rising
near the center of the main island, and flowing in a northeast direction.

Rio Jucaro.—A good-sized river in the northeastern part of the
main island, formed by the junction, near Jucaro, of several smaller
streams.

“ Rio” Santiago.—See Arroyo Santiago.

Rio Sierra de Casas (Casas River).—A river in the northern part of
the main island, navigable for small steamers for about two miles from
its mouth, or to the town of Nueva Gerona.

“Salina.” —See Punta Primera de Salinas.

San Francisco de la Vega.—An unsurveyed tract adjoining the
Cienaga, visited in 1904 by Mr. Zappey, who refers to it merely as
“alas Vega.”

168 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

San Juan.—An extensive tract of land in the eastern part of the
main island. The name is also applied, in a more restricted sense, to
the old Garcia homestead, the former headquarters of the tract. It
is mentioned by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey as a collecting-station.

Santa Ana.—A tract of land about four miles west of Santa Rosalia,
where Mr. Link found a few species of water-birds at a small lagoon
on one occasion.

Santa Barbara.—The name originally applied to a tract of about
fifteen thousand acres, lying west of the Rio de las Nuevas, but more
recently given to a settlement in its south-central part. As used by
Mr. Read, the name refers to the tract, but both the tract and the
town were formerly called West McKinley by the promoting land-
company.

Santa Barbara Mountain.—See Cerro de Santa Barbara.

Santa Fé.—The oldest settlement on the island, situated on the
river of the same name, in the east-central part.

Santa Rosalia.—A town-site in the northeastern part of the island,
about halfway between Nueva Gerona and Santa Fé.

Santa Rosalia Lagoon.—A large fresh-water lake, situated a short
distance northwest of Columbia, close to the Caballos Mountains.
The water is shallow, and during the dry season the lake is of course
much reduced in extent. The shores are muddy, and support a rank
growth of grasses and sedges. Several species of water-birds were
encountered here by Mr. Zappey and Mr. Link.

Santa Sevilla——This locality, mentioned by Messrs. Bangs and
Zappey, cannot be found on any map consulted. Possibly it is an
error for ‘‘ Santa Cecilla.”’

Sierra de Caballos ( Caballos Mountains) —A mountain ridge in the
northern part of the main island, east of Nueva Gerona, running north
and south, parallel with the Rio Sierra de Casas, and terminating
in a headland on the coast known as Punta del Colombo. For a fuller
description see page 149.

Sierra de Casas (Casas Mountains).—A ridge lying west of the town
of Nueva Gerona, and about two and one-half miles in length, from
north to south. See description on page 149.

Sierra dela Catada ( Cafiada Mountains).—An elevated ridge in the
southwestern part of the main island, rising to a height of nine
hundred and eighty-five feet (fide O. E. Jennings). For a further
description see page 149. Visited by both Mr. Read and Mr. Link.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 169

Siguanea.—A town-site at the southwestern extremity of the main
island. As the name is used by Mr. Link, it covers the coast in the
immediate vicinity, and the western end of the Cienaga for a distance
of several miles.

Siguanea Bay.—See Ensenada de la Siguanea.

Vivijagua.—See Bibijagua.

West Mc Kinley.—A name used by the promoting land-company for
the tract and settlement on the west side of the Rio de las Nuevas,
later on called Santa Barbara, which see. Many of Mr. Read’s
observations were made here.

List OF SPECIES.

The order of the present list follows that laid down for the higher
groups by Mr. Robert Ridgway in the first volume of his Birds of
North and Middle America. The actual sequence of the species,
however, so far as it has appeared in the body of that work, has been
reversed, and in the groups not yet treated by that author arranged as
well as may be to correspond. In matters of nomenclature the aim
has been to follow the latest and best authorities, save only where the
facts seem to justify a different course. While certain of the rulings
of the International Commission on Zodlogical Nomenclature, as for
example the one which requires the original spelling to be followed in
the duplication of the final ‘‘i’’ in patronymic names, are decidedly
objectionable to the writer, he proposes to waive his personal preju-
dices for the sake of uniformity. Such species as in the judgment of
the writer are not fully authenticated as birds of the Isle of Pines are
included in their proper places, but are printed in smaller type, and
without a number prefixed. All measurements are in millimeters,
and in every case the length of the bill is that of the exposed culmen.
Free use has been made of Mr. Ridgway’s Color Standards and Color
Nomenclature in discussing color variations and preparing descrip-
tions. As regards the names in the reference lists under the several
species, it should be explained that variations in orthography or
abbreviation do not appear under separate entries, all such having
been combined under one head, so long as the intention of the author
is clear. The formal citation of vernacular names in this connection
is of course defensible, in a faunal paper such as this, on the ground of
tending to completeness. The locality names in the references have
for the most part been given in corrected form.

170 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

1. Colymbus dominicus dominicus Linneus. SAatint DOMINGO GREBE.

“Least Grebe’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVII, I910, 15, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of

Pines, Dec. 25, 1909); XXVIII, 1911, 114 (West McKinley).

Colymbus dominicus READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, to911, 13 (I. of Pines).

One specimen: Caleta Grande.

This example, the only one observed, was shot in a small lagoon
on November 28. It is an adult male in full winter dress, with a
white throat. In size it agrees with Cuban specimens, measuring as
follows: wing, 96; culmen, 26. Mr. Read has recorded the species in
the northwestern part of the island, and writes that he shot a specimen
April 14, 1910, along the Nuevas River. It is evidently not a very
common bird on the island, and by reason of its secretive habits readily
eludes observation.

2. Podilymbus podiceps (Linnzus). PIED-BILLED GREBE.

Podilymbus podiceps BANGS & ZappEy, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 184 (Nueva
Gerona, breeding, fide Palmer & Riley; Laguna Grande, March).—Reap,
Odlogist, XXVIII, tort, 11 (1. of Pines).

‘‘Pied-billed Grebe’’ REaAp, Odlogist, XXVI, I909, 102 (I. of Pines).—REaAD,
Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, May 7).—ReEap, Odlogist,
XXVIII, torr, 113 (West McKinley).

One specimen: Los Indios.

Recently Mr. Outram Bangs has described the Pied-billed Grebe
of the Antilles as a distinct subspecies, Podilymbus podiceps antillarum
(Proceedings New England Zoélogical Club, IV, 1913, 89). After an
examination of the type-specimen and certain other material I find
myself unable to indorse this separation on any grounds whatever.
The type is no smaller than a female specimen from northern Brevard
County, Florida, in the collection of the Carnegie Museum, taken at
just about the same date. Females of this species, besides being
smaller, seem to have on an average a more restricted black throat-
patch than males, and I have reason to believe that the black marking
on the side of the bill is a variable character, dependent largely upon
season, and not especially correlated with locality. A breeding speci-
men from Great Inagua, Bahama Islands, is certainly in nowise dis-
tinguishable from continental examples. According to Baird, Brewer,
& Ridgway (Water Birds of North America, II, 1884, 441), South
American examples are not tangibly different, contrary to what
might be expected in the case of such a wide-ranging species.

Topp: THE BIRDs OF THE ISLE OF PINES. WA

There are only a few records for this species for the Isle of Pines,
where it is evidently not a common bird. Mr. Link did not meet
with it at all, the single example recorded above having been forwarded
to the Carnegie Museum by Mr. Frederic F. Baggesen, who secured
it at Los Indios on October 16, 1913. Mr. Zappey saw none in 1904,
and but two in March, 1902, at Laguna Grande. That the species
breeds on the island, however, is attested by Mr. Riley, who says that
he found an adult and three downy young of fair size at Santa Rosalia

Lagoon, southeast of Nueva Gerona, early in July, 1900. ‘‘ One of
the downy young was secured, but the other two and the adult eluded
me, as they could swim and dive faster than I could wade.”’ Mr. Read

enters this species on his list as a rare resident.

3. Anhinga anhinga (Linneus). WATER TURKEY.

Anhinga anhinga Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 84 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 310 (I. of Pines).—BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am.
Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 185 (Nueva Gerona [ fide Palmer & Riley] and the Cienaga).
—ReEAD, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 165 (Nuevas River; habits); XXVIII, ro11,
It (1. of Pines).—ReEAD, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 20, 1913 (descr.; habits).

“ Anhinga’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines)—READ,
Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, 1911, 6, 10 (Nuevas River),
113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines).

Although recorded by almost all the observers who have studied
the avifauna of the Isle of Pines, the Anhinga or Water Turkey does
not seem to be a very common bird there. Mr. Zappey found it only
in the region of the Cienaga, where he says that individuals might be
seen almost any day, perched on dead branches of trees. A single
adult bird, still retaining some of the lengthened feathers of the
crown and nape, was shot by Mr. Link on the Los Indios River on
December 18. He saw others also on the Majagua River, and near
Siguanea, at the eastern end of the Cienaga. There are, however,
numerous records from the northern part of the island as well, to which
may be added those of individuals seen near Bibijagua and Santa
Ana by Mr. Link. Mr. Read has given us an entertaining account of
the fishing habits of this species as observed by him on the Nuevas
River. The natives consider the flesh of this bird very palatable.

4. Phalacrocoraxauritus floridanus(Audubon). FLORIDA CORMORANT.

Phalacrocorax floridanus Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona,
fide Gundlach).—GuNDLACcH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 305 (I. of Pines).

172, ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Phalacrocorax dilophus floridanus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 85 (I. of
Pines, in geog. distr.).—BaNncs & ZAppEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 185 (I. of
Pines, coastwise).—(?) READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines).—ReEap,
I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 25, 1914 (Bird I., Siguanea Bay).

“Florida Cormorant” (?) READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of
Pines, Dec. 6).—(?) READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); (?) XXVIII,
rot, 10 (Nuevas River, May 17), 146 (Morrillo del Diablo); XXX, 1913, 123
(north coast, off Nuevas River), (?) 125 (Santa Barbara), (?) 130 (I. of Pines),
(?) 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los Indios).

Nine specimens: Los Indios.

Only two of these are adults in full black glossy plumage, neither
of which, however, although taken in the breeding season, show any
sign whatever of lateral crests. One specimen is abnormal in possess-
ing fourteen rectrices.

Cormorants of this species are common all along the coast and about
the outlying cays; in fact, it isin such situations one of the most abun-
dant and characteristic water-birds. It breeds in colonies at certain
points, the nests being built in the mangroves at a low elevation, and
composed merely of a few sticks. Two eggs are the usual comple-
ment; they are dull bluish green in color, with rough, chalky shells.
The species seems to have an extended breeding season, eggs and downy
young having been found at a colony in Bird Island, in Siguanea Bay,
at such widely separated dates as October 18 and April 16. At
another colony, in a lagoon south of Los Indios, eggs were secured on
October 7, and a month later downy young, possibly two weeks old.
The island of Morrillo del Diablo, on the north coast, off Punta del
Colombo, is another favorite resort of this species. Although partial
to the salt water, individuals occasionally ascend the rivers for a little
distance, one having been shot on January 21 on the Los Indios River,
three miles from its mouth.

It is possible that some of Mr. Read’s records above quoted may
refer to the following species.

5. Phalacrocorax vigua mexicanus ( Brandt). MEXICAN CORMORANT.
Phalacrocorax vigua mexicana (sic) BANGS & ZAppEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 185

(Pasadita, May; meas.; crit.).

One specimen: Bibijagua.

The only one observed by Mr. Link was shot near the coast at
Bibijagua on July 4. Mr. Zappey secured a specimen at Pasadita
in May. ‘These two occurrences are at present the only certain records

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. aly

for the island, where it evidently is not common. Unlike P. auritus
floridanus, it is wont to frequent fresh as well as salt water. Speci-
mens are indistinguishable from typical examples from Mexico. Its
distribution in the West Indies is apparently restricted to Cuba, the
Isle of Pines, and Watlings Island of the Bahaman group.

6. Pelecanus occidentalis Linneus. BROowN PELICAN.

Pelecanus fuscus POEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).—Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 85 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—BAnGS & ZApPEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 185 (‘‘south coast’’).

“Brown Pelican’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 10 (Nuevas River), 13 (I. of
Pines); XXX, 1913, 131 (‘“‘south coast’’).

Pelecanus occidentalis READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 25, 1914 (Caleta Grande).
Six specimens: Caleta Grande.

Four different plumages are represented. There are two in juvenal
dress (November 26), with white under parts and grayish heads and
necks. Two others taken at the same time are obviously immature,
showing the neck-pattern of the adult in brownish gray instead of
chestnut, the under parts, however, being dark-colored. The series
available for study being insufficient to illustrate the sequence of
plumages in this species, I am a little uncertain as to the exact age of
these two examples, but believe them to be in first nuptial dress,
assuming that the species breeds in the second year, or, if it does not,
in a plumage which corresponds to this in time. Both of these speci-
mens show fresh gray feathers mixed with the worn brown ones char-
acteristic of the juvenal plumage, the moult affecting the rectrices.
also. There are two spring specimens (April 18 and 23), one of which
has the back of the neck chestnut, while in the other the head and
neck all around are white. This latter corresponds to the description
of the adult in winter plumage, and compares favorably with non-
breeding specimens from Costa Rica and Colombia. Mr. Ogilvie-
Grant (Catalogue Birds British Museum, X XVI, 1898, 478), however,
says that ‘ nearly mature ”’ birds ‘‘ do not assume the dark velvety-
brown neck in the breeding-season, these parts remaining white like
those of the adult in winter-plumage.’”’ But, if I am correct as to the
stage of plumage represented by the immature birds described
above, it would be strange indeed to find them assuming the pattern
of the adult for the first breeding-season, only to lose it for the second.
It is well known that this species has an extensive breeding-season,
nesting along the Cuban coast, according to Gundlach, from June to

174 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

September, while on Pelican Island, Florida, two broods are said to
be raised, one in May and one in September. The difference in
the time of nesting would readily account for the presence of birds in
winter or non-breeding plumage at the same season as those in full
nuptial dress.

Although the Brown Pelican has been occasionally noted in the
northern part of the Isle of Pines, it is far more numerous about the
“south coast.” Mr. Link found it to be very common at Caleta
Grande on November 26 and 27, and again in April, fishing in the
shallow water. Individuals were noted also at Cabo Frances, Los
Indios, the Majagua River, and at Punta del Este, at the southeastern
corner of the island. It is evident that the breeding-place of these
birds must be somewhere along this coast, but it was not discovered,
nor did any of the natives seem to be aware of its location. Probably
it is in some retired inlet or lagoon, or perhaps on one of the isolated
cays not yet visited by any ornithologist.

7. Pelecanus erythrorhynchos Gmelin. WHITE PELICAN.

Pelecanus erythrorhynchus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 85 (I. of Pines, in
geog. distr.), 136 (I. of Pines, ex ?).—-Bancs & ZappEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX,
1905, 185 (I. of Pines, ex Cory).

The claim of the White Pelican to a place in the present list rests

solely on the authority of Mr. Cory, as above. I have been unable
to discover upon what grounds his record is based. There is but one
authentic record for Cuba, and if it occurs in the Isle of Pines at all
it can only be as a very rare and irregular winter visitor.

8. Fregata magnificens Matthews. MAN-0’-WAR-BIRD.

Fregata aquila Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).—Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 85 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).—
Bancs & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 185 (Manigua, fide Palmer & Riley,
Santa Fé, and ‘‘south coast’’).

‘Frigate Bird’? Reap, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 13, and XXX, 1913, 130 (1. of
Pines).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 25, 1914 (Siguanea Bay).

Fifteen specimens: Bird Island.

This species, although apt to be seen flying over on occasion almost
anywhere in the island, inland as well as coastwise, is not known to
breed locally, except on a small mangrove cay near the head of Siguanea
Bay, known as Bird Island. Here a colony of several hundred indi-
viduals is established, occupying an extensive area on the south side
of the island, while the Florida Cormorants are confined to another

lod

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 175

part. This colony was first visited on October 18 and 19. The adult
birds proved to be rather shy on this occasion, but a series of young
in juvenal plumage was secured, some still showing remains of the
natal down in places. Although practically fully grown, some of the
young birds were still confined to the nest, and could only be forced to
leave by the use of considerable persuasion. Numerous dead young
were noticed, caught by the neck in the fork of a branch, where they
had fallen out of the nests, which are so small and frail that one
wonders how the young contrive to remain in them at all. Should
they drop into the water below they at once fall victims to the waiting
crocodiles. A second visit to this same spot, made on April 16 and 17,
found the birds with eggs and downy young, some of which were
secured, as well as a series of adults. Both sexes incubate, and the
brooding birds are very loath to leave their eggs or young. The half
of the birds off duty at any given time are wont to keep swinging about
overhead in graceful circles, when not actually engaged in fishing.

g. Botaurus lentiginosus (Montagu). BITTERN.

Botaurus lentiginosus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 89 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.).—GUNDLAcH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 192 (I. of Pines).—BaANncs & ZAPPEY,
Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 188 (I. of Pines, ex Cory and Gundlach).—Cooke,
Bull. Biol. Survey, No. 45, 1913, 26 (I. of Pines, ex Gundlach).—ReEap, I. of
Pines News, VI, Dec. 27, 1913 (I. of Pines [ex Cory and Gundlach]).

A winter visitant, apparently rare, the only records being the in-
definite ones cited above, which doubtless all rest on the authority
of Gundlach. The species has been recorded as a casual or accidental
visitant to Jamaica and Porto Rico, and according to Gundlach is rot
rare in western Cuba, so that further records from the Isle of Pines
may be anticipated.

10. Ixobrychus exilis exilis (Gmelin). LEAsT BITTERN.

Ardetia exilis BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 188 (Cienaga).

“Least Bittern’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).—
READ, Odlogist, X XVI, 1909, 58, and XXVII, 1910, 15, and XXVIII, rort, 7 (I.
of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River); XXVIII, rorz, 113 (West McKin-
ley).

Ixobrychus exilis Reap, Odlogist, XXVIII, Igri, 11, and XXX, 1913, 132 (I. of
Pines).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 27, 1913 (I. of Pines).—READ, Bird-
Lore, XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

One specimen: Siguanea.
April 28 is the date of capture, which at least raises a strong presump-

tion of this being a breeding bird, contrary to what Messrs. Bangs and

176 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Zappey indicate. The specimen, an adult male, is rather smaller
than the average (wing, 110 mm.), although it is in fresh plumage;
its posterior under parts are much whiter, in fact, pure white medi-
ally down to the under tail-coverts. Examination of a considerable
series of this species, however, shows that such pale birds are not
localized in their distribution, but occur at such widely separated points
as Sacramento, California (No. 33,353, Collection Museum Compara-
tive Zodlogy), Fort Snelling, Minnesota (No. 189,493, Collection U. S.
National Museum), and Lake Harney, Florida (No. 152,913, Collec-
tion U. S. National Museum), so that they can have no geographical
significance. One other individual was seen by Mr. Link, at Los
Indios early in October, while Mr. Read sets it down in his list as a
common winter resident. In a letter from Mr. Charles T. Ramsden,
of Guantanamo, Cuba, he expresses the opinion that it would be
very difficult to distinguish breeding examples from winter-resident
birds (if, indeed, the northern birds come to Cuba at all), for the reason
that he has found partly incubated eggs on December 10, while it is
improbable that a specimen shot May 10 was other than a breeding
bird. Mr. Zappey found the Least Bittern common in the Cienaga
in March, 1902. Jamaica seems to be its southern breeding limit in
the Antilles.

11. Ardea occidentalis repens Bangs and Zappey. CUBAN GREAT
WHITE HERON.

Ardea repens BANGS & ZappEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 186 (Cienaga and cays
off coast; orig. descr.; type now in coll. Mus. Comp. Zoél.).—ALLEN, Auk,
XXII, 1905, 329, in text (review).—EpiTors, Ibis, 1905, 631, in text (review).
—ReEap, Odlogist, XXVIII, ro11, 11, and XXX, 1913, 132 (I. of Pines, rare).—
Reap, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 27, 1913 (I. of Pines, rare; descr.).

““Great White Heron”? READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines).—READ,
Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, Mar. 13).

“‘Cuban White Heron”’ READ, Odlogist, XXVII, 910, 5, and XXVIII, 1911, 10
(Nuevas River), 146 (Bibijagua); XXX, 1913, 123 (Pine River), 125 (Santa
Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines, Mar. 13).

Ardea herodias repens BANGS, Auk, XXXII, 1915, 484, part (I. of Pines; crit.).

One specimen: El Bobo Lagoon.

MEASUREMENTS.
No. Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. Bill. Tarsus.
r3e24T OF (Cienaga, Tol Pines). 22 trent eee re coreke 440 156 144 72)
412052 9 El Bobo Lagoon, I. of Pines........... 413 152 I2I 154

1 Collection E. A. and O. Bangs. Type.
2 Collection Carnegie Museum.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. iLY(7;

The measurements of this, the second specimen of this rare bird re-
corded from the Isle of Pines, show that it is smaller than the type.
Although apparently fully grown, it is certainly immature, as indicated
by the shreds of downy filaments still adhering to some of the feathers of
the occiput, and by the dark-colored upper mandible. The type-speci-
men, which has been examined in this connection, also looks like an im-
mature, or at least a non-breeding bird, having a dark upper mandible,
and lacking any trace of occipital, scapular, and jugular plumes. It
is of course to be expected that fully adult males in breeding dress
would average somewhat larger, and resemble the Florida bird in their
ornamentation. The smaller size being apparently the only char-
acter separating it from the latter, I prefer to let it stand as a sub-
species. My views regarding the specific distinctness of Ardea occi-
dentalis coincide with those of Mr. Oberholser (Proceedings United
States National Museum, XLIII, 1912, 541), but it may be worth
while to point out that in the matter of size A. occidentalis occi-
dentalis bears exactly the same relation to A. occidentalis repens as does
A. herodias wardi to its West Indian representative, A. herodias adoxa
—a circumstance which may or may not be significant. Additional
specimens of the present form are naturally very desirable. The iris
in the specimen taken by Mr. Link is marked as “‘ straw-color.”’

This heron is rather rare throughout the island, and very shy and
difficult to approach. It is found mostly in the open marshy country,
where there is not enough cover to conceal the movements of the
hunter. The individual secured was surprised near El Bobo Lagoon,
northeast of McKinley, on March 7. Another was repeatedly observed
in October and November along the Majagua River, but eluded all
efforts to approach it within gunshot. Towards the western end of
the Cienaga as many as three were observed together on one occasion
(November 14). One was noted flying overhead near Nueva Gerona.
Although it may readily be distinguished in life from the Egret by its
superior size, it is possible that some of Mr. Read’s records above
quoted may refer to the latter species. Messrs. Palmer and Riley

3 This was written before the appearance of Mr. Bangs’s recent paper (Auk,
XXXII, 1915, 481-484), in which he contends that Ardea occidentalis is merely a
white phase of Ardea herodias wardi. Although he presents no new evidence
bearing on the case, it must be admitted that the presumption in favor of his view
is by no means weak, reasoning by analogy. But it would seem to be a matter
which can be settled only by further and detailed observations in the field.

178 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

saw a few about the cays, and it is probable that the species breeds
on some of the more retired of these islands.

12. Ardea herodias adoxa Oberholser. West INDIAN BLUE HERON.

Ardea herodias (not of Linnzeus) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1851, 427 (Nueva
Gerona, fide Gundlach).—Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 89 (I. of Pines, in
geog. distr.) BANGS & ZAppEY, Am. Nat. XX XIX, 1905, 186 (cays off coast
and the Cienaga; crit.).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 27, 1913 (I. of Pines,
not common; descr.).—READ, Bird-Lore, XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

“Ward's Heron” (error) READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).
—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, I909, 102, and XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines, rare);
XXVIII, ror1r, 10 (Nuevas River), 113 (West unre rare); XXX, 1913,
123 (Pine River).

Ardea herodias adoxa OBERHOLSER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLIII, to12, 544 (I.
of Pines, in geog. distr.)—CookeE, Bull. Biol. Survey, ae. Ais, uous Si) Us Oi
Pines; crit.).

‘‘Great Blue Heron’”’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 168 (Los
Indios).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 25, 1914 (Pine River).

Ardea herodias wardi? READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines); XXX,
1913, 132 (Nuevas River).

Ardea herodias repens (not of Bangs and Zappey?) BANGs, Auk, XXXII, 1915, 484,
part (I. of Pines; crit.).

One specimen: Los Indios.

This bird, shot November 23, is in immature dress, with much more
rufescent suffusion below thanin any of the specimens of A. h. herodias
and A. h. wardi of the same age available for comparison, although no
especial difference in the color of the upper parts is observable. The
middle wing-coverts are old and worn, while the greater and most of
the lesser series are fresh. Without additional material I do not at-
tempt to discuss the claims of this particular form to recognition,
further than to state that it certainly cannot be confused with A. h.
wardt.

Great Blue Herons are rather common throughout the island, and
were noted at almost all the localities visited by Mr. Link, wherever
there was water. They unquestionably breed on certain of the out-
lying cays, whence young in the downy stage brought back by fisher-
men were examined. No nests were discovered on the mainland,
although there is no reason why the birds should not breed there upon
occasion. Mr. Read has also observed them frequently in the course
of his peregrinations in the northern part of the island, but his identi-
fication of the individuals seen as belonging to the Florida form is
obviously in error. He writes that he took but one specimen, which
he shot at Pine River on July 12, I9I1T.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 179

13. Herodias egretta (Gmelin). EGRET.
Ardea egretta Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 89 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
Herodias egretta GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 181 (I. of Pines).—Bancs &

ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 186 (I. of Pines, inland and coastwise; Nueva

Gerona, fide Palmer & Riley; La Vega; formerly abundant).—REaD, Odlogist,

XXVIII, 1911, 11, and XXX, 1913, 132 (I. of Pines).—ReEapD, I. of Pines

News, VI, Dec. 27, 1913 (I. of Pines, rare; descr.).

‘“‘American Egret’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines)

—READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 124, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines).

Three specimens: Pasadita.

Only one of these (No. 41,405, May 28) is in (worn) breeding dress.
The other two, shot on May 23, may also be adults, but they show no
signs of dorsal plumes.

On the Isle of Pines, as elsewhere throughout its range, the Egret
has suffered sadly from the persecution of the plume-hunters, until its
numbers are now but a fraction of what they formerly were. The
few birds which remain, although protected by law, are shot at by the
natives surreptitiously at every opportunity, until they have become
so shy that it is now only by chance that they can be approached at
all. As many as seven together were seen on one occasion at a lagoon
east of the mouth of the Nuevas River, but they easily eluded the
efforts of four gunners to get within range. It is not known precisely
where the local breeding-grounds of this species are at the present time.
Mr. Zappey speaks of seeing Egrets on the coast as well as inland, but
Mr. Link did not observe any except about fresh water.

14. Dichromanassa rufescens (Gmelin). REDDISH EGRET.

Ardea rufescens PoEyY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

A single individual of this species was identified by Mr. Link in a
salt-water marsh at Los Indios on October 7, but eluded capture.
Poey’s record above quoted seems to be the only other known instance
of its occurrence on the island.

15. Florida cerulea (Linneus). LitrtLeE BLUE HERON.

Ardea cerulea PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gund-
lach).—Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 90 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).

Florida cerulea GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 186 (I. of Pines).

“Little Blue Heron”’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).
—READ, OGdlogist, X XVI, 1909, 75, and XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines, common);
XXVII, 1910, 5,and XXVIII, torr, 6, 10, and XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River);
XXVIII, 1911, 113 (West McKinley), 146 (Bibijagua); XXX, 1913, 125, 127
(Santa Barbara).

180 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Florida cerulea cerulescens BANGS & ZAppEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 187
(Guanabana, the Cienaga, and seacoast, common).—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII,
IQII, 11, and XXX, 1913, 132 (I. of Pines)—READ, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44
(McKinley).—ReEap, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 27, 1913 (I. of Pines; descr.).
Eleven specimens: Los Indios and Majagua River.

The series comprises seven white and four blue birds, but only one
of the latter is without any scattering white feathers. These blue
individuals, together with another from Porto Rico, are quite indis-
tinguishable from Florida examples, so far as I can see. Mr. Riley
(Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Quarterly Issue, XLVII,
1904, 279) has adopted the name cerulescens of Latham, based on
birds from Cayenne, as the subspecific appellation of the Little Blue
Herons of the Greater and Lesser Antilles and of Central and South
America, alleging that they are much darker than those of Florida
and farther north. I have not seen any Cayenne examples, but can
find no characters to distinguish Colombian birds, while the series of
Florida specimens studied certainly shows a considerable degree of
individual variation in depth of coloration. But as such variation in
the West Indian birds is fully as great, there is no reason for thinking
that it has any geographical significance.

All observers agree that the Little Blue Heron is the commonest
species of its tribe in the island, both on the coast, cays, and in the
inland districts, wherever there is water. It is particularly numerous
in the Cienaga, however, and is also partial to the brackish lagoons
along the coast. According to Mr. Link’s experience, the blue and
white phases are about equally common at all seasons. He found
several nests in process of construction early in May, all in the man-
groves along the Los Indios River. Except in the breeding-season,
the species was frequently observed in small parties, wading about on
the edges of lagoons, the margins of rivers, and the open marshes.
Not being persecuted as are some of the other herons, it is as a rule
not nearly so shy.

16. Egretta thula thula (Molina). SNowy EGRET.

Leucophoyx candidissima BANGS & ZAppEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 187 (Jucaro
and the Cienaga).

‘‘Snowy Heron’”’ READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).—
READ, Odlogist, X XVI, 1909, 58, and XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines); XXVIII,
r911, 6 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125, 127 (Santa
Barbara), 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona).

Herodias candidissima READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, torr, 11 (I. of Pines).

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 181

Egretta candidissima READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 132 (I. of Pines).
Ardea candidissima READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 27, 1913 (I. of Pines; descr.).
Messrs. Bangs and Zappey state that ‘‘ the Snowy Heron is now very
tare on the Isle of Pines, having been killed off for its plumes. One
was seen in the Cienaga, and at Jucaro a native had a wounded bird
that was kept alive in confinement.’’ Aside from this, the only records
are those by Mr. Read, above quoted. He writes that he took a
specimen December I, 1909, on the Nuevas River, and that he has
since seen several along this same stream. But the possibility of
confusing this species with the white phase of the Little Blue Heron is
so great that it is very doubtful if it occurs as frequently as a perusal
of Mr. Read’s notes would lead us to believe. Mr. Link, indeed,
made a special search for this species, going in pursuit of every small
white heron that he saw, but all turned out to be Little Blue Herons
in the white phase.

17. Hydranassa tricolor ruficollis (Gosse). LOUISIANA HERON.

Ardea leucogaster PoEy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

Ardea tricolor ruficollis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 89 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.).

Hydranassa tricolor ruficollis GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 183 (I. of Pines).—
Bancs & ZApprEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 187 (seacoast, Cienaga, etc.).—
HeELLMAyR, Nov. Zodl., XIII, 1906, 50 (I. of Pines,; meas.).— READ, Odlogist,
XXVIII, torr, 11, and XXX, 1913, 132 (I. of Pines).— READ, I. of Pines News,
VI, Dec. 27, 1913 (I. of Pines; descr.).

“Louisiana Heron’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).—
READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 102, and XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines); XXVIII,
I9gIrI, 10 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, I913, 125 (Santa
Barbara).

Hydranassa tricolor (not of Miiller) REAp, Bird-Lore, XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa
Barbara).

Four specimens: Los Indios and Bird Island.

Two of the Los Indios examples, dated October 1 and 4 respectively,
are in worn breeding dress, while a third, taken May 8, is in full nuptial
plumage. The specimen from Bird Island, shot on October 18, is in
juvenal plumage, the neck and breast being deep rufous, and the
pileum, hind neck, and flanks still bearing remains of the natal down.
All of these specimens have rather more rufous on the throat than the
average Florida bird, possibly indicating divergence in the direction
of the subspecies rufimentum, described from Trinidad by Mr. Hell-
mayr.

182 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Although not so common in the Isle of Pines as the Little Blue
Heron, this bird is still fairly numerous. It is seldom found away
from the salt and brackish waters of the coastal lagoons and the
lower courses of the rivers, where it may often be found in company
with the Little Blue Heron. Mr. Zappey secured a single specimen
in the Cienaga, but the species was observed there by Mr. Link only
at its western end, near Siguanea. No nests were found, but it prob-
ably breeds in May, as does the Little Blue Heron.

18. Butorides virescens cubanus Oberholser. CUBAN GREEN HERON.

Ardea virescens (not of Linnzeus) PoEy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva
Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Butorides virescens maculata (not of Boddaert) BANGS & ZApPPEY, Am. Nat.,
XXXIX, 1905, 188 (Bibijagua and Santa Fé; crit.) —THAYER & BANGS, Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zoél., XLVI, 1905, 142 (Bibijagua and Santa Fé; meas.; crit.).—
READ, Bird-Lore, XIII, tot1, 44 (McKinley).—REap, Odlogist, XXVIII, tort,
II, and XXX, 1913, 132 (I. of Pines).—REApD, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 27,
1913 (1. of Pines, common; descr.).

‘“Green Heron’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).—
READ, OGdlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, ro11, 146 (Bibijagua);
XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River).

“Southern Green Heron’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVII, r910, 5, and XXVIII, ro11,
6, 10 (Nuevas River), 3 (McKinley), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 127
(Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines).

“Little Green Heron’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, torr, 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain,
etc.).

Butorides virescens cubanus OBERHOLSER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLII, 1912, 557
(Santa Fé, Bibijagua, and Nueva Gerona; meas.; crit.).

Butorides virescens brunescens (not Ardea brunescens Lembeye ?) BaANncs, Auk,
XXXII, 1915, 484, part (I. of Pines; crit.).

Six specimens: Los Indios, Nueva Gerona, Jacksonville, and Si-

guanea.
MEASUREMENTS.

No. Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. Bill. Tarsus,
412714 2 Jacksonville MeofmPinesme emcees see eee 166 61 64 48
ATZO840 1Gh © ESiglanea, gl Oieineseiemmrii ciate si cer 165 61 64 47
Zope vor (Cqbehighaakzih letoyqtoyIeUiclo) 4 Gochoaueben ven I79 61 58 53
30205. eGo ACilIntas) PontoukdCcomem aenrieie cri 175 64 54 47
393053 92 Wituado;,, LortoeuRicOneeaeiieaie ces aor 164 58 56 45
286035. A(cur) pe vlantinigiescccrre nena tiene ecko oe 181 70 61 49
280045" (Cour) svlartiniqte: as. miieieee tee 179 64 56 53
Eight adult males from eastern U. S., average.......... 179 65 6r 51

4 Collection Carnegie Museum.
5 Collection Museum Comparative Zodélogy.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 183

Only two of the above are fully mature; the others all show more or
less brownish suffusion on the posterior under parts, a condition very
well marked in No. 39,932 (Nueva Gerona, December 31), which
approaches B. brunescens very closely in this respect, and is moreover
entirely purplish brown above.

The two adults, together with a few examples from other localities,
included for comparison, measure as shown in table on page 182.

In discussing the relationships of the Bahaman form of Butorides
virescens not long since (ANNALS CARNEGIE MUuSEuM, VII, 1911, 410),
I ventured the opinion that the West Indian bird was scarcely or not
at all separable from the typical form. More recently, since the
receipt of the specimens above recorded, I have been led to look into
the question anew, in the light of the rather startling conclusions
reached by Mr. Oberholser in his late revision of the races of this
species (Proceedings U. S. National Museum, XLII, 1912, 529-577).
It is not my purpose at this time to critically review the paper in
question, lacking as I do sufficient material to serve as a basis for a
full discussion, but merely to call attention to several points suggested
by the study and comparison of these specimens. Mr. Riley (Smith-
sonian Miscellaneous Collections, Quarterly Issue, XLVII, 1904, 278)
was apparently the first to note the somewhat smaller size and slightly
different coloration of the Green Heron of the West Indies, for which
he adopted the subspecific name maculata Boddaert. Later Mr.
Clark (Proceedings Boston Society of Natural History, XXXII, 1905,
234) and Messrs. Thayer and Bangs (Bulletin Museum Comparative
Zoology, XLVI, 1905, 143) confirmed Mr. Riley’s observations as to
the smaller size from independent investigation. Mr. Oberholser
now proposes to split up the birds from the Greater and Lesser Antilles
into no less than ezght different races, based on slight variations in
color and relative proportions, the only alternative (so he claims)
being to merge all the West Indian birds, including even those from
the Bahama Islands, with true wirescens. Our present concern is
with the bird of the Isle of Pines, which, together with those of Haiti
and Porto Rico, Mr. Oberholser refers to the Cuban form, which he
calls cubanus. This is described as smaller than true virescens, with
the neck and sides of the head usually lighter, more rufescent, less
purplish, and the abdomen also averaging paler. From maculatus,
which name is restricted to the bird of Martinique, it is said to differ
in its smaller size (except the bill), and in its darker, less purplish neck

184 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

and sides of head. The natural inference would be, therefore, that
maculatus and virescens approximate each other in their characters!
Through the courtesy of Mr. Bangs I have before me the two adult
specimens from Martinique upon which Mr. Oberholser has based his
comparisons. They prove to be very poor skins, with necks unduly
stretched—a feature which makes the colors of the feathers of this
part appear lessintense. “The measurements (which I have confirmed),
it will be noted, are fully up to those of true wrescens, and, although
the neck and sides of the head are slightly paler, it is true, than the
average specimen of that form, it is easy to match their colors in a
series. Even on the assumption that additional material from
Martinique would bear out the trifling differences indicated, formal
separation would seem scarcely justifiable. Admitting that Green
Herons from the West Indies (collectively considered) average slightly
smaller and paler than those from eastern North America, and are
thus possibly worthy of subspecific recognition, it is confusing to find
the only specimens from the type-locality of maculatus, the earliest
name available for the birds of this region, differing so little. Two
male examples from Porto Rico, also, are larger, instead of smaller,
than the average. In short, the variation in size seems so great, on
the whole, and the range in color so subtle and inconstant in character,
- even in specimens from the same locality, that it is only provisionally,
and with great reluctance, that I here recognize the Cuban and Porto
Rican bird as distinct subspecifically. In any case, it is certainly far
less trenchantly defined than the Bahaman race, contrary to Mr.
Oberholser’s implication. After a study of his paper it is difficult to
avoid the impression that he has carried subdivision too far. Surely
the use of trinomials, for which the American school of ornithologists
has contended so long, was never designed to cover such a case as
this. Even admitting that this is largely a matter of individual opin-
ion, it would nevertheless seem true as a general proposition that a
certain amount of variation ought to be allowed a given species
without thereby subjecting it to formal division. There are limits
in refinement beyond which it does not seem profitable to go, and while,
as previously remarked, I am not now in a position to go into further
details in this particular case, I suspect that the acquisition of fresh
material may eventually necessitate a revision of present conclusions.®

6 In this connection I may add that Dr. Thomas Barbour has advised me that
it is absolutely certain, from repeated and extensive observations, that neither the

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 185

The Cuban Green Heron is one of the most abundant of its tribe
in the Isle of Pines, where it prefers the fresh or brackish water of the
rivers or lagoons to the seacoast. In its habits it is not especially
different from the bird of the United States. Messrs. Palmer and Riley
found a nest near Nueva Gerona on July 8, containing two eggs on
the point of hatching. Nests in process of construction, believed to
belong to this species, were found by Mr. Link at Los Indios and Sigu-
anea in March and April, built in the mangroves over the water.

19. Butorides brunescens (Lembeye). CUBAN BROWN HERON.
Butorides brunescens BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 188 (Nueva

Gerona, fide Palmer and Riley).—OBERHOLSER, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,

XXV, 1912, 53 (Nueva Gerona; descr.; crit.)—CoOKE, Bull. Biol. Survey,

No. 45, 1913, 60 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.) READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, I31

(1. of Pines), 132 (West Coast Section, 7. e., Santa Barbara).—READ, I. of Pines

News, VI, Dec. 27, 1913 (Los Indios and west coast, fairly common; rare in

interior; descr.).—READ, Bird-Lore, XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

““Cuban Green Heron’”’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, ro11, 13 (I. of Pines), 114 (West

McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Pine River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara).

Butorides virescens brunescens BANGS, Auk. XXXII, 1915, 484, part (I. of Pines;
crit.).

Five specimens: Los Indios and Nueva Gerona.

Two of these are adult males (October 9 and 28), one with many of
the scapular plumes glaucous gray, while in the other they are almost
entirely bottle-green. The other three specimens are young birds in
various stages of the postjuvenal moult, which involves only the body-
plumage and wing-coverts. In two specimens shot September 30
this moult is just beginning, but in a third, taken February 1, it is
far advanced. The iris is marked as “ light yellow.”

For a full account of this species the paper by Mr. Oberholser, above
quoted, should be consulted. While I agree with his conclusions as to
the status of this form it may be well to call attention again to the
brown-bellied specimen of Butorides virescens cubanus noted under the
head of that species, and which suggests an approach to the present
form.

Described originally from Cuba, where it was said by Gundlach to
be very rare, it has long been suspected to be merely a color-phase
Green Heron nor any other heron breeds on Swan Island, in the Caribbean Sea,
the few individuals which have been observed there being unquestionably migrants,
remaining for but a few days at a time. This circumstance of course disposes

definitely of Butorides virescens saturatus as a resident form peculiar to the island
in question.

186 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

of the Green Heron of that island, and as very little seems to have
been put on record concerning its habits, and as so few specimens have
found their way into collections, its true status has been open to con-
siderable doubt, the more so as dichromatism in this family is of such
frequent occurrence. Two specimens were taken by Messrs. Palmer
and Riley near Nueva Gerona, and after comparing these and a few
others from Cuba with examples of the various forms of Butorides
virescens, Mr. Oberholser is satisfied that they are specifically distinct.
Quite recently, however, Mr. Bangs, in a paper to which the reader is
referred above, re-asserts his views to the contrary, putting forth some
new and interesting evidence on the point at issue.

So far at least as the Isle of Pines is concerned, the present species
is far from being the rare bird it has hitherto been supposed to be.
Mr. Read has noted what he believes to have been this form on several
occasions, and Mr. Link found it not uncommon at Los Indios. Its
favorite haunts were in the mangroves along the seacoast, where it
contrived to keep well concealed, slipping through the roots when
disturbed in the manner of the Clapper Rail, instead of seeking to
escape by flight, as does the Cuban Green Heron under similar
circumstances. Its alarm-note or ‘‘ squawk,”’ too, is so different from
that of the other species as to be unmistakable. All of these points
in its life-history are interesting, tending to confirm its claim to specific
distinctness.

20. Nycticorax nycticorax nevius (Boddaert). BLACK-CROWNED
NIGHT HERON.

Nycticorax vulgaris PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, /ide
Gundlach).

Nycticorax nycticorax nevius Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 90 (I. of Pines, in
geog. distr.) —Bancs & Zappry, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 188 (Bibijagua;
Poey’s record).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 27, 1913 (I. of Pines; descr.).
—READ, Bird-Lore, XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

Nycticorax ne@vius GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 193 (I. of Pines).

‘‘Black-crowned Night Heron’? READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 123 (Pine River),
125 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios).

One specimen: Los Indios.

This species is apparently not nearly so common as the Yellow-
crowned Night Heron in the Isle of Pines. Although recorded by both
Poey, Cory, and Gundlach, it seems to have been noted but infre-
quently by Mr. Read, while Mr. Link secured only one specimen, a

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 187

young bird, much tinged with rusty on the upper parts and wing-
coverts, shot at Los Indios on October 2. However, he found it rather
numerous, but for some reason very shy, in the Cienaga near Sigu-
anea in November and April. Mr. Zappey saw a flock at a fresh-
water lagoon in the northern part of the island in March, 1902, and
two others at Bibijagua. Nothing is known at present regarding its
breeding haunts in the island.

21. Nyctanassa violacea (Linnzus). YELLOW-CROWNED NIGHT
HERON.

Nycticorax violaceus PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).—Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 90 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).—
READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 27, 1913 (J. of Pines; descr.).

Nyctherodius violaceus GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 194 (I. of Pines).

Nyctanassa violacea BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 188 (I. of Pines,
ex Poey, Cory, and Gundlach).—REeEap, Odlogist, XXX, I913, 132 (‘‘south
coast’’).

“‘Vellow-throated [sic] Night Heron” REAp, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 6 (Nuevas
River).

““Vellow-crowned Night Heron” REaAp, Odlogist, XXVIII, I9rI, 13, and XXX,
1913, 131 (I. of Pines), 123 (Pine River), 125 (Santa Barbara).

Six specimens: Los Indios, Majagua River, and Caleta Grande.

All but two of this series are in juvenal dress, and even these two
are not fully mature, as shown by the brownish feathers of the pileum
and the dusky tinge of the back. These were secured in late October
and early November. The individual from Caleta Grande, although
otherwise in immature dress, is acquiring the long white occipital
plumes. The series of this species examined shows much variation,
which, however, is quite independent of locality. Needless to add,
I can see no ground for assuming a color-change in the feathers
themselves to account for any of this variation, as suggested by
Baird, Brewer, & Ridgway (Water Birds of North America, I, 1884,
63).

In addition to the localities above quoted, Mr. Link saw this species
at Bibijagua on the north coast, while at the western end of the
Cienaga, near Siguanea, it was quite common (but very shy) in No-~
vember, occurring sometimes singly, but more often in small parties,
about the edges of the marsh or in the mangroves. Nothing was.
learned concerning its breeding haunts or habits.

188 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

22. Ajaia ajaja (Linneus). ROSEATE SPOONBILL.

Platalea ajaja Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gund-
lach).—GUuNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 195 (I. of Pines).

Ajaia ajaja Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 88 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).—
Bancs & Zappey, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 189 (I. of Pines; Poey’s record).—
Cooke, Bull. Biol. Survey, No. 45, 1913, 12 (I. of Pines, ex Poey).

“Roseate Spoonbill’ REApD, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines, fide G. A. Link).
One specimen: Los Indios.

Mr. Link was so fortunate as to secure a fine adult of this species,
shot in the swampy country near Los Indios, October 3, 1912. Within
a few days of this date a few others were seen in the vicinity, all very
shy, however. Poey recorded the species many years ago, but the
supposition was that it had been extirpated, so that the present record
becomes of more than usual interest. The natives say that it breeds
in the island, which seems not unlikely.

23. Guara alba (Linneus). WHITE [BIs.

Ibis alba Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Guara alba Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 88 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).—
GuNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 199 (I. of Pines).—CookgE, Bull. Biol. Survey,
No. 45, 1913, 14 (I. of Pines, ex Bangs and Zappey).

Eudocimus albus BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 188 (Pasadita and the
Cienaga; habits).

““White Ibis’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 6, 10, and XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas
River); XXVIII, rorr, 13, and XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines), 125 (Santa Bar-
bara), 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los Indios).

Twelve specimens: Los Indios, Bibijagua, and Siguanea.
According to Baird, Brewer, & Ridgway (Water Birds of North

America, I, 1884, 90), this species exhibits a range of individual vari-

ation in size not exceeded by that in any member of the family. The

examination of a series of carefully sexed specimens from various
sections shows that this difference is not individual, but sexual, males
being decidedly larger than females, the bill especially. Audubon

(Ornithological Biography, 111, 1835, 176) remarks that the male has

five outer primaries tipped with black, while the female has but four

thus marked, these figures holding good with but four exceptions in a

series of one hundred individuals examined (the exceptions being

very old females, which were like the males). Not one of the speci-
mens before me, however, shows more than four primaries with dark
tips, while two specimens, both females, have but three. Most of the

Isle of Pines series are immature birds, with the dusky-spotted head

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 189

and neck and dark back and wings characteristic of this stage. In-
dividuals in first nuptial dress are like the adults except for the dusky
mottling of the head and neck, which persists from the juvenal
plumage, and similar indications on the subterminal portion of the
cuter primaries. Several of the immature birds above recorded show
scattered white feathers in the dark areas, but I am not sure that such
indicate the onset of a moult; they were more probably acquired at the
same time with the others, showing as they do the same degree of wear.
This is one of the commonest and most characteristic water-birds
of the island. Although of course not found in the dry parts of the
interior, it is generally distributed wherever there is water, particularly
about the coastal lagoons and the larger streams, where it affects the
mangrove growths. It is naturally very abundant in the Cienaga,
flocks of forty or fifty having often been seen near Pasadita by Mr.
Zappey. This observer says that the inhabitants sometimes catch
and tame the young birds, which will associate with the domestic
fowls and feed on table scraps. Mr. Link found the White Ibis very
numerous at the western end of the Cienaga, near Siguanea, in
October and April, at both of which seasons it was observed in flocks.
No nests were found, nor yet any very young birds. Its food consists
of crabs, snails, frogs, and lizards. Its flesh is regarded as very good.

24. Mycteria americana Linneus. Woop IBIs.
Tantalus loculator Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 89 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).

—BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 189 (I. of Pines, ex Cory).
Mycteria americana COOKE, Bull. Biol. Survey, No. 45, 1913, 22 (I. of Pines, ex

Cory).

There is of course no reason why the Wood Ibis should not occur in
the Isle of Pines as well as in Cuba, but the only published record is
the very indefinite one above quoted. It was described to Mr. Link
by one of his guides as having been seen on one occasion near the Casas
Mountains shortly after the close of the Spanish War, but none have
been observed for many years.

25. Pheenicopterus ruber Linneus. FLAMINGO.

Phenicopterus ruber Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 88 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.) —-GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 255 (I. of Pines)—Bancs & ZAPPEY,
Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 189 (Punta del Este and Bibijagua).—CooxkeE, Bull.
Biol. Survey, No. 45, 1913, 10 (I. of Pines, ex Gundlach).

Although the Flamingo is attributed to the Isle of Pines by Mr. Cory,
presumably on the authority of Gundlach, as well as by Gundlach

190 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

himself, the first definite and circumstantial record is that given by
Messrs. Bangs & Zappey: ‘‘ A few Flamingoes inhabit Punta del Este
and Bibijagua. None were seen alive, but one morning the tracks of
about a dozen were found in the mud, and on another occasion three
individuals that had just been shot by a native were examined.”’
Mr. Link made special search and inquiry for this species, but without

south coast’’ and in the
Cienaga, however, which still remains a ferra incognita, ornithologically

result. There is a considerable area on the

speaking, and it is entirely possible that Flamingoes may yet be found
breeding somewhere in these parts, since it seems unlikely that they
would stray all the way from Cuba.

26. Querquedula discors (Linnezus). BLUE-WINGED TEAL.
Querquedula discors BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 189 (Cienaga).

Two specimens: Rincon Lagoon.

A winter resident in the Isle of Pines, as elsewhere in the West
Indies. Mr. Zappey found it in considerable numbers in the Cienaga
in March, 1902, although none were seen on his second trip, all prob-
ably having already gone north. Mr. Link met with the species but
once (February 21), on which occasion he shot two fine adult males
from a flock of twelve birds encountered at a lagoon near Bibijagua.

27. Dendrocygna arborea (Linnzus). ANTILLEAN TREE DUCK.

Dendrocygna arborea Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 87 (1. of Pines, in geog.
distr.).—BANGS & ZAPPpEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 189 (Santa Fé and the
Cienaga; habits)—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, I909, I90, and XXVIII, 1911, 11
(1. of Pines).

“‘West Indian Tree Duck”’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 6, and XXX, 1913, 123
(Nuevas River); XXVIII, torr, 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa
Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines).

Six specimens: Siguanea.

One shot November 14 is in worn and faded breeding dress, but
the other five, taken April 26 and 28, are in perfectly fresh plumage.
All were shot at the western end of the Cienaga near Siguanea, where
the species was quite common. Mr. Zappey found it numerous also
in May, in the eastern part of the Cienaga. ‘*‘ During the day it
keeps concealed in the Cienaga, but in the evening, toward dusk, it
leaves the swamps to feed in the royal palms, alighting. on the trees
and picking off the berries. One night a half a dozen or so alighted
in the palms in the plaza at Santa Fe. The call note of this bird is

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 191

much like that of the Wood Duck (Aix sponsa).’’ Mr. Read has
noted it several times in the northern part of the island, along the
Nuevas River. Mr. Link observed a few at Rincon Lagoon, also
along the Los Indios River, and at Pasadita. It was never seen
swimming about in the water like other ducks, but usually wading
about in the swamps, or perched in the adjoining mangroves. The
stomachs of those examined contained grass. The natives sometimes
tame the young birds, several of which were seen running about the
houses like domestic ducks. No nesting records were obtained.

28. Chen hyperboreus nivalis (Forster), GREATER SNOW GOOSE.

Chen hyperborea nivalis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 87 (I. of Pines, in
geog. distr.) BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 189 (I. of Pines, ex
Cory and Gundlach).—CookeE, Bull. Biol. Survey, No. 26, 1906, 67 (I. of Pines
[ex Gundlach]).

Chen hyperboreus GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 257 (I. of Pines).

According to Gundlach this species has appeared in Cuba as a
winter resident in considerable numbers, and he records it from the
Isle of Pines without special comment, although it has not been
detected there by any of the more recent workers. It has been recorded
from Jamaica, however, as well as from Porto Rico, but according to
Prof. Cooke is not common asa rule anywhere south of North Carolina.

29. Cathartes aura aura (Linneus). SOUTHERN TURKEY VULTURE.

Cathartes aura PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach; habits).—Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 98 (1. of Pines, in geog.
distr.).—NELSON, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XVIII, 1905, 122 (I. of Pines;
crit.).—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, t9r1, 11 (I. of Pines).

Cathartes aura aura BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 190 (Santa Fé;
crit.; meas.).—READ, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45,
and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

(2?) Carrion Crow”’ READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines), 102 (crit.; ‘‘ prob-
ably an immature Turkey Buzzard’’).

“Turkey Buzzard’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1900, 452 (I. of Pines).—
READ, Odlogist, XXVI, I909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, rt910, 84 (Los Tres
Hermanos Mountains); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley).

““Southern Turkey Buzzard’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVII, 1910, 5, and XXVIII, rort,
6, to (Nuevas River), 3 (McKinley), 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.), 7
Cafiada Mountains, etc.), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa
Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los
Indios).

(?) Catharista uruba [sic] READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, tort, 11 (crit.; “‘possibly an
immature Turkey Buzzard’’).

One specimen: Los Indios.

192 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Mr. Nelson refers specimens of the Turkey Vulture from the Isle
of Pines, Cuba, southern Mexico, and Central America to true aura
of Linnzus, which he distinguishes from the northern form (C. a.
septentrionalis Wied) by its smaller size, narrower and less well-
marked brown borders to the feathers of the back, and the usually
lighter color of the shafts of the primaries. The Los Indios skin (a
female) measures as follows: wing, 495; tail, 245; tarsus, 60. It is
appreciably darker and blacker below, especially posteriorly, than any
of the northern examples with which I have been able to compare it,
and while it has less brown above than the average northern bird,
it can be matched very closely by a skin from Colorado. The only
other specimen of supposedly true aura at present available is a
female from Mamatoco, near Santa Marta, Colombia. This measures
as follows: wing, 502; tail, 257; tarsus, 65. It is absolutely the same
as northern birds in color, and exceeds several of them in size. Although
the series of this species at hand for study is admittedly small, it leaves
the impression that the characters relied on to distinguish the two
supposed races are too slight and inconstant to justify any such formal
separation. At any rate, not one of the individuals measured is as
large as those referred to by Mr. Nelson, although several are in fine
fresh plumage. No Brazilian skins have been seen; they are said to
be decidedly smaller.

This is one of the most common and universally distributed large
birds of the island. Poey refers at some length to the habits of this
vulture as observed on the north coast, and the references above listed
will serve as a summary of the numerous published records of later
observers. As elsewhere in the tropical regions of the New World,
it is numerous in the vicinity of towns and cultivated lands, where it
is seldom molested, being valued so highly for its services as a scaven-
ger. Mr. Link in the month of June found it frequenting crevices in the
rocks near the top of the Casas Mountains, where it was doubtless
nesting.

30. Rostrhamus sociabilis (Vieillot). LE VERGLADE KITE.

Rostrhamus sociabilis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 98 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.) —-GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 14 (I. of Pines)—BANGS & ZAPPEY,
Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 191 (Cienaga and Santa Rosalia Lagoon; food).

‘‘Everglade Kite’’ READ, I. of Pines News, VI, May 30, 1914 (I. of Pines).

Gundlach says that this species is very common in the Zapata
Swamp in Cuba and in the Isle of Pines. Mr. Zappey found it

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 193

common in the Cienaga, where, however, it was not met with by Mr.
Link, although he made special search. It may be of very local dis-
tribution, or possibly its numbers have been reduced in the last few
years almost to the vanishing point. Mr. Read seems not to have
encountered it either, and it is difficult to account for its apparent
absence.

31. Circus hudsonius (Linneus). Marsu Hawk.

“Marsh Hawk” REap, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 224 (I. of Pines); X XVII, 1910, 15
(I. of Pines; migr.); XXVIII, to11, 7 (I. of Pines, Nov. 26), 114 (West Mc-
Kinley, Oct.); XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines, winter).

Circus hudsonius READ, OGdlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines); I. of Pines News,
VI, May 30, to14 (I. of Pines, winter).

One specimen: Los Indios.

A winter resident, apparently not very common. Mr. Link saw
a few in the marshy country around Los Indios and the Majagua
River from October on, securing a single bird on January 13. Mr.
Read has observed it several times in the northwestern part of the
island, his earliest fall record being October 12 (1909). According to
Gundlach it is not rare in Cuba, although not known from any of the
Other Antilles.

Buteo platypterus cubanensis Burns. CUBAN BROAD-WINGED HAWK.

“Broad-winged Hawk’’ REAp, Odlogist, XXVII, 1910, 84 (Los Tres Hermanos

Mountains); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines).

Buteo platypterus cubanensis BuRNS, Wilson Bull., XVIII, 1911, 148, in text (diag.),

195 ([Los] Tres Hermanos Mountains, fide Read).

Buieo platypterus READ, I. of Pines News, VI, May 30, 1914 (I. of Pines).

Mr. Frank L. Burns has ventured to separate (provisionally at least) the Broad-
winged Hawk of Cuba and Porto Rico under the above name. The only record
for the Isle of Pines is based on a field-glass identification by Mr. Read, who says
that he saw a pair circling about the crown of Los Tres Hermanos Mountains, near
Nueva Gerona, on April 3, 1910. While there is of course nothing intrinsically
improbable in the occurrence of this species in the island, it is deemed best not to
formally admit it to the present list until more conclusive evidence is adduced.

32. Urubitinga gundlachii (Cabanis). _CuBAN Crap HAwE.

Hypomorphus gundlachi Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona,
fide Gundlach).

Urubitinga anthracina (not Falco anthracinus Lichtenstein) Cory, Cat. W. Indian
Birds, 1892, 99 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.) —GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 18,
19 (I. of Pines; nesting).—BANGS & ZApPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 191 (I.
of Pines, ex Poey; crit.).

194 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Urubitinga gundlachii BANGS, Auk, XXII, 1905, 307 (I. of Pines, ex Gundlach;
crit.).—READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 131 (1. of Pines); I. of Pines News, VI, May
30, I914 (Cienaga and ‘‘ south coast;’’ descr.; nesting).

“Cuban Crab Hawk” REap, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 168 (Los
Indios).

Seven specimens: Los Indios and Caleta Grande.

Many years ago Poey recorded this species from the Isle of Pines
on the authority of Gundlach, which author later speaks of having
found a nest there, built in a “ jucaro’’ tree, and constructed of twigs
like those of other hawks. ‘‘ The egg was dirty white with a greenish
tinge. At the larger end were some very pale lilac spots. The di-
mensions were 58 by 45 millimeters.’’ (Translation.) Mr. Zappey
failed to meet with the species in the island, however, and in the
absence of specimens Mr. Bangs was perforce obliged to follow
Gundlach and other authors in considering it the same as the conti-
nental species, U. anthracina. Shortly thereafter, however, the
receipt of a fine pair of adults from the coast of Cuba afforded
the much desired opportunity for comparison, which showed that
the Cuban and continental forms were quite distinct. The present
series, which includes two adult birds, abundantly confirms this
conclusion, although I cannot agree with Mr. Bangs that U. gundlachii
is only distantly related to U. anthracina. In form, proportions, and
style of coloration the two species are practically alike, but they may
be separated at a glance by their different colors. U. gundlachii is
chocolate-brown, with a slight purplish gloss, where U. anthracina
is black, except the tail, which is about the same color in both. The
bases of the remiges are broadly white underneath in U. gundlachii,
but merely mottled with white in U. anthracina. With a fairly
representative series of the latter before me, I fail to appreciate any
constant differences in the position and extent of the white bands on
the tail, to which Mr. Bangs calls attention. In fact, this is a variable
character in U. anthracina at least, and little importance can be
attached to it. The feathers of the upper parts are decidedly paler
basally in U. gundlachii than in U. anthracina, and the outer webs of
the primaries lighter gray. Immature birds, too, are duller in color
than those of U. anthracina, and the barring on the tibie and tail
is not so coarse. The iris is given as dark brown in the adults and
light brown in the young.

Mr. Link met with this species only in the southwestern part of the

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 195

island, at Caleta Grande, Los Indios, and near the mouth of the Ma-
jagua River. Invariably it was found among the mangroves, on the
lookout for the various kinds of crabs which constitute its main article
of diet. It was singularly tame and unsuspecting, and could be
approached without special precautions. It was usually observed
singly, and never more than two together. About a dozen or fifteen
individuals in all were observed, so that it can scarcely be considered
acommon bird. Mr. Read claims to have seen it on the Santa Barbara
tract.

33. Falco peregrinus anatum Bonaparte. Duck Hawk.

Falco peregrinus anatum BANGS & ZApprEy, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, tot (I. of
Pines).
*““Duck Hawk” READ, I. of Pines News, VI, May 30, 1914 (I. of Pines).
A winter resident in the West Indies. The only Isle of Pines record
is that quoted above, which refers to a bird examined in March, 1902,
by Mr. Zappey, under somewhat unusual circumstances. It had
“struck and killed a hen, and being either unable or unwilling to
let go, was chopped to pieces by some natives with their machetes.”

34. Falco columbarius columbarius Linneus. PIGEON HAwk.

Falco columbarius Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 99 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).

Hypotriorchis columbarius GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 29 (I. of Pines).

Falco columbarius columbarius BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, I9QI
(1. of Pines, ex Cory and Gundlach).

Like the last a winter resident, but much more numerous, having
been repeatedly observed by Mr. Link at Los Indios in September,
following the immense flocks of doves which were frequenting the
open country at that season. On one occasion an individual was
noted in pursuit of a pair of the larger pigeons (Columba inornata
proxima). None were noticed in the spring, however.

35. Falco sparverioides Vigors. CUBAN SPARROW HAWK.

Falco sparverius (not of Linneus) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva
Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Cerchneis sparveria dominicensis (not Falco dominicensis Gmelin) BANGS & ZAPPEY,
Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, ror (Santa Fé, San Juan, Jucaro, Laguna Grande, and
Los Almacigos; plum.; habits)—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, ror1, 11 (I. of
Pines); I. of Pines News, VI, May 30, 1914 (I. of Pines; descr.; habits).

“Cuban Sparrow Hawk”’ Reap, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1900, A521 OF
Pines).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58, 102, and XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines);
XXVII, 1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 3 (McKinley

196 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

and Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.), 6, I0, 123 (Nuevas River), 7 (Cafiada

Mountains, etc.), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 125
(Santa Barbara).

Falco sparverioides READ, Bird-Lore, XIII, t911, 44 (McKinley); XV. 1913, 45,
and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

Falco sparverius sparveroides BANGS, Auk, XXXII, 1915, 484 (I. of Pines; crit.)-
Thirteen specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indios, and Nueva Gerona.
Three of the males have the back immaculate, but in the other

males it is spotted, and in one case as heavily barred as in F. sparverius

loquacula of Porto Rico. The spotting on the sides is prominent in
some specimens, but absent in others. The tail-pattern, however,
is fairly constant—far more so than in the Porto Rican bird. The
rufous crown-spot is barely indicated in a few of the males, but in
several of the females it is large and prominent. In only one of the
females do the markings of the under surface approximate in intensity

the average of those in true F. sparverius. Males taken July 9 and 11

are in the midst of the postnuptial moult. Only one specimen of this

series is in the dark phase.

If this form is a distinct species, as ranked by most authors, its
distribution is certainly most peculiar, occupying as it does an area
between that of two other forms which are unquestionably merely
geographic races of F. sparverius, the range of which thereby becomes
discontinuous. According to Mr. Cory (Catalogue of West Indian
Birds, 1892, 139) the Santo Domingo bird ( Falco dominicensis Gmelin)
is separable from that of Cuba, differing in having no dark phase, as
well as in other respects. Mr. Cory bases his statement on the ex-
amination of no less than forty-six specimens from Haiti and Santo
Domingo. If he is correct, there can remain no valid reason for
refusing recognition to dominicensis as an insular race of sparverius.
A due regard for consistency would require also that the light phase
of the Cuban bird (to which Mr. Ridgway applied the name leucophrys
in 1870), be recognized in a similar way, but complications immedi-
ately arise upon attempting to include the dark phase in such an
arrangement. The case has been very fully discussed by Mr. Chap-
man (Bulletin American Museum of Natural History, 1V, 1892, 295),
who points out that the dichromatism in this species is unusual in
that it involves also certain changes in the pattern of coloration.
That such a striking variation should have developed in only a com-
paratively restricted portion of the range of the Falco sparverius

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 197

group makes the case all the more remarkable and interesting, and
suggests that while the light phase is probably subspecifically related
to F. sparverius, as already intimated, the dark phase may be in
reality a distinct species, which is common in Cuba and rare in the
Isle of Pines, but does not extend to Haiti and Santo Domingo.
Indeed, this was substantially the view of the case accepted by the
earlier authors. As far back as 1855, however, Gundlach (Journal
fiir Ornithologie, ‘‘ 1854,’’ 1855, extraheft, p. Ixxxiv), insisted that
such could not be the case, since he had found the two supposed species
paired together. On the strength of a series of specimens sent by him
to the U. S. National Museum Mr. Ridgway (Avwk, VIII, 1891, 113)
accepted this conclusion, which so far as I am aware has not been
seriously questioned since. It is significant, however, that Mr. Chap-
man, in the paper referred to above, says that of all the Sparrow Hawks
secured or observed by him in Cuba, light and dark, on no occasion
did he find birds of different phases mated. That such unions occa-
sionally occur, however, can scarcely be questioned in view of Gund-
lach’s testimony, but the fact need in no way militate against the view
here advanced that two species may be involved. The variability
of the dark birds would then be explainable by what we now know of
the laws of inheritance, and even the fact (if it 7s a fact) alleged by Mr.
Cory, that light and dark birds have been taken from the same nest,
on a similar hypothesis. This is certainly a case demanding further
investigation in the field, as in no other way can a final conclusion be
reached. While I do not venture at present to make the formal
nomenclatural shift indicated, I predict that this will eventually be
found necessary. _

The recognition of a genus Cerchneis for the American Sparrow
Hawks, while doubtless justifiable, seems to me to involve also the
raising of certain other groups of Falco to generic rank, and as I have
neither the time nor the material for an investigation of this kind, I
follow for the present the nomenclature of the American Ornithologists’
Union Check List of North American Birds.

This is the commonest hawk in the Isle of Pines, being generally
distributed in the drier parts, back from the coast and the rivers.
Nests with young birds were found about Nueva Gerona and Los
Indios in April and May, built in holes in dead palm- and pine-trees,
twenty or thirty feet up. The birds of this species are wont to follow
the fires kindled by the natives in clearing the land of brush and

198 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

grass, feeding on the lizards dislodged by the flames. Mr. Zappey saw
but a single individual in the dark phase, Mr. Link only one, and
Messrs: Palmer and Riley none at all, which circumstance tends to
show how rare it is in the island as compared with Cuba.

36. Polyborus cheriway (Jacquin). AUDUBON CARACARA.

Polyborus vulgaris PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

Polyborus cheriway Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 99 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—BANGS & ZApPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 191 (Santa Fé; habits).—REaD,
OGdlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines)—READ, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44
(McKinley); XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara); I. of Pines News, VI, May 30,
1914 (I. of Pines).

“Caracara’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913,
125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (1. of Pines).

One specimen: Nueva Gerona.

The Caracara is confined in the West Indies to Cuba and the Isle
of Pines, where it is not a common bird, and is moreover shy and
difficult of approach. Messrs. Palmer and Riley saw one each at both
Manigua and Nueva Gerona, and Mr. Link secured a single immature
example at the latter locality on January 29. Others were observed
at Los Indios and Bibijagua, and on one occasion, near Santa Fé, as
many as a half-dozen together, feeding on the carcass of a cow. In-
dividuals were repeatedly seen following in the wake of the fires started
to burn off the old crop of grass, in search of the bodies of the lizards,
snails, etc., which were left behind. The specimen secured by Mr.
Zappey near Santa Fé is said to be indistinguishable from Florida

examples.

37. Pandion haliaétus carolinensis (Gmelin). OSPREY.

Pandion haliaétus carolinensis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 99 (I. of Pines,
in geog. distr.)—BANGS & ZAppry, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 192 (I. of Pines,
ex Cory).

‘““Fish Hawk”’ Reap, I. of Pines News, VI, May 30, rorq (I. of Pines).

This species is recorded by Mr. Cory, but was not observed either
by Mr. Zappey or Messrs. Palmer and Riley, nor has Mr. Read ever
met with it. The single individual noted by Mr. Link was seen at
Caleta Grande on April 21, sailing about high overhead. It is un-
accountably rare in this section.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 199

38. Colinus cubanensis (Gould). CuBAN BoB-WHITE.

Colinus cubanensis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 96 (I. of Pines, in geog,
distr.).—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 171 (I. of Pines)—BANGS & ZAPPEY.
Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 192 (Santa Fé, Nueva Gerona, and Cayo Bonito).—
READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 102, and XXVIII, tort, 13 (I. of Pines).—REap,
Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, t914, 50 (Santa Barbara).—READ, I. of Pines
News, VI, Apr. 18, 1914 (I. of Pines; habits).

“*Bob-white’’ READ, Odlogist, X XVI, 1909, 57 (1. of Pines).

“Quail’”’ REApD, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines), 102 (crit.).

“‘Cuban Bob-white’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).
—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, torr, 13 (West McKinley).

“Cuban Quail’’ Reap, Odlogist, XXVIII, tort, 3, 5 (McKinley; nesting), to, and
XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines),
164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los Indios).

Twelve specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indios, and Nueva Gerona.

No two of the males in this series are exactly alike. Several have
the under surface from the breast down more or less spotted with buffy
white in irregular pattern: these are doubtless younger birds in first
winter or first nuptial dress, according to season. But even in the
case of individuals presumably adult there is much variation as regards
the character and extent of the black streaking on the lower breast.

Although given by some authors as a subspecies of C. virginianus,
this form is clearly entitled to rank as a full species, being indeed closer
to some of the Mexican forms than to that of peninsular Florida. The
latter, however, has been introduced into Cuba, where it has interbred
with the native species to such an extent that in many localities it
is now difficult, so Dr. Thomas Barbour tells me, to secure specimens
which do not show traces of such mixed ancestry. The Isle of Pines
birds, however, are presumably pure-bred.

Except in the breeding season, which extends from May to July,
the Cuban Bob-white is generally found in coveys or family groups,
frequenting the dry pastures, especially where there are low palmettos
for shelter. In notes and habits it closely resembles C. virginianus.
A nest with ten eggs was found July 10, 1912, on the El Bobo planta-
tion northeast of McKinley, and Mr. Read mentions having found
young birds just able to fly on August I, near the same place. Indeed
he claims that this species breeds more than once in a season. ‘The
eggs are pure white, unmarked, like those of C. virginianus. The
species is common and generally distributed throughout the dry in-
terior of the island, but is of course absent from the region south of
the Cienaga. Being one of the recognized game-birds, it is hunted

200 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

by the inhabitants for food and sport during the open season, from
September to April inclusive. In spite of this, and of the death of
many young birds which perish during the rainy season, it appears to
be holding its own fairly well. It is like the Bob-white of the north
in being a great destroyer of noxious insects, and a covey on a
plantation is an invaluable asset.

39. Rallus elegans ramsdeni Riley. CuBAN KING RAIL.

Rallus elegans? (not of Audubon) BANGS & ZAppEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 192
(Cienaga).

(?) ‘Virginia Rail?’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 7, 13, and XXX, 1913, 131
(1. of Pines).

Two specimens: Siguanea.

MEASUREMENTS.

No. Sex. Locality. Wing. = Tail. Bill. Tarsus
413047 Q Siguanea ye levohsein Csr eter eien I4I 53 46 52
413057 ou, =sisuanea, Te of Pinesscam soe crs oe I50 60 57 54
2234789 iG) a Guantanamo, Cubase weir eis I49 53 57 54.5
Four adult males from eastern U.S.,average....... 166 68 58.5 58.5

Although the King Rail was long ago recorded as resident in Cuba
by Gundlach, no specimens seem to have found their way into col-
lections until quite recently, when Mr. Charles T. Ramsden sent a
small series to the U. S. National Museum for examination. Mr.
Joseph H. Riley was thus enabled to prove the correctness of his sur-
mise as to the distinctness of the Cuban bird, which he accordingly
named in honor of Mr. Ramsden (Proceedings Biological Society
cf Washington, XXVI, 1913, 83). As might be expected, the Isle of
Pines bird also belongs to the same small, pale race. The two speci-
mens above recorded, although not actually compared with the type
of ramsdeni, differ from examples from the eastern United States in
the chief respects pointed out in Mr. Riley’s diagnosis. Besides being
smaller, they have much whiter throats and bellies, and the color of
the breast also is decidedly paler, less rufescent, than in the dullest
‘sides of
head behind eye paler’’ holds only for the female, the male being
different, more like elegans, in this respect, so that this can scarcely

‘

colored skins of true elegans available. The statement

be used as a diagnostic character.
Besides the pair taken at Siguanea, several others were seen there,

7 Collection Carnegie Museum.
8 Collection U. S. National Museum; measurements as given by Mr. Riley.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 201

all in fresh or nearly fresh water. It was found at Los Indios also,
about three miles up the river from the coast, and one was shot at
Pasadita, in the Cienaga, the latter part of May, but not preserved.
Mr. Zappey secured several specimens at the latter locality in March,
1902, but because he did not chance to get any on his second trip he
inferred that the species did not breed in the island. We now know,
however, that it is a resident in the fresh-water marshes of both Cuba
and the Isle of Pines, and doubtless all the birds seen by Mr. Link
were breeding at the time. The ‘“ Virginia Rail’’ mentioned by Mr.
Read as having been noted on sundry occasions (in fresh-water sloughs
only) is doubtfully referred to the present species, no specimens
having been taken.

40. Rallus longirostris leucopheus Todd. ISLE oF PINES CLAPPER

RAIL.
(?) “Virginia Rail?’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, I911, 146 (Bibijagua).
Rallus longirostris leacopheus Topp, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XXVI, 1913,

174 (Majagua River; orig. descr.; type in coll. Carnegie Museum).

Eight specimens: Los Indios and Majagua River.

Type, No. 39,717, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Ma-
jagua River, Isle of Pines, November 7, 1912; Gustav A. Link.

Description.—General color of upper parts deep clove-brown or
brownish black with an olivaceous shade, all the feathers margined
with neutral gray, giving a streaked appearance, these edgings very
broad and prominent on the scapulars and tertiaries; tail like the back;
wings dull brown, the “upper coverts strongly shaded with buffy
brown, the under coverts and axillaries dusky, narrowly barred with
white; crown and back of the neck like the back, but duller, and the
gray edgings indistinct; sides of head and neck dull grayish; suborbital
spot and supraloral streak dull buffy white; throat white; lower throat
and upper breast suffused with ochraceous buff; lower breast and
abdomen (medially) dull white, the sides of the latter dusky, barred
with white; under tail-coverts mostly white, with indistinct broad
dusky barring; “ iris dark brown.”

MEASUREMENTS OF ADULTS.

No. Sex. Locality. Wing. = Tail. Bill. Tarsus.
39571 Oo «4 TLostindiosnetree sen Giese 144 55 61 54
30084 lm Losilindiosta ence Grok. tis bincaes oe 148 58 62 55
20717, co ~MajapuaRiverss sae asa ceo crc 147 60 61 55
39610 2 TOs Indios era revere ere.< cks Maa eae 132 59 58 48
39627 Q Osi Indioshper meee mice eee G cig aliehs 132 54 55 49

202 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Some individuals show more or less decided traces of white bars on
the upper wing-coverts also. Immature birds differ from adults in
the color of the under parts, which are much darker, and suffused with
grayish buffy.

The discovery of the Clapper Rail in the Isle of Pines, and that the
birds of this species occurring there represent a new and very distinct
form, is of more than passing interest. The new race, while closely
resembling R. 1. waynez of the South Atlantic coast in the color of the
upper surface, is much whiter below than any of the other known
forms of this group. That a sedentary species such as the Clapper
Rail, which throughout its West Indian range has a habitat and
environment practically the same—the mangrove swamps—should
vary to such an extent is surprising enough, but that the Isle of Pines
form should differ so widely from that of the neighboring island of Cuba,
resembling instead certain other more remote forms, is a problem
requiring consideration, suggesting that in the case of the Clapper
Rail segregation has been a factor in the evolution of the species.

Since I wrote my review of Bahaman birds I have had occasion to
alter my views as to the status of the various forms of this group.
I now believe they should all stand as subspecies of the South American
Rallus longirostris.

The present form is based upon a series of five adult and three
immature birds, collected by Mr. Link at Los Indios and the Majagua
River. It was confined to the mangroves, and seemed to be fairly
common there, judging from the number whieh were daily heard. It
proved to be very difficult to secure, however, preferring to seek safety
when disturbed more by dodging through the thick growth rather than
by flight. Young in the down were seen on several occasions along
the sea-beach near the mouth of the Majagua River, upon being alarmed
disappearing into the mangroves, where they were safe from pursuit.
While not actually observed at any other locality than the two above
mentioned, the species doubtless occurs at other points along the coast,
in salt-water lagoons, wherever the mangroves grow, and it was
probably this species which was recorded by Mr. Read from Bibijagua
under the name “ Virginia Rail.”

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 203

41. Gallinula chloropus cachinnans Bangs. FLORIDA GALLINULE.
Gallinula galeata (not of Lichtenstein) Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, o1 (I. of
Pines, in geog. distr.) BANGS & ZApPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 192 (Santa

Rosalia Lagoon).

“Florida Gallinule’’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of

Pines).

Mr. Zappey found a few Florida Gallinules in Santa Rosalia Lagoon
in March, 1902, but saw none on his later trip. In Cuba, according
to Gundlach, it is a regular breeder, so that it is entirely probable that
in due time it will be found breeding in the Isle of Pines likewise.
It seems, however, to be a rare bird there at any season. Mr. Read
says that he saw a pair in the Santa Barbara tract in September, and
while Mr. Link did not actually meet with a living bird, he found the
remains of an individual at Los Indios in October, doubtless one
which had been killed by a hawk.

42. Ionornis martinica (Linneus). PURPLE GALLINULE.
Ionornis martinica Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 91 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.) BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 192 (Pasadita; meas.; crit.).

Four specimens: Pasadita.

This is a fairly common species in the Cienaga at Pasadita, where
specimens were collected by both Mr. Zappey and Mr. Link. Its
local range, however, seems to be quite restricted, since it has not
been detected at other points in the island, not even at the western
end of the Cienaga, which Mr. Link explored carefully.

Messrs. Bangs and Zappey call attention to the large size of the
birds collected by the latter as compared with specimens from the
southern United States. With only a few specimens from South
Carolina and Florida before me, however, it appears that several of
these are quite as large as the Isle of Pines birds, the males of which
fall below the measurements given by the authors in question. Fe-
males are somewhat smaller than males.

43. Fulica americana Gmelin. Coor.

Fulica americana Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 91 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 249 (I. of Pines). —BANGsS & ZApPEY, Am. Nat.,
XXXIX, 1905, 193 (I. of Pines, ex Cory and Gundlach).

Gundlach appears to have been the only observer to record this
species from the Isle of Pines, and his is merely a casual reference. He

9 Mr. Bangs (Proceedings New England Zoélogical Club, V, 1915, 96) appears to
have made out a good case for the subspecific status of the North American form.

204 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

says that in Cuba it comes from the north in large numbers for the
winter, leaving in April, but that a few remain to breed. Under such
circumstances it is odd that there are no more records from the Isle
of Pines, where there are certainly many places suited to its needs.

44. Aramus vociferus (Latham). LIMPKIN.

Aramus gaurauna [sic] PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona,
fide Gundlach).

Aramus giganteus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 90 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 237 (I. of Pines).—READ, Odlogist, X XVI,
I909, 149 (I. of Pines; habits); XXVIII, ro11, 11 (I. of Pines); XXX, 1973,
122 (McKinley; habits)—ReEAp, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 31, 1914 (descr.;
habits).

Aramus giganteus holostictus BANGS & ZApPpEy, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 194
(Cienaga; crit.; ex Notherodius holostictus Cabanis).

“Limpkin’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).—READ,
Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); X XVII, roto, 5, and XXVIII, rort, 10
(Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 127
(Santa Barbara), 130, 131 (I. of Pines), 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona).

Three specimens: Nueva Gerona and Pasadita.

MEASUREMENTS.

No. Sex. Locality. Wing, Tail Bill! Darsus:
4342 of Melbourne Hloridas..- 2s =. 4. eee eee ZOS8m E20 Nielsen

4343 @ Melbourne sHloridaees 42. een eee 302) Vy lS3e Lom mao
2690590 Bebederoy CostasRicaim +-)-.4 eee 325) 046.) 1205 122
27438 Qim. Lower Kissimmee R., Florida......... 300 127 LOAn aeeiet 2)
27458 of iBassenver blonidaei ei eee 319 140 131 126
39410 of Witiad oss PonromeicOr me en erence 306 139 — _ 103
41126 @ NuevarGetronas ote Pinese as ere 310 134 I2I 120
AIIO7 oO INueva Gerona, I. of Pines: .-....----- Slo AO sens emens
41385 ®@ iRasaditainjoi eines aer eee eee 2220 LAA lo Saeeeies

From the above table of measurements it must be obvious that West
Indian specimens of this species vary in dimensions fully as much as
do Florida birds, the variation in both being considerable. Nor,
after careful comparison, can I detect any constant difference in color
between the two series, such variation as exists seeming to depend
largely on season, birds in fresher plumage being generally darker.
Florida examples, it is true, seem to have rather more white on the
under wing-coverts, but this is such a variable feature that I believe
its value would disappear in a larger series. Some individuals have
the under tail-coverts distinctly streaked with white, in others these

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 205

feathers are plain. Under the circumstances I am forced to the
conclusion that the individual described by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey
from the Isle of Pines was an unusually small, perhaps immature, bird,
and that therefore their recognition of a subspecies holostictus from
the West Indies, on the strength of this specimen, cannot stand.

So far at least as Mr. Link’s experience goes, this is not a very
common bird in the Isle of Pines. Two were shot at a lagoon north-
east of Nueva Gerona, and one in the Cienaga at Pasadita. A few
others were seen at the latter locality, as well as at El Canal, on the
route between Santa Fé and the Cienaga, where they were observed
in the dry uplands, in a plowed field. Mr. Zappey, however, saw
none outside of the Cienaga. Messrs. Palmer and Riley heard several
in the vicinity of Nueva Gerona, and Mr. Read has noted the species
repeatedly at various points in the northwestern part of the island,
remarking that it is solitary in its habits, and is oftener heard than seen.
The fresh-water snails which abound in the rivers and lagoons constit-
tute its principal food. ‘‘ In the night it is a noisy bird, making weird,
mysterious cries, from which it gets its name’”’ [of ‘f Crying Bird ”’].
Its ordinary alarm-note in the daytime is a frog-like croak. Nothing
is yet on record regarding its breeding on the island.

45. Grus mexicana nesiotes Bangs & Zappey. CUBAN SANDHILL
CRANE.

Grus poliophea (not of Wagler) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva
Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Grus canadensis (not of Linneus) GUNDLACH, Journ. fiir Orn., 1875, 293 (I. of
Pines; habits)—GuNDLACcH, Contr. Orn. Cubana, 1876, 143 (I. of Pines).

Grus mexicana (not of Miiller) Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 90 (I. of Pines,
in geog. distr.)—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 175 (I. of Pines).—CooKE,
Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric., No. 128, 1914, 10 (I. of Pines, ex Gundlach).

Grus nesitotes BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 193 (La Vega and Pasa-
dita; orig. descr.; type now in coll. Mus. Comp. Zodél.; habits; crit.) ALLEN,
Auk, XXII, 1905, 329, in text (review).—EpiTors, Ibis, 1905, 631, in text
(review).—REaD, Odlogist, XXVIII, torr, 11 (I. of Pines); XV, 1913, 45 (Santa
Barbara).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 7, 1914 (I. of Pines; habits).

“Sand-hill Crane’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines), 102 (syn.).

“Cuban Crane’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 19009, 452 (I. of Pines).—
READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, I911, 7 (Cafiada Mountains, etc.), 113 (West Mc-
Kinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Pine River), 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines),

Three specimens: Los Indios.
The measurements given in the following table, having been taker
by different individuals, are possibly not entirely comparable, although

206

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

doubtless sufficiently so to show the relative size and proportions of
the three forms under consideration.

Grus mexicana mexicana:

36115”
162903}!
162904"!
175530
1745138
£745218
175408"
239548"
199018
2464114

1323810
132391°
39675”
39676"
41323”
2112201!

Grus canadensis:

21614"
193556"!
58485"!
9937"
1858738
24639"4
330634
3306214
38524"
1935551"

184977"

259798

Sex. Locality. Wing.
Clee elymouths Ohione essen 490
Culzake rattord. lotidacmemcr pemninee cieiace 505
Cue HOLemnnompson,.blonda meer iene rere 485
Guvake Kissimmee) Mloridarwsere erie cicecne 503
Cub assengererilonicda manner ratte ir eacter 525
Om Bassenger tw hloridamer erection eras 501
Oe Sawerassels, sPolkiCorsHlondame-r cei rae 470
OS MEI River. Minnesotamerian aces nea: 515
OF Downer Cor, NortheDakotaee... eee set 577
OD Manatees Con sHloridae eee eee een 510
Grus mexicana nesiotes:
Ge wa Wega, lvofePinese «c,d s eee ees 474
Cum basaditavelolsbintesereprr iis 460
OP Wostindiosy lol Pines cis ae eae el 425
OPP Wospindios lol binesa. shin sree aE
Oe Wosendios wl votsbinesme ose ae
OF eeuertomernincipeeubarne entireties er 475
Cll Emporia, Iansass sciys cris eee ee 490
Cu hte Resolution, Mackenzienece antec: 480
Coe Bite icenar Alas karat trait io ies eae 485
ou. Nome? Alaskan sc. 5 4m cic pee enone 463
Cue Nomen Alaskal wn eas Rysitreteus once hc oe GIO 487
ou aGarmon, Manitobalee.. -rieeae eee eter 541
Gus Cameron Cory RexaSe na cin setae teenies 512
Of ‘GameronsCo:, Mexase - 2 eA-- ce sea ee 490
OF Hooper Bay, Alaskan. ccc ane teins 475
Q Slave River, 20 mi. above Ft. Resolution,
MiackenZienias tusicnc oi togssvecoers Chit tere 444
OF ela Barea, Jalisco, Mexicon +. eas O
OMe INT Sha ga kaw All as cae eee re eee 430
OF Mmeith Co: Nebraskakyen ie weciee inher keke eee 458

Tail.

196
200

185
179
174

195

158
154

Bill. Tarsus,
I52 230
I31 258
I29 252
L280 2258
142 258
138 237
127 231
130 223
I34 240
127 215
I25 209
123 204
100 188
110 198
107 187
TA eel
118 199
109 227
96 208
82 161
88 202
T2A) ) 27,
107 197
07 200
103 193
97 209
89 198
88 184
90 184

The present series, secured by Mr. Link after strenuous and repeated

efforts, has served as a basis for further and independent comparisons

10 Collection E. A. and O. Bangs.
1 Collection U. S. National Museum.
22 Collection Carnegie Museum.

13 Collection Louis B. Bishop.

4 Collection Jonathan Dwight.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 207

in an effort to determine the true status and relationships of the Sand-
hill Crane of Cuba and the Isle of Pines. Although known from the
latter locality for many years, having been recorded by Poey (on
Gundlach’s authority) as far back as 1854, specimens have apparently
been wanting in collections. In 1904, however, Mr. Zappey was
successful in securing two male birds, which were described the fol-
lowing year under the name Grus nesiotes. The smaller size was given
as the chief point of difference between the new form and G. mexicana,
the differences in color being insignificant. As shown in the foregoing
table of measurements, the two birds collected by Mr. Zappey,
although in rather worn plumage, average somewhat larger than the
three females taken by Mr. Link. Nevertheless, the bird represented
by these five skins seems worthy of distinction from G. mexicana of the
mainland, being so much smaller that its recognition is easy, but it
is a curious fact (and one apparently ignored by the describers) that
by this very token it approaches G. canadensis. Even in the small
series of these two forms examined the measurements inosculate. But
while in general size the two appear to be about the same, the bill in
nestotes seems to average relatively longer. The range of variation
in this respect is nevertheless considerable in both forms, so much so
that it is very doubtful if they can invariably be discriminated by any
fixed differences in size or proportions. The status of G. canadensis
has indeed been in the past the subject of considerable dispute, into
the history of which it is here unnecessary to go; suffice it to say that
current usage, as reflected by the American Ornithologists’ Union
Check List of North American Birds, accords it specific rank. Author-
ities are agreed that G. canadensis and G. mexicana can be distinguished
from each other only by size, both species varying greatly in color,
this variation affecting mainly the mantle, which is often strongly
washed with brown. According to Messrs. Bangs and Zappey this
brown wash is characteristic of the breeding-season, at least in the
case of G. mexicana. Birds taken in May are quite appreciably
browner than those taken in October, although the variation in this
respect is not nearly so marked as in the other two forms, and it is of
course possible that this difference may prove to be sufficiently con-
stant to be used as a diagnostic character. It is of course inconceiv-
able that nesiotes is a subspecies of the boreal and western G. cana-
densis, its real affinities being rather with G. mexicana, the range of
which it approximates. To reduce it to a subspecies of the latter,

208 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

while at the same time keeping G. canadensis specifically distinct,
may seem an inconsistent course to pursue; nevertheless, in the writer’s
judgment it more nearly expresses the facts of the case than to recog-
nize it as a full species or (to go to the other extreme) to sink it as a
synonym of G. mexicana. Indeed, Messrs. Bangs and Zappey seem
to have been kept from following the arrangement here adopted
merely by the consideration that the name mexicana has probably
been improperly applied, a question on which I can at present
express no opinion.

It may be added that future research may show that the bird of
Cuba is not the same as that of the Isle of Pines. The measurements
of the single Cuban example above given are those of an individual
which died in captivity.

While the Cuban Sandhill Crane can by no means be considered a
common species in the Isle of Pines, it nevertheless is a well-known and
generally distributed bird. It has repeatedly been observed in the
northern portion of the island by Mr. Read and Mr. Link, and by the
latter at Pasadita also, where Mr. Zappey took one of his specimens.
Three fine specimens were secured by Mr. Link at Los Indios. The
two shot October 24 were taken by the ingenious device of dressing
in green clothing and cautiously creeping towards the birds on hands
and knees, their attention being distracted meanwhile by the manceu-
vers of another party at a distance, in the opposite direction. Fre-
quenting the more open situations, as they invariably do, and being
such wild and wary birds, it is seldom that they can be approached
within gunshot, except by some such subterfuge as that just de-
scribed. Their flesh is esteemed as food by the inhabitants, and they
are shot for this purpose at every possible chance, but in spite of this
persecution they have succeeded in holding their own fairly well.
Mr. Link estimates that he saw as many as twenty-five individuals
during his stay on the island. On one occasion a group of five were
seen together, but as a rule not more than two or three were observed
in company. In the latter case he believes that a pair with their
young were represented. The Crane lays two eggs, but it is seldom
that more than one young bird is raised, owing to the destruction caused
by the ants, which often kill the young first hatched, while the one
hatched later may escape. No nests were actually discovered, but
broken egg-shells were found, and on several occasions young birds
were seen in captivity, indicating that the eggs are laid early in May.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 209

When taken young the Crane is easily tamed, and makes a very inter-
esting pet. It feeds on worms, insects, lizards, etc., and may often be
observed in recently burnt tracts, picking up the lizards which have
perished in the fire. It is a very noisy bird, and also has a peculiar
way of dancing, strutting around with bill pointed straight up, the
wings spread, while all the time it utters its loud discordant notes,

46. Sterna maxima Boddert. RoyAL TERN.
Sterna cayennensis PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide

Gundlach).

Sterna maxima Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 82 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).

—BAancs & ZappEyY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 196 (seacoast and cays).
Thalasseus maximus GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 287 (I. of Pines).

‘Royal Tern”? READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios).—

REap, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 25, 1914 (Punta Frances).

Four specimens: Los Indios, Majagua River, and Cayo Frances.

Specimens shot September 27 and November 7 show moult of the
primaries in progress, while an individual taken November 30 is in
full dress.

The Royal Tern is found at various points along the seacoast and
among the outlying cays. In addition to the localities above specified,
it was noted off Punta del Este and about the island known as Morrillo
del Diablo, on the north coast. Probably, however, none of these
birds were breeding at the time. In May, 1910, a nest with two eggs
was found near the sea-beach, east of the mouth of the Nuevas River.

47. Sterna sandvicensis acuflavida Cabot. CasBot TERN.

Three specimens: Los Indios.

A few were noted at Los Indios on September 27, in company with
the Royal Tern, and three specimens were secured. One of these is
an adult in winter dress; the other two areimmature birds. The species
has long been known from Cuba, Jamaica, and Porto Rico, but this
is the first record for the Isle of Pines. So far as I have been able to
discover there are no breeding records for Cuba, although Gundlach
claims to have taken young in the first plumage in August.

48. Sterna antillarum (Lesson). LEAst TERN.

About a dozen of these birds were observed in May, I910, about a
sea-beach east of the mouth of the Nuevas River, under circumstances
which indicated that they were breeding at the time, as were the
Royal Terns, with which they were associated. The species was found

210 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

also in some numbers at Cayo Largo, an island some fifty miles east
of the Isle of Pines, during a brief visit the latter part of May, and a
specimen was secured.

49. Himantopus mexicanus (Miiller). BLACK-NECKED STILT.
Himantopus mexicanus BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 195 (Bibi-
jagua).

Mr. Zappey has been the only observer to meet with this species
in the Isle of Pines. Two were seen, one of which was secured, in the
“Salina ’”’ at Bibijagua on May 15, 1904. According to Prof. Cooke
(Bulletin Biological Survey, No. 35, 1910, 20), “‘ the species is a toler-
ably common resident of the entire West Indies,’’ a statement con-
firmed by Gundlach (Ornitologia Cubana, 1895, 222), so that its
occurrence in the Isle of Pines is no more than was to be expected.

”

50. Gallinago delicata (Ord). WILSON SNIPE.
“‘Wilson Snipe’’ READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1900, 224 (I. of Pines); XXVII, roro, 15

(I. of Pines; migr.); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines).
Gallinago delicata READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines).

The Wilson Snipe is a winter resident in the Isle of Pines, living in
fresh-water swamps, where there is always plenty of suitable covert.
The brush and marsh-grasses in these situations make shooting much
more difficult than in the north, and although individuals were seen
from time to time, none were actually secured. The first was observed
at Bogarona on October 17, and others were noted in a marshy tract
near the Caballos Mountains at intervals through the winter months.
Mr. Read has recorded its arrival in fall migration as early as Sep-
tember 2 (1913), other records being September 18 (1912), October 3
(1911) and 21 (1909). No spring dates of departure are on record.

51. Limnodromus griseus griseus (Gmelin). DOWITCHER.

Seven specimens: Los Indios, Rincon Lagoon, and El Bobo Lagoon.

A single individual, the only one seen at the time, was shot at Los
Indios on November 23. Several good-sized flocks were seen at
Rincon Lagoon on February 21 and 22, and three weeks later (March
14 and 15) it was found in considerable abundance at El Bobo Lagoon.
All of the specimens secured are in full winter dress with the exception
of one from this latter locality, in which the prenuptial moult of the
body-plumage is in progress, the bird presenting a curious pied ap-
pearance. The species is to be set down as a winter resident in the
Isle of Pines, as elsewhere in the West Indies.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. Zit

52. Pisobia minutilla (Vieillot). LEAST SANDPIPER.

“Least Sandpiper’’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of

Pines).

Eight specimens: Los Indios and Siguanea.

Three birds taken September 27 are immature, one of them showing
signs of moult of the body-plumage. Four others, ranging in date from
September 30 to November 22, are in full winter dress, the earliest
bird just completing the moult of the remiges. The single example
from Siguanea, shot April 30, is in full nuptial plumage.

This diminutive species is a common winter resident, mainly on or
near the coast, occurring in immense flocks, usually associated with
other species of shore-birds. It was one of the most abundant species
at Rincon Lagoon in February. September 27 was the earliest date
of record for the fall of 1912, although Mr. Read seems to have noted
it a little earlier that season, on September 24. In the fall of 1913 the
same observer saw it first on September 26.

Ereunetes pusillus (Linneus). SEMIPALMATED SANDPIPER.
(?) ‘‘Semipalmated Sandpiper’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 7, 13 (I. of Pines);
XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines).
Mr. Read records this species, as above, saying that he saw several on September
4, 1910. Inreply to an inquiry he writes that on the date in question he watched
a flock of small sandpipers on a sand-bar along the Nuevas River, which from
their partially webbed tracks he felt sure belonged to the present species. While
there is no reason why this species should not occur as a winter resident in the
Isle of Pines, as elsewhere in the West Indies, its formal admission to the list should
await a more positive identification.

53. Totanus melanoleucus (Gmelin). GREATER YELLOW-LEGS.

Totanus melanoleucus BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 196 (Bibijagua).

—READ, OGdlogist, XX VI, 1909, 190, and XXVIII, torr, 11 (I. of Pines).
“Greater Yellow-legs’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVII, I910, 15, XXVIII, 1911, 7, and

XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines; migr.).

Probably a winter resident in the Isle of Pines, as elsewhere in the
West Indies, but the few available records pertain apparently to
migratory birds only, or at least to individuals observed during the
season of migration. Mr. Zappey secured a single female at the

”

“Salina ”’ near Bibijagua on May 15, 1904, and Mr. Read reports
having seen a few on September 18, 1909, and September 7, I9IO.

Mr. Link failed to meet with the species.

iD, ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

54. Totanus flavipes (Gmelin). YELLOW-LEGs.

Totanus flavipes BANGS & Zappey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 195 (I. of Pines,
March). ‘

“Vellow-legs’’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara).

Six specimens: El Bobo Lagoon and Siguanea.

These specimens were collected on March 14 and 15 and April
30, flocks of considerable size having been met with on each
occasion, frequenting the marshes back of the mangroves. On
February 21 and 22 large flocks were observed at Rincon Lagoon,
near Bibijagua. According to Prof. Cooke (Bulletin Biological
Survey, No. 35, 1910, 56, 57) the species is rare as a winter resident so
far north, although known to arrive in the Gulf States as early as
March, so that the present record becomes of interest. Mr. Zappey
also collected some specimens in March, 1902. All of the birds taken
by Mr. Link show prenuptial moult of the body-plumage going on, and
practically completed in the one shot April 30. One of the March
specimens is renewing the outer primaries, and looks more like a bird
just going into winter dress. Mr. Read writes that he has taken
specimens of both this and the preceding species in fall shooting.

55. Tringa solitaria solitaria (Wilson). SOLITARY SANDPIPER.

Helodromas solitarius solitarius BANGS & ZApPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 905, 196
(Jucaro).

“Solitary Sandpiper’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines,
May 3).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, I909, 102 (I. of Pines); XXVII, I910, 15
(I. of Pines, Oct. 27); XXVIII, rort, 7 (I. of Pines, Aug. 20), 10 (Nuevas River),
114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines).

Helodromas solitarius READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, r911, 11 (I. of Pines; migr.).

So far as known the Solitary Sandpiper is only a transient visitant
in the Isle of Pines, although it is entirely possible that it may winter
occasionally. Mr. Zappey secured a single bird at Jucaro on May
II, 1904, and Mr. Read has noted it (in the ‘‘ West Coast ”’ section)
as early as March 25 (1913) and as late as May 18 (1910). Fall
migration dates culled from his notes lie between August 20 (1910)
and October 27 (1909).

56. Catoptrophorus semipalmatus semipalmatus (Gmelin). WUILLET.

Totanus semipalmatus PorEy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona,
fide Gundlach).

Symphemia semipalmata Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 94 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.).

Catoptrophorus semipalmata [sic] semipalmata BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat. XXXIX,
1905, 196 (I. of Pines, ex Poey).

Five specimens: Siguanea.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. Qs;

Judging from the measurements, these specimens belong to the
typical eastern form. While agreeing well with an example from
Amelia Island, Florida, taken May 8, they seem to differ slightly from
a small series of breeding birds from Cobb’s and Smith’s Islands,
Virginia, in having the under parts rather less heavily marked, and
in the barring on the upper tail-coverts being less pronounced, or in
one case even obsolete. The Virginia birds, however, vary somewhat
among themselves in these respects, and possibly seasonal changes
due to wear may be responsible for the observed differences.

The dates of collection of these birds (April 30-May 2) would at
least suggest the possibility of their being breeding individuals. More-
over, the species was noted at Los Indios still later by several days.
Gundlach says that he has observed the Willet at Guantanamo, Cuba,
in June and july, and believes that a few breed there. Those noted
in the Isle of Pines were invariably found in the marshes behind the
fringe of mangroves, either singly or two or three together. The only
other specific record is that of Poey, above quoted, based on Gund-
lach’s observations near Nueva Gerona, which are doubtless the basis
for Mr. Cory’s reference also.

57. Actitis macularia (Linneus). SPOTTED SANDPIPER.

Actitis macularia BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 106 (I. of Pines,
coastwise).—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, torr, 13 (1. of Pines).

““Spotted Sandpiper’ Reap, Odlogist, XXVII, 1910, 15 (I. of Pines; migr.);
XXVIII, torr, 6 (Nuevas River), 7 (I. of Pines; migr.); XXX, 1913, 125
(Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines).

Ten specimens: Los Indios, Santa Rosalia Lagoon, Bogarona, and
Siguanea.

No. 39,699, October 29, is moulting the remiges. No. 39,760,
November 16, is an adult completing the postnuptial moult, and
still retaining the old wings and tail, as well as numerous black-spotted
breast-feathers. Another individual, shot February 18, is renewing
the remiges. All the birds taken between April 25 and 30 are in full
nuptial dress.

A common winter resident, both inland and coastwise, although
naturally not observed in the wooded parts of the Cienaga. The first
was taken at Los Indios on September 30, but its real arrival evidently
took place a month earlier, since Mr. Read has recorded it as early as
August 29 (1913), August 31 (1910), and September 1 (1911). It was
usually observed singly, although occasionally a small flock was
encountered.

214 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Pluvialis dominicus dominicus Miiller. GOLDEN PLOVER.

(?) “Golden Plover’’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines, Sept. 18).

‘‘On September 17, 1912, I took two specimens which I identified at the time as.
Golden Plover.’’ These were ‘‘identified from Cory’s ‘How to know the Shore
Birds,’ and had the rudimentary hind toe.’’ [!] The rudimentary hind toe being
characteristic of the Black-bellied Plover, and not of the Golden Plover, there is
ground for querying the record in question. Although the Greater Antilles are
presumed to lie considerably off the regular migration route of the Golden Plover,
Gundlach records it from Cuba without special comment, and, if it occurs there,
it should also occur in the Isle of Pines.

58. Squatarola squatarola (Linneus). BLACK-BELLIED PLOVER.
(2?) “ Black-bellied Plover’’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara).

Seven specimens: Los Indios, Caleta Grande, and Rincon Lagoon.

After examining an unusually fine series of breeding and winter
adults of this species from various parts of its North American range,
together with a few European specimens, I find such a variation in
size in both that I do not feel justified in recognizing the birds from the
respective continents as subspecifically distinct (at least on the ground
of size alone), as proposed by Messrs. Thayer and Bangs ( Proceedings
New England Zoélogical Club, V, 1914, 23). Nor does the supposed’
form “‘ hypomelus’’ appear to rest on a much more satisfactory basis..

Two adults shot October 14 have completed the postnuptial moult,
with the exception of one and two outer primaries respectively. Two.
young birds, dated respectively November 19 and 26, however, are
still in juvenal dress, so badly worn that the buffy spotting of the
upper parts is mostly scalloped out, and what remains faded to white;
but still they show no signs of the onset of the postjuvenal moult.
Three specimens shot February 21 and 22, and which look like winter
adults, have the body-plumage much worn, while the wings, and also
the tail, except in one individual, are quite fresh. The one exception
referred to is a bird which is acquiring new feathers of the winter
plumage on the back, and may be a young bird undergoing a late
postjuvenal moult.

The Black-bellied Plover is a winter resident in the Isle of Pines,
occurring usually wherever there are rocky or gravelly beaches ex-
posed along the coast. Two or three individuals are ordinarily found
together. At only one locality, Rincon Lagoon, near Bibijagua,
February 21 and 22, was it ever observed in flocks of any size. October
14 was the earliest date recorded for it by Mr. Link, while a few in-
dividuals were observed at Siguanea as late as May 2. These latter

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 215

appeared to have some black feathers underneath, but they were very
shy, and unfortunately none were secured. Mr. Read records what
he believes to have been this species, mentioning that he has seen it
feeding in the dry uplands, in pine-apple tracts.

59. Oxyechus vociferus vociferus (Linnzeus). KILLDEER.

Five specimens: Caleta Grande, Los Indios, Santa Ana, and Nueva
Gerona.

These specimens, taken at dates ranging from November 27 to
February 24, compare favorably with examples from the eastern
United States in size and other characters, indicating that they were
migrants from that section, come to the Isle of Pines to spend the
winter. The species was especially numerous at Caleta Grande,
where on one occasion a flock of six or eight was encountered, but as a
rule it was met with singly, or two together.

60. Oxyechus vociferus rubidus Riley. West INDIAN KILLDEER.

Zé gialitis vocifera (not Charadrius vociferus Linneus) Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds,
1892, 95 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).

Oxyechus vociferus GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 231 (I. of Pines).

Oxyechus vociferus torquatus (not Charadrius torquatus Pontoppidan) Bancs &
ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 195 (Nueva Gerona, fide Palmer & Riley,
Bibijagua, and Laguna Grande; meas.; crit.; ex Charadrius torquatus Linneus).
—CookE, Bull. Biol. Survey, No. 35, 1910, 88 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).

““West Indian Killdeer’’ READ, Odlogist, X XVI, 1909, 224, and XXX, 1913, 131
(I. of Pines), 123 (Pine River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara).

“‘Antillean Killdeer’? READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, t911, 10 (Nuevas River).

Oxyechus vociferus rubidus READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 11 (I. of Pines).

Four specimens: Santa Rosalia Lagoon, Hato, and Jacksonville.

These four skins are evidently representatives of the race of the
Killdeer which is resident in the West Indies, and which is readily
distinguishable by its smaller size and lighter, generally more rusty
color of the upper parts and wing-coverts. Measurements are as

follows:

No. Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. Bill. Tarsus.
AII54 Q Santa Rosalia Wagoonl= nen eee 158 92 20.5 35
Amine eet 9 Senate TRO ILE Noxon g 55 doc Sb oes 149 85 20 33
41258 2 VAG O Raa ures ie ds, whused eee Rees a ene 144 90 20 32
AL27 AL IC) ejacksonvilles= sd cs. sees ecient I4I 82 20 34

All are rather more worn than the specimens of true vociferus.

216 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

In discussing the status of this form as a bird of the Bahama Islands
(ANNALS CARNEGIE MuseEvM, VII, 1911, 414), I inadvertently over-
looked Messrs. Bangs and Zappey’s record for the Isle of Pines, where it
is a tolerably common resident, with habits the same as those of the
northern form. Mr. Zappey found a downy young at Bibijagua, and
Mr. Read has recorded it frequently, although it is probable that at
least some of his records refer to the northern form, which is prac-
tically indistinguishable from the other in the open.

61. Charadrius semipalmatus (Bonaparte). SEMIPALMATED PLOVER.

Twelve specimens: Los Indios.

Four of these, shot at dates ranging from September 30 to November
12, show the delayed postjuvenal moult in progress, but it is a curious
fact that in the remainder of the series, although taken between the
same dates, there is no sign of moult. The bird shot September 30 is
shedding the remiges and rectrices, while one shot November 4 is
just completing the renewal of the former. Two taken November 12
are in similar case, and in addition are beginning to acquire the black
feathers of the neck-band and forehead characteristic of the next
plumage.

The Semipalmated Plover is a very abundant winter resident in
suitable situations, thronging the sandy beaches in immense flocks
from September until early in May. It was particularly numerous at
Rincon Lagoon the latter part of February, associated with other
species of shore-birds. It was not observed anywhere in the interior.

62. Pagolla wilsonia wilsonia (Ord). WumLson PLOVER.
Octhodromus wilsonius rufinucha? BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 195

(Playa Larga).

Eleven specimens: Los Indios.

All are in immature (or winter?) dress, having been shot between
September 27 and November 23. Two birds, shot October 14 and
November 12, show new black feathers coming in on the breast-
band. The remiges seem fresh enough in these, but the body-
plumage generally is old and worn. None of the skins show any ap-
proach whatever in their characters to the alleged subspecies “ ru-
finucha,” the status of which has already been fully discussed in an-
other connection (ANNALS CARNEGIE Museum, VII, I9II, 415),
but unfortunately no breeding examples were collected. A series of
such will be required to determine the status of the resident birds.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. Dien

This is a very common species on the coast, wherever there are
sandy beaches, as at Punta del Este, Los Indios, and Rincon Lagoon.
Except in the breeding-season, it was usually observed in large flocks,
often associated with the Semipalmated Plover.

63. Arenaria interpres morinella (Linneus). RupDyY TURNSTONE.

Three specimens: Caleta Grande.

These birds were shot on November 26 and April 18 on the coral-
beach at Caleta Grande, and were all that were seen. They were
found singly, and not associated with any other shore-birds. All are
in winter dress, and in the November birds the remiges are very fresh,
in one case the outer primary still having the sheath attached.

64. Jacana spinosa violacea (Cory). West INDIAN JACANA.
Jacana spinosa (not Fulica spinosa Linneus) Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 92

(1. of Pines, in geog. distr.).

Asarcia spinosa BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 196 (Santa Rosalia

Lagoon, Laguna Grande, Pasadita, and the Cienaga; habits).

Eight specimens: Santa Ana and Pasadita.

The examination of a series of forty-six adult specimens of Jacana
spinosa, brought together in order to determine the status of the bird
of the Isle of Pines, shows conclusively that the sexes differ materially
from each other in size, and also to a less extent in color. But unlike
most birds, these differences are all in favor of the female, which is
decidedly larger and somewhat more brightly colored than the male,
and with a larger frontal lappet. The three exceptions to this rule
in the series before me are unquestionably wrongly sexed specimens.
So far as I have been able to discover, Gundlach (Ornitologia Cubana,
1895, 237) was apparently the first author to note this fact, which is
confirmed by Sharpe (Catalogue Birds British Museum, XXIV,
1896, 87) and Salvin and Godman (Biologia Centrali-A mericana, Aves,
III, 1903, 343). There is no sexual difference affecting the color of
the inner secondaries, however, as intimated by the former author.
These sexual differences must constantly be kept in mind when com-
paring birds for geographic variation, else confusion is bound to ensue,
as was evidently the case with Mr. Elliot (Auk, V, 1888, 299) and with
Baird, Brewer & Ridgway (Water Birds of North America, I, 1884,
177), who must have been dealing with incorrectly sexed specimens,
and could find no differences correlated with locality. With the
material before me, however, I find no difficulty in recognizing no

218 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

less than three geographic races of this species. Average measure-
ments are as follows:

Wing. Tail. Bill. Tarsus,
NinemalesiiromiMiexico® «. ..: 6. snore II7 4I 29 49
Six males from Central America................ II5 40 30 51.5
Ten males from the West Indies.............. II6.5 40 30 51.5
SixstemalessnromeiVlexico.. - «a aceite error T3355 46 35-3 51
Five females from Central America............ I3I 43.5 32 53-5
Ten females from the West Indies.............. 132 44 33 55.5

Sex for sex, Mexican examples are decidedly duller and darker
below than those from the West Indies, in which the maroon color of
the under parts is much brighter. In the former series the greenish
black of the breast merges more gradually into the maroon of the
abdomen, which is often overspread with a shade of brown, while in
the West Indian birds the transition is more abrupt, and the brown
shade lighter or absent. The color-differences are no less marked
above, although their character is reversed, for while the upper parts
in the Mexican birds are lighter, more rufescent (nearer Hessian brown
of Mr. Ridgway’s Color Standards and Color Nomenclature), in the
West Indian skins they are darker and more purplish (nearer maroon).
There is also a decided difference in the size of the frontal lappet in
favor of the latter series.

Taking up now the Central American series, which includes examples
from Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, and Panama, we find them
almost exactly intermediate between the Mexican and West Indian
birds. With a larger series the slight discrepancy in size between
Central American and Mexican birds shown by the above table would
doubtless disappear. The frontal lappet, however, certainly averages
larger in the former, although not so large as in the West Indian birds.
In the color of the upper surface the Central American birds most
resemble those from Mexico, while below they are almost as bright
as those from the West Indies. In short, if the latter are to be separ-
ated at all, as I believe they should be, it will be necessary to recognize
three races of this species instead of two. While selected specimens
may be very similar, the average collective differences are quite suf-
ficient in my judgment to justify subspecific separation, certainly as
much so as in some other groups, the Ground Doves for instance.

Before the question of names for these three forms can be decided
it will be necessary to fix the type-locality of Fulica spinosa Linneus,

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 219

1758. This was based on the figure and description of the ‘ Spur-
winged Water-hen ” of Edwards, Natural History of Birds, I, 1743,
48, pl. 48. Edwards gave the locality for his bird as Carthagena,
Colombia, but this was almost certainly an error, inasmuch as there
are no unquestioned records for the species from anywhere south of
Panama, and so far as known Jacana nigra is the only species of this
genus occurring on the north Colombian coast. Parra variabilis
of Linneus, 1766, has exactly the same basis as his earlier name.
Parra gymnostoma Wagler (Isis, 1832, 517), and Parra cordifera
Lesson (Revue Zoélogique, 1842, 135) are both based on the Mexican
bird, so that to reassign the type-locality on the basis of either of these
authors would necessitate a new name for the Central American form.
In order to obviate this, and to disturb the existing nomenclature as
little as possible, I propose to fix the type-locality of Fulica spinosa
Linneus as Panama. This proceeding leaves Wagler’s name available
for the Mexican form.

Parra violacea Cory (Bulletin Nuttall Ornithological Club, VI,
1881, 130) is the only name so far proposed for the West Indian bird,
the type coming from Haiti. The describer failed to compare his
bird with continental examples, and neither the description nor the
later plate (Cory, Birds of Haiti and San Domingo, 1885, pl. 19) are
diagnostic. Indeed, in the latter volume Mr. Cory (page 159) refers.
his P. violacea to P. gymnostoma as a pure synonym, but later (Auk,
V, 1888, 52) he provisionally restores it to the rank of a species, saying
that Cuban specimens agree exactly with the Santo Domingo bird,
being ‘‘ considerably larger and brighter than specimens of J. gym-
nostoma; the coloration of the wattles is, I believe, also different.”
A few months later Mr. Elliot, in reviewing the species of this group
(Auk, V, 1888, 299), repudiated the name in question, stating that he
could find no differences between specimens of this species from various
parts of its range. Unfortunately I have not been able to examine the
type (which so far as I know is the only known specimen from Haiti)
in this connection, but if the measurements given by Mr. Cory are
correct it is evidently a female individual, and somewhat larger than
the average, but equalled in this respect (except for length of tail)
by an example from Trinidad, Cuba (No. 57,381, Collection Americam
Museum of Natural History). Three males from this same locality
also average larger than specimens of the same sex from western Cuba,
the Isle of Pines, and Jamaica, notwithstanding which circumstance
I consider them all as belonging to the same form.

220 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The three forms here recognized may be diagnosed as follows:

Frontal lappets small; upper parts more rufescent; under parts darker and duller.
(QVCO) AEN eS icink £5, ee Rotate eee Jacana spinosa gymnostoma.
Frontal lappets medium; upper parts more rufescent; under parts rather brighter.
(GentraleAtnent cays. csi os aps sie Sele ene exe aie Jacana spinosa spinosa.
Frontal lappets large; upper parts more purplish; under parts decidedly brighter.
(QUES Gali dies) Mee ecco ee ois eccle epee lg See ae ewe eee ene Jacana spinosa violacea.

It will thus be seen that my conception of a subspecies is essentially
different from that of Mr. Hellmayr (cf. Novitates Zoédlogice, XIII,
1906, 53), who considers that J. ‘“‘ melanopygia’’ and J. spinosa should
stand as races of J. jacana, although I fully agree with him that the
recognition of a separate genus Asarcia for J. spinosa, as proposed
by Sharpe, is quite unnecessary.

The Jacana is a fairly common bird in the Isle of Pines, being apt to
occur in almost any fresh-water lagoon. Messrs. Palmer and Riley
shot three individuals in the vicinity of Nueva Gerona, where Mr.
Link also observed it on several occasions, securing one specimen at
Santa Ana, about three miles distant. It was abundant in the
Cienaga in the neighborhood of Pasadita, specimens having been
secured there both by Mr. Zappey and Mr. Link. None were observed
near the western end of the Cienaga, however, the water being rather
too brackish there.

65. Starncenas cyanocephala (Linneus). BLUE-HEADED QUAIL DOVE.
Starnenas cyanocephala BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 199 (Caballos
Mountains and ‘‘south coast’’?).—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, torr, 11 (I. of
Pines).—REApD, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (1. of Pines, one record).
‘*Blue-headed Quail Dove’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of
Pines).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 102, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines).
Messrs. Bangs and Zappey include this species in their list on
purely hearsay evidence, stating that while it has never actually been
observed by any naturalist, ‘‘ the natives who know it well positively
assert that a few inhabit the Caballos Mountains and some point
near the south coast.’’ While there is no intrinsic reason why it
should not be found in the Isle of Pines, just as in Cuba, this can scarcely
be regarded as very satisfactory evidence from ascientific standpoint.
Mr. Read, however, reports a single individual as having been secured
on August 26, 1909, adding that it was so badly mutilated that no
effort was made to save it, and it is mainly on the strength of this
record that the species is allowed to remain on the list.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 221

66. Geotrygon chrysia Salvadori. Key West QuaIL Dove.

Geotrygon martinica (not Columba martinica Linneus) Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds,
1892, 97 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).

Geotrygon chrysia BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 198 (Pasadita).—
READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, torr, 11 (I. of Pines)—REap, I. of Pines News, VI,
Feb. 21, 1914 (I. of Pines; descr.).

“Quail Dove”’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).—REap,
Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 102, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, rorr,
I13 (West McKinley).

One specimen: Nueva Gerona.

This is one of the rarer birds in the Isle of Pines. Mr. Zappey
took but two specimens, both at Pasadita, remarking that it occurs
only on one or two of the mountains and in the dense forest south of
the Cienaga. Mr. Read asserts that he has taken specimens of this
species, but that it is rare. Mr. Link secured but the one specimen
listed above; this was taken on July 32 in the thick jungle on the Casas
Mountains, and another was seen there on December 30. The bird
secured was an adult female, containing well-developed eggs. It is
markedly duller than a male bird from Cuba.

67. Geotrygon montana (Linneus). Ruppy QuaiL Dove.

Geotrygon montana Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 97 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 197 (La Vega, Pasadita, and Cayo
Bonito; habits), 203, in text (Santa Sevilla)—READ, Odlogist, XX VI, I909, 149
(I. of Pines; habits); XXVIII, ror1, 11 (I. of Pines)—ReEap, I. of Pines News,
VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (I. of Pines; descr.).

“Ruddy Quail Dove’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).
—REaD, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, 1911, 113 (West
McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines).

“The Ruddy Quail-dove occurs in the Isle of Pines in the denser
woods only, usually in rather moist places, where the ground is often
flooded after heavy rains. It is nowhere abundant. When flushed
from the ground it flies but a short distance and on alighting again
runs along for a few feet and conceals itself among the vegetation
much after the manner of the American Woodcock (Philohela minor),
which it curiously resembles when started in the deep woods.”
(Bangs & Zappey.)

Mr. Read’s account agrees well with the above. Mr. Link
failed to meet with this species, although he heard of it on one occa-
sion.

222 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

68. Chzemepelia passerina aflavida (Palmer & Riley). CUBAN GRouUND

DOVE.

Columba passerina (not of Linnzus) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427
(Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Columbigallina passerina Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 97 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.).

Columbigallina passerina aflavida BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 197
(Cayo Bonito, El Hospital, Jucaro, and San Juan).—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII,
IQII, 11 (I. of Pines).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (I. of Pines;
nesting).

“Ground Dove” READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 57, 58, 75 (1. of Pines).

“‘Cuban Ground Dove” REApD, Odlogist, XXVII, t910, 5 (Nuevas River), 84
(McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 3 (McRinley and Santa Barbara
Mountain, etc.), 5 (McKinley; nesting), 6 (Nuevas River), 7 (Cafiada Mountains,
etc.), 113 (West McKinley), 146 (Bibijagua); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River),
125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios).

“West Indian Ground Dove”’ REAp, Odlogist, XXVII, I91o0, 42 (I. of Pines;
nesting).

Chemepelia passerina aflavida READ, Bird-Lore, XIII, rto11, 44 (McKinley);
XV, I913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).—Topp, Ann. Carnegie
Mus., VIII, 1913, 561 (I. of Pines; references), 599 (Jucaro, El Hospital, San
Juan, Cayo Bonito, and ‘“‘Nueva Gerona, etc.’’).

Twenty-three specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indios, and Nueva Gerona.

Several of Mr. Read’s records above quoted are additional to those
given by the writer under the head of this form in his late review of the
present genus (ANNALS CARNEGIE MusEvum, VIII, 1913, 561-562),
while other references have been corrected. These were among the
few that were not personally verified at the time.

A very common species everywhere, except, of course, in marshy
country, and in dense woodland. At Caleta Grande, on the south
coast, it was the only species of the family observed. It is very tame,
not being subject to persecution as are the larger pigeons and doves,
nor does it appear to go in flocks as do the latter. Mr. Link found
two nests early in May containing eggs almost ready to hatch, while
Mr. Read has recorded fresh eggs as early as January 20, and doubtless
the species breeds here almost every month of the year, as elsewhere
throughout its general range. Young in juvenal dress were taken in
July, December, and February.

69. Zenaida zenaida zenaida (Bonaparte). ZENAIDA DOVE.

Columba zenaida Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

Zenaida zenaida Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 97 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—READ, OGlogist, XXVIII, tort, 11 (I. of Pines).

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 228

Zenaida zenaida zenaida BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 197 (Almaci-
gos).—REap, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, ror4 (I. of Pines).
“Zenaida Dove’’ Reap, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1ro11, 10 (Nuevas River), 113 (West

McKinley).

Ten specimens: Los Indios and McKinley.

These are indistinguishable from Bahaman specimens, although the
individual variation is considerable. Females are noticeably duller
than males.

The Zenaida Dove is generally distributed in the dry country north
of the Cienaga, and is often found associated with the West Indian
Mourning Dove, although only about half as numerous as the latter.
Both kinds are shot for food during the open season. Only a few
were seen about Nueva Gerona, but at Los Indios it was fairly common,
occurring in good-sized flocks through the fall and early winter months.
A nest supposed to belong to this species was found in the mangroves
along the Los Indios River late in April.

70. Zenaidura macroura macroura (Linneus). WeEstT INDIAN MourRN-
ING DOVE.

Columba carolinensis (not of Linneus) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427
(Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Zenaidura macroura Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 97 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.).

Zenaidura macroura bella BANGS & ZApPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 197 (Rio
Santiago and El Hospital; habits).

““Mourning Dove’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 19009, 452 (I. of Pines).—
READ, OGdlogist, X XVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines).

“West Indian Mourning Dove”’ READ, Odlogist, XX VII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River),
84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, torr, 3 (McKinley), 10 (Nuevas
River), 113 (West McKinley), 146 (Bibijagua); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley
and Nuevas River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 164 (Santa
Barbara to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los Indios).—REaD, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr.
25, 1914 (Pine River).

Zenaidura macroura macroura READ, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV>
1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

Zenaidura macroura marginata (lapsus) READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, tort, 11 (I. of
Pines).

Zenaidura carolinensis marginata READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1g91t4 (I. of
Pines, habits).

Eleven specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indios, and Bogarona.

After comparing these with a series from the eastern United States
I must confess that I am not very favorably impressed with the claims
of the respective forms to recognition as subspecies. The separation

294. — ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

is based on the average smaller size of the West Indian bird, and
while this difference certainly exists, it scarcely seems so great as to
demand formal recognition in nomenclature. I can discover no
constant color-differences, the width of the tail-band, to which Messrs.
Palmer and Riley call attention, being a variable character in, birds
from both localities.

“Throughout the island in the open pine woods, palmetto groves,
and especially in old fields grown up to weeds, the Cuban Mourning
Dove is an abundant bird. Several nests were found in low trees
five or six feet from the ground” (Bangs & Zappey). Mr. Link
confirms this statement, and adds that he found several nests in the
mangroves along the Los Indios River late in April. In the fall and
winter months the species is usually found in flocks, frequently in
company with other kinds.

71. Columba leucocephala Linneus. WHITE-CROWNED PIGEON.

Columba leucocephala PoEy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).—Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 96 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—BAancs & ZAappEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 197 (La Vega).—READ, Bird-Lore,
XIII, torr, 44 (McKinley).—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, torr, 11 (I. of Pines).
—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (Bird I., Siguanea Bay).

“White-crowned Pigeon”’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of
Pines).—READ, OGlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVII, Igro, 15
(I. of Pines; migr.); XXVIII, t911, 3 (McKinley), 6, 10 (Nuevas River), 7
(Cafiada Mountains, etc.), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Pine River),
125, 127 (Santa Barbara; migr.), 131 (I. of Pines).

‘‘White-head[ed] Pigeon’’ READ, Odlogist, X XVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River).

Seven specimens: Nueva Gerona, Los Indios, and Bogarona.

4c ’

Most of the specimens secured show the same “ patchy ”’ condition
of the plumage, apparently the result of irregular moult, which I
have previously remarked in the case of Bahaman examples (ANNALS
CARNEGIE MusEuM, VII, 1911, 416).

This is a common species everywhere, except in the Cienaga, ap-
pearing in flocks late in February, and remaining until the last of
September. Although a few stragglers may be seen through the winter
months, the vast majority of the individuals withdraw at that season
from their usual range, and according to native report. resort to the
‘“south coast,’’ in great numbers. It is one of the most numerous
birds of the various mountain ridges in the interior of the island during
the breeding-season, which begins in May. The nest is usually
built in the top of a royal palm, but along the Los Indios River the

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 225

birds were found nesting in the mangroves, rather low down. Mr.
Read says that it was nesting abundantly in the mangroves on Bird
Island in Siguanea Bay at the time of his visit, but Mr. Link failed to
find it there in 1912-13. This pigeon is far shyer than the other
kinds, with which it seldom associates, preferring as it does thicker
covert. It is very fond of the fruit of the ‘‘ cocoa-plum ”’ ( Chryso-
balanus Icaco).

72. Columba squamosa Bonnaterre. SCALY-NAPED PIGEON.

Columba squamosa BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 197 (Nueva Gerona,
fide Palmer and Riley).—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 13, and XXX, 1913,
131 (I. of Pines), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara; migr.; local range).—REApD, I. of
Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (I. of Pines, local).

(?) “El Bobo Pigeon’”’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 3 (Santa Barbara Mountain,
etc.).

While this species is reported to be still rather common in Cuba,
it is now rare in the Isle of Pines, having been almost exterminated
in recent years. Indeed, Mr. Link failed to meet with it at all, nor
did Messrs. Palmer and Riley actually see any individuals, although
they heard a few. Mr. Read tells us that although it was formerly
abundant all over the island, it is now rare and local, being found
only at certain points on the west and south coasts. This scarcity
has been brought about solely by shooting for food and sport, which
bids fair to exterminate, sooner or later, all of the larger pigeons and
doves in the island, unless some means can be found to curtail the
practice before it is too late.

73. Columba inornata proxima Todd, subsp. nov. ISLE oF PINES
PLAIN PIGEON.

Columba inornata (not of Vigors) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva
Gerona, fide Gundlach).—Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 97 (I. of Pines, in
geog. distr.)—BANGs & ZappEy, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 196 (I. of Pines;
Poey’s record).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 224, and XXVIII, rort, 11 (I.
of Pines); X XVII, 1910, 5, and XXVIII, 1911, 6, 10 (Nuevas River); X XVII,
1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, ro11, 5 (McKinley; nesting),
7 (Cafiada Mountains, etc.), 114 (West McKinley).—ReEap, Bird-Lore, XIII,
1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).—
READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 127 (Santa Barbara), 130
(I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios).—REeEap, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 21, 1914 (I.
of Pines).

Chlorenas inornata GUNDLACH, Journ. fiir Orn., 1861, 416 (I. of Pines).—GuNpD-
LACH, Repert. Fis.-Nat. I. Cuba, I, 1866, 29 (Santa Fé).—GuNDLACH, An. Soc.
Esp. Hist. Nat. Madrid, II, 1873, 143 (Santa Fé).—GunpLacu, Contr. Orn.

226 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Cubana, 1876, 128 (I. of Pines)—GuNpLacu, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 155 (I. of
Pines).

(2?) Zenaida zenaida (lapsus) READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1900, 148 (I. of Pines).

(?) “Zenaida Dove”’ (lapsus) READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1900, 452 (I. of

Pines).—REAaD, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines).

Columba inornata proxima Topp, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XXVIII, 1915, 170

(Los Indios; orig. descr.).

Thirteen specimens: Los Indios.

Type, No. 39,892, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Los
Indios, Isle of Pines, December 13, 1912; Gustav A. Link.

Subspecific characters.—Differs from typical inornata of Cuba in
its decidedly paler, grayer coloration, especially marked in the much
less strongly vinaceous shade of the under surface. The white edgings
of the median and greater wing-coverts are narrower.

Through the courtesy of the authorities of several different insti-
tutions I have been able to bring together a small series of this fast
disappearing species, representing all the various islands included in
its range. Even in this small series geographical variation is evident,
each island apparently possessing a separate form with the exception
of Haiti, the single bird from which is indistinguishable from Cuban
examples. The Isle of Pines race is easily distinguished from the
typical Cuban form by the characters above specified. It is of course
conceivable that these characters may be shared by birds from
western Cuba, a circumstance which might possibly affect the validity
of the name here proposed. The Porto Rican form, to which Mr.
Ridgway has recently applied the name exsul (Proceedings Biological
Society of Washington, XXVIII, 1915, 106), is much deeper in general
coloration, while the Jamaican bird is extreme in this respect.

The males in the Isle of Pines series, besides being slightly larger,
average more “solid ’’ vinaceous below than the females, while the
vinaceous area on the wing-coverts is also deeper and larger. Sep-
tember specimens are in postnuptial moult. “ Iris white; feet pink.”’

All of the earlier authorities on the birds of Cuba and the Isle of
Pines agree as to the abundance of the Plain Pigeon in both islands,
but of late years its numbers have become very much reduced in
Cuba, and according to the statements of several reliable observers
it is practically extinct in many parts of that island. In the Isle of
Pines, however, it is still common locally, but, with the persecution
to which it is being subjected by the inhabitants, it will be a question
of only a few years before it will be as rare here as in Cuba. The

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 227

open season for shooting lasts from September until the end of April,
and thus extends well into the breeding-season. Moreover, the birds
are so easily shot that large bags are the rule. In the spring and fall
months they are found in flocks of greater or less extent, scattered
through the pine-lands, feeding on the fruit of the ‘ cocoa-plum.”’
At such times they may be approached with ease, paying little atten-
tion to an intruder, even after being repeatedly fired at, whence their
common name of ‘‘ El Bobo ”’ (fool) Pigeon.!® Many such flocks were
seen at Los Indios for about a week during the latter part of September,
after which they disappeared, and only a few odd birds were seen
until the end of March, when the flocks began to appear, seeming to
come from the south. The natives say that they retire to the ‘“‘ south
coast ’’ for the winter months, but this could not be verified. That
there is a limited migration in both Columba leucocephala and the
present species, however, is beyond question. In other sections of
the island it is evidently not so common, Mr. Zappey having secured
but a single specimen on his first trip, and none at all in 1904. Mr.
Read speaks of finding a nest on April 29, 1910, built in a blown-over
tree about twenty feet from the ground, and composed of a few loose
sticks, like that of the Mourning Dove. This nest had eggs on May 4

74. Ara tricolor (Bechstein). CuBAN MAcaAw.

Ara tricolor Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 101, 127 (I. of Pines) —GuUNDLACH,
Orn. Cubana, 1895, 151 (I. of Pines)—BANGs & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX,
1905, 200 (La Vega).—CLaArRK, Auk, XXII, 1905, 348 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—ROTHSCHILD, Extinct Birds, 1907, 51 (1. of Pines, in geog. distr.; Bangs and
Zappey’s record).

The Cuban or Great Antillean Macaw, the range of which at one
time included not only Cuba and the Isle of Pines, but also Haiti and
Jamaica, has been extinct for many years, having been destroyed by
the inhabitants because of its value for food. Gundlach attributes it
to the Isle of Pines, and Messrs. Bangs and Zappey remark as tollows:
“Tt has been supposed that perhaps the Cuban Macaw still lingered
in the Isle of Pines. Unfortunately this is not so. The last pair
known in the island was shot at La Vega, near the Cienaga, about the
year 1864, and none have been seen since. This information was

15 Mr. Read claims that this name properly belongs to Columba squamosa, but
Gundlach applies it to the present species, and Mr. Link indorses this procedure.
Mr. Reed seems to have confused one or both of these pigeons with the Zenaida
Dove during the early part of his work.

228 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

furnished by the man on whose plantation they were shot.” The
fate which has befallen this and other West Indian parrots bids fair
to overtake additional species of this family.

75. Aratinga euops (Wagler). CuBAN PAROQUET.

Conurus guianensis (not Psittacus guianensis Gmelin) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat.
Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Conurus euops GUNDLACH, Contr. Orn. Cubana, 1876, 126 (I. of Pines).—Cory,
Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, ror (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.) —GUNDLACH, Orn,
Cubana, 1893, 152 (I. of Pines)—Bancs & Zappry, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905,
200 (I. of Pines).—Crark, Auk, XXII, 1905, 310 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
Gundlach, writing some twenty years ago, says that the Cuban

Paroquet was formerly very abundant in the Isle of Pines, but at the

rate it was being taken for the cage-bird traffic it would be merely a

question of a few years more before it would be entirely exterminated.

Hundreds of young birds were being exported every year, it seems.

This prediction has been fulfilled, for neither Mr. Zappey nor Mr. Link

met with the species during their respective visits to the island, nor

did they even hear any reports of its occurrence. The outcome in

this case will inevitably be that of other species in this family also,

unless the traffic in living birds can in some way be stopped.

76. Amazona leucocephala palmarum subsp. nov. ISLE oF PINES
PARROT.

Psittacus leucocephalus (not of Linneus) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427
(Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Chrysotis leucocephalus GUNDLACH, Contr. Orn. Cubana, 1876, 124 (I. of Pines?).—
GunpbLacu, Auk, VIII, 1891, 189, in text (I. of Pines; plumage).—GUNDLACH,
Orn. Cubana, 1893, 149 (I. of Pines).

Amazona leucocephala BANGS & ZapprEy, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 201 (Pasadita
and El Hospital; nesting)—RrEap, Odlogist, XXVIII, ro11, 11 (I. of Pines).—
READ, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

“Green Parrot’’ READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1900, 58 (I. of Pines).

“Cuban Green Parrot’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).
—READ, Odlogist, XXX, I913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 168 (Los Indios).

“Cuban Parrot’? READ, Odlogist, XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River); XXVIII,
T9111, 5 (McKinley; nesting), 6, 10 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley);
XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley and Nuevas River), 125, 129, pl. (Santa Barbara;
nesting), 130 (I. of Pines).

Twenty-four specimens: Bibijagua and Los Indios.

Type, No. 39,630, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult female; Los
Indios, Isle of Pines, October 9, 1912; Gustav A. Link.

Subspecific characters.—Similar to Amazona leucocephala leucocephala

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 229

(Linneus), but general color darker green; the abdominal purplish
red patch averaging darker and more extensive; and the throat some-
what deeper red.

Measurements —Male (ten specimens): wing, I90-196 (average,
194); tail, 110-122 (116); exposed culmen, 25-28 (26.6); depth of bill,
28-31 (29). Female (ten specimens): wing, 184-194 (187); tail,
102-119 (113.5); exposed culmen, 25-27 (26); depth of bill, 27-29
(2776)

With a series of twenty-four specimens of the Isle of Pines Amazona
leucocephala before me I find that they differ sufficiently from the
average Cuban bird to bear formal separation. While it is true that
there is considerable variation in the extent of the abdominal purplish
red patch in both series (possibly dependent on age), the average dif-
ference between the two series in this respect is fairly well marked,
and taken in connection with the other characters above mentioned
is in my judgment sufficient to justify the recognition of the form from
the Isle of Pines as distinct. Save that the latter seems to havea slightly
longer tail, there is apparently no especial difference in size, so far
at least as indicated by the series examined in this connection.

Numerous individuals in the present fine series show scattered green
feathers on the throat and sides of the head, while in others the crown
feathers along the posterior line of the white frontal patch are stained
with yellow or crimson. A specimen shot July 6 is evidently a young
bird in full moult, judging from its small size, differently colored bill,
restricted white front, and small amount of red on the rectrices.
Another taken September 21 is a very pale bird, in which the tertials
are narrowly tipped with crimson, and the abdominal purplish red
patch very extensive. _ .

Judging from reports of the relative numbers annually exported,
this parrot is more numerous at the present time in the Isle of Pines
than is its relative in Cuba. One dealer in live birds was shipping
about twenty-one hundred young parrots from the Isle of Pines in
July, 1912, but in all Cuba had been able to secure only about a
thousand birds for this purpose. According to his testimony, they
were formerly much more abundant than at present, and of course
will continue to decrease indefinitely unless this practice can be
checked. So important had the business of trapping parrots become
at one time that there grew up in many parts of the island a system
of “ parrot lines,”’ to define the hunting rights of different individuals,

230 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

and these lines frequently figure in present-day boundary disputes.
The parrot-hunters keep taking the young birds at every opportunity,
and make a practice of removing the eggs or young of distant nests to
nests of other pairs which chance to be nearer their own homes, so as
to keep rival hunters from eventually securing them. Three or four
eggs constitute the usual complement, but often a pair of birds is
compelled to rear twice as many young for the sole benefit of the parrot-
hunters. The nests are invariably built in an old woodpecker’s hole
in a bottle-palm, usually only fifteen or twenty feet from the ground,
and the eggs are pure white. Mr. Link’s first nest was found early in
April, and on April 15 a set of three eggs was secured. Mr. Read
records a nest still containing young as late as June 27. Parrots are
fairly common throughout the drier parts of the island (except in the
mountains), affecting the groves of pine and bottle-palms (Pl. XXIII,
fig. 3). They feed on the cones and tender shoots of the pines, as
well as on the seeds of the royal palm, and it is said that they also
damage the cultivated grape-fruit, on which account they are con-
sidered a nuisance, and many are shot. Except in the nesting-season,
they are found in large flocks, and are at all times very noisy and un-
suspicious. The bulk of the individuals seem to disappear in Septem-
ber, however, and only a few odd birds are to be seen until the latter
part of January. The natives say that during this interim they retire
to the ‘‘ south coast,” like the pigeons, but this statement could not be
confirmed.

77. Crotophaga ani Linneus. ANI.

Crotophaga ani Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).—Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 102 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—Bancs & Zapprey, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 200 (Cayo Bonito, Santa Fé,
and Jucaro; habits).—Rrab, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 102 (I. of Pines; habits);
XXVIII, torr, 12 (I. of Pines).—ReEaAp, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley);
XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

“Black Parrot’? READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines), 102 (crit.).

“*Ani’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines). —READ, Odlogist,
XOX VIL, TOOo, 223° (I. of Pines) XOOViIl; ono. 5, and) SoeVill orn, OneLo
(Nuevas River), 3 (McKinley), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Mc-
Kinley and Nuevas River), 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los
Indios).

Thirteen specimens: Nueva Gerona and Los Indios.
These are precisely like specimens from other West Indian localities.
There is one bird in juvenal dress, dated June 29.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 23K

The Ani was not detected in the Cienaga or in the country to the
southward, but to the northward it is a very common and generally
distributed species. It prefers the more open country, and is emi-
nently gregarious in its habits, often being seen in pastures attending
the cattle and other stock. Like the Caracara and some other birds,
it is fond of following in the wake of brush-fires, picking up the roasted
lizards, snails, and insects. On several occasions flocks were found
roosting in the mangroves along the Los Indios River, attracting
attention by their habit of huddling close together on the perch,
like domestic fowls.

78. Saurothera decolor Bangs & Zappey. ISLE oF PINES LIZARD
Cuckoo.

Saurothera meriini (not of D’Orbigny) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427
(Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Saurothera merlini decolor BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 199 (La
Vega, Cayo Bonito, and El Hospital; orig. descr.; type now in Mus. Comp. Zodl.;
habits; crit.) ALLEN, Auk, XXII, 1905, 320, in text (review).—EDITorRs, Ibis,
1905, 631, in text (review).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1900, 190 (I. of Pines),
223 (I. of Pines; descr.; habits); XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines).—REap, Bird-
Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa
Barbara).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Nov. 22, 1913 (I. of Pines; habits).

“Lizard Cuckoo”’ READ, Odlogist, XX VII, 1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona).

“Isle of Pines Lizard Cuckoo”’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, to11, 5 (Santa Barbara
Mountain, etc.), 6, 10 (Nuevas River), 7 (Cafiada Mountains, etc.), 114 (West
McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 125, 130 (Santa Barbara), 164
(Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los Indios).

Twenty-one specimens: Nueva Gerona, Bibijagua, and Los Indios.

This is a very distinct form, differing so markedly from S. merlini
of Cuba that I venture to raise it to the rank of a species. As stated
in the original description, it seems in fact to be rather nearer to
S. bahamensis in general coloration, resembling S. merlini, however,
in having the primaries rufous. The series of adults is very uniform
as a whole, the size and shape of the black markings on the tail being
perhaps the most variable character. A number of young birds, dis-
tinguished by their duller and paler coloration, and by the lack of a
subterminal black bar on the rectrices, were taken between June 28
and July 3.

Poey appears to have been the only author to record a Saurothera
from the Isle of Pines previous to Messrs. Bangs and Zappey, whose
specimens proved to belong to a form quite different from that of
Cuba. With reference to its habits, they state that it is ‘‘a common

232 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

bird in rough, rocky country, wherever there is a thick growth of scrub
and bushes, and is very tame. It has a habit of hopping from one
branch to another till it reaches the top of a bush and then sailing
down to the ground or the lower branches of another bush. Its usual
call-note is a sort of laugh that begins low and slowly, and rapidly
ascending, ends in a low chuckle. When two individuals are within
sight of each other they often go through a curious performance,
which consists in lowering the head and dropping the feathers of the
throat which then looks like a large pouch, at the same time spreading
the wings and tail to their fullest extent and repeating the loud chuck-
ling notes that end the usual call. The stomachs of those taken con-
tained the remains of small lizards, beetles, caterpillars, and large
moths.’ It is a common species everywhere in the island, except
in the Cienaga.

Coccyzus americanus (Linneus). YELLOW-BILLED CUCKOO. ©

(?) ‘‘West Indian Vellow-billed Cuckoo” Reap, Odlogist, XXVIII, ro11, 13 (I.
of Pines), 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines).

This is the only species of this genus known to regularly visit Cuba, so that it
is presumably this form which is meant by Mr. Read under the above caption. He
speaks of having seen individuals on April 29, 1910, and March 3, 1911, but, as
some doubt attaches to the identification, the records are open to question.
Coccyzus erythrophthalmus (Wilson). BLACK-BILLED CUCKOO.

(2) Coccyzus erythrophthalmus READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines).

(?) “Black-billed Cuckoo”’ Reap, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of
Pines).—READ, OGlogist, XXVI, 1909, 102, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines);
XXVIII, torr, 114 (West McKinley).

This species, migrating as it does through Mexico and Central America, is of
merely accidental occurrence in Cuba, and unknown in the other Antilles. Mr.
Read’s records, above cited, refer to individuals noted on May 11, 1909, and in
November, 1910, respectively. In reply to an inquiry he writes that the first one
was actually secured, but as the specimen is unfortunately not now extant, and
there is no way of confirming the record otherwise, it is deemed unwise to admit
it under the circumstances.

79. Glaucidium siju vittatum Ridgway. IsLE oF PINES PyGMy OWL.

Noctua siju (not of D’Orbigny) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva
Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Glaucidium siju Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 100 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—Bancs & ZAppEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 202 (Santa Fé and Cayo Bonito;
habits).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, I909, 190; XXVII, 1910, 35 (I. of Pines;
descr.; habits); XXVIII, ror1, 11 (I. of Pines).—ReEapD, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911,
44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).—READ,
Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 122 (McKinley; habits).—REap, I. of Pines News, VI,
Jan. 24, 1914 (descr.; habits).

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 233

“Cuban Pygmy Owl’’ REAp, Odlogist, X XVII, 1910, 5, and XXVIII, 1911, 10
(Nuevas River), 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain), 7 (Cafiada Mountains, etc.),
113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 125 (Santa Barbara),
130 (I. of Pines).

Glaucidium siju vittatum RipGway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 805
(Nueva Gerona; orig. descr.; type in coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.).

Eighteen specimens: Nueva Gerona, Bibijagua, and Los Indios.

Messrs. Bangs and Zappey could discover no particular difference
between specimens of Glaucidium siju from Cuba and the Isle of Pines
respectively, and it remained for Mr. Ridgway to distinguish the form
from the latter island. Judging from the series brought back by
Mr. Link, which I have had the opportunity of comparing with another
series from various parts of Cuba, it is a well-marked geographic race,
differing not only in its somewhat larger size, but also in its more
grayish, less rufescent coloration, both above and below. There is
some variation, it is true, of an apparently individual character,
affecting the exact pattern of the markings of the under parts, which
in some specimens tend to arrange themselves in bars, and in others
partake more of the nature of streaks. Only one of the Cuban speci-
mens before me is as gray above as the average Isle of Pines bird, and
while half of the Cuban series are in the rufescent phase described by
Mr. Ridgway, not a single specimen of the Isle of Pines series shows
any approach to that condition of plumage.

This little owl is common and generally distributed in the Isle of
Pines, and is one of the first birds to attract the attention of a new-
comer, coming boldly as it does into gardens and the vicinity of
houses, and showing little fear of man. It appears to feed mainly on
grasshoppers, beetles, and lizards, although from the treatment it
receives from small birds it is evident that these also enter to some
extent into its bill of fare. Indeed, Mr. Read records a case in which
one of these owls even attacked and killed a Cuban Meadowlark—a
species larger than itself—only to be in its turn attacked and driven off
by a half-dozen of the latter. In habits it is more diurnal than noc-
turnal, and its call, described by Mr. Read as a series of shrill, sharp,
short whistles, high-pitched at first, and gradually descending the
scale, is apt to be heard at any time of the day or night. It has a
peculiar habit of nervously twitching its tail, sometimes even holding
it erect, wren-fashion. Nothing appears to be on record concerning
its nesting in the Isle of Pines, but Gundlach says that the Cuban

234 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

bird is wont to use the old holes of woodpeckers in palm-trees for this
purpose, laying its eggs in March and April.

80. Gymnasio lawrencii exsul Bangs. IsLE oF PINES BARE-LEGGED
OWL.

Noctua nudipes (not Strix nudipes Daudin) PorEy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854,
426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Gymnasio lawrencii Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, too (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.)—GuNbDLAcH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 35 (I. of Pines).—BANcs & ZAPPEY,
Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1005, 202 (Pasadita and Santa Sevilla; habits; crit.).—
READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, ro11, 13 (I. of Pines)—RipGway, Bull. U. S. Nat.
Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 679 (Pasadita and Santa Sevilla; meas.).—READ, I. of
Pines News, VI, Jan. 24, 1914 (I. of Pines; descr.).—READ, Bird-Lore, XVI,
1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

Gymnasio lawrenciit exsul BANGS, Proc. New England Zodélogical Club, IV, 1913,
91 (Santa Sevilla; orig. descr.; type now in coll. Mus. Comp. Zoél.; meas.;
crit.).—STONE, Auk, XXX, 1913, 453, in text (review).

Two specimens: Nueva Gerona.

Besides the above, I have before me two of the birds collected by
Mr. Zappey, and the type-specimen of Gymnoglaux lawrencii Sclater
and Salvin (No. 39,111, Collection U. S. National Museum; Remedios,
Cuba, October 30, 1863; N. H. Bishop), as well as six other specimens
from Cuba, kindly loaned by Messrs. Bangs and Ramsden. There is
some variation in both series, but the general differences between the
two, pointed out by Mr. Bangs, are obvious at a glance. The speci-
mens from eastern and central Cuba are much more rufescent both
above and below than those from the Isle of Pines, while the white
spotting on the back and wings, as well as the light barring on the
tail, is much less pronounced. There is no especial difference in size,
however. A skin from San Francisco de Morales, in western Cuba,
agrees better with the Isle of Pines birds than with those from eastern
Cuba, so that it is probable that this is the form inhabiting the entire
western part of the island. Although Mr. Ridgway sinks exsul as a
synonym of Jawrencii, and it is of course possible that with a larger
series the characters relied on for their discrimination might break
down, or prove to have no especial geographical significance, I have
no other alternative than to recognize it for the present.

This species is rare in the Isle of Pines, but being strictly nocturnal,
this rarity may be more apparent than real. Mr. Zappey secured three
specimens in all, at Pasadita and Santa Sevilla, finding a brood of three
half-grown young at the latter locality, the nest being in a hole in a

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 235

tree. The pair of birds brought back by Mr. Link were taken in a
small cave on the slope of the Caballos Mountains near Nueva Gerona
on February 15. The female showed no signs of breeding at this date.

81. Asio stygius (Wagler). STyGIAN OWL.

Asio stygius Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, too (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).—
GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 33 (I. of Pines).—RipGway, Bull. U. S. Nat:
Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 658 (La Vega, in geog. distr.; crit.).

Nyctalops stygius siguapa BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 201 (La
Vega; crit.; ex Otus siguapa D’Orbigny).—REAp, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan.
24, 1914 (I. of Pines, rare).

One specimen: Pasadita.

This is a rare bird in the Isle of Pines, and does not appear to be
much, if at all, more numerous in Cuba. Mr. Zappey, who was for-
tunate enough to secure a fine adult male at La Vega on May 25,
1904, reports that it is found only in the heaviest and densest forests,
and because of its strictly nocturnal habits it is extremely hard to
obtain. Mr. Link secured a single young bird on May 28, at Pasadita.
This specimen, being in moult from the downy stage, is useless for
comparison, but Messrs. Bangs and Zappey say that their specimen
differs from continental examples in being much paler, and they ac-
cordingly adopt D’Orbigny’s name, based on the Cuban bird, as the
proper subspecific appellation of the supposed form. But Mr. Ridg-
way, while admitting the peculiarities of their Isle of Pines specimen,
finds himself unable to satisfactorily divide the species on this basis,
and it seems a safer course to follow this conclusion for the present.

82. Tyto perlata furcata (Temminck). WHITE-WINGED BARN OWL.

Strix furcata PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gund-
lach).

Strix pratincola furcata Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 100 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.).—BANGS & ZApPpEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 202 (Santa Sevilla; food).
—REapD, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 24, 1914 (I. of Pines; habits).

“Cuban Barn Owl” READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 13, and XXX, 1913, 125
(Santa Barbara), 130 (1. of Pines), 164 (Santa Barbara to Nueva Gerona).

Tyto perlata furcata RIDGWAY, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 602 (Santa
Sevilla, in geog. distr.; meas.).

Six specimens: McKinley, Nueva Gerona, Los Indios, and Pasadita.
Two of these six skins are very pale above as compared with the
others, while the amount of spotting below also varies to some extent.
Only one individual shows any dark marking on the tail, and this is

236 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

confined to some brown shaft-spots, and fine mottling at the tips of
some of the feathers.

Poey recorded this species many years ago from the Isle of Pines,
and Mr. Read also has occasionally observed it, a specimen collected
by him at McKinley being now in the collection of the Carnegie
Museum. The five fine specimens sent in by Mr. Link were secured
in every case during moonlight nights, in the vicinity of poultry-
houses, where these owls often come in search of their prey. On such
occasions they are readily attracted by making any kind of a squeaking
noise, when they come up and circle about overhead, presenting a fair
shot. They seem to be strictly nocturnal, and for this reason they
are seldom observed, and may be far more common than is apparent.
Mr. Read says that they are accustomed to spend the day in the thick
tops of the bottle-palms, and adds that they are often attracted in
the night-time by the brilliant headlights of an automobile, and fly
down in front of the machine. The stomachs of all the individuals
examined contained feathers, whence it is evident that small birds
constitute a larger proportion of the food of this species than in the
case of the Barn Owl of continental North America, which feeds so
largely on small mammals. The single example shot by Mr. Zappey
had been eating a Ruddy Quail Dove. Nothing appears to be on
record concerning its nesting habits, so far as the Isle of Pines is con-
cerned.

83. Chordeiles virginianus virginianus (Gmelin). NIGHTHAWK.

Chordeiles virginianus virginianus BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 203
(Santa Fé; meas.).—OBERHOLSER, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 86, 1914, 517
(Santa Fé; crit.)—RipGway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 562
(Santa Fé, in geog. distr.).

The only positive record for the typical form of the Nighthawk
from the Isle of Pines appears to be that above quoted, which refers
to a single specimen shot by Mr. Zappey at Santa Fé on May 10, 1904,
and which proved to be exactly like examples from New England.
Gundlach says that it occurs regularly in Cuba during migration,
in October and May, so that it is doubtless a regular migrant in the
Isle of Pines also, but may often have been coniused with the smaller
resident form.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 237

84. Chordeiles virginianus minor (Cabanis). CUBAN NIGHTHAWK.
(Plate X XVI.)

Chordeiles minor Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 105 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, ror (I. of Pines).

Chordeiles virginianus minor BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 203
(Los Almacigos, Santa Fé, and El Hospital; plum.; habits)—READ, Odlogist,
XXVIII, ror1z, 12 (I. of Pines).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 3, 1914
(habits).—OBERHOLSER, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 86, 1914, 82 (Nueva Gerona,
El Hospital, and Los Almacigos; meas.; crit.)—RiIpDGWAY, Bull. U. S. Nat.
Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 576 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).

““Nighthawk’”’ READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines).—
READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines).

““Antillean Nighthawk”? READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, torr, 7 (I. of Pines; migr.),
tz (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 124 (Pine River), 125
(Santa Barbara; migr.), 168 (Los Indios).

“Cuban Nighthawk’’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines, summer;
migr.).

“West Indian Nighthawk”’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 159-162, 4 pls. (Santa
Barbara; figs. nest and eggs).

Three specimens: Bibijagua, McKinley, and Los Indios.

This is the race of Chordeiles virginianus which is a summer resident
in the Greater Antilles. It may readily be distinguished by its small
size, and is furthermore peculiar in having a rufescent phase of plumage
entirely independent of age, sex, or season. In the present series there
is one female in this rufescent phase, and another more grayish, also.
one male in the gray phase. The significance of this dichromatism is.
no more understood than in other cases in which it occurs. Mr.
Oberholser has given reasons for believing that C. v. minor is probably
the nearest living representative of the “ original-stock ’’ form, and!
it is certainly a very strongly marked subspecies, if not indeed worthy
of higher rank.

A very common bird in the Isle of Pines, the generally open character
of much of the country being very well suited to its needs. In its
habits it closely resembles the northern form, flying mostly in the
morning and evening in dry weather, but throughout the day during
rainy weather, at which times scores may be in sight at once. Itisa
summer resident only, but arrives very early, Mr. Link’s first specimen,
having been taken February 6, while Mr. Read recorded it in 1912 on
March 14. It lays its eggs on the ground in open situations, and the
young are hatched in May. Plate X XVI shows the incubating bird,
and is reproduced from a photograph made by Mr. Read, a cut pre-

238 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

pared from which has been kindly loaned by Mr. R. M. Barnes, the
editor of The Odlogist. None were seen after the last of September.
Its winter home appears to be still unknown.

85. Setochalcis cubanensis (Lawrence). CUBAN WHIP-POOR-WILL.

Caprimulgus vociferus? (not of Wilson) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426
(Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Antrostomus vociferus? BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 203 (I. of Pines,
ex Poey; crit.).

Antrostomus cubanensis BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 203 (Cienaga).
—READ, Odlogist, X XVII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines)—R1ipGway, Bull. U. S. Nat.
Mus., No. 50, VI, t914, 513 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).

“Whip-poor-will’’ REAp, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).—
READ, OGlogist, X XVI, 1909, 124 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, 1911, 113 (West Mc-
Kinley).

““Cuban Whip-poor-will’’? Reap, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 131
(1. of Pines).

Inasmuch as the common Whip-poor-will is unknown in the West
Indies (except for a single accidental occurrence in Porto Rico), it is
practically certain that Poey’s record above quoted refers to the present
species, which otherwise is known only from Cuba, and seems to be
rare in collections. Mr. Zappey shot a single bird in June, in the dense
woods south of the Cienaga, but unfortunately it was too much mangled
to be preserved. Mr. Link did not meet with this species, but Mr.
Read says that he has noted it on a few occasions in the northwestern
part of the island, and writes that he has even found it nesting there.

86. Antrostomus carolinensis (Gmelin). CHUCK-WILL’S-WIDOW.

Antrostomus carolinensis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 105 (I. of Pines, in
geog. distr.)—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 103 (I. of Pines).—RipGway,
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 506 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
According to Gundlach, the present species is not rare in Cuba,

occurring every year, presumably as a winter resident. He attributes

it also to the Isle of Pines without special comment, this being the
only record so far available. It should be looked for in suitable
covert at the proper season.

87. Todus multicolor Gould. CuBAN Topy.

Todus portoricensis Porky, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

Todus multicolor Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 103 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—Bancs & ZapprEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 201 (Santa Fé and Cayo Bonito;

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 239

habits).—REApD, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 190 (I. of Pines); XXVII, r910, 62
(I. of Pines; descr.; habits); XXVIII, rorz, 13 (I. of Pines); XXX, 1913, 123
(McKinley).—REap, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Bar-
bara).—READ, I. of Pines News, V, Nov. 7, 1913 (descr.; habits)—R1IpGway,
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 443 (Nueva Gerona, Cayo Bonito, and
Santa Fé; meas.).

“Cuban Tody’’ REApD, Odlogist, XXVIII, torr, 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.);

XXX, 1913, 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines).

Eighteen specimens: Nueva Gerona and Los Indios.

Compared with a small series from Cuba, the Isle of Pines birds
differ only in having the sides of the neck rather deeper blue, but the
difference is slight and not entirely constant. There is some individual
variation observable in the color of the breast, which in some in-
dividuals is tinged with pink.

This brilliant little bird is an inhabitant of the thickets, and is very
common in such situations throughout the island, being particularly
numerous on the mountain slopes. It feeds on insects, darting out
after them like a flycatcher, the wings making a buzzing sound like a
hummingbird’s. Its call-note is a rattling sound likened by Messrs.
Bangs and Zappey to that made by striking two small pebbles to-
gether. It is the reverse of shy, manifesting much curiosity over an
intruder into its haunts, and sometimes following for a little distance.
It seems to have a special antipathy towards the Ricord Humming-
bird, driving it off at every opportunity. Mr. Link did not succeed
in finding any nests.

88. Streptoceryle alcyon alcyon (Linneus). BELTED KINGFISHER.

Alcedo alcyon Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gund-
lach).

Ceryle alcyon BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 201 (I. of Pines, winter).
—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, torr, 12 (I. of Pines).

“Belted Kingfisher’? READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).
—READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); X XVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River);
XXVIII, to11, 7 (1. of Pines; migr.), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125,
127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines).

Two specimens: Los Indios and Nueva Gerona.

A winter resident, fairly common along the rivers, but not seen along
the coast. A few were noted also in the Cienaga, near Siguanea. It
arrives from the north in September, the earliest date recorded by
Mr. Read being September 12, 1913. It was observed at Los Indios
as late as the first half of April.

240 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

89. Sphyrapicus varius varius (Linneus). YELLOW-BELLIED Woop-
PECKER.

Picus varius PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gund-
lach).

Sphyrapicus varius Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 104 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.) —GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 139 (I. of Pines).

Sphyrapicus varius varius BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 206 (I. of
Pines; Poey’s record).—RipGway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 274
(1. of Pines, in geog. distr.).

Poey lists this species among: those observed by Gundlach near
Nueva Gerona, and it is also given by Gundlach himself from the Isle
of Pines. It is a regular winter visitant to Cuba. Mr. Zappey saw
a few in March, 1902, but none were noted on his later trip. Neither
Mr. Link nor Mr. Read appear to have met with it, so that it cannot
be a very common or regular visitant to the Isle of Pines.

go. Xiphidiopicus percussus insule-pinorum Bangs. ISLE OF PINES
GREEN WOODPECKER.

Picus percussus (not of Temminck) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva
Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Xiphidiopicus percussus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 104 (I. of Pines, in
geog. distr.)—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 140 (I. of Pines).—BANcs &
ZappEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 206 (Santa Fé, Cayo Bonito, and Jucaro).—
READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).—READ, Odlogist,
XXVI, 1909, 124, and XXVIII, ro11, 12 (I. of Pines)—REap, I. of Pines News,
VI, Jan. 17, 1914 (descr.; habits).

‘“‘Cuban Green Woodpecker”? REap, Odlogist, XXVII, rto10, 5, and XXVIII,
1911, 6, 10 (Nuevas River), 3 (McKinley), 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.);
XXX, 1913, 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios).

Xiphidiopicus percussus insule-pinorum BANGS, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,
XXIII, 1910, 173 (Santa Fé; orig. descr.; type now in coll. Mus. Comp. Zo6l.;
meas.).—READ, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara).—RipGway, Bull.
U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 185 (Nueva Gerona, Santa Fé, Jucaro, and
Cayo Bonito, ex Bangs & Zappey; diag.).

Twenty-nine specimens: Nueva Gerona and Los Indios.

Not all of the alleged differences pointed out by Mr. Bangs appear
to hold good upon comparison, but the smaller size, more restricted
red throat-patch, and generally narrower streaking of the under parts
are excellent diagnostic characters of this very distinct insular sub-
species. Moreover, the median throat-stripe is wholly black, while
in the specimens of true percussus examined it is tinged with red almost
to the chin. The extent of the streaking on the under surface is a

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 241

variable character, as is also the width of the median black throat-band.
Females would seem on an average to have the outer rectrices more
decidedly barred than males. Two females in juvenal dress, taken on
May 3 and June 28 respectively, have the feathers of the pileum (except
anteriorly) tipped with red, as in the adult male. The crimson patch
on the breast is lacking, and the general coloration duller, but other-
wise they are like adults.

Although by no means so abundant as the other native woodpecker,
the present species is nevertheless a common bird, preferring the depths
of the jungle, however, to the palm-groves. Its call-note is not unlike
that of the Yellow-bellied species. It is a much less noisy bird
than the Centurus, and thus is more apt to escape observation. The
natives accuse it of injuring fruit in the same manner as the other
species, but it is very doubtful if the charge is justified, since it is not
accustomed to frequent the orange and grape-fruit groves to any great
extent. Two nests were discovered, one at Los Indios, the other at
Siguanea. Both were excavated in mangroves, and contained young
at the time (April and May). Mr. Read, however, says that it usually
nests in the pines at the very edge of the jungle.

gi. Centurus superciliaris murceus Bangs. ISLE oF PINES Woop-
PECKER.

Colaptes superciliaris (not Picus superciliaris Temminck) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat.
Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Centurus superciliaris GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 141 (I. of Pines).—REApD,
Odlogist, X XVI, 1909, Io2 (I. of Pines; syn.); XXVIII, ro11, 12 (I. of Pines).
—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Nov. 29, 1913 (descr.; habits).

Melanerpes superciliaris BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 206 (San
Juan, Jucaro, Nueva Gerona, and Los Almacigos; plum.; meas.; crit.).

“Red-bellied Woodpecker”? READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines).

““Cuban Red-bellied Woodpecker’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 445
(1. of Pines).—READ, Odlogist, XX VII, 1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona);
XXVIII, to11, 3 (McKinley and Santa Barbara Mountain), 5 (McKinley;
nesting), 6, 10 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas
River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios).

Centurus superciliaris murceus BANGS, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XXII, 1910,
173 (San Juan; orig. descr.; type now in coll. Mus. Comp. Zodél.; meas.).—
READ, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara).—RipGWaAy, Bull. U. S. Nat.
Mus., No. 50, VI, 1914, 61 (Nueva Gerona, Santa Fé (?), San Juan, Jucaro, and
Los Almacigos, ex Bangs & Zappey; diag.).

Thirty-six specimens: Nueva Gerona, Los Indios, and Santa Rosalia
Lagoon.

242 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Save for the changes incident to wear and fading, this series is fairly
uniform. The greatest variation observable is that affecting the
barring on the outer rectrices, which is very conspicuous in some in-
dividuals, in others almost obsolete. The middle rectrices vary some-
what also, the outer webs sometimes having a stripe of white along the
shaft, and sometimes a row of spots. These variations occur in both
sexes. Four nestlings from Los Indios, taken May 8, are interesting
as showing that in juvenal dress the female has more or less red on the
crown, thus approximating the pattern of the adult male, as in other
species of this family.

Compared with specimens of true superciliaris from Guantanamo,
Cuba, kindly loaned by Mr. Charles T. Ramsden, males from the
Isle of Pines are somewhat smaller, but are little different in color,
contrary to the claim of Mr. Bangs. The forehead, throat, and sides
of the head average more brownish, less whitish, however, and the
supraorbital black patch seems to average larger. Females of the
two forms are of the same size, and the colors about the same also;
in fact, the only distinguishing mark I can find is the much greater
width of the black band on the crown in the birds from the Isle of
Pines.

This woodpecker is one of the most abundant and generally dis-
tributed birds on the island, in spite of the persecution to which it is
subjected by the inhabitants, because of the damage which it is
said to do to grape-fruit, oranges, and guavas. The injury in ques-
tion is done by puncturing the fruits to reach the soft, sweet pulp,
for which the birds manifest a special fondness. As they are by no
means shy, it is a simple matter to kill them under such circumstances,
The nest is invariably built in a bottle-palm or royal palm, sometimes
as low as four feet from the ground. Two sets, of five and six eggs
respectively, were taken at Los Indios on May 3 and 5, while another
nest found May 8 contained young not quite ready to fly.

92. Priotelus temnurus vescus Bangs & Zappey. ISLE OF PINES
TROGON.

Trogon temnurus (not of Temminck) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427
(Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Priotelus temnurus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 103 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.).

Priotelus temnurus vescus BANGS & ZAppry, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 204 (Los
Almacigos, Pueblo Nuevo, Pasadita, and Cayo Bonito, orig. descr.; type now

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 243

in coll. Mus. Comp. Zoél.; meas.; crit.; habits)—ALLEN, Auk, XXII, 10905,
329, in text (review).—EpiTors, Ibis, 1905, 631, in text (review).—READ,
OGlogist, XXVI, 1909, I90 (I. of Pines), 223 (I. of Pines; descr.; habits);
XXVIII, 1911, 13 (1. of Pines)—R1ipGway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50,
V, 1911, 795 (Los Almacigos, Pueblo Nuevo, Pasadita, and Cayo Bonito, ex
Bangs & Zappey; diag.).—READ, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV,
1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).—READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913,
122 (McKinley; habits)—REap, I. of Pines News, Nov. 8, 1914 (descr.; habits).

“Tsle of Pines Trogon’’ READ, Odlogist, XX VII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River); XXVIII,
tot, 5 (McKinley; nesting); XXX, 1913, 123 (Nuevas River), 130 (I. of Pines),
168 (Los Indios).

Twelve specimens: Nueva Gerona, Hato, and Los Indios.

There is one female in juvenal dress, shot July 2. It resembles the
adult, but is of course duller, the pileum with little bluish gloss, and
the red of the under parts paler and mostly confined to the under tail-
coverts. The tail and wings are not different from those of the adult,
except that the white on the tips of the tertiaries is much reduced and
confined to an oblong spot on the outer web.

MEASUREMENTS. c

Priotelus temnurus temnurus:

No. Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. Bill.

26116 rot Guantanamo Cubase net ae 129 E23 18

77216 fof Guantanamo Gtlbals mere naa eer a 120 II4 17h

HORS. Gl wlalolleanbaly Ciiloe.458 > osc oboe oak unee one 120 II5
T4025 Ome ELOlouin @ulbarren niaetae ] = ere acieeitel ate. T2355 120.5 18.5
nom | ot. Lalo eariin, (Cisel.. . o Glance dedueocusbonoee 124 118 19
KOR op Salo) Fapaval, (Ciloy\s oo Gove ood no saeco oarbeF 123 118 17.5
neyo oe Itt Cue, Cie: go naesuvesecegacncdc 124 120 20

Priotelus temnurus vescus:
2047018) —ac | sNueva Gerona, IvofeBinesn. aa. ace: Tn 100 18
AI1I3118 rofl Nueva) Gerona, Icof Pimesm racers eee II5 118 75
4122018 fof INuevarGerona, Uv of Pincshe emacs ere meine} 108 18
A246 Seo, a eos indios; eof Pines ster rieeieie eine 116 109 18
4134018 Cla leos Indiosssl. not eines ete eens cee ers 118 106 7
1325017 CL LosPAlmacigos,. lof BIneshe iii Teng 104 19.5
1325117 Cue oseAlmacigos, U5 of bin Copa ernie II5 104 I9
132541") ot Cayo. Bonito, lof Pines ear irre II4 106 19.5
13255 OL CayOnbonito, lof binesSarerren seater 113 IIo 18.5
1325S enCleeLueblo Nuevo, U. Of Pinesm errr eels II4 108 18.5

16 Collection Charles T. Ramsden.
17 Collection E. A. and O. Bangs.
18 Collection Carnegie Museum.

244 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

After actually comparing a series of specimens in the same seasonal
plumage I must confess that I am not very favorably impressed with
the claim of the bird from the Isle of Pines to recognition by name.
There is certainly not the slightest difference in color, and the average
difference in size seems scarcely of sufficient importance to justify
formal separation. Mr. Ridgway speaks of the red color beneath
being appreciably lighter, but I am persuaded that he was dealing
with examples in more or less faded dress. This red area seems to
average smaller, however, than in the Cuban birds I have examined,
although this may be due to the make-up of the skins. Both Mr.
Bangs’ measurements (some of which I have quoted in the above table),
Mr. Ridgway’s, and my own, averaging substantially the same as they
do, seem scarcely to afford sufficient ground, in my judgment, for the
recognition of two subspecies, and I admit such only provisionally.

This brilliant species is common in the jungles, or dense tropical
forests found in the river valleys and on the mountain slopes. For a
perch it chooses an exposed situation, whence it sallies forth after
passing insects, yeturning to the same branch, in the manner of a
flycatcher. Small wild fruits are also eaten at times. As a rule it
occurs in pairs, or occasionally three or four may be seen together.
‘Tt is a stupid sluggish bird and very tame,”’ scarcely deigning to
move out of the way when approached. It has a loud call, repeated
at intervals, which has given rise to its native name of ‘‘ Tocororo.”’
The nest is doubtless built in hollow trees, as is the case with other
species of this group; at any rate, Mr. Read mentions having flushed a
bird of this species from an old woodpecker’s hole in a bottle-palm, on
June 25, 1910.

Nephecetes niger niger Gmelin. BLACK SWIFT.

(?) “Chimney Swift’’ (error) Read, Odlogist, XX VI, I909, 58, 102 (I. of Pines).
(2?) Cypseloides niger? READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).

—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 125, and XXVIII, I91I, 12, and XXX, 1913,

131 (1. of Pines).

Although this species has long been known from Cuba, where, however, it appears
to be rare and local, the above records for the Isle of Pines are admittedly doubtful,
resting as they do on imperfect identifications of individuals noted by Mr. Read
on at least two occasions. The actual capture of specimens is the only sufficient
ground for the admission of such a species as this to the Isle of Pines list.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 245

93. Streptoprocne zonaris pallidifrons (Hartert). ANTILLEAN CoL-
LARED SWIFT.

Hemiprocna [sic] zonaris pallidifrons? BANGS & ZApPpEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905,
203 (Nueva Gerona, fide Palmer & Riley).

Streptoprocne zonaris pallidifrons READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452
(I. of Pines).—REapD, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 12, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of
Pines).—RipGeway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, V, 1911, 701 (Nueva Gerona,
ex Bangs & Zappey).

Messrs. Palmer and Riley say that ‘‘.a large swift with some white
beneath was seen around the [Casas or Caballos] mountains on several
occasions.’’ This description will not fit any known species of this
family from the West Indies other than the present, which it is fair to
presume was the one in question. Mr. Link did not meet with this or
any other swift, but Mr. Read claims to have observed it on at least
one occasion (January 31, 1909). Its range is known to include
Cuba, Haiti, and Jamaica, and thus inferentially the Isle of Pines,
but specimens from the latter island are naturally very desirable in
order to support the present not entirely satisfactory records.

94. Tachornis pheenicobia yradii (Lembeye). CuBAN PALM Swirt.

Tachornis phenicobia (not of Gosse) READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1900, 452
(I. of Pines).—Read, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 124, and XXVIII, to11, 12 (I.
of Pines).

**Palm Swift’’ READ, Odlogist, X XVII, rt910, 5 (Nuevas River); XXVIII, 1911,
113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines).

Mr. Read appears to be the only observer to have noted this species,

‘

which he records as ‘“‘common in summer,” being in evidence just
before and just after a rain. In reply to a request for further infor-
mation he writes as follows: “‘ I have seen it closely on many occasions
and have watched it for a considerable time in clearings along the
Nuevas River. I see three or four pairs of these birds almost daily
in the Santa Barbara nursery, where they are nesting in the stub of a
royal palm. This bird is readily recognized and is very tame, not
paying the least attention to an intruder, and although it is always seen
on the wing it cannot be mistaken for any other swift because of its
small size and very noticeable white throat and rump.”’ Such a cir-
cumstantial account as this leaves little room for doubt as to identi-
fication, but specimens are still desiderata. Although Mr. Link was
constantly on the lookout for swifts during his stay in the island, he
did not see a single one. There are numerous Cuban records for the
present species.

246 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

95. Calypte helene (Lembeye). HELENA HUMMINGBIRD.

(?) “Black-throated Hummer?’’ Reap, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452
(I. of Pines)—ReEApD, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 75, and XXVIII, 1o11, 12 (I. of
Pines), 113 (West McKinley).

Ten specimens: Caleta Grande and Los Indios.

Mr. Read’s records above quoted, so he writes me, presumably
refer to this diminutive species, which has not heretofore been recorded
from the Isle of Pines. Mr. Link found it tolerably common in April
and May at Caleta Grande and Los Indios, feeding among the red
blossoms of the Jatropha glaucovirens. Between this species and the
Ricord Emerald a great antipathy exists, the former being driven off
from its feeding-grounds by the other whenever they come together.
The series secured includes but one adult male, which I am unable to
distinguish in any way from specimens collected in eastern Cuba;
the females from the two islands are also precisely alike. Most of
the published records for Cuba seem to pertain to the eastern part of
the island.

96. Riccordia ricordii ricordii (Gervais). RICoORD EMERALD.

Orthorhynchus ricordii PorY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona,
fide Gundlach).

Riccordia ricordii BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 203 (Los Almacigos
and Santa Fé; habits).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 190, and XXVIII, ro11,
12 (I. of Pines); X XVII, 1910, 61 (I. of Pines; descr.; habits).

“Ricord’s Hummer” Reap, Odlogist, XXVIII, ro11, 11 (Nuevas River), 113
(West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines).

Riccordia ricordii ricorditi RIDGWAY, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, V, 19II, 543
(Los Almacigos and Santa Fé, ex Bangs & Zappey; meas.).—READ, Bird-Lore,
XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara).

Seventeen specimens: Los Indios, Siguanea, and Nueva Gerona.

Although at one time (cf. ANNALS CARNEGIE Museum, VII, 1911,
424) I had doubts as to the distinctness of the Bahaman form of
Riccordia ricordii, comparison with the present fine series has served
to dispel them, so that the trinomial name is very properly employed
here.

This hummingbird is a very common species in the Isle of Pines,
occurring almost everywhere, escept in the swampy country. It is
particularly numerous on the wooded slopes of the Casas Mountains,
frequenting the flowers which grow so profusely there during the rainy
season, and is common also in the country back of Caleta Grande.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 247

“Tt is a noisy little bird and its mouse-like, squeaking note is uttered
at frequent intervals, especially when anything attracts its attention.”
A nest found by Mr. Link at Los Indios early in May was built in a
grape-fruit tree, three or four feet from the ground, and at that time
contained two eggs, highly incubated. Another found on the slopes
of the Casas Mountains in June, and containing young, was also simi-
larly placed at a low elevation.

97. Tyrannus dominicensis dominicensis (Gmelin). GRAY KINGBIRD.

Tyrannus dominicensis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 108 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.).— READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, tori, 7, 12 (I. of Pines; habits; nesting).—
READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 10, t914 (I. of Pines, summer; descr.).

Tyrannus dominicensis dominicensis BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905,
207 (Santa Fé, El Hospital, Cayo Bonito, and Jucaro).—RipGway, Bull. U. S.
Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 706 (I. of Pines; meas.).

“Gray Kingbird’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).—
READ, Odlogist, X XVI, 1900, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 42 (I. of Pines;
nesting), 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 7 (I. of Pines), 10
(Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara; migr.)

“‘Cuban Gray Kingbird’’ REAp, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 181 (I. of Pines, summer).
Four specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indios, and Nueva Gerona.

This species is well known to be migratory in the northern part of
its range, and even in Cuba Gundlach says that it is only a summer
resident from March to September. Mr. Read claims a similar seasonal
status for the species in the Isle of Pines, but Mr. Link actually secured
specimens on December 11, January 18, and February 5, thus showing
that its occurrence through these months is at least proven. It is
an inhabitant of the more open situations, the pine woodlands, pal-
metto-growths, and citrus-groves, where it comes in contact with the
Cuban Petchary, which it very closely resembles in habits. Mr.
Read mentions having found a nest with eggs on April 11, 1909, placed
in a low tree only six feet from the ground, and close to a building.
Messrs. Palmer and Riley found a nest near Nueva Gerona on July 8,
1900, containing two eggs on the point of hatching.

98. Tyrannus cubensis Richmond. Grant KINGBIRD.

Tyrannus magnirostris (not of Swainson) Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 108
(I. of Pines, in geog. distr.) —GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 80 (I. of Pines).
Tyrannus cubensis BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 207 (Santa Fé,
La Vega, Los Almacigos, and Mal Pais).—RipGway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
No. 50, IV, 1907, 711 (I. of Pines; meas.).—READ, OGlogist, X XVI, 1909, 124,

248 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

and XXVIII, torr, 12 (I. of Pines), 8 (Nuevas River; habits).—REAp, Bird-
Lore, XIII, r911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa
Barbara).—REeEap, I. of Pines News, VI, Jan. 10, 1914 (I. of Pines, summer, not
common).

“Giant Kingbird’’ Reap, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).—
READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, r911, 7 (I. of Pines), to (Nuevas River); XXX,
1913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines).

Two specimens: Los Indios.

All observers agree as to the comparative scarcity of this large
flycatcher in the Isle of Pines. Indeed, Mr. Link met with it on but
one occasion, securing a pair at Los Indios early in May. These
are both in worn breeding dress, and the male is apparently not fully
mature, lacking attenuated tips to the outer primaries. Mr. Zappey
secured five specimens in the eastern part of the island—all shot in
the vicinity of water. Mr. Read says that it is ‘‘ fairly common along
the Nuevas River, where it may often be seen catching insects over
the water and occasionally minnows which are swimming near the
surface, returning to an overhanging branch to swallow its prey after
the fashion of a Kingfishei.’’ The stomachs examined by Messrs.
Zappey and Link, however, contained nothing but insects and a few
berries. Despite Mr. Read’s statement that this species is exclusively
a summer resident, there can be no question as to its occurrence in the
Isle of Pines throughout the year as in Cuba, since there are no records
of its being found to the southward.

99. Tolmarchus caudifasciatus (D’Orbigny). CUBAN PETCHARY.

Tyrannus caudifasciatus PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona,
fide Gundlach).

Pitangus caudifasciatus GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 83 (I. of Pines).—Bancs &
ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 206 (Santa Fé, El Hospital, Jucaro, and
Cayo Bonito).

Tolmarchus caudifasciatus RipGWAY, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 679
(Nueva Gerona; Santa Fé, El Hospital, Jucaro, and Cayo Bonito, ex Bangs and
Zappey; meas.).—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, tort, 7 (1. of Pines; habits); XXX,
1913, 122 (McKinley; habits)—ReEapD, I. of Pines News, V, Oct. 25, 1913
(descr.; habits).

(?) “Kingbird’’ Reap, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (1. of Pines).—
READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 58, 102, and XXVIII, tort, 12 (I. of Pines).

“Cuban Kingbird’’ REApD, Odlogist, XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River), 84 (Mc-
Kinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII, t911, 3 (McKinley and Santa Barbara
Mountain, etc.), 5 (McKinley; nesting), 6, to (Nuevas River), 7 (Cafiada
Mountains, etc.), 113 (West McKinley), 146 (Bibijagua); XXX, 1913, 123
(Nuevas River), 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios).

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 249

Thirteen specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indios, Siguanea, and Santa
Rosalia Lagoon.

This species is subject to much variation from wear and fading,
which render the upper parts darker and duller, remove the pale
greenish yellow edgings of the remiges, and turn the same color on
the under tail-coverts into white. In fresh plumage the back is glossed
with olivaceous green.

A very common bird throughout the drier parts of the island, fre-
quenting the more open situations, where it is usually found in pairs
or family groups. In its notes and general habits it closely resembles
the Kingbird of the north, and like that species will chase any large
bird which happens to invade its territory, even the Turkey Buzzard
being an object of its antipathy. It is said to be very fond of the
“bibijagua ’’ ant, on occasion alighting on the ground to devour the
winged females, as they emerge in swarming time. According to
Mr. Read it begins to nest about the middle of April, building a frail
structure of twigs and rootlets in a low tree. Two nests found by Mr.
Link near Nueva Gerona had eggs in May.

too. Myiarchus sagre sagre (Gundlach). La SAGRA FLYCATCHER.

Myiarchus sagre BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 207 (Santa Fé,
Cayo Bonito, and Jucaro).—ReEAp, Odlogist, XXVIII, rortr, 8, 12 (I. of Pines;
habits).—READ, Bird-Lore, XIII, torr, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and
XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

Myitarchus sagre sagre RIDGWAY, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 636
(I. of Pines; meas.).

(?) ‘“‘Phoebe?’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1900, 452 (I. of Pines).—
READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, torr, 13 (1. of Pines),
113 (West McKinley).

“Cuban Crested Flycatcher’? REApD, Odlogist, XXVI, I909, 224 (I. of Pines),
XXVIII, r911, 6, 11 (Nuevas River), 7 (Cafiada Mountains, etc.), 114 (West
McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (1. of Pines).

Nine specimens: Los Indios, Majagua River, Cayo Frances, and

Nueva Gerona. ;
These birds agree well with specimens from eastern Cuba. Both

series differ from the Bahaman form (lucaysiensis) not only in the

respects pointed out by Mr. Ridgway in his diagnosis, but also in
having less rufous on the rectrices, the outer one (in all but two speci-
mens) having practically no rufous apparent, except at the base.

Mr. Zappey did not meet with this flycatcher, except in the pine-
woods, where it was common in April, May, and June, but according

250 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

to Mr. Link’s experience it is by no means confined to such situations,
being apt to occur in almost any kind of woods, where it is not swampy:
Near the mouth of the Majagua River, as well as on Cayo Frances, it
was even found in the mangroves, while at Los Indios it frequented
the same dense thicket where the Cuban Wood Pewee was so much in
evidence. Until now no nests appear to have been discovered in the
Isle of Pines.

101. Blacicus caribeus (D’Orbigny). CuBAN Woop PEWEE.

Muscipeta caribea Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

Blacicus caribeus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 109 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.) —-GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 87 (I. of Pines)—BANcGs & ZAPPEY,
Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 207 (San Juan and Santa Fé).—RuipGway, Bull. U.S.
Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 533 (San Juan and Santa Fé, ex Bangs and Zappey;
meas.; crit.).—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 9, 12 (I. of Pines; habits).—
ReaD, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914,
50 (Santa Barbara). :

‘*Cuban Wood Pewee”’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).
—READ, OGlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, to10, 5 (Nuevas River).

‘‘Cuban Pewee’? READ, Odlogist, X XVII, 1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona);
XXVIII, 1911, 3 (McKinley), 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.), 7 (Cafiada
Mountains, etc.), 11 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123
(Nuevas River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines).

Twelve specimens: Los Indios.

The specimens measured agree well with those from this island
handled by Mr. Ridgway in being slightly smaller than Cuban
examples. They all came from Los Indios, where the species was
found to be common in a dense thicket at the edge of a pasture. Some
were also seen near Nueva Gerona, while Mr. Zappey’s and Mr.
Read’s records pertain to other sections of the island, so that the
species appears to be quite generally distributed, except in the swampy
country. In its general habits it resembles the common Wood Pewee,
usually perching rather low down, however, and being very tame and
unsuspicious. There appear to be no actual records of its nesting in
the Isle of Pines, but according to Gundlach it builds a nest on a
horizontal branch, much after the style of the common Wood Pewee.

Empidonax flaviventris (Baird). YELLOW-BELLIED FLYCATCHER.

(2) “‘ Yellow-bellied Flycatcher’? REAp, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452
(I. of Pines, Apr. 28).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 102, and XXVIII, r1o11,
I2, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines).

This species is generally believed to migrate entirely through Mexico, avoiding
the West Indies. The above records published by Mr. Read are therefore open
to question.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 251

102. Mimus polyglottos polyglottos (Linnzus). MOCKINGBIRD.

One specimen: Nueva Gerona.

A single specimen, unquestionably referable to the continental
form, was shot by Mr. Link at Nueva Gerona on December 30. This
is a female, comparing favorably in size, grayish coloration, and
color-pattern of rectrices with birds of that sex from Florida, and it
doubtless is a winter migrant from that State. In this specimen even
the outer webs of the outer rectrices are somewhat blackish, and the
flanks show obsolete streaks.

103. Mimus polyglottos orpheus (Linneus). JAMAICAN MOCKING-
BIRD.

Mimus polyglottos orpheus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 121 (I. of Pines, in
geog. distr.).—RipGWway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 231 (I. of
Pines, in geog. distr.).

Mimus orpheus BANGS & ZappEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 207 (I. of Pines, ex
Cory; ‘“‘south coast’’).

One specimen: Nueva Gerona.

Mr. Cory records this species from the Isle of Pines without comment,
and this record, doubtless given on Gundlach’s authority, has been
quoted by Mr. Ridgway and Messrs. Bangs and Zappey. The
latter authors add that ‘‘ the mockingbird is said by the natives to
inhabit the south coast in small numbers.”’ Whether or not this state-
ment is true, nothing is more certain than that the bird is rare on the
island, so that Mr. Link’s record, pertaining to an individual shot in
a palmetto growth near Nueva Gerona on March 10, is valuable as
the first circumstantial record. The individual taken was a’ male,
perfectly typical of this form. More recently Mr. Read writes that
he has seen four individuals, two together at La Ceiba at the foot of
the mountains, and the other two singly in Santa Barbara proper.
One of the latter was secured, and through the courtesy of the U. S.
National Museum, to which the specimen was sent, is now before me
for examination. It was shot April 8, 1915, is marked as a male,

‘shot while singing,’’ and measures as follows: wing, 100; tail, 101.
In size it thus agrees best with orpheus, but in color-characters it is.
quite indistinguishable from true polyglottos, so that I am at a loss as

to which form it should really be referred.

252 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

104. Dumetella carolinensis (Linneus). CATBIRD.

Turdus carolinensis PoEy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

Galeoscoptes carolinensis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 121 (I. of Pines, in
geog. distr.)—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 51 (I. of Pines).—BaANcs &
ZappEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 207 (I. of Pines; Poey’s, Cory’s, and Gund-
lach’s records).—RiIpDGWay, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 218 (I. of
Pines, in geog. distr.) —READ, OGdlogist, XXVIII, r911, 12 (I. of Pines).

““Catbird’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, December)
—REaD, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XX VII, 1910, 15, and XXVIII,
1911, 7 (I. of Pines; migr.), 118 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley),
130 (J. of Pines, winter).

Two specimens: Caleta Grande and Los Indios.

A common winter resident, arriving from the north, according to
Mr. Read, in October (October 16, 1909; October 27, I910) or even
earlier (September 19, 1913), and remaining until May at least. Mr.
Link saw a few near Nueva Gerona the middle of May, while a
straggler was noted at Pasadita as late as May 25—a date when the
bird has eggs in Pennsylvania. Mr. Read writes that he saw flocks of
twenty-five or thirty birds on April 17, 1915, these being the first
migrating flocks noticed that season. During its winter sojourn in
the island it inhabits the same general kind of situations as in its
summer home—bushy thickets, where it keeps well concealed, although
its presence is usually revealed by its characteristic notes, uttered
when its haunts are invaded. Its spring song was not heard at any
time.

105. Myadestes elisabeth (Lembeye). CUBAN SOLITAIRE.

Myiadestes elisabeth GUNDLACH, Journ. fiir Orn., 1856, 2 (I. of Pines [error; cf.
GUNDLACH, Journ. fiir Orn., 1872, 429, and STEJNEGER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
V, 1882, 27]).—Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 122 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr. [error])—GuNpDLAcH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 89 (no valid record from I. of
Pines).

Myiadestes elisabeth retrusus BANGS & ZAppEy, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 208
(Pasadita; orig. descr.; type now in Mus. Comp. Zoél.; habits) —ALLEN, Auk,
XXII, 1905, 329, in text (review).—EpiTors, Ibis, 1905, 631, in text (review;
crit.).—_RiIpGWay, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, IV, 1907, 173 (1. of Pines;
descr.; syn.).

Mr. Charles T. Ramsden has sent me a small but very interesting
series of Myadestes elisabeth from eastern Cuba, which I have been
able to compare directly with the type and only known specimen of
the alleged subspecies retrusus. Three of these Cuban specimens are

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 253

decidedly olivaceous brown above and shaded with grayish below.
Two of these are completing the postnuptial moult (August 29), and
the third is in comparatively fresh plumage (March 22). A fourth
specimen, however, although taken only a day later than the last,
is a precise counterpart in all respects of the type of retrusus. This
latter individual is somewhat worn (May 25), and I believe that its
pale coloration is due to fading rather than to any geographical vari-
ation. At all events, until its characters can be substantiated by ad-
ditional specimens in fresh plumage, I cannot see my way clear to
accord recognition to the form it is supposed to represent.

The Solitaire was reported from the Isle of Pines by Gundlach
many years ago, on what he discovered later was unreliable authority,
The capture of a single specimen by Mr. Zappey at Pasadita therefore
constitutes the first authentic record for the island. ‘‘ The Isle of
Pines Solitaire is very rare and occurs in the densest forests only,
where, on account of its retiring habits and dull coloration, it is very
hard to shoot. Its loud, ringing song can be heard a great distance.
and is almost startling in the still forests in which the bird lives. The
stomach of the only specimen taken contained a few berries and the
remains of insects.’’ A bird believed to have been of this species was
seen by Mr. Link at Hato, on the “‘ south coast,’ on October 17, 1912,
but was unfortunately not secured. The natives here appear to be
acquainted with the bird, but say it is very rare.

106. Mimocichla rubripes rubripes (Temminck). RED-LEGGED
THRUSH.

Turdus rubripes PoEy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

Mimocichla rubripes Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 122 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.)—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 49 (I. of Pines).—READ, Odlogist,
XXVIII, ror1, 13 (1. of Pines); XXX, 1913, 122 (McKinley; habits).

Mimocichla rubripes rubripes Bancs & ZAppEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 208
(Santa Fé, San Juan, El Hospital, and Cayo Bonito; habits; crit.)—Rrap,
Odlogist, XXVI, I909, 124 (I. of Pines; nesting).—Rrap, Bird-Lore, XIII,
Ig11, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).—
Reap, I. of Pines News, V, Oct. 18, 1913 (descr.; habits).

““Red-legged Thrush’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).
—READ, Odlogist, X XVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas
River), 42 (I. of Pines; nesting), 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII,
tort, 3 (McKinley), 5 (McKinley and Santa Barbara Mountain; nesting), 6, 11
(Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley), 146 (Bibijagua); XXX, 1913, 123
(Pine River), 125, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 164 (Santa Barbara
to Nueva Gerona), 168 (Los Indios).

254 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Twenty-two specimens: Nueva Gerona, Los Indios, and McKinley.

The series exhibits considerable variation in the depth and extent
of the abdominal tawny ochraceous area (not depending on sex,
however), while the amount of white streaking on the throat is
another variable character.

A very common species in the Isle of Pines, taking the place of the
Robin in the north, and closely resembling it in general habits. While
it is perhaps more partial to the woodland areas than the Robin, it
often comes familiarly about the houses and cultivated grounds, and
frequently builds its nest in such situations. Mr. Read writes of a
pair which built a nest on a rafter in an unfinished house, removing
it later to another situation, and Mr. Link saw the same thing happen
on one occasion. The nest, too, is like that of the Robin in general
appearance, except that it lacks the lining of mud, fibrous roots doing
duty instead, and the eggs are laid in April and May. Three or four
eggs appear to be the usual complement; they are pale greenish,
finely spotted with several shades of brownish. During the nesting-
season the males are accustomed to sing in the morning and evening,
their song again reminding one of that of the Robin, but being much
weaker. At other seasons the birds are nearly silent, merely giving
utterance to a sharp note of alarm when disturbed, nor do they come
about houses to the same extent. Berries and insects constitute their
food, and Mr. Read mentions having seen a lizard fed to the young on
one occasion.

Hylocichla ustulata swainsonii (Cabanis). OLIVE-BACKED THRUSH.

(?) ‘‘Olive-backed Thrush’’ Reap, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (1. of
Pines, Jan. 14).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1900, 58, and XXVIII, tort, 7 (I. of
Pines; migr.), 113 (West McKinley).

(?) Hylocichla ustulata swainsonii READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, tort, 13 (I. of Pines).
Mr. Read claims to have observed this species on a few occasions, in October

and even in January (!), but as no specimens appear to have been preserved, and

the species is not known to migrate through the West Indies, and is merely acci-
dental in Cuba, it seems possible that his records are due to misidentifications,
which are very easy to make in this group.

107. Polioptila czrulea cerulea (Linneus). BLUE-GRAY GNAT-
CATCHER.

Culicivora cerulea Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

Polioptila cerulea Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 120 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.) —GuUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 54 (I. of Pines)—BANcs & ZAPPEY:
Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 205 (I. of Pines, March; Poey’s record).

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 255

Both Poey, Cory, and Gundlach record the Blue-gray Gnatcatcher
from the Isle of Pines, and Mr. Zappey found it there in March, 1902,
but not on his later trip. Mr. Link did not chance to meet with it.
It is obviously a winter resident, as in Cuba, where according to
Gundlach it is abundant.

108. Corvus nasicus Temminck. CUBAN Crow.

Corvus jamaicensis? (not of Gmelin) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427
(Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Corvus nasicus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 110 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 126 (I. of Pines)—BAncs & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat.,
XXXIX, 1905, 209 (La Vega and Pasadita; habits).

‘*Cuban Crow’”’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines, fide G. A. Link).
Eleven specimens: Caleta Grande, Caleta Cocodrilos, Jacksonville,

and Pasadita.

A common species in the Cienaga at Pasadita, where it was found
by both Mr. Zappey and Mr. Link. The latter observer failed to
meet with it at the western end of the Cienaga, near Siguanea, although
‘south coast.” <A

‘

it was noted in comparative abundance on the
nest was discovered at Jacksonville on April 21, containing one addled
egg and three newly hatched young. The egg resembles that of the
Common Crow, but the ground-color is much paler. The nest was
a mass of sticks, bark, etc., placed on a star-palm about twenty feet
from the ground. The Cuban Crow is less wary and difficult of
approach than the northern species, and has a great variety of notes
and calls, reminding one of the Raven in this respect.

109. Vireo gundlachii gundlachii Lembeye. GUNDLACH VIREO.

Vireo gundlachi Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 116 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 45 (I. of Pines).—BAncs & ZappEy, Am. Nat.,
XXXIX, 1905, 209 (Cayo Bonito; crit.)—READ, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45
(Santa Barbara).

‘*Gundlach’s Vireo’”’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, r911, 11 (Nuevas River), 13 (I. of
Pines); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley), 125 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines).
Six specimens: Caleta Grande and Nueva Gerona.

A single example of this interesting species was secured by Mr. Link
at Caleta Grande on November 29. Later, in February and March,
it was encountered near Nueva Gerona also, and a few additional
specimens were obtained, the series being very uniform in coloration.
All of these were shot in bushy thickets, similar to those in which the
Black-whiskered Vireo was found. The species appears to be rather

256 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

uncommon, however, and has been recorded by Mr. Read on only a
few occasions. Mr. Zappey secured a pair at Cayo Bonito on May 3,
these being the only ones he saw on his second trip. These examples
proved on comparison with Cuban specimens to differ in certain
particulars, suggesting that subpecific separation might eventually
become necessary. I have been able to compare the present series
with a good series of Cuban birds, comprising specimens taken from
both the eastern and the western parts of the island. Considerably
to my surprise I find that the bird of western Cuba is readily separable
from that of the eastern part (Guantanamo and Santiago de Cuba),
the Isle of Pines specimens naturally agreeing with the western form,
averaging merely a trifle duller. Lembeye (Aves de la Isla de Cuba,
1850, 29, pl. 5, fig. 1) does not specify any particular type-locality for
his Vireo gundlachii, although he mentions that he first saw the
species near Cienfuegos, so that we are doubtless justified in accepting
this as the type-locality. No specimens from this point are avail-
able, but nine skins from Trinidad, some forty miles to the east-
ward, kindly placed at my disposal by Mr. Frank M. Chapman,
while obviously intermediate in their characters, seem best referred
to the western form. The bird of eastern Cuba I therefore propose
to call

Vireo gundlachii orientalis subsp. nov.

Type, No. 44,219, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male;
Arroyo Hondo, ‘‘ Los Cafios,’’ Guantanamo, Cuba, October, 1913;
Charles T. Ramsden.

Subspecific characters—Similar to Vireo gundlachii gundlachii of
western Cuba and the Isle of Pines, but general coloration duller;
under parts much duller yellow, with more buffy suffusion and dark
shading on the sides; lores and postocular spot paler yellow; and upper
parts decidedly grayish, less greenish.

Vireo gundlachii is thus shown to vary precisely as do certain other
closely related species, but in this case the variation is strictly cor-
related with locality, which is not true with V. carmioli, V. ochraceus,
or even V. crassirostris. y

110. Vireo griseus griseus (Boddaert). WHITE-EYED VIREO.
Vireo griseus griseus READ, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara).

Two specimens: Caleta Grande and Nueva Gerona.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. PASE

Gundlach says that the White-eyed Vireo is rare in Cuba, where it
occurs as a winter visitor. Under such circumstances Mr. Link’s
records, referring to single individuals killed at Caleta Grande on
November 27, and at Nueva Gerona on February 26, are of especial
interest, as going to show that the species has a similar seasonal status
in the Isle of Pines also. Mr. Read claims to have observed it at
Santa Barbara on December 13, 1912.

Lanivireo flavifrons (Viellot). YELLOW-THROATED VIREO.

(?) “‘ Yellow-throated Vireo’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of
Pines, May 8).—READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 102, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of
Pines); XXVIII, 1911, 113 (West McKinley).—ReEap, I. of Pines News, VI,
Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

(2?) Vireo flavifrons READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, tort, 12 (I. of Pines).

The Yellow-throated Vireo is of merely casual appearance in the West Indies,
migrating as it does through Mexico and Central America, so that Mr. Read’s
records above quoted, all apparently referring to a single individual noted May 8,
1909, cannot be received with that degree of confidence necessary to assure the
species a place on the list.

111. Vireosylva calidris barbatula (Cabanis). BLACK-WHISKERED
VIREO.

Vireo calidris barbatulus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 115 (I. of Pines, in
geog. distr.).—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, tort, 12 (1. of Pines).

Vireosylvia barbatula GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 41 (I. of Pines).

Vireosylva calidris barbatula R1ipGWAyY, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, III, 1904,
141 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.) —-BaNcs & Zappry, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905,
209 (Jucaro, Cayo Bonito, and Santa Fé).

““Black-whiskered Vireo’? READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of
Pines).—READ, Odlogist, X XVI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVII, ro10, 42 (I. of
Pines; nesting), 84 (Los Tres Hermanos Mountains); XXVIII, torr, 7 (I. of
Pines), 11 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa
Barbara; migr.; habits), 131 (I. of Pines; migr.).—REAap, I. of Pines News, VI,
Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

Ten specimens: Nueva Gerona.

These are precisely like Bahaman specimens. JV. c. barbatula
differs from V. c. calidris, in addition to the characters usually recog-
nized, in having the under tail-coverts paler yellow.

A summer resident, arriving about the middle of March, and
remaining until October, although according to Mr. Read a few
stragglers may stay through the dry season. It is a common inhabi-
tant of the low thickets and jungles, where its song, which is a sweet
warble not unlike that of the Red-eyed species, is a constant reminder

258 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

of its presence. Mr. Read records a nest found on April 24, 1909,
while Mr. Link reports that he found one containing two eggs the
second week in June, placed about fifteen feet from the ground, on
a horizontal branch of a hardwood tree. Mr. Link did not meet with
this species except in the neighborhood of Nueva Gerona, where it
was particularly numerous on the slopes and at the foot of the Casas
and Caballos Mountains, but Mr. Zappey and Mr. Read have re-
corded it from sundry other parts of the island.

Vireosylva olivacea (Linneus). RED-EYED VIREO.

(?) ‘‘Red-eyed Vireo’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines,
April 21).—ReEAp, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, Io11, 7
(I. of Pines; migr.), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines; migr.).
—REapD, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, t914 (I. of Pines).

(?) Vireo olivaceus READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, grt, 12 (I. of Pines).

This is another species admitted to Mr. Read’s list on what are probably in-
sufficient grounds, since it does not appear that specimens were taken or preserved.
Like the Yellow-throated Vireo, the Red-eyed species migrates through Mexico
and Central America, and its occurrence anywhere in the West Indies is merely
casual. Indeed, Gundlach says that in all his experience in Cuba he secured but
a single specimen.

112. Hirundo erythrogastra Boddaert. BARN SWALLOW.

“Barn Swallow’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, April
II).—READ, OGlogist, XX VI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, tori, 7,and XXX,
I913, 131 (1. of Pines; migr.).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 11, 1914 (I. of
Pines, migrant).

Hirundo erythrogastra READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 12 (1. of Pines).

Two specimens: Los Indios and Nueva Gerona.

A transient visitant only, apparently not common. Its seasonal
occurrence is doubtless the same here as in Cuba, where Gundlach
says it comes from the north in August, remaining but a short time,
however, and reappearing in its northward migration in April and
May. The first specimen secured by Mr. Link, however, was shot
at the rather late date of November 4, at Los Indios. It is an im-
mature male, with the wings and tail fresh and unworn, the: white
edgings very prominent. A few new chestnut feathers have come in
on the forehead, but there are no other signs of moult in progress.
Another example was shot at Nueva Gerona on May 12, being one of
several seen. Mr. Read has recorded it as early in the spring as
March 18 (1912) and April 11 (1909), and as late as May 8 (1910).

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 259

Riparia riparia (Linneus). BANK SWALLOW.
(2) ‘Bank Swallow’’ Reap, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 11, 1914 (I. of Pines, March

4, 1914.)

The Bank Swallow is a rare transient in the West Indies, and the only record we
have of its occurrence in the Isle of Pines is the one by Mr. Read above quoted,
which, however, does not appear to be based on an actual capture. Mr. Link says
that a swallow which he took to be this species was nesting in holes in low banks
along the Casas River in May, but no specimens were taken, and the identification
is open to question. The locality is certainly beyond the known southern breeding
range of the Bank Swallow, while the Rough-winged Swallow is not even known
from the West Indies, so that the identity of these particular birds is problematical,
and specimens are very desirable.

113. Petrochelidon fulva fulva (Vieillot). CuBAN CLIFF SWALLOW.

Petrochelidon fulva fulua R1ipGwWay, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, III, 1904, 53
(I. of Pines) —BAncs & ZappEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 209 (Nueva Gerona,
fide Palmer and Riley).

“Cuban Cliff Swallow’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).
—REaApD, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 102, and XXVIII, rort, 7 (I. of Pines), 6 (Nuevas
River), 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of
Pines, summer; migr.).

Petrochelidon fulua AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS’ UNION COMMITTEE, Check List
N. Am. Birds, ed. 3, 1910, 292 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.)—READ, Odlogist,
XXVIII, ro1r, 12 (I. of Pines).—REap, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 11, 1914
(Nueva Gerona; descr.; habits).

Four specimens: Bibijagua and Nueva Gerona.

The seasonal status of the present species appears to be the same
as that of the Cuban Martin, a summer resident only, of which the
winter habitat is still unknown. Mr. Read records its arrival in 1914
on March 4, and Gundlach says that in Cuba it comes at the end
of February or early in March. Messrs. Palmer and Riley found it
common in the lowlands in the vicinity of Nueva Gerona in July,
at which time the young had begun to collect in flocks on the telegraph
wires. Mr. Link found it common here also in May and June, and
was fortunate in discovering its nesting-grounds in the Casas and
Caballos Mountains. As early as April 6, in the latter locality, the
birds were observed going in and out of holes in the cliffs near the tops
of the mountains, where they evidently had eggs or young. These
nesting-places were quite inaccessible by ordinary means, but a little
later, in the Casas Mountains, some pairs were found with nests only
about twenty feet up the face of an exposed cliff. Mr. Read speaks
of having seen the birds gathering nesting-material in the shape of
little pellets of clay from the edges of water-holes in Nueva Gerona.

260 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

114. Progne cryptoleuca Baird. CuBAN MARTIN.

Progne cryptoleuca BaNcs & Zappry, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 209 (Manigua
fide Palmer and Riley)—REAp, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines).—
Reap, I. of Pines News, VI, Apr. 4, 1914 (I. of Pines, summer; habits).

“Cuban Martin’’ Reap, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1900, 452 (I. of Pines).—
READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, 1911, 5 (McKinley;
nesting), 7 (I. of Pines; migr.), 11 (Nuevas River), 114 (West McKinley);
XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa Barbara; migr.), 128, pl. (Santa Barbara; fig. of nesting
site), 130 (I. of Pines, summer; migr.).

Two specimens: Los Indios.

Swallows believed to belong to this species were repeatedly observed
along the Casas River at Nueva Gerona, but no specimens were pro-
cured except at Los Indios, where a pair were shot on April 12. Mr.
Zappey noted it on several occasions, and Messrs. Palmer and Riley
found it in small colonies in the pines at Manigua. Mr. Read appears
to be the only observer to have met withit in any numbers. He states
that it is a summer resident only, appearing as early sometimes as
February 8 (1914), March 12 (1912), and March 28 (1910), and re-
maining until about the first of November. This agrees with what is
known concerning its seasonal status in Cuba, where Gundlach says
that it disappears towards the end of August and does not return until
February. What becomes of it in the intervening months remains an
unexplained mystery, since it is a species scarcely known outside of
its recognized breeding-range. Mr. Read has also had the good fortune
to find it breeding. The nest appears to be built in an old woodpeck-
er’s-hole in a bottle-palm or pine-tree, and the four or five white eggs
are laid in May.

115. Setophaga ruticilla (Linneus). REDSTART.

Muscicapa ruticilla Porky, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

Setophaga ruticilla Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 120 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.).—Bancs & ZAppry, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 211 (I. of Pines, March;
Poey’s record).—REApD, Odlogist, XXVIII, to11, 12 (I. of Pines).—ReEap,
Bird-Lore, XIII, ro11, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara).

““American Redstart’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1900, 452 (I. of Pines).
—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58, 75 (I. of Pines; XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas
River), 15 (I. of Pines; migr.); XXVIII, ror1, 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain,
etc.), 7 (Cafiada Mountains, etc.; migr.), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913,
123 (McKinley), 130 (I. of Pines, winter).—Reap, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14,
1914 (I. of Pines).

Six specimens: Los Indios.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 261

A bird shot December 5 presents a curious case of asymmetrical
development. Itisa male in first winter plumage, in which the remiges
and rectrices on one side are marked with pale orange, as in the adult,
while the corresponding markings on the other side are yellow, as is
normal at this stage.

The Redstart is very common as a winter resident throughout the
island. Although Gundlach says that in Cuba it is one of the first
species to arrive in the fall migration, it so happens that the earliest
records for that season in the Isle of Pines are all in October (October
16, 1909; October 11, 1910; October 8, 1912). In the spring of 1913
it was observed at Siguanea up to April 25. Its haunts and habits
in its winter home are very similar to those in summer, except that it
has no song.. It seemed to be particularly fond of the mangrove-
growths along the Los Indios and Majagua Rivers, while in the vicinity
of Nueva Gerona it frequented the bushy thickets on the sides of the
Caballos Mountains.

116. Geothlypis trichas trichas (Linneus). MARYLAND YELLOW-
THROAT.

Sylvia trichas Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gund-
lach).

Geothly pis trichas Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 119 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.) —-GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 73 (I. of Pines)—BANGS & ZAPPEY,
Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 210 (I. of Pines, ex Poey; crit.) —READ, Odlogist,
XXVIII, torr, 12 (I. of Pines).

‘“‘Maryland Yellow-throat’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1900, 452 (I. of
Pines, December).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58, 75 (I. of Pines); X XVII,
1910, 5 (Nuevas River), 15 (I. of Pines; migr.).

“‘Florida Yellow-throat’’ READ, Odlogist, X XVII, t910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva
Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 7 (I. of Pines, October 1), 113 (West McKinley,
winter); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley), 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines,

7 winter).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (1. of Pines).

Geothly pis trichas ignota (not of Chapman) READ, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1o11, 44 (Mc-
Kinley); XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

Twelve specimens: Majagua River, Los Indios, Bibijagua, and
Nueva Gerona.

After careful comparison of the adult birds of this series I refer
them all without hesitation to true trichas, and not to ignota, to which
Messrs. Bangs and Zappey intimate the Isle of Pines birds may prove
to belong, since a series of Yellow-throats from western Cuba were
so identified by Mr. Ridgway. The color of the flanks is a little

262 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

browner than Bahaman specimens comparable as to season, but not
more so than in winter skins from Central America. Three males
and a female shot April 5 and 8 are just completing the prenuptial
moult, as shown by the fresh feathers on the throat.

A common winter resident, according to Mr. Link’s experience,
throughout the northern part of the island, but not observed in the
Cienaga or on the “south coast.” It was recorded by Poey, but
curiously enough Mr. Zappey did not chance to meet with it. Mr.
Read’s earliest fall records are October 1, 1910, and October 3, 1909,
while Mr. Link’s last specimen was shot April 8. Here, as at the north,
it is an inhabitant of the low, wet thickets, where it contrives to keep
well concealed.

117. Teretistris fernandine (Lembeye). _FERNANDINA WARBLER.

Helmitheros blandus (not of Lichtenstein) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427
(Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Teretistris fernandine Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 119 (‘‘Pine Island,”’ in
geog. distr.)—RmpGway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, II, 1902, 649 (I. of
Pines, in geog. distr.)—BANGS & Zappry, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 210 (Pasa-
dita and Cayo Bonito).—SHARPE, Hand-List Birds, V, 1900, 113 (I. of Pines,
in geog. distr.).— READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 190 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, ro11,
7 (Cafiada Mountains, etc.), 12 (I. of Pines)—READ, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44
(McKinley); XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara).—READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913,
130 (I. of Pines).

“*Chillina’ Warbler’? READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain,
etc.), 11 (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley).

Eight specimens: Siguanea and Los Indios.

A species peculiar to western Cuba, whence it extends to the Isle
of Pines, having been recorded by Poey many years ago. Mr. Zappey
secured it at Pasadita and Cayo Bonito, while Mr. Link found it not
uncommon in the western end of the Cienaga, near Siguanea. It was
‘south coast,’ while

‘

noted at Los Indios also, and at Hato on the

Mr. Read has observed it occasionally in the northwestern part of

the island. It is a ‘‘ groutid’’ warbler, keeping to the densest covert

in the thick, damp woods, where it is naturally difficult to observe and
still more difficult to shoot. Nothing is yet on record regarding its
nesting so far as the Isle of Pines is concerned.

{[Seiurus motacilla (Vieillot). LouistANA WATER-THRUSH.

(?) “Louisiana Water-Thrush’’ REAp, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1900, 452
(I. of Pines, December 14).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1900, 58 (I. of Pines);
XXVII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River), 15 (I. of Pines; migr.); XXVIII, 1911, 7 (I. of
Pines, September 30), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines,
January).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (1. of Pines).

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 263

(?) Seiurus motacilla READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, torr, 12 (I. of Pines).—READ,

Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara, December 25).

From an examination of the available evidence it would appear that this water-
thrush is much the rarer of the two in the West Indies, the general trend of its
migration, according to Prof. W. W. Cooke, being southwestward. Mr. Link did
not detect it in the Isle of Pines, and Mr. Read’s records above cited constitute
the sole basis for its supposed occurrence. In reply to an inquiry he writes that
his identifications were based on specimens taken from time to time, but un-
fortunately not preserved. As he is admittedly not quite clear in discriminating
between the two species, however, it is deemed wise to delay the admission of the
present species to the list until specimens can be examined. Mr. Read considers
it to be a winter resident, arriving the latter part of August (August 24, 1909;
August 21, 1911; August 29, 1913), and remaining through March or into April,
April 4, 1910, being the latest recorded date in the spring.]

118. Seiurus noveboracensis notabilis Ridgway. GRINNELL WATER-
THRUSH.

Seiurus noveboracensis (not of Gmelin) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426
(Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).—Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 119 (I. of
Pines, in geog. distr.)—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 72 (I. of Pines).—
Bancs & Zappry, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 210 (I. of Pines, March; Poey’s
record).—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, ro11, 12 (I. of Pines)—READ, Bird-Lore,
XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara).

“Water-Thrush’’ Reap, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines,
December 15).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1900, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 5
(Nuevas River), 14 (I. of Pines; migr.); XXVIII, 1911, 7 (I. of Pines, October),
113 (West McKinley, December); XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of
Pines, January).—ReEapD, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

Four specimens: Los Indios.

Although Prof. Cooke, in discussing the winter range of the Water-
Thrush (Bulletin Biological Survey, No. 18, 1904, 103) says that the
West Indian records ‘‘ unquestionably relate to the eastern bird,” I
would refer the four specimens from the Isle of Pines before me to
notabilis with but little hesitation. These were shot between Sep-
tember 30 and November 16 at I_os Indios, where the species was found
to be common, as well as at Siguanea, frequenting the bushy mangroves
along the water’s edge. At this latter locality it was recorded as late
as the first of May, while Mr. Read has noted its arrival in his district
in the fall movement as early as August 20 (1909). It is included in
the lists of both Poey, Cory, and Gundlach, and was noted also by
Mr. Zappey on his first trip to the island.

264 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

119. Seiurus aurocapillus (Linneus). OVEN-BIRD.

“‘Oven-bird’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines, February).
—READ, OGlogist, X XVI, 1900, 102 (I. of Pines); X XVII, roto, 15 (I. of Pines,
October 24); XXVIII, 1911, 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of
Pines, winter).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

Seiurus aurocapillus READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines).

One specimen, Nueva Gerona.

The Oven-bird is a winter resident in the Isle of Pines, but ap-
parently is not common. Mr. Link saw a few at the foot of the Ca-
ballos Mountains, securing a single specimen on February 27. Mr.
Read has noted it on various occasions at this season, and it is known
as a regular and common winter resident throughout the Greater
Antilles.

120. Dendroica palmarum palmarum (Gmelin). PALM WARBLER.

Dendroica palmarum Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 118 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.) —GuNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1893, 67 (I. of Pines).—READ, Odlogist,
XMEXVIII, Torr, 12’ (L. of Pines):

Dendroica palmarum palmarum BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 210
(I. of Pines, March; Cory’s record).—READ, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa
Barbara).

«Palm Warbler’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1900, 452 (I. of Pines, Jan-
uary).—READ, Odlogist, XX VI, I909, 58 (I. of Pines); X XVII, r910, 5 (Nuevas
River), 15 (I. of Pines; migr.), 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXVIII,
tort, 7 (I. of Pines, October 2), 113 (West McKinley, winter); XXX, 1913, 123
(McKinley).—REap, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

“Vellow Palm Warbler’’ READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 224 (I. of Pines); X XVII,
1910, 15 (I. of Pines; migr.); XXVIII, 1911, 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913,
127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines, winter).—REap, I. of Pines News, VI,
Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

Dendroica palmarum hypochrysea (not of RipGWAy) Reap, Odlogist, XXVIII,
IQ11, 12 (I. of Pines).—ReEApD, Bird-Lore, XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

Nine specimens: Los Indios, Nueva Gerona, and Hato.

This warbler is possibly the most abundant of all those which visit
the Isle of Pines during the winter months. It occurs in scattered
flocks, frequenting the more open situations, groves of bottle-palms
and margins of thickets, keeping on or near the ground. Mr. Read
has noted it as early as September 25, and Mr. Link’s specimens were
all shot between September 30 and April 17, dates which correspond
very well with the records of the migration of the species from nearby
regions, as given by Prof. Cooke. A young bird taken February 20
shows no sign of moult, although sundry specimens from other sections

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 265

are undergoing prenuptial moult at this season. Another example
shot April 17, however, is in moult, and has almost completed the
chestnut cap.

As Dendroica palmarum hypochrysea is merely a straggler in the
winter season south of Florida, and as it is practically impossible for
any one, even an expert, to distinguish it in the field from true pal-
marum with any degree of certainty, I refer all of Mr. Read’s records to
D. palmarum.

121. Dendroica discolor (Vieillot). PRAIRIE WARBLER.

Sylvia discolor PorEy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

Dendroica discoloy Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 118 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.).—GUNDLACcH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 70 (I. of Pines).—BANGS & ZAPPEY,
Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 210 (I. of Pines, ex Poey).— READ, OGlogist, XXVIII,
IQII, 12 (I. of Pines)—ReEaD, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara).

“Prairie Warbler’? READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines,
December).—READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 15
(I. of Pines; migr.); XXVIII, to11, 7 (I. of Pines, November), 113 (West
McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines, December).—REap, I. of Pines News,
VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

Twenty-two specimens: Los Indios, Nueva Gerona, Bibijagua, and
Caleta Grande.

A common winter resident, of which the first specimen was taken on
September 26, and the last on April 19, these dates probably including
the usual average time of its stay. Mr. Read recorded it in 1915,
however, as late as April 28. | Only a few of the series secured appear
to be adult, brightly colored birds, comparable with those from the
southern United States, Porto Rico, etc. The balance seem to be
immature; at any rate, they are dull and dark-colored, and many of
them show considerable gray on the sides of the head, while the super-
ciliaries also are dull-colored. Some of these birds, too, are so worn
as to suggest that they had but recently been breeding, but this is of
course exceedingly improbable. The favorite haunts of this species
in the Isle of Pines are in tracts of low scrub and brushy places,
where it contrives to keep well hidden, dodging about close to the
ground.

122. Dendroica striata (Forster). BLACK-POLL WARBLER.

“Black-poll Warbler’? REeap, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131
(I. of Pines).—ReEap, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

Three specimens: Caleta Cocodrilos and Los Indios.

266 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

These were all shot in low brush, on April 24 and May 7 respectively,
the latter a later date than is recorded by Gundlach for Cuba. The
first ones taken were in very poor condition, and one of these shows a
few yellowish feathers below, evidently left over from a previous
plumage. Mr. Read has seen birds in the fall migration which he
has identified as belonging to the present species.

123. Dendroica dominica dominica (Linnzus). YELLOW-THROATED
WARBLER.

Sylvia pensilis Pozy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, ide
Gundlach).

Dendroica dominica Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 118 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.) —GuNpDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 69 (I. of Pines).—ReEap, Odlogist,
RONG TOLL, 12 (1. of Pines):

Dendroica dominica dominica RipGway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, II, 1902,
578 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).—BANGs & ZAppEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905,
210 (I. of Pines, March; Poey’s record).

“‘Vellow-throated Warbler’? Reap, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of
Pines, January).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 19090, 58, and XXVIII, tort, 7 (1. of
Pines), 3 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb.
14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

(2) ““Sycamore Warbler’”’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131
(1. of Pines, October 20).

Twelve specimens; Los Indios.

A winter resident, fairly common, having been first recorded by
Poey many years ago, and later by Messrs. Zappey, Read, and Link.
The latter observer did not notice it, however, except in the vicinity
of Los Indios, where it was rather numerous from September 19 to
December 18. The series secured includes several birds of the year,
readily distinguishable by their paler colors and yellowish or brownish
wash below, especially on the flanks. Two of these immature birds
have rather small bills and practically white superciliaries, and might
readily be referred to D. d. albilora, while others are intermediate in
these respects. All immature specimens of typical D. dominica before
me have decidedly yellow superciliaries, so that the birds in question
look very suspicious, coming as they do from a locality not far remote
from the winter home of D. d. albilora.

No unquestioned migration dates for this warbler for the Isle of
Pines are on record thus far. It is known to leave its summer home
very early, however, usually in July, and to pass northward again in
March. While in the island it seems to prefer the palms, keeping
rather high up.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 267

[Dendroica fusca (Miiller). BLACKBURNIAN WARBLER.

(2?) ‘“‘Blackburnian Warbler’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1900, 452 (I. of
Pines, December 8).—READ, Odlogist, X XVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVIII,
IOII, 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines, December 8).—
READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (1. of Pines).

(?) Dendroica blackburnie READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, tort, 12 (I. of Pines).

In view of the fact that the Blackburnian Warbler is unknown in the West
Indies proper, and has occurred but twice as an accidental visitor during migration
in the Bahamas, it is scarcely necessary to discuss the reasons for treating Mr.
Read’s record of a bird seen in December as doubtful.

Dendroica cerulea (Wilson). CERULEAN WARBLER.

(2?) ‘Cerulean Warbler’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1900, 452 (I. of Pines,
February).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, tori, 113
(West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines, February 11).—REap, I. of
Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, to14 (I. of Pines).

(2?) Dendroica cerulea READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, rort, 12 (I. of Pines).

This is another species of warbler which habitually avoids the West Indian
islands in migration, the few records we have from there falling within the category
of accidental occurrences. Mr. Read says that he secured a specimen on February
II, 1909, but as it is not now extant it seems better to leave the record for the
present in the doubtful column.]|

124. Dendroica virens (Gmelin). BLACK-THROATED GREEN WARBLER.

Sylvia virens PoEy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gund-
lach).

Dendroica virens GUNDLACH, Contr. Orn. Cubana, 1876, 64 (I. of Pines).—Cory,
Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 118 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.) —GUNDLACH, Orn.
Cubana, 1895, 62 (I. of Pines)—RipGway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, II,
1902, 562 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.)—CooKE, Bull. Biol. Survey, No. 18,
1904, 87 (I. of Pines, ex Cory).—BaAncs & ZappEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905,
2to (I. of Pines, ex Poey and Gundlach).—REap, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 12
(I. of Pines).

“Black-throated Green Warbler’’ READ, OGdlogist, XX VI, 1909, 224 (I. of Pines);
XXVII, r910, 15 (I. of Pines, October); XXVIII, 1911, 114 (West McKinley,
October); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines, October).— READ, I. of Pines News, VI,
Feb. 14, 1914, (I. of Pines).

Although there are only a few scattering records for this warbler
in the West Indies, its place on the list of Isle of Pines birds is appar-
ently secure. Poey refers to it as having been observed by Gundlach
near Nueva Gerona, and Gundlach himself says that his first specimen
of the species was taken in the island in January, 1855 (lege 1854).
This record, which has been quoted by other authors, was apparently
the only basis for attributing the present species to the island until
recently, when Mr. Read has reported its occurrence at West McKinley

268 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

on October 21, 26, and 28, 1909, a specimen having been shot on the
last date. His note-book also contains a record of several seen on
November 18, 1912.

125. Dendroica coronata (Linneus). MYRTLE WARBLER.

‘‘Myrtle Warbler” READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 224 (I. of Pines); X XVII, 1910,
15 (I. of Pines; migr.); XXVIII, ro11, 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131
(I. of Pines; migr.).

Dendroica coronata READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, ro11, 12 (I. of Pines).

While the above records by Mr. Read may perhaps be open to the
same criticism as certain others of his published observations, there
can be no question as to the probability of the occurrence of this
warbler in the Isle of Pines as a winter resident, since it is well known
to be common at that season in the Bahamas and all of the Greater
Antilles. Mr. Link, however, did not meet with it during his stay.

126. Dendroica cerulescens cerulescens (Gmelin). BLACK-
THROATED BLUE WARBLER.

Sylvia cerulescens PoEy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

Dendroica cerulescens Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 118 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.).—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 63 (I. of Pines)—BANGs & ZAPPEY,
Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 210 (I. of Pines, March; Poey’s and Cory’s records).—
READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, tort, 12 (I. of Pines).

Dendroica cerulescens cerulescens RipGWAY, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, II,
1902, 541 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).

“Black-throated Blue Warbler’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, I909, 452
(1. of Pines, January).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58, and XXVII, 1910,
15 (I. of Pines, winter); XXVIII, tori, 7 (1. of Pines; migr.), 113 (West Mc-
Kinley); XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines, winter).—REAaD, I. of Pines News, VI,
Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

Four specimens: Caleta Grande, Los Indios, and Nueva Gerona.

Common as a winter resident, frequenting the thicker covert, and
usually keeping rather low down. It was found to be particularly
numerous on the wooded slopes of the Caballos Mountains, where it
was observed as late as the third week in May. No dates for its arrival
in the fall migration are available, nor do any such seem to be on record
for any of the West Indies thus far. Mr. Link’s first specimen was
shot November 30. Mr. Read says that while this warbler was very
common in his section in December, 1908, none were seen during the

winter of 1909-10.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES 269

Dendroica tigrina (Gmelin). CAPE May WARBLER.
(2?) ‘Cape May Warbler’”’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines, March 25,
IQIt).
This is one of the characteristic, if less common, winter-resident warblers through-
out the West Indies, and while its occurrence as such in the Isle of Pines is entirely
probable, Mr. Read’s identification is unfortunately not susceptible of verification.

Dendroica magnolia (Wilson). MAGNOLIA WARBLER.

(2?) “Magnolia Warbler’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines,
December).—READ, Odlogist, X XVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, torr, 113
(West McKinley).—REapD, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

Dendroica maculosa READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, tort, 12 (1. of Pines).

In discussing the winter range of the present species Prof. Cooke (Bulletin
Biological Survey, No. 18, 1904, 66) says that ‘‘there is no positive record of the
occurrence in either’’ the Bahamas or Cuba. It is thus probable that Mr. Read,
who claims to have observed ‘‘a few’’ on December 12, 1908, was mistaken in his
identification.

127. Dendroica petechia gundlachi Baird. CUBAN YELLOW WARBLER.

Sylvia petechia (not of Linneus) PorEy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva

Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Dendroica petechia gundlachi Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 118 (I. of Pines,

in geog. distr.)—READ, Bird-Lore, XVI, t914, 50 (Santa Barbara).—READ, I.
_ of Pines News, VI, Apr. 25, 1914 (Pine River).

Chrysocantor petechia gundlacht BANGS & ZAppEy, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 210

(I. of Pines, ex Poey and Cory).

“Mangrove Warbler’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los

Indios).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

Eight specimens: Los Indios, Bird Island, Majagua River, and
Siguanea.

These prove upon comparison to be fairly distinct from specimens.
from the Bahama Islands (D. p. flaviceps) and Porto Rico (D. p.
cruciana), being much darker and more greenish than either. Several
younger females, with white and gray feathers intermixed, are included.

This is a bird of the mangroves, to which it is apparently exclusively
confined. It is accordingly most numerous along the coast and about
the islands of Siguanea Bay, where the mangroves are so constant and
pronounced a feature. Mr. Read has observed it along the Pine River
also, but it is apparently a rare bird in the northern part of the island,
judging from the dearth of records, and, indeed, it cannot be called a
common bird at any locality as yet visited. Two nests were found,
both in mangroves within a few feet of the water, during the third
week in April, but as yet without eggs.

270 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

128. Compsothlypis americana usnee Brewster. NORTHERN PARULA
WARBLER.

Sylvia americana (not Parus americanus Linneus) Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba,
1854, 426 (I. of Pines, fide Gundlach).

Compsothlypis americana Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 117 (I. of Pines, in
geog. distr.)—BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 210 (I. of Pines,
March; Poey’s record).—READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, I911, 12 (I. of Pines).—
READ, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara).

Parula americana GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 57 (I. of Pines).

“*Parula Warbler’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines,
January).—READ, Odlogist, X XVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, Ig10, 5
{Nuevas River), 15, and XXVIII, tort, 7 (I. of Pines; migr.), 113 (West Mc-
Kinley, winter); XXX, 1913, 130, 131 (1. of Pines).—ReEapD, I. of Pines News,
VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

Five specimens: Los Indios.

This dainty warbler was noted several times by Mr. Link at Los
Indios from September 25 to November 20, but was not encountered
elsewhere. From other available sources we learn, however, that it is
a regular winter resident in the island, as elsewhere in the West
Indies. It has been so recorded by Mr. Read, and was noted in
March, 1902, by Mr. Zappey, but how much later in the season it
remains is an undetermined question. The specimens brought back
appear referable to the present form, but the colors both above and
below are overlaid with paler feather-tips.

Vermivora bachmani (Audubon). BACHMAN WARBLER.

(2?) “Bachman Warbler’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. ot
Pines, February 6).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, I909, 58, and XXX, 1913, I31
(1. of Pines); XXVIII, torr, 113 (West McKinley).—ReEap, I. of Pines News,
VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (1. of Pines).

(?) Helminthophila bachmanii READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, torr, 12 (1. of Pines).
This rare warbler is known to winter in Cuba, and may extend its migration to

the Isle of Pines as well. Mr. Read says that he took a specimen on February 6,

1909, but as the example in question is unfortunately not now in existence, and a

mistake might very readily be made in a case like this, it would seem best to keep

the species in the hypothetical list for the present.

Vermivora peregrina (Wilson). TENNESSEE WARBLER.

(?) ‘“‘Tennessee Warbler’’ READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 224 (I. of Pines); X XVII,
I910, 15, and XXVIII, tort, 7 (1. of Pines; migr.), 114 (West McKinley);
XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines; migr.).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914
(I. of Pines).

(2?) Helminthophila peregrina READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 13 (1. of Pines).

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. PAL

This is another species the occurrence of which in the Isle of Pines is problem-
atical, since it is merely casual or accidental as a migrant in the West Indies. Mr.
Read writes that he secured a specimen, but as it is not now extant to authenticate
his record, it is, I think, inadmissible under the circumstances.

Protonotaria citrea (Boddaert). PROTHONOTARY WARBLER.

(2?) ‘‘Prothonotary Warbler’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of
Pines, January 25).—READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 58, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I.
of Pines); XXVIII, 1911, 113 (West McKinley).—REApD, I. of Pines News, VI,
Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).

(2) Protonotaria citrea READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, tort, 12 (I. of Pines).

This species is entered on Mr. Read’s list on the strength of a single example
(which he writes me was secured, but not preserved) recorded under date of January
25, 1909. There must be some mistake here, since this warbler is well known to
avoid the West Indies during migration, and in any case the date of the supposed
occurrence would argue against the correctness of the identification, since the
species is not known to winter north of Nicaragua.

Helmitheros vermivorus (Gmelin). WORM-EATING WARBLER.

(2) ‘“Worm-eating Warbler’? READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 13, and XXX, 1913,
131 (I. of Pines).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Feb. 14, 1914 (I. of Pines).
The Worm-eating Warbler is said to be a regular winter resident in Cuba, so

that there is no intrinsic reason why it should not occur in the Isle of Pines also.

The above records apparently all refer to an individual which Mr. Read reports

that he shot on January 9, 1910, the specimen being subsequently lost.

129. Mniotilta varia (Linneus). BLACK AND WHITE WARBLER.

Mniotilta varia PorEy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).—Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 117 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 57 (I. of Pines) BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat.,
XXXIX, 1905, 209 (I. of Pines, March; Poey’s record).—READ, O6dlogist,
XXVIII, tort, 12 (I. of Pines) —READ, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara).

‘Black and White Warbler’’ REAp, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of

Pines, December).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); X XVII,

TOLO, 15 Cl. of Pines; migr.); XCXVILL, ror, 7 (i. of Pines, October); 113

(West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 127 (Santa Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines, winter).

Two specimens: Los Indios and Nueva Gerona.

This warbler occurs as a regular winter resident, is generally dis-
tributed, but apparently not very common. The earliest record for
its arrival in the fall migration is August 23 (1909), according to Mr.
Read, but doubtless the bulk arrive later, probably in October. Mr.
Link’s latest spring date for this species was May 5. During its stay
it is apt to occur almost anywhere in the woodland, and was found in

the mangroves on at least one occasion.

272 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

130. Dolichonyx oryzivorus (Linnzus). BOBOLINK.

Dolichonyx oryzivorus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 110 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.)—GuNDLAcH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 117 (I. of Pines)—BANcs & ZAPPEY,
Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 213 (I. of Pines, ex Cory and Gundlach).

“‘Bobolink’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 7,13, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines;
migr.).

An abundant migrant throughout the West Indies, although actually
recorded from the Isle of Pines on but a few occasions. Gundlach
casually refers to its occurrence there, and it is included in Mr. Cory’s
list as found in the island, doubtless on the authority of Gundlach.
Mr. Read says that he observed a flock of twenty birds on May 9g,
1910, which were gone by the next day, and a few also in the fall
migration, on September 24 of the same year.

131. Sturnella magna hippocrepis (Wagler). CUBAN MEADOWLARK.

Sturnella hippocrepis PoEy, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).—Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 110 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 121 (I. of Pines).—RipGway, Bull. U. S. Nat.
Mus., No. 50, II, 1902, 368 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.) BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am.
Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 212 (Santa Fé, Jucaro, and Cayo Bonito; crit.) —READ,
OGdlogist, XXVI, I909, 102 (syn.); XXVIII, ro11, 12 (I. of Pines).—READ,
Bird-Lore, XIII, ro11, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa
Barbara).

‘“‘Meadowlark”’ READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58 (I. of Pines); XXVII, 1910, 84
(McKinley to Nueva Gerona); XXX, 1913, 122 (McKinley; habits).

‘*Cuban Meadowlark’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).
—READ, Odlogist, XX VII, I910, 5 (Nuevas River), 42 (I. of Pines; nesting);
XXVIII, tort, 3 (McKinley), 6, 11 (Nuevas River), 7 (Cafiada Mountains, etc.),
113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley and Nuevas River), 125,
127 (Santa Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines), 168 (Los Indios).

Seventeen specimens: Bibijagua and Los Indios.

Mr. Chapman (Bulletin American Museum of Natural History, IV,
1892, 305) contends that hippocrepis is more closely allied to neglecta
than to any other form of the genus, and Mr. Ridgway has so far
indorsed this view as to accord the former specific rank. I confess
that after a study of this fine series in connection with ample and
comparable material from other sections I fail to find the slightest
justification for such an arrangement. Asa matter of fact, hippocrepis
is so close to its nearest geographical representative, argutula of south-
ern Florida (as later admitted by Mr. Chapman himself—cf. Bulletin
American Museum of Natural History, XIII, 1900, 300) that it is
often difficult properly to assign a given specimen by virtue of its

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. ilies

characters alone. The yellow of the throat in hippocrepis does not
invade the malar region to any more appreciable extent than is shown
by Florida birds, although it is apparently on this character that Mr.
Ridgway has mainly relied to place it near neglecta. Specimens in
full plumage are quite as dark as Florida birds, but differ in averaging
smaller, with the under parts more conspicuously streaked. The
present form should stand, therefore, as an insular race of S. magna.

A characteristic bird of the open country in the Isle of Pines, fre-
quenting the pastures, fields, and edges of the pine-woods, wherever
there is a growth of low grasses or herbage, and the ground is dry.
It is generally distributed in such situations over the entire northern
part of the island, but is absent from the Cienaga and the country to
the southward, where the conditions are unsuitable. During the
breeding-season, or from March to June inclusive, it is seen in pairs,
after which the young and old associate in family groups. Young
in juvenal dress were taken at Bibijagua on July 5 and 10. Its notes
are decidedly weaker than those of the northern Meadowlark, and it
is a much tamer bird.

132. Agelaius assimilis Lembeye. CUBAN RED-WING.

Agelaius assimilis Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 127 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.) —GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 120 (I. of Pines)—RipGway, Bull.
U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, II, 1902, 342 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.) BANGS &
ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XXXIX, 1905, 212 (Cienaga; habits; plum.; crit.).—
SHARPE, Hand-List Birds, V, 1909, 493 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).—READ,
OGdlogist, XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines).

Agelaius subniger BANGS, Proc. New England Zodél. Club, IV, 1913, 92 (Cienaga;
orig. descr.; type in coll. Mus. Comp. Zodél.; meas.; crit.)—STONE, Auk,
XXX, 1913, 453, in text (review).

““Cuban [Red]-wing’’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 130 (Santa Barbara).
Fourteen specimens: Siguanea and Pasadita.

In addition to the present series of this rare species, I have been able
to examine in this connection the specimens from Cuba and the Isle
of Pines handled by Mr. Bangs, and upon the strength of which he
separated the bird from the latter island under the name Agelaius
subniger. Upon the status of this alleged form this new material
throws considerable light. Taking up the males first, it appears
that they naturally fall into two series, unquestionably representing
different ages. The fully adult males are deep glossy black above and
below, with the lesser wing-coverts crimson, and the greater wing-
coverts buffy, as in A. pheniceus. In first nuptial dress, however,

274 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the general coloration is much duller and browner, and the red area
on the wing-coverts is also duller and much mixed with black, which
in some cases spreads over all of these feathers except the innermost.
All but one of the male specimens from the Isle of Pines in the Bangs
Collection, as it turns out, are clearly in this immature stage, and the
exception (No. 13,366) is probably immature also, having some black
on the wing-coverts, and being considerably worn, like the others.
On the other hand, the Cuban males are all fully adult birds, in nowise
different, so far as color is concerned, from adults from the Isle of
Pines, with which they have been directly and carefully compared.
The culmen is slightly flatter, it is true, in the Cuban specimens, but
I believe that even this difference would disappear in a large series;
at any rate, it is certainly too trifling a difference upon which to base
the recognition of even a subspecies.

The type of A. subniger is a female, and is obviously browner than
Cuban females, but I am by no means sure that this is not the result
of wear and fading, since I cannot discern any such striking difference
between the latter and the series of Isle of Pines females collected by
Mr. Link. This being the case, there would seem to be but one course
open: to treat A. subniger as a pure synonym of A. assimilis, since it
is clear that Mr. Bangs was misled by the circumstance of having
only immature examples of the bird for comparison.

This species has a very restricted range, being known only from the
Zapata Swamp in Cuba and the Cienaga in the Isle of Pines. Mr.
Zappey’s specimens were all shot in the eastern end of the Cienaga,
probably not far from Pasadita, in April, 1904. At this season all
the birds of this species from that vicinity were gathered into one
flock, which kept to some large trees at the edge of the swamp. From
the fact that the testes of the males were not enlarged, nor any very
young birds seen, he inferred that the breeding-season was not near
at hand nor recently over. As above noted, the examples he secured
were all (with one possible exception) immature, in first nuptial
plumage, and their development may not have been so rapid. At any
rate, the birds which Mr. Link found at Pasadita a month later in the
season, or during the latter part of May, were apparently all breeding
at the time, being always found in pairs. One nest was discovered,
built in the high grass at the edge of the swamp, about a foot above
the water. It was constructed of grasses and fastened to the surround-
ing stems after the fashion of the Red-winged Blackbird of the north;

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 275

the eggs had not yet been laid. The species could not be called com-
mon, and the pairs were scattered. It was noted also in the Cienaga
at Siguanea in small numbers in October and April, and one specimen
was secured. Mr. Read claims to have observed it in the Santa Bar-
bara tract in September, and it is reported from the island by Cory and
Gundlach. ‘Its notes ‘resemble those of the common Red-wing
(A gelaius pheniceus), but are lower and more wheezy, sounding, when
a number are calling together, much like the chirping of insects ”’
(Bangs & Zappey).

133. Icterus hypomelas (Bonaparte). CUBAN ORIOLE.

Xantornus dominiscensis (not Oriolus dominicensis Linnzeus) PoEy, Mem. Hist.
Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide Gundlach).

Icterus hypomelas Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 110 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—Bancs & ZappEy, Am. Nat. XX XIX, 1905, 211 (Jucaro, El Hospital, Cayo
Bonito, and Santa Fé; habits; crit.)—READ, Odlogist, X XVI, 1909, 102 (I. of
Pines), 148 (I. of Pines; habits); XXVIII, ro11, 12 (I. of Pines).—ReEap,
Bird-Lore, XIII, torr, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa
Barbara).—READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 13, 1913 (descr.; habits).

““Cuban Oriole’? READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).—
READ, Odlogist, XXVII, I910, 5 (Nuevas River), 84 (McKinley to Nueva
Gerona); XXVIII, to11, 3 (McKinley), 5 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.),
6, Ir (Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley),
125, 130 (Santa Barbara).

Twenty-four specimens: Nueva Gerona, Bibijagua, and Los Indios.
As described by Mr. Ridgway (Birds of North and Middle

America, II, 1902, 271), male birds in first nuptial plumage average
brighter, and with more black on the head, throat, and posterior under
parts than females at this stage. In juvenal dress both sexes are like
the second-year female, but are still duller and browner, the black
of the head scarcely or not indicated. Examples shot June 26 and
July 6 are in this stage; some of those at the latter date, however,
show postjuvenal moult. Adult males average more yellow on the
crissum than adult females. Messrs. Bangs and Zappey remark that
“in birds from the Isle of Pines the yellow color of [the] rump, thighs,
and wing-coverts is a little paler than in Cuban examples, as is also
the brownish yellow of [the] under tail-coverts and anal region, with
less of this color and rather more black than in Cuban specimens;
but these differences are not very tangible and the Isle of Pines bird
is not different enough to be formally separated as a subspecies.”

276 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

A very common and generally distributed species, inhabiting the
thick woods as well as the palm and citrus-fruit groves, and often
coming familiarly to the vicinity of houses, to feed in the gardens and
among the vines. Several nests were found near Nueva Gerona, all
in the tops of palm trees, attached to the under side of the broad leaves.
This was during the first and second weeks in June. Young birds were
on the wing the latter part of June, accompanied by their parents, and
such family groups appeared to hold together until the following breed-
ing-season. ‘‘ The oriole feeds a good deal among the flowers of
various shrubs and trees, and its head is often daubed with juice and
pollen from these.”” (Bangs & Zappey).

134. Ptiloxena atroviolacea (D’Orbigny). D’OrBIGNY BLACKBIRD.

Quiscalus atro-violaceus PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 427 (Nueva Gerona,
fide Gundlach).

Dives atroviolaceus Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 1t11 (I. of Pines, in geog.
distr.) —GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 123 (I. of Pines).

Ptiloxena atroviolacea RipGWAy, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, II, 1902, 252
(I. of Pines, in geog. distr.)—BANGS & Zappry, Am. Nat. XX XIX, 1905, 211
(I. of Pines, ex Poey and Gundlach).—SuHArRPE, Hand-List Birds, V, 1909, 507
(I. of Pines, in geog. distr.)—READ, Odlogist, XX VI, I909, I90 (I. of Pines);
XXVII, r910, 5 (Nuevas River); XXVIII, rorz, 12 (I. of Pines), 114 (West
McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines).

(2?) “Rusty Blackbird?’’ REaAp, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines).
—REAaD, OGdlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58, and XXVIII, torr, 12 (I. of Pines), 113
(West McKinley).

This is said to be a common species in Cuba, but it must be much less
numerous in the Isle of Pines, since, while given by Gundlach as a
native of the island, it was not encountered there by either Mr. Zappey
or Mr. Link, although Mr. Read claims to have observed it on sundry

Tull:

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. ill

part (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).—READ, Odlogist, XX VI, 1909, 190 (1. of Pines);
XXVIII, 1910, 15 (syn.); XXVIII, ror1, 12 (I. of Pines).—READ, Bird-Lore,
XIII, 1911, 44 (McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).
—READ, I. of Pines News, V, Nov. 15, 1913 (descr.; habits).

‘*Grackle’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 58, and XXVIII, ror, 13 (I. of Pines).

“Florida Grackle’’ (error!) READ, Forest and Stream, LX XIII, 1900, 452 (I. of
Pines).

Quiscalus quiscula agleus (not of Baird) READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, ror (I. of
Pines; habits).

“‘Cuban Grackle’’ REApD, Odlogist, XX VII, 1910, 5 (Nuevas River), 42 (I. of Pines;
nesting), 84 (McKinley to Nueva Gerona), XXVIII, ro11, 3 (McKinley), 6, 11
(Nuevas River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (McKinley and Nuevas
River), 125, 127, 130 (Santa Barbara), 168 (Los Indios).

Twenty-five specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indios, and Nueva Gerona.

Type, No. 41,199, Collection Carnegie Museum, adult male; Nueva
Gerona, Isle of Pines, February 28, 1913; Gustav A. Link.

Subspecific characters—Similar in general to Holoquiscalus cay-
manensis caymanensis (Cory), but of larger size, and the gloss of the
plumage in the adult male almost entirely steel-blue, without any
purplish tinge.

In the following table of measurements of this and allied forms only
adult males have been included.

Holoquiscalus caymanensis caymanensis:

No. Locality. Wing. Tail. Bill.
TGS Sue Grands Gay antes eae cise leisy eee sis elcralcanyaten st 135 113 30
FOOTO men Grancdy Gayl atten ke oes css e Rye 1+ Sel euenscte ake ees 134 II2 30
ROO Cum Grand Cay tmlatlentay vara riae tice esclert ceri toe bettas 135 II4 30
3003420 GranduGaymaneran ct. cus sediee ce mite eer 138 TT 20
BOOS Se Grandi Caymansern su stscuu ote akiae hae er te aes 135 IIQ 28
Z00452o mGrandiCayinane tau. ols ed wes eva onic ebony ens 133 II2 aT

Holoquiscalus caymanensis dispar:

BOS5O. ee Ost Indios mlnofibines asm cree ie erate ie a T45 128 32
398937! Los Indios, I. of Pines....... Be ey ben We er oee oes ees 138 118 BTS
ALtOg- Nueva Gerona, Il joh Pines.) a5 .cme oie ages one 143 123 33
AL2R72 oMGOSs Nn GiOS; LOL PINES: etrets et sae & meee cae eue eee IAI I20 a225
A250 mmitos Indios yl sor Pines: 1 ae seid Goat omen a 140 IIQ 33
ATs2 82 ee oswindios, 1. Of Pines ieee acne che sella) sachets © I40 120 cic}
Tiare laGuama; (Cubarsce «cotta 6. sf itiacee shears ee aes eee 139 II5 31
T7 TADS eel Guamian Cubarrny., stores vancese scebteis wine ae asec o I40 I24 Sighs
V7 TAZ able Gatamiays CiWar oc alc sic evaae cfeiece « ehene sisite oe 146 I2I 34
T7CATS oP eG UAllam Cuba craton s scac mone ic ease ee cme yrae ea 40 119 33

T7TATOWE wi Guana Gubay, ataiterdciisva stots ts “etaenceives ras 40 I2I 2.5

278 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Holoquiscalus jamaicensis gundlachii:

1262% San Carlos (Estate), Guantanamo, Cuba......... I49 120 35)
1273" San Carlos (Estate), Guantanamo, Cuba......... 152 127 35
13692 San Carlos (Estate), Guantanamo, Cuba......... 152 126 35.
Sykes “itabas(aeyelS(Chnloy:35 oratg eecicle ceca toiene Ol emeariGre ce acc I52 132 22)
SAO eee ITT ACIDS Siac) s-se eke sco hu hs Gheac aces he rece SRN I50 129 32
5725 OS mmITIC AGC MOA hes, f sie.o c sutceusitve-ecaneme tos Oe Serena WA) 1209 34
Sree aire Gyal, Cio Waser eee ee eens GOiarsG aes hacia oe I56 130 33
5S tome iT a Gl CT DAG fesnce cto c cow wdc acme av etepe a ee area I50 126 32
S72SG bahia eral Chloe ten eee Beate can in. cinks 150 127 31
B25 Oc ceew IMG AG (GUIDA: os dint s «bus + Sie om cerita ee aoe 142 18 35
BOSS oe lbrainne Gyr (Cihlloy: i ieee eee eerie neaonS Gia S cea/cic I51 132 34
Ty ZOAGMAG MAN ATA CUDA. 6 cera ca ends ogadireisicis sauienetee AOR ere 149 128 34
L7G OSL ATA COs UDG ois sist oi ils She ce. saiest etelaenel Gees haie gy ac 154 I23 35

The Isle of Pines Holoquiscalus, as represented by the above fine
series, was naturally at first referred to the recognized Cuban species,
H. gundlachii, but the remarks of Messrs. Bangs and Zappey with
reference to the variation which obtains in that form led me to look
into the matter a little further, with wholly unlooked-for results.
In the course of this investigation it became necessary to examine all
of the Greater Antillean forms of this genus, which the latest reviser
of the group (Ridgway, Birds of North and Middle America, II, 1902,
222 et seq.) treats as distinct species, apparently on the ground that as
insular forms they cannot be expected to intergrade. I have always
felt doubt as to the propriety of such an arrangement, and the acquis-
ition of a series of grackles from Porto Rico and the Isle of Pines has
been made the occasion for a renewed study of this group, the con-
clusions from which I present herewith. This study has been made
possible only through the loan of a considerable number of specimens
from other sources, as elsewhere indicated.

Comparison of the series of adult males from the Isle of Pines with a
similar series from Trinidad, on the south coast of Cuba, shows at
once that the two series represent entirely distinct forms, differing
not only in size (except for the bill), but also in color. In the Isle of
Pines specimens the gloss is a dark steel-blue, very pronounced both

19 Collection U. S. National Museum.

20 Collection Field Museum of Natural History.

21 Collection Carnegie Museum.

22 Collection Charles T. Ramsden.

28 Collection American Museum of Natural History.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 279

above and below, while in the Trinidad skins it is decidedly purplish
or violaceous. These color-differences are very conspicuous when a
series of adults are compared, while measurements show that the Isle
of Pines birds are constantly smaller. Moreover, specimens from
Baracoa, at the eastern extremity of Cuba, and from Guanaja, on the
north coast, prove to be the same as the Trinidad birds, while skins
from El Guama, in the Province of Pinar del Rio, on the other hand,
cannot be distinguished (allowing for their somewhat different con-
dition) from those from the Isle of Pines. It is evident, therefore, that
as distinctions go in this genus two different species inhabit the island
of Cuba, one the eastern and middle, the other the western portion.
The differences here pointed out, while perfectly obvious and constant,
seem to have escaped the notice of previous writers on this group, or
at least to have been discounted as having any geographical significance.
While Messrs. Bangs and Zappey, it is true, speak of the great vari-
ation among Cuban birds, they seem not to have suspected that this
variation was correlated with locality. The question of names for
the two forms naturally comes up for determination at this point.
Fortunately, the type of Cassin’s Quiscalus gundlachii is still extant
in the museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
and Mr. Witmer Stone has very courteously at my request compared
it with material which I forwarded for the purpose. He reports that
the type-specimen agrees precisely with the purplish bird. This fixes
the name gundlachii on the form from eastern Cuba, and leaves that
from western Cuba and the Isle of Pines to be provided with a new
name, which I here supply. Different as it is from gundlachit, it is.
so closely related to the Grand Cayman form that it is best considered
as conspecific. Besides averaging considerably larger than caymanen-
sts, it is somewhat different in color, the plumage lacking almost en-
tirely the purplish sheen which is present in that form, although by
no means conspicuous. While these differences are, it is true, more
or less bridged over by individual variation in both forms, the average
difference between the respective series is in my judgment sufficient
to entitle the bird of western Cuba and the Isle of Pines to recognition
by name.

The form from Grand Cayman is not only decidedly smaller than
the forms from eastern Cuba and Jamaica respectively, but also has
very little of the purplish gloss of the plumage, so pronounced and
characteristic a feature in those forms. The latter agree with each

280 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

other so well in their general characters that I propose to unite them
as conspecific. Indeed, all the Greater Antillean forms are so closely
related that they might be regarded as conspecific without doing
violence to the facts in the case, so far as can be judged from the ex-
amination of specimens. Whether their habits differ in any essential
manner I do not know. The Haitian and Porto Rican forms, too,
have so many characters in common that in my judgment they should
stand as subspecies of a third specific type. According to my views,
arrived at after a careful study and comparison of a series of all the
various forms involved, these should stand as follows, the diagnostic
characters being based on the adult males alone.

a. Body-plumage strongly glossed with dark steel-blue, with little or no vio-
laceous shade.
b. Larger; steel-blue gloss more pronounced. (Western Cuba and Isle of

Pines) Sree oe snes sifees ee aie Holoquiscalus caymanensis dispar.
bb. Smaller; gloss of plumage with a slight violaceous shade. (Grand Cay-
pea tzual) Wes ada oC Gl eRe ey oe Holoquiscalus caymanensis caymanensis.

aa. Body-plumage strongly glossed with violaceous.

c. Violaceous gloss more intense; bill relatively longer and_ slenderer.
(Basternmi@uba)we... 6.2... eee Holoquiscalus jamaicensis gundlachii.
cc. Violaceous gloss less intense; bill relatively shorter and stouter. (Jamaica)
Holoquiscalus jamaicensis jamaicensis.

aaa. Body-plumage glossed with dark purplish black, especially posteriorly.
d. Bill wider, relatively longer, with the tip less strongly decurved. (Haiti)
Holoquiscalus niger niger.
dd. Bill more compressed, relatively shorter, with the tip more strongly
decunved =a (EOLto) RICO) 5. yee Holoquiscalus niger brachypterus.

The above seems to me a more logical arrangement than that at
present in vogue, but in any case, should one or more of these six forms
be held to be of specific value, a due regard for consistency would
require all to be so treated. The various forms from the Lesser An-
tilles would also seem to require revision along the same lines, but J have
no occasion to discuss this matter further in the present connection.

The males of the lot from the Isle of Pines are divided readily into
two series when regard is had to the amount of glossiness of the general
plumage. The less glossy birds closely resemble the fully adult
females in color, but are of course larger. These I take to be birds
in first nuptial plumage. The females also differ among themselves
in a corresponding manner. Most of the specimens from western Cuba
which I have seen chance to be in this immature dress; they thus

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 281

naturally differ more from eastern Cuban birds than do adults. The
Bibijagua specimens, shot July 9 and 10, are in juvenal plumage, while
adults, taken October 13 and 14, are just completing the postnuptial

“e

moult. The iris is marked as ‘‘ straw-color’’ in the male, not brown,
as given by Mr. Ridgway for gundlachii.

The Grackle is an abundant resident species, traveling in flocks,
except in the breeding-season. It is found throughout the island, in
the more remote districts as well as in the cultivated sections, fre-
quenting the open country, the vicinity of streams, etc. It has a
bad reputation for destroying rice, but is a useful species nevertheless.
It follows the plow as does the Crow Blackbird in the north, which
species it otherwise resembles in notes and general habits. According
to Mr. Read and Mr. Zappey it is wont to alight on the backs of horses
and cattle to pick off the ticks with thich they are often infested.
“The male, owing to the vertically placed feathers in the tail, presents
a curious appearance when on the wing.’’ A number of nests in
process of construction were found in the Cienaga near Siguanea the
last week in April; in every case they were situated in the mangroves,
only a few feet above the water, and were built of dry sticks and stems
of weeds, lined with fine rootlets. Gundlach says that in Cuba they
nest in the palm-trees, sometimes several together, and Mr. Read speaks
of having found a nest forty feet up ina “‘ jucaro”’ tree. The eggs are
four or five in number, and are colored like those of the Crow Blackbird.

136. Spindalis pretrei (Lesson). CUBAN SPINDALIS.

Tanagra pretrei Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

Spindalis pretrei Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 114 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—GUNDLACH, Orn. Cubana, 1895, 77 (I. of Pines).—RipGway, Bull. U. S. Nat.
Mus., No. 50, II, 1902, 68 (I. of Pines; meas.; crit.).—READ, Odlogist, XX VI,
1909, 189, 190 (I. of Pines; descr.; habits); XXVIII, torr, 12 (I. of Pines).

Spindalis pretrei pinus BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 213 (Santa Fé,
Jucaro, Cayo Bonito, Pasadita, and San Juan; orig. descr.; type now in coll.
Mus. Comp. Zoél.; meas.; crit.; habits)—ALLEN, Auk, XXII, 1905, 329, in
text (review).—EpiTors, Ibis, 1905, 631, in text (review).—SHARPE, Hand-List
Birds, V, 1909, 380 (ref. orig. descr.; I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).— READ, OGlogist,
XXVII, 1910, 15 (syn.).—READ, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45 (Santa Barbara).—
READ, I. of Pines News, VI, Dec. 6, 1913 (descr.; habits).

“Isle of Pines Tanager’’ READ, Odlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 5 (Santa Barbara Moun-
tain, etc.), rr (Nuevas River), 114 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 125 (Santa
Barbara), 131 (I. of Pines).

Ten specimens: Los Indios, Siguanea, Caleta Grande, and Bibijagua.

282 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

After having compared the above with a series from eastern Cuba,
kindly placed at my disposal by Mr. Charles T. Ramsden, I find myself
unable to admit the alleged subspecies pinus to recognition. True,
the Isle of Pines birds average a little larger, as shown by Mr. Ridgway
and by Messrs. Bangs and Zappey, but the difference is certainly slight,
the measurements overlapping, and does not in my judgment justify
formal separation. Moreover, as regards color, when specimens taken
at the same season are compared absolutely no differences between the
two series are observable. Messrs. Bangs and Zappey, in their original
description, admit that their Cuban specimens (in the case of females
at least) were not comparable as to season with those from the Isle
of Pines, and it seems as if this circumstance might readily account
for the differences to which they call attention. Mr. Ridgway says
that he cannot distinguish specimens from the Isle of Pines from those
from western Cuba.

The seasonal variations in color in this species are well marked.
Males taken in November are more deeply colored than those shot in
April and May. A young bird dated September 26 is completing the
postjuvenal moult, which apparently involves the rectrices.

The Cuban Spindalis is a tolerably common resident species in the
Isle of Pines, both throughout the northern part and the portion south
of the Cienaga. During the breeding-season it is usually seen in pairs,
feeding among the buds and blossoms, particularly of Jatropha glau-
covirens, in company with the two species of hummingbirds and the
Cuban Bullfinch. At other seasons it may be found in small parties
in the jungles. According to Messrs. Read and Link it is an unusually
silent bird, and likely to be overlooked were it not for the conspicuous
colors of the male, but Mr. Zappey says that both sexes sing at times,
the song being a low, weak warble. We have so far no information
concerning the breeding habits of this species in the Isle of Pines.

137. Passerina cyanea (Linneus). INpIGO BUNTING.

“Indigo Bunting’’ READ, Forest and Stream, LXXIII, 1909, 452 (I. of Pines
April 20).—READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, 75 (I. of Pines); XXVIII, ro11, 7 (I.
of Pines, October 20 [18], 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines).

Cyanos piza cyanea READ, OGlogist, XXVIII, 1911, 12 (I. of Pines).

A not uncommon species in Cuba in the winter, according to Gund-
lach, and recorded from the Isle of Pines on a few occasions by Mr.
Read, who has noted it as early in the fall as October 18, and as late
in the spring as April 20, these dates corresponding fairly well with

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 283

what is known of its migration in neighboring regions. Mr. Link
saw a single individual at Caleta Grande, on the ‘‘ south coast,’’ about
April 19.

138. Melopyrrha nigra (Linneus). CUBAN BULLFINCH.
Melopyrrha nigra BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 215 (Punta del Este).
“Cuban Bullfinch’’ Reap, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 130 (I. of Pines, fide G. A. Link).

Eight specimens: Caleta Grande and Hato.

All but two of these are adult males, not one of which shows any
intermixture of black on the primary-coverts, such as is said to dif-
ferentiate M. nigra on the one hand from M. taylori on the other. A
series of Cuban specimens, which I have been able to examine in this
connection, are absolutely indistinguishable from the Isle of Pines
specimens. It is evident, therefore, that Mr. Ridgway’s use of this
particular character in his diagnosis of the two forms in question
(Birds of North and Middle America, I, 1901, 562) must have been
based on immature birds, for it is certainly quite misleading.

A female in juvenal plumage, dated April 22, is duller than the
adult, and the feathers of the back, wings, and posterior under surface
are edged and tipped with rufescent brown.

‘ ’

This species was only encountered on the ‘ south coast,’’ where it
was notcommon. Most of the specimens were shot in the low shrubby
thickets, feeding among the blossoms of Jatropha glaucovirens. It
‘* appears to be restricted in the Isle of Pines to the dry, brushy country
south of the Cienaga and even there is not at all common.” Mr.

Zappey’s only specimen was taken at Punta del Este.

139. Tiaris olivacea olivacea (Linneus). YELLOW-FACED GRASSQUIT.

Tiaris olivacea olivacea BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 214 (Santa Fé
and Cayo Bonito; meas.; crit.; habits)—REAp, Bird-Lore, XIII, 1911, 44
(McKinley); XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Barbara).

Tiaris olivacea READ, Odlogist, XXVI, 1909, I90 (I. of Pines; descr.; habits);
XXVIII, torr, 12 (I. of Pines).

“‘Vellow-faced Grassquit’’ READ, Odlogist, XX VII, 1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva
Gerona); XXVIII, 1911, 45 (Santa Barbara Mountain, etc.), 6, 11 (Nuevas
River), 113 (West McKinley); XXX, 1913, 123 (Pine River), 125, 127 (Santa
Barbara), 130 (I. of Pines).

Twenty-six specimens: Bibijagua, Los Indios, Nueva Gerona, and’
Caleta Grande.
This series shows. considerable variation as regards the size of the

284 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

black pectoral area in the male, depending possibly upon age, as well
as a variation in the exact shade of the upper parts. In the female
there is even more variation in the first mentioned respect, some in-
dividuals having the black area well marked, while in others there is
no trace of it; in the case of the latter, which I take to be younger birds,
the yellow of the throat and superciliaries is also duller and more re-
stricted. A female in juvenal dress, taken July 11, is dull grayish
olive above, and paler below; the superciliaries and chin-spot indi-
cated in dull buffy; the remiges and rectrices are edged with greenish
as in the adult bird, but the color is duller.

The type-locality of this form is Santo Domingo, and according
to Mr. Ridgway (Birds of North and Middle America, I, 1901, 531)
birds from this island differ in certain minor respects from Cuban
specimens, and Messrs. Bangs and Zappey confirm this with reference
to Isle of Pines examples also. But the differences are very slight,
and I agree with these authors in considering them as unworthy of
recognition by name.

The Yellow-faced Grassquit is a very common bird, possibly the
most abundant bird in the island. It occurs in large scattered flocks
during most of the year, frequenting the bushy pastures, citrus-groves,
pineapple-fields, etc. In fact it is found almost everywhere, except
in the jungles and swamps. In its habits it recalls the Junco of the
north, spending most of its time on the ground, and flying up into the
trees when disturbed. It feeds on the seeds of various grasses and
weeds, and according to Mr. Read occasionally on grasshoppers and
crickets. As early as February the flocks break up into pairs, and
nesting begins in March. The nests are built low down in a bush or
shrub, not necessarily in secluded places, however, as the birds often
select the vicinity of houses for this purpose, like the Chipping Sparrow
in the north. The nest is a globular affair constructed of dry grasses
and other vegetable fibers, with an entrance on one side. Four or
five eggs are the usual complement; they are pale blue in color, with
small brownish and blackish spots on the larger end.

140. Tiaris canora (Gmelin). MELopious GRAssQuIT.

Passerina collaris Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1854, 426 (Nueva Gerona, fide
Gundlach).

Euetheia canora Cory, Cat. W. Indian Birds, 1892, 113 (I. of Pines, in geog. distr.).
—Ruipeway, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 50, I, 1901, 536 (Cory’s record).

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 285

Tiaris canora BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 215 (I. of Pines?, ex
Poey and Cory).—REApD, Bird-Lore, XV, 1913, 45, and XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa
Barbara).

“*Melodious Grassquit’’ READ, Odlogist, X XVII, 1910, 84 (McKinley to Nueva
Gerona); XXVIII, tort, 13, and XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines), 123 (McKinley),
125 (Santa Barbara).

A species peculiar to Cuba, and which has been attributed to the
Isle of Pines by Poey, on the authority of Gundlach, who, however,
says nothing about such an occurrence himself. This appears to be
the sole basis for its inclusion in Mr. Cory’s list, to which Mr. Ridgway
refers. Messrs. Bangs and Zappey, however, “ consider this a very
doubtful record, probably due to confusion of names,”’ for the reason
that Poey does not include the common Yellow-faced Grassquit in
his list, while the present species was not detected either by Mr.
Zappey or by Messrs. Palmer and Riley. Mr. Read writes that he
has identified this species on a few occasions in the ‘‘ West Coast ’’
section, and has taken specimens. It was noted in small flocks, and
he considers it a rare bird.

141. Ammodramus savannarum australis Maynard. GRASSHOPPER

SPARROW.

Coturniculus savannarum passerinus (not Fringilla passerina Bechstein) BANGS &

ZaApPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 215 (I. of Pines, March).

Ammodramus savannarum (not Fringilla savannarvum Gmelin) READ, Odlogist,

XXVIII, torr, 13 (I. of Pines).

**Grasshopper Sparrow’’ READ, Odlogist, XXX, 1913, 131 (I. of Pines, December).
Ammodramus savannarum australis READ, Bird-Lore, XVI, 1914, 50 (Santa Bar-
bara).

Two specimens: Los Indios.

These were both shot in an open pasture, on October 25 and No-
vember 21 respectively, and were the only individuals seen on the
entire trip. They are precisely similar to winter specimens from
Florida, and evidently represent a normal extension of the winter
range of the present form. It is of course possible that there may be a
resident form of Ammodramus savannarum in the Isle of Pines, as in
several of the other West Indian islands.

142. Passerculus sandwichensis savanna (Wilson). SAVANNAH
SPARROW.

Passerculus sandwichensis savanna BANGS & ZAPPEY, Am. Nat., XX XIX, 1905, 215
(1. of Pines, March).

This is only a winter resident, but is apparently not common,
Mr. Zappey being the only observer who has been so fortunate as to

286 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

meet with it. Specimens were taken by him in March, 1902, but it
was not encountered during his second trip. The Isle of Pines seems
to be about the southern limit of the winter range of the species.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

The following chronological list of titles embraces all in which there
have been found any references, however trivial, to the birds of the
Isle of Pines. The list is believed to be practically complete, and in-
cludes not only original references, but also papers containing allusions
to or quotations from such sources. More than half of the titles are
credited to Mr. Arthur C. Read, some of whose articles appeared in
a local newspaper, a file of which is unobtainable, and most of the
remainder in an amateur ornithological journal, seldom cited by sys-
tematic authorities. The writer of course is aware that it is not
customary to consider newspaper articles in compiling a scientific
bibliography, especially in such a case as this, where they are not
available for general reference, and they are given here merely for the
sake of completeness, and because some of the matter they contain
has been used in preparing the present paper. All titles have been
transcribed literally, and the place and date of publication given in
full.

1854. Pory, FELIPE. Apuntes sobre la Fauna de la Isla de Pinos.—Memorias
sobre la Historia Natural de la Isla de Cuba, I, Chapter XX XVIII, June,
1854, 424-431.

Contains a nominal list (pages 426-7) of sixty-three species of birds
observed by Gundlach during a six days’ stay in the vicinity of Nueva
Gerona. As we learn from other sources, this was in January, 1854, and
numerous winter resident birds are naturally included in the list.

1856. GUNDLACH, JOHANNES, and CABANIS, JEAN. Dr. J. Gundlach’s Beitrage
zur Ornithologie Cuba’s. [Part IV].—Journal fiir Ornithologie, IV,
January, 1856, I-16.

Myiadestes elisabeth (wrongfully) attributed to the Isle of Pines (page
2). (Cf. Journal fiir Ornithologie, XX, 1872, 429).

1861. GUNDLACH, JOHANNES. Zusidtze und Berichtigungen zu den ‘“‘Beitragen
zur Ornithologie Cuba’s.’’ [Part I]—Journal fiir Ornithologie, IX,
November, 1861, 401-416.

Contains a reference (page 416) to Chlorenas inornata as a bird of the
Isle of Pines.

1866. GUNDLACH, JUAN. Revista y Catalogo de Aves Cubanas.—Repertorio
Fisico-Natural de la Isla de Cuba, I, [iii], February, 1866, 281-302.

Contains but a single reference to the Isle of Pines—Chlorenas inornata

(page 208).

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 287

1873. GUNDLACH, JUAN. Catalogo de las Aves Cubanas.—Anales de la Sociedad
Espanola de Historia Natural, Madrid, II, 1873, 81-101.
Differs but little from his 1866 catalogue. Chlorenas inornata from
the Isle of Pines, page 143.
1875. GUNDLACH, [“‘JEAN’’] JOHANNES. Neue Beitrage zur Ornithologie Cubas.
[Part VI].—Journal fiir Ornithologie, XXIII, July, 1875, 293-340.

Grus ‘‘canadensis"’ (= nesiotes) attributed to the Isle of Pines (page
293).
1876. GUNDLACH, JUAN. Contribucién a la Ornitologia Cubana. Havana, 1876,
Pp. 364.

This was published in a series of supplements (probably separately
paged) to the Anales de la Academia de Ciencias médicas, fisicas y naturales
de la Habana, beginning in 1873 (1871 according to Mr. Charles T.
Ramsden), and continuing for about three years. Unfortunately no
unbound set of this publication is available at present, so that the exact
dates of publication of the various parts are not now ascertainable.
The above is the title of the completed volume, issued in 1876. There
are Isle of Pines references for Dendroica virens (page 64), Chrysotis leuco-
cephalus (page 124), Conurus enops (page 126), Chlorenas inornata (page
128), and Grus ‘‘canadensis”’ (page 143).

1891. GUNDLACH, JOHN. Notes on Some Species of Birds of the Island of Cuba.—
Auk, VIII, April, 1891, 187-1091.

Contains a note on an abnormally colored example of Chrysotis leuco-
cephalus from the Isle of Pines.

1892. Cory, CHARLES B. Catalogue of West Indian Birds. Boston, 1892, pp.
163, I map.

In the systematic portion of this work (pages 81-122) are listed all the
then known forms of West Indian birds, with an indication of the various
islands included in the range of each. The Isle of Pines records herein
cited are doubtless (in part at least) from a manuscript list of birds
observed on the island during the month of April, 1892, by Dr. Gundlach,
and by him placed at the author’s disposal (cf. statement on page 35).

1895. GUNDLACH, JUAN. Ornitologia Cubana, 6 Catalogo descriptivo de todas
las especies de Aves tanto indigenas como de paso anual 6 accidental
observadas en 53 afios. Havana, 1895, pp. 328, 14 pls.

“The last work of this distinguished Cuban ornithologist, containing
many references to the birds of the Isle of Pines.’?’ With but few excep-
tions, however, these references are mere indications of the occurrence
there of certain species. The work was published in parts or signatures
of sixteen pages each, as monthly supplements to the Archivos de la Poli-
clinica, commencing some time in 1893, and concluding in 1895. The
title quoted is that of the completed volume.

I901. RIDGWAY, ROBERT. The Birds of North and Middle America. Part I.—
Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 50, October 24, I90I, pp.
XX 0755620) pls:

The only reference to the Isle of Pines in this volume is the quotation

of Mr. Cory’s record under the synonymy of Euetheia canora, page 537.

288

I902.

1904.

1905.

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

RipGway, RoBert. The Birds of North and Middle America. Part II.—
Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 50, October 16, 1902, pp.
xx -++ 834, 22 pls.

Contains sundry references to the Isle of Pines in specifying the ranges
of certain species. Measurements of Isle of Pines specimens of Spindalis
pretrei on page 60.

CookE, WELLS W. Distribution and Migration of North American War-
blers.—Bulletin Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture,
No. 18, 1904, pp. 142.

Quotes Mr. Cory’s record for Dendroica virens from the Isle of Pines
(page 88).

RipGway, RoBertT. The Birds of North and Middle America. Part III.
—Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 50, December 31, 1904,
pp. xx + 801, 19 pls.

Refers to Isle of Pines specimens of Petrochelidon fulva fulva (page 53),
and quotes several references from other authors bearing on the birds of
the island.

BANGS, OuTRAM, and ZAPPEY, WALTER R. Birds of the Isle of Pines.—
American Naturalist, XX XIX, April, 1905, 179-215. Review, Ibis, 1905,
630; Auk, XXII, 1905, 329.

The first authoritative and important annotated list of the birds of the
island, based on a collection made by the junior author in the spring and
early summer of 1904, together with some data secured on an earlier
trip, in March, 1902. With this original information are incorporated
the previously published records of Messrs. Cory, Gundlach, and Poey,
bringing the whole number of species in the Isle of Pines list up to one
hundred and twenty. Six of these are here described as new, and critical
notes on others are added. Much interesting and valuable information
on the habits, local distribution, etc., of the various species is included.
There is an introduction treating of the physical features, climate, etc.,
of the island, a map, and a number of half-tones illustrating characteristic
scenery.

NELSON, Epwarp W. Notes on the Names of certain North American
Birds.—Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, XVIII, April 18,
I905, 121-126.

Cathartes aura is divided into a northern and southern race, specimens
from the Isle of Pines being referred to the latter.

BANGS, OUTRAM. The Cuban Crab Hawk, Urubitinga gundlachii (Cabanis).
—Auk, XXII, July, 1905, 307-309.

Contains a translation of Gundlach’s remarks on this species in his
Ornitologia Cubana, 1895, 18-19, in which he refers to a nest found in
the Isle of Pines.

CLARK, AUSTIN H. The Genus Conurus in the West Indies.—Auk, XXII,
July, 1905, 310-312.

Refers to Conurus euops as formerly an inhabitant of the Isle of Pines.

THAYER, JOHN E., and BANGS, OUTRAM. The Mammals and Birds of the
Pearl Islands, Bay of Panama.—Bulletin Museum of Comparative Zodélogy,
XLVI, September, 1905, 137-160.

1905.

1906.

1907.

1909.

I909.

1909.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 289

Measurements given of Isle of Pines specimens of Butorides virescens
maculata (pages 142-143).

CLARK, AUSTIN H. The West Indian Parrots.—Auk, XXII, October, 1905,
337-344-

The Isle of Pines included in the range of the genus Ava.

CLARK, AusTIN H. The Greater Antillean Macaws.—Auk, XXII, October,
1905, 345-348.

Ara tricolor is set down as recently extinct in Cuba and the Isle of Pines.

HELLMAYR, CARL E. On the Birds of the Island of Trinidad.—Novitates
Zoologice, XIII, February, 1906, I-60.

Measurements given of Isle of Pines specimens of Hydyvanassa tricolor
ruficollis (page 50).

CooKE, WELLS W. Distribution and Migration of North American Ducks,
Geese, and Swans.—Bulletin Biological Survey, United States Department
of Agriculture, No. 26, 1906, pp. 90.

Reference is made to the only Isle of Pines record for Chen hyperborea
nivalis (page 68).

RipGway, ROBERT. The Birds of North and Middle America. Part IV.—
Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 50, July 1, 1907, pp. xxii +
973, pls. 34.

Critical notes, measurements, and references to a number of Isle of
Pines species of Turdide, Mimide, and Tyrannide are included.

ROTHSCHILD, WALTER. Extinct Birds. London, 1907, pp. 244, pls. 42.

Includes a reference to Bangs & Zappey’s record of Avra tricolor from the
Isle of Pines (page 51).

READ, ARTHUR C. From the Isle of Pines.—Odlogist, XX VI, April 15, 1909,
57-58.

A nominal list (common names only) of forty-four species observed
during the course of a two months’ stay on the island. Several of these
were admittedly imperfectly identified, while others are obviously so.

READ, ARTHUR C. From the Isle of Pines.—Odlogist, XX VI, May I5, 1909,
75:

An addendum of twelve species to his previous list, including among
others the Cerulean Warbler and Red-eyed Vireo (!).

READ, ARTHUR C. From the Isle of Pines.—Odlogist, XXVI, July 15, 1909,
IOI-I02.

Notes on the habits of the “‘Florida’”’ (= Isle of Pines) Grackle and
Ani; list of additional species observed (including such questionable
records as Yellow-bellied Flycatcher, Yellow-throated Vireo, and Black-
billed Cuckoo); and corrections of identifications in his previous lists.

READ, ARTHUR C. From the Isle of Pines.—Odlogist, XX VI, Aug. 15, 1900,
I24-I25.

Notes on the habits of the Red-legged Thrush, and additions to the
list of species recorded from the island. The ‘‘Chimney Swift”’ of his
previous list is here set down as probably the Black Swift.

READ, ARTHUR C. From the Isle of Pines.—Odlogist, XX VI, September 15,
I909, 148-149. .

Interesting notes on the habits of the Cuban Oriole, ‘‘Zenaida Dove”’

290

1909.

I909.

1900.

1909.

IQIO.

IQ10.

IQIO.

IQIo.

IQIO.

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

(i. e., the Isle of Pines Plain Pigeon), Limpkin, and Ruddy Quail Dove.
READ, ARTHUR C. Birds on [sic] the Isle of Pines.—Forest and Stream,
LXXIII, September 18, 1900, 452.

A nominal list of species seen between December 6, 1908, and July 19,
1909. English names are used almost entirely, and there are numerous
erroneous and incomplete identifications.

READ, ARTHUR C. From the Isle of Pines.—Odélogist, XXVI, October 15,
I909, 165-160.

An account of the habits of the Anhinga.

SHARPE, R. BowpLerR. A Hand-List of the Genera and Species of Birds.
Volume V. London, 1909, pp. xx + 694.

Specific references to the Isle of Pines as included in the ranges of a
few species.

READ, ARTHUR C. From the Isle of Pines.—Odélogist, XX VI, November 15,
1909, 189-190.

Brief descriptions and notes on the habits of the “Isle of Pines Tanager”’
(Cuban Spindalis) and Yellow-faced Grassquit, with a list of additional
species observed.

READ, ARTHUR C. The Lizard Cuckoo.—Odélogist, XXVI, December 15,
1900, 223.

As observed in the Isle of Pines.

READ, ARTHUR C. Isle of Pines Trogon.—Odélogist, X XVI, December 15,
1900, 223.

Brief description and notes on its habits, as observed in the Isle of
Pines.

READ, ARTHUR C. Additions.—Odélogist, X XVI, December 15, 1909, 224.

A nominal list of nine additional species, of which at least two may be
classed as doubtful.

READ, ARTHUR C. A Paddle Down the Nuevas River, November 20, 1909.
—Oodlogist, XX VII, January 15, IQI0, 5.

A nominal list of thirty-two species.

READ, ARTHUR C. From [the] Isle of Pines.—Odédlogist, XXVII, February
I5, IQIO, I4—-I5.

Migration dates of various species for the fall of 1900.

READ, ARTHUR C. A Correction.—Oélogist, XX VII, February 15, 1910, 15.

Referring to his previous article in this publication for November 15,
1909, and correcting the names of three species therein mentioned.

ReEAD, ARTHUR C. The Cuban Pigmy Owl.—Odélogist, XXVII, March 15,
IQIO, 35.

A brief description and account of its habits, as observed in the Isle of
Pines.

READ, ARTHUR C. A Few Isle of Pines Nesting Records For 1909.—
Odlogist, XX VII, April 15, 1910, 42.

Dates of nesting for seven species.

READ, ARTHUR C. From the Isle of Pines.—Odlogist, XXVII, May 15,
IQIO, 61-62.

On the Ricord Hummingbird and Cuban Tody, as observed in the

Isle of Pines.

IQIo.

IQIO.

IgIo.

IQIO.

IOI.

IQIt.

IQII.

IQIl.

IQII.

IQIt.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 291

READ, ARTHUR C. From [the] Isle of Pines. A Field Trip to Las [Los]
Tres Hermanas [Hermanos] Mountains, April 4, 1910.—Odlogist, XX VII,
June 15, 1910, 84.

A nominal list of twenty species observed.

AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS’ UNION COMMITTEE. Check List of North
American Birds. * * * Third Edition (Revised). New York, August,
IQIO, pp. 430, I map.

Petrochelidon fulva attributed to the Isle of Pines (page 292).

CooKE, WELLS W. Distribution and Migration of North American Shore-
birds.—Bulletin Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture,
No. 35, October 6, I910, pp. 100, 4 pls.

Oxyechus vociferus torquatus given as breeding in the Isle of Pines
(page 88), doubtless on the authority of Messrs. Bangs and Zappey.

BANGS, OuTRAM. Two New Woodpeckers from the Isle of Pines, West
Indies.—Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, XXIII, December
29, I9I0, 173-174.

Descriptions of Centurus superciliaris murceus and Xiphidiopicus per-
cussus insule-pinorum, from specimens in the collection of the Museum
of Comparative Zodélogy, collected by Walter R. Zappey.

Reap, ArTHUR C. Bird-Life of a Small Pond at McKinley, Isle of Pines,
Cuba.—Odlogist, XXVIII, January 15, I91t, 3, 2 pls.

Sixteen species recorded.

Reap, ARTHUR C. Birds of Santa Barbara Mountain and Vicinity, Isle of
Pines, Cuba.—Odlogist, XXVIII, January 15, 1911, 3-4.

A description of the mountain, with a list of twenty species of birds
observed there in October.

READ, ARTHUR C. Nesting Records, McKinley, Isle of Pines, Cuba, for
1910.—Odlogist, XXVIII, January 15, I9II, 5.

Dates of nesting for nine species.

READ, ARTHUR C. Sundry Trips.—Odélogist, XXVIII, January 15, 1911, 5-7.

A nominal list of the birds observed on two trips from McKinley to the
mouth of the Nuevas River, August 16 and November 14 (year not
stated), and another list covering the species observed on December 4
on a trip from McKinley to the Cafiada Mountains.

READ, ARTHUR C. Migration Notes From The Isle of Pines.—Odlogist,
XXVIII, January 15, I9II, 7.

The records run from April 14 to November 26. The year is not stated,
but is probably 1910. Several species are recorded which are not known
to occur in the West Indies except as accidental visitants, and such
records are naturally open to suspicion.

ReApD, ARTHUR C. The Flycatchers of the Isle of Pines. —Odlogist, XXVIII,
January I5, 1911, 7-9.

Brief notes on the habits and nesting of five species.

READ, ARTHUR C. A Trip Down the Nuevas to the Sea.—Oodlogist, XXVIII,
January 15, IQII, 9-II.

A nominal list of forty-three species observed between McKinley and
the mouth of the Nuevas River, May 17-I9 (1910?).

292

TOL

IQIl.

IQII.

IQIlI.

IQII.

1912.

IQI2.

I9I2.

1913.

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

READ, ARTHUR C. List of Birds Observed by A. C. Read On The Isle of
Pines, Cuba, From December 1908, to December 1909.—Odlogist, XXVIII,
January I5, IQII, 11-13.

A formal list, with English and scientific names (many misspelled), but
without annotations, of one hundred species, with a supplementary list
of fourteen species observed during 1910 but not previously noted.
Practically all the questionable records in the author’s previous articles
are here repeated.

READ, ARTHUR C. Bird-Lore’s Eleventh [Christmas] Bird Census. Mc-
Kinley, Isle of Pines.—Bird-Lore, XIII, January-February, I9II, 43-44.

Twenty-four species recorded.

READ, ARTHUR C. Birds Seen on one Ten Acre Tract in West McKinley,
Isle of Pines, Cuba.—OGlogist, XXVIII, July 15, 1911, 113-114.

A nominal list of eighty species, with an indication of their relative
abundance. Contains numerous doubtful records.

READ, ARTHUR C. A Day at Bibijagua Beach, Isle of Pines.—Odélogist,
XXVIII, September 15, 1911, 146.

A nominal list of nine species observed on June 16, (1911?). The
“Virginia Rail’’ is of course some other species.

RipGway, RoBerRT. The Birds of North and Middle America. Part V.—
Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 50, November 209, IgII,
pp. xxlii + 850, 33 pls.

Contains measurements of Isle of Pines specimens of Riccordia ricordit
ricordii (page 543), and description and measurements of Priotelus
temnurus vescus, based on an examination of the type-series.

BURNS, FRANK L. A Monograph of the Broad-winged Hawk (Buteo platyp-
terus).—Wilson Bulletin, XVIII, September and December, 1911, 139-320.

On page 195 is given a record of a pair of Broad-winged Hawks seen
circling about the crown of Los Tres Hermanos Mountains on April 3,
1910, by Mr. Arthur C. Read, and identified with a field-glass.

OBERHOLSER, Harry C. The Status of Butorides brunescens (Lembeye).
—Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, XXV, April 13, I912,
53-56.

Description, measurements, and critical notes on two specimens of this
species from Nueva Gerona, Isle of Pines.

OBERHOLSER, Harry C. A Revision of the subspecies of the Green Heron
(Butorides virescens [Linneus]).—Proceedings United Staies National
Museum, XLII, August 29, 1912, 529-577.

Isle of Pines specimens of Butorides virescens cubanus listed (page 559).

OBERHOLSER, HARRY C. A Revision of the forms of the Great Blue Heron
(Ardea herodias Linneus).—Proceedings United States National Museum,
XLIII, December 12, 1912, 531-559.

The Isle of Pines is mentioned as included in the range of Ardea herodias
adoxa (page 545). }

Reap, ARTHUR C. Bird-Lore’s Thirteenth Christmas [Bird] Census. Santa
Barbara, Isle of Pines.—Bird-Lore, XV, January-February, I913, 45.

Thirty-seven species recorded.

1913.

TOTS:

1013.

IQI3.

1913.

I9QI3.

IQI3.

1913.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 293

BANGS, OuTRAM. New Birds from Cuba and the Isle of Pines.—Proceedings
New England Zoélogical Club, IV, March 31, 1913, 89-92. Review, Auk,
XXX, 1913, 452-453.

Agelaius subniger described from the Isle of Pines, from specimens in
the Bangs Collection, Museum of Comparative Zodélogy.

Topp, W. E. Ciypr. A Revision of the Genus Chemepelia.—Annals Car-
negie Museum, VIII, May 8, 1913, 507-603.

Isle of Pines references to Chemepelia passerina aflavida (page 562), and
list of specimens examined (page 599).

Cooke, WELLS W. Distribution and Migration of North American Herons
and their Allies.—Bulletin Biological Survey, United States Department of
Agriculture, No. 45, May 24, I913, pp. 70.

Contains several references to published records from the Isle of Pines
for species belonging to this group of birds.

Topp, W. E. Ctype. Preliminary Diagnoses of apparently new Birds from
Tropical America.—Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, XXVI,
August 8, 1913, 169-174.

Rallus longirostris leucopheus described from the Isle of Pines, from
specimens in the Carnegie Museum.

READ, ARTHUR C. Impressions of the Birds of McKinley, Isle of Pines,
Cuba, Made on an Early Spring Morning (March 18, 1911).—Odlogist,
XXX, August 15, 1913, 122-123.

Random notes on various species Observed.

READ, ARTHUR C. A Trip to Pine River, Isle of Pines.—Odlogist, XXX,
August 15, 1913, 123-125.

Thirty-three species observed.—July 12-13, I9II.

READ, ARTHUR C. Birds of the West Coast Section of Santa Barbara,
During the Month of September.—Odélogist, XXX, August 15, I913,
127-130.

Random notes on sundry species, with half-tones of a grove of royal
palms, and of the nesting-places of the Cuban Martin and Isle of Pines
Parrot.

READ, ARTHUR C. Isle of Pines Note.—Odlogist, XXX, August I5, I913,
I30.

Records specimens of the Cuban Crow, Cuban Bullfinch, and Roseate

Spoonbill lately taken in the Isle of Pines by Mr. Gustav A. Link.

READ, ARTHUR C. Birds Observed on the Isle of Pines, Cuba, 1912.—
Odlogist, XXX, August 15, I913, 130-131.

A nominal list of species, with an indication of the seasonal status and
relative abundance of each, and in some cases the dates of first records.
Numerous dubious records are included.

READ, ARTHUR C. Birds Observed on the Isle of Pines From Dec. 1908, to
Jan. 1912, Which Were Not Seen During 1912 by A. C. Read.—O@logist,
XXX, August I5, 1913, 131.

A nominal list of thirty-four species, with dates when each was noted.
Numerous dubious records are here repeated.

294 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

I913. READ, ARTHUR C. The Herons of the Isle of Pines, Cuba.—Odlogist, XXX,
August I5, 1913, 132.
Brief notes on ten species.
1913. READ, ARTHUR C. Birds Seen ona Long Journey.—Odlogist, XXX, October
I5, 1913, ‘264-268’ (= 164-168!).
A nominal list of species observed at various points on a trip from
the Isle of Pines to Winnipeg, Manitoba, and return.
I913. READ, ARTHUR C. Red-legged Thrush, Mimocichla Rubripes Rubripes.—
Isle of Pines News, V, October 18, 1913.
This is the first of a series of articles from Mr. Read’s pen, published in
a local newspaper at Nueva Gerona, and dealing with the birds of the
Isle of Pines in a popular way. There is usually a brief description and
general account of the habits, relative abundance, etc., of the several
species discussed, as observed in the Isle of Pines. Needless to add, these
articles are of much more interest and value than the nominal lists of
birds which go to make up so many of Mr. Read’s contributions to other
journals; the text is remarkably free from typographical errors, and
scientific names are given in almost every case.
I913. READ, ARTHUR C. Cuban Kingbird, Tolmarchus Caudifasciatus.—Isle of
Pines News, V, Oct. 25, 1913.
1913. READ, ARTHUR C. The Cuban Tody, Todus Multicolor.—Isle of Pines
News, V, November I, 1913.
1913. READ, ARTHUR C. The Isle of Pines Trogon, Priotelus Temnurus Vescus.—
Tsle of Pines News, V, November 8, 1913.
I913. READ, ARTHUR C. The Cuban Grackle.—Isle of Pines News, V, November
5) LOLs
1913. READ, ARTHURC. Isle of Pines Lizard Cuckoo, Saurothera Merlini Decolor,
Spanish (Arriero).—Isle of Pines News, VI, Nov. 22, 1913.
1913. READ, ARTHUR C. Cuban Red-bellied Woodpecker, Centurus Superciliaris.
—Isle of Pines News, VI, November 29, 1913.
1913. READ, ARTHUR C. Isle of Pines Tanager, Spindalis Pretrei Pinus.—Isle of
Pines News, V1, Dec. 6, 1913.
1913. READ, ARTHUR, C. The Cuban Oriole.—Isle of Pines News, VI, Dec. 13, 1913.
1913. READ, ArTHUR C. Anhigna [sic], Anhigna Anhigna.—Isle of Pines News,
VI, December 20, 1913.
1913. READ, ARTHUR C. The Herons of the Isle of Pines.—Isle of Pines News, VI,
December 27, 1913.
List of twelve species, with a brief description of each.
1914. READ, ARTHUR C. Antillean Nighthawk, Chordeiles Virginianus Minor.—
Isle of Pines News, VI, January 3, 1914.
1914. READ, ARTHUR C. The Kingbirds.—Isle of Pines News, VI, January 10,
IQT4.
Tyrannus dominicensis and T. cubensis.
1914. Reap, ARTHUR C. Cuban Green Woodpecker—Xiphidiopicus [percussus]
—Isle of Pines News, VI, January 17, 1914.
1914. READ, ARTHUR C. The Owls of the Isle of Pines.—Isle of Pines News, VI,
January 24, 1914.
Notes on four species.

Ior4.

1914.

IQT4.

IQI4.

IQT4.

Igt4.

IQI4.

IQT4.

IQI4.

IQT4.

IQI4.

Topp: THE BIRDS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 295

READ, ARTHUR C. The Limpkin, Aramus Giganteus.—Isle of Pines News,
VI, January 31, 1914.

READ, ARTHUR C. Bird-Lore’s Fourteenth Christmas [Bird] Census,
Santa Barbara, Isle of Pines, Cuba.—Bird-Lore, XVI, January—February,
IQI4, 50.

A nominal list of thirty-one species.

READ, ARTHUR C. The Cuban Crane, Grus Nesiotes.—Isle of Pines News.
VI, February 7, I9r4.

READ, ARTHUR C. The Warblers.—Isle of Pines News, VI, February 14,
I9T4.

A list of twenty-one species of warblers and three of vireos, including
several of doubtful authenticity as regards their occurrence in the Isle of
Pines.

READ, ARTHUR C. The Dove and Pigeons of the Isle of Pines.—Isle of
Pines News, VI, February 21, 1914.

Nine species briefly discussed.

READ, ARTHUR C. The Cuban Martin (Progne Cryptoleuca).—Isle of
Pines News, VI, April 4, 1914.

OBERHOLSER, Harry C. A Monograph of the Genus Chordeiles Swainson,
Type of a new Family of Goatsuckers.—Bulletin United States National
Museum, No. 86, April 6, 1914, pp. viii + 123.

Isle of Pines specimens of Chordeiles virginianus virginianus and C. v.
minor are listed (pages 44 and 84).

RIDGWAY, ROBERT. The Birds of North and Middle America. Part VI.—
Bulletin United States National Museum, No. 50, April 8, 1914, pp. xx +
882, 36 pls.

Isle of Pines records and references for a number of species of Picide,
Alcedinide, Todide, Caprimulgide, Tytonide, and Bubonide. A new
owl, Glaucidium siju vittatum, is described from the Isle of Pines.

READ, ARTHUR C. The Cuban Cliff Swallow (Petrochelidon Fulva).—
Isle of Pines News, VI, April II, 1914.

Includes also a note on the occurrence of the Barn and Bank Swallows.

READ, ARTHUR C. The Cuban Quail [,] Colinus Cubanensis.—Isle of Pines
News, VI, April 18, 1914.

READ, ARTHUR C. A Bird Trip to the South Coast.—Isle of Pines News, VI,
April 25, 1914.

Random notes on a few species observed on an ocean trip from Westport
to Caleta Grande, April 19, 1914.

COOKE, WELLS W. Distribution and Migration of North American Rails
and their Allies —Bulletin of the United States Department of Agriculture,
No. 128, September 25, 1914, pp. 50.

Contains a reference to Gundlach’s record of Grus mexicana from the
Isle of Pines (page IO).

READ, ARTHUR C. Birds of Prey of the Isle—Isle of Pines News, VI,
May 30, I9I4.

A notice of nine species, the Cuban Sparrow Hawk and Cuban Crab
Hawk being treated at some length.

296 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM:

I91I5. BANGS, OuTRAM. Notes on Dichromatic Herons and Hawks.—Auk,
XXXII, October, 1915, 481-484.

Contains references to certain species of these groups from the Isle of
Pines.

I915. Topp, W. E. CryprE. Preliminary Diagnoses of seven apparently new
Neotropical Birds.—Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, XXVIII,
November 29, 1915, 169-170.

Contains a brief description of Columba inornata proxima, page 170.
CARNEGIE MUSEUM,
December 20, 1915.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X. Plate XXII.

Fic. 2. Jungle on upper slopes of Caballos Mountains.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol X. Plate XXIII.

Fic. 2. Grove of Royal Palms.

Fic. 3. Bottle-palms. The big tree is frequented by the Isle of Pines Parrot,
which nests there.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X Plate XXIV,

Fic. 1. Grove of Caribbean Pines near McKinley.

Fic. 2. Mangroves and grass along river-bank.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X. Plate XXV,

Fic. 1. Characteristic View in the Cienaga.

Fic. 2. Sea-cliffs at Punta del Este.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X. Plate XXVI.

Cuban nighthawk, Chordeiles virginianus minor (Cabanis) on nest, Santa Barbara, Isle of Pines.
Photographed by A. C. Read. By the Courtesy of Mr. R. M. Barnes, Editor The Odlogist.

aa ie ae : : : y F
“art | "ih a , : 2 ot ;
nl ny a a 7 mi 7 ay 7 : : _ -

= 7 i ated ay ae . 7 : Ee

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. xX.

MAP OF
THE

SCE OF PINES

WEST INDIES

Scale of Miles

Los Indios

| CABO FRANCES. _
t oO? Cayo Frances

ENSENADA DE LA SIGUANEA

2 Jacksonville

Caleta Cocodrilos &&

SAN JUAN

mee

Cea oC

\OE LA
‘VEGA,

Puntadel Potrero

Plate XXVII.

2 ee

AVX sts

lathe

\49AG ATURE -
AAU AS *
1® :

xi DHE, REPTILES?AND AMPHIBIANS, OF THE ISLE OF
PINES.

By THOMAS BARBOUR.

(PLATE XXVIII.)

INTRODUCTORY.

This paper is based upon material from three sources: First, a very
extensive and thorough collection made by Mr. G. A. Link of the
Carnegie Museum during a long stay upon the island; unfortunately
Mr. Link preserved his material in formalin, so that in many cases
the condition of the specimens is far from being of the best. Second,
an interesting series submitted to me by Dr. Leonhard Stejneger,
collected by Messrs. Palmer and Riley at Nueva Gerona; this col-
lection is not extensive, but is in an excellent state of preservation.
Third, a series collected by Winthrop S. Brooks, Sefior V. J. Rodriguez,
and myself during a short visit to the Isle of Pines in March, 1915.
Upon this occasion the weather was favorable and we obtained a large
number of different species of reptiles, our efforts being to procure as
many species as possible in a short time, without attempting to secure
very many individuals, and especially to get some notes upon the
colors in life of certain of the species, notably those of the genus Anolis,
for in some of these creatures the colors in life have considerable
taxonomic importance.

The Isle of Pines lies about sixty miles south of the Province of
Havana, Western Cuba, and may be reached by proceeding to Bata-
bané by rail, and then taking a small steamer, which brings one after a
delightful night’s sail to either the port of Jucaro or Nueva Gerona,
the capital. The island is roughly thirty by forty miles in extent,
about the size of the State of Rhode Island, containing some twelve
hundred and fifty square miles. It is divided into two parts by a
large swamp “La Cienaga.’’ I quote in this connection from Mr.
Zappey’s field notes, given in ‘‘ The Birds of the Isle of Pines”’ by
Bangs and Zappey (American Naturalist, Vol. XX XIX, 1905, p. 182):

‘The land south of the Cienaga is of coral formation with a very
shallow soil spread over the coral rock, and with deep holes or pits

297

298 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

everywhere. A number of prints of fossil shells of various kinds are
observed in the coral rock. Fires devastate this part of the island,
burning up the soil and the very roots of the trees, and leaving nothing
behind but the bare coral rock, and the region is very sparsely in-
habited. The trees of this region are mostly hard wood, there being
no pines and very few royal palms.”

The country north of the Cienaga is entirely different. It consists
mostly of dry open pine-woods, interspersed with groves of royal
palms and with dense jungly vegetation along the water-courses. There
are great areas of savanna land, upon which even the palm-trees will
not grow. In general, the country is extremely infertile, and may
only be compared with similar areas in the Province of Pinar del Rio
in Cuba, where like conditions obtain. There are a number of hills,
most of which are composed of metamorphosed igneous rock, much
weathered and eroded, while near Nueva Gerona there are two
parallel chains of limestone hills, one, called the Sierra de Casas,
lying to the west of the river on which the town is situated, and the
other the Sierra de Caballos, lying to the eastward. The Sierra de
Casas does not reach the sea, but the other Sierra, after extending some
miles through the savanna country, reappears after a short break and
pushes out to the north coast, where it ends in a bold, precipitous
headland. This detached extension of the Sierra de Caballos is known
locally as ‘‘ Calumpo,”’ a corruption of Punta del Colombo. ‘The lime-
stone in these hills is brilliant glistening white, of a beautiful quality,
and much harder and more marble-like than I have seen in any of
the limestone outcrops in Cuba from one end of the island to the
other. The mountain-sides are clothed with dense, thorny scrub,
and with scattered high woods wherever there may be sufficient soil,
while the shores of the whole island, of course, are fringed with man-
grove swamps, except where there are a few white sandy beaches.
Most of our collecting was done from Nueva Gerona in the vicinity
of the limestone mountains and in the savannas. Mr. Link worked
principally in the region about Los Indios, a locality which allowed
him access to the Cienaga and the region where the greatest variety
of birds was to be obtained. So much for the topography of the island.

Its climate is excellent during the dry season, but the rains begin
in May and last until October, and I am told that the face of the country
is entirely changed, and that the moist conditions obtaining make
life far less agreeable than during the winter months. Generally

BARBOUR: REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 299

speaking, the island is always healthy. In the past the hot springs
at Santa Fé attracted many Cuban visitors, as the island, of course,
since its discovery has been a dependency of the government of
Havana. After the Spanish-American war, a few Americans found
their way there, and persuaded themselves that the island was to be
retained by the United States. This rumor spread, and speculators
in land soon arrived. ‘‘ Land-booms’”’ followed, and farms and citrus-
fruit plantations were sold in many localities. The result is that at
present there is a large body of American residents, most of whom
came to the island entirely untrained in tropical agriculture, and who
purchased farms unsuited for the purpose for which they were sold.
This has naturally resulted in disappointment and hardship. The
local Cuban authorities proved to be most courteous, and helped us on
the occasion of my visit in every possible way. The natives reside
principally in Nueva Gerona and its environs, although there are
scattered peasants living throughout the island, who will always be
found to offer the wayfaring naturalist a charming and courteous, if
humble, hospitality.

LIST OF THE SPECIES.

1. Crocodilus americanus (Laurenti).

The Caiman, as it is called by the Spanish-speaking inhabitants of
both Cuba and the Isle of Pines, is common in all the salt water
estuaries and chief river-mouths of the island. This species does not
often pushits way up intofresh water, but prefers thelagoons and ponds
among the mangroves, where the water is salt or strongly brackish.
A specimen about four feet long obtained by Mr. Zappey, shows, as
one would expect, that this species is identical with the typical form
of this widely ranging creature, which occurs from Florida, through
the Greater Antilles, along the coasts of Mexico and Central America,
and, reappearing on the Pacific Coast, extends from Southern Mexico
to Ecuador. Its habits are astonishingly similar throughout its
whole range, and the species is like the old world Crocodilus porosus
in its liking for salt water.

2. Crocodilus rhombifer Cuvier.

I have not seen a specimen of this species from the Isle of Pines.
The Cubans, however, are well aware of its existence and call it in-
variably Cocodrilo, in contradistinction to the Caiman. I have long

300 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

been familiar with the habits of this species in the great Cienaga de
Zapata in Cuba. Here it is extremely abundant and entirely confined
to the fresh-water swamps. Gundlach, on his visit to the Isle of Pines,
reported that it was abundant there in the Cienaga. It has apparently
remained so until the present time.

3. Pseudemys palustris (Gmelin).

The Jicotea, as the Spanish-speaking creoles call this turtle, is
abundant on the Isle of Pines, but less so than in Cuba, except
perhaps in the ponds of the Cienaga, where it is said to be very common.
In Cuba, especially at Manzanillo, it is esteemed a great delicacy,
but I did not observe that they were regularly hunted in the Isle of
Pines as they are in Cuba, where the waters of the Rio Cauto supply
many to the markets of the neighboring cities and towns. Mr. Link’s
series was obtained at Los Indios, while Brooks, Rodriguez, and
myself procured others in the streams about the Sierra de Casas.

4. Spherodactylus notatus Baird.

Brooks, Rodriguez, and myself were the only ones fortunate enough
to have found this species in the Isle of Pines. We secured four speci-
mens in the Sierra de Casas, while grubbing about among dead leaves
and scratching up the ground under the heaps of rock at the foot of
the cliffs of the Sierra de Casas. We were finding living specimens
of the genus of land shells, Megalomastoma, and found these four little
lizards in the same places as the shells. I have compared these with
examples from the Bahamas, Key West, and many localities in Cuba;
all are the same. Another Cuban species of the genus Spherodactylus,
viz. S. nigropunctatus, is so far unreported from the Isle of Pines, which
is perhaps not strange, as in Cuba this form is principally, if not wholly,
confined to the Eastern province, Oriente.

5. Spherodactylus elegans Reinhardt & Liitken.

While I think it is generally true that individuals from the Isle of
Pines representing this species are inclined to be a little less brilliant
in color and to have rather narrower dark cross-bands than those from
Cuba, I find too great a variability among the latter to make it at all
probable that we are dealing with anything more than a slightly dif-
ferent average condition of individual variation. Mr. Link secured a
series at Los Indios, while we found a few at Nueva Gerona. It

BARBOUR: REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 301

probably occurs all over the island, as it does in Cuba. One usually
finds this tiny creature, perhaps the smallest of living reptiles, in old
houses, behind furniture, on the wall behind pictures, and in similar
situations. The islanders called it simply Salamanquita, using the
same name for the other species of the genus. The Cuban peasants
for some reason, which I have never learned or guessed, call it Sala-
manquita de la Virgen.

6. Sphezrodactylus cinereus Cocteau.

Link’s series, and our own as well, shows that the representatives of
S. cinereus from the Isle of Pines are absolutely the same as examples
from Cuba. This is another species, which I think is encountered in
houses, decidedly more often than in the forest under bark or stones.
The reverse is the case with S. notatus, which has not taken so kindly
to human companionship. It is called Salamanquita and often
Salamanquesa, although the latter name is in Cuba more correctly
applied to Tarentola, a genus which is as yet unknown in the Isle of
Pines.

7. Anolis equestris Merrem.

A careful comparison of a small series of the Giant Anolis secured
by Link and specimens in the Museum of Comparative ZoGélogy from
different parts of Cuba has failed to reveal any character by which
they may be separated. We did not secure an example of this species
in the Isle of Pines, but we saw two, one in the Sierra de Casas, and
one in the dense woods east of Colombo promontory. They were in
dense foliage in tall trees and could not be reached by our small col-
lecting guns, unfortunately the only arms we happened to have with
usatthetime. I imagine from what the Cuban school-master at Nueva
Gerona and other well-informed persons told me, that this lizard is
even less common in the Isle of Pines than in Cuba. In Cuba it is
far from abundant, but may be found by careful searching in most of
the extensive plantings of mango and other fruit-trees, which, of course,
are not to be found in the vastly less fertile Isle of Pines.

8. Anolis sagrei Dumeril & Bibron.

This, the commonest species of the genus, is abundant throughout
the island. My field-notes state that the skin of the dewlap is dull
brick-red, the scales standing out as blackish, while the anterior edge

302 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

is lemon-yellow. On the whole, while I find many individuals which
are not really typical, I cannot make up my mind to separate an Isle
of Pines race.

g. Anolis porcatus Gray.

I have examined series of the common green Anolis in all the
collections from the Isle of Pines and compared them carefully with
Cuban examples, but I cannot find cause for separating them. In both
of the localities the species is one of the commonest of reptiles about
plantings in towns and cultivated gardens. In the woods and in un-
cultivated country the species is generally rare.

10. Anolis homolechis Cope.

This woodland Anolis, which is always so conspicuous in Cuba
because of its brilliant ivory-white dewlap, is also found in the Isle
of Pines, where it is by no means uncommon, especially in the narrow
jungly zones along the many water-courses, which meander through
the pine-barrens of the island. Although Cuban specimens have a
tendency to have fewer, hence larger, scales between the frontal ruge,
this character is not sufficiently stable to separate the two groups of
individuals into races.

11. Anolis angusticeps Hallowell.

With this little-known species I am able to identify a series of lizards
in each of the three collections from the Isle of Pines. These speci-
mens are the same as others from Guane, Province of Pinar del Rio,
Cuba. In life the specimens which I myself took had a dewlap tinted
with peach-blow pink. They varied from ashy gray to light gray
greenish in coloration. All were found on the trunks of royal palm-
trees, which grow along the road-sides near Nueva Gerona. The
species is much more abundant in the Isle of Pines than in Cuba.

12. Anolis alutaceus Cope.

I have seen but two specimens of this species from the Isle of Pines.
They are U. S. Nat. Mus. Nos. 27916-17, Nueva Gerona, Palmer and
Riley, collectors. These individuals I have compared with one of the
types of Cope’s A. alutaceus (Mus. Comp. Zoél. No. 10932) and
with a large series of fresh Cuban examples from various points. At
first I thought that the Isle of Pines lizards had more pronounced
vermiculate rugosities on the head-shields, until I found a few from

BARBOUR: REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 303

the Sierra Maestra equally rugose. There seem to be more canthal
scales in the lizards from the Isle of Pines, but this character is not
a fixed one in Cuban specimens. I do not really feel able specifically
to separate the two groups of individuals, in spite of a distinct feeling
that in general these creatures impress one in a perfectly inexpressible
way as being different.

13. Norops ophiolepis (Cope).

The grass-lizard of the Isle of Pines seems to be absolutely the same
as the one found in Cuba, as far asscutation goes. Incolor it seems to
be rather more brilliant, the mid-dorsal stripe extending a little further
forward on the region of the nape. In general the size is distinctly
larger. Mr. Link obtained a large series of this lizard at Los Indios,
while Brooks, Rodriguez, and I found it abundant and obtained a
number of specimens in the open-plains country near Nueva Gerona,
where there was abundant bunch-grass. It is a lizard which lives
entirely in the grass, never being found in even the lowest bushes.

14. Cyclura macleayi Gray.

The iguana is common upon the Isle of Pines, and is usually to be
found in the scrub on the flanks of the Sierras and in the savannas
about the coasts. Here the tracks may often be seen in the sand.
We did not see tracks nor specimens, nor did we hear of its occurring
in the pine-barrens. As Mr. Link’s collection contained a fine series
of these bulky creatures, and as our stock of alcohol and containers
was somewhat limited, we preserved no iguanas. A study of Link’s
series enables me to state, that, although there are a few characters
which usually appear to be slightly different from those in the Cuban
representatives, the individual variation is nevertheless too great to
make it wise to recognize two races.

15. Leiocephalus carinatus Gray.

This lizard, which has been aptly termed the “ lion-lizard’”’ by
some of the English-speaking colonists in the Bahamas, and which
is usually called by the Spaniards Raborocado or Perico, is found
abundantly about the cliffs near the sea-shore in the Isle of Pines, as
in Cuba. I do not believe that individuals from the two localities
are specifically separable.

304 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

16. Leiocephalus cubensis Gray.

Dr. Stejneger has kindly informed me that he believes that this
name proposed by Gray (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. V, 1840, p. 110)
should supersede L. vittatus Hallowell, which is the name in current
use and the one used by Boulenger in the ‘‘ Catalogue of Lizards in
the British Museum ”’ (Part II, 1885, p. 163). Hallowell’s name did
not appear until 1856. We frequently met with this lizard in the
open savannas in various parts of the island and procured a series of
specimens, as did also Mr. Link. They seemed to average decidedly
smaller in size than the Cuban specimens, and seemed in general to
be of a sandier, more bleached-out color, often lacking the rich maroon
on the sides of the head and body, which is usually conspicuous in
the Cuban specimens. Still I can find no characters of squamation
which seem to be sufficiently fixed to justify me in describing the race
from the Isle of Pines as distinct.

17. Ameiva auberi Cocteau.

The ground-lizard of the Isle of Pines seems to be absolutely identical
with that of Cuba. It is fairly abundant and is represented by speci-
mens in Link’s collection from Los Indios and in our own from Nueva
Gerona and various other localities near by. It is found in open,
arid savannas, in the pine-woods, in the plant-association of the beach-
grape near the shores, and more sparingly in the scrub, which clothes
the precipitous slopes of the two parallel limestone mountain-ranges.
In common with so many other species of this family the food of
Ameiva auberi consists largely of ants, and it is no uncommon sight to
see them digging into the craters of ant-nests or crawling noisily
about among the dried giant beach-grape leaves, which always seem
to be swarming with ants.

18. Epicrates angulifer (Bibron).

The big boa, for some reason or other always known to the natives
as Maja de Santa Maria, is even more abundant on the Isle of Pines
than in Cuba, though its habits seem to be entirely the same in both
places and it apparently occurs in the same sort of country. I have
been unable to observe that there is any difference between individuals
from the two localities.

19. Tropidophis pardalis (Gundlach).

Mr. Link secured a series of this species at Los Indios. There is

apparently no difference between these specimens and a large series

BARBOUR: REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 305

from various parts of Cuba and the Bahama Islands. The species is
largely nocturnal, like so many Boiids, and is singularly harmless and
inoffensive. There is no distinctive Spanish name for these snakes;
we have usually applied to them the names

‘

‘majasitas,”’ *‘jubitos”’
or similar diminutives. In the Bahamas the “conchs”’ call them
“Thunder-snakes,”’ since they appear so frequently after rain-storms,
drowned out from their subterranean hiding-places.

’

20. Alsophis angulifer (Bibron).

Unfortunately our party did not meet with this species upon the
island. Mr. Link secured a series, but they have become so darkened
through faulty preservation that it is impossible to say whether a
separation should be made on the same sort of characters as those
which serve to distinguish so sharply the insular Letmadophis from
the Cuban.

21. Leimadophis nebulatus sp. nov. (Pl. XXVIII, figs. 1-2.)

Type an adult male, Mus. Comp. Zodél., No. 11092, from the Sierra
de Caballos, Isle of Pines, W. I., collected March, 1915, by Barbour,
Brooks, and Rodriguez. Paratypes in Carnegie Museum, Nos. 302
to 308 and 1535; G. A. Link, collector.

This form does not differ from L. andree of Cuba in squamation,
but it does differ regularly and definitely in color-pattern. I have
sufficient material to show that this character is really diagnostic, as
is not always the case in reptiles.

In the type the lateral boundary between the dark, almost black
dorsal and the ivory-white ventral areas is not clearly defined, and there
are irregular dark-centered rhombs of white extending up on the sides
of the anterior part of the body, sometimes almost meeting at the
mid-dorsal line. Along the sides are many irregular scattered white
spots. The figures (cf. Plate XXVIII, figs. 1 and 2), show the details.
In Cuban specimens there are no such extensive white markings, but
only occasional scattered white dots or vertical or horizontal series of
small dots, more often no white at all in the dark dorsal and lateral
zones.

The specimens collected by Link at Los Indios show the same
markings as the type, less strikingly, however, since they have been
darkened in color by being preserved in too strong formalin.

As for variation in the Cuban species, I may say that the pattern is

306 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

equally fixed. (See Pl. XXVIII, figs. 3 and 4) Among twenty speci-
mens only one shows any tendency toward the condition in nebulatus,
and this is an old specimen, which came many years ago from Prof.
Felipe Poey, and which served as one of the types of Dromicus cubensis
Garman. It is not impossible that some correspondent of Poey, or
perhaps even Gundlach himself, got the specimen in the Isle of Pines,
and that it got mixed with Cuban material and sent here.

Seven Isle of Pines specimens average 143 for ventral scale-counts,
while the same number of Cuban examples average 144. There is
no greater difference in the average number of subcaudals, while the
number of scale-rows is seventeen in all.

The specimen, which I have made the type, was found in dry scrub-
country near the Sierra de Caballos. We recognized at first sight
that it was far whiter in appearance than Cuban specimens. In Cuba
L. andree is a common snake, found in cultivated lands in wooded
regions, under stones, burrowing in the ground. It is not as fond
of wet swampy country as is Alsophis angulifer. The habits of
L. nebulatus are probably just the same.

22. Tretanorhinus insulz-pinorum sp. nov.

Type, an adult, Carnegie Museum No. 311, from Los Indios, Isle
of Pines, W. I., collected by G. A. Link. Paratype, Mus. Comp.
Zoodl., No. 11,190.

This species differs from the Cuban 7. variabilis in having regularly
twenty-one, instead of nineteen rows, of scales around the body. I
have examined three examples taken by Link at Los Indios and found
this condition common to all. The series of Cuban examples in the
Museum of Comparative Zodélogy, consisting of one from the Rio Tana,
near Manzanillo, one from San Diego de los Bafios, four from Soledad,
near Cienfuegos, and three from the Rio Cuyaguateje near Guane, all
taken by the writer during various Cuban excursions, have nineteen
rows of scales. There do not seem to be other differences in squa-
mation and the color is the same, so far as one may judge from Mr.
Link’s material preserved in formalin.

This nocturnal water-snake is called Catibo in-the Isle of Pines by
the natives. This is the same name which is used in Western Cuba.
The catibo leads a colorless existence, spending its daylight hours
hidden beneath stones, roots, or drift-rubbish in some creek or brook.
By night it fares forth a-hunting and if one follows along the water

Jooz ‘durog ‘snyy ‘oSg‘or ‘ON Jo peoy jo doy “v “oIy
‘eqns ‘souerg so] op ormoquy *S urory ‘9S g‘OI “ON “]QOZ “duOD ‘sNy ‘wedpuD “T 40 uouttoods & Jo UOTIIOd TOLIOVUB JO AOSTA TeIOyeT “€ “OI

‘jooz7 ‘duo ‘snp ‘c60‘11 ‘ON Jo peay jo doy ‘2 “o1y
‘ZO0'II ‘ON “TQOZ ‘dwog ‘snyy ‘Aou “ds ‘sayojnqou siygoppuiaT Jo odAq jo uor41od 10110}JUR JO MoIA [eIoyeT “I ‘OY

WIHAXX 2Id ‘X ‘9A (WNASNW JISSNYVOD STVNNV

BARBOUR: REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 307

courses after dark with a good light the catibos may be seen swimming
slowly about beneath the surface. I have never seen one emerge even
part of its length from the water, and they rise to breathe but rarely.
The members of this genus are the most strictly aquatic reptiles I
know, quite equalling the Hydrophids in this respect. I have never
heard of their eggs being found, and I have often wished I knew whether
they come ashore to lay. I presume that they do.

23. Hyla septentrionalis Boulenger.

This very common tree-frog, so widespread in Cuba and the Ba-
hamas, occurs also in the Isle of Pines. Link preserved a large series.
The species has been renamed several times, the types of the synonyms
representing different variations in the form of the casque. This
is the frog used in Cuban biological laboratories for dissection or
experimental purposes in place of the genus Rana, used in the United
States and in Europe. The creature is most commonly caught in
or “La
Rana Platanera.”’ Their voices may be heard on any rainy mght and

’

banana-groves and is often called “La Rana de los Platanales,’

often on a showery afternoon as well, sounding like a rope being pulled
in jerks through a block which is badly in need of oiling.

24. Bufo peltacephalus Tschudi.

The giant toad, sapo, as it is universally called, is found in many
different situations. Not far from Nueva Gerona we found a number
under the fallen trunks of some royal palms which had been wastefully
cut down to use their leaves for thatching. One trunk sheltered seven
enormous fellows, which were apparently living in peace and harmony
with a numerous company of brightly colored harvest-men (Pha-
langida). These toads are rarely met with abroad even at night and
by daylight are always found hidden in the mouths of drains, under
logs or stones, or in similar situations. It is by far the most abundant
and widely distributed member of the genus in the Cuban region.
There is no difference between specimens in the fine series before me
procured by Mr. Link and the host of Cuban specimens in the Museum
of Comparative Zodlogy.

25. Bufo empusus Cope.

Link’s series from the Isle of Pines has been compared with speci-
mens from Herradura, Pinar del Rio, Cuba. They are the same. I

308 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

was told by the country-folk on the Island that the Guasdbalo burrows
in the earth, making little caves for itself, and living in colonies just
as they doin Cuba. For details regarding its habits consult Gundlach
(Erpetologia Cubana, Havana, 1880, p. 87) and Barbour (Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zodl., Vol. XLIV, 1914, p. 243). This toad is the real Guasd-
balo, although other amphibians are sometimes called by that name.
It is also called sapo de concha, referring to the curious ossified casque
of the head, which is so hard as to be quite shell-like.

26. Eleutherodactylus ricordii (Dumeril & Bibron).

So far the only species of this genus-known from the Isle of Pines is
E. ricordii, which is also very widely distributed in Cuba. je

ANNALS

CARNEGIE MUSEUM

VoL. X, Nos. 3 AND 4.

EDITORIAL NOTES.

AT the time when the work of exploring the fossil beds in Uinta
County, Utah, was undertaken by this Museum, much of the territory
was still comprised within the Ute and Uncompahgre reservations.
Some of these lands since we first entered the region have been thrown
open to occupation and settlement by the whites. In the territory
thus thrown open was the land on which our quarry, north of the town
of Jensen, is located. Being concerned for the continuance of the
work of the Museum, and apprehensive that some wandering pros-
pector for the purpose of levying tribute upon the Museum, might
enter a claim to the tract upon which we were working, the Director
instructed Mr. Earl Douglass to take steps to file a claim to eighty
acres covering the site of the quarry, under the mineral laws of the
United States, we having been advised by eminent legal authorities
that such a procedure was proper. After all the necessary steps had
been taken we were to our astonishment informed by the authorities
in Washington that fossilized bones are not ‘mineral.’ Though
refusing to give us title to the land under the mineral laws, the Secre-
tary of the Interior, realizing the importance of the aims of the
Museum and the desirability of allowing scientific investigations at
that point to be continued, recommended to the President that the
eighty acres should be set apart and withdrawn from entry under
the act of Jumess, 1906 (34 Stat., 225). By proclamation of
the President under date of October 4, 1915, the recommendation of

309

310 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the Secretary of the Interior was carried into effect, the tract being
designated as the ‘‘ National Dinosaur Monument.’’ Subsequently
the application of the Carnegie Museum for permission to continue
the work which it had commenced was granted, subject to the rules
and regulations in such cases made and provided by the Department
of the Interior, and Mr. Douglass has been instructed to prosecute
the work with all due diligence and energy.

It is with great satisfaction that we view the completion of the
installation of the skeleton of Apatosaurus louise. The specimen
has been mounted alongside the skeleton of Diplodocus carnegiei,
and room has been reserved in the gallery to permit the erection be-
tween the two colossal specimens of an example of Allosaurus, or one
of the other carnivorous dinosaurs of Jurassic times, which preyed
upon the Sauropoda. We have not as yet placed in position the skull
which was found with the skeleton of A patosaurus, having resolved to
await the further progress of research in the quarry, which may
possibly result in the discovery of a skull directly articulated with the
cervical vertebra, thus settling beyond the shadow of a doubt what
type of skull belonged to the animal.

The skeleton of A. louise is the largest skeleton of a dinosaur at the
present time erected in any museum, and is probably the most perfect
specimen of a sauropod dinosaur which has thus far been found. It
consists throughout of the bones of one individual, the entire vertebral
series of bones from the atlas to the end of the tail having been
found in such order as to enable their collocation without any doubt
as to the correctness of the positions assigned to them.

A PARTITION-WALL has been erected at the western end of the Gallery
of Useful and Industrial Arts for the purpose of setting off a space
in which it is intended to bring together the beautiful and valuable
collections, which have been entrusted to the custody of the Museum
by Mr. H. J. Heinz. Cabinets of appropriate form, constructed so
as to secure the best artificial illumination, are being designed in
order that a better display of the wonderful ivory-carvings and other
artistic objects in these collections may be made.

One of the notable recent gifts of Mr. Heinz is a large lacquered

EDITORIAL. 311

Buddha from Japan, over eight feet in height including the pedestal.
It dates from the Ashikaga period (1338-1573).

There has been received from Paris a collection of forty small
figures representing the costumes of the nobility and peasantry of
France at the middle and toward the end of the eighteenth century.
They are exquisitely attired, and, when mounted and displayed in the
cases which are being constructed for them, will form a most attractive
exhibit.

Mr. HERBERT DuPuy with great kindness has consented to place
upon view his collection of old silverware, which has for some time
been exhibited in the Metropolitan Museum in New York. It con-
tains a number of pieces, which have long been in the possession of his
family, as well as some which have great interest because they repre-
sent the art of the silversmith as practiced in America at an early date.
In addition to the specimens loaned by Mr. DuPuy there are a number
of pieces which have been deposited in the Museum by Mrs. Frank
Osborn, including a spoon made in 1837 in Pittsburgh by McFadden.
The Director has made a loan, which is exhibited in the same case,
of a silver tea-pot, dating from the seventeenth century, having upon
it the coat-of-arms of the Benezet family. This piece has come down
to its owner as an heirloom through six generations, it having been
brought to America by Jean Etienne Benezet, when he resolved to
exchange Philadelphia for London as a place of residence in 1720,
he having after the Revocation of the Edict of Nantes made his home
in London for a number of years. Among his descendants have been
a number of men and women distinguished in American life.

THE Museum has acquired by purchase a selection of the enlarge-
ments of the photographs made by the photographer who accompanied
Sir Douglas Mawson on his expedition to Antarctica. Those photo-
graphs which illustrate the animal life of the region were of especial
interest, and it was these which were selected. As soon as they can

_be framed and properly displayed, some of them in the Gallery of
Birds, others in the Gallery of Mammals, they will be placed
upon view.

By ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

In February we had the pleasure of welcoming to the Museum
for a brief visit Mr. B. Preston Clark, of Boston, who, in the midst
of a very active business career, is devoting as much of his leisure
as he can command to the collection and study of the hawk-moths
(Sphingidz) of the world. We are greatly indebted to him for the
addition to our collection of a number of species which have not
hitherto been represented with us. The collection of Mr. Clark has
grown to be the largest in the number of species which it contains in
America. It was gratifying to learn from him that with the exception
of his own collection he regards that in the Carnegie Museum as
being the largest in any museum in the new world. It contains
approximately one half of all the known species and subspecies which
up to the present time have been described, and Mr. Clark, with
great generosity, has signified his intention in the not distant future
of filling up a number of the gaps which exist in it.

Very large collections of the birds and insects of Bolivia have been
recently received from our collector, Mr. José Steinbach. The
Director is informed by Mr. Todd that these collections add some
seventy-five species of birds hitherto not represented in our collection.
What proportion of the new material contained in the entomological
collections will prove to be new to us, or in fact new to science, it has
not yet been possible to decide. The collections are being classified
and arranged in a preliminary way with a view to study.

Mr. Garrett? C. PIER, formerly connected with the Metropolitan
Museum in New York, spent some time in January last at the Museum
in labeling the collection of ivories donated or deposited in the Museum
by Mr. H. J. Heinz. He also labeled the Chinese collections deposited
in the Museum by Miss Jean Adams.

A GREAT deal of pleasure has been given, especially to the children
frequenting the Museum, by an exquisite model of a Pullman Palace
Car, presented by Mr. Herbert DuPuy, the exterior of which has been.
made at great expense of gold and silver, and the interior of which
carries out the pattern of the original in every minute detail. We

EDITORIAL. Silles

have installed miniature electric lights in this model, but owing to
the very diminutive size of the lights which it is necessary to employ,
we discover that they require very frequently to be replaced, as they
speedily ‘‘burn out.’’ We sometimes wish that the cost of radium
might soon be so reduced as to make possible the permanent illumina-
tion of such objects without the necessity of daily repairs—or that
Professor Langley’s experiments upon the lantern-flies of the tropics,
which, he averred, produce ‘‘the cheapest form of light,”
tinued by some genius in such a way that the time may come when our

may be con-

present clumsy system of electric illumination may be superseded
by something better and more economical. Wonderful as have been
the strides made within the last century in providing means of interior
illumination, the physicist can see vistas opening in the future which
remain to be filled with achievements.

THE work of an editor is often thankless and involves a great
amount of intense and wearisome application to minute details. It
nevertheless has its compensations, and recently the receipt of a
letter from Hon. Hugh M. Smith, the United States Commissioner
of Fisheries, in which he congratulates the editor of the ANNALS and
Mewnorrs of the Carnegie Museum, and goes so far as to say, ‘It isa
pleasure to realize that high-class work of this kind is being done,”
has served to carry a measure of cheer into “the gloom of the
sanctum.”

THE official exhibit of the Persian government, which was on dis-
play at the Panama-Pacific Exposition, has just been installed in the
Carnegie Museum, and will remain here during the last days of
April and the month of May. We owe the loaning of this exhibit to
the kindness of the Persian Commissioner General, Mirza Ali Kuli
Khan. The exhibit consists of tapestries, brocades, velvets, em-
broideries, miniatures, illuminated books and manuscripts, pottery-
ware, enamels, lacquer, and jewelry. It contains multitudes of
objects dating far back into the past, every one of which has a history
and a significance which: makes it intensely interesting. One con-
spicuous piece of tapestry was intended as a covering for the throne,
and was so used. It is said to have taken the labors of one hundred
women for ten years to produce this wonderful piece of needlework.

314 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

A number of the objects shown belonged to the famous Shah Abbas.
It is utterly impossible within the limits of a paragraph or two to
convey any idea of the interest of this unique and remarkable collec-
tion which we regard it as a great favor to be allowed to display within
our halls.

Tue Annual Report of the Director of the Museum was issued
about the middle of April, and shows that the fiscal year ending March
31 has been characterized by rapid growth in the collections of
the Museum as well as by energetic efforts to make these things the
means of culture in the community. The Museum has become an
institution ancillary to a multitude of institutions throughout the
region of which Pittsburgh is the center. The manner in which the
students in the universities, colleges, and high schools of the district
are employing the resources of the Museum is exceedingly gratifying.
They are not mere casual visitants, but they are brought to the
Museum as organized classes, and many of them are assigned definite
work in the Museum, spending day after day in the task of studying
the collections, describing the objects which are placed before them,
and making drawings of the same. The Director has had the oppor-
tunity of looking over the notebooks of some of the one hundred and
thirty students from the University of Pittsburgh who are studying
zoology in that institution, and has been very much pleased to see the
evidence given not merely of the power to observe accurately, but in
some cases to delineate beautifully the objects which are being studied.
It surely will be an advantage to these young people in future years to
recall the time which they passed within these walls studying the truths
of nature.

XIII. A LIST OF THE LAND AND FRESH-WATER SHELLS
OF tHE ISLE. OF PINES.

By JoHN B. HENDERSON.

The Isle of Pines has been visited by most of the collectors of land-
shells interested in the Cuban fauna, and its list of known mollusks
has been fairly complete from early times. It is quite likely, however,
that careful search would bring to light some of the smaller species
common on the adjoining large island, but as yet unrecorded in the
census of the Isle of Pines. Among such are the Zonitide, the Pupide,
some of the smaller Stenogyridz, and several fresh-water species of
somewhat wide distribution.

A large proportion of the species of the island are confined to the
two small ranges of limestone mountains in the extreme northern part,
known as the Sierra de Casas and the Sierra de Caballos. Of the
latter there is an extension in the form of an elevated peninsula with
steep sides, which projects into the sea, and is known as Punta del
Colombo. The other mountains of the island, such as the Cafiada
Range and the elevations back of Santa Fé, are of limestone crystal-
lized into a hard marble, and therefore offer but poor stations for
mollusks. The southern portion of the island, separated by a swamp
from the northern half, offers a good station for a restricted group of
land-snails, which flourish amid the conditions presented by a flat
porous limestone covered by scrubby forest-growths. But little has
been reported from this region, as it is inaccessible and of no interest
to travellers. It is most probable that its fauna will prove to be
quite the same as that encountered along the coastal strip in Cuba,
where conditions are very similar. The following list includes all
the species so far recorded from the island with the addition of a few
in my collection taken by myself or by Dr. Nicholas.

1. Megalomastoma procer Poey.
M. procer Pory, Memorias Hist. Nat. Cuba, Vol. I, 1854, p. 404, Pl. 13, figs.
12-18.
Habitat—Casas and Caballos Mountains.
Usually darker in color than the closely allied M. mani Poey, which
occurs in the Organ Mountains of western Cuba.

315

316 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

2. Rhytidopoma rugulosum (Pfeiffer).
Cyclostoma rugulosum PFEIFFER, Wiegm. Archiv, Vol. I, 1839, p. 356.
Habitat—Casas and Caballos Mountains; Punta de Colombo.
This species is the type of the genus Ctenopoma Shuttleworth (1856)
preoccupied (1855). The generic name here used was substituted by
Sykes (1901).

2a. Rhytidopoma rugulosum clathratum Gould.

Cyclostoma clathratum GOULD, Boston Journal Nat. Hist., Vol. IV, 1842, on

cover (no page).

Reported from the Isle of Pines by Arango and authors under the
specific name denegatum Poey (1856). There can be no doubt of the
specific identity of denegatum Poey and clathratum Gould, the latter
name having priority.

2b. Rhytidopoma rugulosum nodulatum (Poey).
Cyclostoma nodulatum PoEy, Memorias Hist. Nat. Cuba, Vol. I, 1852, p. 104.
A specimen in my collection derived from Poey is marked as from
the Isle of Pines. I have seen no others, and believe the record needs
confirmation.

3. Chondropoma dissolutum (Pfeiffer).
Cyclostoma dissolutum PFEIFYER, Malakozoélogische Blatter, Vol. I, 1854, p.
158. Novit. Conch., Vol. I, p. 95, Pl. 26, figs. 12-16.

Habitat.—Casas and Caballos Mountains; Punta del Colombo.

[“‘ Cyclostoma ” semicanum Morelet.

A species described by Morelet in Test. Novissima Ins. Cub., Pt. 2, 1851, p. 20,
and erroneously ascribed to the Isle of Pines. It is probably Annularia blaini
(Gundlach) Pfeiffer, Mal. Blatt, Vol. 10, 1862, p. 197, of the Organ Mountains of
Pinar del Rio, Cuba.]

4. Chondropoma wilcoxi Henderson, subsp.
Chondropoma wilcoxi HENDERSON, Nautilus, Vol. XX VI, 1912, p. 45; 1. c., Vol.
DO QVM aifoyin sts JEAN eis sakegs ae

HHabitat.—Caripatchibey (?). Probably southern coast.

A lot collected by Dr. Nicholas in my collection are evidently
referable to C. wilcoxi, although not typical. The type is from the
Ensenada de Cochinos in Cuba and not from the Isle of Pines where
the conditions of environment are identical. These shells are smaller
and of slightly heavier texture.

HENDERSON: SHELLS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. STL

5. Tudora moreletiana (Petit).

Cyclostoma disjunctum MoreELET, Test. Nov. Ins. Cub., No. 58, 1849 (Preocc.).
—Cyclostoma moreletianum PETIT, Journal de Conchyliologie, Vol. I, 1850,
p. 46.—Cyclostoma moreletianum PFEIFFER, in Martini & Chemnitz, Syst.

Conch. Cab. (Cyclostoma) Pl. 37, figs. 27-28.

Habitat—Casas Mountains.

6. Tudora pupoides (Morelet).
Cyclostoma pupoides MorELET, Test. Nov., Vol. I, 1849, p. 23; Pory, Memorias.
Hist. Nat. Cuba, Vol. II, 18—, Pl. 3, fig. 17.

Habitat—Caballos Mountains, Punta del Colombo.

Until a revision of the Antillean operculates can be made, the sys-
tematic position of this and the preceding species must remain un-
certain. In both the development of a breathing syphon at the upper
angle of the aperture is to be observed. This character suggests
Dr. Dall’s genus Opisthosiphon (Proc. Mal. Soc., Vol. VI, 1905, p. 209)
provided that genus can be maintained. The critical character of
Ophisthosiphon is one which to some degree is present in other opercu-
late genera, and to include all species possessing such a breathing
arrangement would seem to do violence to other characters of more

basic generic importance.

7. Priotrochatella constellata (Morelet).

Helicina constellata MORELET, Revue Zodlogique, 1847, p- 144; Test. Nov.,
p. 21.—Trochatella constellata PFEIFFER, in Martini & Chemnitz, Syst. Conch.
Cab (Helicinaceen), Pl. 9, figs. 40-41.—Priotrochatella constellata WAGNER, in
Martini & Chemnitz, Syst. Conch. Cab. (Helicinaceen), 1911, p. 16.

FHabitat——Casas Mountains.

8. Priotrochatella stellata (Velasquez) (Poey).

Helicina stellata VELASQUEZ, in Jay’s Catalog, 1850, p. 262, (name only).—
Helicina stellata Pory, Memorias Hist. Nat. Cuba, Vol. I, 1852, p. 117; Pl. 5,
figs. 18-20.—Priotrochatella stellata WAGNER, Denk. Akad. Wien, Vol. LX XVII,
1905, p. 370, Pl. I, figs. 25a and b, F. 16.—MartTINi & CHEMNITZ (Helicinaceen),
TOLLE, py U7, el 1, te. A4-and Pl) 2, figs. 12-13

Habitat—Caballos Mountains; Punta del Colombo.

This and the preceding species are two of the most remarkable
land-shells of Cuba, both by reason of their bizarre form and their
apparently isolated position in the assemblage of Antillean opercu-
lates. Notwithstanding this, the inclusion of the genus in an oriental
subfamily of Helicinids, suggested by Fischer (Journ. de Conch.,
Vol. XLIV, p. 88) and adopted by Wagner, needs careful scrutiny.

318 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

g. Eutrochatella (Ustronia) scopulorum (Morelet).

Helicina scopulorum More LET, Test. Nov. Ins. Cub., 1849, p. 20.—Helicina
luteoapicata PoEY, Memorias Hist. Nat. Cuba, Vol. I, 1854, p. 394.—Eutro-
chatella (Ustronia) scopulorum WAGNER, in Martini & Chemnitz, Syst. Conch.
Cab. (Helicinaceen), 1911, p. 120, Pl. 24, figs. 16-18, 22-23.

Habitat.—Casas and Caballos Mountains.

An abundant species on the walls, ‘“‘paradones,”’ of the mountains.
It belongs to the group of E. straminea Morelet and E. acuminata
Velasquez of the Organ Mountains of Cuba. Poey’s E. luteoapicata
is scarcely worthy of subspecific rank.

10. Eutrochatella (Artecallosa) elongata (D’Orbigny).
Helicina elongata D’ORBIGNY, in Sagra Moll. Cuba, Vol. I, 1841, p. 251, Pl. 20,

figs. 16-18.—Eutrochatella (Artecallosa) elongata WAGNER, in Martini &
Chemnitz, Syst. Conch. Cab. (Helicinaceen), 1911, p. 135; Pl. 23, figs. 1-4.
A widely distributed species of western Cuba. Specimens in my
collection from Poey, ascribed to the Isle of Pines, are my only
authority for its inclusion in this list.

11. Eutrochatella (Artecallosa) callosa (Poey).

Helicina callosa PoEy, Memorias Hist. Nat. Cuba, Vol. I, 1854, p. 430, Pl. 33, figs,
13-14.—Eulrochatella (Artecallosa) callosa WAGNER, in Martini & Chemnitz.
Syst. Conch. Cab. (Helicinaceen), 1911, p. 137, Pl. 22, figs. 25-28.

Habitat—Casas Mountains, on rocky cliffs.

12. Helicina adspersa Pfeiffer.

Helicina adspersa PFEIFFER, Wiegm. Archiv, Vol. I, 1839, p. 354.—Helicina ad-
Spersa WAGNER, in Martini & Chemnitz, Syst. Conch. Cab. (Helicinaceen),
IQII, p. 322, Pl. 63, figs. 25-28.

Habitat—Casas Mountains.

This species, so widely distributed throughout central and western
Cuba, is represented in my collection from the Isle of Pines by a single
specimen taken on the Casas Mountains. It is smaller than the
average, but otherwise typical. The many color-varieties of this
pretty little shell have brought toit many names. The specific names
variegata D’Orbigny, marmorata D’Orbigny, tenuilabris Pfeiffer, ornata
Férussac, applied to it, are all synonyms.

13. Proserpina globulosa D’Orbigny.

Proserpina globulosa D’ORBIGNY, in Sagra, Moll. Cuba, Vol. I, 1841, p. 230,
Pl £8, Hes. oy ate

Habitat——Casas and Caballos Mountains; Punta del’ Colombo.

HENDERSON: SHELLS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 319

14. Oleacina (Levoleacina) oleacea straminea (Deshayes).

Achatina straminea DESHAYES, in Férussac, Hist. Nat. Moll. Terr. & Fluv., Vol.
II, 1851, p. 172, Pl. 123, figs. 11-12.—Oleacina oleacea straminea PFEIFFER,
Nov. Conch., p. 318, Pl. 77, figs. 3-4; PirsBry, Manual of Conchology, Vol.
XIX, 1907, p: 139, 21. 33; figs: 5; 0.

Habitat—Casas Mountains; probably also Caballos Mountains and

Punta del Colombo.

Not distinguishable from forms found about Havana and Matanzas.
One specimen taken by Dr. Nicholas (exact locality not given)
measures only 19 mm. by 8 mm., though fully adult. It is of very
dark color.

15. Oleacina (Levoleacina) solidula (Pfeiffer).

Polyphemus solidulus PFEIFFER, Wiegm. Archiv, Vol. I, 1840, p. 252.—Oleacina
solidula PiLsBrRY, Manual of Conchology, Vol. XIX, 1907, p. 140, Pl. 33, figs.
3-4.

Habitat—Casas and Caballos Mountains; Punta del Colombo.

Taking the form found about Matanzas as the true species, none of

those from the Isle of Pines are wholly typical.

16. Oleacina (Levoleacina) follicularis (Morelet).

Glandina follicularis MORELET, Test. Nov. Ins. Cub., 1840, p. 14.

Habitat—Casas Mountains.

The extremes of this and the preceding species are readily dis-
tinguishable, but a number of intermediates connect, so that it is
difficult to determine where one begins and the other ends. Typical
O. follicularis has a shorter antepenult whorl, a less sharply descending
last whorl, a narrower and longer aperture and the columella is
straighter. Specimens from the Caballos Mountains and Punta del
Colombo generally belong to the intermediate forms. Morelet’s type
evidently came from the Casas Mountains.

17. Oleacina (Levoleacina) subulata (Pfeiffer).
Polyphemus subulatus PFEIFFER, Wiegm. Archiv, Vol. I, 1830, p. 352.
Habitat.—Casas and Caballos Mountains; Punta del Colombo.
The inadequate Latin descriptions applied to these small Cuban
Oleacinas by their authors has made critical identification extremely
difficult. Assuming Matanzas to be the type-locality, the shells
from the Isle of Pines certainly belong to this species.

320 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

18. Spiraxis (Glandinella) poeyanus (Pfeiffer).

Bulimus poeyanus PFEIFFER, Malakozoélogische Blatter, Vol. I, 1854, p. 157.—
Spiraxis (Glandinella) poevanus Pilsbry, Manual of Conchology, Vol. XIX,

1907, p. 45, Pl. 3, figs. 37-38.
Habitat——Casas and Caballos Mountains; Punta del Colombo.

[Obeliscus strictus (Poey).

Bulimus strictus POEY, Memorias Hist. Nat. Cuba, Vol. I. 1853, p. 205.

An eastern Cuban species reported by Poey to have been found in
the Isle of Pines. The record needs confirmation.]

19. Urocoptis (Gongylostoma) pruinosa (Morelet).

Cylindrella pruinosa Moreet, Test. Nov., Ins. Cub., Vol. I, 1849, p. 11.—
Urocoptis (Gongylostoma) pruinosa PitsBry, Manual of Conchology, Vol.
XV, 1903, p. 260, Pl. 54, figs. 74-76.

Habitat——Casas and Caballos Mountains.

20. Pineria beathiana Poey.

Pineria beathiana Pory, Memorias Hist. Nat. Cuba, Vol. I, 1854, p. 430, Pl. 34,
figs. 17-18; Pmrspry, Manual of Conchology, Vol. XVI, 1904, p. 110, Pl. 1,

fig. 9.
Habitat——Caballos Mountains.

21. Pineria terebra Poey.

Pineria terebva PoEY, Memorias Hist. Nat. Cuba, Vol. I, 1854, p. 429, Pl. 34,
figs. 12-16; Pitspry, Manual of Conchology, Vol. XVI, 1904, p. 110, Pl. 1,

figs. 3-4.
Habitat—Casas Mountains (Gundlach); Punta del Colombo, at-
tached to the roots of dead agave plants.

22. Liguus fasciatus (Miiller).
Buccinum fasciatum MULLER, Verm. Terr. Fluv., Vol. II, 1774, p. 145.
Liguus fasciatus Pitspry, Manual of Conchology, Vol. XII, 1890, p. 166,
Pl. 57-00.

Habitat—Casas and Caballos Mountains; Punta del Colombo;
probably the scrub forests of the south coast.

Specimens in my collection show relationships with both the long
slender forms of Pinar del Rio and the stouter forms of Havana and
Matanzas, and by their color-patterns indicate a mixture of several
well-marked races.

23. Cerion pineria Dall.
Cerion (Maynardia) pineria DALL, Proceedings U. S. National Museum, Vol.
XVIII, 1895, p. 6; Pirspry, Manual of Conchology, Vol. XIV, 1902, p. 198,
Ping2,t1g,220)

HENDERSON: SHELLS OF THE ISLE OF PINES. BVA

Habitat.—The exact locality of this diminutive Cerion has not been
given.

24. Thysanophora boothiana (Pfeiffer).

Helix boothiana PFEIFFER, Wiegm. Archiv, Vol. I, 1839, p. 351.

Habitat—Casas and Caballos Mountains, Punta del Colombo.
Probably occurring throughout the island.

Specimens taken on the Casas and Caballos Mountains are all
smaller than the typical forms of the Matanzas region and belong to
a race found in the district of the Organ Mountains of Pinar del Rio.
The constantly smaller size and coarser texture with deeper sutures
entitle the group to subspecific rank. I suggest the name pinarensts.

25. Polygyra paludosa (Pfeiffer).
Helix paludosa PFEIFFER, Wiegm. Archiv, Vol. I, 1839, p. 350.—Helix ramonis
D’ORBIGNY, in Sagra, Moll. Cuba, Vol. I, 1841, p. 142, Pl. 8, figs. 1-4.
Habitat—Nueva Gerona, and probably throughout the island.
This species is well supplied with names. Among them are lingulata
Férussac, insularum Beck, bardenflehti B. Villa, etc.

26. Pleurodonte (Thelidomus) auricoma (Férussac).

Helix auricoma FERuSSAC, Hist. Nat. Moll., XVIII, 1819, Pl. 46, figs. 7, 9.—
Pleurodonte (Thelidomus) auricoma PILSBRY, Manual of Conchology, Vol. IX,
1894, p. 97; op. cit., Vol. V, 1889, p. 62, Pl. 3, figs. 26-30.

Habitat—Casas Mountains, Nueva Gerona; probably more or less
over the whole island.

27. Cepolis (Jeanneretia) multistriata pityonesica (Pfeiffer).

Helix pityonesica PFEIFFER, Mal. Blatt., 1854, p. 156.—Cepolis (Jeanneretia)
multistriata pityonesica PILSBRY, Manual of Conchology, Vol. V, 1889, p. 49,
Pl. ro, fig. 94, & Pl. 32, fig. 60; op. cit., Vol. IX, 1894, p. 180.

Habitat—Caballos and Casas Mountains.

28. Cepolis (Cysticopsis) comes (Poey).

Helix comes PoEy, Memorias Hist. Nat. Cuba, Vol. II, 1854, p. 29.—Cepolis (Cys-
ticopsis) comes PitsBry, Manual of Conchology, Vol. V, 1889, p. 11; Op. cit.,
Vol. IX, 1894, p. 187.

Habitat—Caballos Mountains.

29. Galba cubensis (Pfeiffer).

Limnea cubensis PFEIFFER, Wiegm. Archiv, Vol. I, 1839, p. 354-—Galba cubensis
BAKER, Lymneide, IQII, p. 204.

S22 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Habitat—Swamp near Nueva Gerona. Probably occurring in all
fresh-waters of the island.

30. Planorbis lucidus Pfeiffer.
Planorbis lucidus PFEIFFER, Wiegm. Archiv, Vol. I, 1839, p. 354.
Habitat.——‘‘Isle of Pines’’ (Morelet). Swamp near Nueva Gerona.
This is the P. Janieriana of D’Orbigny, P. teniatus of Morelet, and
P. redfieldi of Adams (Jamaica).

31. Physa cubensis Pfeiffer.
Physa cubensis PFEIFFER, Wiegm. Archiv, Vol. I, 1839, p. 354.
Habitat.—Isle of Pines (Dr. Nicholas).

32. Ancylus radiatilis Morelet.
Ancylus radiatilis MORELET, Test. Nov. Ins. Cub., Vol. II, 1849, p. 17.
Habitat “Isle of Pines.”

33. Ampullaria reflexa Swainson. (Cf. Tilloch, Phil. Mag., Vol. 61,

Pp. 337):

Habitat.—‘‘ North side of island.’’ (Dr. Nicholas.) Probably in
the ‘‘Cienega’”’ or swamp of the central part. Said by the natives to
be abundant in the river above Nueva Gerona. These specimens
correspond with the large globose form from the interior of Cuba and
are of a uniform light olive color, being the species generally accepted
as “‘reflexa.’’ Doubt attaches to all the names applied to the Ampui-
larias of Cuba. }

34. Amnicola coronata Pfeiffer.

Amnicola coronata PFEIFFER, Wiegm. Archiv, Vol. I, 1840, p. 253-
Habitat—River above Nueva Gerona.

35. Cyrenella americana (Morelet).
Cyrenoides americana MoRELET, Test. Nov. Ins. Cub., Vol. II, 1849, p. 26.
Habitat.—‘‘Isle of Pines’’ (Morelet).

The following table indicates the distribution of the species enumer-
ated in this List of Species from the Isle of Pines:

Of the twenty-eight species of land-snails recorded in this list
(omitting the very questionable Obeliscus strictus) it appears that

HENDERSON: SHELLS OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 323

Other Islands,

Isle ot
Pines Only.
Hayana
Matanzas.

co)
%
o
Land-shells. “S
a

X |Megalomastoma procer Poey........... Rael aiteelteesws | Crepes) |lerevehevevetaxerstenete a0 gabe, »
Rhytidopoma rugulosum (Pfeiffer)....... Pea SPEDGe ae aI econ eveneweray os srevepoke ters: «. 6
| |IRhytidopoma rug. clathratum Gould......|...|... Kelis
| (Rhytidopoma rug. nodulatum (Poey).......- VEX les aiievers,|io1¢ aucintetarajacineas oss»
X |\Chondropoma dissolutum (Pfeiffer)........... Werciteslheueyisdlbars eel say Sytese ceteceinens is irene tee 5:
Chondropoma wilcoxi (var.) Henderson... [Type from Ensenada de Cochinos
x |Tudora moreletiana (Petit)...........--)--sleoelees [Pewseealteeece mace Renae Lass te roe
X |Tudora pupoides (Morelet) ............ ides hae hoe ep aleverevl tc Peveners sy ammeter
< |Priotrochatella constellata (Morelet) ..... lichonailievsrts tec ¢ Stal lech Rene aa Are AA
Pa
Xx
Xx

Priotrochatella stellata (Poey)...........)..e)eee eeelece loocadecugdotousasd
Eutrochatella scopulorum (Morelet) ..... teva) tere repeal Pct Bye vnosecls aronoran Seicta tice
Euirochatella elongata (Orbigny)......... Sales yee Joculloaeuscc0c0g0ccgcec
Eutrochatella callosa (Poey)............ lec dloosllacn Brenallls avaletiaveiei ois,» sete seaiscale
Helicina adspersa Pfeiffer.............. oe I aetee APR ee ces ote
Proserpina globulosa Orbigny.......... See]
Oleacina olacea straminea (Deshayes)....| X X
Oleacina solidula (Pfeiffer)............. x
Oleacina follicularis (Morelet) ..........)... leeete
Oleacina subulata (Pfeiffer)...........-. xX
SPIncls: POEVONG PLCHLCH 2.) efeleieys isis« ee|/4 « «ll = 0 Vice |G. otal aL ov eneee lsravsvenars 1 enehe eves
(Obeliscus strictus) (Poey)............-- Weoteon oll ater ail nekei| OX, lke. sha ceuar cect ey cherokee lays aan
Urocoptis pruinosa (Morelet) .......... Ieperall estes Stat ay Peverill ower edhe Metesh ono nee wetter slats, Sr
UM eV SONU COL UCN Gk OC aateia late elielenersicien els) ellcl ens Wewsitel eceted| fens liceystats cysesestsench oie eiletote
EUEVUORLEN. CDT, Dake OGY nae mici ete ci-letehetsie a)ioie|llsitete [fete | tamemedl lettchey arstagehs yarciehenancr csccmcuats
|\Liguus fasciatus (Miiller).............. xx
Cerzonepineria, Walliieyas .fwcsjscee c's © os Veale oS sve
Thysanophora boothiana (Pfeiffer).......) X.
Polygyra paludosa (Pfeiffer)............ x |
Pleurodonte auricola (Férussac)......... | X
X Cepolis multistriata pityonesica (Pfeiffer)... ..
“ANE enolesicomes (POCY)% =.= oii ete ee es Fes Pace Maes lletak: eectauttcpesor secession a

PS PSPSPS, ES VES

——

Fresh-water shells. |
|

x | X Antilles, U.S.
x! X Jamaica
xX| X

|Galba cubensis (Pfeiffer)................ exile
‘Planorbis lucidus Pfeiffer............... >< || X<
LE RYVSGLCUDENSISHELCMIer. .,. <.c . «2c dae sles x | X
X |Ancylus radiatilis Morelet.............. |

Ampullaria reflexa Swainson...........|...

x Antilles
Cyrenella americana (Morelet).......... lh, a een oes ere Antilles

sixteen, or over half the total, are peculiar to theisland. Of the seven
fresh-water species only one carries no other locality records. This
one, the Ancylus of Morelet, is probably a synonym of some of the
other more widely distributed species of that genus.

Eleven species of land-snails are also from Pinar del Rio and an equal
number are of the Havana-Matanzas region. Those from the eastern

324 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

part of Cuba as well as the Isle of Pines are species of generally wide
distribution throughout the larger island. It is clear, therefore, that
the molluscan fauna of the Isle of Pines is a composite of the Western
Cuban forms which migrated at the time of a land-connection between
the two islands. Since the separation in comparatively recent time
there has been an isolation sufficient to develop on the lesser island a
faunal or separate element. In the case of almost every species this
relationship is obvious and is often very close. The case of the two
Priotrochatellas is not clear. This is an example of remarkable devel-
opment along a particular line, or these two species are of exotic
origin. The former is likely the case.

SiVee lhe “PELECYPODA OF THE CHAZY FORMATION.

By Percy E. RAYMOND.

The present paper is the eighth, and probably the last, of a series
of papers in which the writer has dealt with the fauna of the Chazy
formation of New York, Vermont, and Ontario. Six of these papers
are published in these ANNALS, the first being entitled, ‘‘ The Trilobites
of the Chazy Limestone,’! and the others, in order, ‘‘The Chazy
Formation and its Fauna,’ ‘‘The Gastropoda of the Chazy Forma-
tion,’’ ‘‘ New and Old Trilobites from the Chazy,’’4 and ‘‘ The Brachio-
poda and Ostracoda of the Chazy.’”

The two papers not published in the ANNALS contain little which

The present paper is the sixth.

is not given in the above papers. The first, ‘‘The Fauna of the Chazy
Limestone,’’® contained a summary of the results of the study pub-
lished in the ANNALS as “The Chazy Formation and its Fauna.
The other paper, ‘‘The Trilobites of the Chazy in Vermont,’ is a

’79

revised and corrected compilation of the two papers on Chazy trilobites
published in these ANNALS, and contains all the plates of both papers.

Since the writer began publishing on this fauna, two authors have
made valuable contributions to our knowledge of the fossils of the
Chazy. Dr. Ruedemann has published an extremely good account
of the Cephalopoda* and Professor Hudson, in several articles, has
dealt extensively and in detail with the Echinoderms. Professor
Hudson’s persevering work on the decomposed material in the fault
on Valcour Island has been rewarded by the discovery of a great
variety of very interesting specimens, and his remarkable genius for
detail has enabled him to derive a great amount of information from
his spoils. His most remarkable find was the nearly complete speci-

1 ANNALS CARNEGIE Museum, Vol. III, 1905.

2 Vol. III, 1906.

3 Vol. IV, 1908.

4Vol. VII, toro.

5 Vol. VII, rort.

5 American Journal of Science, Vol. XX, 1905.

7Seventh Report Vermont State Geologist, 1910.

8 Bull. 90, N. Y. State Museum, 1906, pp. 393-528, Pls. 1-38.

325

326 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

men of Blastoidocrinus carchariedens which he has so carefully
described and beautifully figured. The titles of Professor Hudson’s
papers follow, and it should be noted that his work is still incomplete,
as he has still in hand a very considerable number of Cystids:

‘Contributions to the Fauna of the Chazy Limestone on Valcour
Island, Lake Champlain’”’;? ‘‘On Some Pelmatozoa from the Chazy
Limestone of New York’’;!® ‘‘Studies of Some Early Siluric Pelmato-
20a

Dr. Bassler, of the U. S. National Museum, several years ago under-
took the study of the Bryozoa of the Chazy, but has not so far found
time to complete the work. Although a considerable amount of
material is available, it is, like most of the other fossils of the Chazy,
in an indifferent state of preservation, and requires an unusual amount
of time for its elucidation.

FIELD-WoRK.

Field-work on this formation by the writer practically ceased after
the summer of 1903, and I have, therefore, not so much as might be
expected to say in correction of my earlier work. Fortunately I
was able to spend a few weeks in 1910 and 1911 on the Chazy of the
Ottawa Valley and in the region in Quebec north of the Champlain
Valley, and it proves necessary to make changes in our previous views
of the strata in those regions.

CHAZY IN THE OTTAWA VALLEY.

As the writer has set forth in detail elsewhere,!? the Chazy formation
of the ‘‘Geology of Canada,’’ 1863, proved on further examination
to be composed of two formations, the lower one of which is of Upper
Chazy age, while the upper formation belongs to the Lowville-Black
River series, and is to be correlated with the Pamelia formation in
New York. This upper part corresponds to the Chazy limestone of
Logan and Ells, and very nearly to the Aylmer limestone of my papers
of 1905 and 1906. With the removal of this formation from the
Chazy, the following fossils must be removed from the list of Chazy
species: Helicotoma whiteavsiana, Raymond; Sowteria canadensis,
(Raymond); Modiolopsis breviuscula, Billings; Ctenodonta parvidens,

9 Report New York State Paleontologist for 1903-1904, pp. 270-295, pls. I-5.

10 Bull, 107, N. Y. State Museum, 1907, pp. 97-131, Pls. 1-10.

11 Bull. 149, N. Y. State Museum, 1911, pp. 195-258, Pls. 1-7.
12 Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. XXIV, Tort, p. 189.

RAYMOND: PELECYPODA OF CHAZY FORMATION. O27

Raymond; Beyrichia? clavigera, Jones; Beyrichia? clavigera clavifracta,
Jones; Isochilina ottawa intermedia, Jones; Isochilina labellosa, Jones;
Leperditia amygdalina, Jones.

An examination of the strata exposed at Grenville, Quebec, and at
the mouth of the Little Rideau River a few miles below Grenville,
shows that the ostracod- and trilobite-bearing limestone there is not
the same as the ‘‘Chazy limestone’ (Pamelia) at L’Original and
Ottawa, but lies beneath the Chazy, and belongs to the Beekmantown.
This necessitates the removal of the following species from the Chazy
to the Beekmantown: Bathyurus angelina, Billings; Leperditia cana-
densis, Jones; Primitia logani, Jones; Isochilina ottawa, Jones.

This removes what had been one of the anomalies of the Chazy
fauna, namely, the Bathyurus. Bathyurus is one of the strictly
American genera, and its presence is usually an indication that the
fauna is that of the interior sea. The other trilobites of the Chazy,
on the other hand, are European or cosmopolitan genera, and the
fauna as a whole is of the Atlantic facies.

At a later date, the Atlantic, or Arctic and interior faunas mingled,
and we have in the Black River Bathyurus associated with such
European genera as Basilicus.

CHAZY OF QUEBEC AND THE MINGAN ISLANDS.

The writer had occasion, in the summers of I910 to I9I2, to go
over most of the exposures of the Chazy in the province of Quebec,
except the Mingan Islands, and was surprised to find that nowhere
were there exposures of strata older than the Upper Chazy of the
section in the Champlain Valley.

The so-called Chazy in the section between Philipsburg and St.
Armand contains no Chazy fossils, and belongs to the Beekmantown.
The ‘Chazy slates’’ of Ells'® at Mystic and vicinity are the shales
and conglomerates of the Levis formation. The strata referred to
the Chazy at St. Dominique belong to the upper division of the
Chazy. The limestones at Caughnawaga, St. Martins Junction,
Mile End, and elsewhere in the vicinity of Montreal all belong to
the Upper Chazy, and have a sandstone at the base, this sandstone
resting on the Beekmantown without the intervention of any strata
which can be correlated with the Middle or Lower Chazy. At
Joliette, fifty miles northeast of Montreal, the Chazy is a thin sandy
limestone with a small fauna.

18 Ann. Rept. Geol. Survey Canada, Vol. VII, 1896, pt. J, p. 34.

328 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Twenhofel and Schuchert™ have recently re-investigated the section
on the Mingan Islands, and find that all the strata, which are there
referable to the Chazy, are of Upper Chazy age.

It seems then, that the Middle and Lower Chazy are developed
only within the limited area between Ticonderoga and the foot of
Lake Champlain, and that the view that this fauna entered the
continent along a channel which roughly corresponded to the St.
Lawrence trough is no longer tenable. The fauna could not have
come from the west, and with the St. Lawrence depression eliminated,
the only other directions are the south and east. The Chazy is
present in eastern Tennessee and Virginia, but is missing from the
intervening states of Maryland, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and New
York as far as Ticonderoga. At the most southern exposures in
New York it is the Middle and not the Lower Chazy which rests upon
the pre-Chazy formation, so that the chances that the Chazy entered
from that direction are very small. It would seem that the only
chance for a connection with the Atlantic was from the East, directly
across the Green Mountains, and the sediments of that region are,
unfortunately, so metamorphosed, that it is impossible to trace the
formation in that direction. There do not seem to be any reasons
why the Chazy sea should not have invaded the continent from that
direction, and, to the writer, such a land and sea pattern seems more
natural than the long narrow fiords which have been premised by
recent writers. It seems more probable that the long narrow tracts
of strata now exposed are the results of the accidents of earth-move-
ments, in which the strata have been fractured and in-faulted in long
narrow zones approximately parallel to the coast line.

THE PELECYPODA:

INTRODUCTION.

Pelecypods are not very numerous in the Chazy and they are almost
always badly preserved. Usually they occur as casts of the exterior,
and thus do not preserve any indications of the hinge-structure or of
the muscle-scars. Under such circumstances, accurate determination
of the genus is practically impossible, and comparison with other
known species is generally useless. Of the species herein described,
only three show enough of the internal structure to be of any value,

M4 Bull. Geol. Soc. America, Vol. 21, 1910, p. 677.

RAYMOND: PELECYPODA OF CHAZY FORMATION. 329

and only two, or possibly three, show the true exterior outline and
contours.

Modiolopsis fabaformis and Conocardium beecheri are rather com-
mon, and both belong to the upper division of the Chazy, and so are
fairly useful as horizon-markers. Several of the species are described
from unique specimens, and the Clionychias and Ctenodontas, which
are relatively common, seem to have a long range, and occur at any
horizon.

HISTORICAL.

The Pelecypods of the Chazy have, with the exception of the
Bryozoa, been the most neglected of all its fossils. Until the appear-
ance of Professor Hudson’s paper in 1904, only five species had been
described, and of these, two had not been figured. Hall in his descrip-
tion of the Chazy fauna in Volume I of the ‘‘ New York State Pale-
ontology” (1847) did not describe any lamellibranch, but in the
“Additions and Corrections’? on page 315 he briefly described Am-
bonychia mytiloides, an unrecognizable form, possibly the same as
Clionychia montrealensis.

Billings, in an article on ‘‘Some Silurian and Devonian Fossils of
Canada’’ described Cyrtodonta subcarinata from the ‘Chazy, Birds-
eye, Black River limestones, and in the base of the Trenton,’’ at
Pointe Claire and numerous localities in the Ottawa Valley.

The next year, in his ‘‘ Fossils of the Chazy Limestone’’!® the same
author says: ‘“‘The fossils [Lamellibranchiata] are rare in the Chazy
limestone, yet the species seem to be somewhat numerous. I[ think
I can make out 17 species belonging to Ctenodonta, Cyrtodonta, Van-
uxemia, Modiolopsis, and probably two or three other genera. As the
specimens consist mostly of casts, they must remain undescribed until
better can be procured.”’

He then describes the following: Modiolopsis parviuscula, Vanux-
emia montrealensis, Cyrtodonta breviuscula; and mentions Ctenodonta
nasuta, Hall, as occurring in the Chazy.

It is significant that he does not include in this list the Cyrtodonta
subcarinata, described by him the preceding year, and the present
writer takes this to mean that on closer study he failed to identity
any of the Chazy forms with the shell he described in 1858. The

15 Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, Vol. III, 1858, p. 433, figs. 5-7.
16 Can. Nat. and Geol., Vol. IV, 1859.

330 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

typical specimens of that species were from the Black River (Lowville
division) at Pointe Claire and Osnabruck.

The Ctenodonta nasuta of Billings was probably a different species
from that described by Hall, and may be the Ctenodonta parvidens
or C. peracuta of the present paper.

In Professor Hudson’s paper,!’ two more lamellibranchs are de-
scribed. These are Modiolopsis subquadrilateralis and Cyrtodonta ?
lamellosa, both small and rare species, so far found only at the type-
locality.

In 1905 the writer'® described, without figures, thirteen species of
pelecypods, which he supposed were from the Chazy, but further study
has shown that two of them were from the overlying formation. In
1906!° he added four more species, also without illustrations.

In 1908, Dr. J. F. Whiteaves?? described several pelecypods sup-
posed to have come from the Chazy, but recent field-work has shown
that most of these, including all his new species, were derived from
the Pamelia. In this paper, Modiolopsis parviuscula and Cyrtodonta
breviuscula were figured for the first time.

Sub-Kingdom MOLLUSCA Linnezus.

Class PE LEC Y POD A’ Goldiuss:

Order PRIONODESMACEA Dall.
Family CTENODONTID# Dall.
Genus Ctenodonta Salter.

1. Ctenodonta peracuta Raymond. (Plate XXIX, figures 1-3.)

Cf. Nucula levata HALL, Paleontology New York, Vol. 1, 1847, p. 150, figs. 1f-7.
Ctenodonta levata RAYMOND, Bulletin of American Paleontology, Vol. III, 1902,
No. I4, pp. 14, 15, 19. (In lists.)
Clenodonta peracuta RAYMOND, American Journal of Science (Ser. 4), Vol. XX,
LOO, spa Site
Since this species was originally described, a fragment of a free
shell has turned up in the loose material in the fault on Valcour

17 Report of the N. Y. State Paleontologist for 1903 (1904), p. 286.
18 American Journal of Science, Vol. XX, (Ser. 4), 1905, pp. 371-374.
19 ANNALS CARNEGIE MuSEuM, Vol. III, 1906, pp. 577, 578.

20 Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. XXII, 1908, p. 105.

RAYMOND: PELECYPODA OF CHAZY FORMATION. 331

Island. All the other specimens, which are fairly numerous, are casts
of the exterior of single valves. In the present paper, the shorter and
higher end of the shell is called the front of Ctenodonta, while in the
original description, the longer end, toward which the beaks point,
was considered the front.

Description.

Shell small, depressed convex, thickest at the umbos, longer than
high, the beak situated at about one-third the length. The posterior
end is somewhat drawn out, as in Ctenodonta nasuta Hall. Greatest
convexity at the umbo, the anterior slope steep, posterior slope very
gradual. Both slopes to the hinge abrupt, but that to the basal
margin gentle. The interior of a right valve shows the teeth in a
gently curved, uninterrupted series, nine teeth in front, and seven
behind the beak. A large specimen is 12 mm. long and 9 mm. high.

This species resembles those specimens of Ctenodonta levata (Hall)
which are represented by figures 1f to z of the plate cited in the
synonymy we have given, but are unlike figures Ia to Ic. There seem
to be fewer teeth on the hinge than in C. Jevata.

Locality—Rather common in the trilobite layers of the Middle
Chazy on Valcour Island, and at the same horizon at Crown Point.
Also in the Upper Chazy on Valcour Island.

2. Ctenodonta dubiaformis Raymond. (Plate XXIX, figure 6.)

Ctenodonta dubiaformis RAYMOND, American Journal of Science, (Ser. 4), Vol. XX,
1905, P- 371.
The outline of this species resembles the smaller specimens of
Ctenodonta dubia figured by Hall, and it plainly belongs to the same
group. It is, however, higher in proportion to the length.

Description.

Shell small, moderately convex, beak sub-central. Greatest con-
vexity at the umbo, the slope from it to the base being nearly flat.
Basal margin nearly straight. Posterior end nasute, and a little longer
than the anterior end, which is regularly rounded.

All the specimens are casts, without trace of hinge teeth, muscle
scars, or surface markings. The largest specimen is 19 mm. long and
10.5 mm. high. Another is 17 mm. long and 9 mm. high.

Locality.—Sloop Bay, Valcour Island, in the middle of the Chazy.

Bon ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

3. Ctenodonta ? bidorsata Raymond. (Plate X XIX, figures 4, 5).
Ctenodonta? bidorsata RAYMOND, Annals Carnegie Museum, Vol. III, 1906, p. 577.

This small shell has something of the general shape of a Ctenodonta,
and for lack of knowledge of what it really is, it is placed in that
genus. The specimen shown in figure 4 of the plate has somewhat
the appearance of a Pterotheca expansa, though it has no keel.

Description.

Shell small, longer than high. Hinge back of beak nearly straight,
rather long. End of shell in front of beak short and broadly rounded.
Lower margin gently curved. Posterior end short and rather acute.
The internal cast is marked by two narrow sinuses which radiate
from the beak. The distal end of the anterior one is nearly opposite
the beak, while the posterior one runs diagonally across to the pos-
terior-ventral angle of the shell. In front of the anterior sinus and
behind the posterior one there is a narrow ridge. The valves are only
slightly convex, highest at the umbo, and concave along the hinge
margin. One specimen is II mm. long and 7 mm. high.

Locality.—A rare species in the trilobite layers of the Middle Chazy
at Sloop Bay on Valcour Island, N. Y.

Family LEpipz Adams.
Genus Clidophorus Hall.
4. Clidophorus obscurus Raymond. (Plate X XIX, figure 9).

Clidophorus obscurus RAYMOND, American Journal of Science (Ser. 4), Vol. XX,

1905, Pp. 372. ; ;
Description.

Shell small, longer than high, not very convex. Basal margin
nearly straight, anterior end rounded, posterior end narrow. In
front of the beak the cast shows a short clavicular impression which
extends about half the distance to the lower margin. The single
specimen is 6 mm. long and 4 mm. high.

Locality.—Trilobite layers, Middle Chazy, Sloop Bay, Valcour
Island, N. Y.

Family CyrToDONTIDA Ulrich.

Genus Cyrtodonta Billings.
5. Cyrtodonta solitaria Raymond. (Plate X XIX, figure 15).

Cyriodonta solitaria RAYMOND, American Journal of Science (Ser. 4), Vol. XX,
1905, P. 373:

RAYMOND: PELECYPODA OF CHAZY FORMATION. 333

Only a single right valve of this species has been found. It is
roughly triangular, the beak a little behind the anterior end, and the
hinge line short. The anterior end is narrow and rounded, the basal
margin long and straight, making an angle of about 45° with the
hinge. Posterior margin regularly rounded. Shell only moderately
convex, the slope to the posterior margin gradual and that to the
front nearly flat. Surface marked by concentric lines of growth.
The length is 15 mm. and height 12.5 mm. This is a larger, more
compressed and smoother shell than C. /amellosa, Hudson.

Locality —From the Lower Chazy at the ledge in the pasture at
Tracy Brook, Chazy, New York.

6. Cyrtodonta lamellosa Hudson. (Plate X XIX, figure 16.)
Cyrlodonta? lamellosa HupSON, Report of the New York State Paleontologist for
1903 (1904), p. 287, Pl. 4, figs. 10-13.
This is a small shell with moderately convex valves, and very strong
lamella of growth. For a detailed description, Professor Hudson’s
paper should be consulted.

7. Cyrtodonta scala Raymond. (Plate X XIX, figure 14.)

Cyrtodonta scala RAYMOND, Annals Carnegie Museum, Vol. III, 1906, p. 578.

Shell small, strongly convex, the anterior lobe small and depressed.
Posterior margin semicircular in outline. Slope from the umbo to
the posterior margin more gentle than that to the anterior. One
specimen is II mm. long and 9 mm. high.

Locality.—This species has been found only in the trilobite layers
at Sloop Bay, Valcour Island, where it is rare.

Genus Vanuxemia Billings.

8. Vanuxemia limbata Raymond. (Plate X XIX, figures 10, 11.)

Ctenodonta limbata RAYMOND, American Journal of Science (Ser. 4), Vol. XX, 1905,
p. 371. :

Outline nearly circular, the beak terminal, the shell strongly convex
and rounded. Greatest convexity near the middle of the valve; all
slopes steep. The cast shows a few faint lines of growth.

The largest specimen is 10 mm. long and 10 mm. high. A smaller
one is 8 mm. in either dimension.

Locality.—All the specimens are from the trilobite layers at Sloop
Bay, Valcour Island, New York.

334 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Family AmMBonycuip& Miller.

Genus Clionychia Ulrich.
9. Clionychia montrealensis (Billings). (Plate X XIX, figures 18-24.)

Vanuxemia montrealensis BILLINGS, Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, Vol. IV,
1850, p. 447, figs. 25, 26; Geology of Canada, 1863, p. 131, figs. 61a ,61b.
Clionychia montrealensis WHITEAVES, Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. XXII, 1908, p. 107.

Description.

Shell of medium size, sub-triangular in outline, beaks terminal and
directed forward. Umbones narrow and depressed. The greatest
convexity of the shell is along the middle of the valve. The anterior
slope is somewhat more abrupt than the posterior, and the posterior
side is drawn out into a short wing. The posterior margin is gently
convex, and makes an angle of about 100° with the hinge. The basal
margin is nearly semicircular, and the anterior margin straight or
slightly concave.

One specimen is I2 mm. long and 14 mm. high, and another 13.5
mm. long and 15 mm. high.

Locality —This is one of the commoner species in the middle and
Upper Chazy at Valcour Island and Chazy, New York, and Montreal,
Canada. The types are a small right valve and a larger left valve
on a small piece of limestone from Montreal.

10. Clionychia marginalis Raymond. (Plate XXIX, figures 25, 26.)
Clionychia marginalis RAYMOND, American Journal of Science, (Ser. 4), Vol. XX,
1905, P- 373.

Most specimens of this species are larger than those of C. mon-
trealensis, and can readily be distinguished from that species by the
almost perpendicular front slope, the shorter hinge line and the less
oblique axis of the shell.

Description.

Both valves moderately convex, the umbones somewhat depressed,
but increasing rapidly in height, the greatest thickness of the valves
being at about one-third the distance from the beak to the lower
margin. Hinge line short. The posterior margin is broadly rounded,
the lower margin semicircular. The front is almost straight. The
greatest convexity is along a line parallel to the front. The posterior

RAYMOND: PELECYPODA OF CHAZY FORMATION. oo

and lower slopes are gentle, but the front slope is abrupt, making an
angle of almost 90° with the plane of union of the valves. The surface
is marked by very fine concentric lines of growth.

One specimen is 20 mm. long and 26.5 mm. high.

Locality.—This species is found in the Lower Chazy at Chazy and
Valcour Island, New York.

Genus Ambonychia Hall.

11. Ambonychia curvata Raymond. (Plate XXIX, figures 27, 28;
Plate XXX, figures I-3.)

Ambonychia? curvata RAYMOND, American Journal of Science (Ser. 4), Vol. XX,
1905, P- 373.

One of the most common pelecypods in the Chazy is a large form
which appears to belong to the genus Ambonychia, but as all the
specimens so far found are internal casts, there is no evidence as to
whether or not it had the characteristic radial strie of that genus.

Description.

Shell large, both valves very strongly convex, especially along the
region at the front and middle of the valves. Beaks small, incurved,
directed a little forward. Anterior slope abrupt and overhanging.
Posterior and basal slopes rather steep. Posterior wing short. The
posterior margin is slightly convex, almost straight, the anterior
margin rounded.

The length and height are nearly equal. A large specimen is 27
mm. long and 26 mm. high. Another is 43 mm. long and 39 mm.
high. A small one is 10 mm. long and has the same height. The
species is easily recognized by the curved anterior margin and great
convexity. It is possible to confuse Clionychia montrealensis, C.
marginalis, and Ambonychia curvata, but C. montrealensis has the
greatest convexity along the middle of the valve; in C. marginalis
it is along the anterior margin, and in Ambonychia curvata the line of
greatest convexity is along a curve the convex side of which is forward.
Clionychia montrealensis also has much more narrow and depressed
beaks than the other two species.

Locality—All through the Chazy, especially in the upper part,
at Chazy, Valcour Island, and Sloop Island, New York.

336 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Family CoNocARDIID® Neumayr.
Genus Conocardium Brongniart.

12. Conocardium beecheri Raymond. (Plate XXX, figures 4-10.)

Conocardium beecheri RAYMOND, American Journal of Science (Ser. 4), Vol. XX,
1905, Pp. 374-

One of the unexpected discoveries made while collecting at Valcour
Island was a small Conocardium which was found in great numbers on
Sloop Island, a rock about one-fourth mile east of Valcour Island:
The writer has since found it on the main island of Valcour, and at
Chazy but it is very rare at both these places. Twenhofel and
Schuchert recently found it on the Mingan Islands.”!

Conocardium beechert is the oldest representative of the genus.
Conocardium immaturum Billings, from the Black River at Pauquette’s
Rapids on the Ottawa River, is of about the same size as our specimens,
but differs from them in having a broader and shorter anterior wing,
and a smooth posterior wing. The only other Ordovician species is
Conocardium (Pleurorhynchus) antiqua Owen, from the Ordovician
at Lower Fort Garry, on the Red River of the North. This species is
not well known, as no description has been published, and only a single
imperfect specimen figured.

Eopteria typica and Euchasma blumenbachia, both described by
Billings, have somewhat the form of Conocardium, but a different
hinge-structure. They are not well known. Dall, in the American
edition of Zittel’s Paleontology, places these genera with doubt in
the family Cardiolide. They are believed by others to be Crustacea.

Description.

Shell small but robust, with long anterior and short posterior wings.
The region of greatest convexity is along the mid-line of the shell,
the convexity decreasing gradually to the anterior wing and rather
abruptly to the posterior one. The anterior wing is long, with a
straight lower margin. The posterior wing is short and narrow,
joining the shell at a large angle. The surface is marked by seven or
eight large plications on the anterior wing, fifteen to twenty smaller
ones on the body of the shell, and three or four very large ones on the
posterior wing.

21 Bull. Geol. Soc. America, Vol. 21, p. 692, I9IO.

RAYMOND: PELECYPODA OF CHAZY FORMATION. 337

One specimen is 6.5 mm. long and 5 mm. high, while a second is
6 mm. long and 4 mm. high.

Locality —Found at the base of the Upper Chazy on Sloop Island,
east of Valcour Island, N. Y. Also at the same horizon on Valcour
Island and at Chazy, New York. Also in the Upper Chazy at the
Mingan Islands, Canada.

Family MopioLopsip Fischer.

Genus Whiteavsia Ulrich.

13. Whiteavsia? undata Raymond. (Plate XXX, figures 23, 24.)
Whiteavsia? undata RAYMOND, Annals Carnegie Museum, Vol. III, 1906, p. 578.

Shell rather small, robust, the upper and lower margins sub-parallel.
Beak elevated, incurved, small. A broad, shallow depression extends
from the umbo to the basal margin, giving the shell a flattened appear-
ance. Anterior margin nearly straight, meeting the hinge in almost
a right angle. Posterior margin rounded. From the umbo an
oblique ridge extends to the lower anterior angle of the shell, and the
slope from this ridge to the front is steep.

The length is 25 mm. and the height 12.5 mm.

Locality —A very rare shell in the trilobite layers, Sloop Bay,
Valcour Island, New York.

14. Whiteavsia ? expansa Raymond. (Plate XXX, figure 20.)
Whiteavsia? expansa RAYMOND, Annals Carnegie Museum, Vol. III, 1906, p. 578.

Shell oval in outline, only moderately convex, with a strong ridge
running diagonally from the beak to the lower posterior angle. The
slope from this ridge to the hinge and posterior margin is abrupt
and rounded. To the basal margin the slope is gradual and almost
flat. The internal cast shows a small but distinct anterior muscle
scar and strong concentric growth lines, which are especially prominent
on the umbonal portion of the shell.

An average specimen is 14 mm. high and 19 mm. long.

Locality.—A rare species in the trilobite layers of the Middle Chazy
at Valcour Island, New York.

Genus Endodesma.

15. Endodesma tranceps Raymond. (Plate XXX, figures 17-19.)

Cyrtodonta tranceps RAYMOND, American Journal of Science (Ser. 4), Vol. XX,
1905, p. 372.

338 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

This is one of the commoner species of the Middle Chazy. All the
specimens are casts of the exterior. The change in generic reference
is due to Mr. Ulrich, who has seen some of the typical specimens.

Description.

Shell roughly rectangular in outline, strongly convex at the umbo
and along a ridge which runs diagonally across the shell to the lower
posterior angle. In front of this ridge there is usually a slight depres-
sion running from the umbo to the middle of the lower margin. The
posterior margin is regularly rounded, and the basal margin straight
or slightly concave. The anterior end extends a short distance in
front of the beak. The slope to the hinge is flat and rather steep.
The slope to the front and base is gently convex and more gradual
than that to the hinge. The surface is marked by fine concentric
lines.

Locality —Rather common in the middle Chazy at Valcour Island,
New York.

Genus Modiolopsis Hall.

16. Modiolopsis fabaformis Raymond. (Plate XXX, figures 12, 13.)
Modiolopsis fabaformis RAYMOND, American Journal of Science (Ser. 4), Vol. XX,
1905, P- 374-

This little shell, which much resembles the Modiolopsis faba of the
Trenton, is the one pelecypod which is common in the upper layers
of the Chazy at Valcour Island. In the upper one hundred feet of
the section at that point it is quite abundant in connection with
Camarotechia plena. It is related only to Modiolopsis exanimis of
the Chazy species of the genus.

Description.

Shell small, narrow, thick, with a strong ridge extending from the
umbo to the lower posterior angle. In front of this ridge is a deep
depression which continues to the middle of the ventral margin, making
that margin sinuate. The anterior ear is small and convex; anterior
margin narrowly rounded. Posterior margin broadly rounded, not
oblique as in Modiolopsis parviuscula. The surface is marked by
numerous lines of growth. This is not the Modiolopsis fabeformis
of Whiteaves,2 which is a shorter and higher shell.

Locality Common in the Upper Chazy on Valcour Island, New
York.

22 Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. XXII, 1908, p. 110, pl. III, figs. 7-9.

RAYMOND: PELECYPODA OF CHAZY FORMATION. 339

17. Modiolopsis exanimis sp. nov. (Plate XXX, figure II.)

This species is very like the preceding, but is so much shorter and
higher that it cannot be united with it.

Locality—A rare species in the Upper Chazy on Valcour Island,
New York.

18. Modiolopsis parviuscula Billings. (Plate XXX, figures 14, ? 15,
16.)

Modiolopsis parviuscula BILLINGS, Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, Vol. IV,
1850, p. 446; WHITEAVES, Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. XXII, 1908, p. 106, pl.
hess i, 2’.

This species which was described by Billings in a single sentence of
less than two lines, and not figured, must rest on the single Chazy
specimen now remaining at Ottawa. This specimen is on a bit of
fine-grained, dirty-looking limestone from Cornwall, Ontario, and in
the same bit of matrix there are several fragments of Camarotechia
plena. The Modiolopsis is apparently crushed and flattened, and
shows nothing more than the general outline. The distinctive feature
about the specimen is that the posterior basal angle projects beyond
the upper angle or any part of the posterior end of the shell. In this
feature the shell is like Modiolopsis modiolaris, to which Billings
compared it, and by the same feature it may be distinguished from
all other species of Modiolopsis in the Chazy or Aylmer formations.

Description.

The type, a right valve, is small, with short hinge and semicircular
anterior end. The ventral margin is nearly straight, and much longer
than the hinge. The posterior margin is oblique, the posterior angle
abruptly rounded, while the posterior dorsal angle is very obtuse.
A low broad ridge extends from the umbo to the lower posterior
angle, and the shell slopes gently in all directions from it. The surface
is marked by numerous concentric lines of growth.

Locality—From the Upper Chazy at Cornwall, Ontario.

What appears to be the same species occurs in the lower part of
the Pamelia formation at Aylmer, and a very good specimen, collected
by T. W. E. Sowter at that locality, is figured (Pl. XXX, figs. 15, 16).

340 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

19. Modiolopsis subquadrilateralis Hudson.
Modiolopsis subquadrilateralis HupSON, Report ot the N. Y. State Paleontologist
for 1903 (1904), p. 286, Pl. 4, figs. 8, 9.
This is a small shell, with smooth, convex valves. It is described
in detail in Professor Hudson’s recent paper.

20. Modiolopsis sowteri Raymond. (Plate XXX, figures 21, 22.)

Modiolopsis sowteri RAYMOND, American Journal of Science (Ser. 4), Vol. XX, 1905,
p- 374-

One of the most common and best preserved pelecypods occurring
in the Aylmer formation is a species of Modiolopsis to which I gave
the specific name, sowferi, in honor of T. W. E. Sowter, Esq., of
Aylmer, Quebec, who has given much close attention to the study
of the Aylmer formation, and who collected a large part of the many
new species which have been described from his native town.

Description.

Shell of medium size for the genus, rather convex, with a strong
ridge running from the beak to the lower posterior angle. Toward
the front is a slight depression, running from just ahead of the beaks
a little backward to the basal margin. In front of the beak is a very
deeply impressed anterior muscle scar, which on the internal cast, is
represented by a rounded, conical elevation. The posterior scar is
large, and close to the hinge line. One specimen is 51 mm. long and
28 mm. high; another 33 mm. long and 20 mm. high.

Locality—From the Aylmer sandstone (Upper Chazy), about sixty
feet above the high water mark of Lake Deschenes, at Aylmer,
Quebec. Collected by T. W. E. Sowter.

APPENDIX.

The following species were described as coming from the Chazy,
but really belong to the overlying formation, the Pamelia, which is
of Lower Black River age.

21. Ctenodonta parvidens Raymond. (Plate XXIX, figures (fees)

Ctenodonta parvidens RAYMOND, American Journal of Science (Ser. 4), Vol. XX,
1905, Dp. 373; WHITEAVES, Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. XXII, 1908, p. 113, pl. 3,
fig. 16.

One of the commonest species in the shale and sandstone of the

RAYMOND: PELECYPODA OF CHAZY FORMATION. 341

Pamelia formation at the Hogs Back, near Ottawa, is a Ctenodonta,
which is much larger than C. peracuta, and which differs from C.
dubiaformis in not having the beaks centrally located. There are
some points in which the shell agrees with C. nasuta (Hall), but the
shape of the posterior end is different, and the teeth are smaller and
more numerous.

Description.

Shell oval in outline, usually flattened, but specimens from the
harder layers show a considerable convexity below the umbo, with
regular slopes to the anterior, posterior, and ventral margins. The
anterior and posterior margins are regularly rounded, and the pos-
terior end is a little narrower than the anterior. The cast shows the
impressions of numerous very fine teeth on the hinges, but the number
cannot be counted, as the beak is always flattened down upon the
hinge. One specimen shows five teeth on the posterior side of the
beak and another shows seven. The surface is marked by numerous
concentric lines of growth.

Locality—In the shale and sandstone of the Pamelia formation
at the Hogs Back, near Ottawa, Ontario.

22. Cyrtodonta breviuscula Billings. (Plate X XIX, figure 17.)

Cyrtodonta breviuscula BIL1.INGS, Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, Vol. IV,
1859, p- 446; WHITEAVES, Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. XXII, 1908, p. 107, Pl. 3,
fig. 3.

The type of the species is a small left valve in a bit of almost pure
quartz sandstone. The type has been unique until recently, when
the writer rediscovered the original locality ‘“‘three miles east of
Ottawa,”-on a road leading toward the’river just beyond Robillard’s
quarries.

Description.

Shell small, nearly as high as long. Hinge short, straight. Beak
near the anterior end of the shell, overhanging the hinge margin.
Anterior lobe small, semicircular. Basal margin straight, posterior
margin gently curved, oblique. Valves rather thick, the highest point
a little back of the umbo. A strongly elevated ridge extends from the
umbo to the posterior ventral angle. The type is 12.5 mm. long and
10 mm. high. A larger specimen is 20 mm. long and 15 mm. high.

Locality.—The type-locality is just below the quarry in the Pamelia

342 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

limestone on the road running from Montreal Road to the Ottawa
River, three miles east of Ottawa, where there is an outcrop of white
sandstone by the roadside. The spec es also occurs in the limestone
of the Pamelia all around Ottawa.

23. Sowteria canadensis (Raymond). (Plate XXIX, figures 12, 13).

Whitella canadensis RAYMOND, American Journal of Science (Ser. 4), Vol. XX,

1905, P- 373-

Sowteria canadensis WHITEAVES, Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. XXII, 1908, p. 112, Pl. 3,

figs. 13-15.

Whiteaves’s description of the genus is as follows:

Shell rather small, equivalve, moderate'y convex, sometimes tumid
and always most prominent on the oblique posterior umbonal slope;
subtrapezoidal in marginal outline, a little longer than high, and very
inequilateral. Posterior area defined by an abrupt inflection of each
valve at and behind the subangular umbonal declivity.

‘“Test unknown; in casts of the interior the greater part of the
surface is marked by a few large concentric rib-like folds, but the
posterior area of both valves is nearly or quite smooth. Hinge denti-
tion and muscular impressions unknown.”

Specific Characters.

‘‘Anterior portion of each valve very short, in some specimens
truncated almost vertically at its extremity, in others faintly concave
under the beaks above, and rounded at or below the mid-height;
posterior portion moderately its extremity obliquely subtruncate
above and narrowly rounded below. Superior border and ventral
margin nearly straight or very gently convex; beaks nearly or quite
terminal.”

Locality.—Rather common in the sandstone of the Pamelia at
Aylmer, near Wright’s brickyard above Tetreauville, and at the same
locality east of Ottawa as Cyrtodonta breviuscula.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE XXIX.

1. Clenodonta peracula Raymond. A small, imperfect, but free, right valve,
XK 4.

2. The same specimen, exterior view, X 4.

3. The same specimen, a photograph of the interior.

4, 5. Clenodonta ? bidorsata Raymond. Two specimens. Natural size.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X. Plate XXIX

Pelecypoda of the Chazy.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol X. Plate XXX

Pelecypoda of the Chazy.

RAYMOND: PELECYPODA OF CHAZY FORMATION. 343

6. Ctenodonta dubiaformis Raymond. Natural size.

7, 8. Clenodonta parvidens Raymond. The interior of one specimen and ex-
terior of another. Natural size.

9. Clidophorus obscurus Raymond. The type, natural size.

Io, Ir. Vanuxemia limbaia Raymond. Two right valves, natural size.

12, 13. Sowteria canadensis (Raymond). Two right valves, natural size.

14. Cyrtodonta scala Raymond. A right valve, natural size.

15. Cyrtodonta solitaria Raymond. The only known specimen, natural size.

16. Cyrtodonta lamellosa Hudson. The left valve of acomplete individual. X 2.

17. Cyrtodonta breviuscula Billings. The type. X 2.

18, 19, 20. Clionychia montrealensis (Billings). The types, natural size.

21, 22, 23, 24. The same species. Specimens from Valcour Island, natural size.

25, 26. Clionychia marginalis Raymond. The holotype, natural size.

27, 28. Ambonychia ? curvata Raymond. A left valve, natural size.

PLATE XXX.

I, 2, 3. Ambonychia ? curvata Raymond. The cotypes, natural size.

4, 5. Conocardium beecheri Raymond. A left and aright valve. X 4.

6, 7. The same species. Two left valves. X 2.

8, 9, 10. The same species. A specimen retaining both valves. X 6.

11. Modiolopsis exanimis Raymond. A right valve, natural size.

12, 13. Modiolopsis fabaformis Raymond. A left anda right valve, natural size.

14. Modiolopsis parviuscula Billings. The type, natural size.

15, 16. ?Modiolopsis parviuscula, Billings. A specimen supposed to be this
species, natural size.

17, 18, 19. Endodesma transceps Raymond. Two right valves and one left
valve, natural size.

20. Whileavesia ? expansa Raymond. An imperfect left valve, natural size.

21, 22. Modiolopsis sowteri Raymond. An internal cast, and a cast of the
exterior of a right valve, natural size.

3. 24. Whiteavsia ? undata Raymond. A left valve, natural size.

MV. = SOUTH PAMERTICAN CRICKETS, GRYLLOTALPOIDEA;
AND ACHETOIDEA.

By LAWRENCE BRUNER.

As in the case of my four former papers on the Orthoptera of Brazil
and surrounding portions of South America, published in these
ANNALS, ‘the present paper is based upon material belonging to the
Carnegie Museum. The collections as a whole are rather rich in
forms, and permit of a fairly comprehensive treatment of the South
American orthopteran fauna. The present paper contains descrip-
tions of a number of apparently new forms. While not presenting a
complete synopsis of the crickets of South America, I have included
a number of synoptical tables for the separation of families, genera,
and in some instances of species as well.

There has been a tendency among systematic entomologists during
the past few years to consider the orthopteroid insects as being of
more than ordinal value. The present writer, as a result of a study
of the group, shares this opinion. In a recent paper'he has given his
views in a synoptical key or table compiled from several sources.
This table is presented herewith and shows the relationships of the
several groups of insects which he would include under the term
“‘orthopteroid insects.”

SYNOPSIS OF THE’ ORDERS AND SUBORDERS OF ORTHOPTEROID INSECTS.

A. Tarsi normally five-jointed.
b. Cerci distinctly segmented or jointed.

c. Apterous, structure thysanuran. Eyes small, with few facets. Ovi-
positor of female exserted. Terrestrial, subterranean, dwellers among
rocks in darkness [Alberta, Canada]........ Order GRYLLOBLATTARIA.

cc. Normally winged, but frequently with those organs subobsolete or
entirely missing. Structure not thysanuran. Ovipositor of
female not exserted.
d. Eggs contained in a capsule, or odtheca, sometimes carried by the
female. Insects not social. Species represented only by males
and females.

1A Preliminary Catalogue of the Orthopteroid Insects of the Philippine Islands
(University Studies, Vol. XV, No. 2, pp. 195-281, Lincoln, Neb., 1915.)

344.

BRUNER: SouTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 345

e. Body oval, depressed, much broader than deep at the posterior
extremity of the prothorax. Head nearly horizontal and
wholly, or almost wholly, concealed beneath the pronotum, the
mouth posterior, or infero-posterior, when at rest; ocelli generally
two in number. Pronotum clypeate, usually transverse. Legs
depressed, rather lengthily and numerously spined. Insects
of rapid movements. Odétheca chitinized, usually carried by
DALE cpanel ete suai eaters Order DicTYOPTERA, or BLATTARIA,

ee. Body elongate, generally narrow, even when depressed or ex-
panded but little broader than deep at the posterior extremity
of the prothorax. Head free, often separated from the pro-
thorax by a deep constriction; ocelli three or wanting. Pro-
notum never transverse, except occasionally by laminate ex-
pansions. Legs rarely depressed, the front pair constructed
for grasping. Insects cf deliberate movements. Odtheca
membranous, not carried by parent, but attached to twigs,
Darko TOtherrObiECtsan oie eiciane eset lersieke Order MANTARIA.
dd. Eggs not contained in a capsule or oGtheca. Insects social. Fre-
quently constructing large and complicated nests. Species rep-
resented by males, females, workers, and warriors.
Order ISOPTERA.
bb. Cerci not segmented or jointed. Body normally elongate, narrow. Head
subhorizontal, generally quadrate or gibbous; mouth antero-inferior;
ocelli often wanting; antenne usually longer than the body and coarse
Pronotum very short. Legs all constructed for walking. Eggs dropped
Ssinglysandsimndiseniminateliyerre coe seein eaieiclainee Order GRESSORIA.
AA. Tarsi normally four- or three-jointed, very rarely two-jointed. Stridulating
organs and auditory apparatus often present.

b. Posterior legs constructed for jumping, much more robust and longer than
the others. Organs of flight in a reversed position when immature.
Head vertical, ovipositor with a few exceptions free or exserted.

Order SALTATORIA.

c. Antenne generally much shorter than the body, filiform, clubbed or

ensiform, the joints distinct, often depressed. Ocelli two or three.
Tarsi three-jointed.

d. Anterior legs constructed for walking or clinging to vegetation, not
fitted for burrowing. Tarsi similar in structure on all the legs.
Stridulating organs located on the hind femora and costal field of
front wings. Auditory apparatus situated on the sides of the basal
abdominal segment. Ovipositor composed of four horny plates
Giversent aAtetlp yares iu oie eeienn oes eae Suborder LOCUSTOIDEA.

dd. Anterior legs greatly modified for burrowing in the earth. Tarsi of
the front pair of legs differing from those of the other pairs. Strid-
ulating organs located on the tegmina or front wings. Auditory
apparatus, when present, confined to the anterior tibia. Ovi-
positor not exserted. Body of insect cylindrical. Antenne
variable, but not typically setaceous, as in the two following sub-
OFGCES neler cro encrere ee ae ee Suborder GYRLLOTALPOIDEA.

346 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

cc. Antenne much longer than the body, setaceous, delicately tapering.
Stridulating organs, when present, situated on the anal field of
the tegmina. Auditory apparatus situated near the base of the
front tibiz. Ovipositor usually prolonged into a compressed
blade or needle, its parts compact.

d. Ocelli variable. Tarsi three-jointed, those of the front legs or else
of the hind legs differing from the others in structure. The
middle field of the tegmina in repose, like the anal field, nearly
or quite horizontal; male tegmina (when present) furnished on
the dorsal surface with a tympanum (very rarely absent) ex-
tending across both the anal and median areas, crossed by a
prominent nervure formed by the main anal vein, and asa
whole broader than the rest of the tegmen. Ovipositor (unless,
as rarely, concealed) forming a nearly cylindrical straight or
occasionally upcurved needle, the inner valves generally scarce-
ly exposed except at the expanded tip. .Suborder ACHETOIDEA.

dd. Ocelli generally wanting. Tarsi nearly always four-jointed, very
similar in structure on all the legs. Middle field of tegmina in
repose, like the costal field, nearly or quite vertical; base of the
male tegmina (when present) furnished on the dorsal surface with
a tympanum limited to the anal area, crossed by a prominent
nervure formed by the last branch of the anal vein, and as a whole
narrower than the rest of the tegmen. Ovipositor (unless, as
rarely, concealed) forming a strongly compressed, generally ensi-
form blade, the inner valves almost always partially exposed the
entire length of the ovipositor, the tip not expanded.

Suborder TETTIGONOIDEA.
bb. Posterior legs similar to the others, not constructed for jumping. Tarsi
three-jointed. . Organs of flight (when present) in a normal position.
Ovipositor concealed by the subgenital plate.....Order DERMAPTERA.

c. Always apterous. Parasitic on mammals.
d. Eyes much reduced. Mandibles strongly flattened, not adapted to
mastication, but the inner margin densely clothed with bristles.
Cerci feebly chitinized, forming incipient forceps. Maxilla with
the inner lobe furnished with two apical teeth (Malayan Archi-
VELA O) 2s, Ele Paes MEU ST Meee ee Ne Rei te epeye er Suborder ARIXENIA.

dd. Eyes absent. Mandibles normal. Cerci non-segmented, feebly
chitinized, not horny. Inner lobe of maxilla with four apical
teeth. Viviparous. (African.).......... Suborder HEMIMERINA.

cc. Fully winged or apterous. The wings, when present, four in number,
the anterior pair corneous, the hind pair membranous, complicately
folded and tucked beneath the former. Not parasitic. Cerci modified
into strongly chitinized horny forceps. Inner lobe of the maxilla
provided with four apical teeth. Oviparous.. .Suborder FORFICULINA.

KEY FOR SEPARATING THE SOUTH AMERICAN FAMILIES OF ACHETOIDEA.

A. Tarsi compressed, the second joint minute.
b. Posterior tibia moderately robust.

BRUNER: SoUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 347

c. Posterior tibie biseriately spinose.
d. The hind tibize armed with spines on both sides, the carine not at
all serrated.

e. Hind tibia armed with long, movable, hairy spines. The posterior
metatarsi unarmed above, or provided with but a single row of
SOM VOLOUS SEY sien ejay Slav alei os aiec leh de 3 Me us eS lates Nemobiide.
ee. Hind tibia armed with heavy fixed spines, or in some instances
spines partly movable. Head globose, or very gently depressed;
the face vertical. The front between the antenne neither
swollen nor produced. The superior or upper claw of the hind
tibie shorter than the middle one, or of equal length. Ocelli
disposed ina triangle. Hind femora shorter than the combined
lenechoOltnetibiccrandatarsineysn mien sees cise acts eee A chetide.
dd. Posterior tibize on both sides of the basal portion serrated, of the
apical portion spined. Tegmina either abbreviated or wanting.
Gryllomor phide.
cc. Posterior tibiz usually biseriately serrulate. Without spines on their
lateral margins, but sometimes having them present in their middle

towards the apex.

d. Body subspherical, apterous. Antenne heavy, subfiliform. Hind
femora enormous, dilated, oval. Eyes subobsolete, minute. An-
terior tibie without auditory apparatus. Hind tibia without
serration and provided above near their middle with several mov-
able spines; apex with only three or four claws... Myrmecophilide.

dd. Body subelongate. Antenne slender, setaceous. Eyes distinct
Posterior femora more slender, clavate; hind tibie slender, pro-
vided at apex with six claws. Body covered with scales. In the
females apterous, in the males provided with membranous tegmina.
Anterior tibia sometimes provided with auditory apparatus.
Hind tibiz serrulate, not spinose, provided with elongate claws.

Mogoplisiide.

bb. Posterior tibia slender, armed on the lateral edges with slender spines,

between which the canthi are serrulate. Male tegmina with the
speculum divided by one, two, or more, veins.

c. Apex of the posterior tibia provided with five claws; on the inside two,

Chal {NS OMUSEIS Wolgae= Se ge oo es od ane mato me ode Ui rae Pentacentride.
cc. Apex of the posterior tibiz provided with six claws; three inside, three
outside.

d. Head vertical, vertex short, mouth inferior or below. All the tibiz
armed with movable spurs. The male speculum of the tegmina
(when developed) divided by two veins........ Phalangopsitide.
dd. Head elongate, horizontal, mouth directed to the front. Pronotum
slender, longer than wide, the lateral lobes narrowed anteriorly.
Anterior and middle tibia without spurs. The speculum of the
male tegmina divided by a single vein............... Cécanthide.
AA. Tarsi with the second joint depressed, heart-shaped.
b. Posterior tibize not serrated, biseriately spinose, and provided on each side

348 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

with three movable spines; the apex sometimes furnished with two claws
on the inner side. Female ovipositor short and curved; speculum of the
tympanum of the male tegmina undivided. Size of insects small.
Trigonidiide.
bb. Posterior tibie usually, but not always, serrated, also spined on both sides,
the apex furnished with three spurs on each side. Ovipositor straight
ora very little curved; speculum of the tympanum of the male tegmina
divided by one (or sometimes two) veins. Size of insects medium to
large.

c. Claws of the posterior tibia elongate, the intermediate one on each side
much longer than the upper. Metatarsi elongate. Pronotum an-
teriorly coarctate, the angles somewhat acute, lateral lobes oblique, in
front angulate. Head robust or large, eyes prominent at sides;
tegmina of moderate size and of the usual form, the lateral field bent
down at right angle; in the males with the tympanum provided with
two oblique parallel veins. Apex of the ovipositor furnished with
lanceolate, acute, non-dentate valves.................. Eneopteride.

cc. Claws of the posterior tibia minute on the outer side, on the inner side

rather long, the upper one longest and the lower one shortest.
Metatarsi usually short, sparsely dentate basally. Ovipositor
variable, cylindrical, apical valves dentate, or flattened.

d. Posterior tibiz not at all serrulate, but armed on both edges with
two sizes of spines. Insects large, their body and legs robust.
Ovipositor heavy, its apical valves depressed and with its tip
EEUMCA CE ears Meek ere ateceic cutee eee atta ete roan oiee eEe ates Stenogryllide.

dd. Posterior tibiz both serrulate and spined. Insects variable in size,
the body generally rather slender, with the legs variable. Ovi-
positor graceful, the apical valves not flattened, acuminate, or
blunt, the margins dentate or crenulate............ Podoscirtide.

KEY FOR SEPARATING THE FAMILIES OF THE SUBORDER GRYLLOTALPOIDEA.

A. Anterior tibiz greatly dilated and digitate. Antenne filiform, many-jointed.
Head without, or provided with but two, large ocelli.

b. Antenne setaceous, rather long. Elytra or tegmina membranous, in the
male provided with a tympanum or stridulating surface. Pronotum
elongate-oval. Tarsi three-jointed. Posterior legs small, saltatorial,
the tibize somewhat dilated. Cerci long and setaceous. .Curtillide.

bb. Antenne very short. Body linear, cylindrical. Elytra or tegmina almost
absent. Posterior legs very short, non-saltatorial. Tarsi two-jointed.
Cerci not apparent. Ocelli absent and the eyes small, ocelliform.

Cylindrodide.

AA. Anterior tibia little dilated, three- to four-spined at apex. Antenne short,
monilitorm, composed of few joints. Posterior legs strongly saltatorial,

the femora dilated; tibiz slender, four-clawed at apex, tarsi single-jointed

or aborted. Elytra corneous, without a tympanum. Head furnished

with three: OCellti s.r c sstare terete eae ey) ord she oa oo eee Tridactylide.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 349

SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN GENERA OF CURTILLID*.

A. Anterior tibiz four-toed.
b. Posterior tibia provided with several spines on inner margin. [Old world

NCW CSTECOAS CROMPATITEEI Gal ile vc nti s foercne Meth Oere ciel cers etevetsuche g eibushs Curtilla.

bb. Posterior tibiae without spines on inner margin, or seldom with a single
small spine. [New world, except west coast]............. Neocurtilla.
AAmeAnteriontibicrtwo-toeds [New World]... o.o5-5....50..0.- Scapteriscus.

Genus CurTILLA Oken.
Curtilla OKEN, Lehrb. Nat., III,(1815), p. 445.
Acheta LINN#US (in part) Syst. Nat. (ed. X), I, (1758), p. 428.
Gryllotalpa LATREILLE, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., III, (1802), p. 275, and many others,
until very recently.

The representatives of this genus of mole-crickets occur chiefly in
the Orient. At least two species, however, are native to the American
hemisphere, where they are confined to the region of the western coast.
A third species, the oldest known, has been introduced by commerce
to our cities on the eastern coast and possibly also to the principal
South American seaports. The following key will aid in separating
these three forms:

SYNOPSIS OF AMERICAN SPECIES OF CURTILLA.

A. Size large, 40 to 45 mm. in length. [Various sea-ports, introduced from

EELEEO [DS PME eet tesnc a cserate est auens is us e,rSyonels histones outa cioneaen nore gryllotalpa Linneus.
AA. Smaller, 26 to 35 mm. in length.

b. Pronotum provided with a median fulvous line. Size 26-28 mm. [Chile]
chilensis Saussure.

bb. Pronotum without a median fulvous line. Size 30-34 mm. [California,
Mexico, and possibly to Isthmus of Panama]........... cultriger Uhler.

1. Curtilla cultriger (Uhler).
Gryllotalpa cultriger UHLER, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., II (1864), p. 343; Scudder,

Mem. Peabody Acad. Sci., I (1869), p. 23, Pl. 1, figs. 13, 32, 33, etc.
Curtilla cultriger KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 6.

A single female specimen of this insect is at hand bearing the label
“Fuerte, Sinaloa, Mexico, Mrs. Bissell.’’ This specimen belongs to
the Holland Collection in the Carnegie Museum.

SYNOPSIS OF SOUTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF NEOCURTILLA.

A. Process of the anterior trochanters large, more or less distinctly triangular in
form.

b. Apex of the hind tibiz armed with only four spines. Tegmina and wings

welldevelopedpyre et ncrte et oe ei netics macilenta Saussure.

bb. Apex of the hind tibize armed with six spines, three on each side. Tegmina

Very Sbort, .winesmabsemtes seri hse tet els eo a os.ees minor sp. nN.

350 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

AA. Process of the anterior trochanters rather small, rounded.
b. Wings elongate, passing, or about reaching, the apex of the abdomen.
c. Wings extending beyond the apex of theabdomen. Color pallid, fulvous.
Size medium, 30 mm. or more. [West Indies, Mexico, Central and
South Americal). <...c. 44 Remeber Sas oe tae hexadactyla* Perty,
cc. Wings about reaching the apex of the abdomen. Color dark fulvous.
Size small, 23-26 mm. [Mexico, Central America, and West Indies]
intermedia Saussure.
bb. Wings abbreviated or missing, never reaching the apex of the abdomen.
Tegmina of moderate length.
c. Larger, about 30 mm. Both sexes always provided with wings. An-
terior tibie with the dactyls moderately elongate. [West Indies]
borealis Burmeister.
cc. Smaller, about 25 mm. The male usually without wings. Anterior
tibiz with the dactyls short and obtuse. [Argentina]
claraziana Saussure.

2. Neocurtilla minor sp. nov.

Slender, minute, without wings, and with much abbreviated
tegmina.

General color dark brown, the terminal tergites of the abdomen
plainly longitudinally fasciate with testaceous on each side of the
middle. Legs above paler than the almost uniformly colored pro-
notum, below and at base dirty testaceous or ochraceous. Claws of
anterior tibiz and tarsi robust, piceous, the outer tibial claw longest,
the inner shortest. Process of the anterior trochanters moderately
large, roundly triangular, the lower margin studded with graduated
tooth-like spines or bristles, the longest being at the apex; auditory
apparatus large and prominent, elliptical, located above and back of
the center of the first tibial dactyl at a distance equal to its longest
diameter. Pronotum minutely velvety, elliptical, the center provided
with a depressed longitudinal area, widest anteriorly; the front margin
roundly emarginate. Head elongate, narrowing forward, the front
quite prominently and angulately ridged from a little in advance of
the ocelli to between the base of the antenna. Ocelli prominent,
slightly transverse, the vertex between them transversely tumid.
Eyes fairly prominent, one and one-half times as long as broad, the
facets prominent. The hind legs scarcely saltatorial, the tibiz sub-
fusiform.

Length of body, & (?), 18 mm.; of pronotum, 5.5 mm.; width of
pronotum, 4 mm.; length of tegmina, 4 mm.; of hind femora, 4.1 mm.

2.N. hexadactyla var. spinosa Chopard has a single spine at the middle of the
inner margin of the hind tibiz according to that author.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 351

Habitat—The only specimen at hand, the type, comes from Rio
Mamoré, Bolivia, where it was taken “‘between the farm Berlin and
Guaja Mirim, Sept. 16-24, 1909, by J. D. Haseman.”’ This specimen
is very imperfect, since it lacks both the antenne and the cerci. It is
by far the smallest representative of the genus as well as of the family
thus far discovered. It is the property of the Carnegie Museum.

3. Neocurtilla hexadactyla (Perty).

Gryllotalpa hexadactyla PERTY, Del. Anim. Art. (1832), p. 119, Pl. 23, fig. 9; BuR-
MEISTER, Handb. Ent., II (1838), p. 740; SCUDDER, Mem. Peabody Acad. Sci.,
In@i860)p127s bl, figs: 17, 37; 38.

var. Gryllotalpa azteca SAUSSURE, Rev. Zodl. (2), XI (1859), p. 316.

Gryllotalpa hexadactyla var. azteca SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth., (1874), p. 3453
Biol. Cent.-Amer. Orth. I (1894), p. 200.

Neocurtilla hexadactyla K1rRBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 2.

Habitat.—This insect has a very wide distribution in tropical and
subtropical America. Specimens are at hand from the following
localities: Para and Chapada, Brazil (H. H. Smith); Rio Grande,
Bahia, Dec. 30, 1907, Lagoa Feia, Tocos, Espirito Santo, June 29,
1908, and Raiz de Serra, near Santos, Sao Paulo, July 26, 1908 (J. D.
Haseman); Puerto Suarez, Bolivia, 150 M., Nov. 1908-Jan. 1909
(J. Steinbach). There is also a female specimen in the writer’s
collection taken at Rosario, Argentina, by H. Stempelmann.

In addition to the two species just referred to I find a single specimen
of NV. borealis, Burmeister, in the material now being studied. It bears
the locality label “‘ Pittsburg, Pa.”’

The species N. claraziana Saussure, is represented in the writer's
collection, and was taken by him at Carcarafa, Argentina, during his
visit to that country in 1897-8.

Genus SCAPTERISCUS Scudder.

Scapteriscus SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. XI, (1868), p. 385; Memoirs
Peabody Acad. Sci., I, (1869), p. 6; SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874),
D. 336; Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1877), p. 36; GIGLIO-Tos, Boll. Mus.
Torino, IX (1894), No. 184, p. 43.

The genus Scapteriscus is confined to the Americas, where it is
represented by approximately a dozen species, most of which occur
in South America. While there is a great variation among these
distinct forms in size and length of wing, many of them are very simi-
lar in general appearance and rather difficult to determine. The an-
nexed table will in a measure aid in their separation, although the char-
acters here employed are rather superficial and not very structural in
nature:

352 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF SCAPTERISCUS.?

A. Tegmina covering more than one-half of the abdomen.
b. Size very large (length 45-50 mm.). Color pale testaceous, the pronotum
with an irregular discal fuscous patch. [Brazil, to Middle Argentina]
oxydactylus Perty.
bb. Size smaller (length 25-35 mm.) Color variable, but darker than in the
alternate category.

c. Size small, slender (25 mm.); pronotum less than 6 mm. in length; front
trochanter with the lower outer apexangulateand produced downwards.
[Brazil Re Ae sarexs gous ee reine acon chous te trate te ewes tenuis Scudder.

cc. Size larger and more robust (28-35 mm.). Pronotum 7 mm. and up-

wards in length. Anterior trochanter with the blade variable,

but never hooked or produced downwards at the apex. ;

d. Tibial dactyls or fingers distant from each other at base by at least
one-half the width of one ot the dactyls.

e. Edge of the bare blade on the lower border of the anterior tro-
chanter rounded. Tibial dactyls separated by one-half the
width of the lower one.

jf. Head, pronotum, dorsal edge, and upper half of the outer
face of the hind femora rather heavily marked with fuscous.
[Mexico, Central and South America, and West Indies]

didactylus Latreille.
ff. Head, pronotum, dorsal edge and upper halt of the outer face
of the hind femora less heavily blotched with fuscous.
[Paraguay] eas ater ote camerani Giglio-Tos.
ee. Edge of the bare blade on the lower border of the anterior trochan-
ter straight. Tibial dactyl separated by a space nearly

equal to the width of the lower one.

f. Apical segment of the hind tarsi strongly dilated, fully one-halt
as wideaslong. Legsstrongly and closely hirsute. [Mexico,
C@olombiay andeBrazilll eee mexicanus Burmeister.

ff. Apical segment of the hind tarsi less strongly dilated, only
about one-third as wide as long. Legs sparsely hirsute.
[ParagiiayseAneentinea eee) erasure che: borellii Giglio-Tos.

dd. Tibial dactyls or fingers almost, or quite, touching at their base.
e. Tegmina covering nearly the wholeabdomen. [Centraland South
RITE TI Callison cee eee OD eee eur sion ations vicinus Scudder.
ee. Tegmina covering not more than two-thirds of the abdomen.
[Brazilkand West Indies] are cel cei eree eae agassizi Scudder.

AA. Tegmina covering only one-half of the abdomen or less.

b. Tegmina one-half the length of the abdomen, the hind wings shorter than
the abdomen, but one-half longer than the tegmina. Trochanter of front
legs large, flattened, the sides parallel, rounded at the extremity. [Northern
SouthrAmerical |i pepsi hoo eee Pie aeons a) ask tne variegalus Scudder.

3 An occasional depauperate individual of other species may be small, but still
possess the structural features credited to those species.

BRUNER: SouTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 353

bb. Tegmina less than one-half the length of the abdomen, the hind wings more
or less aborted.

c. Wings not at all or barely passing the tegmina, the abdomen marked

above withsome regular pale spots. [Colombia]. .parvipennis Serville.

cc. Wings abortive, not more than one-half the length of the tegmina.

feenanipucombrazilli.cr ccc seve oss vee foe abbreviatus Scudder.

4. Scapteriscus oxydactyla (Perty).
Gryllotalpa oxydactyla PERTY, Del. Anim. Art. (1832), p. 118, pl. 23, fig. 9; BurR-
MEISTER Handb. Ent., II (1838), p. 74; SERVILLE, Ins. Orth. (1839), p. 307.
Scapteriscus oxydactylus SCUDDER, Mem. Peabody Acad. Sci., I (1869), 7, pl. 1,
figs 2, 20.
Scapteriscus oxydactyla SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 337.
Habitat—One female and one male specimen are before me. They
come from Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Province del Sara, Bolivia, where
they were taken in 1909 by J. Steinbach. There is also a female bearing
the label ‘“Cacequy, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, Feb. 2, 1909 (J. D.

”

Haseman).’’ The writer also has specimens which were collected

as far south as the city of Rosario, Argentina.

5. Scapteriscus borellii Giglio-Tos.
Scapteriscus borellit G1GLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Torino, IX (1894), p. 45, figs. 12, 15;
Kirsy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 1.

Habitat—While there are no specimens contained in the collection
now being reported upon, there are a number of specimens in the
writer’s possession. These were taken at various localities in Argen-
tina, as well as at San Bernardino and Asuncién, Paraguay.

6. Scapteriscus mexicanus (Burmeister).

Gryllotalpa mexicana BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent. If (1838), p. 740.

Scapteriscus mexicanus SCUDDER, Mem. Peabody Acad., I (1864), p. 9, pl. 1, figs. 6,
18; SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 337; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II
(1906), p. I.

Habitat—Only a single male specimen of this species is at hand.
It comes from San José, Costa Rica, where it was taken by P. Biolley.
As shown by the synoptical key it and the preceding species are
quite closely related.

7. Scapteriscus didactylus (Latreille).
Gryllotalpa didactyla LATREILLE, Gen. Crust. Ins., XII (1804), p. 122; BURMEISTER,
Handb. Ent., II (1838), p. 740.
Scapteriscus didactylus ScupDER, Mem. Peabody Acad. Sci., I (1869), p. 10, pl. 1,
figs. I, I4; SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 338, pl. 8, fig. 20.
Gryllotalpa tetradactyla PeRty, Del. Anim. Art. (1832), p. 118, pl. 23, fig. 8.

Habitat—There are several specimens at hand which are referred

354 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

to this species. They come from Corumba and Para, Brazil (H. H.
Smith). A single small female (25 mm. in length) coming from
“Dutch Guiana”’ (O. G. Schultz) is also referred here. A still more
depauperate specimen (22 mm.) labeled ‘‘Santa Cruz de la Sierra,
Prov. del Sara, Bolivia, 1909, J. Steinbach’’ may also belong to this
species.

In the writer’s private collection are specimens of didactylus taken
in several of the West Indian Islands and various parts of South
America.

8. Scapteriscus vicinus Scudder.

Scapteriscus vicinus SCUDDER, Mem. Peabody Acad. Sci., I (1869), p. 12, Pl. 1,
figs. 4, 23; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 2.

Habitat—Specimens classified as this species bear the following
labels: ‘‘ Puerto Suarez, Bolivia, Nov., ’o8—Jan., ’09 (J. Steinbach),”’
five females; ‘‘Sta. Cruz de la Sierra, Prov. del Sara, Bolivia,’’ one
female, also taken by J. Steinbach. The writer also possesses a
single female specimen, which he took at Las Palmas, Chaco, Argentina,
in 1897.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN GENERA OF TRIDACTYLID.

A. Body smooth, punctate. Head directed anteriorly, narrowing towards the
front; ocelli arranged in a transverse line. Middle tibie fusiform. In-
ferior anal appendages styliform. Wings nearly normal.

b. Size usually more than 5.5 mm. long. Pronotum furnished with a delicate
transverse, but well-defined sulcus near the middle of the anterior half.
Front tibiz of males sometimes deeply fissate; hind tibiz with three or
four pairs of long natatory lamelle, preceded by slight serrations, and
armed at the tip on either side with two very unequal calcaria, the longest
scarcely longer than the metatarsus, the only member of the tarsus present.

Tridactylus.

bb. Size usually less than 5.5 mm. in length. Pronotum without a well-defined
transverse sulcus. Front tibize of male never fissate. Hind tibize with

a single pair of natatory subapical lamellae or none; the margins of the

hind tibiee usually, but not always, smooth, armed at the tip on either side

with two very unequal calcaria, the longest about half as long as the tibie,

the tarsus wholly wanting, or at least practically invisible........Hllipes.

AA. Body velvety. Head vertical. Ocelli arranged in an arcuate line. Middle
tibie slender. Inferior anal appendages compressed. Wings with the
anterior field horny, smallest, the posterior field largest.....Rhipipteryx.

Genus TRIDACTYLUS Olivier.
Tridactylus OLIviER, Enc. Meth., Ins., IV (1789), p. 26; LATREILLE, Hist. Nat.

Crust., Ins., III (1802), p. 276; SAUSSURE, Rev. Suisse Zool., IV (1897), pp.
407-419 and authors in general to date.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. S55

Xya LATREILLE, Gen. Crust. Ins., IV (1809), p. 383; BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II

(1838), p. 741, etc.
Heteropus PALISOT DE BEAuvorts, Ins. Afr. Amer. (1805), p. 231.

The representatives of this genus are to be met with throughout the
warmer parts of the earth, where they are confined to low wet places
on the margins of streams, ponds, lakes, swamps, etc. They are
strongly aquatic in habit, often swimming about on the surface of
the water seemingly for the mere pleasure of it. At other times
they burrow beneath the mud and wet sand as do representatives of
the family Gryllotalpide. They are essentially herbivorous and
may be collected by sweeping the grass and other vegetation growing
about their haunts. They may be collected also on mud and wet
sand when the weather is warm and the sun shines brightly. The
number of forms of these little cricket-like insects appears to be much
greater than published accounts would indicate, since there are many
variations in size and color-markings among them, as taken in different
regions, although these characteristics appear to be quite constant
with the individuals in each of these localities.

Some of the characters which have been employed in separating
these interesting little insects are such as general form, color, size,
puncturation, presence or absence of spines or lamella on the hind
tibie, form of anal segments of the abdomen, shape of anal appendages,
or lamella, smoothness of body, etc. Although some of these char-
acters seem to be indicative of groups rather than of species, it is
quite a difficult matter to decide definitely as to their real value
without a very careful study of the living insects from a number of
localities.

Up to this time but few published references as to the actual occur-
rence of representatives of the genus exist for South American locali-
ties. Judging from material now at hand and the experience of the
present writer while collecting orthopterous insects in several localities

.in Brazil, Paraguay, and Argentina, the conclusion might be arrived
at that the reason for this absence of records of occurrence and of the
insects themselves is largely due to the neglect of collectors rather than
to the absence of the insects.

The forms which are separated by the annexed synoptic table occur
in one or more of the South American countries. Undoubtedly some
of the species, which have been taken and reported in Mexico, Central
America, and the West Indies, will be found to occur in South America
as well, but until that time they will not be included in this key.

356 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

SYNOPSIS OF SOUTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF TRIDACTYLUS.

A. Pronotum throughout quite closely and rather strongly punctate. Entire
surface of the body and legs opaque or lusterless. General color deep
black. Size medium (length of body, 7-8 mm.)........ obscurus sp. nov.

AA. Pronotum and other portions of the body and legs glabrous, almost impunc-
tate. General color variable. Size also variable (5-8 mm.)

b. Size larger and form moderately robust (7-8 mm.). Color pallid, but more
or less variegated, the darker markings irregular and vague in their
outline. [Bolivia, Paraguay, and Argentina]........ australis sp. nov.

bb. Size smaller (4.75-5 mm.). Color darker, or at least with the darker mark-

ings definite and well-defined.
c. Form moderately robust. General color black, reminding of the much
larger obscurus. [Brazil & Bolivia]................ atratus sp. nov.
cc. Form rather slender. General color pallid, but with well-marked fuscous
patches on the pronotum, tegmina, and legs. [Bahia, Brazil].
politus sp. nov.

g. Tridactylus obscurus sp. nov.

Rather above the medium in size, a very dark-colored, almost black,
insect, the chief characteristic of which is its dull or opaque surface
and the closely punctulate pronotum and front.

Head moderately large, the front between the antenne broad and
convex, closely and deeply punctate, the ocelli large and prominent,
clypeus large, and with the apex broadly and evenly rounded. Pro-
notum without a well-defined transverse impressed line anteriorly.
Tegmina broad, a little more than one-half the length of the abdomen,
their apex broadly rounded. Wings lengthily caudate, reaching well
beyond the apex of the hind femora and the tip of the abdominal
appendages. Hind tibia provided with large natatorial appendages,
the lateral canthi furnished with several large teeth or serrations and
the superior claws strongly hooked at their apex. Last ventral seg-
ment broadly rounded at its apex, the preceding one a little broader
than long, its apex bilobed (@ ) or entire (o"). Anterior tibia broadly
longitudinally canaliculate internally, the apex four-spined and some-
what fissate at its middle.

General color, as stated above, dull black, in some specimens showing
a tendency towards variegation with pale markings on the tegmina
and femora. Wings pallid, with the dorsal edge beaded with fuscous.
Underside slightly paler, but still infuscated or tinged with fuscous.

Length of body 2 & o, 7-8 mm. to tip of wings, 9.5-10.5 mm.

Habitat.—The type (@ ) comes from Santarem, Brazil, where it was

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 357

collected by H. H. Smith. Other specimens also were taken at the
same place. In addition to these there are some other specimens at
hand coming from Corumba, May, and Piedro Blanco, April (H. H.
Smith), while a single specimen bears the label ‘‘ Puerto Suarez,
Bolivia, 150 M. Nov. ’08—Jan. ’09. (J. Steinbach).”’

10. Tridactylus australis sp. nov.

About the same in size as the preceding, but differing from it in
having the body glabrous and nearly impunctate, even on both the
pronotum and the front between the eyes. General color smoky-
white or pale flavous, with the sides of the pronotum, base of the
tegmina, and outer face of the hind femora showing traces of clouded
patches. Pronotum near its anterior part showing plainly the trans-
verse impressed line mentioned in the synoptic table of genera.
Apex of the clypeus broadly and roundly, or arcuately, emarginate.
Last ventral segment of the abdomen of the female scoop-shaped, the
apex rounded, entire; the preceding segment with its apex gently
bilobed, a little more than twice as wide as long; in the male the
apical segment, or subgenital plate, has the apex somewhat emar-
ginate, and the preceding segment nearly, or quite, entire.

Length of body, o’, 6.5 mm., 9, 7.5 mm.; to tip of wings, o’, 8
ie | Os 5 mim.

Habitat.—The types, &| & @ in coitu, come from Formosa, Chaco,
Argentina, where they were taken by the writer in September, 1897.
Other specimens are at hand from the same place, and still others
come from Carcarafia and Cruz del Eje, Argentina, and San Bernadina,
Paraguay. The Carnegie collection contains a specimen from the
“Province del Sara, Bolivia, 450 M. (J. Steinbach).”’

11. Tridactylus atratus sp. nov.

At first glance suggesting a diminutive of the 7. obscurus, described
in this paper, but upon examination found to be without the dull
surface and puncturation so characteristic of that species.

Moderately robust, the front evenly rounded and provided with a
few rather large punctures, the clypeus short, transverse, its apex
truncate. Pronotum evenly rounded, without a very definite trans-
verse impressed line in advance of the middle, the surface shining,
provided with a few scattered punctures. Hind femora robust.
Hind tibiz provided with natatory appendages and the carine with

358 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

several fairly coarse teeth or serrations. Anterior tibia somewhat
similar to those described in 7. politus. The apical segments of the
abdomen rather hirsute, the subgenital plate with its apex widely
emarginate, and the apex of the preceding segment entire, nearly
truncate.

Length of body, 5.1 mm.; to tip of wings, 7 mm.

Habitat——The type of this species comes from Puerto Suarez,
Bolivia, where it was taken by J. Steinbach at an elevation of 150
meters above sea-level. There are also two other specimens at hand.
One of these latter comes from Santarem and the other from Benevides,
Brazil (July). These latter specimens were presumably taken by H.
H. Smith. All three belong to the Carnegie Museum.

12. Tridactylus politus sp. nov.

Small, slender, and of a pale ground-color with prominent markings
of fuscous on the head, pronotum, tegmina, and middle and hind
femora, and with a highly polished or glabrous surface.

Head of medium size, the front short, the clypeus narrowed anter-
iorly and with its apex roundly emarginate. Anterior portion of the
pronotum showing a well-defined, slender, transverse, impressed line.
Wings caudate, slender, extending fully one-fourth of their length
beyond the tips of the hind femora and abdomen. Next to the last
ventral segment of the abdomen of the male rather large, the outer
or apical portion thickened, brunneous, and with the apex broadly
rounded, entire; the last segment semimembranous, gently tapering,
its apex truncate. Anterior tibia short, quadridentate, the internal
face widely channeled.

Length of body, o, 4.85 mm.; to tip of wings, 6.6 mm.

Habitat—‘“ Morro do Para, on Rio San Francisco, Bahia, Brazil.
Dec. 6, 1907, Haseman.’’ The type and a second specimen bearing
the same locality-label and date are deposited in the Carnegie Museum.

Genus ELiipes Scudder.

Ellipes ScuppER, Psyche, IX (1902), p. 309; BLATCHLEY, Rept. Indiana Dept.
Geol., XXVII (1903), pp. 410, 415; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. II.

Heteropus SAUSSURE (nec. Palisot de Beauvois), Miss. Mex., Orth. (1873), Pp. 351;
Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1877), p. 47; Suisse Zoél., IV (1896), p. 419; Biol.
Cent.-Amer., Orth., I (1896), pp. 204, 207.

These little cricket-like insects are found in places similar to those

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 359

frequented by representatives of both the genera Tridactylus and
Rhipipteryx. They seem to be most nearly related to the former,
however, and have similar habits. While quite widely distributed
over the warmer parts of the Americas, they do not seem to be as well
known as the representatives of either of the above mentioned genera.
Wherever found they occur rather abundantly. Possibly, if specially
sought for, other species would be found. The characters employed
in separating the forms are similar to those used in the two other
genera just referred to. The following key is suggested as an aid in
separating the South American species.

SYNOPSIS OF SOUTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF ELLIPES.

A. Posterior tibia strongly toothed, the apical spurs hooked; metatarsi present.
denticulatus Saussure.
AA. Posterior tibia without teeth or spines, the apical spurs variable.
b. Metatarsi present, but abortive, not conspicuous. Hind tibize with their
margins entire, bearing at the apex one to two movable spines.
histrio Saussure.
bb. Metatarsi none.
c. Hind tibiz at the apex on each side provided with a carinule which has
the appearance of a styliform appendage not separated from the tibie.
histrionicus Saussure.
cc. Hind tibia at apex without either natatory lamella or attached styliform
CATANUIES eee eee ctee sense ssa eo hats arsine minimus Sp. Nov.

13. Ellipes histrio (Saussure).
Tridactylus (Heleropus) histrio SAUSSURE, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I (1896), p. 207.
Ellipes histrio K1irBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 11.

Habitat—The present collection contains specimens as follows:
Chapada, Brazil, Jan. and May 4; Corumba, May 2 (H. H. Smith
collector); Puerto Suarez, Bolivia, 250 M., two (J. Steinbach).

These insects which are referred here seem to agree fairly well with
the description of the species as characterized in the accompanying
synoptical key. The movable spines near the apex of the hind tibia,
one on one side and two on the other, are quite characteristic of it, as
compared with representatives of the next species, which is entirely
without either the spines or the natatory lamelle, as well as the carine
described in connection with the apex of the tibize of E. histrionicus.

14. Ellipes minimus sp. nov.
Related to E. histrionicus, but differing from it in lacking even the
styliform attached carine, which characterize that species, when com-

360 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

pared with histrio, which latter, as indicated in the synopsis, has the
apex of the hind tibia provided with one to two movable spines,
instead of natatory lamelle as in Tridactylus.

Rather slender in general form, the folded wings extending fully
one-fourth of their length beyond the apex of the abdomen in both
sexes. Géneral color rather dark, varied with flavous arranged in
patterns much as in the other species of the genus. Penultimate
segment of the female abdomen roundly triangulate, the last or apical
segment subquadrate, narrowest at its tip, with the apical margin
a little advanced at middle, rather heavily clothed with elongate
robust hairs; these segments of the male abdomen are quite similar
to those of the insect with which comparison is above made, but with
the penultimate segment much shorter than in it.

Length of body, co, 3.15 mm., 2, 4 mm.; length to tip of the wings,
Seapine 2 4 i457 a.

Habitat—The specimens at hand come from Chapada, Matto
Grosso, Brazil, Jan., Mch, May (H. H. Smith); Jacaré, Minas Geraes,
Brazil, Dec. 11, 1907 (J. D. Haseman).

The types, o and 9, are from Chapada. They are deposited in
the Carnegie Museum.

Genus RHIPIPTERYX Newman.

Ripipteryx NEWMAN, Ent. Mag., II (1834), p. 204; Brullé, Hist. Nat. Ins., IX
(1835), p. 198; BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II (1838), p. 742) BLANCHARD,
Hist. Ins., III (1840), p. 413.

Rhipipteryx SERVILLE, Ins. Orth. (1839), p. 316; SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth.,
V (1873), p- 354; Biol.-Cent. Amer., Orth., I (1896), p. 208, etc.

The representatives of the genus Rhipipteryx are confined to the
American tropics, where numerous species are known to occur. These
insects are quite active and live mostly upon vegetation in damp
localities similar to those frequented by the species of both Tridactylus
and Ellipes. Unlike them, however, they do not burrow in the mud
and damp sand, but live above ground, as do the grouse-locusts or
Tetrigide among the Acridoidea or Locustoidea. These insects also
seem to be rather closely related to the Locustoidea and particularly
to the grouse-locusts in some of their structural characters as well as
in their habits. This is especially true of the form of the ovipositor,
which is composed of four toothed and hooked valves, which work in
opposite directions when drilling for ovipositing.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 361

Most of the species of the genus are confined to South American
countries, where representatives of the group may be looked for at
suitable localities from ocean to ocean and from the Isthmus of Panama
to Bolivia, Paraguay, and northern Argentina. Since practically all
of the described forms are from this continent, they will be included
in the annexed synoptical key, which is given for the purpose of show-
ing the relationships of the new forms described herewith.

So far as known the coloration and size of the different species are
fairly constant, hence these characters will be largely employed in
their separation.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF RHIPIPTERYX.

A. Larger species (9-14 mm. including wings).
b. Entirely black, the claws of the hind tibiz also black.
c. Antenne with the sixth antennal joint above yellowish white.
d. Length of the body to tip of the wings 9.2 mm. [Panama, on Volcano
Ghiniquie] aeiagen ack ek aieierets acolo ahs Aero ake carbonaria Saussure.
dd. Length of body including the wings only 8 mm. [Bogota].
alra Serville.
cc. Antenne with most, or at least the apical, joints pallid in color. Meta-
tarsus and claws unequal in length.
d. Three apical joints of the antenne pallid, the remaining joints black,
or infuscated. Length of the body including the wings 13 mm.

We SseotaColombialznas 2 ue ee ee forceps Saussure.
dd. Two apical joints black, the remaining joints pallid. Length(?).
[Weparementof/Santa Cruzy Boliviaelso. 01.20. 296os ee sp. nov.

bb. Variegated with yellow or rufous. Claws of the hind tibiz pallid.

c. Disc of the pronotum immaculate, not marked with yellow or dirty white.
d. Size smaller (10.5 mm. including the wings). First four of the an-
tennal joints above pallid, the apical joint entirely and the pen-
ultimate one partly so. Metatarsus of the hind tibia of equal

length with the claws. [Guiana, Brazil, and Central America].
limbata Burmeister.

dd. Size larger (11.5-14 mm.). Metatarsi shorter than the claws.

e. Scutelluin of the face flavo-bimaculate. Anterior and middle
femora broadly bordered with, or entirely, flavous. Hind
femora not bordered above with yellow. Size 11.5 mm. to tip
of wings. [Nicaragua and S. America].. .hydrodroma Saussure.

ee. Scutellum of the face immaculate. Anterior femora entirely

black, middle pair bordered below, hind femora bordered both

above and below, with flavous. Size 12.5 mm. to 14 mm. to

tip of the wings. [Tropical America]... .circumcincta Saussure.

cc. Disc of the pronotum largely pallid, or at least marked with this color.

d. Pronotum for the most part pallid, or with the disc conspicuously
dotted and marked with black.

362 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

e. Legs and tegmina also chiefly pallid. Length of body including
the wings 13 mm. [Dept. Santa Cruz, Bolivia]. .boliviana sp. nov.
ee. Legs and tegmina largely fuscous, more or less strongly tinged
with dull ferruginous. Pronotum conspicuously marked

with large black patches.

f. Black patches of the pronotum three in number, one dorsal,
the others lateral, separated by two broad anteriorly con-
verging pallid bands reaching from the hind to front margins.
Length including the wings 10 mm. [Para, Brazil].

trilobata Saussure.
ff. Black patches of the pronotum four in number, one on each
side, one parallel to itsanterior border, and the fourth dorsal,
back of its middle, separated by two prominent decussating
lines which cross just in advance of the middle of the disc.

Length to tip of the wings 11 mm. [Cuyaba, Brazil].
cruciata sp. nov.
dd. Pronotum largely black, the disc more or less prominently obliquely
marked with flavous lines on each side. (Length of tip of the

wings 10 to 13 mm.)

e. Body and legs rather heavily or widely marked with flavous or
dirty white. Posterior metatarsus ovate-conical, entirely
pallid in color or at least so apically, one-third shorter than
the claws or spurs.

f. Smaller, 11-11.5 mm. to tip of the wings. Apical field of the

wings more or less violet-tinged.

g. Tegmina pale-bordered throughout, the disc with a sub-
costal heavy longitudinal pale patch. Middle and bind
femora pale-bordered both above and below. [Island
of Trinidad; Colombia, Guiana]. .rivularia Saussure.

gg. Tegmina with their sutural margins and the apex pale-
bordered and _ white-spotted. Hind femora pale-
margined above. [Para, Brazil]...marginata Newman.
ff. Larger, 13 mm. to tip of the wings. Wings beyond the pallid
transverse line shining violet in color. [Guianas, Venezuela,
ands Surinan] pee cree cyanipennis Saussure.
ee. Body and legs narrowly marked with flavous. Posterior meta-
tarsus large, entirely black; wings with their apical field black,
not at all violaceous. Length of body 9.2 mm.; to tip of the
wings, 11 mm. [Chapada, Brazil]............. brullei Serville.

AA. Smaller species (4.1 to 7.5 mm.),

b. Minute, black, or rufous, varied with flavous. Eyes moderately remote, at
least as far apart as the width ot one of them. Face between the
antennal scrobes of the male with a transverse, swollen, yellow line.
Poste1ior metatarsi somewhat elongate.

c. The flavous facial line of the male marked with three black impressions, or
face plain black.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 363

d. Pronotal disc marked with a rufous patch, or with a couple of an-
teriorly directed yellow lines.
e. Pronotum not yellow-bordered in front; disc with ferruginous
patch.
f. Slightly smaller, color black. [Mexican plateau].
mexicana Saussure,
ff. Slightly larger, more or less varied with rufous; black, hind
femora with the apex rufous, or of that color throughout.
[Vera Cruz, Guatemala, and other portions of the low
country in Mexico and Central America]. .fralerna Saussure.
ee. Pronotum entirely yellow-margined.
f. Disc of the pronotum with an elongate ferruginous maculation.
Size smaller, 6.2 mm. with wings. [Southern Mexico, Costa
RR Cal Renae ASR ey Wen See pala yates ars, air tricolor Saussure.
ff. Disc of the pronotum furnished with two narrow strongly
divergent yellow lines. Size larger, 7.5 mm. with the wings.
(GhapadayBrazilleaeee ce aera mar gintpennis sp. Nov.
dd. Pronotal disc immaculate, completely yellow-bordered. Color
chiefly black. Size small, 6.5 mm. with the wings. [Costa Rica.]
biolleyi Saussure.
cc. The transverse facial line of the male roughly tumid, without the black
impressions. Black, the pronotum completely yeilow-bordered,
provided with oblique discal margins. Length including the wings
Famim= (Guererro, MEXICO]: «2.2 see cies oe eel scrofulosa Saussure.
bt. Smallest, color dirty smoky-brown. Face between the antenne of both
sexes flat. Eyes close together, separated by a space scarcely more
than one-fourth the width of one of them. Posterior metatarsus very
short. Size to tip of the wings 4.1 mm. [Lower Mexico; Peru].
pulicaria Saussure.
15. Rhipipteryx forceps Saussure.

Rhipipteryx forceps SAUSSURE, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I (1896), p. 201, Pl. 11,
fies 235 KoORBY. Syn. Cat. Orth., IL (906); p. Ir.
Rhipipteryx atra SAUSSURE (non Serville), Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 361.

The collections now being reported upon contain two specimens,
which seem to belong here, rather than to either R. atra Serville or R.
carbonaria Saussure, both of which are also reported as occurring in
Colombia. As indicated in the foregoing synopsis of species, the
pallid joints of the antenne do not agree with the descriptive matter,
where the insects are more fully described.

Habitat— Bogota, Colombia. Carnegie Museum, Acc. No. 2306.

16. Rhipipteryx sp.?
There are two immature specimens of a second entirely black
Rhipipteryx at hand coming from the Upper Mamoré river, Dept. of

~*~

364 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Santa Cruz, Bolivia, at an elevation of 1,200 meters above sea-level,
where they were taken by Steinbach during the month of December,
1913. They form part of Accession No. 5016. These insects, while
immature, show that they are quite distinct from the three known
black forms, since the antenne are all white except the two apical
joints which are black. Their extreme southern habitat, together
with the entire absence of records of similar forms from intervening
localities seems to point to their distinctness. These insects are like-
wise preserved in the entomological collections of the Carnegie
Museum.
17. Rhipipteryx circumcincta Saussure.
Rhipipteryx circumcinsta SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex. (1874), p. 358; KirRBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth [l\(£o06) ip. 22:

Habitat—Four specimens are at hand. Three of them come from

Benevides, Brazil, where they were taken by H. H. Smith during the

7”

month of July, and the fourth bears the label ‘ Para. It was also

collected in July and presumably by H. H. Smith.

18. Rhipipteryx boliviana sp. nov.

Almost the maximum in size for the genus. A very striking insect
in appearance, since it is prevailingly dirty white or pale gray in color.
The pronotum is marked with dashes and dots of black to the number
of eight as follows: a longitudinal, large wedge-shaped line, the point
in front, on the middle of the disk, extending from near the hind
margin a little more than halfway towards the front; a moderately
large transverse elliptical patch on each side, about midway between
the posterior and anterior margins; and a series of five patches
parallel to the anterior edge, the one in the middle a mere dot, the
others larger. Anterior tibia rather broadly and deeply sulcate on
their inner face. Last ventral abdominal segment of the abdomen of
the male black, elongate, prow-shaped, with the apex finely acuminate,
preceded by a raised keel, on the sides of which are two roundish
protuberances. Cerci, or what seem to be such, white, with dusky
apex, rather long, slightly enlarged apically, and rounded, the lower
apical edge provided with a long, slender, black spine. A second, but
much slenderer and shorter, pair of stylets in advance of these, black.
Abdominal segments very broadly white-margined. Legs dirty white,
except for the infuscated knees and somewhat darkened apex of the

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 365

middle and hind tibiz. Posterior metatarsus and tibial claws white,
the former slender, about two-thirds as long as the claws. Antenne
with the two basal joints entirely pallid, the next three pallid above,
and the upper side of the sixth narrowly streaked lengthwise with
same color; lower sides of the third to the sixth, and all of the remain-
ing segments black. Tegmina with the sutural half pallid, the other
half infuscated. Wings with their costal margin pale, tinged with
violet, the remainder pale metallic blue with mother-of-pearl or irides-
cent reflections.

Length of body, o&' and Q, 8.5 mm.; including the wings, 12.5-
13 mm.

Habitat—The three specimens at hand all come from the ‘‘ Upper
Mamoré River, Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, 200 M.’’ They
were taken by Steinbach. The types, o& and @, belong to the
Carnegie Museum.

19. Rhipipteryx trilobata Saussure.
Rhipipleryx trilobata SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 357; KiRBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II (1906), p. 12.

Habitat—Three specimens of a Rhipipteryx which are referred to
this species, come from Para, Brazil, where they were taken during
the months April and July, by H. H. Smith. They belong to the
Carnegie Museum.

20. Rhipipteryx cruciata sp. nov.

Re ated to R. trilobata, but somewhat larger and more robust, and
with the black of the pronotum separated into four tracts by two
decussating pallid lines, which extend from the sinus of one side to
the opposite lower anterior angle. Head comparatively large, the
eyes also lar e but not prominent, bordered by a pallid line; occiput
marked by two rufotestaceous lines converging behind, the posterior
ends of which are hidden by the front edge of the pronotum. Pro-
notum large, wide, rather broadly bordered with pallid, and having
the disc crossed diagonally with two prominent lines of the same color
in such a manner as to break up the black ground-color into four
patches, the largest almost circular and situated dorsally back of the
middle, the two lateral spots central, triangular, with their apices
directed upwards, the anterior spot fairly wide, continuous, parallel
with the anterior border, widest dorsally and reaching from near the

366 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

lower edges. Antenne with joints one to six largely pallid. Anterior
tibiz strongly infuscated; knees and apex along with the tarsi of the
middle legs and knees and most of the tibia of the hind legs also infus-
cated; posterior metatarsus and tibial claws pale testaceous, the
former elongate-elliptical, moderately heavy, and rather closely fringed
below with strong elongate hairs, nearly three-fourths the length of
the claws. Hind femora marked with a narrow longitudinal line on
the outer disc of each. Tegmina dimly banded with ferruginous
and fuscous. Wings with the apical portion black. Abdomen black,
the apices of the segments rather widely pallid; the apical segments
similar to those in trzlobata, but a trifle more robust.

Length of body, @ (?), 9 mm.; including the wings, II.5 mm.

Habitat—The only specimen at hand, the type, comes from Cuyaba,
Brazil, where it was taken by H. H. Smith, in February. In the
Carnegie Museum.

The pallid portions of this insect, except where otherwise stated,
are ferrugineo-testaceous.

21. Rhipipteryx rivularia Saussure.

Rhipipteryx rivularvia SAUSSURE, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I (1896), p. 212, pl. 11,
fig. 20; KrrBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 12.

Habitat—While the collections now being studied do not contain
specimens of the above species, there are several examples of it in the
author’s collection which were taken on the Island of Trinidad. This
record, therefore, establishes a wider distribution for the species.
Specimens have also been seen by me which were taken in British
Guiana.

22. Rhipipteryx brullei Serville.

Rhipipteryx brullei SERVILLE, Ins. Orth. (1839), p. 318; SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex.,
Orth. (1874), p. 357; Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I (1896), p. 211, Pl. 11, fig. 21;
KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 12.

Rhipipteryx marginatus BRULLE, Hist. Nat. Ins., IX (1835), p. 198 (non Newman).

Tridactylus marginatus PERCHERON, Gen. Ins. Orth. (1834), Pl. 1.

Xvya notata BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II (1838), p. 742.

Habitat.—The collection contains a large series of this species, which
were taken during June by H. H. Smith. They come from Chapada,
near Cuyaba, Matto Grosso, Brazil.

The variation in both size and color is very little, even less than is
usually to be observed in other species which are known to adhere
closely to the type-form.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 367

23. Rhipipteryx marginipennis sp. nov.

Related to R. mexicana and its allies, but with the pale markings
on the disc of the pronotum similar to those of brullei, marginata, and
rivularia.

Head of moderate size, the eyes with, or without, pale border on the
surrounding portions of the face. Antenne with the basal and three
apical segments black, the second to the seventh segments largely
pallid. Pronotum entirely and broadly pale-bordered, the disc
furnished with two narrow anteriorly divergent lines. Middle femora
pale-bordered below; the hind pair similarly bordered both above and
below; the genicular area of the latter, except the lobes, which are
largely black, tinged with dull ferruginous; the anterior tibia and
the apex of the front femur tinged with fusco-ferruginous; hind meta-
tarsus about as long as the tibial claws, gently acuminate. Tegmina
and folded wings with their dorsal edge conspicuously pale-margined.
Abdomen black, without pale margins on the apex of the segments.
Tip of the abdomen rather simple.

Length of body of both male and female, including wings, 8 mm.

Habitat—The collection contains two specimens, a male and a
female, respectively, bearing the labels ‘‘Chapada, Nov.”’ and ‘‘ Chap-
ada, April.’” There is also an immature specimen at hand which I
am inclined to place here. It has the hind femora largely ferruginous
and lacks the divergent pale lines on the disc of the pronotum. This
latter specimen bears the label ‘‘Chapada, Matto Grosso, H. H.
Smith, Acc. 2966.”

24. Rhipipteryx pulicaria Saussure.

Rhipipteryx pulicaria SAussuRE, Biol. Cent.-Amer., I (1896), p. 215, pl. 11, fig. 24;
KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 13.
R. pulicaria var. peruviana SAUSSURE, lI. ¢., p. 216; KIRBY, l. ¢., p. 13.

There are at least seventy-five specimens of what seems to be
Saussure’s R. pulicaria. This material comes from a number of
localities in Brazil, Bolivia, and even from the Island of Trinidad.
There is quite a wide range of variation among these specimens so far
as color is concerned, as well as some in size. Specimens coming from
Chapada and Corumba, Brazil, were taken during nearly every month
of the year by H. H. Smith; some were collected at Puerto Suarez,
Bolivia, by J. Steinbach, while others bear the label “ Jacoré, Minas

Geraes, Brazil, Dec. 11, 1907,”’ and were collected by Haseman. The

368 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

specimens coming from the Island of Trinidad are in the writer’s
collection, and were taken by H. D. Chipman. Saussure based the
species on specimens coming from various points in warmer Mexico,
and separated others from Peru as a variety which he called peruviana.
I myself have taken it both in Mexico and Costa Rica.

Should all of these specimens belong to a single species, and they
certainly seem to me to do so, as I have hastily compared them, this
would give quite a wide range for it.

Family NEMOBIID.

This family has a world-wide distribution, and contains a_ large
number of small to medium-sized insects.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN GENERA OF NEMOBIID.

A. Posterior metatarsus not sulcate nor serrate. Anterior tibiz provided with
an auditory opening on their outer side. Median vein of the tegmina
undivided. :

b. Male tegmina furnished with a tympanum. Front slightly convex, but not
rostrate. Hind tibiae provided on each side beyond the middle with four
long movable pubescent spines and their apex with six distal spurs.

Nemobius Serville.

bb. Male tegmina without a tympanum. Front somewhat tuberculate be-
tween the bases of the antenne. Hind tibizw provided on each side with

only three movable pubescent spines and the apex with five spurs, three
externalvand™twommntennall seein erin Hygronemobius Hebard.

AA. Posterior metatarsus slightly depressed, gently sulcate and serrate on the
outer margin. Front tibia with the auditory opening on the inner face.
Median vein of the tegmina branched............ Hemigryllus Saussure.

Genus NEMOBIUS Serville.

Nemobius SERVILLE, Ins. Orth. (1839), p. 345; FISCHER, Orth. Eur. (1853), p. 183;
SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1872), p. 380; Mém. Soc. XXV (1877), p. 68;
Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I (1897), p. 221, and many others.

There are several other generic names which have been given to
members of the genus, but these need not be mentioned Tere. (See
Kirby, Syn: Cat. Orth:, 1, pa 14.)

Representative of the genus Nemobius are very widely scattered
over the surface of the earth. In fact they occur on most of the
continents and many of the islands within the temperate and tropical
zones. The species are most numerous in tropical regions. Many of
the species possess both long- and short-winged forms, and some also

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 369

vary considerably in size and color. Several of the species are aquatic,
or at least semiaquatic, in habit.

The present collection contains only a small number of South Amer-
ican species. Possibly several of these are new and accordingly are
described herewith. A table for separating all of the forms known to
occur on this continent would undoubtedly be of considerable value
to future workers, but until more material is available for the purpose
I deem it hardly advisable to attempt the compilation of such a
synoptical table. In August, 1913, Mr. Morgan Hebard published
a revision of the species of the genus found in North America north
of the Isthmus of Panama (cf. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., June,
1913). That very carefully prepared paper will be of much assistance
in a similar study of the South American species.

25. Nemobius meridionalis sp. nov.

A medium-sized, smooth-bodied or glabrous insect, with prominent
white spots on the upper edges of all the femora. The ovipositor is
short and straight, much shorter than the hind femora, and its apex
is evenly and finely serrated above. The tegmina are variable but some-
what shorter than the abdomen, the wings when present are caudate
and greatly surpassing both the cerci and the tip of the ovipositor. Pro-
thorax narrower in front than behind, with a well-defined humeral
pale band; below this the sides are piceous, while the lower edge is
broadly pale; disk somewhat conspersed with paler. Occiput more
or less plainly pale quadrivittate. Head a little wider than the front
edge of the pronotum, the eyes rather prominent.

General color above piceous, varied more or less on the pronotum
and below with pale testaceous in some specimens, the humeral angle
and costal area of the tegmina are varied with a greenish tinge. The
tibie are fasciate with light and dark, and the tarsal joints have their
apices dark. Hind femora pale brown and testaceous, their upper
edges prominently tripunctate with dirty white, these light-colored
markings being located just beyond stiff dark-colored hairs or bristles.
The third dorsal abdominal segment before the apex is provided on
each side with a large white spot.

Length of body, 9 mm.; of pronotum, I.5 mm.; of tegmina, 4-5.25
mm.; of wings when present 19 mm.; of hind femora, 7 mm.; of ovi-
positor, 4.5 mm.

370 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Habitat—Two females, one macropterous, the other brachypterous,
coming from Don Diego (100 ft. above sea level), Dept. of Magdalena,
Colombia, were collected by H. H. Smith.

Whether or not the present species has the aquatic habits described
in connection with the following one, the writer cannot say.

26. Nemobius aquaticus sp. nov.

Very closely related to the preceding species both in size and color,
but d‘fferinz from it in never being macropterous so far as the material
at hand would indicate. It also differs from meridionalis in having
longer and heavier posterior femora, in bein: more robust, in having a
heavier ovipositor, which is very gently bent downwards, instead of
with a similar upward apical curve, as in the type of that species. It
possibly is only a form of meridionalis.

Length of body, o&, 9.5 mm.; 9, 10.5 mm.; of pronotum, ©, 1.75
mm., 2, 2 mm.; width of same, o1, 2:9 mim:, 9), 3 mm-; lengthaor
tegmina, o’ and 9,6 mm.; of hind femora, o&, 7 mm., 9, 8 mm.; of
Ovipositor, 4.5 mm.

Habitat—Very abundant among the floating aquatic plants growing
in the Rio de la Plata and along its margins in pools at Buenos Ayres
where it was collected during the summer of 1898. It had the habit
of very commonly diving below the surface when pursued, and
remained hidden among the floating plants for several minutes at a
time before again venturing into the air to jump and run about on
the stems and leaves of the aquatic plants, which afforded it protec-
tion. It also readily took to the open water and swam freely, as if
this were a regular pastime.

27. Nemobius longipennis Saussure.
Nemobius longipennis SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 383; KIRBY, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II (1906), p. 20.

Habitat—A number of specimens of a rather large macropterous
Nemobius in the material now being reported upon are referred to
longipennis of Saussure. This reference has been made after a com-
parison with several specimens obtained in Argentina, which appear
definitely to be Saussure’s species. The material at hand comes from
the following localities: Puerto Suarez, 150 M., Santa Cruz de la
Sierra, 450 M., and Provincia del Sara, Bolivia, 450 M. (J. Steinbach) ;
Corumba, lowland, March, and Rio San Laurengo near Corumba

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. oll

(H. H. Smith); and lastly Moro do Para, Rio S. Francisco, Bahia,
Brazil, Dec. 6, 1907 (Haseman).

As is the case with some of the other Nemobii this species also
varies somewhat in both color and size.

28. Nemobius brasiliensis (\Valker).

Argizala brasiliensis WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I (1869), p. 61.

Nemobius brasiliensis SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve. XXV (1877), p. 87; KIRBY,
Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 19.

Nemobius (Arigizala) brasiliensis HEBARD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1913,
PP- 403, 446-449, figs. 17, 18.

Habitat——Specimens of this magnificent species are at hand from
Rio Paraguay and Concepcién, Paraguay, Santa Cruz de la Sierra,
Province del Sara, and Puerto Suarez, Bolivia. Most of these were
taken by J. Steinbach. They vary somewhat in color and also in
size, but all readily run to this species as given in the synoptic key by
Flebard: £c:, p. 403-

There is a single additional male at hand from Corumba, Brazil,
which I believe also belongs with this species, although it is rather
more robust and lacks the hind wings. In size and a few of its other
general characteristics it does not differ greatly, but in color it is of
a darker hue, and it also lacks much of the coating of strong bristles
on the head and pronotum, so characteristic of brasiliensis, though
these might have been rubbed off, thus giving to it a smoother appear-
ance. At first I was inclined to refer it to N. major of Saussure, but,
since this last named insect is said to resemble the N. fasciatus De-
Geer, I have decided that it can hardly be Saussure’s species. Pre-
sumably when a sufficient series of specimens of Nemobius are at hand
from the various South American countries the relationships of these
varied forms can better be determined.

29. Nemobius argentinus sp. nov.

Very closely related to N. brasiliensis Walker, with which it agrees
in most of its characteristics both as to color and large size. The
main difference, however, is in its much shorter and more robust
ovipositor. Length of body, o&, 10 mm., @, 12 mm.; of pronotum,
o',1.6mm., 2, 1.9 mm.; of tegmina, o’, 6mm., 2, 7 mm.; of wings,
o', 14 mm., 2, 16 mm.; of hind femora, o' and 9, 7 mm.; of ovi-
positor, 4.35 mm.

one ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Habitat—The types, & and 2, come from Carcarafia, Argentina.
A number of other specimens were taken at the same place. It was
also attracted to lights at Rosario, about thirty miles east of Car-
carana.

This insect very likely is aquatic, as is the species aquaticus, de-

scribed on a preceding page in the present paper.

30. Nemobius cubensis Saussure.

Nemobius cubensis SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 384, pl. 7, fig. 5; Biol.
Cent.-Amer., Orth., I (1897), p. 222; SCUDDER, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1V
(1896), p. 105; BLATCHLEY, Rep. Indiana Dept. Geol., X XVII (1903), pp. 420,

425.
Nemobius (Neonemobius) cubensis HEBARD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1913, pp.

403, 455-4068, figs. 22-24.

For additional synonymy see Hebard, I. c.

Habitat—Specimens of what are determined as this species are at
hand from the following localities: Los Indios, Isle of Pines, W. Ind.,
I 9, taken during 1912 by G. Link; Don Diego (100 ft.) Dept.
Magdalena, Colombia, S. A. (H. H. Smith) 1 9; a single o from
Piedra Blanca, Brazil, in April (H. H. Smith); 1 ‘o', 3° 9°, Puerto
Suarez, Bolivia, 150 M., 1 o&, Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia, 450 M.
and I oh’ and:2 9 92 Province del Sara, Bolivia, 350 M. (J. Steinbach).
One of these latter was taken in December, 1912.

The above localities would indicate a fairly extended distribution
for the species in South America as well as for North America as shown
in Hebard’s paper referred to above. The specimens examined in the
series now at hand also show considerable variation in size and some

little in structure as well.
31. Nemobius sp.?

There is a single male specimen before me from Chapada, Brazil,
which appears to be distinct from N. cubensis, but I hesitate to refer
to it as a distinct species with a separate name. Like two or three
other specimens of Nemobius referred to in the present report this
individual lacks hind wings, hence may not be typical of the species
to which it belongs. It was collected during July by H. H. Smith.

32. Nemobius chapadensis sp. nov.

A very dark-colored rather small-sized and slender insect, in which
the distoventral spurs of the hind tibiz are of slightly unequal length.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. Se

Apparently without hind wings and with the tegmina of the female
about three-fourths of, and of the male equal to, the abdomen in length.
Ovipositor robust, a little shorter than the hind femora, with a gentle
upward curve, the apex having the superior margin not obliquely
subtruncate, rather sharply serrate, the immediate apex not very
finely pointed.

General color dark piceous varied on the occiput, gene, legs,
humeral angle of tegmina, and venter with some streaks and patches
of dull testaceous, most apparent in the male. Front and pronotum
provided with a number of moderately strong spine-like black bristles.
Head a little wider than the anterior margin of the pronotum; eyes
large and prominent, the front and occiput evenly, but not greatly,
convex. Pronotum considerably wider than long, the sides gently
rounded, the apex but little narrower than the base; the hind margin
straight (07) or a little sinuose (@ ).

Length of body, o’, 5.7 mm., 9, 7.25 mm.; of pronotum, o’, I.15
Mimne.t.35 mim.; width of pronotum, o, 2 mm., 9, 2.25 mm.;
length of tegmina, o’, 4 mm., 9, 3.5 mm.; of hind femora, o& and 9,
5.5 mm.; of ovipositor, 4 mm.

Habitat—The pair of insects upon which the present species is
based come from ‘‘Chapada, May” (@ ) and ‘‘ Chapada, near Cuyaba,
Matto Grosso, Brazil, June’’ (o’) where they were taken by H. H.
Smith. They belong to the Carnegie Museum.

33. Nemobius amazonus sp. nov.

A small smooth-bodied insect, which at first glance recalls one of the
smaller species of Miogrylius in its general appearance, but upon
closer inspection shows its Nemobine relationships. It also shows
some relationship to Hygronemobius in the venation of the tegmina
of the male, but has the four movable spines on the two lateral canthi
of the hind tibia of Nemobius.

Head small, about equal in width (2) or slightly more (co) than
the anterior portion of the pronotum. Eyes of moderate size and
prominence, the front gently convex, in the two sexes about equal in
width to the longest diameter of one of the eyes. Pronotum a little
wider than long, with the sides gently rounded, the hind and front
edges about equal in width (2), or about one and two-thirds wider
than long, with the sides divergent towards the base (07), in both

374 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

sexes with a prominent longitudinal depressed line. Tegmina of
male almost, those of female about two-thirds, the length of the
abdomen. Wings lengthily caudate, fully twice the length of the
tegmina, pallid. Hind femora about normal, neither excessively
robust, nor noticeably slender. Hind tibia armed with four movable
spines on each margin, these spines only moderately hirsute, the basal
ones rather small, the others gradually increasing in length. Ovi-
positor moderately robust, very gently upwardly curved, the superior
margin of its apex rather coarsely toothed. Cerci rather robust, in
the female about twice the length of the ovipositor.

Color of head and pronotum black, tegmina and legs fuscous varied _
with testaceous; the hind femora with two well-defined pallid spots '
on their upper edge, underside pallid, the apical joints of the palpi
dirty white.

Length of body, co, 6mm; 9; 7-75 sms; of pronotunt, owe oe
1.25 mm.; width of pronotum, o’, 2.3 mm., 9, 1.75 mm.; length of
tegmina, o’, 4.5 mm., 9, 4 mm.; of wings, o& and 9,9 mm.; of hind
femora, o& and 9, 4.15 mm.; of ovipositor 3 mm.

Habitat——The types, a male and a female, come from Santarem,
Brazil (H. H. Smith). They are the property of the Carnegie
Museum.

Genus HyGRONEMOBIUS Hebard.

Hygronemobius HEBARD, Ent. News, XXIV (1913), p. 451; Ent. News, XXVI
(1915), pp. 193-199, Pl. VI.

The representatives of this genus appear to be confined to the trop-
ical and subtropical portions of the Americas. Heretofore five species
have been recognized, and now a sixth is added. They differ from
representatives of the genus Nemobius as indicated by the generic
synopsis of the Nemobiide given on a previous page. The six species
may be separated by the following key:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF HYGRONEMOBIUS.

A. Size large (10 mm.). Tegmina of female about one-half the length of the
abdomen> hind wings caudatess|[Parallireeree «cesses basalis Walker.
AA. Size small or medium (7.5 mm. or less). Tegmina of female variable, but
generally minute, lateral; hind wings either wanting or caudate.
b. Form compact, head and pronotum stout, wings absent.
c. Maxillary palpi dark. General color dark brown, maculate with a still
darker shade.
d. Dorso-internal spur of the hind tibiae equalling the metatarsus in

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 375

length. Tegmina of male covering two-thirds of the abdomen, of
female minute, lateral pads almost concealed by the pronotum.
Ovipositor with the dorsal margin of its apex finely serrulate.
[Bahamas mee Onidalllar stchececrateoxers « tusclane = sys earn eae alleni Morse.

dd. Dorso-internal spur of the hind tibie reaching four-fifths of the
distance to the apex of the metatarsus. Tegmina of male covering
all but the extreme apex of the abdomen, of female very small
lateral pads. Ovipositor with the apex unarmed. [British Gui-
Tl Ae PREM ctor kieran: .cotrere.e stchdy cis nscale, shay dents SENG liura Hebard.

cc. Maxillary palpi white.

d. Male, 5.5-6 mm.; female 7.5 mm. Apex of the last joint of the
maxillary palpi broadly, and ventral margin of same narrowly,
marked with black. Tegmina of male covering two-thirds of the
abdomen, their apex sharply and transversely truncate, tegmina
of female squamiform, lateral. Dorso-internal spur of the hind
tibie about three-fourths as long as the metatarsus. [Brazil;
Galapacoslee pt ecie ae hee sa eres yarns dissimilis Saussure.

dd. (Male, 4.75 mm., female, 5.5 mm.) Tip of the apical joint of the
maxillary palpi white. Tegmina of male about one-half the length
of the abdomen, their apex broadly rounded; tegmina of female
squamiform, lateral. Dorso-internal claw of hind tibie reaching
almost four-fifths the distance to apex of metatarsus. [Brazil].

minutipennis sp. nov.

bb. Form slender, the head and pronotum proportionately small; wings very

long. Maxillary palpi white. Dorso-internal tibial spur reaching two-

thirds of the distance to the apex of the metatarsus, these members all very

delicate. Tegmina about one-half the length of the abdomen. (Length of
body, male and female 5—5.4 mm.) [British Guiana and Brazil].

albipalpus Saussure.

34. Hygronemobius minutipennis sp. nov.

Size small, the form compact, or robust. Maxillary palpi rather
large, entirely whitish, the terminal segment well expanded apically.
Pronotum of the male as in this sex of dissimilis, that of the female
proportionately longer. Tegmina of the male about one-half the
length of the abdomen, broadly rounded at apex, the veining very
similar to that of these members in H. linra Hebard. Wings absent.
The tegmina of the female small, lateral, having their apical edge
strongly and obliquely truncate, on their costal margin reaching to
the apex of the second abdominal segment. Spines of the hind
tibiae robust, rather long, slightly alternating on opposite margins;
the inner superior spur reaching between three-fourths and four-fifths
of the distance to the apex of the metatarsus. Ovipositor with its

376 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

apex on both margins without teeth. General color as in dissimilis,
7. e., dark brown varied with paler patches, blotches, and specks; the
legs, especially the tibie and tarsi testaceous, annulated with dark
brown and piceous.

Length of body, o’, 4.5 mm., 9, 5.2 mm.

Habitat—The types, a male and a female, are labelled ‘ Piedra
Blanca”’ and “‘April,’’ as are three other specimens, a male and two
nymphs. There is, however, an additional very imperfect male
which was taken at Corumba, Brazil. All of the specimens were
collected by H. H. Smith. These insects are the property of the
Carnegie Museum.

35. Hygronemobius albipalpus (Saussure).

Nemobius albipalpus SAUSSURE, Melang. Orth., II (1877), Fasc. V,p. 257; Mém.
Soc. Genéve, XXV (1877), p. 89; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 19.
Hygronemobius albipalpus HEBARD, Ent. News, XXVI (1915), p. 198, pl. VI, figs.

4, 4A, 4B.
Habitat—There are two females of this species among the material
collected by H. H. Smith at Santarem, Brazil. They agree well with
Saussure’s characterization of the species.

Genus HEMIGRYLLUS Saussure.

Hemigryllus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1877), p. 100; KirBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II (1906), p. 20.
This genus seems to be monotypic and is confined to South America,
where it is not at all rare, if we are to judge from the material at hand.
It also has a fairly extended distribution. .

36. Hemigryllus kriechbaumeri Saussure.
Hemigryllus kriechbaumeri SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1877), p. IOI,
pl. 12 (viii), figs. 1-6.

Habitat.—Originally described from Brazil. There are now before
me specimens coming from the following localities: Para, July (H. H.
Smith); Santa Anna, Rio Sao Francisco, Bahia, Brazil, Dec. 1, 1907
(Haseman); Isla de Carropote in Rio Sao Francisco, 150 miles from
Joazeiro, Bahia, Brazil, Dec. 3, 1907 (J. D. Haseman); and Santa
Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia, 450 M.; Las Juntas, Dept. Santa Cruz,
Bolivia, 250 M.; and Province del Sara, Bolivia, 350 M., Feb., Oct.,
Dec. (J. Steinbach).

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. ed

SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN GENERA OF ACHETID.

A. Posterior tibie with the inner upper spur distinctly longer than the middle
one. Ocelli arranged in a triangle. Ovipositor rudimentary.

Anurogryllus Saussure.
AA. Posterior tibiz with the inner upper spur of equal length or shorter than the
middle one. Ocelli variable. Ovipositor not rudimentary, fully devel-

oped.
b. Anterior tibie furnished with auditory openings on both margins; the

external one larger and oblong, the internal smaller, circular.

c. Specieslarger. Tegmina of the female with the dorsal areoles rhomboidal,
in the male the tympanum is provided with three to four oblique
veins.

d. Ocelli placed in a transverse row. Body, pronotum, and limbs
comparatively smooth, almost bare. Late1allobes of the pronotum
nearly quadrate. [Chiefly Old World forms.]..Acheta Fabricius.

dd. Ocelli placed ina triangle. Body, pronotum, and limbs hirsute or
pilose. Lateral lobes of the pronotum more or less strongly oblique.
[Distribution! quite, general). 1)... 32.6.6 oe Gryllus Linnzus.

cc. Speciessmaller. Tegmina of the female with the dorsal areoles quadrate;
in the male the tympanum is sometimes provided with two oblique

GILLS UMMM AE, shevers Cl chekebe ee iicire ee rreke ce cone cateact one Miogryllus Saussure.
bb. Anterior tibie without an auditory opening internally. The tegmina fre-
Guenthyzereathyabbreviatedh. 20 1c... 2. some en cee Grvllodes Saussure.

Genus ANUROGYLLUS Saussure.
Anurogryllus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1877), p. 283; KirBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II (1906), p. 23.

This is exclusively an American genus, unless we include the A.
australis, which is credited to Australia, and its representatives are
confined to the tropical and subtropical portions of both North and
South American countries. According to Kirby’s Catalog there are
an even half dozen species. The females are noted for the entire
absence, or great abbreviation, of the ovipositor. The males, if we
are to judge from the single species known quite well to the author,
A. clarazianus Saussure, are among the noisiest of the crickets. Only
a single species is recognized among the material at hand.

37. Anurogryllus clarazianus (Saussure).

Gryllodes clarazianus SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 412, Pl. 8, fig. 31.
Anurogryllus clarazianus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1877), p. 285;
KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 24.
Habitat——Chapada near Cuyaba, Matto Grosso, Brazil, one male
taken in March (H. H. Smith); Prov. del Sara, Bolivia, 350 M. and
450 M. December (J. Steinbach), two males, two females.

378 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

This species occurs in both brachypterous and apterous individuals
so far as the hind pair is concerned. When provided with wings
these organs nearly always are fully developed and lengthily caudate.
Possibly all are winged at first, but lose them later in combat or by
accident. These crickets dwell in perpendicular burrows of several
inches in depth which they evidently construct for themselves. At
Carcarana, Argentina, they were collected just before dusk when the
males were readily located by the loud and continued shrilling they
made as they sat at the mouths of their burrows.

Genus ACHETA Fabricius.
Gryllus Acheta LINN&uS, Syst. Nat. (ed. X), I (1758), p. 428.
Acheta FABRICIUS, Syst. Ent. (1775), p. 279; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906),

De Bake
For additional synonymy see Kirby, I. c.

While the present genus belongs to the Old World, at least one of the
species, A. bimaculata DeGeer, is known to be almost or quite generally
distributed over the entire oriental region as well as in portions of the
New World, whither it has been carried by commerce. No repre-
sentatives of this insect are at hand, but the present writer remembers
having seen specimens in one or more South American collections,
which were labeled as coming from the immediate vicinity. As
memory serves, the collections containing such specimens were in Rio
de Janeiro and Buenos Aires.

Genus GRYLLUS Linnezus.

Gryllus LINN2&uS, Syst. Nat., Ed. X (1758), p. 425; and most entomological writers
since, especially SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 391; Mém. Soc. Genéve.
XXV (1877), p. 144 for S. American iorms.

Acheta FABRICIUS (in part), Syst. Ent. (1775), p. 279.

Representatives of the genus Gryllus occur throughout the tem-
perate and tropical countries and islands of the earth. According to
Kirby (see Syn. Cat. Orth. II, pp. 27-38) one hundred and ten distinct
species are recognized. These insects are usually moderately large
and dark-colored. They live for the most part on the ground, in
which they burrow, or crawl beneath stones, sticks, pieces of bark,
boards, chips, and other protecting objects. Usually these insects live
in pairs, but sometimes singly, or at other times socially. A few of the
North American forms have been considered agricultural pests, since

fod

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 379

they have the habit of gathering in grain shocks where they have been
known to gnaw the bands of twine which hold the individual sheafs of
grain together and thus render its handling difficult and more expen-
sive.

The characters used for the separation of the various species are
such as size, length of wing, length of ovipositor, comparative size
and form of head and pronotum, and the size and form of the hind
femora, together with the venation of the tegmina of the males.

About eighteen species have been recorded from the Antilles and
South American countries. Only a very small proportion of these
seem to be represented by the material now being reported upon.
No synoptical key for the separation of the South American forms
will be given on that account, but the reader is referred to the special
papers of Saussure above cited.

38. Gryllus abbreviatus Serville.

Gryllus abbreviatus SERVILLE, Ins. Orth. (1839), p. 335; SCUDDER, Bost. Journ. Nat.
Hist., VII (1862), p. 427; GLover, Ill. N. A. Orth. (1872), Pl. 9, figs. 10, II;
SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 400; Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1877),
p. 149; and others.

For synonymy see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 35.

Habitat—There seems to be a female of the present species at hand
from the Island of Jamaica, W. I. It belongs to the Carnegie Museum
Accession No. 2306.

Three other short-winged crickets are among the material now
being studied. ~Two of these, male and female, come from Chapada
and Para, Brazil (H. H. Smith), and the other, a female, from the
Province del Sara, Bolivia, 350 M. (J. Steinbach), October, 1913.
However, these latter have the ovipositor but 15 mm. long, and
may be brachypterous specimens of G. assimilis.

I may add that the present status of our knowledge of the American
species of this genus is rather vague. We know but little concerning
the amount of variation in size, color, form of head, pronotum,
length of wing and ovipositor which may be found to exist in these
insects. In order to reach satisfactory conclusions a very large series
of specimens is necessary from a wide extent of territory. The habits
also of the living insects should be considered when such a study is
taken up.

380 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

39. Gryllus argentinus Saussure.
Gryllus argentinus SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex. (1874), p. 399; Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV
(1877), p- 152; Kirsy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 37.

Habitat—There is a single male specimen of a Gryllus at hand,
which I refer to this species. It comes from Tucuman, Argentina,
where it was taken October 19, 1912, by W. J. Holland. A female
from the Province del Sara, Bolivia, may also belong here. It is
quite pale in its general color.

This species is also reported to occur in Paraguay and Brazil. In
fact, there are three female specimens in the present collection from
Para, which I have so labeled, although with some doubt as to the
correctness of the determination. The length of the ovipositor (14-15
mm.) seems to agree better with the measurements given for assimilis.

40. Gryllus assimilis Fabricius.

Gryllus assimilis FABrRictus, Syst. Ent. (1775), p. 280; OLIvER, Encl. Meth., VI
(1791), p. 634; BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II (1838), p. 733; SAUSSURE, Miss.
Mex. (1874), p. 396, Pl. 8, figs. 27-29; Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1877), p. 150,
Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth. I (1897), p. 226, Pl. 11, fig. 20.

For further synonymy see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 37.

Habitat—This is without doubt the most abundant and widely
distributed species of the genus in tropical America. It is known to
occur in most of Mexico, in Central America, in the West Indies, and
in South America to Bolivia, Paraguay, and northern Argentina.
Specimens are at hand from Cuba and the Isle of Pines, West Indies,
Bahia, Brazil, and from Puerto Suarez, Sta. Cruz de la Sierra and
Province del Sara, Bolivia.

Genus MIoGRYLLUS Saussure.

Miogryllus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1877), p. 194; Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth. I (1897), p. 227; SCUDDER, Psyche, IX (1901), p. 256; KirBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth. I (1906), p. 38.

The representatives of the present genus are American and are to
be found in the countries of North and South America between the
fortieth parallels of latitude. At least a dozen species have been
recognized and described, fully half of which belong to, or probably
occur in, the region of which this paper treats.

Owing to the different characters used by authors in their descrip-
tions, it seems rather difficult to make a practical synoptical key for

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 381

their ready separation. Hence none will be attempted at this time.
These small crickets very likely agree fairly well with the members of
Gryllodes and Gryllus in their haunts and habits.

The following listed species appear to be represented among the

material at hand.

41. Miogryllus pusillus (Burmeister).

Gryllus pusillts BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II (1838), p. 733; SAUSSURE, Mém.
Soc. Genéve, XXV (1877), p. 194; Pl. 12 (XI), figs. 7, 7e, f.

Gryllodes pusillus SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 416, Pl. 7, fig. 6.

Miogryilus pusillus SAUSSURE, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I (1897), p. 227; KirBy,
Syn. Cat. Orth. II (1906), p. 38.

Habitat—There are two males and one female in the collection
made by H. H. Smith at Santarem, Brazil. I also find another male
bearing the label ‘‘ Chapada, Brazil, Acc. No. 2966.’ This last insect
was taken in October. The species is also recorded from Mexico,
Guiana, Peru, etc., showing a rather wide distribution.

42. Miogryllus micromegas (Saussure).

Gryllodes micromegas SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 418.

Gryllus micromegas SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Géneve, XXV (1877), p. 196.

Miogryllus micromegas SAUSSURE, Biol. Cent.-Amer., I (1897), p. 227; KIRBY, Syn,
Cate Orth Lis(a906); p: 30.

Habitat—Two females of still another species of this genus are
referred here. One of them comes from ‘‘Bom Jesus de Lapa, Rio
Sao Francisco, Brazil,’ where it was taken Dec. 8, 1907, by Haseman.
The other is labeled ‘‘ Prov. del Sara, Bolivia, 350 M. J. Steinbach,
Pe roma

43. Miogryllus brevipennis (Saussure).
Gryllodes brevipennis SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 418.
Gryllus brevipennis SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1877), p. 195.
Miogryllus brevipennis Saussure, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth. I (1897), p. 227; KIRBY,
Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 39.

Habitat——I1 find a pair of these little crickets which I place with
Saussure’s M. brevipennis. They come from Santa Cruz de la Sierra,
Bolivia, at an altitude of 450 meters above sea-level, and were taken
by J. Steinbach. They belong to Accession No. 4546.

These little crickets resemble representatives of the genus Gryllodes,
but have both sides of the anterior tibia perforated, a character
belonging to Miogryllus.

382 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus GRYLLODES Saussure.
Gryllodes SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 409; Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV
(1877), p- 197; Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth. I (1897), p. 228; ete.

As indicated in the Synopsis of Genera of South American Achetide,
the representatives of the genus Gryllodes differ from those of other
genera chiefly in the absence of an auditory opening on the inner
margin of the front tibia. Most of the species also have greatly
abbreviated tegmina and wings, especially in the females. They are
rather solitary in habit and live both in shallow burrows or beneath
stones, chips, pieces of bark, sticks, etc., preferring open, moderately
dry, or well drained slopes to flat, damp localities. Ten or a dozen
species have been recorded from the region embraced in the present
paper. Representatives of but four of these are at hand.

44. Gryllodes sigillatus Walker.

Gryllus sigillatus WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I (1869), p. 46.

Gryllodes sigillatus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, X XV (1877), p. 210.

Gryllus pustulipes WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I (1869), p. 51.

Gryllodes pustulipes SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1877), p. 210.

Gryllodes poeyi SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 420, pl. 7, fig. 8; Mém. Soc.
Genéve, XXV (1877), p. 219.

Habitat—A pair of this species are before me, which were taken at
Los Indios, Isle of Pines (G. Link, collector). It has also been
recorded from most of the other West Indian islands, a number of
Mexican, Central and South American localities, the Hawaiian Islands,
Australia, and some of the East Indian islands as well. It is evidently
a species of the sea coast which has been spread by means of commerce
and drifting vegetation.

45. Gryllodes parvipennis Saussure.
Gryllodes parvipennis SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 419; Mém. Soc. Genéve,
XXV (1877), p. 216; Kirsy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 43.
Habitat—Two female specimens are referred here. One comes
from Santarem, Brazil (H. H. Smith), the other bears no locality-
label, but is dated July. It was probably taken by the same collector
and at the same place.

46. Gryllodes macropterus sp. nov.

About the same in size and general color as G. laplate Saussure, but
with fully developed tegmina and excessively elongated wings and

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 383

ovipositor, the latter extending somewhat beyond the apex of the hind
legs when fully straightened out. Wings only a little shorter.

Form moderately robust, somewhat resembling a small Gryllus in
general appearance, but lacking the perforation on the inner side of
the anterior tibiae, and having the areoles of the dorsal portion of the
tegmina in the female quadrate, instead of rhomboidal, as in Acheta
and Gryllus. Head shining black, moderately large, subrotund, of
about the same width as the anterior edge of the pronotum. Front
about twice the shorter diameter of one of the eyes, the latter not
prominent, a little elongate up and down; the ocelli arranged in an
arcuate line, the lateral ones rather large and prominent. Front
provided with an inverted broadly Y-shaped testaceous marking,
the upper extremity of the shank of which reaches a point on a level
with the center of the base of the antenne. Occiput provided with
six prominent testaceous lines. Gene and mouth-parts pallid, the
palpi dirty white, or pale testaceous. Pronotum somewhat pubescent,
nearly twice as broad as long, the sides gently rounded, the anterior
margin widely and evenly emarginate, the hind margin somewhat
sinuose; the disk dark brown and rather prominently varied with
testaceous, the lateral lobes having the superior portion piceous, the
inferior portion pallid. Tegmina complete, almost reaching the apex
of the abdomen, the humeral angle and the costal area pallid, the
remainder fuscobrunneous. Legs testaceous, the hind femora em-
browned. Wings pallid, lengthily caudate, extending fully three-
fifths of their length beyond the tip of the tegmina. Ovipositor
slender, filiform, excessively long.

Length of body, 9, 12 mm.; length of pronotum, 2.5 mm., width,
4.5 mm.; length of tegmina, 8 mm., of wings, 20.5 mm., of hind
femora, Io mm., of ovipositor, 15 mm.

Habitat—The type, a female, and the only specimen at hand, comes
from Bahia, Brazil, west of Jacobina on road to Catinga, Nov. 10,
1907 (Haseman). It is in the Carnegie Museum.

47. Gryllodes argentinus sp. nov.

The present writer possesses a male and three females of another
macropterous Gryllodes which were taken at Carcarafia, Argentina.
These insects are slightly larger and a little more robust than the
female G. macropterus just described. They are also somewhat darker-

384 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

colored and lack much of the testaceous maculation of that species.
The ovipositor is shorter and the wings somewhat less caudate.

Length of body, o& and 9, 14 mm.; of pronotum, o’, 2.25 mm.,
Q, 2.50 mm., width, 4.5 mm.; length of tegmina, o& and 9, 8 mm.;
length of wings, o1, 19 mm., 9, 20 mm.; of hind femora, o’, 8.5 mm.
2, 9.75 mm.; of ovipositor, 10.5 mm.

Habitat—As stated above, these insects come from Carcarafa,
Argentina, where they were taken at lights.

48. Gryllodes laplatz Saussure.

Gryllus laplate SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 408.
Gryllodes laplate SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, X XV (1877), p. 215; KIRBY, Syn.
Cat. Orth: IL @o06)! p: 4s:

Habitat.—There are several specimens of this insect at hand in the
present writer’s collection from both Rosario and Carcarafia, Argen-
tina.

Possibly this and the two preceding are representatives of a single
very variable species, which has a wide distribution over South
America. The present form and G. argentinus described here agree
in length of ovipositor.

Family GRYLLOMORPHID.

The insects, which have been relegated to the present family, occur
chiefly in the Orient. Two genera, however, have representatives in
South American countries. Odontogryllus with two species from Peru
and Ecuador and Zoara with a single species from Jamaica. None
of these appear to be among the specimens now being reported upon.

Family MYRMECOPHILID/E.

The crickets which comprise this family are found fairly well-
distributed over the temperate and subtropical countries of the earth.
They very likely also occur in the tropics, but thus far have not been
collected. These insects are all small, some of them even minute,
wingless, and quite delicate in structure. As the name implies,
they live with ants, in the nests of which they are to be looked for.

The material at hand does not contain any representatives of the
family, and so far as the present writer is aware, but a single species,
Myrmecophila americana Saussure from Colombia is recorded as occur-

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 385

ring in South American territory. However, if we may judge by the
numbers of species and the diversity of form and habits characterizing
the ants belonging to the neotropical fauna, we most assuredly have
a right to surmise that at least several additional species of Myrme-
cophila will ultimately be found in other portions of South America.

Family MOGOPLISTID-.

The representatives of the family of Mogoplistide are all rather
small crickets, which have their bodies more or less clothed with
scales. These insects are widely spread over the warmer countries of
the globe. Already eleven genera are known and upwards of fifty
species. The group so far as North American territory is concerned
has comparatively recently been carefully studied by Messrs. James
A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard (see Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,
1QU2,, pp. 184—234, figs. 1-28).

A single native specimen of the family is at hand.

49. Cryptoptilum antillarum (Redtenbacher).

For a very full synonymy of the species see Rehn and Hebard, /. c.,
pp. 196-201, figs. 5-8.

Habitat—A 2 from Blue Hills, Nassau, Bahamas (W. W. Worthing-
ton). This insect was taken in January, 1909.

In addition to the above recorded insect there is a very imperfect

‘

nymph before me from ‘‘20 miles east of Bom Jesus da Lapa, Bahia,
Brazil’’ where it was taken December 8, 1907, by Haseman. It is

further marked by the Carnegie Museum Accession No. 3765.

Family PENTACENTRID.

The small family Pentacentride, so far as known, is represented in
America only by a single genus and one species, viz., Nemobiopsis
gundlacht Bolivar, from the island of Cuba. This family is char-
acterized as shown in the synopsis of families on a preceding page.
The material at hand for study does not contain representatives of
the group.

Family PHALANGOPSITID-.

This is an extensive family composed of numerous genera, the rep-
resentatives of which are distributed over the warmer countries of
the earth. A dozen or more of the genera have representatives in

386 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

South American regions. They may be separated by the subjoined
key:
SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN GENERA OF PHALANGOPSITID.

A. Pronotum wider than long, its lateral lobes quadrate, or rounded, or even
angulated, but not narrowed in front.

b. Lateral lobes of the pronotum quadrate, the lower margin horizontal. Front
between the antenne broad, not rostrate, the posterior ocelli distant
from each other. Hind femora somewhat shortened, the apex not
slender.

c. Tegmina of the male fully developed, the tympanum complete, the
speculum triangular, divided by two veins. Pronotum with the
lateral lobes distinctly quadrate.

d. Anterior tibia with an auditory opening on each side. The median

vein of the tegminay branched ees -e4. saaee one Lerneca Walker.

dd. Anterior tibiae with an auditory opening only on the inner side.
Tegmina with the median vein not branched, simple.

Prosthacusta Saussure.

b. Lateral lobes of the pronotum oblique, rounded or angulate, the lower margin
ascending towards the rear. Front between the antenne narrow,
sometimes narrowly rostrate.

c. Hind femora mediocre, gradually attenuated, the apical portion some-
what heavy, not filiform.

d. Anterior tibize without an auditory opening. Body of the female

apterous (male also without wings)............ Laranda Walker.

dd. Anterior tibiae with distinct auditory openings. Tegmina of male
with the speculum divided by many veins.

e. Rostrum of the front very narrow; the posterior ocelli rather close
together. Anterior tibia with openings on both sides (some-
times almost closed externally). Posterior metatarsus carinate,
uniseriately serrate. (Upper inner spur of the hind tibiz
deformed). us ocioe coe ce er rece tee Paragryllus* Guerin.

ee. Rostrum of the front narrow; the posterior ocelli less closely
situated. Front tibia with the auditory opening on the outer
side. Posterior metatarsus sulcate, biseriately serrulate. The
SPULS MOLMAL ee Mapetegsceceste eee a ste soy ereraree Ectecous Saussure.
cc. Legs longer. Hind femora swollen at the base, the apex slender.
d. Anterior tibie provided with auditory openings.

e. Rostrum of the front very narrow; the posterior ocelli very near
together. (Speculum divided by two veins or triangular,
not divided).

f. Anterior tibiae furnished with foramina on both sides.
g. Rostrum of the front triangular, the anterior ocellus located
on its apex in front. Tegmina corneous, without veins
above. Both sexes winged........ Amusus Saussure.

4 Luzava Walker also runs here. Whether distinct or not I cannot say.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 387

gg. Rostrum of the front variable, the anterior ocellus located
on its apex above. Tegmina of the males membra-
nous, provided with a tympanum. Legs greatly
elongate.

h. Posterior tibiz with two internal spurs almost equal in
length. Lateral lobes of the pronotum broadly
rounded. Head rounded, the rostrum turned down
in front. Female apterous..Dyscophogryllus Rehn.

hh. Posterior tibiz with the upper internal spur much
shorter than the median. Lateral lobes of the pro-
notum more angulate. Front narrowly rostrate.
Female apterous. Tegmina of male abbreviated,
discoidal. Pronotum arched, the lateral lobes an-
gulated. Posterior femora elongate.
Amphiacusta Saussure,
ff. Anterior tibia provided with a single auditory opening and this
on the inner side.
g. Upper inner spur of the hind tibiz shorter than the
GOUKOVGUIE: Oe og Coo boo mboo.c00o 74 FEndacusta Brunner.
gg. Upper inner spur of the hind tibie longer than the middle
ONG SP cai so aheyti Slot cote enon oy omctoege a Endecous Saussure.
dd. Anterior tibie without auditory openings. Legs very long, spider-
like. Anterior femora not serrulate.

e. Upper internal spur of the hind tibize of equal length with, or
longer than, the median. Tegmina of the male minute, the
tympanum rudimentary. Female apterous.

Phalangopsis Serville.

ee. Upper internal spur of the hind tibize shorter than the middle one.
Arachnomimus Saussure.

AA. Pronotum somewhat elongate, its lateral lobes narrowing anteriorly, the
lower margin ascending towards the front............ Cophus Saussure.

Genus LARANDA Walker.
Laranda WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I (1869), p. 88; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth.
II (1906), p. 64.
Larandus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, X XV (1878), p. 400.

The members of the present genus, so far as we know, are confined
to tropical American regions where they live on the ground among
fallen leaves and other dead and decaying vegetation. They are
moderately large insects, with characters such as are indicated in the
synopsis of genera given on a preceding page. Only a comparatively
few species are known.

50. Laranda tibialis Walker.

Laranda tibialis WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. I (1869), p. 89; KrrBY, I. c. (1906), p. 67.
Gryllomor pha tibialis SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 431.

388 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Larandus tibialis SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 410, Pl. 19
(LXXVII), figs. I, Le, 7.
Habitat——Two males and a female are at hand. They were taken
at Corumba and Chapada, Brazil, during the months of September
and October by H. H. Smith. Carnegie Museum.

Genus PARAGRYLLUS Guerin.

Paragryllus GUERIN, Icon. Reg. Anim, Ins. (1844), p. 329; SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex.,
Orth. (1874), p. 441; Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 411; Biol. Cent.
Amer., Orth., I (1897), p. 242; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth:, II (1906), p. 64.

This is also a tropical American genus and representatives occur
from Mexico to Brazil including the Antilles. No specimens of the
genus appear to be among the material before me, unless we can include

Walker’s Luzara rufipennis from Colombia, and an apparently new

form from Puerto Suarez, Bolivia, a characterization of which follows:

51. Luzara rufipennis Walker?

Luzara rufipennis WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I (1869), p. 103; KirBy, Syn.
Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 65.

Habitat—There is a single mutilated male specimen at hand
from Chapada, Brazil, which is doubtfully referred to Walker’s
Luzara rufipennis. The shape and color of the maxillary palpi and
pronotum are somewhat different from what is indicated in Walker’s
description. Otherwise it agrees well with the several specimens
described under the name.

52. Luzara boliviana sp. nov.

A moderately large and robust insect for the group. Body glabrous,
on the hind femora and abdomen above inclining to tomentose.
General color dark piceous, with the occiput, the disc of the pronotum,
tegmina, and hind tibia deep ferruginous, merging into piceous.
Venter and the inner face of the hind tibia pallid, inclining to testace-
ous. Apical and subapical segments of the maxillary palpi large and
clear ivory-white, giving to the insect a very striking appearance.

Head somewhat narrower than the anterior portion of the pronotum,
the occiput short and evenly rounded, the vertex and front narrowed
between the antenne; the eyes fairly large, but not prominent; the
ocelli also quite large, the posterior pair located well forward, the
anterior one situated on the upper face of the perpendicular front.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 389

Antenne slender, of moderate length, the basal segments about equal
in diameter to the width of the rostrum between them. Pronotum
somewhat transverse, the humeral angles broadly rounded; lateral
lobes a little deflexed outwardly anteriorly, the lower margin rising
towards the base; front or apex very broadly and shallowly emargin-
ate, the base squarely truncate; the disc provided behind with a rather
large, but shallow, >-shaped depression, the apex of which is directed
cephalad and also with a median longitudinal line. Tegmina moder-
ately large in the male and covering about three-fifths of the abdomen,
in the female lateral and extending but part way across the basal
abdominal segment, or entirely missing. Cerci moderately heavy
and long, nearly or quite the length of the hind femora. The latter
fairly robust and having the apical portion heavy; anterior and middle
legs slender, the auditory opening rather large on the inner, but
minute on the outer face. Last ventral segment of the abdomen of
the male broadly scoop-shaped, upturned; the supra-anal plate sub-
quadrate, the outer apical angles provided with large, slightly out-
wardly directed tubercles. Ovipositor robust at its base and slender
at the apex, gently falcate.

Length of body, o’, 22 mm., 9, 23 mm.; of pronotum, o’ and Q ‘
4 mm.; width, o& and 9, 6 mm., length of tegmina, o’, Io mm.; @,
5-75 mm., width of o tegmina, 8 mm.; length of hind femora, o& and
@, 16.5 mm.; of ovipositor, 13 mm.

Habitat—Three males and two females, Puerto Suarez, Bolivia,
150 M., Nov., 1908—-Jan., 1909 (J. Steinbach). The types are in the
collection of the Carnegie Museum.

53. Luzara borellii (Giglio-Tos).
Ectecous borellit GiGL1o-Tos, Boll. Mus. Torino, XII (1897), No. 302, p. 44; KIRBY,
Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 65.

Habitat—There are three specimens, two males and one female, in
the collections made by J. Steinbach, which seem to agree with the
description of Giglio-Tos’ Ectecous borellii. It certainly is not this
genus and I have referred it to Luzara instead. It is in reality quite
closely related to the preceding, if the two are not forms of the same
species.

Genus EctTEcous Saussure.

Ectecous SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 414; Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth. I (1897), p. 244; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 65.

390 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The genus Ectecous is entirely tropical American in its distribution,
and its representatives may be recognized by reference to the synoptic
key given on a preceding page.

54. Ectecous cantans Saussure?
Ectecous cantans SAUSSURE, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I (1897), p. 244, Pl. 12, figs.
8-10; KIRBY, I. c.
Habitat——There is a single male specimen at hand which seems to
belong here or at least near to it. Ut bears the label ‘‘ Mufiez Freire,
Espirito Santo, Brazil, June 19, 1908.—Haseman.”’

Genus DyscoPpHOGRYLLUS Rehn.

Dyscophogryllus REHN, Can. Ent., XX XIII (1901), p. 272; KirBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II (1906), p. 66.

Dyscophus SAUSSURE (non Grandidier), Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 438; Mém.
Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 420.

This genus, like several of the other genera of the family, is entirely
tropical American in its distribution. The representatives undoubt-
edly live largely among rocks in the crevices of and beneath which
they find safe retreats from the many natural enemies they must have.
Caves are also known to afford them suitable retreats. Only a single
representative is at hand in the following apparently undescribed
species.

55. Dyscophogryllus castaneus sp. nov.

A medium-sized, glabrous (co) or pubescent (2) reddish brown
insect, in which the male is provided with well-developed tegmina,
while the female is entirely apterous. About the size of D. ontho-
phagus Berg of Uruguay.

Head short, rounded, a little narrower than the apex of the pro-
notum, the occiput smoothly and evenly rounded, the eyes fairly
large and somewhat prominent, the rostrum short, broader than the
diameter of the basal antennal segments, ocelli large; the maxillary
palpi pale, elongate, the apical segment somewhat expanded and
arcuate. Pronotum formed as in members of allied genera, a little
wider than long, the anterior edge very shallowly and broadly roundly
emarginate, behind straight. Tegmina of male well developed, cover-
ing about two-thirds of the abdomen and well provided with veins.
Front and middle legs moderately long, the anterior tibia with their
auditory openings both in front and behind. Hind femora robust,

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 391

their apex slender; hind tibie strongly serrate and provided with 4 : 4
movable, slightly curved, strong spines. Metatarsus elongate, with
serrations on both margins.

Length of body, o7, 16 mm.; of pronotum, 3 mm.; width, 4.1 mm.;
length of tegmina, 7 mm., width, 6 mm.; length of hind femora,
1r.5 mm.

Habitat—Rio Sapao, Bahia, Brazil, Jan. 29, 1908 (Haseman).
The type is in the Carnegie Museum.

There is also a somewhat mutilated female specimen before me,
which belongs to this group. It is quite strongly pubescent and
somewhat hirsute, has the apex of the hind femora more robust. It
comes from “Bom Fim, Bahia, Brazil, at Fazenda de Amaratu, Nov.
20, 1907’’ (Haseman). Whether it is of the same species I cannot say,
but have so labeled it for the present.

Genus AMPHIACUSTA Saussure.

Amphiacusta SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 444; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
II.(1906), p. 67.
Amphiacustes SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 429; Biol. Cent.-
Amer., Orth. I (1897), p. 245.
Amphiacusta is another American genus of these crickets. Nine
species have been recognized. Two of them seem to be represented
in the Carnegie collections now being examined by me.

56. Amphiacusta annulipes (Serville).

Phalangopsis annulipes SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII (1831), p. 167; Hist.
Orth (1839), p. 360; BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II (1838), p. 722, etc.
For the synonomy of this species see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 68.
Habitat—There are two mature specimens and one female nymph
at hand. They bear the label ‘‘Los Indios, Isle of Pines, W. I., 1912
(W. Link).”” They belong to the Carnegie Museum, Accession No.
4798.
57. Amphiacusta grandis (Serville) ?
Amphiacusta grandis SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 447; KrrBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II (1906), p. 68.
Amphiacustes grandis SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 431.
Habitat——I have before me a single female specimen coming from
Munez Freire, Espirito Santo, Brazil, which I refer here with some
doubt, since the insect was originally described from Cuba. The speci-

392 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

men was preserved in spirits and is in a rather poor condition of
preservation. It was taken June 19, 1908 (Haseman). It is in the
Carnegie Museum.
Genus ENDECOUS Saussure.
Endecous SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 439; KirBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth. 1 (906); sp: 70.

This is another of the several American genera of the family Pha-
langopsitide which is represented among the material at hand. Up
to the present time only a single species seems to have been described.
Now there appears to be a second one to be recorded.

58. Endecous arachnopsis Saussure.

Endecous arachnopsis SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 439; KIRBY,
l. c. (1906), p. 70. :
Habitat.—I find two males and two females of a cricket which ap-
pears to be this species. They come from San Matias, Bolivia, where
they were collected in a cave on June 8, 1909 by J. D. Haseman.

59. Endecous ferruginosus sp. nov.

Somewhat similar to the preceding, but much larger and more
robust, with longer cerci. Moderately hirsute throughout. Fer-
ruginous, the underside a little paler, and the eyes mottled with brown.
Head short, a little narrower than the anterior margin of the pro-
notum, the occiput evenly rounded; front between the antenne about
two-thirds the width of the diameter of one of the basal joints of
former; ocelli small and inconspicuous. Pronotum wider than long,
the lateral lobes moderately high and bent outwards towards the
anterior margin, both angles broadly rounded, evenly truncate both
at the base and the apex, the disc with several irregular depressions
and a median longitudinal line. Tegmina covering about two-thirds
of the abdomen, the speculum large and provided with two complete
diagonal veins which suddenly bend at a right angle, and follow
parallel with the anterior border. Hind femora rather robust, their
apical one-fourth slender. Hind tibia a little longer than the femora,
provided on the outer and inner carine with four large movable
spines, the upper inner spur shorter than the middle one. Last
ventral segment a little longer than wide, narrowly scoop-shaped, with
the sides parallel and the apex broadly rounded. Cerci heavy at

their base, nearly as long as the hind femora.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 393

Length of body, &, 14 mm.; of pronotum, 3 mm.; width ,3.75 mm.;
length of tegmina, 6.25 mm., width, 4.5 mm.; length of hind femora,
11.5 mm.

Habitat.—“ Province del Sara, Bolivia, 350 M., Mch.—April, 1913
(J. Steinbach),’”’ one male. The type is in the Carnegie Museum.

Genus PHALANGOPSIS Serville.

Phalangopsis SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII (1831), p. 166; Ins. Orth. (1839),
p. 367; BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II (1838), p. 721; SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex.,
Orth. (1874), p. 451; Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 440; KiRBy, Syn.
Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 70.

The genus Phalangopsis contains insects of rather striking appear-
ance, since they are of medium or large size, and are provided with
very long spider-like legs, lack organs of flight, and even those for
stridulating purposes. So far as I know, but three species have been
described, one oriental, and two from tropical America. Now another
American species is to be added.

60. Phalangopsis marmoratus sp. nov.

Testaceous to ferrugineo-testaceous, marmorate and banded with
fuscous. In the female entirely apterous, in the males provided with
short corneous tegmina, which are peculiarly modified by having
the dorso-apical margin inflated and glabrous, reminding one of the
edges of leaves that have been modified into a gall-like fold by the
attacks of some insect. Body sericeous and tomentose. Antenne
annulate with fuscous and pallid.

Size larger than usual, the hind femora moderately robust on their
basal half. Legs broadly and regularly annulate with fuscous. Head
perpendicular, considerably narrower than the wide pronotum; eyes
not prominent, the vertex depressed and forming a narrow rostrum
between the rather large basal antennal joints; ocelli not prominent,
the anterior one located where the vertical front meets the horizontal]
rostrum, the posterior ones at the sides of the base of the rostrum.
Pronotum large, bulging or convex, broadest towards the front, the
lateral lobes highest and dilated over the coxe of anterior legs, well
rounded and ascending to the rear, anterior margin broadly and
roundly emarginate, the posterior margin straight. Hind tibie a
little longer than the femora, the margins finely spined or serrate
and provided apically with 4 : 4 elongate movable spines. Metatarsus
elongate and provided with two rows of spines above, but not carinate.

394 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Length of body, o, 24 mm.; 2, 25 mm.; of pronotum, o’, 5.6
mm., 9, 5.25 mm.; width, o’, 7mm., 9, 6.5 mm.; length of tegmina,
o', 3.5 mm.; of hind femora, o’, and 9 23 mm.; of hind tibiz, co’,
27 mm.; 9, 23.5 mm.; of ovipositor, 16 mm.

Habitat.—The types, male and female, come from the “ Province
del Sara, Bolivia,’ the male 450 meters and the female 350 meters
above sea-level, October, 1913 (J. Steinbach). These with several

other males and a nymph are the property of the Carnegie Museum.

Genus ARACHNOMIMUS Saussure.

Arachnomimus SAUSSURE, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth. I (1897), p. 251; KIRBY, Syn.
Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 70.
Arachnopsis SAUSSURE (non Stimpson), Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 442.
As indicated by the synopsis of the South American genera of
Phalangopsitida, the representatives of the present genus are without
auditory openings on the anterior tibia, hence possibly without
stridulating apparatus as well. Two species have been recorded from
tropical America prior to this time. Now specimens are at hand which
seem to indicate a third.

61. Arachnomimus bahamaénsis sp. nov.

Moderately large and rather robust, with annulate anterior and
middle legs. Dark wood-brown, becoming almost black on the
occiput, pronotum, and base of the abdomen above, varied with bands
and blotches of paler, almost dirty white.

Head short, a little narrower than the anterior margin of the pro-
notum, the eyes prominent, pyriform, the apex or narrower portion
below; the apex of head slightly advanced between the antenne
into a short rostrum, the anterior ocellus large, situated in a depression
at the top of the vertical front and immediately back of a prominent
transverse ridge, posterior ocelli also rather large and located fairly
close together, but far to the rear of the anterior one, thus forming an
acute triangle. Antenne long and slender. Pronotum nearly twice
as broad as long, the sides a little rounded, slightly wider at the base
than the apex, both margins nearly straight; the lateral lobes nar-
rowed posteriorly, both the anterior and posterior angles rounded.
Body entirely apterous. Anterior and middle legs long and slender,
hind legs also moderately long, the femora robust at base, slender at
the apex, the hind tibiz serrate with 4 : 4 spines on their apical half,

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 395

the metatarsus above spined on both sides, internally three or four,
externally seven or eight spines, the upper internal spur shorter than
the median. Cerci very long, slender, and hirsute; the ovipositor
moderately robust, with its apex acute. Entire body sericeous, also
to a limited extent hirsute.

Length of body, o’, 13 mm., 9, 16 mm.; of pronotum, o, 3 mm.,
oe ita width, Co, 5 mm., 9, 6 mm.; of hind femora, o, 15
mm., 2, 17 mm.; of ovipositor, 9 mm.

Habitat—Male and female, Blue Hills, Nassau, Bahama Islands,
January, 1909. The types and three additional males are at hand.
They are deposited in the Carnegie Museum. All of these insects
seem to be somewhat immature and may represent the last nymphal
instar.

This insect resembles the Amphiacusta annulipes Serville in its
general appearance.

Family GCANTHID.

This family is made up of slender-bodied, herb-dwelling crickets,
which are usually recognized under the name of “tree-crickets.”’
Only two genera have been credited thus far to the American hemis-
phere. One of these, Gicanthus, is cosmopolitan, and is represented
by two dozen or more species. The other, Neoxabea, is only known
to occur in America. These two genera may be separated as follows:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN GENERA OF (ECANTHID.

A. Hind tibize armed on their margins with weak spines and fine serrations be-
tween the spines. Basal joint of the antenne smooth or at most armed
below with a very blunt tubercle. Hind wings usually but little, if any,
longer than the front pair. Anal cerci rather long and slender, not sinuate.

CGicanthus Serville.

AA. Hind tibie unarmed even with fine serration. Antenne with the basal joint
provided at apex with a tooth-like tubercle. Hind wings nearly twice the

length of the front pair. Anal cerci short, robust, sinuose.. . Neoxabea Kirby.

Genus CECANTHUS Serville.

Ccanthus SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII (1831), p. 134; Ins. Orth. (1839), p. 358;
BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent. II (1838), p. 731; SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth.
(1874), p. 456; Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth. I (1897), p. 252 and numerous recent
writers.

The present genus is represented by quite a number of apparently
distinct species in the two Americas, some of which no doubt occur
in portions of both.

396 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

These insects have been separated by the use of such characters as
comparative length and width of tegmina, length of wing, form of
body, form of pronotum, etc., also by the presence or absence of dusky
markings on the basal and sub-basal antennal joints. This latter
character has been adopted in recent years as quite characteristic,
at least for our North American forms.

In food-habits these crickets are supposed to be partially insectivor-
ous, feeding upon aphids and other small delicate insects, which they
find among the foliage which affords them shelter. Their eggs are
deposited in the buds, bark, and stems of various plants.

Eight species of this genus have been credited to South American
countries. The specimens at hand in part can be referred to one or
another of those species. Two of these specimens do not, however,
appear to belong with any of them. The subjoined synoptical key
will aid in their recognition:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CECANTHUS.

A. First and second antennal joints obtusely tuberculate below, each marked
with a black dot. [Cuba, Central America]............... niveus DeGeer.
AA. First and second antennal joints not tuberculate, but first joint sometimes
swollen internally.
b. Basal antennal joints unicolorous, without black markings. First joint
swollen internally. [Grinidad||. 5.5. 09220-0812 e immaculata Bruner.
bb. First and second antennal joints marked below with black.
c. Tegmina and wings about equal in length.
d. Size minute (male to tip of tegmina 9.5—10 mm.), graceful. First
antennal joint gently swollen internally, faintly lined with brown.
minutus Saussure.
dd. Size larger (male to tip of tegmina 13 mm.), robust. First antennal
joint a little swollen below, the first and second longitudinally lined
with black. [Chapada and Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil]
lineolatus Saussure.
cc. Tegmina shorter than the somewhat caudate wings.
d. First antennal joint marked below with a longitudinal line and an
apical dot, the second with a dot. [Mexico, Argentina].
argentinus Saussure.
dd. First and second antennal joints below both marked with longi-
tudinal black lines.
e. Larger (female to tip of wings 23 mm.) very slender. [Brazil]
varicornis Walker.
ee. Smaller (female 16-18 mm.), slender. [Santarem and interior
Brazill|i cite ee OS tore AP Sie en eae tenuis Walker.®
® Walker’s descriptions are so poor and meager that it is next to impossible for
one to definitely determine the insects referred to. Evidently the species vari-
cornis, tenuis, and peruvianus are very similar, if not identical.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 397

62. Ccanthus niveus (DeGeer).

Gryllus niveus DEGEER, Mém. Ins., III (1773), p. 522, Pl. 43, fig. 6; OLIVIER. Enc.
Meth., Ins., VI (1791), p. 637.

Acheta nivea J&GER, N. Amer. Ins. (1854), p. 159, Pl. 5, fig. 26.

CEcanthus niveus SERVILLE, Ins. Orth. (1839), p. 361; HArRIs, Insects Injurious to
Vegetation (1841), p. 124, and numerous recent writers.

CEcanthus niveus var. e. discoloralus Fitcu, Rep. Ins. N. York, III (1856), p. 95.

CEcanthus niveus var. f. fuscipes Fircu, I. c. (1856), p. 95.

Habitat——While there are no representatives of niveus among the
material now being reported upon, it is a well-known fact that the
species occurs both in Mexico and some of the Central American
countries and several of the West Indian islands.

63. CEcanthus immaculatus Bruner.
Ccanthus immaculatus BRUNER, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XIV (1906), p. 164.

Habitat—The present writer has a single female specimen in his
collection which was taken on the Island of Trinidad. This species
probably also occurs in northern South American countries. It is
related to niveus, but lacks the black dots on the underside of the first
and second antennal joints.

There is a female specimen of the genus at hand coming from
Corumba (highlands), Brazil, taken in March, also without maculate
basal antennal joints. It is shorter-winged, more robust, and has the
hind tibia more strongly serrated than in the type of zmmaculatus.
Its hind femora are also correspondingly shorter and more robust than
in that species, while the ovipositor is longer and the cerci shorter.
The pronotum likewise is shorter than in immaculatus, as are the hind
wings. Its color is much as in niveus, the body and limbs being very
pale flavous. Should this insect prove to represent a distinct species
it may be called Gécanthus brasiliensis.

Length of body, 2, 10.5 mm., of tegmina, 8 mm., of wings, 10.5
mm., of hind femora, 7.5 mm.

The type is deposited in the Carnegie Museum.

64. CEcanthus minutus Saussure.

Ccanthus minutus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, X XV (1878), p. 454; KIRBY, Syn.
Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 75.
Habitat—There are four specimens, three males and one female, of
an Cicanthus at hand, which are placed here. They were taken during
the month of April at Chapada, Brazil (H. H. Smith, collector).

398 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

These insects are very small, averaging 10 mm. to the tips of the
wings, which are no longer than the narrow tegmina. Basal antennal
joints as described in the synoptical key.

65. CEcanthus argentinus Saussure.
CEcanthus argentinus SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 460; Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth., I (1897), p. 253; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 74.
Habitat—While the collections now at hand do not contain speci-
mens which can be referred to this species, it is quite certain that the
species belongs to tropical and subtropical America. It may be
recognized by the form of the dusky antennal markings of the basal
antennal joints, 7. e., the line and dot on the first and the dot on
the second.
66. CEcanthus lineolatus Saussure. ®
Gicanthus lineolatus SAUSSURE, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I (1897), p. 254; KirBy,
Syn. Cat. Orth:, Ll (2906); ps 75.
Habitat——A single male specimen from Chapada, Brazil, is placed
under this name. It was taken in May, presumably by H. H. Smith.

67. CEcanthus tenuis Walker.

Cicanthus tenuis WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I (1869), p. 95; SAUSSURE, Miss.
Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 461; Kirpy, Syn. Cet. Orth., II (1906), p. 75.

Under this name I am including several specimens, which vary
considerably among themselves in size, comparative length of thorax,
etc. They all agree, however, in having the two basal joints of their
antenne provided below with a slender median longitudinal line of
black. Possibly Walker’s three so-called species varicornis, tenuts,
and peruvianus would be included. This can only be decided by a
careful study of his types together with a large series of specimens of

both sexes from various South American localities.
Habitat——The material just referred to is represented as follows:
Three females and one male, Chapada, taken during the months of
April and May; a single female from Rio de Janeiro, October (H. H.
Smith); a female bearing the label ‘‘Rio Bermejo, Prov. of Salta,
Argentina, 400 M. Steinbach,’’ May, 1914, Carnegie Mus. Acc. 5229.

68. CEcanthus sp.?

In addition to the above there is before me and apparently belonging
to the same collection a single male without locality label, but with

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 399

one simply for the month of July. This male seems to agree fairly
well with Beutenmiiller’s CGicanthus pint. Could it not be possible
that this specimen of a local species became mixed with the South
American material at the time of pinning and labeling?

Genus NEOXABEA Kirby.

Neoxabea KirByY, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906); p. 76.

Xabea RILEY (non Walker), Rep. Ins. Mo., Index & Suppl. (1881), p. 62; BEUTEN-
MULLER, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., VI (1894), p. 272; BLATCHLEY, Rep.
Indiana Dept. Geol., X XVI (1903), pp. 444, 453.

The insects which constitute this genus are found over a consider-
able portion of temperate and tropical North America and in tropical
South America from Colombia to eastern Brazil. Only three species
are known, two of which are now described for the first time. In
general appearance they resemble the larger and slenderer species
of the genus Gicanthus, from which they differ in such characters as
mentioned on a former page in the synoptical key for separating
the American genera of the family Gfcanthide. Nowhere do these
insects seem to be abundant or even common. In habit they are
supposed to be similar to the tree-crickets belonging to the genus
CEcanthus.

A. Size smaller, graceful (male, length to tip of wings 20 mm.). Pronotum
little, if any, wider at the base than at the apex; veining of the tegmina
quite regular and uniform, the veins slender [Rio de Janeiro, Brazil].

obscurifrons sp. nov.
AA. Size larger, more robust (female, length to tip of wings 25 mm.). Pronotum
decidedly wider at its base than at the apex; veining of the tegmina some-

what irregular, some of the veins enlarged.
b. Tegmina without markedly robust oblique veins on the dorsum, marked
above on each elytron with a prominent median and anterior fuscous
blotch. [Mexico, Central America, and the United States east of the

PENIS. 5 6524 SEO OD Oy EOC En oie freee eee bipunctata De Geer.
bb. Tegmina furnished with robust oblique veins on the dorsum, these veins
ininiscateds (Colombia... 5-2 «ee cee seis ss oe meridionalis sp. nov.

69. Neoxabea obscurifrons sp. nov.

Having the same general form, but plainly smaller than both JN.
bipunctata and N. meridionalis, which latter is also described in this
paper.

Head plainly broader than the anterior edge of the pronotum; eyes
rathr prominent and with the facets moderately large, giving to them

400 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

a granular appearance, narrowed anteriorly, a little longer than the
occiput back of them; the basal antennal joint robust and provided
at its apex internally with a blunt tooth. Pronotum very similar
to that of the other described species, nearly twice as long as wide,
the anterior margin nearly straight, the hind margin sinuate, but to
a less degree than in NV. meridionalis, the rugose border narrower than
in that species. Tegmina about as long as the abdomen, the vena-
tion regular, none of the veins especially prominent, as is the case
in this sex of N. meridionalis where several of the oblique veins are
much heavier than the others, on the costal field also quite regular;
wings lengthily caudate, extending beyond the tegmina a distance of
about two-thirds the tegminal length. Legs very slender, the hind
tibia entirely destitute of spines on their margins; anterior tibize
perforated on both sides, as in both of the other species, their basal
half fusiformly dilated. Cerci sinuose as described for N. meridionalts,
and as also in bipunctata. Ovipositor slender, a little shorter than the
hind femora. {

General color uniformly pale flavo-testaceous with the exception of
the front and occiput, which is dark, varying from brown between
the base of the antenne to deep pitchy black on the occiput. In the
middle of this dusky area is a narrow median longitudinal flavous
line, and at either side of it is a little wider gray one composed of a
scale-like covering or pruinescence on the dusky background.

Length of body, 9, 12 mm., of pronotum, 2.7 mm., of tegmina,
9.5 mm., of hind femora, 7 mm., of ovipositor, 5 mm.

Habitat—Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in October (H. H. Smith), two
females. These insects are the property of the Carnegie Museum.

70. Neoxabea meridionalis sp. nov.

About the same in size and general form as N. bipunctata DeGeer,
but without the well-defined black dots on the tegmina, which are so
prominent in that species. General color rusty testaceous, the prin-
cipal veins of the tegmina, especially the oblique ones and the cross-
veins near the base, knees, and tarsi of all the legs, stained brown, in
some specimens inclining to black.

Head a little broader than the front edge of the pronotum, fully as
long as the pronotum, when the mouth is directed forward, the eyes
as long as the occiput back of them. Basal antennal joint large and

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 401

provided at apex below with a short blunt spine. Pronotum about
twice as long as its extreme width; the lateral edges sinuose, some-
what expanding above the insertion of the anterior pair of legs in a
similar manner to this portion of many mantids; the hind portion
rather suddenly ampliated and provided above just in advance of the
apex with a fold that is parallel to the hind margin, and which is also
reinforced. Tegmina long and narrow, reaching the tip of the abdo-
men in both sexes, irregularly but strongly véined on the dorsum,
those on the sides more regular. Wings caudate, fully one-half
longer than the tegmina. Legs rather long and slender, hind femora
just surpassing (Q ) or greatly prolonged beyond the tips of the elytra
(o), hind tibiz a little longer than the femora, with only a few weak
spines on their distal half. Dorsum of the abdominal segments four,
five, and six provided with rather large tubercles, or swellings, which
may be either single or double. Anal stilets, or cerci, quite heavy
and somewhat twisted or sinuate, of the same form in both sexes.
Ovipositor straight, the apex not enlarged, infuscated.

Length of body, co and 2, 14-16 mm.; of pronotum, 2.9 mm.; of
tegmina, o’, IO-II mm., 2, 12 mm.; of hind femora, 8.5 mm.; of ovi-
positor, 9, 6.25 mm.; of cerci, 2 mm.

Habitat.—Valparaiso (4,500 ft.), Department of Magdalena, Colom-
bia, S. America, five males and one female, April (H. H. Smith).
Types deposited in the Carnegie Museum.

Family TRIGONIDIID.

This family is made up of small, active insects, which are well
scattered over the warmer regions of the earth. Several of the
genera are represented in South America. These may be recognized
by referring to the accompanying synoptic key:

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA OF TRIGONIDIID4 WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO TROPICAL
AMERICA.

A. Last joint of the maxillary palpi, usually, but not always, broadly hatchet-
shaped. Antenne with the basal joint subdepressed, rather large. La-
teral lobes of the pronotum subquadrate, their inferior margin nearly
horizontal, very gently hollowed at middle. Antennal foveole large.
Front between the antenne narrowly rostrate.

b. Terminal joint of the palpi triangular. Tegmina in both sexes corneous,
without a tympanum in the males.

c. Anterior tibia without a perforation, or opening; wings aborted.

KO vats steal be Ge GLU, cts Bee ee ee Trigonidium Rambur.

402 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

cc. Anterior tibia provided with auditory perforations, or openings, on both
SIG ESTs ele ie a oe See See Ee 9 ROe eee aie ede ete Reno eae Metioche Stal.
bb. Terminal joint of the palpi either dilated at the apex or simple. Tegmina
of the female coriaceous, of the male membranous, and furnished with
a tympanum.

c. Anterior tibiz furnished with a single auditory opening, ornone. Wings

abbreviated.
d. Front tibize without an auditory opening. [Southeastern United
States] << sc otee.e's = thle salen alees OED ere I eee Falcicula Rehn.
dd. Front tibiz usually with a single, none, or sometimes with two audi-

tory openings.

e. Terminal joint of the palpi dilated. Auditory openings circular or
elliptical, one, two. Tegmina membranous, the veins well-
developed. Color of insect modest. [North and South
America]

f. Anterior tibie with two auditory openings. Wings variable,

butusuallycandatesas see eaeeeee eee Cyrtoxipha Brunner.

ff. Anterior tibie with a single or rarely no auditory opening,

usually abbreviatedte. ase sees Anaxipha Saussure.

ee. Terminal joint of the palpi tubiform. Auditory apparatus linear,

imperforate. Tegmina corneous, the veins poorly defined.

Color of insect bright. [Costa Rica]... Symphyloxiphus Rehn.

AA. Last joint of the palpi dilated, foliaceous. Antenne with the basal joint

small, narrow. Lateral lobes of the pronotum narrowed anteriorly, the

lower margin entire. Tegmina corneous, furnished with a tympanum in
the male. Anterior tibiae perforated from both sides.

b. Head vertical, trigonal. Front between the antenne narrowly rostrate.
Antennal foveole rather large. Pronotum short, subselliform, the
anterior angles expanded and subreflexed. [Tropical America]

Thamnoscirtus Saussure.

bb. Head porrect, subhorizontal, flattened above. Front between the antenne
broad. Antennal foveole small. Pronotum variable, trapezoidal, or
elongate-cylindrical, the lateral margins straight. [North and South
Americal: voice. Sep ote ee ene hn reer Phylloscirtus Guerin.

Genus METIOCHE Stal.

Metioche STAL, GEfv. Vet.-Akad. Forh., XXXIV, pt. 1 (1877), p. 44; KirBy, Syn.
Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 78.

Piestoxiphus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, X XV (1878), p. 467; Abhandl. Senkenb.
Ges. XXI (1899), p. 606; Karscu, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., X XXVIII (1893),
Dp. LOL.

This seems to be an oriental genus, which for the most part is con-
fined to the Indo-Chinese region, as well as to Oceanica to the east-
ward. A very few forms of the genus, however, are to be found in
the African region. Recently a single species has been described
from northern South America.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 403

71. Metioche americana Chopard?
Metioche americana CHOPARD, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LX X XI (1912), p. 406, 3 figs.
Habitat.—Originally described from La Forestiere, French Guiana,
where it was collected in April. The present author is in possession
of a male from Demarara, British Guiana, where it was collected early
in 1901 by a Mr. R. J. Crew. The Carnegie Museum material also
contains a female specimen from Chapada, Brazil, which seems to

belong here. It was taken in April by H. H. Smith.

Genus CyRTOXIPHA Brunner.

Cyrcoxipha BRUNNER, Mitth. Schweiz. Ent. Ges., IV (1873), p. 168; SAUSSURE,
Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 373; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 80.
Cyrtoxiphus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 476; BRUNNER, Ann.

Mus. Geneva, XX XIII (1893), p. 21.

The insects which compose the present genus are well scattered
over the warmer parts of the earth, very sparsely so in the temperate
regions, but rather plentifully in the tropics, especially of South
America and Oceanica. <A few also have been recorded from African
regions and the islands of the Indian ocean.

The genus is separable into several sections based on variations in
structural features, such as form and texture of tegmina, length of
wings, shape of the anterior tibia and their auditory foramina, color,
size, etc. Up to the present time about thirty so-called species have
been named. The descriptions of these have been so varied, however,
that it is next to impossible for one to draw up a workable synoptical
key for their separation.

The material now at hand represents quite a number of forms in
addition to those here listed. Some of these latter are represented by
single specimens, others by imperfect ones, and still others by several
individuals showing variation in both size and color. In order to
properly classify our American species of the genus much close collect-
ing is necessary in all of the regions inhabited by its members. Rather
full notes on their haunts, habits, and life-history are also much needed
for use in such a study. Four new forms are described in the present
paper. Others no doubt are at hand, but for one or more reasons
are put aside for future study.

72. Cyrtoxipha gundlachi Saussure.

Cyrtoxipha gundlachi SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 373, Pl. 7, fig. 2;
KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 82.

404 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Cyrtoxiphus gundlachi SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 480; BOLivar,
Mem. Soc. Zoél. France, I (1888), p. 158.

Habitat.— Originally described from the West Indies, and especially
the Island of Cuba, and since recognized among material from the
southern part of the United States and from northern South American
countries. A specimen from Para, Brazil (H. H. Smith), is referred

to this species.

73. Cyrtoxipha cayennensis Saussure?

Cyrloxiphus aztecus var. cayennensis SAUSSURE, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I (1897),
Dp. 235:

Habitat—While the original specimens were taken in Guiana, there
are two female specimens of a rather small, dusky Cyrtoxipha before
me, which I am inclined to refer to this species. They were taken at
Santarem, Brazil, by H.H. Smith. Owing to the considerably smaller
size, these specimens may be distinct. The female of C. azteca
measures 9.3 mm. to tip of their wings, while ours are only 8 mm. long,
including the wings.

74. Cyrtoxipha variagata Chopard.
Cyrtoxipha variegata CHOPARD, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LX XXI (1912), p. 497, 3 figs.

Habitat—Although the collections which were submitted to me for
study contained no specimens of this insect, some are contained in
the writer’s collection. They were collected some years ago in British
Guiana. Both sexes are represented.

75. Cyrtoxipha nitida Chopard.
Cyrtoxipha nitida CHOPARD, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LXXXI (1912), p. 408, 2 figs.

Ilabitat.—Like the preceding this slender little insect is not repre-
sented in the Carnegie collections, except by a single imperfect male
specimen, which comes from Chapada, Brazil, where it was taken
during the month of October (H. H. Smith). A pair in the writer's
collection were collected in British Guiana by H. D. Chipman.

Both C. nitida and C. variegata have been labeled as new species
in my collection for several years. Now it is a relief to know that
Chopard has named and figured them so carefully that no further
difficulty should arise as to their identity.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 405

76. Cyrtoxipha augusticollis Saussure.
Cyrtoxipha augusticollis SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth., (1874), p. 377, Pl. 7, fig. 2;
Kirsy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 82.
Cyrtoxiphus augusticollis SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc, Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 488, Pl. 19,
(LXXX) fig. 6; Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., 1 (1897), p. 238.

Habitat—The collection contains three male representatives of
this species. Two of them bear the label Cacagualito (1500 ft.),
Colombia. They were taken by H. H. Smith. The third comes from
Sao Luiz de Caceres, Matto Grosso, Brazil, where J. D. Haseman took
it on May 29, 1909. Other specimens are before me, which were taken
jn British Guiana. These latter are in the writer’s collection. It
was originally described from Mexico and Panama.

77. Cyrtoxipha peruviana Saussure?
Cyrtoxipha peruviana SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1878), p. 378; KrrBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II (1906), p. 83.
Cyrtoxiphus peruvianus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 488.

Habitat—A considerable number of specimens of the genus have
been determined provisionally as Saussure’s C. peruviana, but all of
them come from localities rather distant from where the type was
taken. Specimens so determined come from Cacagualito (1,500 ft.)
two males, two females; Don Amo, 200 ft. one female, and Don Diego,
Too ft., one female, Dept. Magdalena, Colombia (H. H. Smith).
There are also specimens from Parad, and Chapada, Brazil (H. H.
Smith).

78. Cyrtoxipha tibialis (Saussure) ?
Cyrtoxiphus tibialis SAUSSURE, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I (1897), p. 236, Pl. rr,
fig. 40.
Cyrtoxipha tibialis KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 82.

Habitat—Some of the specimens coming from Cacagualito, Colom-
bia, have been doubtfully referred to this species.

Another species of the genus Cyrtoxipha is represented in the
author’s collection by four specimens, which were taken at Carcarafia
and Rosario, Argentina, during the summer of 1898. Since it seems
to be undescribed a brief characterization is presented herewith.

79. Cyrtoxipha atrifrons sp. nov.

As the name indicates, this insect may be readily recognized by its
pitch-black face. Otherwise it resembles C. angusticollis and allies
in general color and size.

406 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Of moderate size. Body slender. General color of legs, tegmina,
and wings pallid-testaceous tinged with cinereous. Head a little
wider than the anterior edge of the pronotum, the eyes prominent,
the vertex a little depressed, and gently sulcate anteriorly, in the male
mostly black, in the female varied with testaceous and ferruginous,
the front below the antenne and the eyes of both sexes glossy black,
save in the female, where the base of the clypeus is transversely
flavous. Pronotum short, broad, evenly expanding to the base, the
anterior margin and lateral lobes largely piceous, the disc irregularly
variegated with fuscous; near the hind margin and parallel with it
is a series of rounded black or dark brown dots, from the centers of
which emanate stiff dusky bristles, the median area provided with a
longitudinal pallid line. Tegmina of both sexes a little longer than
the abdomen, those of the female with five longitudinal veins on the
dorsal and three on the lateral field, on the latter a couple of patches
of fuscous. Abdomen varying from dirty testaceous to dull black.
Hind femora robust, their outer face sometimes having a narrow
longitudinal fuscous line along the middle. Ovipositor robust, short,
the apex acuminate, the edges and carine finely crenulate, the trans-
verse notch located at about the middle. Anterior tibial openings
rather large, elliptical.

Length of body with wings, o'’ and 2, 13 mm.; of tegmina, 0”, 6.5
mm.; 9,6 mm.; of hind femora, 6 mm.; of ovipositor, 2 mm.

Habitat.—Middle Argentina. The type is in the collection of the
author.

80. Cyrtoxipha conspersa sp. nov.

Above the average in size, a pale cinereous insect in which the legs,
head, pronotum, and tegmina are conspersed with fuscous spots and
dots.

General color dirty grayish flavous, the antenne distantly fasciate
with fuscous. Head of moderate size, a little broader than the
anterior portion of the pronotum, the eyes large and prominent,
separated by a space about equal to their longest diameter, the vertex
depressed in the form of a broad arcuate transverse valley, followed
anteriorly by a ridge, which separates this region from the front;
antennal pits large and profound, occupying fully three-fourths of the
space between the lower half of the eyes; rostrum prominent, studded
with several coarse downwardly bent bristles, the ocelli small. An-

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 407

tennze moderately long, the basal segment large. Pronotum divergent
posteriorly, somewhat wider than long, the disc irregularly em-
browned, provided with a median depressed longitudinal line, the
front shallowly emarginate, the lateral lobes of moderate depth, the
anterior angle obliquely, the posterior angle evenly, rounded, hind
margin sinuose; the lateral lobes each prominently marked by two
moderately large fuscous spots, the posterior portion of the dorsum
furnished a little in advance of the margin by a row of equidistant
round fuscous dots from the center of which emanate stiff bristles.
Tegmina a little longer than the abdomen, provided with strong
longitudinal veins and regular cross-veins, the interspaces strongly
depressed, giving to these members a strongly corrugated appearance,
lateral field with two complete and one incomplete vein, the upper
interspace alone provided with cross-veins. Wings slightly infuscated,
their cross-veins pallid, lengthily caudate. Legs long and slender,
the anterior tibie fusiform, both sides provided with moderately
large elliptical auditory openings, the apex of all the femora, the
tibie, and tarsi marked with some fuscous patches; hind femora
slender, the carina conspersed with fuscous, tip of the tibiz, the second
segment entirely, and the apex of the outer, fuscous. Ovipositor
fairly robust, well-curved and with its apex coarsely serrated both
above and below, the former for nearly twice the distance of the latter.

Length to tip of wings, 9, 13.75 mm., of body, 8 mm., of pronotum,
I.5 mm., width, 2.3 mm., length of tegmina, 7 mm., of hind femora,
7 mm., of ovipositor, 3.75 mm.

Habitat——The type, a female, comes from ‘‘Las Juntas (250 M.),
Dept. Sta. Cruz, Bolivia,’ where it was taken during the month of
December by J. Steinbach. A second female specimen is also at hand.
It was collected at Villa Bella, Bolivia, Oct. 7, 1909, by Haseman.
Both specimens are in the Carnegie Museum.

81. Cyrtoxipha maxima sp. nov.

Large and moderately robust, with a strongly hirsute pronotum
and sericeous legs. General color pale ferrugineo-flavous.

Head a little wider than the front edge of the pronotum; eyes
fairly prominent; the vertex of moderate width, somewhat depressed,
provided with a few bristle-like hairs; the rostrum blunt, about as
broad as the greatest diameter of one of the basal antennal joints,

408 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

apical segment of the maxillary palpi lengthily funnel-shaped, its
apex squarely docked. Pronotum transverse, widest behind, the
humeri rounded, the anterior and posterior margins straight (co), or
the latter faintly sinuose with the middle very broadly rounded (2).
Tegmina membranous, in both sexes about equal to the abdomen in
length, the dorsal field of these organs of the female provided with four
longitudinal veins, cross-veins comparatively few, but regular, the
lateral field with three complete and one incomplete vein. Male
tegmina large and furnished with a large speculum. Wings lengthily
caudate, the apical half testaceous. Hind femora large, robust, the
genicular lunules piceous; hind tibiae infuscated at the points of
issuance of the movable spines; second segment together with the
spines and the apex of the third joint of the hind tarsi infuscated.
Anterior tibie slender, the auditory openings on both sides large and
elliptical. Ovipositor robust, short, gently curved, the apex not very
acuminate, smooth.

Length of body, & and @, 8.5 mm.; of pronotum, o’, 1.55 mm.,
Q, 165 mm.; width, co’, 2.5 mm., 9, 2.25 mm.; length of tegmina,
o and 2, 7 mm.; of hind femora, o’, 7.5 mm., 2, 7 mm.; of ovi-
positor, 2.15 mm.

Habitat—The male type comes from the ‘Province del Sara,
Bolivia, 350 M.” and the female from ‘‘Sta. Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia,
450 M.”’ Both were collected by J. Steinbach. Other specimens
(male and female) are at hand. These latter were also taken in the
Province del Sara, Bolivia, during the month of December, 1912.
They are deposited in the Carnegie Museum.

82. Cyrtoxipha abbreviata sp. nov.

At first glance reminding one of Anaxipha pailida Stal, but a
closer examination shows it to possess many of the characteristics of
Cyrtoxipha and suggests the C. aptera Chopard. Our specimens
differ from this last mentioned insect, however, in several respects.

”

Instead of being simply ‘‘testaceous” it is ferruginous with piceous
and fuscous markings. The female of the present species, as indicated
by the type, has the dorsal field of the tegmina provided with seven
longitudinal veins and the lateral field with but three.

Size, medium, form robust; the head large, a little broader than the

front margin of the pronotum; eyes prominent, vertex depressed, but

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 409

rounded; rostrum short, broad; basal antennal segment black, large,
and with a large, round, smooth, amber-colored, eye-like protuberance
on the basal half of the upper side; the two succeeding segments also
black, beyond pallid, changing apically to fuscous; face and mouth-
parts black, shining; terminal segment of palpi elongate-triangular.
Pronotum clothed with coarse hairs, in the female subcylindrical,
but little, in the male decidedly, expanding towards the base, the base
in former broadly rounded, in the latter straight. Tegmina of female
somewhat coriaceous, a little shorter, in the male a little longer,
than the abdomen, with the speculum large and slightly elongate.
Hind femora moderately robust. Anterior tibiz perforated on both
sides, the openings large and oblong. Ovipositor robust, arcuate,
the apex evenly tapering and gently roughened above.

ienoath at body, co, 5.6 .mm.; 9 ,-6 mm; of pronotum, o; 1.35
Hmeae . '.25 Minis width, o,.1.9 mm., 9, 1.3 mm: length of ‘teg-
mina, oO’, 5.25 mm., 9, 3.5 mm: of hind femora, o’ and Q, 5.15
mm.; of ovipositor, 2.9 mm.

Habitat—Chapada, Brazil, Jan., April, May, and Nov. (H. H.
Smith). Several males and females. The types are deposited in the
Carnegie Museum.

The abdomen and sides of the pronotum and the lateral field of the
tegmina vary from dark brunneo-ferruginous to black. The legs are
to some extent infuscated in the form of bands, and the veins of the
male tegmina are likewise varied with piceous.

Genus ANAXIPHA Saussure.

Anaxipha SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 370; BEUTENMULLER, Bull.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., VI (1894), pp. 267, 273; BLATCHLEY, Rep. Indiana
Dept. Geol. X XVII (1903), p. 454; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 86.

Anaxiphus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, X XV (1878), p. 475.

The representatives of this American genus are rather closely related
to those of Cyrtoxipha and may be recognized by the characters men-
tioned in the synopsis of the genera given on a preceding page of this
paper. Only a very few species have thus far been recognized.
Possibly others may occur in middle and South American countries.

83. Anaxipha pallens (Stal)?

Trigonidium pallens STAL, Eugenie’s Resa, Orth. (1860), p. 318.
Anaxipha pallens SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 372; Kirpy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II (1906), 87.

410 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Habitat—Specimens of an insect coming from the following locali-
ties have been referred somewhat doubtfully to this species: Corumba,
Brazil, April, one female, Piedra Blanca, April, two males and one
female, all presumably having been taken by H. H. Smith. All
four of the specimens are rather strongly infuscated in their general
coloring and may belong to a distinct species.

A fifth specimen, a female, is also present. This last one bears the
label ‘‘ Bahia (West Side), Brazil, Oct. 26, 1907, by sweeping in reeds
and grass in a swampy place near the sea, J. D. Haseman.” Possibly
the true A. pallens, since it agrees better with Stal’s characterization
of the species.

Genus SYMPHYLOXIPHUS Rehn.
Symphyloxiphus REHN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX (1906), p. 603.

Symphyloxiphus is another of the tropical American genera of the
Trigonidiide which is very apt to be found in the region covered by
this paper. It is related to the preceding genus, from which its
members differ as indicated by the generic synopsis given on a preced-
ing page. Only a single species, S. magnificum Rehn, has been
described thus far. It comes from Costa Rica.

Genus THAMNOSCIRTUS Saussure.

Thamnoscirlus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 490; KirBy, Syn.
Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 84.

The little crickets referred to the present genus look more like
coleopterous insects than like gryllids. They move about rather
rapidly over the vegetation, as do the insects they resemble. In color
they are black, blue, green, or yellow, and more or less streaked or
dotted as are tiger-beetles. They are confined to tropical America
and chiefly, but not entirely, to the countries in the northern parts of
South America. Five species have been described.

84. Thamnoscirtus cicindeloides (Gerstecker).

Phylloscyrtus cicindeloides GERSTAECKER, Stett. Ent. Zeit., XXIV (1863), p. 428;
SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth., (1874), p. 369.
Phylloscirtus vittatus BURMEISTER, Abhandl. Ges. Halle, XV (1880), p. 18.
Thamnoscirtus cicindeloides SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 491,
Pi. 16 CXELVI)i figs, Le; a,)0* KIRBY). G.
ITlabitat-—There are specimens of both sexes at hand. They come
from Chapada, Pard, and Santarem, Brazil, and were collected during
the months of December, January, April, and June (H. H. Smith).

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. All

85. Thamnoscirtus vittatus (Gerstecker).

Phylloscyrtus vittatus GERSTAECKER, lI. c. (1863), p. 428; SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex.,
Orth., (1874), p. 360.

Phylloscirtus vittatus BURMEISTER, l. c., (1880), p. 16.

Thamnoscirtus vittatus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 492; KirBy,
l. c. (1906), p. 84.

Habitat—While there are no representatives of 7. vittatus among
the collections now being reported upon, there are two specimens in
the writer’s possession which were taken by R. J. Crew at Demarara,
British Guiana, in Igor.

Genus PHYLLOSCYRTUS Guérin.

Phylloscyrtus GUERIN, Icon. Reg. Anim., Ins. (1844), p. 333; GERSTAECKER, Stettin.
Ent. Zeit. XXIV (1863), p. 424; SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 363;
KIRBY, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 84.

Phylloscirtus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1897), p. 238; BURMEISTER,
Abhandl. Ges. Halle, XV (1880), p. 12; BEUTENMULLER, Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., VI (1894), pp. 268, 273; BLATCHLEY, Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci.,
1891, pp. 128, 137; Rep. Ind. Dept. Geol., XX VII (1903), p. 456.

Cranistus STAL, Eugenie’s Resa, Orth. (1860), p. 315.

Phyllopalpus UHLER, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., II (1864), p. 543.

This is another strictly American genus of small crickets, nearly all
the known species of which are found in the tropical countries of
South America. Up to the present time fourteen species have been
described. While the collection now being studied contains but three
specimens belonging to apparently that many species, one of these
seems to be new and is characterized herewith.

86. Phylloscyrtus comptus (Walker) ?
Phyllopalpus comptus WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I (1869), p. 60.
Phylloscyrtus complus Kirpy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 85.

Habitat—A single female coming from ‘‘ Puerto Suarez, Bolivia,
150 M.” (J. Steinbach, collector) is referred doubtfully to Walker’s
comptus.

87. Phylloscyrtus similis sp. nov.

Related to P. collurides Saussure, but much smaller. A dark-
colored insect with rufous head, infuscated legs, and pallid under-
parts. Wings lengthily caudate.

Head rather narrow, but little wider than the anterior portion of
the pronotum; eyes of medium size, not prominent, separated by a

412 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

space a little greater than their longest diameter; antenne with rather
large basal segments, these flattened and transverse, a trifle broader
than long, the succeeding segments considerably smaller but moder-
ately robust and hirsute. Maxillary and labial palpi missing, as are
the greater portion of the antenne. Pronotum short, broader than
long, the base plainly wider than the apex, provided with a few
anteriorly and posteriorly directed heavy bristles, the middle furnished
with a longitudinal impressed line. Tegmina about as long as the
abdomen, provided with heavy longitudinal veins, but without cross-
veins. Wings pallid and lengthily caudate, extending fully one-half
of their length beyond the tip of the abdomen, their costal field and
apex infuscated. Cerci robust at base, long and lengthily hirsute,
reaching a trifle beyond the apex of the caudate wings. Ovipositor
gently arcuate, rather long, and with the apex lengthily acuminate.
Hind femora moderately robust at the base and evenly tapering to
the small apical region. Hind tibia provided with the usual movable
spines on the lateral canthi. Pronotum entirely faintly blue black,
the tegmina also black with a faint bluish tinge, upper portion and
outer face, together with the lower carine of the hind femora black,
remainder, except the apex which is pale rufous, flavous, hind tibize
infuscated; anterior and middle femora on their apical half and the
tibie basally heavily clouded with dull black, otherwise dirty flavous.
Ovipositor piceous.

Length of body, 2,9 mm., of pronotum, 1.55 mm., width, 2.15 mm.,
length of tegmina, 6 mm., of wings, 12 mm., of hind femora, 6 mm.,
of ovipositor, 5 mm.

Habitat.—A single female, the type, comes from Puerto Suarez,
Bolivia, where it was taken at an altitude of 150 meters above sea-
level. (J. Steinbach, collector.) The type is in the Carnegie Museum.

88. Phylloscyrtus sp.?

In addition to the two forms of the genus already mentioned there
is anymph of what appears to be a third species in the collection from
San Antonio de Guaporé, Brazil. It was taken by J. D. Haseman on
an island in the Rio Guaporé, July 26, 1909.

Judging from its color it may represent an undescribed species, but
is too immature to warrant even an attempt at naming and describing
it. The accession number of this last insect is 4043.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 413

Family ENEOPTERID-.

This family is represented in South and Middle America by two,
or possibly three, genera, which may be separated as follows:

A. Anterior ocellus exserted on the anterior side of the rostrum. Legs elongate.
Hind metatarsus very long, biseriately serrate. Tegmina fully developed
in bothisexes: [Tropical America]................ Eneopterus Burmeister.

AA. Anterior ocellus exserted on the superior side of the rostrum. Legs shorter,
Hind metatarsus shorter, one-spined on one margin, four-spined on the
other. Tegmina abbreviated in the female. [Brazil]

Ligyplerus Saussure, or Lebinthus Stal.

Genus ENEOPTERA Burmeister.

Eneopiera BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II (1838), p. 736; SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex.,
Orth. (1874), p. 481; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 9o.

Eneopterus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 531; Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth., I (1897), p. 256.

Platydactylus BRULLE (non Cuvier), Hist. Nat. Ins., IX (1835), p. 176; SERVILLE,
Ins. Orth. (1839), p. 363.

89. Eneoptera surinamensis DeGeer.

Gryllus surinamensis DEGEER, Mem. Ins., III (1773), p. 519, Pl. 43, fig. i.
Eneoptera surinamensis SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1897), p. 483; KirBy, Syn.
Cat. Orth. II (1906), p. 90.
For extended synonymy see Kirby, I. c.

Habitat—There are numerous specimens of this common species in
the collections now being reported upon. They come from such
widely scattered localities as Sta. Lagoas, Minas Geraes, Brazil;
Bogota, Colombia; Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia, etc. Other
material has been studied from the Island of Trinidad, British and
French Guiana, Paraguay, northern Argentina, Pernambuco, Victoria,
and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, etc. In fact the species occurs throughout
tropical, Central and South America, where it is very abundant in
forests among the fallen leaves and other rubbish in which it lives.
It is needless to state that its color is such as to protect it quite well
from various enemies, which prowl about its haunts.

Like most insects, which have a very extended distribution, this
cricket varies considerably in size and also to some extent in color.
In fact, the large synonymy shown in the references given in Kirby’s
Synonymic Catalogue of the Orthoptera would indicate such variation.

414 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus LEBINTHUS Stal.

Lebinthus STA, CEfv. Vet.-Akad. Forh., XXXIV, pt. 1 (1877), p. 50; BOLivarR,
An. Soc. Espafi., XVIII (1889), p. 425; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth. II (1906), p. 88.
Paraeneopterus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 533:

This is an oriental genus, the representatives of which, at least for
the most part, are confined to the Philippines and adjacent regions.
Under the generic name Pare@neopterus of Saussure, however, Giglio-
Tos has credited a species to Darien. Stal and Saussure both selected
the same species for the type of their respective genera.

go. Lebinthus elegans (Giglio-Tos) ?

Paraeneopterus elegans GiGLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Torino, XII (1897), No. 301, p. 8.
Lebinthus (2) elegans KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth. II (1906), p. 88.

Habiiat—There is a single nymph at hand of what seems to be an
example of this genus. As compared with typical specimens of L.
biteniatus from the Philippines, the nymph referred to here seems to
be congeneric. The broad dorsal pale stripe as described for elegans
will apply to our nymph. It is therefore referred to Giglio-Tos’s
species, but with some doubt. Our specimen seems to come from
Para (Brazil) where it was taken during the month of July presumably
by H. H. Smith. It is deposited in the Carnegie Museum.

Other specimens of apparently the same insect are in the writer’s
collection. They were collected at Pernambuco, Brazil. Possibly
they may be the immature stages of Ligypterus heydeni Saussure,
which also occurs in Brazil.

Family STENOGRYLLID-.

This family of Grylloidea is composed of rather large and moder-
ately robust insects, in which the hind tibiz are biseriately spined,
instead of having these members both spined and serrate. In habits
these crickets are subarboreal, living on, or near, the ground among
fallen leaves and herbage. Their colors are chiefly testaceous, ochra-
ceous, or fulvous with some darker markings. At least two genera
are known from tropical America.

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA OF SOUTH AMERICAN STENOGRYLLID&.

A. Anterior tibize with an auditory opening on their inner face. Pronotum with
the lateral lobes a little narrowed in'front......... Stenogryllus Saussure.

AA. Anterior tibia without an auditory opening. Lateral lobes of the pronotum
rounded, not narrowed infront................0.. Pseudogryllus Chopard.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 415

Genus STENOGRYLLUS Saussure.

Stenogryllus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 554.

Only a single species of this genus is known. It is the Stenogryllus
phthisicus Saussure from St. Domingo, West Indies. No specimens
of it are at hand.

Genus PsEUDOGRYLLUS Chopard.
Pseudogryllus CHoparRD, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LX XXI (1912), p. 411.

Like the preceding, the present genus is monotypic, containing so
far as at present known only the species P. elongatus Chopard from
French Guiana, unless we can include the insect described as Metrypus

heros Brunner and its allies, which are mentioned below under the
generic name Tafalisca Walker.

Genus TAFALISCA Walker.

Tafalisca WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I (1869), p. 52; KirsBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II (1906), p. 107.
Metrypa BRUNNER, Mitth. Schweiz. Ent. Ges. IV (1873), p. 168; SAUSSURE, Miss.
Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 513:
Metrypus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 671.
The present genus is composed of about a dozen species of moder-
ately large and fairly robust crickets, most of which are to be found
in the West Indies and the northern countries of South America.

git. Tafalisca lineatipes sp. nov.

Most closely related to the Metrypus luridus of Saussure, as de-
scribed in Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV, p. 673, pl. 19 (LX XIII), figs.
3h, 3b, but apparently not the same as Tafalisca lurida Walker.

Large, robust, testaceous, the head, legs, and abdomen covered
with a close, short, pale, silky pile. The pronotum bordered narrowly
in front and broadly behind by dark piceous. Hind femora provided
externally with a prominent longitudinal black line, the hind tibie
brunneo-ferruginous, and the ovipositor piceous.

Length of body, 2, 36 mm., of pronotum, 5.5 mm., width, 6 mm.,
length of tegmina, 27 mm., of wings, 30 mm., of hind femora, 17 mm.,
of ovipositor, 16 mm.

The dorsal field of the tegmina of this insect is provided with
longitudinal veins, and between them is weakly but rather closely and
irregularly reticulate; at the sides the reticulation is mixed, this area

416 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

being provided with both quadrate and irregular areoles. The anterior
femora are rather broadly inflated and evenly arcuate above. The
hind tibia and metatarsi are spined, as described for 7. /urida Saussure.

Habitat——The type and only specimen at hand comes from Jamaica,
W. I., and bears the Carnegie Museum Accession No. 2306.

Judging from the structure of the apex of the ovipositor of this
insect and its allies I would suggest a relationship to the genus Pseudo-
gryllus Chopard (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LX XXI, p. 411) which genus,
along with Stenogryllus are suggested as forming a separate group.

Family PODOSCIRTID-.

This is one of the most extensive families of the Grylloidea and is
well represented throughout the warmer parts of the temperate coun-
tries, as well as the tropical regions of the globe.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN GENERA OF PODOSCIRTID.

A. Body very slender. Posterior metatarsus somewhat elongate, biseriately
serrate. Front tibize minus an auditory opening. Male tegmina very
small, without a tympanum (female without tegmina). [Brazil]

Cylindrogryllus Saussure.
AA. Body variable. Posterior metatarsus shorter.
b. Male tegmina provided with a complete tympanum and also furnished witha
speculum, the median vein branched.
c. Head globose, the front not rostrate, transversely carinate. Tegmina of
the female broad, leathery. Anterior tibia perforated on both sides.
Phyllogryllus Saussure.
cc. Head short, not globose, the occiput short, mouth below. Front rostrate
between the antenne.

d. Tegmina of the male provided with many fully developed oblique
veins. Front tibie furnished externally with auditory openings.

Valves of the ovipositor variable.

e. Posterior metatarsus compressed, carinated above, 3—4-dentate.
Anterior tibize compressed, auditory openings present on both
sides. Tympani of the tegmina with the oblique veins parallel
and nearly straight. Ovipositor dentate at its apex.

Diatrypa Saussure.
ee. Posterior metatarsus short, but little compressed, not carinated.
Oblique veins of tegmina flexuous, not parallel.
f. Body slender, cylindrical. Rostrum of the front narrow.
g. Posterior metatarsus frequently two- to three-toothed.
Tegmina of male provided with numerous oblique veins.
Anterior tibia perforated on the innerside.
Parecanthus Saussure.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 417

gg. Posterior metatarsus smooth, not toothed. Tegmina of

male provided with two divergent oblique veins. Front

tibize with oblong auditory openings on both sides.

Antenne excessively long....... Stenecanthus Chopard.

ff. Body somewhat robust or depressed; head large, the rostrum

of the front wide (Posterior metatarsus one- to three-toothed.

Tegmina with two oblique veins.)....Amblyrhethus Kirby.

dd. Tegmina of male with one or two incomplete oblique veins. Valves
of the ovipositor lanceolate, acute.

e. Surface of the head, pronotum, and legs somewhat wrinkled and
strongly pubescent. Ocelli arranged in a triangle. Auditory
opening of the front tibie located on the inside.

Laurepa Walker.
ee. Surface of the head, pronotum, and legs smooth and glabrous.
Ocelli arranged in a transverse arcuated line.

f. Auditory opening on the inner side. Tegmina of the female
somewhat leathery, on the dorsal field the veins are distant
and pectinated; the oblique branches of the mediastine vein
gently flexuous. Head and pronotum a little convex.

Hapithus Uhler.
ff. Auditory openings of anterior tibia located on both sides.
Tegmina of the female membranous, veins longitudinal; the
mediastine vein with its oblique branches numerous and
s-sinuous. Head and pronotum somewhat flattened from
El OOK Soars bt oie Comer tes cre TE CANS a Oat Orocharis Uhler.
bb. Male tegmina without a tympanum, in this respect similar to the female.
c. Anterior tibiz furnished with auditory apparatus.
d. Auditory openings found on both sides of the front tibia.
e. Ovipositor straight, long, and slender, the valves acutely dentate
OLODtUS Et eyarchceer ei Mek eve oaks eke Podoscirtus Serville.
ee. Ovipositor short, depressed, sublamellar, valves flattened.
Heierecous Saussure.
dd. Anterior tibie provided with a single auditory opening. Tegmina,
when present, fully developed, elongate, the median vein
branched.

e. Auditory opening located on the inner side of the anterior tibiz.

f. Body normal. Head short, somewhat elevated. Pronotum
rather short, wider than long, its posterior margin bisinuate,
the canthi more or less conspicuous. Ovipositor slender,
not flattened from above........... A phonomor phus Rehn.

#f. Body slender, cylindrical. Head prominent, elongate, and
elevated. Pronotum also elongate, cylindrical, the hind
margin transverse, subarcuate, without canthi. Ovipositor
MALtEH eC cet? is)h ic steioidig-tlenctethale stools Stenaphonus Saussure.

ee. Auditory opening placed on the outer side of the anterior tibiz.
Anaudus Saussure.

418 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

cc. Anterior tibiz without auditory openings on either side.!
d. Body provided with wings.

é. Legmina regularly veined <2 -).cp-1-ep-rhe ete retire Tafalisca Walker.
ee, Legmina irregularly veimedh o sjperoneue neler -bonstede inter Nessa Walker.
dd. Body apterous or subapterous.............. Parameirypa Brunner.

Genus CYLINDROGRYLLUS Saussure.

Cylindrogryllus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 556; KirBy, Syn.
Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 92.
This genus, which is known by a single species, seems to be confined
to Brazil. Just what its habits are seems to be doubtful, otherwise
it is possible that more material would be available for study.

92. Cylindrogryllus brevipennis Saussure.

Cylindrogryllus brevipennis SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 557;
KIRBY, I. ¢.

Habitat.—The collections made by H. H. Smith in April at Chapada,
Brazil, contain two female specimens of a small gryllid, which run to
the genus Cylindrogryllus of Saussure. Since but a single species of
the genus is known, and these specimens agree fairly well with the
characterization of C. brevipennis, as given by Saussure, they are
referred toit. As long as the male alone was described, the subjoined
brief description of the female is now added.

Rather small, cylindrical, slender, entirely destitute of tegmina and
wings, entire body together with the legs rather closely pubescent,
pale brunneo-ferruginous, the legs and underside a little paler. Head
large, wider than the anterior margin of the pronotum, the eyes promi-
nent, but not exceptionally large, fully twice as far apart as their
diameter; the front rather broadly rostrate and roundly protuberant;
ocelli inconspicuous, the anterior one situated in a depression, located
on a line drawn from the superior edges of the antennal scrobes.
Pronotum cylindrical, nearly twice as long as broad, the anterior and
posterior edges provided with a rather heavy border, very gently
but roundly emarginate at its middle. Abdomen long and slender,
gently fusiform; oviposilor moderately robust, gently arcuate, the
apex spear-shaped with the lateral edges faintly crenulate. Hind
femora moderately robust; metatarsus provided at its sides above
with 2 ; 3 short coarse spines or teeth.

1 Possibly this entire section should be referred to the preceding family. If so,
it would fall in the section AA.—The author.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 419

Length of body, 9, 12 mm ; of pronotum, 3.4 mm.; of hind femora,
10 mm., of ovipositor, 9 mm.
These specimens belong to the Carnegie Museum.

Genus PHYLLOGRYLLUS Saussure.
Phyllogryllus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 558; Biol. Cent.-
Amer. Orth., I (1897), p. 257; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 92.

The present genus seems to be confined to tropical South America
and presumably contains several species. But two are recognized in
Kirby’s Synonymic Catalog of the Orthoptera since he unites a couple
of the described forms.

93. Phyllogryllus velutinus (Walker) ?

Platydactylus velutinus WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I (1869), p. 77.

Eneoptera (?) velutina SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 485.

Phyllogryllus mortuifolia SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 559, Pl. 18
(LX1I), figs. 1-5; Biol. Cent.-Amer. Orth., I (1897), p. 257; KIRBY, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II (1906), p. 92.

Habitat——Four females and three males together with five nymphs
of an insect which in a measure agree with Walker’s characterization
of velutinus are referred to this species. These insects were taken at
Chapada, Brazil, during the months of August and September (H. H.
Smith). In addition to these I find two males labeled ‘ Rio Guaporé,
below the Rio Sao Miguel, Brazil, Aug. 22, 1909 (Haseman).’’ ‘These
latter bear a general resemblance to the Chapada specimens, but differ
materially in several respects both as to structure and coloration.

It is barely possible, therefore, that we have at least two species
here. The P. mortuifolia Saussure from Cayenne is larger than our
specimens, while the P. pipilans Saussure is undoubtedly distinct
from the others, thus suggesting at least four species. At present,
however, I shall not attempt to separate these forms any further,
leaving this for the future, when more material shall have been
accumulated.

Genus DIATRYPA Saussure.

Diatrypa SAussuRE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 476; Kirpy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II,
(1906), p. 92.

Diatrypus SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 561; Biol. Cent.-Amer.
Orth., I (1897), p. 259; CHOopARD, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LXXXI (1912),
p- 414.

The crickets, which are referred to the genus Diatrypa, with few

420 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

exceptions are the smallest of the American Podoscirtide and are
generally slender insects. The genus contains upwards of a dozen
described species. No doubt there are a number of others still to be
met with in tropical South American countries, when more general
and careful collecting shall have been done. Some of the species
are plain testaceous throughout, while others are variegated, and at
least one is deep steel-blue in color. I shall not attempt to tabulate
them now since the present paper is already too extended.

94. Diatrypa colombiana sp. nov.

Somewhat hirsute, especially the head and pronotum. A trifle
above the average in size. A slender, fusco-testaceous insect, with the
occiput, most of the lateral lobes of the pronotum, and the median
vein of the tegmina dark fuscous or piceous. Head short, the eyes
prominent, separated in front by a distance about equal to their
greatest diameter, the rostrum scarcely as wide as one of the large
basal antennal joints, gently sulcate. Pronotum narrowed gently
forward, broader than long, the lateral lobes moderately high and with
the lower margin broadly rounded; the anterior edge straight, the
posterior margin broadly sinuose. Tegmina elongate, narrow, the
speculum elongate with its anterior end somewhat acuminate, the
hind portion rounded and the middle crossed transversely by a single
vein. Wings lengthily caudate, the apical portion slightly infuscated.
Last ventral segment, or subgenital plate, moderately large, a little
longer than broad, expanding apically and broadly bilobed.

Length of body, o’, 10 mm., of pronotum, 2 mm.; width, 2.5 mm.,
length of tegmina, 10 mm., of wings, 13 mm., of hind femora, 6.5 mm.

Habitat—Don Amo (2,000 ft.) Dept. Magdalena, Colombia (H. H. :
Smith), a single male, the property of the Carnegie Museum.

There are two other specimens of the genus at hand, also males.
These are of about the same size, but vary in some of the structural
characters as well as somewhat in their coloration. The one which
approaches most closely to our type comes from the Province del
Sara, Bolivia, 350 M. The other was taken at Santa Cruz de la
Sierra, Bolivia, 450 M. Both were collected by J. Steinbach. The
latter has two transverse veins on the speculum—possibly only an

accident.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 421

95. Diatrypa tuberculata Saussure?
Diatrypa tuberculata SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 479; KirBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II (1906), p. 93.

Habitat.—A single male and four females of a Diatrypa from Chap-
ada and CorumbA, Brazil, are referred to Saussure’s tuberculata with
some doubt. They were taken during the months of March, April,
September and October, presumably by H. H. Smith.

This species was originally described from Buenos Aires, Argentina.

96. Diatrypa ornata Saussure.
Diatrypa ornata SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 480; KirsBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II (1906), p. 93.

Habitat.—I find a single female specimen belonging to the genus
Diatrypa, which agrees in most respects with Saussure’s description of
D. ornata. Hence I am referring it to that species. The specimen
before me does not have the rufous tinge about the head and pro-
notum, but has them entirely deep steel-blue. It bears the label
“Along the Rio Guaporé, below Rio San Miguel, Brazil, Aug. 22,
1909 (Haseman).”’

Genus PARGCANTHUS Saussure.

Parecanthus SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 468; Mém. Soc. Genéve.
XXV (1878), p. 593; Biol. Cent.-Amer. Orth., I (1897), p. 261; KIRBY, Syn,
Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 96.

Carsidava WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I (1869), p. 53.

Parecanthus is still another American genus of the family Podo-
scirtide, which contains several described South American species.
These insects bear a rather striking resemblence to representatives of
both Diatrypa and Orocharis, but differ from them as shown in the
synoptic key printed on a preceding page.

Only two specimens of this genus are represented among the collec-
tions now being studied. They are both males and represent quite
widely separated localities. The smaller of the two comes from Para,
Brazil, and might possibly be the Carsidava cinerascens Walker, which
Kirby (see Syn. Cat. Orth. II, p. 97) places in the present genus. It
also agrees fairly well with the description of P. vicinus Chopard
(Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LXXXI, pp. 420-421, 3 figs.) both in size
and color. Since it lacks the anterior tibiz it is unsafe to definitely
locate it with the latter, and Walker’s description is too incomplete

422 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

to permit of placing it there. The second specimen is decidedly
larger, and seems to differ sufficiently from the described forms to
warrants its description as a new species.

97. Parcecanthus picipes sp. nov.

Related to both P. cinerascens Walker and P. vicinus Chopard,
but larger. Head, pronotum, and the greater part of the hind femora
fulvous or dark ferruginous; the anterior and middle legs together
with the apex of the hind femora and the hind tibiz piceous, or pitch-
black; other parts dirty testaceous. Head of moderate size, about
as wide as the front edge of the pronotum; the eyes fairly prominent;
the front rostrate, a little narrower than the broad basal antennal
segment; the posterior ocelli large, the anterior one very small, almost
obliterated, situated in a slight pit at the very apex. Pronotum a
little longer than its anterior width, evenly broadening towards the
base, the disc furnished with a median longitudinal impressed line
and two lateral triangular patches as in P. vicinus; the front margin
roundly truncate, the base subangulate, not sinuose. Tegmina large,
a little longer than the abdomen, the tympanum a little longer than
wide, subangulate both in front and behind; the oblique veins five
in number, the mediastin vein twelve-branched. Wings caudate.
Legs short, the anterior tibia inflated basally, and perforated on both
sides in a similar fashion as figured for P. vicinus.

Length of body, o&, 17 mm., of pronotum, 2.9 mm., width, 4.15
mm., length of tegmina, 15 mm., of wings, 19 mm., of hind femora,
8.5 mm., of hind tibia, 7 mm.

Habitat-—The type and only specimen at hand comes from Quatro
Ojos, Dept. Sta. Cruz, Bolivia, where it was taken at an elevation of
three hundred meters above sea-level, by J. Steinbach. It is in the
collection of the Carnegie Museum and belongs to Accession No. 5059.

Genus HaApitHus Uhler.
Hapithus UHLER, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., II (1864), p. 546; KirBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., 1) (i906) p07.
A pithis SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 486.
A pithes SAUSSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 603; Biol. Cent.-Amer.
Orth., I (1897), p. 265; BLATCHLEY, Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., 1891, pp. 128, 139.
Labussa WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I (1869), p. 75.

The genus Hapithus, which is entirely American in its distribution,
contains about a dozen species. These are distributed from southern

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 423

Brazil to about the fortieth degree of north latitude. They may be
recongized by the characters described in the generic synopsis given
on a preceding page. Less than one-half of the described forms are
recorded from South American countries.

98. Hapithus annulicornis (Saussure) ?
A pithis annulicornis SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 491; Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II (1906), p. 98.
Habitat—A single female specimen taken during the month of

November is referred to this species, though with some doubt. It
comes from Chapada, Brazil (H. H. Smith).

Genus OrocHartis Uhler.

Orocharis UHLER, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., II (1864), p. 544; SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex.,
Orth. (1874), p. 492; Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 600; Biol. Cent.-
Amer., Orth., I (1897), p. 269; BLATCHLEY, Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., 1891,
pp. 128, 139.

Like the preceding genus, Orocharis is confined to America, and has
about the same distribution northward. To the southward it reaches
well into Argentina. About two dozen species have been described.
They differ materially from Hapithus in their more elongate and
slender form, reminding one of the representatives of the genus
Metrypa, from the males of which they may be separated by the in-
complete oblique veins of the elytra and from the females by the form
of the apical valves of the ovipositor.

99. Orocharis saulcyi (Guerin).

Platydactylus saulcyi GUERIN, Icon. R. Anim., Ins. (1844), p. 330.
Orocharis saulcyi SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth (1874), p. 498; KirBy, Syn. Cat.
@rth:,, EE (r906);,, p. 98:

Habitat—There is a single female specimen at hand bearing the
labels “Jamaica, W. I.” and ‘Carn. Mus. Acc. 2306.”

Genus APHONOMORPHUS Rehn.

A phonomorphus REHN, Ent. News, XIV (1903), p. 260; KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth. IT,
(1906), p. 105.

Aphonus SAUSSURE, (non Leconte), Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 509; Mém. Soc.
Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 656; Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I (1897), p. 280.

A phonogryllus REHN (nec. Perkins), Can. Ent. XX XIII (1901), p. 272.

Eneoptera DE HAAN (nec Burmeister), TEMMINCK, Verhandel, Orth. (1842), p. 231;
Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I (1869), p. 66.

424 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The insects, which are referred to the present genus, are distributed
over the tropical portions of America, Africa, and the Oriental Region.
The various species have a general resemblance one to another, but
may be separated by such characters as size, color, and the form of the
last ventral segment of the male abdomen, which latter is greatly
developed into a scoop-like or spade-like prolongation. Upward of a
dozen species have already been recognized in Central and South
American countries, and now three others are added. The following
table will aid in separating the American forms.

SYNOPSIS OF TROPICAL AMERICAN SPECIES OF APHONOMORPHUS.

A. Auditory opening of the anterior tibiz, oblong or elliptical.

b. Last joint of the maxillary palpi hatchet-shaped, usually with one side more
expanded than the other, the apex often obliquely truncated. Eyes
very prominent.

c. Ocelli of moderate size. Apex of the vertex concolorous (17 to 23 mm. in
length).
d. Smaller (17 mm. in length), body not depressed. Posterior meta-
tarsus armed with normal teeth or spines [Guiana and Brazil].
mutus Saussure.
dd. Larger (22-23 mm.); the posterior metatarsus armed with large
spines or teeth.
e. Posterior margin of the pronotum decidedly angulate at its
mid dlele [PrenchyGuiariall seein eerie: variegatus Chopard.
ee. Posterior margin of the pronotum broadly rounded at its middle.
f. Cinereous punctulate withfuscous. Median vein five-branched
[Bolivia] See Sas Bd Ee a oe rege el aN silens Saussure.
ff. General color rufo-testaceous. Median vein of the tegmina
seven-branched. [French Guiana]......... major Chopard.
cc. Ocelli very large, the middle one transverse. Apex of the vertex and of
the front above yellow [Mexico]................ flavifrons Saussure.
bb. Last joint of the maxillary palpi funnel-shaped, equally expanded on both
sides of the middle, the apex not decidedly obliquely truncated. Eyes
variable.
c. Tegmina, body, and legs varied with fuscous spots, patches, and lines.
d. Body moderately graceful, subcylindrical, not depressed. Head
above and the pronotum marked with castaneous.
e. Hind tibia rather sparsely spined externally, internally five-spined
[Colombial yess copier ont nee ie eae ee timidus Saussure.
ee. Hind tibia more numerously spined, externally seven-, internally
bboKoryorbateral, a|lsyolhhiaicll 25 4c oom ope omucas oc conspersus Sp. Nov.
dd. Body not especially slender, somewhat depressed. Head above and
the pronotum not prominently marked with castaneous or
brown.

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 425

e. General color griseous. Discoidal vein of the tegmina alone
spotted with black. [French Guiana]........ griseus Chopard.
ee. General color fusco-testaceous. The tegmina throughout punc-

tured or conspersed with fuscous. [Peru, Brazil]
telskii Chopard.

cc. Tegmina body and legs not conspersed with fuscous.
d. Size smaller (17-18 mm.). General color ochraceo-testaceous, body
weakivenilpescent...[Gilianal|..:4 «24 as acne oc testaceus Chopard.
dd. Size larger (19-20 mm.). General color ferruginous.

e. Tegmina provided with five prominent oblique ferruginous bands
which follow the oblique veins. Wings lengthily caudate.

[Bolivitalleyerstrtccs cs eek st Fe cic ashe te too te obliquus sp. nov.
ee. Tegmina without the oblique color-bands; wings not lengthily
AiG [INMATE pals eae anon on ce our ome diversus Walker.

AA. Auditcry opening of the anterior tibie narrow, cleft-like.
b. Size larger (length of body 18 mm.).
c. Tegmina and wings very long, genercal color fulvo-testaceous [Peru].

peruvianus Saussure.
cc. Tegmina and wings shorter, the latter but little longer than the former.
General color pale testaceous; the abdomen fuscous. [Brazil]

lividus Burmeister.
6b. Size smaller (length about 13 mm.). Brmuinneo-testaceous, the abdomen dark
fuscous. Humeral angle of the tegmina and pronotum vittate with fla-
vous, bordered below by fuscous. [Brazil, Bolivia]. .hapitheformis sp. nov.

100. Aphonomorphus mutus (Saussure).

A phonus mutus SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth. (1874), p. 510.

A phonomorphus mutus K1RBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 106.
Habitat—Three specimens are referred to this species. They are

one male, one female from Rio de Janeiro, taken during October, and

a female from Chapada, Brazil, also collected during the same month

(H. H. Smith).
1o1. Aphonomorphus silens (Saussure).

A phonus silens SAusSURE, Mém. Soc. Genéve, XXV (1878), p. 665.

A phonomorphus silens K1rBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II (1906), p. 106.
Habitat—There is a single male specimen of this species among the

insects collected in the Province del Sara, Bolivia, at an elevation of

350 meters above sea-level. It was taken in December, 1912, by J.

Steinbach. Carnegie Mus. Accession 5058.

102. Aphonomorphus conspersus sp. nov.

A large but comparatively slender insect with the subgenital plate
fashioned something like that of A. major Chopard. Strongly hirsute.

426 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

General color pale cinereo-testaceous sparsely conspersed on the
pronotum, the humeral angle of the tegmina, and the hind femora
with dark brown or fuscous spots.

Head a little broader than the anterior margin of the pronotum,
gently depressed, the rostrum squarely truncate in front; eyes large
and prominent; ocelli very large, almost touching one another.
Apical joint of the maxillary palpi broadly funnel-shaped. Pronotum
nearly as long as its basal width, the anterior margin shallowly but
roundly emarginate, the posterior margin strongly sinuose. Tegmina
narrow, extending well beyond the tip of the abdomen, the median
vein eight-branched. Wings lengthily caudate. Anterior and middle
legs rather robust, the front tibiae somewhat inflated and provided
internally with a large oblong foramen. Hind femora graceful.
Last ventral segment, or subgenital plate, fully twice as long as broad,
longitudinally channeled at middle, the apex deeply and triangularly
fissured, the two lobes evenly narrowed and rounded at their apex.
Hind tibiz very irregularly spined, not normal in this specimen.
Posterior metatarsus externally three-spined, internally one-spined,
the apical spines very large and robust.

Length of body, o7, 21 mm., including elytra, 25 mm., including
wings, 30 mm., of tegmina, 21 mm., of pronotum, 3 mm., width 3.75
mm., length of hind femora, 13 mm.

Habitat-—The type, and only specimen, comes from “Sta. Cruz. de
la Sierra, Bolivia,’ where it was taken at an elevation of 450 meters
above sea-level by J. Steinbach. Carnegie Accession No. 4546.

103. Aphonomorphus obliquus sp. noy.

Related to A. major, but decidedly smaller, and less robust in form.
A rufo-testaceous insect, with four prominently oblique rufous bands
on the dorsal field of the tegmina. Body hirsute, in part also sericeous.

Head moderately large, a little wider than the front edge of the
pronotum, depressed between the eyes, which are fairly prominent;
ocelli large, elliptical, almost touching, and arranged in an arcuate
row between the inner angles of the eyes. Pronotum transverse,
strongly hirsute, the anterior end widely emarginate in front, behind
roundly produced at middle, lateral lobes high, the lower margin
rounded. ‘Tegmina of moderate width, reaching beyond the apex of
the abdomen and the tips of the hind femora, the veins rather numer-

BRUNER: SOUTH AMERICAN CRICKETS. 427

ous and ferruginous, prominent, the cross-veins arranged in such a
manner as to form four series of diagonal ones which give to these
members the appearance of being crossed by that many oblique
ferruginous bands, the median vein seven- or eight-branched; wings
caudate, their apical field somewhat infuscated. Hind femora slender,
unicolorous; hind tibiz externally six-, internally eight-spined; pos-
terior metatarsus one- to two-spined, anterior and middle legs rather
slender, the front tibize a little swollen and perforated internally by
an elliptical foramen. Subgenital plate elongate, the sides parallel,
longitudinally and broadly canaliculate beyond the middle, the apex
widely and shallowly emarginate. Cerci rather robust, curved, and
about the length of the hind femora.

Length of body, o’, 20 mm., to tip of tegmina, 22.5 mm., to tip of
wings, 26 mm., of pronotum, 2.9 mm., width, 4 mm., length of hind
femora, II mm.

Habitat—The only specimen at hand, the type, comes from Santa
Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia, where it was collected by J. Steinbach at
an elevation of 450 meters above sea-level. Carnegie Museum
Accession No. 4546.

104. Aphonomorphus hapitheformis sp. nov.

Body somewhat hirsute and sericeous. Of medium size, but com-
paratively robust, and having a rather strong resemblance to a fully
winged female Hapithes. Bruneo-testaceous with a narrow testaceous
line along each side of the pronotum and the humeral angles of the
tegmina, and bordered below by dark brown, inclining to piceous.
Abdomen piceous or black. Base of the tegmina conspicuously
marked with a black spot.

Head of moderate size, semiglobose, the occiput tumid, gently
depressed just back of, and between, the lateral ocelli. These medium
in size, elliptical; rostrum rather prominent between the antenne,
of about the same width as the greatest diameter of the basal joint
of the latter. Pronotum transverse, the humeral angles rounded,
broadly emarginate in front, behind sinuose, the middle apex sub-
angulate. Tegmina rather broad, a trifle longer than the abdomen,
regularly veined in the female, a little irregularly so in the male,
mediastine vein five-branched. Wings briefly caudate, slightly infus-
cated apically. Anterior and middle femora robust, the front tibiz

428 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

but little inflated, the auditory opening small and narrow, fusiform
or subfusiform. Hind femora robust and rather long for the size of
the insect. Last ventral segment of the male abdomen elongate,
evenly tapering apically, scarcely canaliculate, its apex roundly
docked. Hind tibiz five-spined on both sides; the posterior meta-
tarsus one- to two-spined, or toothed.

Length of body, o’, 12 mm., 2, 13.5 mm.; of pronotum, ©’, 2.15
mm., @, 2.65 mm.; width, o’, 3.25.mm., 9, 3.4 mm.; length of teg-
mina, o', 12.5 mm., 9, 13.5 mm.; of wings, 67, 15mm, 2 16emim-=:
of hind femora, o’, 12 mm., 9, 13 mm.; of ovipositor, 9.5 mm.

Habitat—Seven males and six females. These insects were taken
at Chapada and Corumba, Brazil, during the months of March to
November (H H. Smith) and Puerto Suarez, Bolivia, Nov.—Jan.,
1908-1909 (J. Steinbach). The types, male and female, are deposited
in the Carnegie Museum.

SVE A eREEIMINARY CATALOG OF THE NORTH
AMERICAN SPHAERIIDZ.

By Victor STERKI, M.D.

A monographic revision of the North American Spheriide has long
been demanded. Interest in this group of mollusks is steadily increas-
ing. Nevertheless the way is not yet clear for preparing such a work
in an entirely satisfactory manner. Much is still to be learned con-
cerning the limits of some species, their trend and extent of variation,
their interrelations, and relations to those of other zodgeographical
provinces, and their resultant grouping and distribution. Further-
more in some cases we need to ascertain more details of a morpho-
logical and anatomical nature, and of the stages of development.
More good material from all over the continent is still desirable,
especially from those regions where little or no collecting has taken
place. More specimens of the fossil species are also needed, especially
from the Tertiaries and still older formations, in order that the
phylogeny and geological history of the various species may at least
to some extent be elucidated.

The study of this intricate group of mollusks is rendered especially
difficult and peculiarly interesting by the great, and in some species
apparently almost endless, variation which occurs. It may be in
order to state in this connection that injudicious and haphazard
‘“‘lumping’’ has done more to bring about difficulties than has been
caused by minute discrimination between forms. The careful dif-
ferentiation of forms alone enables us to determine their natural
interrelations and affinities. Some forms of distinct species may
resemble each other closely; while on the other hand forms of one
species may be so different from each other, that at first glance they
appear to belong to widely different species.

An essential factor in evolution is the influence of habitat. The
Spheriide furnish some very interesting illustrations of variation
under the influence of environment. It is therefore very desirable,
if not indispensable, to have specimens accompanied by accurate
data as to the nature of the localities from which they are derived.

42¢

430 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

As has been stated above, the Nearctic Spheriid fauna is still
very imperfectly known; yet the material now at hand proves it to
be surprisingly rich in groups, species, and forms, when compared
with what was known some years ago. It is much more so than the
Palearctic, a fact which is explained by the geological history of the
continent. The two faunas are more closely related than has been
supposed, e. g., by Clessin; the genera are the same in both, quite
a number of species are identical, and others are at least close relatives.
More evidence in that direction may come to light when the vast
territory of British America is better explored, being in the same lati-
tude as middle and northern Europe.

The metropolis of the Nearctic Spheriide is the region of the Great
Lakes, where they have attained the greatest number of species and
the widest diversity of forms. The East, and more so the West, have
a number of species and forms of their own, which present some
apparently difficult problems of distribution. The South has some
species which show relations to the faunas of the West Indian islands
and of Central and South America.

The fauna of our Great Lakes themselves is only fragmentarily
known, so far as the Spheriide are concerned, strange as it may
appear. To judge from the material at hand, from a few places on
Lakes Michigan and Erie, and from very little dredging, there are
many peculiar forms, and possibly species. It is hoped that systematic
collecting may be done at many places, so that it may be possible to
ascertain the relations of the forms from the lake-region with the
species and forms from other regions and also to’compare the faunas
of the several lakes.

In the following catalog an attempt is made to give a survey of
our knowledge of the group so far as this can be effected by a mere
list. To the species cited from previous literature a few new ones
are added, together with some varieties, most of which were established
and named years ago. It may be added that there are numerous
forms in the hands of the writer, which could not be referred to any
of the established species. With additional material for comparison,
the affinities of these will eventually be ascertained.

With every species citation is made of the publication in which it
was originally described. Other papers, some of which are more
easily accessible, or which are desirable for reference in order to a
better understanding of the species, are also in some cases cited.

SrerKI: NortH AMERICAN SPHARIID. 431

Synonyms are added only as they appear to be necessary for identi-
fication. Distribution is given in a general way by states and proy-
inces. Fossil species cited in the same way must be understood as
having been obtained from marl and glacial and post-glacial deposits.
The numbers of the entries cited refer to the collection of the Spheriidé
in the Carnegie Museum, unless otherwise stated. An alphabetical
list has been added for use in checking and as an index.

A few directions for collecting and handling material are given
with a view to making this work easier and more successful on the
part of those who are doing field-work. These directions are embodied
in a brief article which immediately succeeds the present catalog in
the order of publication. Reprints of this article will be supplied by
the author or by the director of the Carnegie Museum to those who
may desire information as to the best manner of collecting the smaller
mollusca, and especially to those who may wish to aid the Museum in
making its collections complete.

Thanks are extended by the writer to the many malacologists, who,
by making collections, or by loaning specimens, have aided him in his
researches. A list of these, together with an account of their work
will be published in a forthcoming monograph, but the writer cannot
refrain from here mentioning his special indebtedness to Dr. Bryant
Walker of Detroit, Michigan, for his many favors and the literary
references which he has given him.

The following abbreviations are employed throughout this paper:
Boston Proc. for ‘‘Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural
History”; Mon. Corb. for ‘‘Monograph of the North American
Corbiculade,’”’ by Temple Prime, Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collec-
tions, 1865.

Family SPHAERIID.

Genus SPH#RIUM Scopoli.

1. Spherium sulcatum (Lamarck).

Cyclas sulcata LAMARCK, An. sans Vert., V, 1818, p. 560.
Cyclas similis Say, Nicholson’s Encycl. Ed. IX, 1818 (?), Pl. I, fig. 9.
Spherium sulcatum PRIME, Mon. Corb., p. 33.
Habitat.—East of the Rocky Mountains, rare in the South.
Fossil.—Maine, New Jersey, Ohio, Michigan, Illinois.

432 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

2. Spherium sulcatum albescens var. nov.

Straw-colored to whitish in young and _ half-grown specimens;
darker, somewhat grayish-corneous in old specimens. Superior and
inferior margins little curved; beaks rather narrow, and somewhat
anterior; striae fine and crowded; hinge slight. A well-marked vari-
ety, somewhat variable.

Habitat—Maine, Massachusetts, eastern New York.

3. Spherium sulcatum insigne var. nov.

Larger, some specimens attaining 23 mm. in length, more elongate,
well inflated; superior and inferior margins little curved; anterior and
posterior ends rounded; beaks somewhat anterior, rather narrow, and
slightly prominent; surface striae fine, crowded; straw-colored, light
corneous around the beaks; shell and hinge slight.

Habitat—Grand Rapids, Michigan.

Specimens are found in the Cincinnati Museum obtained from Cope,
and ticketed ‘‘No. 5088.’’ Some good specimens are also in the
American Museum of Natural History, possibly from the same place
(source and locality not indicated on label). This form is remarkable
for its size, shape, and color.

4. Sphezrium sulcatum planatum var. nov.

Smaller than common, or typical, sulcatum, more inequipartite, the
beaks being markedly anterior; less inflated, especially flattened over
the lower parts of the valves, more truncate anteriorly and posteriorly,
inferior margin less curved; beaks narrower and little elevated; sur-
face strie slighter; shell and hinge slighter. Extreme forms are so
very different as to appear distinct, but there are intermediates.

Habitat——Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Ontario.

Fossil.—Ohio.

5. Spherium crassum Sterki.
Nautilus, XIV, 1901, p. 140.

Most examples are larger, more elongate, and more inequipartite
than the original types from Michigan.

Habitat—Northern New York, Quebec, Ontario, northern Michigan,

Minnesota.

6. Spherium aureum (Prime).

Cyclas aurea PRIME, Boston Proc., IV, 1851, p. 159.
Spherium aureum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 35-

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHERIID®. 433

Few adult or adolescent specimens are of a “bright golden”’ color
and not many are “‘greenish yellow,” as is said in Prime’s description;
generally they are light to dark corneous, or grayish. Specimens of

“e

various other Spheria have been named “aureum’’ on account of
their yellow color.

Habitat.—The original specimens were supposed to be from Lake
Superior; apparently the same Spherium is found in the Upper
Mississippi Valley, in Illinois, lowa, South Dakota, Missouri, and as
far east as northwestern Ohio. A somewhat different form, but
probably not distinct, comes from southern Missouri, Arkansas, and

Kansas.

7. Spherium lineatum Sterki.
Nautilus, XXIII, 1910, p. 142.

Habitat.—Indiana, Illinois, Michigan.

8. Spherium solidulum (Prime).
Cyclas solidula PRIME, Boston Proc., 1851, p. 158.
Spherium solidulum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 36.

Habitat—Miississippi Valley and eastward; very variable and not
yet clearly definable, though good material from many places is at
hand. Typical and near-typical forms occur in Ohio, Indiana,
Illinois, Michigan, and Kentucky, in rivers and creeks. From Ohio
eastivard it becomes apparently scarcer, and is represented by smaller
forms, some of them barely recognizable. Westward (Iowa) and
southward (Alabama) there are found other different, yet apparently
conspecific forms, more elongate, with finer strie, and slighter shells
and hinges. <A peculiar lacustrine form from Lake Michigan may be
of this species, though of a very different shape.

Fossil.—Ohio.

g. Spherium stamineum (Conrad).
Cyclas staminea CONRAD, American Journ. Sci., XXV, 1834, Dp. 342.
Spherium stamineum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 38.

Very variable, more so than any other species, and several extreme
forms appear to be distinct. It is rather a ‘“‘form-cycle’’ than a
species in the current sense.

Habitat.—Mississippi Valley and eastward (rare east of the Appa-
lachians); Manitoba.

Fosstl—New York, Ohio, Michigan, Illinois.

434 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

10. Spherium stamineum forbesi Baker.
Nautilus, XXII, 1906, p. 21.
Habitat.—lllinois, Michigan, Ohio River at Cincinnati, Maryland,
and Virginia.
11. Spherium stamineum wisconsinense var. nov.

Smaller than average stamineum, not so high, less inflated, superior
margin less curved; surface striz moderately coarse to obsolete; color
light corneous to grayish; shell and hinge slighter.

Habitat—Wisconsin, Michigan.

Fossil.—Illinois, post-glacial deposits of Chicago.

12. Spherium emarginatum (Prime).
Cyclas emarginata PRIME, Boston Proc., IV, 1851, p. 156.

Spherium emarginatum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 43.

Habitat—Maine to Lake Superior, Winnipeg, Keewatin.

3. Spherium torsum sp. nov.

Mussel inequipartite, oblique, well-inflated, posterior part higher,
and much more voluminous than the anterior; dorso-ventral axis
curved and oblique; beaks strongly inclined forward, large, prominent,
rounded, not, or slightly, mamillar; superior margin curved, not, or
barely, bounded by angles; scutum and scutellum well marked;
anterior and posterior ends rounded, inferior margin moderately
curved; surface with fine, slight, irregular or subregular concentric
strie and a few lines of growth, shining; yellow, straw-colored in
younger specimens; shell moderately strong; hinge long for the shape
and size of the mussel, almost regularly curved, rather slight; cardinal
teeth small, the left posterior tooth vestigial in some specimens;
lamine rather slight, at almost a right angle to each other; ligament
covered, resilium moderately strong. Soft parts not examined.
Long. 11 mm.; alt. 9 mm.; diam. 7 mm. (100 : 83 : 64).

S. torsum appears to range near emarginatum of the same region,
but is more oblique, of more rounded outlines, more evenly inflated.
The beaks are less elevated, less mamillar, and more inclined forward,
and the hinge is much slighter.

Habitat.—Quebec, Ontario, along the Ottawa River near Hull and
Ottawa, collected by Justice F. R. Latchford, 1911 and 1912. Types
in the collection of Mr. Latchford, and No. 6956 for full-grown, and
7286 for young and adolescent specimens. It occurs also in Wisconsin.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHERIID. 435

Fossil—Goat Island, Niagara, collected by Miss J. E. Letson, 1900
(No. 2224a).

14. Spherium acuminatum (Prime).
Cyclas acuminata PRIME, Boston Proc., 1V, 1851, p. 155; synonym of Spherium
striatinum, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 37. Cf. Nautilus, XXVI, 1913, p. 139.

It should be stated in addition to the foregoing synonymy that T.
Prime himself acknowledged C. acuminata as a species, and C. albula
as a synonym for it in a catalog of 1853.

Habitat-—Region of the Great Lakes, common and variable.

Fossil.—Illinois.

15. Spherium vermontanum Prime.
Spherium vermontanum PRIME, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1861, p. 128; Mon.
Corb., 1865, p. 42.

Habitat—Lakes Champlain and Nephremagog, Vermont, according
to Prime. The species is insufficiently known. In July, 1914, Mr.
William F. Clapp collected a large number of specimens in Lake
Champlain near Chimney Point, Vermont, by dredging, and these
appear to belong to the present species, but do not quite agree with
Prime’s description and figure, being smaller, less inflated, and with
the beaks not so prominent. They may represent a lacustrine form.
Specimens which may belong to S. vermontanum have been seen from
Maine, Quebec, and Ontario.

16. Spherium striatinum (Lamarck).

Cyclas striatina LAMARCK, An. sans Vert., V, 1818, p. 560.
Spherium striatinum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 37. (Minus some synonyms.)
Cyclas edentula SAy, teste Prime.

Very variable, and still difficult to define as a species. Besides,

’

almost every Spherium has been named “‘striatinum,’’ and there are
many thus misidentified lots in collections.

Habitat—East of the Rocky Mountains. The center of distribu-
tion appears to be in the Middle States, Ohio, Michigan, Indiana, and
Illinois. Typical or near-typical forms have not been seen from the
South.

Fossil.—Michigan, Illinois, Ohio.

17. Sphzrium striatinum corpulentum var. nov.

Mussel large, high, well inflated, the surface often having rather
coarse strie; shell and hinge rather strong.

436 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

This appears to be the really typical form, rather than the small
eastern mussel described by Prime in his Monograph of the North
American Corbiculade. Prime’s figure does not agree with the
description nor with any specimens.

Habitat.—Michigan, Ohio, Illinois, mostly in creeks.

18. Sphzrium lilycashense F. C. Baker.

Spherium lilycashense F. C. BAKER, Nautilus, XII, 1898, p. 65.
Habitat—Lilycash Creek, Joliet, Illinois; apparently also Chicago

River, and Charlevoix, Michigan.

19. Spherium ohioénse Sterki.
Spherium ohioénse STERKI, Nautilus, XXVI, 1913, p. 139.

Habitat—Ohio River in Ohio and Indiana; Elk River, West Vir-
ginia.
20. Spherium modestum (Prime).
Cyclas modesta PRIME, Boston Proc., IV, 1851, p. 159; as synonym of S. striatinum

in Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 37.

Appears to be distinct, and certainly is not identical with S. séri-
atinum Lamarck.

Habitat—New York to Virginia and westward; apparently occur-
ring sporadically in Ontario, eastern Ohio, Kentucky, and Alabama.

21. Spherium flavum (Prime).

Cyclas flava PRIME, Boston Proc., IV, 1851, p. 155.
Spherium flavum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 43.

Variable.
Habitat—Region of the Great Lakes.

22. Spherium fabale (Prime).
Cyclas fabalis PRIME, Boston Proc., IV, 1851, p. 159.
Spherium fabale PRimE, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 40.

FTabitat—Eastern North America.

23. Spherium triangulare (Say).

Cyclas triangularis Say, New Harmony Disseminator, 1829, p. 356.

Spherium triangulare PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 36.

Spherium triangulare PiLssBry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1903, p. 785; Pl.
EV figs. 4; 4a, 3, ca, Plo ell ices:

Habitat—Mexico, Colorado (?).

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHERIID®. 437

24. Spherium jalapense Pilsbry.
Spherium jalapense PILsBrY, l. c., p. 786; Pl. LIII, figs. 1, ta; Pl. LII, fig. 1.

Habitat—Mexico, Texas.

25. Spherium pilsbryanum Sterki.
Spherium pilsbryanum STERKI, Nautilus, XXII, 1900, p. T4I.

Habitat—Bear Lake, Utah (originals fossil), recent in Utah Lake.

26. Spherium dentatum (Haldeman).

Cyclas dentata HALDEMAN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1841, p. 100.
Spherium dentatum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 40.

The species is not sufficiently well known.

Habitat.—Oregon, Washington.

27. Spherium tumidum Baird.

Spherium tumidum Baird, Proc. Zodl. Soc. London, 1863, p. 69.
Spherium ltumidum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 43.

Habitat—British Columbia, Sumass Prairie, Frazer River.

28. Spherium hendersoni Sterki.
Spherium hendersoni STERKI, Nautilus, XX, 1906, p. 60.
Habitat—Colorado.

29. Spherium spokani Baird.

Spherium spokani BAirD, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 60.
Spherium spokani PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 44.

Habitat——British Columbia, Spokane and Kootenai Rivers.

30. Spherium californicum Clessin.

Spherium californicum CLESSIN, Malacozoél. Blétter, XXV, 1878, p. 123, Pl. V,
fig. 2; Monograph Cycladeen in Martini-Chemnitz, 1879, p. 270, Pl. 41, figs.
20 and 21.

Habitat California.

31. Spherium nobile (Gould).

Cyclas nobilis GOuLD, Boston Proc., V, 1855, p. 229.
Spherium nobile PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 41.

Habitat—California and Washington.

32. Spherium primeanum Clessin.

Spherium primeanum CLESSIN, Malacozoél. Blitter, XXV, 1878, p. 122, Pl. V,
figs. a, b; Monograph Cycladeen, l. c., 1879, p. 122, Pl. 41, figs. 18, 19.

Habitat—Oregon, Washington.

438 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

33. Spherium patella (Gould).
Cyclas patella GouLp, Boston Proc., III, 1850, p. 292.
Spherium patella PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 42.

Habitat—Northern California to British Columbia.

34. Spherium rhomboideum (Say).
Cyclas rhomboidea Say, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1822, p. 380.
Spherium rhomboideum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 39.
Habitat—New England, and New York, thence to Wisconsin;
Ontario; Manitoba; Alaska; British Columbia (?); Nevada (?).
Fossil——Maine, Ohio, Michigan, Illinois.

35. Spherium occidentale Prime.

Cyclas ovalis PRIME, Boston Proc., IV, 1852, p. 276.

Spherium occidentale PRIME, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1860, p. 295; Mon.
Corb., 1865, p. 41.

Habitat——Widely distributed over the continent, but as yet of
doubtful occurrence in the southwestern states; apparently rare in the
south.

Fossil—This, or a species very close to it, occurs in the Miocene
of North Carolina.

36. Spherium occidentale amphibium Sterki.

Spherium occidentale amphibium STERKI, Proc. Ohio Acad. Sciences, 1907, p. 395.
Habitat—Extends over the same area as the preceding, but is

apparently more northern in its distribution.

37. Spherium tenue (Prime).
Cyclas tenuis PRIME, Boston Proc., 1V, 1851, p. 161.
Spherium tenue PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 47.}

This Spherium is one of our rarest and least known species. Mr,
William F. Clapp in 1914 collected in Lake Champlain a number of
specimens of a form larger than any seen before, 7.5 to 9 mm. long,
The measurements are for example as follows: long. 8; alt. 6.5; diam.
4.5-4.8 mm. T. Prime in his Monograph gives the following measure-
ments: ‘‘ Long. 4.5; alt. 3; diam. 1.5 mm.,’’ evidently being those of
an immature example.

Habitat—Lake Champlain, Ontario, Michigan, northern Indiana,
Keewatin, Yukon Territory, Alaska.

1 Placed in the ‘‘Calyculate Group”? = Musculium.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHERIID. 439

38. Spherium tenue walkeri Sterki.
Spherium walkeri STERKI, Naulilus, XIV, 1901, p. 141 (partim).
A small lacustrine, or deep-water, form, with the beaks broader and
less elevated, as is generally the case in lake forms of Spheria.
Habitat—Dredged from Lake Michigan in water twenty-four meters
deep. The form occurs also in Lake Michigan on the Indiana coast.

39. Spherium mormonicum Sowerby.
Spherium mormonicum SOWERBY, Con. Icon., fig. 44.
Habitat.—Cited as from Great Salt Lake. I have seen no specimens.
The following four fossil species from the Tertiaries of Nebraska,
described at various times by Meek & Hayden, have not been seen
by the writer, who includes them in this catalog, as cited by Prime in
his Monograph. The last two may be species of Musculium.

40. Spherium recticardinale Meek & Hayden.

Spherium recticardinale MEEK & HAYDEN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1860, p,
1706.

41. Spherium planum Meek & Hayden.
Spherium planum MEEK & HAYDEN, Proc. Acad. Nal. Sci. Philada.,l. ¢., p. 175.

42. Cyclas formosa Meek & Hayden.
Cyclas formosa MEEK & HAYDEN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1856, p. 115.

43. Cyclas subelliptica Meek & Hayden.
Cyclas subelliptica MEEK & HAYDEN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1856, p. 115.

Genus Muscutium Link.

Calyculina Clessin.

1. Musculium elevatum (Haldeman).

Cyclas elevata HALDEMAN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., I, 1841, p. 53.
Spherium elevatum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 44.

Habitat—Georgia to Texas, Missouri, Illinois.

2. Musculium orbiculare Sterki.
Musculium orbiculare STERKI, Nautilus, XXVI, 1913, p. 140.

Habitat.—Indiana, Illinois (originals), Louisiana, Texas, Minnesota
(2). Cf. Roper, Nautilus, X, p. 29.

440 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

3. Musculium contractum (Prime).

Spherium contractum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 48.
Apparently near MV. elevatum.
Habitat— Alabama, Florida.

4. Musculium hodgsoni (Sterki).
Calyculina hodgsoni STERKI, Nautilus, XVI, 1902, p. O1.

Habitat.-—Ohio, Illinois, Missouri, Kansas, Louisiana, Iowa (the
specimens from Iowa are different).

5. Musculium transversum (Say).

Cyclas transversa SAY, New Harmony Disseminator, II, 1820, p. 356.

Spherium transversum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 48.

Spherium martensi PILSBRyY, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1899, p. 401; I. ¢.,
1903, p. 786, figs.

Habitat-—The continent to Mexico.

6. Musculium transversum decisum forma nova.

Mussel sharply truncate anteriorly and posteriorly in nearly straight
lines; apparently smaller and less inflated.

Habitat——Jackson, Alabama, in a pool near the Tombigbee River,
collected by H. H. Smith. Specimens are contained in the collection
of Mr. Bryant Walker, and are represented in the Carnegie Museum
by No. 5164.

7. Musculium subtransversum (Prime).

Spherium subtransversum PRIME, Proc. Zodl. Soc. London, XXVIII, 1860, p. 322.

Spherium sublransversum PILSBRY, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1903, p. 787,
Pl. LIII, figs. 6, 6a.

Appears to be distinct, judging by the description and figures given
by Dr. Pilsbry and specimens. Specimens sent from Texas to collec-
tions under this name are M. transversum.

Habitat —Mexico.

8. Musculium ferrissi (Sterki).
Calyculina ferrissii STERKI, Nautilus, XVI, 1902, p. Ol.

FHabitat.—Oklahoma, Louisiana, Missouri, specimens from the latter
locality having a somewhat different form.

9. Musculium novoleonis (Pilsbry).

Spherium novoleonis P1ItssBry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1903, p. 787, Pl. LIII,
figs. 5, 50; Ply lVenono-

Hahitat.—Mexico.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHERIID. 44]

10. Musculium jayense (Prime).

Cyclas jayensis PRIME, Boston Proc., 1V, 1851, p. 157.
Spherium jayanum Prime, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 46.

Habitat—Ohio to Dakota, Ontario, Manitoba, Alberta.

11. Musculium partumeium (Say).
Cyclas partumeia Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 11, 1822, p. 380.
Spherium partumeium PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 45.

Very variable, and there appear to be some more or less well-marked

varieties, besides those hereafter mentioned.
Habitat.

East of the Rocky Mountains, commoner in the northeast.

12. Musculium partumeium cceruleum (Prime).
Cyclas cerulea PRIME, Boston Proc., IV, 1851, p. 161.

Habitat—New England, New York.

13. Musculium partumeium globosum var. nov.

Small, well inflated, with rounded, almost circular outlines.

MEASUREMENTS.

Long. 8.3; alt. 7.5; diam. 5 mm. (100 : 90 : 60) Massachusetts.
Long. 7.3; alt. 6.8; diam. 5 mm. (100 : 93 : 68) Ohio.

Habitat—Duxbury, Massachusetts, collected by Mr. William F.
Clapp in 1913, specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy
and in the Carnegie Museum, No. 7885; Rhode Island; Garrettsville,
Ohio, collected by Mr. George J. Streator, 1900, Carnegie Museum,
No. 1914. All specimens from whatever locality are markedly uni-
form.

14. Musculium partumeium mirabile (Prime).

Cyclas mirabilis PRimME, Boston Proc., IV, 1851, p. 157; treated in the Monograph
of the Corbiculade as a synonym of Spherium partumeium.

Habitat.

Georgia, Florida.

15. Musculium partumeium eburneum (Anthony).

Cyclas eburnea ANTHONY, Boston Proc., 1V, 1852, p. 279. Synonym of Spherium
partumeium PRIME, Mon. Corb.

Habitat—Arkansas.

16. Musculium truncatum (Linsley).

Cyclas truncata LINSLEY, Am. Jour. Sci., VI, 1848, p. 234, fig. 3.
Cyclas pellucida PRIME, Boston Proc., IV, 1851, p. 277.
Spherium truncatum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 51.

442 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Very variable. There are some doubtful forms, which may, or
may not, belong to this species.

Habitat.—East of the Rocky Mountains, occurring most commonly
from New York to Illinois. It is apparently rare, if occurring at all,

in the south.
Fossil—Ohio, Michigan.

17. Musculium truncatum albidum var. nov.

Mussel of moderate size, with more rounded outlines; surface striz
very slight; shell more or less whitish, translucent to opaque.
Habitat—New York to Illinois.

18. Musculium truncatum angustatum var. nov.

More oblique, more inequipartite, the posterior part markedly
higher and larger than the anterior; beaks narrow, more elevated and
more inclined forward; otherwise near M. albidum. The form, though
possibly not of sufficiently wide distribution to constitute a subspecies,
is interesting and significant, showing the trend of variation and
affinities.

/Tabitat—Canton, Illinois. There are a number of specimens in the
American Museum of Natural History from the Crooke Collection,
No. 17,800, and in the Carnegie Museum, No. 7,777.

19. Musculium lacustre (Miiller).

Tellina lacustris MULLER, Verm. Hist., I1, 1774, p. 204, No. 388.
Calyculina lacustris CLESSIN, Monogr. Cycladeen in Martini-Chemnitz, p. 253, Pl. 41,
figs. 9-12, 16, 17.
ITabitat.—Palearctic and Nearctic Regions. Indiana, Ontario (and
probably northward), California, Washington.

20. Musculium rosaceum (Prime).
Cyclas rosacea PRIME, Boston Proc., IV, 1851, p. 155.
Spherium rosaceum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 50.

Very variable. Spherium deforme H. F. Carpenter, is a deformed,
pathological form of M. rosaceum. A very small Musculium from
northern Ohio, Indiana, and Michigan, which has been taken for
immature M. rosaceum, may be M. ryckholti, immature, or possibly
distinct.

Habitat—Maine to Virginia, Ontario, Ohio, and Illinois.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPH-ERIID. 443

21. Musculium rosaceum fuliginosum var. nov.

Mussel small, rather short, subequipartite, moderately inflated,
somewhat ‘‘pinched”’ along the margins; beaks nearly in the middle,
narrow, somewhat prominent, calyculate; superior margin angular at
the beaks, its anterior and posterior parts straight or nearly so, equally
sloping; supero-anterior and posterior slopes, or truncations, well
marked, nearly straight, the posterior longer and steeper, nearly at
right angle with the longitudinal axis, anterior and posterior ends
rounded; inferior margin moderately curved; surface shining and
with a silky gloss derived from very narrow, membranous, scaly
projections of the periostracum on the fine concentric striz; shell
very thin, glassy transparent, with a marked grayish or smoky hue.

The largest specimen measures: Long. 7; alt. 6; diam. 3.8 mm.

The mussel is striking in appearance and at first sight seems to be
distinct, especially since all specimens are remarkably uniform, but
young and adolescent individuals reveal features of other forms of
M. rosaceum.

Habitat—Scott Graham Creek, Carleton County, Ontario, collected
by Mr. Justice F. R. Latchford, 1911 and 1913. Specimens are con-
tained in his collection and in the Carnegie Museum, Nos. 6,945 and
7,431. Justice Latchford writes in November, 1913: ‘“‘No. 2925 is
quite common. I have visited the creek at all seasons and never
found any larger shells than those which I send; I therefore regard
them—the larger ones—as full-grown.”

22. Musculium declive Sterki.
Musculium declive STERKI, Nautilus, XXV, 1912, p. 103.

Habitat—Michigan, Ontario.

23. Musculium ryckholti (Normand).

Cyclas ryckholti NORMAND, Noles sur Quelques Nouvelles Cyclades, 1844, p. 7, figs. 5, 6.

Calyculina ryckholti CLESSIN, Monograph Cycladeen in Martini-Chemnitz, 1897, p.
257, Pl. 40, figs. 20-27.

Very variable. Some of the forms appear to be the same as vari-
eties described from Europe.

Habitat—Palearctic and Nearctic Regions. Maine, Connecticut,
Ontario, Michigan, Iowa, South Dakota, Montana, Idaho, and prob-
ably far northward.

Musculium pusillum Sterki, cf. Nautilus, XXIV, 1910, p. 3, is
probably an immature form of M. ryckholti. The type came from
Michigan.

444 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

24. Musculium raymondi (J. G. Cooper).
Spherium raymondi Cooper, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sciences (2), III, 1892, p. 74.
Closely resembling M. ryckholti, and at least some forms ranged
under it may belong to that species.
Habitat.—California (Sierra Nevada), Washington, British Colum-
bia.

25. Musculium winkleyi Sterki.

Musculium winkleyi STERKI, Nautilus, XXIII, 1909, p. 66.
Habitat—Maine, Massachusetts.
Fossil—Maine.

26. Musculium securis (Prime).
Cyclas securis PRIME, Boston Proc., IV, 1851, p. 160.
Spherium securis PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 49.

Very variable. The form estivale (cf. The Nautilus, X XIII, p. 18)
is markedly different, and corresponding forms of most of the species
of Musculium have been seen. The designation is applicable to each
of them, since it is not a subspecific or varietal name.

Habitat—East of the Rocky Mountains, but apparently rare in
the South and wanting in the Gulf States; common in the Northeast;
South Carolina.

Fossil—Maine, Michigan.

27. Musculium sphericum (Anthony).
Cyclas spherica ANTHONY, Boston Proc., IV, 1852, p. 275.
Spherium sphericum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 50.

Rather variable. It appears that M. sphericum is not specifically
distinct from M. securis Prime, although typical forms are noticeably
different from each other, they are inseparably and intricately con-
nected by intermediate forms. Both are decidedly variable, yet the
specimens from each habitat are fairly uniform; of both there are
forms with calyculate and with plain, rounded beaks, ‘ @stivale.”’

Habitat—Northern Ohio and Indiana, Michigan, New York, New
England, more common in the western part of the area.

28. Musculium sphericum succineum var. nov.

Mussel somewhat smaller, less inequipartite; beaks rather large
and full, the shell is translucent to transparent, of clear amber-color,
the surface glossy, with very fine slight striz, not scaly.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHARIID. 445

Habitat—Agawam River at East Wareham, Massachusetts. Sev-
eral hundred specimens were collected in 1908 by, the Rev. H. W.
Winkley, and are in his collection and in that of the Carnegie Museum,
No. 5,346. Most of the specimens have the beaks plain, not calycu-
late. Specimens collected later at the same place by Mr. William F.
Clapp are of the same shape and appearance, but smaller, and almost
all are incrusted with a ferruginous deposit. Similar forms have been
seen by the writer from Rhode Island, New York, and Ohio.

29. Musculium parvum Sterki.

Musculium parvum STERKI, Nautilus, XXIII, 1900, p. 67.
Habitat—Ohio, Indiana, New York, Maine.
Fossil.—Michigan.

30. Musculium australe sp. nov.

Somewhat like M. sphericum, but smaller; superior margin markedly
curved, angular in the middle; beaks prominent, strongly inclined
forward; surface shining; shell translucent, corneous.

Since no M. sphericum have been seen from south of northern
Ohio and Indiana, and of M. securis only a few from South Carolina,
small and angular, it appears to be proper to tentatively regard MW.
australe as distinct, differing as it does in size and shape from the
species just named.

Habitat—Florida, Alabama, Louisiana. A number of specimens
from Tallahassee, Florida, are in the collection of Mr. Bryant Walker
and the Carnegie Museum, No. 5,240. These are dead shells, some-
what bleached, but good, and may be regarded as typical. Smaller
specimens are at hand from Louisiana, collected by Mr. L. S. Frierson
in De Soto Parish and Rambin Bayou in 1903 and 1906 (Carnegie
Museum, Nos. 4,257 and 5,230).

31. Musculium lenticula (Gould).

Spherium lenticula (GouLD MS.) Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1860, p. 36
(Cited from Dall, Alaska, Mollusca, p. 140].
Spherium lenticula PRiME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 51, excl. syn.

At least part of the specimens ranged under this name appear to be
M. lacustre Miiller.

Habitat—California, British Columbia (?).

32. Musculium uintaénse (Call).

Spherium uintaénse R. ELLSWORTH CALL, Proc. Davenport Acad. Nat. Sci., V, 1886,
p. 8, figs.

Habitat— Utah; Uinta Mountains at 10,500 ft. above sea-level.

446 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

33. Musculium florissantense (Cockerell).

Spherium florissantense T. D. A. COCKERELL, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXII,
Dec., 1906, p. 462, fig. 5.

Fossil—Miocene of Florissant, Colorado.

Genus EupERA Bourguignat.

Limosina Clessin.

1. Eupera cubensis (Prime).
Spherium cubense PRIME, Mon. Corb., p. 58.
Habitat.—Florida.

2. Eupera singleyi (Pilsbry).

Spherium (Limosina) singleyi PrtsBry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1889, p. 88,
Pl. III, figs. 14, 15.

Habitat—Texas, Louisiana. (Near E. cubensis.)

Genus Pistp1um C. Pfeiffer.

1. Pisidium virginicum (Gmelin).
Tellina virginica GMELIN, Syst. Nat., VI, 1772, p. 3236.
Pisidium virginicum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. OI.

Habitat—East of the Rocky Mountains, north to Yukon and
Alaska.
Fossil—New York, Michigan, Illinois.

2. Pisidium amnicum (Miller).

Tellina amnica MULLER, Verm. Hist., II, 1774, p. 205.
Pisidium amnicum B. B. WoopWARD, British Pisid., 1913, p. 16, figs.
Pisidium bakeri PiLssry, listed by F. C. Baker in Nautilus, XIV, p. 71.

Habitat—Lake Ontario, probably introduced from Europe.

3. Pisidium idahoénse Roper.
Pisidium idahoénse ROPER, Nautilus, IV, 1890, p. 35.

Habitat—Idaho, Washington to Yukon, Lake Michigan, Prince
Edward Island.

4. Pisidium idahoénse indianense Sterki.
Pistdium idahoense var. indianense STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1905, p. 80.

Habitat—Lake Maxinkuckee, Indiana.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHERIID®. 447

5. Pisidium compressum Prime.

Pisidium compressum PRIME, Boston Proc., lV, 1851, p. 161; Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 64.
Habitat—Distributed over the continent, commoner in the East

than in the West. The ‘“‘river and creek form”’ is regarded as typical.
Fossil—Maine, New Jersey, Ohio, Michigan, Illinois, South Dakota,

New Mexico; mostly the var. /evigatum and intermediate forms.

6. Pisidium compressum opacum Sterki.
Pisidium compressum var. opacum STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1905, p. 81.

Habitat—New Jersey, Ohio, Illinois.

7. Pisidium compressum curvatum var. nov.

More oblique, less high, less inflated, the posterior and inferior
margins forming one continuous curve; strie rather coarse and sharp
to fine and nearly obsolete; color less whitish, more corneous or tan;
the ‘‘ New England form.”

Habitat—Maine, Massachusetts.

8. Pisidium compressum pellucidum var. nov.

Smaller, less elevated, beaks less pointed, with the ridges slight or
vestigial; surface with the striz slighter, more or less glossy, shell
translucent.

Habitat—Ontario, northern New York, Michigan.

Q. Pisidium compressum arrosum Sterki.

Pisidium compressum var. avrosum STERKI, Nautilus, XTX, 1905, p. 82.
A small, slight, lacustrine and deep-water form.
Habitat—Michigan, Wisconsin.

10. Pisidium compressum rostratum Sterki.

Pisidium compressum var. rostratum STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1905, p. 82. A lake
form.

Habitat—— Michigan, Indiana.

11. Pisidium compressum confertum Sterki.
Pisidium compressum var. confertum STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1905, p. 82.

Habitat.—Blue Lake, Muskegon County, Michigan.

12. Pisidium compressum levigatum Sterki.
Pisidium compressum var. levigatum STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1905, p. 81.
Widely distributed; the form of quiet waters. Probably ancestral.

Fossil.—Found in many places. See under P. compressum.
e

448 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

13. Pisidium compressum coosaénse Sterki.
Pisidium compressum var. coosaénse STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1905, p. 83.

Also with rather coarse surface striz.

Habitat—Georgia, Alabama. Similar forms have been received
from Missouri and Oklahoma.

14. Pisidium compressum contrarium Sterki.

Pisidium compressum var. contrarium STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1905, p. 83.

Habitat—Georgia, Alabama.

15. Pisidium compressum illinoisense var. nov.

Mussel about as high as long, some specimens even higher; beaks
high, narrow, pointed, with rather small, but well-formed ridges;
balance of the mussel more rounded in outline than in typical or near-
typical P. compressum, less oblique, moderately inflated, markedly

‘

flattened in the inferior part, generally even somewhat “ pinched,”
so that the margin is sharp, cutting; surface strie regular, sharp,
medium to fine, and crowded; color light to deep corneous, or brown-
ish; hinge slighter, lamine thinner, the posterior outer one of the
right valve quite small or vestigial.

Habitat—Vicinity of Dubois, Washington County, Illinois, in a
reservoir and a pond, and in Sheller Lake, Jefferson County, Illinois.
Several thousand specimens were collected by Mr. A. A. Hinkley in
1908 and 1914. All are of the same shape, differing somewhat in
size and shade of color, but remarkably uniform in each habitat. It
is a peculiar form, having almost the significance of a species.

16. Pisidium supinum A. Schmidt.
Pisidium supinum SCHMIDT, Zeitschrift fiir Malacozoélogie, VIII, 1850, p. 119.
Pisidium supinum CLESSIN, Monogr. Cycladeen, in Martini-Chemnitz, 1879, p. II.
Pisidium supinum B. B. WoopwarbD, British Pisidia, 1913, p. 100, figs.
Habitat——Palearctic and Nearctic regions. Apparently rare in
North America; Lake Ontario, Ontario. Two fine specimens have
been seen by the writer in a collection labelled ‘‘ P. noveboracense Prime,
U.S.” (Some other Spheriide, apparently from New England, were
also marked ‘‘U. S.’’)

17. Pisidium henslowanum (Sheppard).

Tellina henslowana Leach MS., SHEPPARD, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 1825, p. 150.
Pisidium henslowanum B. B. WoopWARD, British Pisidia, 1913, p. 93, figs.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHARIIDE. 449

Habitat—Palearctic and Nearctic regions. Lake Champlain.
“Lake Superior to Lake Winnipeg (Richardson)”’ cited from Dall,
Alaska, Mollusca, p. 145.

18. Pisidium cruciatum Sterki.
Pisidium cruciatum STERKI, Nautilus, VIII, 1895, p. 97, Pl. II, figs. I-6, 13.

One of the most remarkable of all Pzsidia, especially on account
of its hinge and the shape of the umbonal ridges, combined with its
small size (2 mm. long).

Habitat——Ohio, Michigan, Illinois, Missouri, Arkansas, Alabama.

Fossil.—Illinois (lower loess).

19. Pisidium kirklandi Sterki.
Pisidium kirklandi STERK1, Nautilus, XIII, 1899, p. IT.
* Habitat—Ohio, Michigan, Illinois, Alabama.

20. Pisidium fallax Sterki.
Pisidium fallax STERKI, Nautilus, X, 1896, p. 20.
Habitat—New Jersey to South Dakota, Ohio River, Lake Erie.
Fossil—Michigan, New York (Goat Island, Niagara), Ohio,
Illinois.

21. Pisidium fallax mite Sterki.

Pisidium fallax var. mite STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1905, p. 84.

Habitat—Ohio, Michigan.

22. Pisidium fallax septentrionale Sterki.
Pisidium fallax var. sepentrionale STERKI, Nautilus, XII, 1808, p. 78.
Pisidium fallax var errans STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1905, p. 84.
(It is the opinion of Dr. Bryant Walker that the arrangement should
be as here given, Prime’s P. septentrionale not having been described.)
Markedly different from P. fallax.
Habitat—Northern Maine, Michigan, Minnesota, Iowa, Keewatin.

23. Pisidium hinkleyi sp. nov.

Mussel small, subtriangular, very inequipartite, oblique, moder-
ately inflated; superior margin strongly curved, posterior rounded,
forming one continuous curve with the inferior from the beaks to the
rounded-angular anterior end situated well below the longitudinal
median line; supero-anterior slope well remote from the beaks, slightly
marked and somewhat curved, short, steep; beaks near the posterior

450 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

end, with a small flattened area on top, each with a slight to somewhat
lamellar ridge in the middle of the nepionic shell;? surface dullish,
microscopically rugulose, with rather fine, sharp, regular to subregular
concentric strie; color pale corneous; shell rather strong, subtrans-
lucent; hinge well curved, very stout, plate broad; cardinal teeth
small, the right angular with the posterior part thick and deeply
grooved; below it is a deep excavation for the left anterior, with the
edge of the plate raised over its general level; left anterior placed
somewhat obliquely and well above the edge of the plate, strongly
curved upward, pointed; the posterior short, oblique, slightly curved;
lamine stout, strongly rugulose, their cusps barely or slightly pointed,
moderately abrupt; ligament and resilium short, stout.

Measurements —Long. 2.6; alt. 2.4; diam. 1.6 mm. (100 : 92 : 69).

Habitat—Chains, Wabash River, Posey County, Indiana, collected
by Mr. A. A. Hinkley in 1908, and it is with pleasure that I name the
species after him. Type specimens are in the collection of Mr. Hinkley
and in the Carnegie Museum, No. 7,857. Although only a few speci-
mens are at hand, from young to full-grown, they are sufficient to
show that the species is well characterized and distinct, belonging to
the same group (Rivulina) with P. compressum, punctatum, etc.
From the former they differ by the much smaller size, the shape, and
having the hinge well curved, but not angular. From punctatum they
differ as follows: they are larger, more oblique, the beaks being more
posterior and more prominent; the superior margin is more curved,
the hinge is much stouter. The specimens were in company with a
few P. punctatum simplex (full-grown, long. 1.5; alt. 1.4; diam. 1.2
mm.).

2 It appears to be in place at this point to state that the ridges on the beaks of
all Pisidia of this group: P. compressum, supinum, fallax, cruciatum, punctatum,
henslowanum, etc., are not at the inferior margins of the nepionic valves, but at
about their middle; they are parallel with the lines of growth, and in most instances
highest in their posterior parts, and thus the beaks of the mature mussels appear
more pointed. In P. henslowanum the ridges are near the posterior margin, and

thus oblique, appearing almost radial. The ridges are formed by a curving-out,
or bulging, of the shell, concave inside in the very young mussels, and consequently

“a ”

are not ‘‘appendages,’’ as they once were generally termed. There was a time
when the ridges on the beaks were regarded as the distinguishing and characteristic
feature of P. compressum Prime; but on the one hand there are a number of mani-
festly distinct species (outside of supinum and henslowanum) having ridged beaks,

and on the other hand there are some forms of P. compressum without any ridges.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHAERIIDA. 451

24. Pisidium punctatum Sterki.
Pisidium punctatum StTERKI, Nautilus, VIII, 1895, p. 99, Pl. I, figs. 7-12, 14.

Habitat—Maine to Virginia and Minnesota.
Fossil.—Illinois (loess).

25. Pisidium punctatum armatum Sterki.

Pisidium punctatum var. aymatum STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1905, p. 84.

Habitat Ohio.

26. Pisidium punctatum simplex Sterki.
Pisidium punctatum var. simplex STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1905, p. 84.

Habitat—New England to Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin,
Michigan, Missouri; Cf. No. 23.

27. Pisidium limatulum Sterki.
Pisidium limatulum STERKI, Nautilus, XVIII, 1905, p. 108.

Habitat—Alabama to Texas; northeastern Ohio.

28. Pisidium handwerki Sterki.

Pisidium handwerki STERKI, Nautilus, XIII, 1899, p. 90.
Habitat —Illinois, Michigan.

29. Pisidium zquilaterale Prime.

Pisidium equilaterale PRIME, Boston Journ., V1, 1852, p. 366, Pl. XII, figs. 23-25;
Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 63.

Habitat—Maine to New York and Virginia, Ontario (Ottawa
River); reported from Michigan and northward and westward, but
I have seen no specimens from those regions.

Fossil—New Jersey.

30. Pisidium fraudulentum Sterki.
Pisidium fraudulentum STERKI, Nautilus, XX VI, 1912, p. 95.

Somewhat variable.

Habitat—FEastern Virginia, Kentucky, Illinois, Iowa, Missouri,
Mississippi.

31. Pisidium fraudulentum peraltum Sterki.
Pisidium peraltum STERKI, Nautilus, XIV, 1900, p. 5 (partim).

Smaller than P. fraudulentum, less oblique; the beaks are fuller and

452 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

more rounded, and the appearance of the surface is somewhat different.
It appears that the two Pisidia (Nos. 30 and 31) are conspecific,
although intermediate and connecting forms have not been seen.
If this view be correct, P. fraudulentum should be regarded as typical,
being widely distributed, even though such procedure would be
contrary to the formal rule of prioritys

fabitat.— Michigan.

Fossil—Michigan, Ohio (?).

32. Pisidium latchfordi sp. nov.

Mussel small, inequipartite, oblique, nearly oval in lateral aspect,
well inflated; beaks somewhat posterior, rather large, prominent,
rounded; superior margin curved, supero-anterior slope slightly
marked, short, anterior end rounded, well below the longitudinal
axis; posterior part short, subtruncate, or rounded; surface slightly
glossy, with very fine and slight microscopic striae, colorless to whitish,
shell translucent to opaque; hinge rather long, curved-angular, stout,
plate rather broad, short; right cradinal tooth well curved, not much
projecting, its posterior end not or but little thicker; between it and
the somewhat projecting lower edge of the plate there is an elongate-
triangular excavation for the left anterior, well-defined all around;
left anterior set rather well up on the plate, small, posterior oblique,
curved; lamine rather massive, with their surfaces rugose, the
anterior and posterior at right angles to each other; cusps of the left
ones pointed, with the proximal and distal slopes steep and almost
equal, those of the right inner less pointed, outer anterior about one-
third the length of the inner, posterior short and small; ligament
short, resilium stout.

Measurements.—Long. 2.6; alt. 2.4; diam. 1.9 mm. (100 : 93 : 73).

Habitat.—Ontario, apparently rare. Collected in 1913 by High
Justice F. R. Latchford, in whose honor the species is named. It
occurs in Scott Graham Creek, Graham Bay Creek, and Hare’s Spring,
all in Carleton County, Ontario. Specimens are in the collection of
Justice Latchford and in the Carnegie Museum, Nos. 7,439 and 7,475.
Only a rather small number of specimens are at hand, but markedly
uniform, and different from all other described species. Their shape,
the formation of the hinge, and the stout, short ligament and resilium
place them in a group with P. equilaterale, fraudulentum, etc.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHERIID. 453

33. Pisidium variabile Prime.

Pisidium variabile PRIME, Boston Proc., 1V, 1851, p. 163; Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 66.

Pisidium mirabile (WHITTEMORE) CLESSIN, Monogr. Cycladeen in Martini-Chem-
nitz, 1879, p. 49, Pl. 6, figs. I-3, 19-21.

Rather variable.

Habitat.—Widely distributed over the continent, except, apparently,
in the South; common in the Northeast, ranging from New England
and New York to Michigan.

Fossil—Maine, New Jersey, Ohio, Michigan, Ontario, Illinois,
South Dakota.

34. Pisidium variabile cicer Prime.

Pisidium cicey PRIME, Ann. N. Y. Lyc., VI, 1853, p. 65, Pl. I, fig. 1. Synonym of
P. compressum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 65.

A form of varzabile, not of compressum, as is proved by the specimens
in the collection of T. Prime, preserved in the Museum of Comparative
Zoélogy, and in other collections.

Habitat.—Massachusetts, Maine:

35. Pisidium variabile brevius Sterki.

Pisidium variabile var. brevius STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1906, p. 118.
Habitat—Ohio and Michigan to South Dakota, Keewatin.
Fossil—Michigan, Ontario.

36. Pisidium variabile magnum var. nov.

Considerably larger than any eastern form, strongly inflated, shell
and hinge slighter.

Habitat—Washington, Montana.

37. Pisidium variabile hybridum Sterki.

Pisidium variabile var. hybridum STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1906, p. 118.
Apparently a perpetuated hybrid, P. variabile X equilaterale.
Habitat—Herkimer County, New York.

38. Pisidium minusculum Sterki.
Pisidium minusculum STERKI, Nautilus, XX, 1906, p. 17.

Habitat—Wisconsin, Ohio.

3A number of specimens labelled ‘‘P. mirabile Whittemore, Mass.,’’ evidently
authentic, are contained in the Anthony Collection in the Museum of Comparative

Zoology. They are not distinct from P. variabile, and Clessin’s description and
figure also differ very little.

454 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

39. Pisidium glabellum Sterki.
Pisidium glabellum StERKi, Nautilus, XXVI, 1913, p. 137.

Variable. Some of the forms ranged under this species may be
distinct. In spite of its minute size, it seems to fall into the same
group with P. variabile.

Habitat—New England, New Jersey, Pennsylvania to Ontario,
Minnesota, and Manitoba.

40. Pisidium sphzricum Sterki.
Pisidium sphericum STERKI, Nautilus, XXVI, 1912, p. 8.

This very distinct species has been badly misunderstood, and is
found in collections under the names P. abditum Haldeman, adamsi
(Roper), minus (Sterki).

Habitat—Maine to Virginia, Ontario.

Fossil—Maine.

41. Pisidium adamsi Prime.
Pisidium adamsi Stimpson, Moll. of New England, 1851, p. 16.
Pisidium adamsi PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 63.

Habitat—Norway, Maine; Holly, Michigan.

42. Pisidium adamsi affine Sterki.
Pisidium affine STERKI, Nautilus, XV, 1901, p. 66.

When P. affine was published, I had seen no P. adamsi, and from
the description of the latter it was not evident that the two were of
the same species. P. affine is the common, widely distributed, most
characteristic form; P. adamsi a somewhat extreme local form, as
shown by the specimen in the Prime Collection.

Habitat—Maine to Virginia and Minnesota.

Fossil—Ohio, Michigan, Illinois.

43. Pisidium sargenti Sterki.
Pisidium sargentt STERKI, Nautilus, XV, Ig90OI, p. 67.

Moderately variable.

Habitat—New England and Pennsylvania to Iowa, Missouri, and
Arkansas.

Fossil.—Michigan, Illinois (loess).

44. Pisidium noveboracense Prime.

Pisidium noveboracense PRIME, Ann. N. Y. Lyc., VI, 1853, p. 66, Pl. I, fig. 3; Mon.
Corb., 1865, p. 67.

~STERKI: NortH AMERICAN SPHARIIDA, 455

Very variable.

Habitat—East of the Mississippi River; New England and New
York to Illinois (the more typical form), especially in spring brooks,

Fossil—New Jersey, Michigan.

45. Pisidium noveboracense expansum Sterki.
Pisidium noveboracense var. expansum STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1906, p. 118.

Habitat—Michigan.

46. Pisidium noveboracense quadrulum Sterki.
Pisidium noveboracense var. quadrulum STERKI, Nautilus, XIX, 1906, p. 119.

Habitat —Ohio, spring marshes.

47. Pisidium noveboracense lineatum Sterki.
Pisidium noveboracense var. lineatum STERKI, l. ¢., p. I19.

Habitat—Michigan lakes.

48. Pisidium noveboracense fraternum Sterki.
Pisidium noveboracense var. fraternum STERKI, l. ¢., p. 120.

Habitat——Ohio, Illinois.

49. Pisidium noveboracense alabamense Sterki.
Pisidium noveboracense var. alabamense STERKI, I. c., p. 120.

Habitat—Alabama, Mississippi.

50. Pisidium elevatum Sterki.
Pisidium noveboracense var. elevatum STERKI, l. ¢c., p. 110.

Appears to be a distinct species.
Habitat-—Ohio, Illinois, Ontario.

51. Pisidium regulare Prime.

Pisidium regulare PRIME, Boston Journ., VI, 1852, p. 363, Pl. XII, figs. 11, 12;
Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 68, as synonym of P. abditum.

Habitat—Michigan, Ontario.
Fossil—Michigan.

52. Pisidium regulare (?) danielsi Sterki.
Pisidium danielsi STERKI, Nautilus, XVII, 1903, p. 42.

Somewhat larger, beaks broader, surface strie coarser, color more
yellowish.

Habitat—Michigan, Indiana.

456 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

53. Pisidium friersoni Sterki.
Pisidium friersoni STERKI, Nautilus, XX, 1906, p. 20.

Habitat—Louisiana, Texas, Arkansas, Colorado.

54. Pisidium atlanticum Sterki.
Pisidium ailanticum STERKI, Nautilus, XVIII, 1905, p. 128.

Habitat— Georgia, Florida to Texas, Arkansas.

55. Pisidium atlanticum dispar Sterki.
Pisidium dispar STERKI, Nautilus, XXV, IgII, p. 2.

Less oblique, beaks narrower.
Habiiat.—Alabama.

56. Pisidium atlanticum albidum Sterki.

Pisidium albidum STERKI, l. ¢, p. 2.

Less oblique; surface dull, with coarser, sharper striz.
Habitat—Alabama.

57. Pisidium trapezoideum Sterki.
Pisidium trapezcideum STERKi, Nautilus, 1X, 1896, p. 124.

Habitat—FEastern Pennsylvania to Virginia, apparently near the
coast.

58. Pisidium trapezoideum protensum var. nov.

Mussel more oblique, larger, anterior part much longer. Specimens
are contained in the collection of Mr. W. G. Mazyck, No. 662, and in
the Carnegie Museum, No. 7387.

Habitat—Columbia, Pennsylvania.

59. Pisidium neglectum Sterki.
Pisidium neglectum STERKI, Nautilus, XX, 1906, p. 87.

Near the palearctic P. pusillum (Gmelin) Jenyns, and possibly
conspecific.

Habitat—East of the Rocky Mountains, apparently rare in the
South.

Fossil—Ohio. (Probably overlooked elsewhere.)

60. Pisidium neglectum corpulentum var. nov.

More inflated; beaks larger and more prominent; upper margin
more curved. While markedly different from P. neglectum, and
apparently distinct, there seem to be intermediate forms; but the
specimens from a given locality are generally of one form only.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHRIID®. 457

Habitat——Ohio (Carn. Mus., No. 3407); Illinois (Carn. Mus., No.
984); Michigan (Carn. Mus., No. 2655).
61. Pisidium succineum Sterki.
Pisidium succineum STERKI, Nautilus, XX, 1907, p. 99. :
Habitat—Massachusetts, New York, Pennsylvania to Virginia,
Ontario, Ohio, Indiana, Michigan.

62. Pisidium scutellatum Sterki.
Pisidium scutellatum STERKI, Nautilus, X, 1896, p. 66.
Very variable, and there are several well-marked varieties.
Habitat—Lake Champlain, Vermont; region of Great Lakes and
as far west as Montana; Yukon Territory.

63. Pisidium walkeri Sterki.

Pisidium walkeri STERKI, Nautilus, 1X, 1895, p. 75.
Habitat—Maine to Virginia and Ontario, Missouri, South Dakota.
Fossil—Illinois (marl and loess).

64. Pisidium overi Sterki.
Pisidium overi STERKI, Nautilus, X XVI, 1913, p. 136.
Habitat—South Dakota, Iowa, Minnesota.
65. Pisidium mainense Sterki.
Pisidium walkeri var. mainense STERKI, Nautilus, XII, 1898, p. 79.
This is a distinct species. )
Habitat-—Maine, Massachusetts, Ontario, Ohio, Michigan, Illinois.
Fossil—Maine, Ontario, Ohio, Michigan, Illinois.
66. Pisidium cuneiforme Sterki.
Pisidium cuneiforme STERKI, Nautilus, XVII, 1903, p. 81.
May range near P. compressum.
Habitat—Lake Michigan, obtained by dredging.
67. Pisidium superius Sterki.
Pisidium superius STERKI, Nautilus, XX, 1907, p. 98.
Habitat.—Northern Michigan, Lake Nipissing, Ontario.
68. Pisidium steenbuchi (Miller).
Cyclas steenbuchii MOLLER, Index Moll. Grenlandie, 1842, p. 20.
Pisidum steenbuchii B. B. Woopwarb, British Pisidia, 1913, p. 107, figs.
Habitat—Palearctic and Nearctic Regions; Greenland; Labrador,
Ungava.

458 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

69. Pisidium minus (Adams).

Cyclas minor C. B. ADAmMs, Boston Proc., I, 1841, p. 48; PRimE, Mon. Corb., 1865,
p. 68, as synonym of P. abditum. Cf. STERKI, Nautilus, XXVI, 1912, p. 7.

Habitat—Maine, Massachusetts, Ontario, New York, District of

Columbia.

70. Pisidium alleni Sterki.
Pisidium allenit STERKI, Nautilus, XXVI, 1912, p. 9.
Habitat—Maine, New Hamsphire, New York; Wisconsin (?).
71. Pisidium roperi Sterki.
Pisidium roperi STERKI, Nautilus, XII, 1808, p. 77.
Habitat—New England to Illinois, Minnesota, Ontario, Manitoba,
Alberta, Montana.
Fossil—Michigan.

72. Pisidium complanatum Sterki.

Pisidium complanatum STERKI, Nautilus, XVII, 1903, p. 79.
Pisidium fragilliimum STERKI, Nautilus, XX, 1906, p. 18.

Habitat—Michigan, Wisconsin, Iowa.

73. Pisidium strengi Sterki.
Pisidium strengii STERKI, Nautilus, XV, 1902, p. 126.

Habitat—Region of Great Lakes; Ohio (also in the drainage of
the Ohio River); Maine, Maryland.

Fossil.—Michigan.

74. Pisidium politum Sterki.
Pisidium politum STERKI, Nautilus, 1X, 1895, p. 75.
Habitat—New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Ontario to Illinois and
Minnesota.
Fossil—Michigan.
75. Pisidium politum decorum var. nov.
Mussel smaller, slighter; shell more translucent to transparent, pale

corneous to nearly colorless. May be distinct.
Habitat——Ohio, Indiana, Michigan, Illinois.

76. Pisidium streatori Sterki.
Pisidium streatori STERKI, Nautilus, XIV, 1901, p. 100.

Variable; some regional forms are markedly different from each
other.

Habitat—New York, Ohio, Indiana, Michigan, Ontario, Maine.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPH-ERIID. 459

77. Pisidium abditum Haldeman.

Pisidium abditum HALDEMAN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., I, 1841, p. 53.

Pisidium abditum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 6 (excluding some synonyms).
Cf. STERKI, Nautilus, X XVI, 1912, p. 6.

Variable. A great many Pisidia have been named abditum, and
such misidentified and often mixed lots are the bane of collections, as
is also the case with Spherium striatinum.

It seems that P. abditum is not specifically distinct from the Euro-
pean fontinale Pfeiffer (not including casertanum Poli) also very vari-
able; at any rate they are plainly of common origin. Yet to sub-
stitute the older name at the present time would only add to the
already endless confusion.

Habitat.—East of the Rocky Mountains; common in the Northeast;
apparently scarce west of Ohio; not seen from the Southwest and the
Gulf States.

78. Pisidium abditum (?) lacteum var. nov.

Mussel about 3.5 mm. long, somewhat elongate, higher in front of
the beaks than behind, and thus the beaks are apparently somewhat
inclined backward; anterior end more angular (rounded) than in P.
abditum; shell colorless, glassy-transparent to whitish, translucent to
opaque, usually with alternating zones of these shades.

Habitat——Massachusetts. Found at various places in the vicinity
of Danvers by the Rev. Mr. H. W. Winkley, and also collected by the
writer in brooks in the vicinity of South Framingham. The form is
represented in the Carnegie Museum by No. 7224 from Danvers.

At this point it may be proper to call attention to the fact that P.
roseum Scholtz (nec Jenyns) has been regarded as a distinct species
by some European authors, by others as a variety or subspecies of
P. fontinale Pfeiffer. A North American Pisidium from New England
and eastern New York seems to be identical, and apparently connected
with P. abditum by intermediate forms.

79. Pisidium subrotundum Sterki.
Pisidium subrotundum STERKI, Nautilus, XX, 1906, p. 19.

Near P. abditum, but is probably distinct. In over a hundred lots
in the collection every specimen is plainly P. subrotundum. More-
over the two forms have repeatedly been found associated, and always
easily separable. P. subrotundum is generally more northern and
appears to be more ancient.

460 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Habitat-—New England and New York to Ohio, Indiana, Ontario,
Michigan, Minnesota. Specimens from Montana (Pacific drainage)
and Oregon appear to be identical.

Fossil—Maine, Michigan.

80. Pisidium subrotundum canadense var. nov.

Mussel larger. Long. 5.5; alt. 4.6; diam. 3.4 mm. More oblique;
beaks more posterior; upper margin markedly straight, slightly alate
in front of the beaks and bounded by an angle. In shape they some-
what resemble P. ovwm from Montana, but are less inflated and the
hinges are different. Some specimens in the same lot have the beaks
narrower and are more markedly different from P. swbrotundum.

Habitat—Hare’s Spring, Carleton County, Ontario, collected in
considerable numbers by Justice F. R. Latchford. Represented in his
collection, and in the Carnegie Museum, No. 7437. May be distinct.

81. Pisidium subrotundum olofi var. nov.

Smaller, 2.5-3 mm. long. Shell translucent to transparent. Ap-
pears to be a regional variety.

Habitat—Maine; Aroostook County, at various places, collected
in 1898 by Mr. Olof O. Nylander, e. g., Carnegie Museum, Nos. 2313
and 2378; Thomaston, collected by Mr. N. W. Lermond, 1910.

82. Pisidium subrotundum pumilum var. nov.

Rather small, variable in size, 2-3.5 mm. long. Rather high,
moderately inflated; superior margin nearly straight, bounded by
angles; the remainder of the outline short-elliptical to almost circular;
beaks not much behind the middle; surface with rather coarse, ir-
regular strie; color pale corneous, shell less translucent.

Habitat—Danvers, Massachusetts. Rev. Mr. H. W. Winkley
collected hundreds of specimens from a water-hole in a cemetery at
Danvers in 1909. Similar forms have been received from several
other places; Carnegie Museum No. 6133; Pennsylvania, C. M., No.
5729; Michigan.

83. Pisidium inornatum Sterki.
Pisidium inornatum STERKI, Nautilus, XXV, 1911, p. 3.

FHabitat—Alabama.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHERIID. 461

84. Pisidium vexum sp. nov.

Mussel small, slightly inequipartite and oblique, rather well inflated;
beaks slightly posterior, rather broad, more or less flattened on top,
moderately prominent, descending abruptly toward the posterior part;
superior margin nearly straight, bounded by angles, posterior margin
subtruncate or rounded, passing into the moderately curved inferior
without an angle, anterior end rather broadly rounded, supero-
anterior slope marked, nearly straight; surface dullish to somewhat
shining, with very fine and slight subregular strie. Shell thin, trans-
lucent to transparent, colorless; hinge rather slight, but well-formed,
moderately long, plate rather narrow; cardinal teeth rather long, the
right curved to nearly straight in its middle, its posterior end thicker
and grooved to bifid, left anterior more curved (in plane), not much
bent upward, posterior long, nearly straight and little oblique;
lamine: right anterior inner rather long, its cusp nearer the cardinal;
outer short; posterior both short; left: both with the cusps rather
abrupt, pointed; ligament short, resilium rather stout.

Measurements.—(Specimen from Ontario) Long. 2.5; alt. 2.1; diam.
1.5 mm. (100: 84:60). (Specimen from Massachusetts) Long. 3;
heer ss) diam. 2.1 mim. (100: &3 : 70).

P. vexum is somewhat like P. inornatum in size and shape, but more
inflated; the shell and hinge are slighter, and the depressed beaks
distinguish it.

Habitat—Lake Gorman, Renfrew County, Ontario, collected by
Justice F. R. Latchford, August 29, 1913. Types are in Justice
Latchford’s Collection and in the Carnegie Museum, No. 7455. One
specimen, somewhat larger, was collected in Hounds Ditch, Duxbury,
Massachusetts, by Mr. William F. Clapp in 1913.

85. Pisidium ohioénse Sterki.
Pisidium ohioénse STERKI, Nautilus, XVII, 1903, p. 20.

Habitat—Maine, Massachusetts, Ohio, Michigan, Ontario.

86. Pisidium splendidulum Sterki.
Pisidium splendidulum STERKI, Nautilus, XI, 1808, p. 113.

One of the commonest species and very variable; a few of the main
forms are named.

Habitat—Maine to Virginia and Minnesota.

Fossil.—Maine, Ohio, Michigan, Illinois.

462 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

87. Pisidium splendidulum corneolum var. nov.

More oblique, well inflated, beaks more elevated and narrower;
often lighter in color to nearly colorless.
Habitat——Ohio, Indiana, Michigan.

88. Pisidium splendidulum novangliz var. nov.
Much smaller, about 2 mm. long, well inflated, beaks rather narrow.
Habitat—Maine, Massachusetts. Common, often associated with

larger forms.

89. Pisidium splendidulum miliastrum var. nov.

Small, superior and inferior margins little curved to nearly straight;
well inflated; resembling small forms of P. milium.
Habitat—Maine, Massachusetts.

go. Pisidium lermondi Sterki.
Pisidium lermondi STERK1, Nautilus, XXVI, 1913, p. 138.

In shape markedly different from all other Pisidia, yet it may be
near P. splendidulum.

gi. Pisidium milium Held.

Pisidium milium HELD, Isis, 1836, p. 280; CLESSIN, Monogr. Cycladeen in Martinie
Chemnitz, 1879, p. 20, Pl. 2, figs. 4-7; Pl. 5, figs. 16-17 (the figures show the
outlines too angular); B. B. Woopwarp, British Pisidia, 1913, p. 70, figs.

Habitat.—Palearctic and Nearctic Regions; Maine, New York,
Ontario, Michigan, Minnesota, Manitoba.

g2. Pisidium contortum Prime.

Pisidium contortum PRIME, Ann. N. Y. Lyc., VI, 1853, p. 65, Pl. I, fig. 2; Mon.
Corb., 1865, p. 73-

Described as fossil, but lately found also as recent.
Habitat—Maine, Ontario, Michigan.
Fossil—Massachusetts (Originals), Maine, Ontario, Michigan.

93. Pisidium contortum (?) triangulare var. nov.
Smaller, shorter, especially the anterior part; beaks narrower.
Fossil.—Maine, Michigan.

94. Pisidium imbecille Sterki.

Pisidium imbecille STERKI, Nautilus, XIV, 1900, p. 5.

Habitat—Maine, Michigan, Montana (Pacific drainage).

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHARIIDE. 463

95. Pisidium monas Sterki.
Pisidium monas STERKI, Nautilus, XIV, 1900, p. 5.

Possibly a variety of P. imbecille, but intermediate forms have not
been seen.

Habitat—Northern Michigan, Maine.

96. Pisidium abyssorum (Stimpson) Sterki.‘
Pisidium abyssorum (Stimpson) STERKI, Nautilus, XI, 1898, p. 124.
Habitat—Dredged from deep water in Lake Michigan and also
taken from the stomachs of whitefish.
P. levissimum Sterki, Nautilus, XX, 1906, p. 18, somewhat re-
sembles P. abyssorum in size and shape, but may be distinct. It
occurs in Wisconsin.

97. Pisidium tenuissimum Sterki.
Pisidium tenuissimum STERKI, Nautilus, X1V, 1901, p. 99.

Quite common and rather variable. In the past it evidently was
very common, and there are some fossil forms differing considerably
from recent ones.

Habitat—Region of the Great Lakes; Ohio (occurring in the Ohio
River drainage area).

Fossil—Maine, Ohio, Michigan, Illinois.

98. Pisidum pauperculum Sterki.
Pisidium pauperculum STERKI, Nautilus, X, 1896, p. 64.

Very variable.

Habitat—New England and New York to Ohio, Ontario, and
Minnesota.

Fossil—Maine, New Jersey, Ohio, Michigan, Ontario (partly in-
cluding varieties).

99. Pisidium pauperculum nylanderi Sterki.
Pisidium pauperculum nylanderi STERKI, Nautilus, XI, 1898, p. 125.

Habitat—Maine, Ontario, Michigan.

Fosstl.—Maine.

100. Pisidium pauperculum crystalense var. nov.

Mussel higher, beaks more prominent; shell transparent to trans-
lucent, almost colorless to amber-colored. (The name is derived from
Crystal Lake, Michigan.)

4 With respect to the name see Sterki, l. c.

464 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Habitat—Ontario and Ohio to South Dakota.
Fossil.—Ohio.

101. Pisidium pauperculum sulphureum var. nov.

Less high, oblique, somewhat rhombic in outline, little to moderately
inflated; beaks little elevated; superior margin less curved than in
other forms of P. pauperculum, inferior little curved to nearly straight;
surface polished; color light to sulphur-yellow in fresh, brownish in
dead shells; hinge slighter, and somewhat different, especially the left
anterior cardinal tooth, which is shorter and more abrupt anteriorly.
Markedly different from the other forms of P. pauperculum, and
possibly a distinct species.

Habitat—Mountain Lake and Ives Lake, Marquette County,
Michigan, and ‘‘ Marquette County,” collected by Mr. Bryant Walker
in 1898, 1906, and 1900; Brooks Lake, Newaygo County, Michigan,
collected by Mr. L. H. Streng in 1899; Lake Nipissing, Ontario,
collected by Justice F. R. Latchford in 1913 (Carn. Mus., No. 7463).

102. Pisidium ovum sp. nov.

Mussel of medium size, inequipartite, somewhat oblique, strongly
and evenly inflated, nearly globular; beaks markedly posterior, large
and broad, rounded, not mamillar, moderately prominent; superior
margin short, nearly straight, bounded by angles which are only
slightly marked in some adult, but well-marked in young and adoles-
cent mussels, as to the rest of the outline oviform, with the anterior
end rather broadly rounded; surface more or less glossy, with fine
to very fine, irregular concentric striae and several lines of growth at
irregular intervals; color straw to deep corneous; shell thin, trans-
lucent; hinge slight, short, plate very narrow; cardinal teeth small,
the right moderately curved, its posterior part thicker, both left
teeth quite short and markedly abrupt, the posterior oblique and
slightly curved; lamine rather short and slight, outer ones in the
right valve quite small; cusps placed rather proximally, with very
steep slopes, spine-like, pointed; ligament moderately long, resilium
slight.

MEASUREMENTS.
Long. 4.8; alt. 4.2; diam. 3.5 mm. (100 : 88: 73).

Long. 4. ; alt. 3.3; diam. 2.7 mm. (100 : 82 : 67).
Long. 3.5; alt. 3: ; diam. 2.4 mm. (100 : 86 : 67).

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHERIID®. 465

P. ovum is so characteristic that it may be recognized at once, and
cannot be mistaken for any other species. Forms of P. subrotundum
of somewhat the same size and appearance are less inflated, less
oblique, having the superior margin longer and less marked-off, and
the hinge longer and differently formed. Its shape, and especially its
hinge, place P. ovwm in a group with P. rotundatum, ventricosum, etc.,
as the largest of them.

Habitat—Montana, Colorado.

It was collected by Mr. L. E. Daniels in 1912 and 1915 in the
Bitter Root Valley (Pacific drainage), Montana, at several localities.
In 1906 it was taken by Judge Junius Henderson in Boulder Creek,
Boulder County, Colorado, at an elevation of 9,000 ft. Specimens
collected by Judge Henderson were received by the writer from Mr.
Bryant Walker in 1910 and shelved as ‘‘(?).’’ From various localities
in the Bitter Root Valley there come variant forms, fairly constant
from each place, some larger and lighter in color, others smaller and
darker.. Two lots combined are regarded as types: specimens in the
collection of Mr. Daniels, and Carnegie Museum No. 7144, from the
eastern side of the Bitter Root River at Ward, and Carnegie Museum
No. 7132, from the Bitter Root River-bottom at Charlos.

A somewhat unique feature found in a half-grown specimen belong-
ing to Carnegie Museum No. 7144 appears to be worthy of notice.
The right valve has two cardinal teeth. The posterior part of the
regular cardinal is not thicker than the rest; above it is a small, short,
lamellar tooth, and between the two is the groove corresponding with
the posterior cardinal of the left valve. In the latter there is a
distinct excavation bounded below by the posterior cardinal and
above by the nymph and the rim of the resilium for the reception of
the additional right cardinal.

103. Pisidium rotundatum Prime.
Pisidium rotundatum PRIME, Boston Proc., lV, 1851, p. 164; Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 72-

Two poor valves apparently belonging to this species, as under-
stood, are contained in the T. Prime Collection.

Habitat—New England and New York to Ontario, Ohio, Minnesota,
Manitoba, Montana (Pacific drainage). It seems to occur also in
Europe.

Fossil.—Michigan.

466 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

104. Pisidium ventricosum Prime.

Pisidium ventricosum PRIME, Boston Proc., 1851, p. 87; Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 72.
Habitat—New England (common); New York, Michigan (rare).
Fossil.—Maine, Michigan.

105. Pisidium vesiculare Sterki.

Pisidium vesiculare STERKI, Nautilus, X, 1896, p. 21.
Habitat—Region of the Great Lakes.
Fossil—Michigan.

106. Pisidium vesiculare striatellum var. nov.

Beaks broader, surface with a silky gloss from the sharper striae,
shell more translucent, nearly colorless.

Habitat.—Collected by Mr. L. E. Daniels, 1903, in Lake Maxin-
kuckee, Indiana, in waters from fourteen to eighteen feet deep (Carn.
Mus. No. 4702).

107. Pisidium medianum Sterki.
Pisidium medianum STERKI, Nautilus, XIII, 1899, p. 10.

Habitat.—Region of the Great Lakes, common, especially in Michi-
gan, which seems to be the center of distribution, Mohawk, N. Y.,
Ohio, also in Ohio River drainage.

Fossil—Ontario, Michigan, Ohio, Illinois.

108. Pisidium medianum clarum var. nov.

Large for the species, somewhat elongate, shell translucent to
transparent, amber-colored.

Habitat—Clear Lake, Steuben County, Indiana, collected by Mr.
L. E. Daniels, July 7, 1904 (Carnegie Museum, No. 4878); similar,
but somewhat smaller specimens were collected by Mr. Bryant Walker
in Hillsdale County, Michigan, in 1900.

109. Pisidium medianum minutum Sterki.
Pisidium medianum var. minulum STERKI, Nautilus, XIII, 1899, p. 11.

Habitat.
Fossil—Maine.

Maine, Massachusetts, New York.

110. Pisidium costatum Sterki.
Pisidium costatum STERKI, Nautilus, XVII, 1903, p. 22.

Fossil—Maine, Michigan. (Probably also recent.)

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPH-ERIID®. 467

111. Pisidium ferrugineum Prime.
Pisidium ferrugineum PRIME, Boston Proc., IV, 1851, p. 162.

Habitat—New England and eastern New York, common.

112. Pisidium rowelli Sterki.
Pisidium rowelli STERKI, Nautilus, XVII, 1903, p. 80.
Habitat.—California.

113. Pisidium huachucanum Pilsbry & Ferriss.
Pisidium abditum huachucanum PILSBRY & FERRISS, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada.,
1906, p. 173.
Appears to be distinct from P. abditum.
Habitat.—Arizona, Nevada.

114. Pisidium occidentale Newcomb.
Pisidium occidentale NEwcomes, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Calif., 11, 1863, p. 94.
Habitat.—California, south to San Diego.

115. Pisidium insigne Gabb.
Pisidium insigne GABB, Amer. Journ. Conchol., IV, 1868, p. 69, Pl. II, fig. 2.

The specimens in the Collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences
in Philadelphia (No. 58,155) are evidently immature, but appear to
represent a distinct species.

Habitat—California.

116. Pisidium ashmuni Sterki.
Pisidium ashmuni STERKI, Nautilus, XVII, 1903, p. 42.

Habitat—New Mexico, southern California.

117. Pisidium nevadense Sterki.
Pisidium nevadense STERKI, Nautilus, X XVI, 1913, p. 137.

Habitat—Nevada County, California.

118. Pisidium nevadense modicum Sterki.
Pisidium nevadense var. modicum STERKI, I. ¢.

Habitat—White Pine, Nevada.

119. Pisidium ultramontanum Prime.
Pisidium ulltramontanum PRIME, Mon. Corb., 1865, p. 75:

Habitat.—British Columbia to California.

468 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

120. Pisidium randolphi Roper.
Pisidium randolphii ROPER, Nautilus, 1X, 1896, p. 99.
Habitat.—Washington.

121. Pisidium furcatum Sterki.
Pisidium furcatum STERK!, Nautilus, XX VI, 1913, p. 118.
Habitat —Washington.

122. Pisidium furcatum (?) rhombicum Sterki.
Pisidium (furcatum var. ?) rhombicum STERKI, Nautilus, XXVI, 1913, p. I19.

Habitat.—Washington.

123. Pisidium columbianum Sterki.

Pisidium columbianum STERKI, Nautilus, XX VI, 1913, p. I17.
Variable.
FHabitat.—British Columbia, apparently common.

124. Pisidium proximum Sterki.
Pisidium proximum STERKI, Nautilus, XX, 1906, p. 5.

Habitat.—British Columbia, Washington.

125. Pisidium angelicum Rowell.
Pisidium angelicum ROWELL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Calif., 111.

The specimens seen by the writer were evidently young, and their
identification is somewhat doubtful.

Habitat.—California, Angel Island, near San Francisco.

126. Pisidium marci Sterki.
Pisidium marci STERKI, Nautilus, XXIII, 1909, p. 42.

Closely resembles P. lovent Clessin (= lilljeborgit Clessin, teste
B. B. Woodward) of Europe, and may be identical.

127. Pisidium fabale sp. nov.

Mussel rather large, subequipartite, barely oblique, moderately
inflated, outlines oval to almost elliptical, or posteriorly subtruncate
obliquely outward and the supero-anterior slope very slightly marked;
in young and adolescent specimens these features are more marked,
and there is a distinct angle at the junction of the superior and posterior
margins; beaks slightly behind the middle, moderately large, rounded,
slightly elevated and little projecting over the hinge margin; scutum
slightly or barely marked, narrow, scutellum not noticeable; surface

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHERIID. 469

somewhat shining, with fine, somewhat sharp, crowded, irregular to
subregular concentric strie and a few slightly marked lines of growth;
color pale corneous to straw or light yellowish, generally with narrow,
irregular, alternating zones of these shades; shell thin, fragile, some-
what translucent; inner surface microscopically wavy rugulose, muscle
insertions and pallial line distinct; hinge slight, rather short; cardinal
teeth: the right curved, thin, its posterior end more or less bifid,
left: anterior short, thin, strongly curved, posterior short, oblique,
slightly curved to nearly straight, its anterior end extending to
barely above the middle of the anterior; lamine rather short, slight,
little projecting inward; of the right valve; the anterior inner with
its cusp near the middle, little elevated and barely pointed, the outer
small and barely one-fourth the length of the inner, posterior similar;
left both short with the cusps distal, pointed, somewhat abrupt;
ligament rather long, resilium not thick, strongly folded, with the
insertions extending rather far downward on the hinge plates.

Mong. 8, alt. 6:2,;diam-. 4.2 mm: (100): 81 352).

Soft parts not examined.

P. fabale appears not to be closely related to any of the other N.
Am. species, so far as known. It is of about the same size as P.
rowelli (western) and alleni (northeastern), but differs from both in
shape and appearance, and the formation of the hinge. It is less
inflated, less inequipartite, the beaks being less posterior, and less
elevated.

Habitat—Bitter Root Mountains, Montana, various places. Mr.
L. E. Daniels collected several hundred specimens in 1915, and had
secured some in 1912. They are of all stages of growth, and fairly
constant, except some which appear to be hybrids. The types are
from Lost Horse Creek, near Charlos (Carnegie Museum No. 8100).

128. Pisidium abortivum sp. nov.

Mussel small, subequipartite, slightly oblique, sub-quadrangular,
moderately inflated; superior and inferior margins little curved, pos-
terior subtruncate to rounded, supero-anterior slope well marked,
slightly curved, anterior end rounded-angular, situated well below
the longitudinal median line, beaks barely posterior, little elevated,
somewhat flattened on top; surface somewhat glossy, with very fine,
slight, crowded concentric strie and generally a few slightly marked
lines of growth; radial lines, very fine, crowded, irregularly broken,

470 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

are over the beaks and extending over about the central one-third of
the valves, gradually evanescent; color pale corneous to whitish or
straw, shell thin, translucent to opaque; hinge short, slight, plate
narrow; cardinal teeth small and slight, the right somewhat curved,
its posterior end not or slightly thicker, both in the left valve short,
nearly straight, the anterior close to the edge of the plate; lamine:
the right anterior, inner with a cusp not abrupt, in about its middle,
the posterior quite small with a slightly marked cusp; outer ones both
small, about half as long as the inner; left: both small, short, with
cusps somewhat distal, rather abrupt, obtusely pointed; ligament and
resilium short and slight.

ones 274) alts. 1.8. diam 125mm. (LOO: 3475, 2.50)

This Pisidium is rather inconspicuous and has hardly any striking
features. The mussel appears to be the young of some other species,
but hundreds of specimens from nepionic to manifestly adult prove its
being distinct. It shows little variation, except in the form noted
below. In size and shape it is somewhat like a form of splendidulum,
but in other respects is markedly different; in color and appearance it
somewhat resembles zmbecille, but the latter is somewhat more elon-
gate and more inflated, the superior margin is more curved, the beaks
are narrower and more prominent.

Habitat—Bitter Root Mountains, Montana, at various places,
collected by Mr. L. E. Daniels, in 1912 and 1915. The types are
from Lost Horse Creek, near Charlos (No. 8103, Carnegie Museum).

129. Pisidium abortivum exiguum var. nov.

Smaller than abortivum, more inflated, outlines somewhat more
rounded, surface more glossy and striz finer, colorless-glossy to whit-
ish. Long. 1.6, alt. 1.2, diam. 1mm. A number of specimens, in the
type lot of abortivum, were thus noticeably different, from young to
adult, and plainly represent a variety, or subspecies, not merely
individual variation (No. 8105, Carnegie Museum).

130. Pisidium hannai Sterki.
Pisidium hannai STERKI, Proc. U. S. National Mus., 1916, p. —.

Habitat—St. Paul Island, Pribilof Islands, Bering Sea.
131. Pisidium singleyi Sterki.
Pisidium singleyit STERKI, Nautilus, XI, 1898, p. 112.
Apparently belongs to a group of neotropical Pisidia, found in the
West Indian Islands, and Central and South America.
Habitat—Alabama to Texas, Mexico, Guatemala.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPH-ERIIDE. 471

132. Pisidium guatemalense sp. nov.

Mussel of medium size, moderately and rather evenly inflated, of
elliptical outlines without any projecting angles; beaks somewhat
posterior (two fifths from the posterior end), rather small, rounded,
slightly projecting over the upper margin; surface glossy, with slight,
crowded, irregular strie; color pale corneous, shell transparent, thin,
very fragile; hinge rather short, very slight, plate narrow; cardinal
teeth small, the right curved, thin, its posterior end bifid with the
shanks divergent and curved downward; the left anterior strongly
curved, almost conduplicate, pointed, the posterior oblique nearer
the longitudinal line, nearly straight, extending forward to over the
middle of the anterior; laminae thin, the right anterior: inner with
short, pointed cusp, the outer about half the length, posterior small,
rounded, the outer small and short; left anterior. and posterior with
rather small, abrupt, pointed cusps placed distally; ligament and
resilium rather long and slight, uncovered along the median line.

ogee 5-2, alt 4-3..diam. 2:7> mm. (Loo : 83) 552)-

It is a precarious thing, with Spheriide, to establish a species on
one or a few specimens. But these two were exactly alike and
apparently normal; the hinge is of such unique formation and the
shape so different from others known, that there can be no doubt
that the species is distinct.

Habitat—Conchas River, Quirigua, Guatemala, collected by Mr.
A. A. Hinkley, in whose collection the type specimen is.

PisiprA Not SEEN BY THE WRITER.

133. Pisidium tremperi Hannibal.
Pisidium tremperi HANNIBAL, Proc. Mal. Soc., X, 1912, p. 137, Pl. VII, fig. 22.

San Bernardino Mountains, California. Apparently near P.ashmuni.

134. Pisidium arcticum Westerlund.
Pisidium arcticum WESTERLUND, Nachrichtsbl. Deutsch. Malak. Gesellsch., 1883,
p. 58.
Habitat—Port Clarence, Alaska.

135. Pisidium nivale Westerlund.
Pisidium nivale WESTERLUND, I. c.
Habitat—Port Clarence, Alaska.

472 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

136. Pisidium glaciale Westerlund.
Pisidium glaciale WESTERLUND, lL. c.

The foregoing three species are cited from Dall, Alaska, Mollusca,
p- 144.

137. Pisidium pulchellum (Jenyns).
Cyclas pulchella JENYNS, Trans. Phil. Soc. Cambridge, 1832, p. 306, Pl. XXI, fig. 1.
Pisidium pulchellum B. B. WoopWArbD, British Pisidia, 1913, p. 78, figs.

Habitat—Methy Lake, Athabaska (Richardson), Dall, /.c. Should
be verified.

138. Pisidium mese# Theo. D. A. Cockerell.

Pisidium mes@ THEO. D. A. COCKERELL, Journ. of Conchol., 6, p. 65 (named, not
described; the specimen is in the British Museum).

Habitat—Colorado.

39. Pisidium harfordianum Prime.

Apparently not described; but specimens under that name are in
collections. Roper, in The Nautilus, IX, p. 99, states that Dr. J. G.
Cooper says that “harfordianum is most nearly resembling P. ran-
dolphit Roper.’ In the U. S. National Museum are a few specimens
of “ P. harfordianum Prime,” quite different. Eventually it might be
best to drop the name.

140. Pisidium saginatum White.
Pisidium saginatum WHITE, Powell’s Geology of the Uinta Mountains, 1876, p. 128.

Fossil—Upper Cretaceous lignite, Evanston, Utah.

Pisidium mighelsianum Clessin, Monogr. Cycladeen, in Martini-
Chemnitz, 1879, pp. 49, 57.
The author of the species in a letter received from him and dated
February 7, 1899, expressed the desire to have the species dropped.
What it had been, the writer could not ascertain.

GROUPING OF THE SPECIES.

Genus SPHARIUM.

The genus has been divided into three subgenera:

SPHARIASTRUM Bourguignat, of which the type and only species is
S. rivicola (Leach) of Europe. Clessin has included S. sulcatum,
but it evidently belongs to the following subgenus:

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPH-ERIID. 473

CYRENASTRUM Bourguignat, type S. solidum Normand, of Europe;
and including Nos. 1-30 of this Catalog;

CorRNEOLA Clessin, type S. corneum (Linné). Nos. 34-37, and probably
Nos. 31-33 of the foregoing Catalog.

Genus MuscuLium.

This is a well-defined genus, although the principal distinguishing
features cited by authors (high, “tubular’’ beaks, calyculate) do not
hold good. Subgenera cannot be defined, but there are about three
more or less well-marked groups.

Genus PISIDIUM.

Various attempts have been made to divide the Pisidia into sub-
genera or sections. Some of the divisions proposed are too artificial,
founded on arbitrarily chosen and partly mistaken features. Some
of the proposed groups have been too narrowly defined, or, on the
other hand, based upon too sweeping generalizations. Clessin’s
groups Fluminina, Rivulina, and Fossarina suffer from these defects,
nevertheless appear to point out a natural arrangement. Accepting
Clessin’s arrangement with some changes and additions, the sub-
joined grouping is tentatively proposed. Fontinalina may again
require modification. More detailed definition and discussion will
be found elsewhere.

FLUMININA Clessin, type P. amnicum (Miiller), and P. virginicum
(Gmelin). This isa natural group, although the main distinguishing
feature relied upon by its author proved to be based upon a mistake,
the right valve having only one cardinal tooth, and not two teeth,
as he supposed.

LACUSTRINA Sterki, type P. idahoénse Roper.

RIvuLINnA (Clessin) Sterki, type P. supinum A. Schmidt, of Europe.
Clessin included P. compressum Prime. Nos. 5-28, inclusive, of
the foregoing catalog plainly fall into this division, and also Nos.
29-33 (or 37); possibly also Nos. 38—40, inclusive.

FONTINALINA Sterki, type P. fontinale Pfeiffer (+ abditum Haldeman).
To this group belong many related palearctic Pisidia, and our Nos.
41-85, and apparently also Nos. 86-101.

FossARINA Clessin (restricted), type P. obtusale Pfeiffer, our Nos.
102-111, characterized by a slight, short hinge, with very abrupt,

474 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

spine-like cusps of the lamine, belong here. Clessin included under

Fossarina all Pisidia except Fluminina and Rivulina, as understood

by him—an aggregation of very heterogeneous forms.

Nos. 112-129 of the preceding catalog are western Pisidia, the
affinities of which are not evident at the present time. No. 131
appears to belong to a group represented by Central American and
West Indian Pisidia.

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHAERIID.

475

ALPHABETICAL LIST AND INDEX OF THE SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF THE
SPH4ERIIDA ENUMERATED IN THE FOREGOING CATALOG.

N. B. The numbers refer to the number prefixed to the name of the species,
variety, or subspecies in the catalog, and not to the page upon which the name

appears,

Genus SPHARIUM.

MGUMINGIUM ETIME. .........+..
EU CUTOMETATTL ya eras se syeytuc terete et) ars
sarornicum Clessin’. ..........-.-
GESSOLL SHG 6 teat ee ee ne

emarginatum Prime.............
PECO CLOMID TGUITNC Ieee wor y ya a ayegoes So ae
flavum Prime

formosa (Cyclas) Meek & Hayden.
RENGETSOMMSCEDKIG § » eie)e ae ies eee:
la PenScubalsbiyin acct siete cia «
laivcashense) Baker... 22.02 s.i05 «
ULB TE Riera sity aa aoe ae 6 aoe

mormonicum Sowerby...........
MOUICAG OUlLGLEM ys tate Sako seers AC eialls 5

dmampnivium sterki......5..-..
GATHOSG SUSE Se Sy cine cn on neo
PCE GOUIG-fesists rei) ss Gael ns ses
pusoryanum Sterki.....-..+1....
planum Meek & Hayden.........
Pe aiMt ClESSINi. . 2. ses 4s se
rectiardinale Meek & Hayden.....
MLOIMUGTECUI SAY Sinks oo atic cis 2s
SGI MIEMPEPTIIMGs 652 ola oc wc oe «
SO MLILIMES ALU! ae) Shion 6 oss coe sande Ghee
SLUMMMEUMACONTAG «604. .5.+654--
UOKOESEUBAKEH so oss eect cece

v. wisconsinense Sterki.........
Striatinum Lamarck.............
v. corpulentum Sterki..........
subelliptica (Cyclas) Meek & Hay-
GIS. 5 62 oy A Oe ORE ae eee

LOPSUMPStCHele eee one hc be es os
EATON OTE SENG oc Ol Ce eee
tumidum Baird

Sls} olvel) wi laiie a//ele) ee) oie) a:

42
28

WAHIG SHIVA 6 6c.c.0e bom bo bod bor 22
elevaiumialdemana-- sls cee eae. I
NCLYESSIRS COL KIA intents ati tuehke ont 8
florissantense Cockerell.......... 33
Woupwoy Sidials 55 noone eone ones 4
HOMEOSE PralntS. 5 ono ooobeebounes 10
LacustreaNiillenemm rs ire yeiere nee 19
lenticulanGouldee ee neeeieas sees 31
NOvOleOntS Pilsbinyaesee sale aan ok 9
onpicilor Ee Steukiner erie oe 2
POVLUMELUT SAyes ieee ince: II
Ue COLULEUIY TING see eine erase 12
v. eburneum Anthony.......... THCY
v. globosum Sterki............. 13
Th UCGOe erable, ogogne55oa0ne I4
(ULE SUES 5 oo poe bo baenodape 29
CpusilliumaiStenki\eeene eae eee 23
LONMONAL COOPE a eae ieee oe 24
ONHEVIGD IAGO. 5 ohobboosoaeGoor 20
v. fuliginosum Sterki.......... om
wnaefovme|Capenteke si. en: 20
ryckhols INOrmMand =... 04-60-07 23
SCCUPISH E11 Canine ena sae 20
Sphericum Anthony,.:........... 27
Um SUCCUNCUNT: SECLKM an eenteeiel ste ate 28
subtransversum Prime............ 7
WONSUCLSUIMESAY, = 1a) «se ee ee oe 5
D> CAPO SUSI do pendoobnoaeas 6
truncatum Linsley............... 16
Bh Hoh ESS caocsonnenaae 17
YU. angustatumy Sterki... = a. s94- 18
uuntaense Galley pes: yee 32
CUM Sia, oo ppb oes ocecebos 25

Genus PISIDIUM.

abditum Haldeman...........:.. 77

Ob WANE ODHO Swed ORs 5 Sho eed oe 78
avoritsumistenkia eye eee oe 128

UNCLUSUUM Steric, os eee sees 120
abyssorum (Stimpson) Sterki..... 96
Cas? WISIN Bowie tbo oodae AI

Th Cae Sia ln Bench ebb OOee 42
@quilateraleserinen ae ie ae 29
allent Stenkive sf a4ar ni eae ae 70
CINnUCU Tillers 2

476 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

angelicum Rowell. 22% .ce= 2 os
arcticum Westerlund............
GSWMUNDSCCLKI Gee Be ee ee ee Seis
atlaniteum Sterki.= so. 5.0 2... oe

vy. alotdum Sterki......2...-2.%

OCIS PAV StCEK Ins ois ae Ate ay) ers
columbtanum Sterki........-.....
complanatum Sterki.............
CONLPT ESSUTHIELIIN Gt ee eee bo creel

J CVV OSU StCrdes s ceess eh neice
COMET ULM) SUCL KU jcetetete ysis
, contrartum Sterki!...-......
ik COOSGENSE: SUCK). ccpnaye ales 2 = Se
i curvatum Sterki...... 2 -2.a-

psy}

) Levigatum Sterki.. 22. 5.2.5.
MOPAOCUMIUSLCT Ke rue epetartetel aerate =
v. pellucidum Sterki..-.:.----.
DT OSITOLUMU Stein as he elsis testes
COMLOFIUI ELUM Crate ene kei eerie
v. traangulare Sterki......-.225;
GostatumrSterkint ees acc = wie esa

eee

cuneiforme Sterki. Fire MUS.)
CLEVALIIT SCOLK eeepels) ores ee ete ore
PAVGLES SCOT a occcve coe nic otcnerehawsi e caike
tfallax; Sterkiv. 42.2.4 1s so oe ethers
Ds MNtte Sterkd a). eects Stowe aves
v. septentrionale Sterki....
jerugineum Prime. «ee 62 ese
Giontinale*Pieifien) =. oie eee ee
fraudulentum Sterkin..-.-- eae:
U» Peraltum Sterkiia.e a= ee
WGErSONnt Stenkde = sake oe ae ee ee
furcatim Sterkie ieee eee ee cee
v. rhombicum Sterki...........
plavellim: Sterkiene sae ere
glactale Westetlund...:.........
euatemalense Stevi.) y2aee = eae
andwerki Scerksl essa eve eee
MANNAUSCCHEU IE sh cgie screen ah oa oes
harfordtanum Prime.......:....-
henslowanum Sheppard.......
NiMRley ti Ster kiero. Schone ee:
huachucanum Pilsbry & Ferriss ...
ROOROCHSEURODECI- 4 cea ee Jere oi
U WHOLANENSE SCOLED ais ens oes
CUA ALES) Giel 1S gong eine Geta Gao

CNSUSNEMGADD sesh oaks tic tterk ees Le
RAT RIONGE SLEEK seer reminee ae ee
Latch fordiuSterkiy «tease ees
LEV MONA: SEEK A sine he oh one cee
LEWISSUIMUT SCEEKU. Whee eine see
lamatulung Sterne on ee tieoeeie ©
MOUNMENSEIStCLKI sas eaten te fee

U: (ClOTUM: Sterns = see eee 108
U, minutum Steck. seer eee 109
mese (Cockerell., 25. see ee ee 138
(mighelsianum Clessin). End of Catalog
milvum, Held... 222 ee eee QI
minus Adams:.= (or. eee eee 69
MInuUsculuim Sterkin. 22). ieee 38
(nirabile Clessin)).... eee eee 33
MONGS Stexki VAs oc Nace ee 95
mestectum Sterki. =... ye eee 59
v. corpulentum Sterki.......... 60
nevadense: Sterki. . 4.2) 1s eee arer7
v. modicum Sterki.|. -) seer ee 118
nivale Westerlund(:. 32). ace eee I35
moveboracense Prime. =). )> see 44
v. alabamense Sterki- ©. seis 49
UGG P OUT E SSNS 55500650506 45
0. (raternum Sterkis. =. = oases
UVNLUNEOLUIMNSCCEKI on 1 le eee 47
v. quadrulum Sterki........... 46
occidentale Newcomb. ..:......0. II4
ohtobnse:Sterki. 25 «ass ae OE 85
Over Sterki agape tere ee 64
Ovum: Sterkisn fas cso iene cielo 102
pauperculum Sterki. >). 0.2 sor 98
Ue) CKYSTQLENSE SUCLKie es seni 100
vanylander, Sterkis somone 909
v. sulphureum Sterki........... IOI
Politum Sterkie = 2). 4 elas 74
Vv. decorum: sterkis.. 5. oe seen 75
DYOXAMUUMD Stender) Seine I24
pulchellum Jenyns.: a4. ase see 137
punctatum Sterkin eee 24
d. armatum: Sterki. . 2). 6s eee 25
U. Stmplex-Stenkl «= see eeee 26
(busillum:Gimelin) a). © ence ie 59
TANGOLPhisROPCI ce ee ees 120
reguiare Primen. basis ieaie serene 51
Vv. dantelst Sterki... cs... eens 52
VOD ETL: SEOLKA as c5.8 oui a a toteeseose ae 71
TOSCUM: SCHOIZS = 2. ee se 78
TOWNE CHUN TIME) «2 2s els crete ee 103
TOWEL StOEKT oye torecs one 0 sec eee eee I12
Sagiunatum Whites... 2.4 osseteres 140
‘SA7, TENT SCCLA c.5 tees eiereioiete charters 43
eA Th SOAd dling ae Goneadu occ 62
Singleyt Sterkiiom oj waste oie sins eae I3I
SPUEVLCUME SUCLKI cue ene ere eens 40
Splendidulum Sterki......:...... 86
v. corneolum Sterki........5..- 87
©. miltasivum Sterki. <= sa. 89
D: MOVANEI@ Sterky). « see che sient 88
Steenbucha Miolleriee tents ketene 68
SIVECLOTA StCLEIA autre eee erento 76
strengt: Stetkitaniienm ecient 73
Subrotundum SterKki= oe. = ovict-veleiele 79
)., CONAAENSE, SUCLE Tene ct ie ereteaeter 80
¥. Olofi: Sterkil. ha)... eee 81

STERKI: NORTH AMERICAN SPHARIID. 477

v. pumilum Sterki............. 82 MI MORCULUSESLEL Mae aiie crests steele 35
SUGCINCUIM SLEXKL . 2 2.5 5 ee eo 61 Wi GLCCTNEALIN Serv ete ose cVeis, 8 «1 sie eke 34
LE PENSUSTSECL EN oh. ose ooo ss safe as 67 DNAVURLAUT StCLKAG ceca a o's <5 277
supinum A. Schmidt............ 16 De MMGLNUM SLEEK sicye eo aa 36
tenuissimum Sterki.............. Oe UENUICOSUMERTIME 2) ae ses so ese ° 104
imapezcrdeum Sterkl. 0)... 3.» MEE UESUCULOLE StCHMseueie, shel hen eraiel nolerer= 105

meprovensum Sterki. ........+.- 58 Unc SUV Patella, StEL KM c/s < eo ei cuss) 106
trempert Hannibal............... T32 P PVELUIMSLEL KL. cats ehetelsieitie: tele siss 84
ultramontanum Prime............ EO). vryeunicum Gmelin. s,s. - 6665s. I

MP UCTLEOMETIMIC ss 5 6 2 2c esac eee BQN) “WalReErg.Sterkiv f8 ss shone oe nle crevese 63

XVII. SOME DIRECTIONS AND SUGGESTIONS FOR COL-
LECTING THE SPHARIIDA AND AQUATIC
GASTROPODS.

By Victor STERKI, M.D.

The Spheriide, our smallest fresh-water Pelecypoda, or bivalves
(mussels), are very interesting objects of study. They have been
somewhat neglected on account of their generally small size and the
apparent difficulty of securing them. They are also somewhat
difficult to identify, principally because of the considerable variation
which reveals itself among them. At present there are over two
hundred species and varieties known from North America, belonging
to the genera Spherium, Musculium, Eupera, and Pisidium. ‘Their
many varieties and forms make them all the more interesting, because
of the questions which they raise as to systematic arrangement and
distribution. The largest are about 20 mm. long (Spherium sul-
catum); the smallest 1.5-2 mm. (Pisidium punctatum, and some
others).

They are approximately well-known from only some small parts
of the continent. Few places have been systematically and thoroughly
searched, and there are stretches of hundreds and thousands of square
miles where only a little sporadic collecting has been done, and
equally large areas in which no collections at all have been made.
‘There are therefore chances almost anywhere to secure valuable
material for a collection and at the same time to aid the specialist
in studying them. The same, to a large extent, may be said of the
aquatic gastropods, or snails. They are generally associated, and
the methods of collecting them are essentially the same.

WHERE FOUND.

They live in waters of all kinds, and no place should be neglected,
or overlooked, especially since different species and forms are found
in different habitats. Lakes, ponds, rivers, and sloughs, canals,
ditches, springs, and even the smallest rills, sink-holes, swamps, and
marshes, even miry puddles, all yield some of these mollusks. Waters

478

STERKI: COLLECTING SPHRIID®. 479

full of aquatic plants, estuaries, drainage-ditches, etc., are especially
rich in mollusks. Some of the smallest and rarest Pisidia live among
gravel in rivers and creeks. Tidal waters are often rich. In a small
tidal ditch in Virginia large numbers of specimens of about thirty-five
species of mollusks were collected in less than two hours, and about a
dozen of them were Spheriide. Brackish waters should be searched
over carefully and may yield peculiar forms.

Many species and forms are often found abundantly in the moun-
tains, even at altitudes of 10,000 to 12,000 feet above sea-level, and
quite a number of species have been collected within the Arctic Circle.
Some apparently promising places may be poor, yet yield interesting
forms; others are immensely rich. In some instances over twenty
thousand specimens of Pisidium alone have been taken from a single
locality in a short time, representing many species, some of them
common, others very scarce. All this shows that collecting should
be done thoroughly at every available place, so as to secure large
numbers of specimens, and all species inhabiting that place so far as
possible.

Some Spheriide are able to live and propagate in damp places,
under and between dead leaves, in muck, where water abounds only
in spring, or after heavy rains; and such forms are able even to survive
severe droughts lasting weeks and months, as for instance Spherium
occidentale, usually found in company with certain aquatic snails.
Some Pisidia may be found among moss in damp or wet places and
around springs.

It is worthy of note that different regions have their peculiar forms
differing from each other. The molluscan fauna of the Pacific States
differs materially from that of the Atlantic States, and the fauna of
the South from that of the North.

COLLECTING OUTFIT.

Some of the larger mussels and snails may be found and picked
up singly, but in general they must be collected ‘‘wholesale.’’ Various
kinds of perforated metal and wire strainers have been used, some of
them ingeniously constructed, but they are not satisfactory. The
best and the simplest thing is a net, somewhat like a butterfly-net.
A piece of strong wire, 3/16 in. in diameter, and about four feet long,
is bent so as to form a ring of six to eight inches in diameter; the ends,
or shanks, are crossed over each other, and the longer end is bent

480 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

back over the shorter (see cut); this may serve for a handle, but it is
better to fasten it to a wooden handle, about three feet long, e. g.,
a broomstick, planed down somewhat at one end to the length of

Fic. 1. Method of making a cheap ring for a collecting net.

the wire handle, and with a groove around it, about half-an-inch
from the end. The wire frame can be tied to the handle with stout
twine. To the wire ring is fastened a sack-net, twelve to fifteen
inches long, of good, somewhat loose, burlap, which is the best and
cheapest material, and procurable almost anywhere. The seams must
be sewn well, best doubly, with good linen thread, and the rim over
the wire should. be protected by a strip of strong canvas, to prevent
its being worn through in a short time. Such a net, or two of them,
take little space, and a stick for a handle may be found and fitted
anywhere. Some small muslin sacks should be taken along, a piece
or two of muslin about a yard square, and some small boxes and vials,
and, for a longer trip, a bottle with a few ounces of alcohol. This is
almost everything needed for good work. High rubber boots are
desirable, even necessary. Besides, it is recommended to take a
small hoe (Ferriss’ hoe) along. It is handy in many ways, especially
for collecting land-snails. The hoe and the net with its handle, tied
together, are not very cumbersome.

COLLECTING.

As stated before, some snails and mussels may be picked up with
the hand. Many of the former are seen clinging on rocks, stones, or
wood. Some Musculia may be found on pieces of wood covered with
mosses and alge; they must be taken up carefully lest their thin and
fragile shells be crushed. Special care is needed in collecting the
small and tender, flat-shelled species of Ancylus and Gundlachia.
They are found on plants such as the stalks and leaves (‘‘pads’’) of
water-lilies, the leaves of Typha, Sparganium, Sagittaria, etc.; also on
dead and living shells, stones, etc. The best way is to take them

STERKI: COLLECTING SPHERIID®. 481

up with a knife-blade, or to cut off pieces of the plants with the snails
on them.

With the net the surface-layer of the bottom in pools and streams is
carefully scooped or scraped up, and when a good quantity is gathered
the net is shaken in the water, dipped repeatedly to the rim, and
worked with the hand to wash out mud and fine sand. Of the
coarser material, plants, debris, etc., handful after handful is taken
from the top, while the net is held in the water to near its rim, washed,
shaken, then looked over and thrown away. The remaining finer
material, generally a small quantity, with the mollusks, is then put
into some receptacle, best a muslin sack. Haul after haul is made from
a place, and then a label is added to the ‘‘ washings,”’ noting the place,
its nature, and the date.

Where there are thick, tangled masses of plants, like Potamogeton,
Ceratophyllum, Philotria, Vallisneria, etc., along the shores of ponds,
small lakes, or bays, the plants may be pulled out with a rake, slowly
and carefully, put into a wash-tub, if within reach, and washed out
there. After a number of hauls the water is poured off and the
settlings are put in the net to be washed free from mud and fine sand.
A large sack mounted on a wire ring or hoop and supported by a few
forked sticks, hanging in the water, is also serviceable and more
easily carried along than a tub. Evena hole dug in the ground at the
water’s edge will answer the purpose. After a place has been raked
over the net may be used to gather what has dropped to the bottom.

At similar places away from shore collecting is done from a boat
or launch. The net is driven and swung through the masses of plants
and over the bottom, where it can be reached. Good results may be
obtained in this way; but, where there is an old accumulation of
muck, mollusks are generally scarce. Where a spring or brook enters
a lake or pond the harvest will usually be rich, and such places may
be more easily accessible from a boat than by wading out from the
shore.

For collecting in water about four to eight feet deep the net may be
tied to a long pole; a dredge is preferable, but cannot be used where
the bottom is obstructed by plants, pieces of wood, etc. In deeper
water dredging is the only means for collecting, and should be used
more extensively. A small dredge can easily be made of a metal
frame two to three feet long and about one foot wide, or larger, with
a burlap sack attached, preferably protected by outer flaps of leather

482 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

or strong canvas, twill, or jean. The ‘‘Holland dredge”’ (cf. Memoirs
Carnegie Museum, Vol. IV, p. 281) modified, with a small wheel on
each side of the frame, will prove very serviceable.

A good deal of dredging has been done in European lakes, and many
deep-water species, or forms, especially of Pzsidium, have been
brought upin this way. It is time that we explore our lakes, especially
the Great Lakes. To judge from what has been secured by some
dredging in Lake Michigan good results may be expected. Some
deep water mollusks have also been taken from the stomachs of white-
fish, and it seems worth while to follow that trail.

From dead leaves, moss, etc., specimens may be picked out, or a
portion of such material may be taken along; or better still, if water
is near, carried to it and its contents washed out. Such material may
also be dried and then its contents secured by sifting.

On gravelly bottoms of rivers and creeks, where the net cannot be
directly used, there are other methods of procedure. Where there
is a strong current in shallow water, as on bars and riffles, a hole a
foot or two deep may be dug out; above it some furrows converging
and leading into it are made. Then the gravel upstream over a
wide stretch should be well stirred and the current will carry the
smaller and lighter particles down. From the hole the material thus
gathered is then taken out with the netand washed. If there is any-
body to help, the net can be held in the lower furrow to take up what the
current carries along. In this way large numbers of specimens not
otherwise obtainable can be secured, often representing rare species,
e. g., Pisidium cruciatum (2 mm. long), also various small gastropods
and very young Naiades. By the way, the same method may be
used for collecting certain crustacea, insects, etc.

When the water in rivers is quite low, there may be isolated pools
and waterholes along the shore where mollusks are aggregated in
great numbers, principally snails. There they sometimes can be
gathered by the quart. Not only a good supply of the larger forms
should be taken along, but the net should be used to secure the smaller
and minuter specimens.

SEASONS.

Collecting may be done at any time of the year, even in mid-winter,
and good things have even been secured with the net through holes
cut in the ice. For obvious reasons, most may be accomplished in

STERKI: COLLECTING SPH#RIID. 483

late summer and fall. It is desirable that accessible places be visited
at various seasons, especially for Musculium, of which at least a large
part become full-grown, and then die in early summer to midsummer,
the time when also most of the Lymne@a, Planorbis, Physa, etc., attain
maturity. A large percentage of Musculia now in collections are
immature, and it appears that of some forms only young and half-
grown specimens are known. In some instances observations have
been made and series of specimens at successive stages of growth
were secured by collecting at the same places every few weeks from
spring to midsummer, or fall. It will also be interesting to compare
observations made in this respect in the North and in the South.

DRIFT.

Fine drift on the shores and beaches of lakes, accumulated in heaps
and rows, or thinly scattered, almost always contains shells. Though
generally more or less bleached and waterworn they are well worth
taking. From drift-heaps good quantities should be taken along.
Scattered specimens on the beach may be swept on to a piece of card-
board or tin with a feather.

Drift accumulated along rivers, creeks, or ravines after floods and
heavy rains, from a handful or less to large heaps, are always worth
taking. A sieve, if at hand, will help in separating the coarser material
from the finer. Most of the shells it contains are generally of small
land-snails, often thousands of them, but some aquatic mollusks are
usually also found.

FOSSILS.

Fossil specimens should be collected wherever possible from the
fresh-water deposits of the Tertiaries and older formations, from which
very few so far are extant. Valuable material should be found
especially in the Western States. It is barely necessary to say that
they should be handled very carefully, since the shells are thin and
fragile, and that not only the locality should be noted, but also the
formation and stratum.

Marl deposits, in a number of states, have been more or less explored,
and many of them are wonderfully rich in shells of the Spheriide
and Gastropods. Generally the marl is so soft that the shells can
be washed out of it with proper care, and thus it is possible to take
good quantities along to be worked up at home.

484 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

WoRKING UP.

The ‘‘washings’’ brought home, or to camp, should be looked over
as soon as convenient, especially in hot weather, and spread out for
preliminary drying, preferably on a sheet of muslin. Larger Spheria
and Musculia may be picked out at once, cleaned if necessary, and
put into alcohol diluted with from 75 to 60 per cent. of water for a
day or two. After that such as are wanted for future examination
of the soft parts are put in somewhat stronger alcohol. The others
can be easily dried, while with fresh ones there is danger of putre-
faction. Using alcohol is preferable to scalding in hot water, then
removing the soft parts and closing the shells with mucilage or glue.
Even drying without alcohol is better if there is a chance for doing so.
Larger snails wanted for anatomical examination are also put in
alcohol or some other preserving fluid; the others may be treated in
the usual way, by scalding and extracting the soft parts, which again
may be preserved by themselves, in which case they require exact
labeling. The opercula of operculate snails, such as Viviparide, etc.,
should be kept either with their soft parts or the shells, but not glued
into the apertures.

When the washings are somewhat dry, so that they can be crumbled
up, the specimens may be picked out and then put to final drying.
It is difficult or impossible to find the smallest mussels and snails in
damp clogging debris, and takes much more time. Generally it is
preferable to dry the washings thoroughly, and then they may be
kept for being worked up at some convenient time, but never without
the label indicating the place and date at which the material was taken.
Larger Spheriide and snails, if not treated with alcohol, require a day
or two to become quite dry, in moderate heat; too great heat will
brown them and crack the shells of Musculium.

After a season’s collecting, or even after an extended trip, there
may be a large number of lots of washings, siftings, drift, etc., on hand,
and it is desirable to have on each parcel a conspicuous outside label
denoting its origin.

If there is a good portion of washings, or drift, a sieve is a great
help for separating finer from coarser material, and two, of different
meshes, may be preferable. If not provided with sieves, shaking to
and fro on a piece of paper or cardboard is the next best method of
treatment. Material may be spread on a table and the specimens

STERKI: COLLECTING SPHERIID. 485

picked out with a fine pair of pincers. A number of small boxes or
trays should be kept on hand for different species, or at least genera
or gfoups, and thus time and work will be saved. Even the smallest
specimens should be taken. Valuable material has been thrown away
on the supposition that the specimens were ‘‘only young and of no
account.’’ Even the young are desirable, and so to some extent are
dead shells. Musculia, to repeat, must be handled carefully, because
many of them have very thin and fragile shells. Pzsidia in par-
ticular are frequently incrusted with a ferruginous deposit, some-
times so thick that they appear to be globules of dirt, and it
takes a trained eye to recognize them. While fresh and living they
can be cleaned by putting them in a vial with some clean, sharp sand
and a little water, and shaking vigorously. A single specimen, fresh
or dry, with not too thin a shell, can be cleaned by rolling between
moistened thumb and finger, with some sand; a small glass with water
and another with sand, side by side on the table, have proved useful.

When the specimens are picked out, separated, and identified so
far as can be done, they are put up in vials rather than in boxes, except
in the case of large lots, labeled, with or without the name, but with
the place of origin, catalogued, and filed in the collection. If the
label is not in the container, a small slip of paper should be added with
the serial entry number of the label, to prevent misplacing. On larger
specimens in the collection the number should be written.

The beginner will have some difficulty in identifying his specimens,
and even the more advanced student may be in the same position
with respect to some groups, e. g., the Spheriide. The best way is
to send them to an expert or specialist; it will at the same time aid
the latter in his studies.

SENDING SPECIMENS FOR IDENTIFICATION.

When specimens are sent for examination it is best to leave those
of a genus or group from each locality mixed up, only separated for
gross differences of size. This often makes the work easier, and gives
an opportunity for studying the species and the extent of their varia-
tion, also the influence of the habitat. It goes without saying that
separated lots may be sent for identification or verification, and it is
recommended that all specimens of a lot be sent; very often a few
have been forwarded with the request to name them, while the balance
was kept, on the supposition that they were all of the same kind, and
to be proved later a mixture of several species.

486 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The labels should indicate not only the localities, but also some notes
on the nature of the habitat, just as in the collection. Labels saying
‘Buffalo, N. Y.,” or ‘Snark County, Kansas,” are sadly inadeqtate.
It is also a great help if the labels or numbers are placed conspicuously.
If the labels cannot be placed with the specimens, number-slips are
put in, corresponding with the numbers on a list sent along. Speci-
mens packed in a vial or box, not filling it, should be protected from
jarring by adding a loose wad of cotton; but care should be taken
in the case of Musculia not to stuff the cotton in so tightly as to crush
the specimens. Shells not perfectly dry should never come in contact
with cotton. The fibers stick to them and are difficult to remove.
When necessary to fill out or pad a vial a small piece of sponge is
serviceable.

Whole washings, ‘‘dirt and all,’’ may be sent and will be welcome,
either dried or fresh, if the weather is not too hot, or the distance not
too great. But materials not thoroughly dry should not be in tight
containers, such as tin boxes or cans. Drift and siftings will also be
gladly received. The specimens will be separated, named, and
returned. Where they are in sufficient numbers some specimens will
be kept for records and for further study and comparison.

New PHILADELPHIA, OHIO,
May TI, 1916.

Pave DHE «EPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE OF PINES,
pee A List OF THE SPECIES COLLECTED ON
PoE ISLAND BY MR. J. L.GRAF AND MR. G, A.
LINK, SR, IN roto AND 1012-1913.

By W. J. HOLLAND.

The present paper is the first of a series of lists in which it is pro-
posed to enumerate the species of insects belonging to various orders,
which were collected upon the Isle of Pines by the party of gentlemen,
who went thither in the spring of 1910 in the interest of the Carnegie
Museum, and by Mr. G. A. Link, Sr., during his stay upon the island
from the spring of 1912 to the beginning of June, 1913. Mr. Link
was a member of the party which made collections in 1910, but the
entomological specimens, which were brought home at that time,
were principally assembled by Mr. J. L. Graf. They consisted chiefly
of Lepidoptera and Odonata. Mr. Link during his stay of more than
a year upon the island devoted himself almost entirely to collecting
birds, as is stated by Mr. W. E. C. Todd in his paper upon the avifauna
of the island, which is published in this volume of the ANNALS. Inci-
dentally he gathered specimens of such insects as he encountered at
times when he was not otherwise engaged. The specimens in the
possession of the Carnegie Museum are under the circumstances the
result of more or less desultory collecting, and seem scarcely to ade-
quately represent what must be a rather rich fauna, if we are justified
in drawing conclusions from what we know of the wealth of insect-life
which is found in Cuba. The lepidoptera, upon which the writer is
now reporting, are, however, the first taken on the island which have
been systematically listed, and the following pages may lay foundations
for more complete lists in the future.

A brief visit to the United States National Museum about the
middle of May, 1916, afforded an opportunity to look over the collec-
tions from the Antilles, which are there preserved, and acknowledg-
ment is due to the various gentlemen in charge and particularly to
Mr. August Busck for the very kind assistance which he accorded the
writer in facilitating access to the Lepidoptera contained in that

487

488 ANNALS OF THE, CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

storehouse of knowledge. Thanks are also due to Dr. Henry S.
Skinner of the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia for
devoting a number of his precious hours to helping the writer to consult
the classic collections contained in that justly famous institution,
where is preserved, among other things, a set of the insects of Cuba
named by the late Dr. Gundlach who was in his day the leading
authority upon the entomology of the island.

Order LEPIDOPTERA.
Suborder RHOPALOCERA.
Family NYMPHALID/.
Subfamily EUPL@IN.

Genus Anosia Hiibner.

1. Anosia berenice (Cramer).
Papilio berenice CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, III, 1782, p. 22, Pl. CCV, figs. E, F.
The collection contains twenty-three males and twenty-three females
taken at various places from May 6 until August 30, 1912. Many
of the specimens are dwarfed, the smallest male and female having
an expanse of only 55mm. The largest male has an expanse of 65 mm.
and the largest female of 78 mm. The dwarfs appear to have been
taken at the beginning of the rainy season in May and June and the
larger specimens in August. The latter are somewhat brighter in
color than the former. In form, markings, and color the specimens
do not noticeably differ from individuals coming from other Antillean
islands, and from Arizona and Mexico.

Subfamily HELICONIIN.

Genus Heliconius Latreille.

2. Heliconius charithonius (Linnzus).
Papilio charithonius Linnzeus, Systema Nature, II, 1767, p. 757.

This common and widely distributed neotropical species is repre-
sented by forty-one specimens taken at various localities in the
island from May 20 to July 31.

They do not differ appreciably from specimens coming from other
parts of the Neotropical Region.

HOLLAND: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 489

Subfamily NyMPHALIN®.

Genus Colenis Hiibner.

3. Colenis julia cillene (Cramer).

Papilio cillene CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, III, 1782, pp. 38, 174, Pl. CCXV,
figs. D, E.

In his paper published in 1907, as Fascicule 63 of Wytsman’s
““Genera Insectorum,’’ Stichel treats Colenis delila Fabricius as a
form of Colenis julia Fabricius. He gives to the insect figured in
“The Butterfly Book,’”’ Plate VIII, fig. 4, the varietal name moderata.
It may be mentioned in passing that the specimen delineated in
“The Butterfly Book” was taken in Jamaica and was utilized by
the present writer because no specimen of C. julia var. delila in his
possession from either Florida or Texas was sufficiently perfect to
admit of reproduction by photography.

The collection made by Mr. Link contains a male and a female
taken im coitu, June 12, 1912, belonging to the form figured by Cramer
as P. cillene. The female agrees exactly with the female figured by
Stichel (‘‘Genera Insectorum,”’ Fasc. 63, Pl. 2, fig. 1) and the male
agrees with the figure of that sex given by Cramer, as cited above.
Of this form we have thirty-five males and four females taken on the
Isle of Pines at various localities from June 12 to September 3, 1912.
It is the prevalent form in the Isle of Pines, and also is at hand from
Cuba, and in a modified form from Haiti. The ground-color of the
wings is ‘‘lustrous golden ochraceous,” as stated by Stichel. The
Bolivian form, to which Stichel applies the subspecific name fztzo, is
characterized by having the wings deep “‘fiery red’’ according to
that author. The present writer would call them ‘
We have a good series of specimens of this race taken in the Province

‘pale vermilion.”’

del Sara, Bolivia, and some from Colombia.
The form nudeola Stichel from Cuba is very like C. moderata from
Jamaica, and according to the author of the species is simply differ-

‘

entiated from the latter form by having the wings ‘‘golden ochrace-
But the wings of C. moderata of Jamaica are “golden och-
rceous,’’ as the type before me, and a long series of other specimens,
show. I am of the opinion that nudeola Stichel is a synonym of

moderata Stichel. The form differs from typical delila merely in the

’

ous.’

490 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

shade of the ground-color; the markings are identical. The various
forms may be worked out by means of the following key:!

A. Fore wings with heavy dark subapical band.
b. Ground-color of wings dull reddish ochraceous.
C. julia julia Fabricius (typical).
(Habitat throughout the American tropics.)
bb. Ground-color pale vermilion, size smaller........... C. julia titio Stichel.
(Habitat from Bolivia to Colombia.)
B. Fore wings with subapical band reduced to a small spot at the end of cell, or
entirely absent.
c. Ground-color dull reddish ochraceous. . .C. julia delila Fabricius (typical).
(Habitat American tropics passim.)
cc. Ground-color shining golden ochraceous.
d. Fore wings of males without spots, only the nervules finely scaled
with blackish...... C. julia delila {. moderata = f. nudeola Stichel.
(Habitat Jamaica, Cuba.)
dd. Fore wing with black spot at end of cell and very narrow black margin
On, Doth Wings eer es aes ero ch eee erie C. julia cillene Cramer.
(Habitat Cuba, Haiti, Isle of Pines, and probably elsewhere in
the Antilles.)

Genus Dione Hiibner.

4. Dione vanilla (Linnzus) var. insularis Maynard.
Papilio (Nymphalis) vanille LINN&UuS, Syst. Nat. (10), 1758, p. 482.

Stichel has attempted to define the races or subspecies of D. vanill@
in the ‘‘Genera Insectorum,”’ but calls attention to the fact that there
does not appear to be any fixity of character in the specimens coming
from the various regions where the insect is found. By a process of
selection it is possible to discriminate a number of different forms, but
it seems to the present writer very doubtful whether they deserve to
be regarded as local races, inasmuch as practically the same forms
occur everywhere, with but few exceptions.

The insect figured by Clerck in his “Icones,’”’ which Stichel regards
as typical! D. vanill@, is at hand in some numbers from British Guiana,
Colombia, Venezuela, Haiti, and Jamaica. But there are also at
hand many specimens from the same localities, which do not essentially
differ from specimens collected in the Gulf States, Mexico, and the
Antilles. We possess one hundred and forty-two specimens taken
by Worthington on the various islands of the Bahaman Archipelago,

1T cannot regard C. lucina Felder as a race of C. julia Fabricius, as is done by
Stichel. It seems to me to be a valid species, as species go.

HoLLAND: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE oF Pines. 491

hich are quite constant, and have a different facies from those which
come from the northern parts of the South American continent, the
black spots being less confluent, those at the end of the cell of the fore
wing and near the costa often pupilled with white, and the ground-
color somewhat lighter than is the case with the specimens from
the mainland. With these specimens for the most part agree the
specimens which we possess from Jamaica, Cuba, and the Isle of
Pines, as well as many specimens which we have from all over the
northern parts of the range of the insect. For this generally prevalent
form Stichel suggests the retention of the subspecific name insularis
proposed by Maynard (cf. Maynard, Contributions to Science, Vol. I,
1889, No. 2).

The collection made by Mr. Link contains fifty-five specimens of
D. vanille insularis taken from May to September, 1912, at various
localities throughout the Isle of Pines.

Genus Euptoieta Doubleday.

5. Euptoieta hegesia (Cramer).
Papilio hegesia CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, III, 1782, p. 30, Pl. CCIX, figs. E, F.
The specimens are on the average of smaller size than specimens
coming from other portions of the range of the insect, and have a
decidedly dwarfed appearance. Some of the males have an expanse
of wings no greater than 35 mm. The largest female has an expanse
of 52 mm.
There are twenty-six specimens, seventeen of which are males, the
rest females. They were taken at various localities on the island, and
the dates of capture range from May 7 to October 6, 1912.

Genus Eresia Doubleday.

6. Eresia frisia (Poey).
Melitea frisia PorEy, Centurie de Lépidoptéres de L’Ile de Cuba, tre Décade,
April, 1832, Plate.
The collection contains three specimens: a very dwarfed female and
a very large female, both taken at Santa Fé, July 19, 1912; and a
male of intermediate size taken at Nueva Gerona, August 8, I912.
The specimens in form and markings do not differ essentially from
other examples at hand from Cuba and from the North American
mainland.

492 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus Junonia Hiibner.
7. Junonia ccenia Hiibner.

Junonia cenia HUBNER, Sammlung Exotischer Schmett., Bd. II, 1820-1826, Taf.
245, figs. I-4.

The collection includes forty-six specimens, male and female, taken
from May 6 to July 24, 1912. They are all pale in color and un-
usually small in size, a number of specimens having an expanse of
wing not exceeding 32 mm.

8. Junonia ccenia genoveva (Cramer).

Papilio genoveva CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, IV, 1782, p. 4, Pl. CCXC, figs. E, F.
Two specimens of this form are at hand, one taken at Nueva

Gerona, September 2, the other at Los Indios, October 6, 1912.

Genus Anartia Hiibner.
g. Anartia jatrophe (Linnzus).
Papilio jatrophe LINNus, Mus. Lud. Ulr., 1764, p. 2809.
There are seventy-five specimens before me, all taken at Nueva

Gerona, except one, which is labeled as from Colombia, July 25, 1912.
The dates of capture range from May 7 to August 8, 1912.

10. Anartia lytrea (Godart).
Vanessa lyirea GODART, Enc. Method., IX, 1819, p. 299.

The collection contains seventy-two specimens of this species, all
taken at Nueva Gerona from May 5 to September 30, 1912. The
females are lighter in color than the males and have the transverse
white bands of the fore and hind wings broader.

Genus Lucinia Doubleday & Hewitson.

11. Lucinia cadma (Drury).
Papilio cadma Drury, Illustrations of Exotic Entomology, II, 1773, Pl. XVIII,
figs. I-2.
There are three specimens, one taken in June, one in July, and one
in August, at Nueva Gerona. They are decidedly smaller than
specimens at hand from Jamaica, but otherwise not different.

HoLLAND: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 493

Genus Timetes Boisduval.

12. Timetes eleucha (Hiibner).

Marpesia eleucha HUBNER, Zutrige Exot. Schmett., 1818, Taf. 526, figs. 197-108.
One badly damaged female, Nueva Gerona, August 22, I912.
The specimen is somewhat larger and darker, more fuscous, than

specimens from Jamaica, Cuba, Haiti, Nassau, Mexico, and Florida,

which are before me as I write.

Genus Adelpha Hiibner.

13. Adelpha iphicla (Linnzus).
Papilio iphicla LINN&us, Syst. Nature (10), I, p. 780.

Two specimens, both males, one taken July 20, the other August
22, 1912, at Nueva Gerona.

Genus Aganisthos Boisduval.

14. Aganisthos odius (Fabricius).
Papilio odius FABRICIUS, Syst. Ent., 1775, p- 457.

A damaged female taken at Los Indios on November 7, 1912, and
a fine specimen of the same sex taken March 22, 1913, at Nueva
Gerona.

Genus Siderone Hiibner.
15. Siderone ide Hiibner.
Siderone ide HUBNER, Sammlung Exot. Schmett., II, 1820-1826, Pl. 56.

The collection contains three damaged specimens of this variable
species, representing the typical form, in which the red band on the:
upper side of the hind wing is reduced to a small spot on the costa.
Two of the specimens were taken at Nueva Gerona, one on May 6,.
the other on November 10; the third was captured at Columbia,
July 29, 1912. The specimen taken on May 6 is not worn, but is as
if freshly emerged; the others are tattered.

Genus Victorina Blanchard.

16. Victorina steneles (Linneus) var. insularis, var. nov.
Papilio steneles LINN&ZvS, Mus. Lud. Ulr., 1764, p. 218.

Of this common neotropical butterfly there are seventy-seven ex-
amples in the collection. They are on the average smaller than speci-
mens which are before me and which come from Mexico, Costa Rica,

494 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Colombia, and elsewhere. The considerable reduction in the size
of the pale emerald spots on the wings, with the consequent increase
in the breadth of the darker portions of the wings, gives them a quite
different faces from that presented by specimens coming from the
American mainland. A similar reduction of the spots is shown in
specimens from Haiti and Porto Rico, before me. I am inclined to
regard the form as an insular variety, for which I propose the sub-
specific name of Vuictorina steneles insularis var. nov.

Smaller in size than the average of specimens from other parts of
the American tropics; darker, because of the restriction in size of
the light spots upon the wings; spots in the cell usually not confluent
with those on the disk, as is generally the case, and greatly reduced
in size, sometimes to mere points.

The specimens were taken at various localities from May to Sep-
tember, but mostly in June and July. Those taken at the later dates
appear to be with few exceptions worn females.

Subfamily SATYRIN#.

Genus Calisto Geyer.
17. Calisto herophile Hiibner.

Calisto herophile HUBNER, in Zutrege zur Sammlung Exotischer Schmetterlinge,
1823, figs. 269, 270.

There are nine males and seven females of this little species, which
were captured from May to August, mostly at Nueva Gerona. One
specimen is labeled as having been taken at Los Indios, and another
at a different locality. The specimens taken in May and early June
appear to be fresh, as if just from the chrysalis, those captured at
later dates are more or less worn.

Family LyC&NID&.

Genus Eumeus Hiibner.

18. Eumeus atala (Poey).
Eumesia atala (PoEy), Centurie de Lépidoptéres de Il’'Ile de Cuba, 1re Decade,
April, 1832, Plate.

There are seventeen specimens, all taken from May 6 to May 20,
at Nueva Gerona, except one specimen, which was taken on May 20
at Los Indios, and a dwarfed male, which was taken at Columbia,
August 18, 1912.

HoLLAND: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 495

Genus Thecla Fabricius.

19. Thecla columella Fabricius.
Thecla columella FAsrRicius, Ent. Syst., III, 1, 1793, p. 282.

There is before me a series of thirty-two specimens, male and female,
taken from the end of July to the beginning of September at Nueva
Gerona.

20. Thecla martialis Herrich-Schaeffer.
Thecla martialis H.-S., Correspond.-Blatt Regensb., XVIII, 1864, p. 164.

A single somewhat damaged male, taken at Nueva Gerona, May 6,
1912.

21. Thecla favonius Smith & Abbot.
Thecla favonius SMITH & ABBOT, Rarer Lepidopterous Insects of Georgia, I, 1797,
Dail. Sok.
A badly torn and rubbed specimen, so poor as to make its identi-
fication difficult, yet undoubtedly referable to this species. It was
taken at Nueva Gerona, June 8, 1912.

Genus Lycena Fabricius.

22. Lycena hanno (Stoll).
Papilio hanno Stoll, Suppl. to Cramer’s Papillons Exotiques, 1790, p. 170, PI.
XPOS figs: 25,20!

The collection includes one hundred and one specimens, males
and females, all taken at Nueva Gerona, the dates of capture ranging
from May 6 to September 6, 1912, though by far the greater number
were taken in the month of August.

23. Lycena ammon Lucas.
Lycena ammon LUCAS, in Sagra’s Historia de Cuba, VII, 1856, p. 262; Pl. XVI,
figs. 6, 7a, 7b.
Mr. Link took eleven specimens, three at Los Indios, the rest at
Nueva Gerona. The dates of capture range from May 5 to August 2,
IQI2.

24. Lyczna theonus Lucas.

Lycena theonus Lucas, in Sagra’s Historia Natural de Cuba, VII, 1856, p. 262,
Pl. XVI, figs. 8, 8a, 8b.

One rather badly damaged female, taken at Nueva Gerona, August
Se LOr2*

496 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Family PAPILIONID.

Subfamily PIERIN®.

Genus Tachyris Wallace.

25. Tachyris ilaire (Godart).

Pieris ilaire GODART, Enc. Meth., IX, 18109, p. 142.

Mylothris margarita HUBNER, Sammlung Exot. Schmett., Vol. II, 1820-1826, Taf.
333:

Godart’s specific name has priority over the name margarita
applied by Hiibner.

There are thirteen males and four females in the collection. The
males have the dark apical markings reduced to a fine black marginal
line. The specimens were taken at Nueva Gerona from the end of
June to the latter part of August, 1912.

Genus Pieris Schrank.

26. Pieris monuste (Linnzus).
Papilio monuste LINNXvuS, Mus. Lud. Ulr., 1764, p. 237.

Of this common neotropical species the collection contains eleven
males and five females. The latter vary greatly in the breadth and
intensity of the dark markings of the wings. One female has the
wings marked almost exactly as the males. The specimens were all
taken at Nueva Gerona, and the dates of capture run from May 9
to August 22, 1912.

Genus Catopsilia Hiibner.

27. Catopsilia eubule (Linnzus).
Papilio eubule LINN2=EUS, Syst. Nat. (10), I, 2, 1767, p. 764.

Of this excessively common insect there is a large series of males
and females, taken from May until October, 1912, mostly at Nueva
Gerona. The form of the female which has been named C. senne
is as numerous as the less strongly marked female which conforms
more nearly to the pattern of maculation found in the males.

It may be remarked at this point that the great variation which
occurs in the females both in color and in the maculation of both sides
of the wings makes the correct determination of specific relationships
and differences in this genus very difficult. Until the test of breeding
shall have been thoroughly applied we must remain in some doubt

HoLLAND: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 497

as to all of the following species. From the large amount of material
before me I have been led to conclusions in the case of some of them,
which differ somewhat from those expressed by other systematists.

28. Catopsilia agarithe fornax Butler.
Callidryas fornax BUTLER, Trans. Ent. Soc. (London, 1871, p. 170; Lep. Exotica,
1869-1874, p. 105, Pl. XXXIX, figs. 5,6 (@).

The only females which I am able to associate with the male insect,
which is plainly referable to C. agarithe Boisduval, are four specimens
which were taken at dates ranging from May to August, at Nueva
Gerona, and which agree on the under side with the male, but are
unquestionably the insect described and figured by Butler as C.
fornax. The suffusion of the wings with crimson on the upper side
makes them differ in appearance from females of C. agarithe from
Florida and elsewhere, but otherwise they agree. I regard them as
representing an insular form of C. agarithe Boisduval, to which
Butler's name may be subspecifically applied. Butler’s type of C.
fornax came from Haiti, and I also have a series of females from that
island agreeing with his description and figure.

29. Catopsilia drya (Fabricius).

Papilio drya FABRICIUS, Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 478 (9).
Callidryas godartiana SWAINSON, Zod6l. Illustrations, Ser. I, 1820-21, Pl. XXXIV

C2):
Callidryas orbis PorEy, Centurie de Lépidoptéres de l’Ile de Cuba, tre Decade,

1832 (07).

There are four males and four females which I refer to this species,
the females with a measure of doubt. If they do not hold matri-
monial relationships to the insect named orbis by Poey, they are
divorced from all other insects of the genus before me from the Isle of
Pines. The above synonymy expresses the views I at present hold.

30. Catopsilia neleis (Boisduval).
Callidryas neleis BOISDUVAL, Spécies Générales des Lépidoptéres, I, 1836, p. 629,
No. 23.

This species and the following are characterized by having the
squamation of the outer margins of the wings of the males on the
upper side appressed while the scales on the inner two thirds are
raised. This gives to the wings the appearance of having been
embossed. I have suggested that the trivial name ‘‘'The Embossed

498 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Sulphur” should be applied to C. neleis. The smooth outer surface
in C. neleis is creamy-white, in C. editha Butler it is lemon-yellow,
of the same color as the rest of the wing. This difference in color
enables the species (or races) to be readily discriminated from each
other.

Of C. neleis there is a good series of males and females in the collec-
tion, all taken at Nueva Gerona from June to August.

31. Catopsilia editha (Butler).
Callidryas editha BUTLER, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870, p. 10, No. 4; Lepidoptera
Exotica, 1869-1874, p. 105, Pl. XX XIX, figs. 1-4.
A series of males and females of this form, the differences between
which and C. neleis Boisd. have just been pointed out, are at hand.
They were taken at Nueva Gerona from May to August.

Genus Terias Swainson.

32. Terias nicippe (Cramer).

Papilio nicippe CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, III, 1782, p. 31, Pl. CCX, figs. C, D.
There are over thirty specimens, males and females, taken at Nueva

Gerona from the beginning of May until the middle of August.

33. Terias citrina Poey.
Terias citrina PoEyY, Memorias sobre la Historia Natural de Cuba, I, 1853, p. 247,
Pl. 18, figs. 4—7.

I recognize a male specimen taken at Nueva Gerona, May 22, as
belonging to this species. There is an albino female taken on June
12, which I think may belong with it, but am in doubt. It has the
large ferruginous spot at the outer angle of the secondaries on the
under side, which is one of the diacritical marks of the species.

34. Terias dina Poey.
Terias dina Pory, Centurie des Lépidoptéres de l'Ile de Cuba, 2me Decade, 1832,
Plate.

Three examples taken at Nueva Gerona, May 14-16, 1912, may be
referred to this species. They agree with specimens from Cuba
purchased by the writer a number of years ago from the late Dr.
O. Staudinger, and accord fully with the description and figures
given by Poey.

HoLLAND: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 499

35. Terias euterpe \Ménétriés.
Terias euterpe MENETRIES, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Imp. des Naturalistes de Moscou,
DU resA paler, Ply Sel, fg. 4:

I cannot find any great difference between this insect and T. lisa
Boisduval & Leconte, except that it is a little smaller in size than the
average of specimens of 7. /isa from the American mainland, and the
black borders of the wings are a trifle heavier. But similar specimens
can be culled out of collections of T. lisa from Florida and the Caro-
linas. If 7. lisa is not to be sunk as a synonym of T. euterpe, as has
been done by some recent authors, the arrangement should be as
follows:

Terias euterpe euterpe Ménétriés, habitat Cuba and Isle of Pines.

Terias euterpe lisa Boisduval & Leconte, habitat American mainland.

There are sixteen males and five females referable to this form, all
of which were taken at Nueva Gerona in July and August.

36. Terias elathea (Cramer).
Papilio elathea CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, II, 1779, p. 5, Pl. XCIX, figs. C, D.
There are seventeen males taken at Nueva Gerona and one male
taken at Santa Fé. The dates of capture range from the middle of
July to the beginning of August. The specimens average a little
smaller in size than the majority of those coming from other localities
in the collection of the writer, or contained in the Carnegie Museum.
Unfortunately Mr. Link failed to secure a single female, which seems
singular.

37. Terias lucina Poey.
Terias lucina PoEY, Memorias sobre la Historia Natural de Cuba, I, 1853, p. 252,
Pl. 18, figs. 8—10.
Of this species there are forty-five males and twenty-seven females
taken at various localities, most of them at Nueva Gerona, from May
until August.

38. Terias amelia Poey.
Terias amelia POEY, l. c., p. 253, Pl. 18, figs. 11-13.

This species is represented by thirty specimens, mostly males,
taken at Nueva Gerona and Los Indios from the beginning of May
until the first week in August.

500 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Subfamily PAPILIONIN.

Genus Papilio Linneus.

39. Papilio andremon Hiibner.

Papilio andremon HUBNER, Sammlung Exot. Schmett., II, 1823, Plates 311, 312.
There is a series of twenty-five specimens of this species at hand, all

taken at Nueva Gerona from June 6 to September 2, 1912. Very

few of the specimens are in absolutely perfect condition. The females

are on the average larger and darker than the males.

40. Papilio celadon Lucas.
Papilio celadon Lucas, Révue Zodlogique, 1852, p. 130.

There are thirteen mostly somewhat damaged specimens of this
species in the collection, which were taken at Caleta Grande and
Nueva Gerona from April 16 to August 30.

It is remarkable that Mr. Link only succeeded in obtaining speci-
mens of two species of Papilio during his visits to the island. The
absence from the collection of some very common and widely dis-
tributed species, such as P. polydamas, which we have from almost
all the Antillean islands, is singular. Whether the failure to get these
species was due to the somewhat desultory collecting done by Mr.
Link, or whether they do not occur upon the island, it is impossible
for the writer to say. .

Family HESPERIID.

Subfamily HESPERIIN®.

Genus Eudamus Swainson.

41. Eudamus proteus (Linnzus).
Papilio proteus LINN&uS, Mus. Lud. Ulr., 1764, p. 333.

The collection contains one hundred and twenty-six specimens of
this common species, all representing the form in which the internal
dark band upon the lower side of the secondaries is broken into two
spots near the costa. They were all taken at Nueva Gerona, and the
dates of capture range from May 6 to the end of August.

42. Eudamus santiago Lucas. (Plate XXXI, fig. 6.)

Eudamus santiago (LEFEBVRE MS.) Lucas, in Sagra’s Historia Natural de Cuba,
VIL 285 7.0p. 207.

Godman in the Biologia Centrali- Americana, Rhopalocera, Vol. II,

HoLLAND: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 501

p. 279, states that this species replaces in the Antilles, and is but
“Slightly different” from, HEudamus dorantes Stoll. Through the
great kindness of Mr. Godman the Carnegie Museum possesses a
considerable number of species of neotropical Hesperiidae from his
collection, presented to this museum about the time when Mr. God-
man was transferring the main collection as a gift to the British
Museum. Among the specimens given to the Carnegie Museum is a
series of four labeled ‘‘ E. santiago.’ Two of these are from St.
Vincent, and one from Grenada, all taken by H. H. Smith. They
are quite like E. dorantes. The fourth specimen is labeled ‘‘Cuba,”’
and agrees precisely with the long suite of specimens before me from
the Isle of Pines. But this Cuban specimen derived from Mr. God-
man and all of the specimens in the collection upon which I am now
reporting are strikingly different from the St. Vincent and Granada
insects, and from examples of E. dorantes from the American main-
land. They are much darker on the under side, the spots are con-
fluent, and the bands which they form arrange themselves as clouded
markings on the outer third of the secondaries somewhat as is the
case in E. undulatus Hewitson, which they seem to recall more than
they do E. dorantes.

There are eighty-nine specimens in the collection, males and females,
which were without exception taken at Nueva Gerona. The dates
of capture range from May 6 until the end of August.

Genus Phocides Hiibner.

43. Phocides batabano (Lucas).
Eudamus batabano (LEFEBVRE MS.) Lucas, in Sagra’s Hist. Natural de Cuba, VII,
1856, p. 268.
Represented by three specimens taken at Nueva Gerona, from July
29 to August 28,
Genus Epargyreus Hiibner.

44. Epargyreus maysi (Lucas). (Plate XXXI, figs. 11, 12.)
Eudamus maysi (LEFEBVRE MS.) Lucas, in Sagra, l. c., p. 269.

The insect, which I positively identify as E. maysi Lucas, is repre-
sented in the collection by a series of twenty-four specimens, males
and females. On the upper side there is a striking resemblance to
Proteides idas var. san antonio (Lucas), but the under side is wholly
different, as shown in the figures on Plate XXXI. On this side the

502 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

insect more nearly resembles Epargyreus exadeus Cramer, of which
it may be regarded as an extreme insular variety, though so far
removed from the parent stock as to merit recognition as a species.

The specimens were all taken at Nueva Gerona, and the dates of
capture range from the end of July to the beginning of September.

45. Epargyreus asander Hewitson.
Eudamus asander Hewitson, Descript. Hesperid., p. 9; Exotic Butterflies, Euda-
mus; ble Tiles 27.
There are two specimens of this species taken at Nueva Gerona on
July 30 and August fo.

Genus Proteides Hiibner.

46. Proteides idas (Cramer) var. san antonio (Lucas). (Plate XXI,
AS he 128)

Papilio idas CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, III, 1782, p. 113, Pl. CCLX, figs. A, B.

Eudamus san antonio (LEFEBVRE MS.) Lucas, in Sagra’s Historia Natural de
Cuba, VII, 1856, p. 269.

In this insular form of P. idas the transparent spots of the wings
have become almost entirely obliterated or reduced to microscopic
points, except the minute spots on the costa of the primaries. Only
one of the great suite of specimens before me retains the spots on the
disk of the fore wings though somewhat reduced and thus corresponds
with the form described as P. angasi by Godman, a specimen of which
from St. Vincent donated by Mr. Godman to the Carnegie Museum
is before me as I write. The Cuban form, like P. angast Godman,
has the white markings of the under side of the secondaries greatly
obscured and more or less suffused with ‘‘chocolate red,’’ as pointed
out by Godman.

Mr. Link took eighty-one specimens of this insect at Nueva Gerona
from the last week in July to the last week in August.

Genus Nennius! Kirby.
(Acolastus Scudder.)
47. Nennius amyntas (Latreille).
Papilio amyntas FABRICIUS, Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 533.
Hesperia savignyi LATREILLE, Enc. Méth., IX, 1823, p. 741.

This widely distributed insect is represented in the collection by
seventeen specimens, male and female, a few taken in May, and the
rest from the last of July to the end of August. They belong,

1Cf. New Ed. Hiibner’s Sammlung, Edit. Kirby, Vol. III, p. 105.

HoLLaNbD: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 5038

as do almost all of the specimens we have from the Antilles, to the
form in which the prevalent color of the under side of the wings is
purple instead of brownish as is the case in most, but not all, speci-
mens from the North and South American mainland.

Genus Telegonus Hiibner.

48. Telegonus habana (Lucas).
Eudamus habana (LEFEBVRE MS.) Lucas, in Sagra’s Historia Natural de Cuba,
VII, 1856, p. 268.

Of this species the collection contains fourteen specimens, several
taken at Nueva Gerona at the end of March, the others taken at the
same place from the end of July to the end of August. This fact
suggests that the species may be double-brooded.

49. Telegonus geron@ sp. nov.

In outline and color nearly related to 7. hahneli Staudinger, but
differing in having the collar, patagia, and thorax iridescent greenish
blue. In 7. hahneli (vera) the collar and thorax are dark brown or
black, without a trace of blue or green. I have a set of four specimens
of T. hahneli purchased from Dr. Staudinger. The first pair is
labeled 7. cassander Fabricius, under which name Staudinger first
marketed the species, and figured it in his Exotische Schmetterlinge,
Plate 98. The second pair is labeled thilla hahneli, under which
name he described the insect in the text of the Exotische Schmetter-
linge, Theil I, p. 291, having discovered that the insect figured on his
plate is not the species named cassander by Fabricius. I also have
a specimen before me derived from the Godman Collection and now
belonging to the Carnegie Museum, which bears Mr. Godman’s label
T. hahneli. These five specimens agree absolutely among themselves
in showing not the least trace of the blue-green squamation of the
collar and thorax, which is conspicuous in 7. gerone. The hind wings
of T. gerone, especially the secondaries, are very dark on the under
side, and are lightly sprinkled with bronzy scales. There is scarcely
any trace of the dark transverse bands on the lighter ground of the
under side of the primaries which are well-marked features in T.
hahneli.

T. gerone has undoubtedly been confounded in collections with T.
hahneli. We have a specimen from Costa Rica labeled “ T. hahneli
Stgr.’”’ by Schaus, which clearly belongs to the new species. Staud-

504 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

inger’s statement that 7. hahneli occurs in Cuba is no doubt due to
the fact that he was misled by the strong superficial resemblance
between the two insects under consideration, and so also is the phrase
jn Godman’s brief Latin diagnosis ‘‘capite et prothorace viridi lavatis,”
although the specimen labeled by him does not show the slightest
trace of this feature. With the description of 7. vespasius Fabricius,
under which Kirby has put 7. cassander, this insect does not agree,
nor is it cassander, as has been pointed out.

I should have been glad to avoid the creation of a new name in
this genus, and have vainly endeavored to assign the insect under
consideration to one of the species described from Cuba by Lucas, by
Herrich-Schaeffer, and older authors, but have failed. None of their
descriptions seem to apply to it.

Genus Melanthes Mabille.

50. Melanthes otreus (Cramer) var. brunnea (Herrich-Schaeffer).
(Plate XX XI, figs. 3-5.)
Papilio otreus CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, IV, 1782, p. 78, Pl. 328, fig. F.

Oileides zephodes HUBNER, Samml. Exot. Schmett., II, 1820-1824, Pl. 364, figs.
1-4 (@).
Cf. Nisoniades brunnea HERRICH-SCHAEFFER, Corr.-Blatt Regensb., XVIII, 1864,
p- 172 (dc).

Cf. Achlyodes jamaicensis MOSCHLER, Verhandl. Zoél. Gesellsch. Wien, 1878, p. 226.

The insect figured by Hiibner as Oileides sephodes has been con-
sistently identified by older and many later authors, among these
Herrich-Schaeffer and Mabille, with the species named Papilio otreus
by Cramer (vide supra). Cramer gives Surinam as the habitat of the
species. Ihave not seen a specimen from that country, but it may be
found there. The figure given by Cramer is exceedingly poor, and it
requires a stretch of the imagination to make it out to be the same
insect as that figured by Hiibner, whose illustrations likewise are in
this case none of the best. The figures of Oileides zephodes given by
Hiibner, while intended to represent the male and the female insect,
were drawn from two females, as we are informed by Herrich-Schaeffer,
who at the time he wrote his description of Nisoniades brunnea had
the insects used by Hiibner in his possession. Herrich-Schaeffer
among other things states that he has in his possession a female
sent to him from Cuba by Dr. Gundlach, which is not specifically
distinguishable from otreus. Mabille erected his genus Melanthes

HoLLaNpD: THE LEPIDOPTERA’ OF THE ISLE OF PINES. 505

for the reception of Herrich-Schaeffer’s NV. brunnea, because among
other things the male has a costal fold on the primaries, while he
retains the genus Ephyriades Hiibner as having no costal fold. He
includes in the genus Melanthes the species named jamaicensis by
Moschler, but calls attention to the fact that the only difference he
can discover between brunnea H.-S. and jamaicensis Méschler is the
slightly larger size and the larger size of the vitreous spots in the fore
wings of the latter.

The fact of the matter is that we are dealing in this instance with
a widely distributed species, in which a number of local races may
be recognized. With the material before me from Jamaica, Cuba,
Haiti, Porto Rico, the Bahamas, and after a careful inspection of
the material preserved at the National Museum in Washington, the
American Museum of Natural History in New York, and in the
Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, I have reached the
conclusion that it is quite proper in the first place to accept the genus
Melanthes of Mabille, and to sink the nondescript genus Ephyriades
of Hiibner, at least insofar as it has been used by Mabille as a recep-
tacle for the species named otreus by Cramer and zephodes by Hiibner,
the male of which has a large costal fold. If a Hiibnerian generic
name is to be used that of Ozleides given by Hiibner himself should
have the preference. In the second place it is obvious to me that
zephodes Hiibner is the female of the insect to a varietal form of the
male of which Herrich-Schaeffer applied the spécific name brunnea,
and to another varietal form of the male of which Méschler gave the
specific name jamaicensis.

In eastern Cuba, Jamaica, and Haiti the form with large spots on
the wings of the females is common. This form may be designated
as M. otreus otreus (Cramer) = zephodes Hiibner. In western Cuba
and the Isle of Pines the prevalent form is one in which the spots both
in the wings of the males and the females are greatly reduced in size,
showing a tendency to become obsolete. This form may be designated
as M. otreus brunnea (Herrich-Schaeffer). The form which is most
prevalent in Jamaica and in the Bahamas is intermediate between
these two, and may be called M. otreus jamaicensis (Méschler). It
is not to be accepted, however, as established, that there is no varia-
tion in a given locality. Between these forms there are such as inter-
grade. On Plate XXXI, figs. 4 and 5, I give the male and the female
of the insect as it occurs on the Isle of Pines, and also in figure 3 a

506 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

representation of the female of ofreus = zephodes from the eastern end
of Cuba, which was taken by Kaden, and by us received from Mr.
Godman. _ It is quite like females I have from Haiti, and represents the
true M. otreus.

The collection from the Isle of Pines contains nine males and
twelve females taken at Nueva Gerona, the dates of capture ranging
from May 6 to August 28, 1912. They are all characterized by the
great reduction of the vitreous spots in the primaries.

Genus Brachycorene Mabille.

51. Brachycorene arcas (Drury).

Papilio arcas DRurRY, Illustrations of Exotic Entomology, I, 1773, Pl. XIX, figs.
Os

(2?) Papilio flyas CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, IV, 1782, p. 78, Pl. 328, fig. E.

Thanaos velasquez (LEFEBVRE MS.) Lucas, in Sagra’s Hist. Nat. de Cuba, VII,

1856, p. 273.
Achlyodes arcas KirBY, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep., 1871, p. 632.
Brachycorene arcas MABILLE, Genera Insectorum, Hesperide, 1904, p. 81.

Mr. Link took two male specimens at Nueva Gerona, one on July
22, the other on July 31, I912.

Subfamily PAMPHILIN®.

Genus Hesperia Fabricius.

52. Hesperia syrichtus (Fabricius).
Papilio syrichtus FABRICIUS, Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 534.

The collection includes thirty-seven specimens of this common
neotropical skipper, of which nine are females. They were all taken
at Nueva Gerona from the beginning of June to near the end of
August, 1912.

Genus Ancyloxypha Felder.

53. Ancyloxypha (?) nanus (Herrich-Schaeffer).
Thymelicus nanus HERRICH-SCHAEFFER, Corr. Blatt. Regensb., XIX, 1865, p. 52.
This insect is referred by Mabille with doubt to the genus Copeodes
to which it certainly does not belong, as has been pointed out by
Godman in the Biologia (Rhopalocera, Vol. II, p. 473). I assign it
provisionally to the genus Ancyloxypha, to which it comes much
nearer than it does to Copa@odes, and to which it may indeed belong,
though I cannot be sure until a dissection has been made.

HoLLAND: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE oF Pines. 507

We have one male, taken May 7, and a female taken August 7,
both at Nueva Gerona.

Genus Hylephila Billberg.

54. Hylephila phyleus (Drury).
Papilio phyleus DRuRY, Il. Exot. Ent., I, 1773, p. 25, Pl. XIII, figs. 4, 5.

Of this commonest of all neotropical Pamphilids there are in the
collection seventy-six males and twenty-one females, all taken at
Nueva Gerona at the end of August and during the first week of
September.

Genus Atalopedes Scudder.

55. Atalopedes cunaxa (Hewitson). (Plate XXXI, fig. 14, 2, wnder-
side).

Hesperia cunaxa HEWITSON, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (3), Vol. II, 1866, p. 488;
Exotic Butterflies, Vol. IV, Hesperide, Pl. IV, figs. 38, 39.

Hesperia mesogramma POEY, (nec Latreille) Centurie de Lépidoptéres de I'Ile de
Cuba, 1833, Plate.

Of this species there are eight males and eight females, taken from
the end of July to September 10, 1912.

Genus Catia Godman.

56. Catia misera (Lucas).
Hesperia misera (LEFEBVRE MS.) Lucas, in Sagra’s Hist. Nat. de Cuba, VII, 1856,
p. 279.

Pamphila mago HERRICH-SCHAEFFER, Corr.-Blatt Regensb., XVII, 1863, p. 143.
A considerable series of this species, which is congeneric with @ina

and egeremet of Scudder, was taken at various places on the island,

principally at Nueva Gerona. Mr. J. L. Graf collected a number in

May, 1910, and Mr. Link a long series from June to November.

Genus Limochores Scudder.

57. Limochores baracoa (Lucas). (Plate XXXI, fig. 15, .)

Hesperia baracoa (LEFEBVRE MS.) Lucas, in Sagra’s Hist. Nat. de Cuba, VII,
1856, p. 279.

Pamphila amadis HERRICH-SCHAEFFER, Corr.-Blatt Regensb., XVII, 1863, p. 142.

Pamphila myus FRENCH, Canadian Entomologist, XIII, 1884, p. 33; Butterflies of
the Eastern United States, 1885, p. 321.

There is a long suite of this species, composed of specimens taken
in May, I9I0, by Mr. J. L. Graf, and of others taken by Mr. Link

508 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MusEuM.

at the end of August and the beginning of September. They come
from Nueva Gerona and Los Indios.

Genus Lerodea Scudder.

58. Lerodea eufala (W. H. Edwards).
Hesperia eufala W. H. Epwarps, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., II, 1869, p. 311.

There are two specimens agreeing with the types. They were taken
at Nueva Gerona, one on August 8, the other on September 6, 1912.

59. Lerodea tripuncta (Herrich-Schaeffer).
Cobalus tripunctus HERRICH-SCHAEFFER, Corr.-Blatt Regensb., XIX, 1865, p. 53.

The collection includes nine specimens of this obscure little butterfly
taken at the end of July and the beginning of August at Nueva Gerona.

Genus Amblyscirtes Scudder.

60. Amblyscirtes insule-pinorum sp. nov. (Plate XXXI, figs. 7, o’,
SU)

Allied to Amblyscirtes folia Godman, which apparently is identical
with the insect recently named A mblyscirtes tutolia by Dyar (Proc. U.S.
N. M., XLIV, p. 281). The species differs from A. folva in having
the fringes of both the fore and hind wings dark fuscous, and not
white as in that species; in the entire absence of the white spot near
the end of the cell on the under side of the secondaries; and the
restriction of the series of submarginal spots, which in A. folia form
an almost circular band of white dots around the wing, to at most
four small white points opposite the end of the cell on the lower side
of the secondaries. On the upper side of the fore wing the male has
two small yellowish subapical spots, and a similar minute spot be-
tween the second and the third median nervules near their origin,
and distal to the heavy black sexual brand, which latter is con-
spicuous. The female has four spots on the disk increasing in size
toward the posterior margin. Both the sexes have the hind wings
entirely immaculate upon the upper side. Expanse, o7, 50 mm.;
O° 55am.

On plate XXXI figs. 7 and 8, I show the under side of the wings
of the types of the male and female.

There are five specimens of the species in the collection, four
females and one male. All were taken at Nueva Gerona. Three of

HoLLAND: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE OF PINEs. 509

the females were taken by Mr. Graf in May, 1910; the male (type)
was taken by Mr. Link on July 19, 1912, and the female type on
June 10, 1912, by the same gentleman.

Genus Prenes Scudder.

61. Prenes nero (Fabricius).
Hesperia nero FABRICIUS, Ent. Syst., V, 1798, p. 433.

Of this well-known species the collection contains two specimens,
a male and a female taken in the first week of August at Nueva Gerona.

62. Prenes corrupta (Herrich-Schaeffer). (Plate XXXI, fig. 13,
underside.)
Goniloba corrupta HERRICH-SCHAEFFER, Corr.-Blatt Regensb., XIX, 1865, p. 54.

Mr. Link took ten specimens of this species at Nueva Gerona from
August 4 to September I0, 1912. They represent both sexes.

Mr. Godman in the Biologia Centrali-Americana sinks this form in
the synonymy of P. nero Fabricius, but it is constant, and occurring
at the same place and time with P. nero, it seems to me to be entitled
to specific rank, until such time at least as the test of breeding shall
have been applied, and its specific identity with P. nero. shall have been
established upon stronger grounds than a mere general resemblance.

63. Prenes ocola (W. H. Edwards).
Hesperia ocola W. H. Epwarps, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philada., II, 1863, p. 20, Pl. XI,
fig. 4.
Four specimens taken at Nueva Gerona, the dates of capture
running from August 2 to September 9. They do not differ from
specimens taken in Florida.

Genus Asbolis Mabille.
64. Asbolis sandarac (Herrich-Schaeffer). (Plate XXXI, fig. 9, 2.)

Goniloba sandarac HERRICH-SCHAEFFER, Corr.-Blatt Regensb., XIX, 1865, p. 54.

There are two females and a male in the collection taken at Nueva
Gerona, the females by Mr. J. L. Graf on May Io and 11, 1910, and
the male by Mr. Link on July 22, 1912.

Genus Phemiades Hiibner.
65. Phemiades antiqua (Herrich-Schaeffer). (Plate XXXI, fig. to,
os)

Pamphila antiqua HERRICH-SCHAEFFER, Corr.-Blatt Regensb., XVII, 1863, p. 142.
Hesperia utha HEwitTson, Descript. Hesp., 1868, p. 37.

510 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

There are six specimens of this fine species in the collection, males
and females, taken at Nueva Gerona in the months of July and
August. The Jamaican form has been named P. jamaicensis by
Schaus. For the form which occurs in Haiti, and which is in some
respects intermediate between the Cuban and Jamaican forms, !
propose the varietal name haitensis.

Suborder HETEROCERA.
Superfamily SP HI NGOIDEA.
Family SPHINGID~.

Genus Herse Oken.

66. Herse cingulata (Fabricius).
Sphinx cingulata FABRICIUS, Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 545, No. 209.

Two specimens, both taken at Columbia, September, 1912.

Genus Cocytius Hiibner.

67. Cocytius anteus medor (Stoll).

Sphinx medor STOLL, in Cramer’s Papillons Exotiques, IV, 1782, p. 215, PI.
CCCXCIV, fig. A.

One male taken at Nueva Gerona in August.

Genus Protoparce Hiibner.

68. Protoparce sexta (Johansson).
Sphinx sexta JOHANSSON, Amcenitat. Academ., VI, 1763, p. 410, No. 81.

Two females, one taken at Nueva Gerona on September 4, the
other taken at the same place, September 12, 1912.

69. Protoparce rustica (Fabricius).
Sphinx rustica FABRICIUS, Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 540, No. 15.

One male specimen captured at Columbia, in the month of August.

Genus Protambulyx Rothschild & Jordan.

70. Protambulyx strigilis carteri Rothschild & Jordan.

Protambulyx carteri ROTHSCHILD & JORDAN, Novitates Zodlog., IX, Suppl., 1903,
p. £30, Pl. LXV, fs. sel. excl tio. 2:

A single female taken at Nueva Gerona, August 13, 1912.

HoLLAND: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE OF PINES. Hit

Genus Erinnyis Hiibner.
71. Erinnyis alope (Drury).
Sphinx alope DRurRY, Illustr. Exotic Entomol., I, 1773, p. 58, Pl. X XVII, fig. 1.

A female taken at Nueva Gerona, February 22, 1913.

Genus Pachylia Walker.

72. Pachylia ficus (Linnzus).
Sphinx ficus LINN&US, Syst. Nat., (10) 1758, p. 491, No. 13.
A female captured at Nueva Gerona, March 12, 1913.

Genus Epistor Boisduval.
73. Epistor tugubris (Linnzus).
Sphinx lugubris LINN&uS, Mant. Plant., 1771, p. 537.

One female taken at Columbia. No date given.

Genus Sesia Fabricius.
74. Sesia fadus (Cramer).
Sphinx fadus CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, I, 1775, p. 95, Pl. LXI, fig. C-
One male and five females, all taken at Nueva Gerona, and all on
August 10, except one female, which was taken on August 12.

Genus Pholus Hiibner.

75. Pholus labrusce (Linnzus).
Sphinx labrusce LINNuS, Syst. Nat. (10), 1758, p. 491, No. 12.

Two specimens taken at Columbia, August 13, o’, and August 24, @.

Genus Xylophanes Hiibner.

76. Xylophanes tersa (Linnzus).
Sphinx tersa LINNEUS, Mant. Plant., 1771, p. 538.

The collection contains a male and a female taken at Columbia
near the end of August, 1912, and a male captured at Nueva Gerona,
February 22, 1913. This would indicate that there are two, if not
more, annual broods of this species.

77. Xylophanes robinsoni (Grote).

Cherocampa robinsoni GROTE, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philada., V, 1865, p. 54, Pl. I, fig. 2.
There are two males, both taken at Nueva Gerona, the one captured

June 6, 1912, is bright and fresh, the other taken on August 13 is

much worn and faded.

On
—
bo

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Family AMATID Hampson.

(Syntomide, auctorum.)

Genus Eunomia Hiibner.

78. Eunomia latenigra (Butler).

Marissa latenigya BUTLER, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, XII, 1876, p. 395.
Eunomia latenigra HAMPSON, Cat. Lep. Phalenz, I, 1898, p. 200.

One male specimen taken at Los Indios, November, 1912.

Genus Nyridela Lucas.

79. Nyridela xanthocera (Walker).

Gymnelia xanthocera WALKER, List. Lep. Heterocera in Brit. Mus., VII, 1856, p.
1603.

Nyridela xanthocera HAMPSON, Cat. Lep. Phalene, I, 1898, p. 218.

One male specimen taken at Nueva Gerona, March 22, 1912. The
antenne are yellow throughout, and the specimen agrees perfectly
with the long series of this insect, which we have in the Carnegie
Museum from different parts of Central America and Jamaica.

Genus Napata Walker.

80. Napata chalybea (Hiibner).
Uranophora chalybea HUBNER, Zutrege Exot. Schmett., III, 1827, p. 14, figs. 439,

440.
Napata chalybea HAMPSON, Cat. Lep. Phalene, I, 1898, p. 409.

Ctenucha hilliana Dyar, Insecutor Inscitiz Menstruus, III, 1915, p. 62.

Five specimens, males and females, taken at Nueva Gerona, the
dates of capture ranging from June 8 to September 3.

I have seen the type of Ctenucha hilliana Dyar, and find it to be
identical with NV. chalybea.

Family ARCTIADA.
Genus Utetheisa Hiibner.

81. Utetheisa venusta (Dalman).
Euprepia venusta DALMAN, Anal. Ent., 1823, p. 51.

There are three specimens of this common insect taken at Los
Indios in November.

HoLLAND: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE OF PINES. ols

Family NOCTUID.

Genus Xanthopastis Hiibner.

82. Xanthopastis timais (Cramer).
Phalena timais CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, III, 1782, p. 148, Pl. CCLXXV,
fig. B.
Three specimens taken at Nueva Gerona from the end of June to
the first week in August.

Genus Cydosia Westwood.

83. Cydosia linki sp. nov. (Plate XXXI, fig. 16.)

Nearest C. phedra Druce, but to be distinguished at a glance by the
fact that it has but two cupreous bands crossing the fore wing, while
C. phedra has three such bands.

Black, shot with deep blue; vertex white; patagia with two smal!
white spots; thorax and abdomen blue-black throughout; fore wing
with three minute white spots, one immediately at the base, closely
followed by two others, the upper one being a trifle larger than the
lower. These are next succeeded by a cupreous band, which originates
at the base, is carried outward along the costa for a short distance,
and then at right angles descends to the inner margin, gradually
increasing in width. This band is followed distally by two rows of
subcircular white spots, the upper two located upon the cell being
the larger. These spots are succeeded by the second cupreous band,
which is broader than the first, and runs from the costa to the inner
margin, at right angles toit. The second band is succeeded externally
by four small white spots, two near the apex and two near the inner
angle, the first and the fourth in the series being smaller than the pair
in the middle, between which there is an interval greater than that
between the two upper and the two lower spots of the series. Expanse
24 mm.

The type is unique, and was taken at Los Indios in November, 1912,
by Mr. G. A. Link, Sr., in recognition of whom I name the species.

Genus Heliocontia Hampson.

84. Heliocontia pantherula (Herrich-Schaeffer).

Emmelia pantherula HERRICH-SCHAEFFER, Corr.-Blatt Regensb., XXII, 1868, p.
The

One male specimen taken at Los Indios, November, 1912.

514 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus Mocis Hiibner.
85. Mocis disseverans (Walker).
Remigia disseverans WALKER, List. Lep. Het. B. M.. XIV, 1858, p. 1495.

A male taken at Columbia, August 25, and a female captured at
Nueva Gerona, March 13, are the only representatives of this common
insect.

Genus Latebraria Guenée.
86. Latebraria amphipyroides Guenée.
Latebraria amphipyroides GUENEE, Spec. Gén., VII, p. 159.

One ragged specimen taken on Keenan Mt., August 28, 1912.

Genus Hemeroblemma Hiibner.
87. Hemeroblemma pandrosa (Guenée).
Peosina pandrosa GUENEE, Spec. Gén., VII, 1852, p. 134.

A male and a female both taken at Nueva Gerona, the male in
March, the female in September.

Genus Macrodes Guenée.

88. Macrodes cynara (Cramer).

Phalena Geometra cynara CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, I, 1774, p. 23, Pl. XV,
figs. C, D.

A single female taken at Nueva Gerona, August 28.

Genus Hypena Schrank.
89. Hypena sp?
A single specimen too poor for identification.

Family PERICOPID.
Genus Composia Hiibner.
go. Composia fidelissima Herrich-Schaeffer.
Com posia fidelissima HERRICH-SCHAEFFER, Corr.-Blatt Regensb., XX, 1866, p. 131.
A fine series of this showy moth taken from July 29 to August 12,
at Nueva Gerona.
Family DIOPTIDA.
Genus Lauron Walker.
gi. Lauron ergolis (Walker).
Dioptis ergolis WALKER, List Lep. Het. B. M., II, 1854, p. 335.

HoLLAND: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE oF Pings. 515

A male captured June 2, and a female taken August 12, 1912, both
at Nueva Gerona.
Family NOTODONTID~.

Genus Noropsis Guenée.

92. Noropsis hieroglyphica (Cramer).

Noctua hieroglyphica CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, II, 1779, p. 81, Pl. CXLVII,
fig. D.

A pair taken 7m coitu at Los Indios, November, 1912.

Family GEOMETRID&.
Genus Melanchroia Hiibner.

93. Meianchroia geometroides Walker.

Melanchroia geometroides WALKER, List Lep. Het. B. M., II, 1854, p. 387.

Glaucopis (?) mors (LEFEBVRE MS.) Lucas, in Sagra’s Hist. Nat. de Cuba, VII,
1856, p. 285.

There is a good series of this species. The specimens were taken
by Messrs. Graf and Link in May, 1910, at several localities; and in
August, 1912, by Link at Nueva Gerona.

Walker gives Java as the habitat of his M. geometroides. I follow
the precedent of those who regard the locality given by Walker as the
result of an error in labeling.

Genus Eupithecia Curtis.
94. Eupithecia sp?
A single specimen badly rubbed, and too poor for identification.

Genus ?
95. Geometer, Gen. (?) sp. (?).
A minute species, badly preserved, and impossible to identify
without more and better material.

Family URANIIDA.
Genus Urania Fabricius.

96. Urania boisduvali Guerin.
Urania boisduvali GUERIN, Icones Regne Anim., Ins., 1829-1844, p. 490, Pl. 82,
fig. I.
The collection contains a small series of this beautiful insect, males

and females; one male taken in July, the others in September, and
all at Nueva Gerona.

516 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Family PYRALID~.
Genus Syngamia Guenée.

97. Syngamia florella (Cramer).

Phalena pyralis florella CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, IV, 1782, p. 114, PI.
CCEXMVAl he. i:

Five specimens taken at Nueva Gerona at the end of August and
)

beginning of September.

Genus Conchylodes Guenée.

98. Conchylodes diphtheralis (Geyer).

Lipotigris diphtheralis GEYER, Zutrage Hiibner’s Exot. Schmett., IV, 1818-1837,
Pl. 610 (115), figs. 691, 692.

A single specimen taken at Nueva Gerona, June 10, I9I2.

Genus Sylepta Hiibner.

99. Sylepta reginalis (Cramer).

Phalena Pyralis reginalis CRAMER, Papillons Exotiques, IV, 1782, p. 163, Pl.
CCC OUIp thie (Ce

One specimen captured at Columbia, July 25.

Genus Glyphodes Guenée.
100. Glyphodes hyalinata (Linnzus).
Phalena Geometra hyalinata LINN2US, Syst. Nat. (Ed. 12), Vol. I, 1767, p. 874.
Three specimens, one taken in May by Graf, and the rest by Link
in September, all at Nueva Gerona.

Genus Leucinodes Guenée.

1o1. Leucinodes elegantalis Guenée.
Leucinodes elegantalis GUENEE, Spec. Gén., Vol. VIII, 1854, p. 222, Pl. III, fig. 8.

A single specimen captured at Los Indios in November.

Genus Crocidophora Lederer.
102. Crocidophora zinghalis (Walker).
Samea zinghalis WALKER, List Lep. Het. B. M., XVII, 1859, p. 468.

One specimen taken at Los Indios, November, 1912.

Genus Pionea Guenée.
103. Pionea fusculalis Hampson.
Pionea fusculalis Hampson, Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, 1899, p. 243.

A single individual, taken August 19, Nueva Gerona.

HoLLAND: THE LEPIDOPTERA OF THE ISLE OF PINES. BLT

Genus Pyrausta Schrank.
104. Pyrausta cardinalis (Guenée).
Synchromia cardinalis GUENEE, Spec. Gén., VIII, 1854, p. 188, Pl. VII, fig. 6.
A dwarfed specimen taken at Los Indios by J. L. Graf, May 18, 1910.

105. Pyrausta phoenicealis (Hiibner).

Hematia phenicealis HUBNER, Zutr. Exot. Schmett., IV, 1818-1837, Pl. 511 (20),
figs. I15, 116.

One specimen collected August 2, 1912, at Nueva Gerona.

Genus Argyria Hiibner.
106. Argyria auratella (Clemens).
Crambus auratellus CLEMENS, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., XII, 1860, p. 204.

One example, Los Indios, November.

Family TORTRICID.

Genus Caceecia Hiibner.
107. Cacoecia sp?
One specimen taken at Nueva Gerona, June 4, I9I2.
Mr. August Busck, to whom I submitted the specimen, informs
me that at present he cannot name the species.

Family ANAPHORID.

Genus Anaphora Clemens.
108. Anaphora? sp. (?).
One specimen from Nueva Gerona, which Mr. Busck does not
venture to name.

109. Anaphora? sp. (?).

One specimen from the same locality, to which the remark under
the preceding number (108) also applies.

The Anaphoride are a difficult group, the number of species in
which has greatly increased as the result of recent collections in the
American tropics, and as certainty as to generic and specific distinct-
ions demands dissection and careful study of a considerable series of
specimens, Mr. Busck, who is our leading authority upon the group,
seemed to feel that it is inadvisable to attempt to locate the last two
species, which are here cataloged.

CARNEGIE MusEvum,
May 25, 1916.

518 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLATE XXXI.

Fic. 1. Proteides idas var. san-antonio (Lucas), upper side.

Fic. 2. Proteides idas var. san-antonio (Lucas), lower side.

Fic. 3. Melanthes otreus otreus (Cramer), @.

Fic. 4. Melanthes otreus brunnea (Herrich-Schaeffer), 9.

Fic. 5. Melanthes otreus brunnea (Herrich-Schaeffer), o.

Fic. 6. Eudamus santiago Lucas, under side.

Fic. 7. Amblyscirtes insule-pinorum Holland, o’, under side (sp. nov.).
Fic. 8, Amblyscirtes insule-pinorum Holland, 2, under side (sp. nov.).
Fic. 9. Asbolis sandarac (Herrich-Schaeffer), 9.

Fic. 10. Phemiades antiqua (Herrich-Schaeffer), o.
Fic. 11. Epargyreus maysi (Lucas), upper side.

Fic. 12. Epargyreus maysi (Lucas), lower side.

Fic. 13. Prenes corrupta (Herrich-Schaeffer), under side.
Fic. 14. Atalopedes cunaxa (Hewitson), 2, lower side.
Fic. 15. Limochores baracoa (Lucas).

Fic. 16. Cydosia linki Holland, sp. nov.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol X. Plate XXXI

Lepidoptera of the Isle of Pines.

ieee teen ereie ODONATA COLLECTED ON THE
iste Ore EINES BY MER: J. L. GRAF IN toro, AND BY
MR. G. A. LINK IN 1912-1913, NOW CONTAINED
IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

By Huco KaABL.

Mr. J. L. Graf, who was a member of the party which made a brief
visit to the Isle of Pines in 1910, was especially interested in collecting
the Odonata, of which he brought back with him more than five hun-
dred specimens, representing twenty-four species. These are accessed
in the Museum under our Accession No. 4169. Mr. G. A. Link, Sr.,
who made a stay of more than a year upon the island, during which he
wags principally engaged in collecting birds, also collected such insects
as he found the time to take and preserve. Among them are a
number of Odonata, which are accessed under Nos. 4658 and 4745.
The collection is probably the most perfect which has been taken
upon the island, though it may well be that there are some species
which have been overlooked.

The arrangement of the genera in this paper follows that of Mutt-
kowski in the Catalogue of the Odonata of North America, published
by the Public Museum of the City of Milwaukee.

Order ODO NATA Fabricius.
Suborder ZYGOPTERA Selys.

Genus LEstEs Leach.
1. Lestes tenuatus Rambur.
Lestes tenuatus RAMBUR, Ins. Neur., 1842, p. 245.

Fourteen males and nine females, of which seven pairs were cap-
tured im coitu. They were taken at Nueva Gerona, May 11, 1910,
by J. L. Graf.
Genus ARGIALLAGMA Selys.

2. Argiallagma minutum (Selys).
Trichocnemis minuta SELYS, in Sagra’s Hist. Nat. de Cuba, VII, 1857, p. 164.

A male and female taken at Nueva Gerona, May 9, and a female
taken at Los Indios, May 19, 1910, by J. L. Graf. In the female

519

520 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

from Nueva Gerona the apical spine of ventral segment 8 is distinct,
but I cannot find any indication of it in the female from Los Indios.

Genus ENALLAGMA Charpentier.

3. Enallagma cardenium (Selys).
Agrion cardenium (HAGEN, MS.) SEtys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2), XLI, 1876, p. 530.
Two males, Nueva Gerona, May 9, and one male, Los Indios,
May 19, 1910, collected by J. L. Graf. The superior and inferior
appendages are exactly as described by Scudder under ‘? Agrion
(UIshnura) cecum Hagen”’ (cf. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., X, 1866,
p. 189). The specimens agree exactly with the description cited above
from De Selys’s paper in the Bulletin of the Belgian Academy.

Genus ANOMALAGRION Selys.

4. Anomalagrion hastatum (Say).
Agrion hastatum Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., VII, 1839, p. 38
One male taken at Nueva Gerona, July 25, 1912, by G. A. Link, Sr.

Genus CERATURA Selys.

5. Ceratura capreola (Hagen).
Agrion capreolus HAGEN, Syn, Neur. N. America, 1861, p. 78.

Four males and seven females taken at Nueva Gerona, May 5
and 11, 1910, by J. L. Graf. Three pairs were taken in coitu, two of
which have ‘‘orange’’ females and the other pair a “‘black’’ female.
“orange’’ females, all alike, with the thorax orange or
citron-colored, and with a mid-dorsal black stripe, and abdominal
segment I entirely orange or citron-colored without any trace of
black. There is a brown-red female, which may have originally

There are four

been ‘‘orange’’ and become discolored, marked in the same way as
the ‘orange’

’

females and with abdominal segment 1 unicolorous
brown-red. All the males and females have on the labrum a basal,
transverse, black line, which is slightly extended at the middle. In
none is the labrum entirely yellow. The number of postcubitals,
with some variations, is six in the front wings and five in the hind
wings. One male has in both front wings seven postcubitals between
the costa and the median vein, but only six between the latter and
the principal sector. In none are there more than six postorbitals
between the principal sector and the median vein. One ‘‘black”’

KAHL: ODONATA COLLECTED ON ISLE OF PINES. 521

female has six postcubitals in the right front wing, but in the left
wing there are three supernumerary veins between the costa and the
median vein, one between postcubitals 2 and 3, one between post-
cubitals 4 and 5, and one beyond postcubital 6; this same female has
in both hind wings six postcubitals between the costa and the median
vein, and five between the latter and the principal sector. In no
other specimen are there more than five postcubitals in the hind wings.

Genus NEONEURA Selys.

6. Neoneura maria (Scudder).
Agrion maria SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., X, 1866, p. 188.
Four males taken at Nueva Gerona, May 9, 1910, by J. L. Graf;
a male and female in coitu taken at the same place by G. A. Link,
August 6, I912.
Genus PROTONEURA Selys.

7. Protoneura capillaris (Rambur).
Agrion capillare RAMBUR, Ins. Neur., 1842, p. 280.

One male taken by J. L. Graf at Nueva Gerona,: May 9, 1910.

The unique male, which I refer with some doubt to this species,
agrees with the description given by Selys (Bull. Acad. Belg. (2), X,
1860, p. 461) as far as it goes, except that I do not find a trace of
‘‘une grande tache vert azuré pale”’ on the third abdominal segment.
The measurements given by Selys are: ‘‘Abdomen environ 25. Aijle
inférieure 17 (large de 21%);’’ Hagen has: ‘‘Length near 20 millim.
Alar expanse 35 millim.’’ The specimen from the Isle of Pines has:
Abdomen about 27 mm.; hind wing about 16 mm.; alar expanse
about 35 mm.

As the description given by Selys in 1886 (Mém. Cour. Acad. R.
Belg., XX XVIII, p. 212) amending the very brief diagnosis given in
Sagra’s Historia Natural de Cuba, VII, 1857, p. 470, is generally
inaccessible, I deem it advisable to give a description of this male
from the Isle of Pines, which is as follows:

Inferior sector of the triangle (here long, rectangular) entirely
absent. Pterostigma rhomboidal with one entire cell below, alike in
all four wings. Subnodal sector from the vein of the nodus as in P.
corculum Calvert and P. amatoria Calvert (Biol. Centr. Amer., 1907,
Pl. X, figs. 44 and 52); superior sector of the triangle in front wings
ending at the cross-vein descending from the nodus, but in both hind

522 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

wings this sector reaches quite perceptibly beyond this cross-vein;
nodal sector in front wings exactly at the fifth postcubital, in hind
wings at the fourth postcubital. Thoracic dorsum beautifully black-
violaceous, shining (‘‘ Thorax azuré, le devant noir-violet,’’ Selys);
second lateral suture with a rather broad, black stripe from the base
of hind wings, extending between the second and third coxe; labrum
shining, blue-black, with the anterior margin pale yellow; anteclypeus
shining, blue-black as the labrum; postclypeus slightly shining, bluish
gray, at the middle apparently divided longitudinally by a narrow
black stripe; front and vertex chiefly black-violaceous, shining, but
not as much as the labrum and anteclypeus; antenne black; man-
dibles brown-red; labial portions rather pale yellow, but the structures
not readily seen; legs pale yellow; femora slightly pale bluish, the
same color encircles the first and second femora at apex;a pale annulus
at their middle; the tibia annulated by brownish, and with the apical
one third of the posterior tibia brown; tarsi brown; claws dark brown-
red, tipped with black and with a minute tooth before the apex.
Abdominal segments I and 2 above black-violaceous, which color
expands at apex to the lateral margin of each segment, the rest of
the two segments yellowish; copulatory organs reddish brown; seg-
ments 3, 4, 5, and 6 blackish brown, each with the base and apex
darker, slightly violaceous; at the extreme base of 3 a pale spot, and
4, 5, and 6 each with a narrow, yellowish ring at base; 7 slightly
violaceous with a little less than the basal half and the lateral margin
vellowish; 8 violaceous with the lateral margin rather broadly yellow;
9 and to black-green with the base of 9 slightly violaceous; dorsum of
10 with an apical, angular incision; anal appendages hardly shorter
than 10; superior and inferior appendages of about equal extension,
the former dark brown with black tips; the inferior appendages yellow
with black tips, narrowed beyond the middle and then widened
gradually to apex, which is obliquely truncate; seen from below the
inferior appendages are curved so as to form the shape of a lyre with
their tips diverging.

Suborder ANISOPTERA Selys.
Genus GYNACANTHA Rambur.

8. Gynacantha nervosa Rambur.
Gynacantha nervosa RAMBUR, Ins. Neur., 1842, p. 213.

One female taken at Nueva Gerona by Link on September I1, 1912.

KAHL: ODONATA COLLECTED ON ISLE OF PINES. 523

Genus A‘SCHNA Fabricius.

9. #Eschna (Corypheschna) adnexa Hagen.
4Eschna adnexa HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Amer., 1861, p. 127.

One male taken at Nueva Gerona by Graf, May 14, 1910, and a
female (appendages broken off) taken at the same place by Link,
June 10, 1912.

10. Aéschna (Corypheschna) virens Rambur.
4ischna virens RAMBUR, Ins. Neur., 1842, p. 192.

Three males, Nueva Gerona, collected by Link, August 24 and
September I1, 1912.

Genus LIBELLULA Linnzus.

11. Libellula auripennis Burmeister.
Libellula auripennis BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, 1839, p. 861.

Seventeen males and fifteen females taken by Graf at Nueva Gerona
and Los Indios, May, 1910; and one female taken by Link at Nueva
Gerona, May 31, I912.

Genus ORTHEMIS Hagen.

12. Orthemis ferruginea (Fabricius).
Libellula ferruginea FABRICIUS, Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 423.

Twelve males taken at Nueva Gerona by Graf in May, 1910, and
five males taken at the same place by Link during August and Sep-
tember, I912.

Genus CANNAPHILA Kirby.

13. Cannaphila insularis funerea Carpenter.

Cannaphila insularis K1rBy, Trans. Zoédl. Soc. London, XII, 1889, p. 341.
Cannaphila funerea CARPENTER, Proc. Dublin Soc., VIII, 1897, p. 434.

Twenty-one males and fourteen females taken at Nueva Gerona
and Los Indios by Graf in May, 1910.

Genus PERITHEMIS Hagen.
14. Perithemis domitia (Drury).
Libellula domitia DRuRY, Illustr. Exot. Ent., II, 1773, Pl. XLV, fig. 4.

Eight males taken at Nueva Gerona and Los Indios by Graf in
May, 1910.

524 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus MICRATHYRIA Kirby.
15. Micrathyria equalis (Hagen).
Dythemis equalis HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Amer., 1861, p. 167.

Five males taken at Nueva Gerona and a male and female taken
at Los Indios in May, 1910, by J. L. Graf.

16. Micrathyria didyma (Selys).
Libellula didyma SELYS, in SAGRA’S Hist. Nat. de Cuba, VII, 1857, p. 453.

A male and a female taken at Nueva Gerona and two males captured
at Los Indios in May, 1910, by Graf.

17. Micrathyria dissocians Calvert.

Micrathyria dissocians CALVERT, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Ins. Neur., 1906, p. 226, Pl.
IX, figs. 19-21.

Four males taken by Graf at Nueva Gerona, May 5-14, I9I0.

Genus ERYTHRODIPLAX Brauer.

18. Erythrodiplax berenice subsp. neva (Hagen).
Dythemis neva HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Amer., 1861, p. 167.
One male taken at Nueva Gerona by Link, September 2, 1912.
The front wings with the internal triangles two-celled; the discoidal
triangle in the left wing two-celled, in the right wing free.

19. Erythrodiplax minuscula (Rambur).
Libellula minuscula RAMBUR, Ins. Neur., 1842, p. II5.

Two females, Nueva Gerona, May 9; one female, Los Indios, May
20 1010:

The specimens were collected by J. L. Graf.

20. Erythrodiplax ochracea (Burmeister).
Libellula ochracea BURMEISTER, Hand. Ent., II, 1830, p. 854.

Numerous specimens of both sexes taken at Nueva Gerona, Los
Indios, and Columbia by Graf in the month of May, 1910, and by
G. A. Link, Sr., from July to September, 1912.

21. Erythrodiplax connata justiniana (Selys).

Libellula connata BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, 1839, p. 855.

Libellula justiniana SELYsS, in SAGRA’S Hist. Nat. de Cuba, VII, 1857, p. 18r.
Numefous specimens taken by Graf at Nueva Gerona and Los

Indios in May, 1910, and by Link at the same localities from July to

September, 1912.

KAHL: ODONATA COLLECTED ON ISLE OF PINES. 525

22. Erythrodiplax connata fraterna (Hagen).

Libellula connata BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, 18309, p. 855.
Diplax fraterna HAGEN, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XV, 1873, p. 375.

Numerous specimens from Nueva Gerona taken by Link, June-
September, 1912.

23. Erythrodiplax umbrata (Linnezus).
Libellula umbrata LINNZUuS, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 545.

The collection contains twelve males and fourteen heterochromatic
females taken at Nueva Gerona and Los Indios by Graf in May, 1910,
and nine males, seven heterochromatic females and one homceochro-
matic female, taken by Link from July to September, 1912.

Genus ERYTHEMIS Calvert.
24. Erythemis simplicicollis (Say).
Libellula simplicicollis Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., VIII, 1839, p. 28.

There are four males and six females captured at Nueva Gerona
and Los Indios by Graf in May, 1910, and a male and two females
taken at Nueva Gerona by Link in May and June, 1912.

25. Erythemis verbenata (Hagen).
Lepthemis verbenata HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Amer., 1861, p. 162.

Three males taken by J. L. Graf at Nueva Gerona, May, I9gIo.

Genus LEPTHEMIS Hagen.
26. Lepthemis vesiculosa (Fabricius).
Libellula vesiculosa FABRICIUS, Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 421.
Six males and one female collected by J. L. Graf, May, 1910, at

Nueva Gerona.

Genus BRACHYMESIA Kirby.
27. Brachymesia batesi (Kirby).
Cannacria batesi KirBy, Trans. Zoél. Soc. London, XII, 1889, p. 341.

One female collected by Graf at Nueva Gerona, May 14, 1910.

Genus DyTHEMIs Hagen.
28. Dythemis rufinervis (Burmeister).
Libellula rufinervis BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, 1839, p. 850.
Six males and one female taken at Los Indios and a male taken at
Nueva Gerona by Graf in May, 1910; and one male taken by Link
at Nueva Gerona, September 9, 1912.

526 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus MACROTHEMIS Hagen.
29. Macrothemis celzno (Selys).
Libellula celeno SELYs, in SAGRA’S Hist. Nat. de Cuba, VII, 1857, p. 454.

Four males and three females taken at Nueva Gerona and Los Indios
by Graf in May, 1910, and a male and female taken at Nueva Gerona
by Link in July and August respectively, 1912.

Genus THoLymis Hagen.
30. Tholymis citrina Hagen.
Tholymis citrina HAGEN, Stett. Ent. Zeitung, XXVIII, 1867, p. 218.
One male taken by Graf at Los Indios, May 20, 1910.
Hind wings each with two cross-veins on bridge, one of which is
nodal, the other proximal and far distant; in the left wing there is a
third cross-vein, situated at the proximal end.

Genus PANTALA Hagen.
31. Pantala flavescens (Fabricius).
Libellula flavescens FABRICIUS, Ent. Syst., Suppl., 1798, p. 285.
One female taken at Nueva Gerona by G. A. Link, June 14, rg12.

Genus TRAMEA Hagen.
32. Tramea insularis Hagen.
Tramea insularis HAGEN, Syn. Neur. N. Amer., 1861, p. 146.
Three females taken at Nueva Gerona May 6, and one male captured
at Los Indios, May 19, 1910, by J. L. Graf; and a male and female
taken by G. A. Link, Sr., respectively in May and June, 1912.

PSEUDONEUROPTERA.
Family CHRYSOPID.

Genus Curysopa Leach,
33. Chrysopa sp.?
Thirty-three specimens taken at Nueva Gerona, July 27, 1912.

Family ASCALAPHID.
Genus ULULODES Currie.

34. Ululodes hyalinus (Latreille).

Ascalaphus hyalinus LATREILLE, in Humboldt Recueil, II, p. 118, Pl. XL, fig. 7.
Two specimens, one taken at Nueva Gerona, the other at McKinley,

both at the end of July.

eee bikie LO ISLANDS IN LAKE ERIE.

By CALVIN GOODRICH.

Some of the older American collections contain land-shells of peculiar
form and pattern, the locality for which is given as ‘‘Strontian Island,
Lake Erie.’’ There is reference to the island in Binney & Bland,
page 153, and in Binney’s Manual, pages 480 and 492.

Mr. George H. Clapp, failing to find Strontian Island on available
maps, wrote me in the winter of 1914-15 for information regarding it,
suggesting that it might be a local name, which had failed to get
recognition from the official chart-makers and, that, as I lived in the
region, I might know, or might learn, what the true name was. It
happened that I could give the information. The correspondence
led to a proposal for a visit to Strontian Island, now Green Island, as
well as for the exploration of other bodies of land in the lake. Dr.
Bryant Walker was sounded and he gladly agreed to become a third
member of the expedition. Mr. Lucas Beecher of Toledo volunteered
as ‘“‘navigating officer’, and the powerboat ‘La France,’ Captain
Woodruff, was chartered.

The party left Toledo the afternoon of July 2, 1915, and made
West Sister Island at twilight, collecting being deferred until the next
morning. The island is inhabited only by the lightkeeper, his wife,
and a helper. In the sixty and more years during which the light
has been maintained, the island has been grazed over by many gen-
erations of cowsand fed over by untold flocks of chickens and turkeys.
On our visit we scared numbers of Belgian hares from the undergrowth.
West Sister must have had an enormous molluscan population at one
time, as the ‘“‘bones’’ carpeted the ground. But snails are now very
small stuff’? and to two or three

‘c

scarce, being confined mostly to
of the larger species, which, living under the bigger logs or deep in
the humus, have escaped extinction. There is even a noticeable
decrease since a visit I made to the island in 1913. Our collecting
here, as well as our breathing and eating, was made difficult by the
Ephemeride, then just past the climax of their swarming. West
Sister is a jewel in a ring of sounding waves, but because of the May-
flies we were glad to leave it.

Or
bo
~I

528 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

An hour’s run in a rising sea brought us to Green Island, once
Strontian. We anchored in its lee and went ashore in the “‘dinky,”’
a craft admirable for towing but something of a mistake for purposes
of navigation. Landing, we entered almost immediately upon a
paradise of snails. A slow rain was falling and the animals were
making the most of it. They were everywhere—on timbers, weeds,
in the grass, among the roots of trees, even on the concrete walk
which led from the boat-house to the light. One could scarcely walk
without treading on them. In one tangle of decaying weeds scores
were taken. I collected about three hundred specimens, Mr. Walker
as many, and Mr. Clapp many more. It was all a matter of reaching
the point of satiation. There was no need to get off the ‘“‘avenue”’
through which the walk ran. That there were so many here, while
at West Sister there were so few, may be explained by the fact that
on Green Island the chickens were confined, and there were apparently
no cattle to clean out the underbrush.

In the afternoon we hurried on to Middle Island, confident of making
another big haul. But we were booked for disappointment. Middle
Island, belonging to Ontario, has a lighthouse, chickens, and turkeys.
The snails, what there were of them, had to be quarried for. Most
of them were under flat rocks on the north shore. The weather was
steamy, the May-flies a nuisance.

The next day we came upon the rival of the Green Island snailery.
It was Middle Sister Island, lying in Canadian waters at the western
extreme of this island group. For a collecting receptacle, Mr. Clapp
had chosen one of those cylindrical cans in which certain brands of
biscuits are packed, declaring in advance that, in event of abundance
he would be temperate. But the can was soon filled and he was glad
to borrow a bag. The snails were plentiful on low as well as on high
ground, in the thick woods, and in the weeds within reach of the
wash of northwest storms. They seemed particularly partial to the
Herb Robert (Geranium Robertianum), a plant about ankle-high and
very pungent when broken or bruised. The island has never been
inhabited by man, except for short periods, in which professional fisher-
men assumed squatter rights. Fortunately for collectors they brought
with them no chickens, at least living ones.

At noon we turned eastward again and made a landing on North
Harbor Island. It was a rookery for terns, and it was necessary to
watch every step to avoid treading on eggs and nestlings. The haul

GoopRICH: A TRIP TO ISLANDS IN LAKE ERIE. 529

here, though it would have been fair for mainland collecting, seemed
insignificant after Middle Sister.

East Sister, close by, was a large island and had been cultivated in
previous years. The picking was small, the gaps between snails long,
and the Ephemeride a plague. We ‘‘did”’ one end of the island, the
only promising part, and rowed back to the powerboat. We had
planned to make Hen Island before dark and, if possible, one or both
of the islets known as the Chickens. Halfway to Hen Island, a storm
forced the revision of plans, a sudden change of course, and flight to
shelter at Put-in-Bay. This proved to be one of the worst gales of
the season and reluctantly on the fourth we gave up hope of visiting
other islands, the aspect of which from the lake indicated habitation
by snails. Some collecting was done at Put-in-Bay, but without
turning up anything not represented in Mr. John A. Allen’s list,
recently published in the Nautilus. The shells here corresponded to
those of the mainland and might tend to show that, as an island,
Put-in-Bay is of more recent formation than the other islands.

The rocks of the islands we visited belong to the Silurian series
known as Monroe. Where the exposure is on the water, the rocks are
very much weathered. In some places they are cut and carved into
picturesque caves. With geologists the islands are most distinguished
for their glacial records. Upon nearly all of them are beautiful
grooves and striz, sculptured by the ice. One series of grooves on
North Harbor Island was utilized extensively by the nesting terns.

The basin of Lake Erie was originally a shallow valley with free
drainage. In the successive stages in which the ice wall retreated
and lakes formed at its foot (Lakes Maumee, Whittlesey, Wayne,
and Warren) what are now the Erie islands were covered with ice
and water. In the Lake Algonquin stage, in which the upper lakes
discharged through three outlets instead of one as at present (if the
the artificial Chicago drainage canal be excepted) the lowlands between
Lakes Huron and Erie were uncovered, Lake Erie fell to a level below
that of to-day, and the islands appeared above the waters. For a
time a few of them may have been parts of the principal land-mass.
Probably the peopling of the islands with animal and vegetable life
began at this period. Later, and after the final passing of the glacial
ice, the Great Lakes passed into the Nipissing stage, the Chicago
outlet was closed and an increased volume of water poured through
Lake St. Clair and the Detroit river. Still higher water came when

5380 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

a second outlet, that through the Ottawa river, closed. If new
islands have been formed since, their island career has no relation to
glacial history. They were formed simply through the agency of
erosion.

We hope at some future date to pay a more leisurely visit to these
islands and make a more thorough study of the geology and botany
with the idea of getting additional light on their age, as this may
indicate how long it takes a species, such as Pyramidula solitaria—
which goes back to inter- if not pre-glacial time unchanged from its
present typical form—to change to distinct, and strongly marked
races, as on the islands.

For purposes of record, the findings at the different islands are here
set down:

WEST SISTER ISLAND, OHIO.

Polygra albolabris (Say)
profunda strontiana Clapp.

Helicodiscus parallelus (Say)
Punctum pygmaeum (Draper)
Bifidaria armifera (Say)
contracta (Say)
holzingeri Sterki.
tappaniana (Adams)
pentodon (Say)
Vertigo milium Giddings
Vallonia pulchella (Miiller)
parvula Sterki.

zaleta (Binney)

elevata (Say)

inflecta (Say)

monodon fraterna (Say)
Vitrea indentata (Say)
Zonitoides arboreus (Say)

minusculus (Binney)
Pyramidula solitaria (Say)
alternata eviensis Clapp. Carychium exiguum Say.

cronkhitet anthonyi Pilsbry

GREEN ISLAND, OHIO (FORMERLY STRONTIAN ISLAND).

Polygyra profunda strontiana Clapp
zaleta (Binney)
inflecta (Say)
Pyramidula solitaria strontiana Clapp.
alterynata eriensis Clapp.
Succinea avara Say.
MIpDDLE ISLAND, ONTARIO.

Polygyra profunda (Say)
zaleta (Binney)

Zonitoides arboreus (Say)
minusculus (Binney)

palliata (Say)

fraudulenta Pilsbry

inflecta (Say)

monodon fraterna (Say)
Pyramidula solitaria Say

solitaria roseo-apicata Clapp.

alternata (Say)

Circinaria concava (Say)
Bifidaria armifera (Say)
contracta (Say)
corticaria (Say)
Vallonia parvula Sterki.
Succinea avara Say.

GoopricH: A TRIP TO ISLANDS IN LAKE ERIE. 531

MIDDLE SISTER ISLAND, ONTARIO.

Polygyra albolabris goodrichi Clapp. Helicodiscus parallelus (Say)
zaleta (Binney) Circinaria concava (Say)
profunda strontiana Clapp. Bifidaria contracta (Say)
thyroides (Say) Succinea avara (Say)

inflecta (Say)
fraudulenta Pilsbry
Pyramidula solitaria strontiana Clapp.
alternata eriensis Clapp.

NortH HARBOR ISLAND, ONTARIO.

Polygyra albolabris goodrichi Clapp. Pyramidula solitaria roseo-apicata Clapp.
profunda strontiana Clapp. alternata eriensis Clapp.
inflecta (Say) Circinaria concava (Say)

fraudulenta Pilsbry

East SISTER ISLAND, ONTARIO.

* Polygyra zaleta (Binney) Pyramidula solitaria roseo-apicata Clapp.
profunda (Say) alternata (Say)
wnflecta (Say) Ariolimax campestris (Binney)
Vitrea hammonis electrina (Gould) Succinea avara Say.
Zonitoides arboreus (Say) Bifidaria contracta (Say)

Vallonia parvula Sterki var(?)

MousE ISLAND, OHIO—VISITED IN IQI2.

Polygyra albolabris (Say) Pyramidula solitaria mousensis Clapp.
profunda strontiana Clapp. alternata (Say)
inflecta (Say) Zonitoides arboreus (Say)

XX NOTES ‘ON. “THE LAND-SHELES* OF HEF ISkaAwes
AT THE WESTERN END GF LAKE ERIE AND
DESCRIPTIONS: OF NEWS VARTEPRES:

By GEORGE H. CLAppP.

Many of the larger shells of these islands show distinct insular
modification, so distinct in fact as to make them readily recognizable
when once seen. Others are indistinguishable from the mainland
forms, and this is particularly true of the shells of Put-in Bay, where
there seems to have been no change in the species we found.

Both Dr. Walker and Mr. Goodrich, who have carefully gone over
these shells, and to whom I am indebted for valuable suggestions,
agree with me in considering the forms described below as worthy of
varietal rank.

1. Pyramidula solitaria strontiana var. nov.

Shell very heavy, coarsely striate, uniform straw-color without a
trace of bands. Most specimens show traces of impressed spiral lines.
This variety is much more elevated, heavier, and smaller than the
typical banded form from the mainland, and, as it is found in many
of the older collections of North American land-shells, the locality
being given as ‘‘Strontian Island, Lake Erie,’’ I have thought it well
to perpetuate the name, although the island is now “officially” known
as Green Island.

We collected several -hundred specimens on our visit to the island,
July 3, 1915, and thousands could easily have been gathered.

Ninety-nine mature shells, that is those showing a thickening of the
lip, were measured with the following result:

A
Diam. 24.3, Alt. 17.66 mm., Index, D ,72.65 average,

oe 27a eee STO Ole *y 76.36 largest,

(eit O22 CN eae TT O Omens 75.56 smallest,

“) 820:0,, eee 205500 8 : 78.85 most elevated,

25:05 LOK SO) ny oh 66.00 ‘“‘ depressed.
Variation in diam. from 22.5 to 27.5 or 5 mm.

cs ee alhee Me SLOL0) ~O2TeOe so

Ninety-five shells varied in diam. from 23.0 to 26.5 or 3.5 mm.
Ninety-four “ Ks [alte os Tiioy(oy y ato pia) “7s yio)

532

Ciape: NOTES ON LAND SHELLS. O38

For comparison nineteen shells from seven mainland localities were
measured. They gave an average diameter of 26.75 mm. and an
index of 69.35, the greatest index being 72.8.

Type-locality Green (formerly Strontian) Island, Lake Erie, Ohio.
Types No. 7462 of my collection. Paratypes in collections of Bryant
Walker, Detroit, Michigan, and Calvin Goodrich, Toledo, Ohio.

On Middle Sister Island a few specimens of this same high, bandless
variety were found. They were too few, however, to make com-
parative measurements, but they apparently run larger.

This is not ‘ Pyr. solitaria albina (W. G. Binney)” of Walker,
Terrestrial Mollusca of Michigan, 1899, p. 22, without description, as
the locality is there given as ‘‘Kent Co.” In“ An Illustrated Cataiogue
of the Mollusca of Michigan,” by Bryant Walker, Rep. State Board
Geol. Surv. Mich., 1905, p. 492, Binney’s figure 268 is copied from
the Manual of American Land-Shells, p. 254 and the name under

”

the original figure is changed from ‘‘Var. albino” to “Var. albina
(Binney) and the statement is made: ‘‘The variety has been reported
from Kent county only.”

Binney probably never intended to make this a variety. In Land
and Fresh-Water Shells of North America, Vol. I, p. 71, it is figured
with the type as ‘‘ Helix solitaria and albino.’ In Terrestrial Mollusca,
Vol. V, it is not listed as a variety in the Catalogue on p. 77, and on
p. 156 it is figured separately as ‘‘Var. albino.’ If he had intended
to describe it formally as a variety, he would surely have given the
name a Latintermindtion. It would seem, therefore, that var. albina
(W. G. Binney) Walker must be limited to albinos of the typical
banded form of the mainland.

Binney’s figure was probably drawn from one of the small shells
of Strontian Island, as he had them in his collection. No. 38987 of

1 Dr. Walker has kindly furnished the following description:

Pyramidula solitaria albina Walker.

Pyramidula solitaria albina WALKER, Ill. Cat. Moll. Mich., p. 492 (exc. of figure),
1906.

“This form was based on a single example in the DeCamp Collection, (No.
11650 Coll. Walker), from Kent County, Michigan. It is a thin greenish-white
shell, slightly tinged with pale horn-color. It is evidently not quite mature, as the
lip is thin and sharp. It has 4% whorls and measures, diam. 21.5, alt. 16 mm.
Compared with the variety from Green (Strontian) Island, which was probably
the original of the figure copied erroneously from Binney, it is a much thinner shell
and differs conspicuously in color.”’

534 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the Binney collection, now in the National Museum, is labeled
“Strontian Isl., and Cunninghams Isl., L. Erie’? and under remarks
“ Albino.”” Cunninghams is now known as Kelley’s Island.

All these shells from Strontian Island were undoubtedly distributed
by the late Dr. E. W. Hubbard, who lived for many years at Elyria,
O. I have them in the collection of Dr. Jas. Lewis, of Sanderson
Smith, and in part of Dr. Hubbard’s collection, all from that source.
In the A. D. Brown Collection in the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, are four specimens, and Brown’s label says: “‘E. W. H.”

2. Pyramidula solitaria roseo-apicata var. nov.

On North Harbor Island a smaller and still more elevated race with
a pink apex was found.

Shell small, elevated, very heavy, with the apical whorls pink. In
color they are generally darker than var. strontiana, some being almost
chestnut and others brownish straw-color, mottled with chestnut on
the upper whorls. Mature shells are mostly largely denuded, the
epidermis which remains being in ragged patches. The pink apex is
a very marked character in this variety and this feature, together with
the darker color and smaller size, readily separates it from strontiana.

This variety is particularly interesting in showing the gradual loss
of the bands. Of one hundred and nine shells collected by the writer
seven had two strong bands, fourteen had one or two weak bands and
eighty-eight were without bands. Sixty-seven fully mature, unbanded
shells were measured, with the following result:

Diam, 22.55, Alt. 17.36 mm., Index, 76.98 average,

25.50, 19.50 76.48 largest,

a ROSS Of at OOs mar re 71.80 smallest and most depressed,

ne DRO Ose ek RelA OLN : 83.33 most elevated,

Se 2 2A AL eee 5O Oe ra 76.79 average of 7 banded,

nl RD Oe RO el Gee cli O'2 ae ia ai 76.92 iy “74 shells.
Variation in diam. of unbanded shells from 19.5 to 25.5 or 6.0 mm.

S Somat = 1 Sime Oman TORS sa 35 an

Sixty bandless shells varied in diam. from 20.5 to 24.5 or 4 mm.
Sixty-four re ~ a “alt. ee eESah i LOO sar So Otte

Type-locality North Harbor Island, Lake Erie, Ontario. Types
No. 7463 of my collection. Paratypesin collections of Bryant Walker,
Detroit, Michigan, and Calvin Goodrich, Toledo, Ohio.

The dimensions given for solitaria by Binney in the Manual are

Ciapp: Notes ON LAND SHELLS. 5385

evidently wrong, as he gives the greater diam. as 25 mm., while Say
gives the size as ‘‘nearly 1 4 inch,” or about 29 mm., and The Terres-
trial Mollusca says ‘‘over 144 inch,” or about 32 mm.

3. Pyramidula solitaria mynesites* var. nov.

On Mouse Island, a small island at the end of Catawba Id., Ottawa
Co., Ohio, Mr. Goodrich found a small form of solitaria which is so
distinct from all of the other forms of the region that I distinguish it
by the above varietal name.

Shell small, solid, straw-colored, with two brown bands, the lower
wider and darker than the upper one which is sometimes almost
obsolete. Apex pink like var. roseo-apicata. Whorls 5%.

Compared with vars. strontiana and roseo-apicata it is constantly
much smaller and intermediate in color, but with the banding of the
latter. Over two hundred were collected and measurements of
thirty-seven ‘mature she ls gave the following results:

Diam. 20.12, Alt. 14.61 mm., Index 72.61 average,

2. Ones SLOVOON) te ““ 76.20 largest,

oh) (EGS Ow sos eRe .SOlr co + 272.0 7asmallest:

it 2010 0% ae LOLOO) a ae ‘“ 80.00 most elevated,
9 POO) WE GAOYo) “68.30 ‘* depressed.

Types No. 7232 of my collection. Paratypes in collections of
Bryant Walker, Detroit, Mich., and Calvin Goodrich, Toledo, Ohio.

In May 1916 Mr. Goodrich again visited Mouse Island, and col-
lected a large number of P. solitaria, many of them juvenile, how-
ever. Ina letter he says: “The solitaria ranged bigger thanin my
collecting of 1912, but compared with other findngs I believe the form
will stand as a dwarf race.’’ The largest shell found this year
measures 23.5 X18.5 mm., index 78.72, and the smallest, 18.5 X12 mm.,
index 70.28. The average of twenty-nine shells measured is 21.20 X
15.26 mm., index 71.98. Mr. Goodrich also made a study of the
banding of two hundred forty-one shells, adult and young, and found
that two were bandless, thirteen had a single band and one hundred
seventy-seven had the lower band stronger than the upper.

4. Pyramidula alternata eriensis var. nov.

On the islands at the western end of Lake Erie and the islands of
Maumee Bay, Michigan, a very heavy, roughly ribbed, elevated,

*From pis =mouse; vnoityns =islander.

536 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

dark variety of alternata is found, to which the above name may be
given. So far as seen it reaches its greatest development on Middle
Sister Island.

Shell very dark, flame markings dark chocolate-brown and coalescing
into two almost solid bands at the periphery, frequently the bands
are hardly separated; below a band of the body-color with irregular
flames in the umbilical region. Fully adult shells frequently lose
most of the epidermis, but by transmitted light the two bands can
be seen at the periphery with the lighter band and color below.
Young, bright shells are generally very dark. Albinos are found on
allof theislands. Ribs strong and running well down to the umbilicus,
regular on the upper whorls, but less so on the body-whorl, being very
irregular near the aperture. Body-whorl subcarinate, upper lip con-
siderably flattened, particularly on the shells from Middle Sister
Island, where it is frequently as much depressed as in Cuircinaria.
Lip thickened in old shells and the parietal callus very heavy, fre-
quently forming a strong ridge. Subscalariform specimens are not
uncommon. Whorls six to six and one-half in Middle Sister shells,
in those from other islands about five and one-half.

There appears to be a greater tendency to albinism on Middle Sister
than on the other islands. Out of one hundred and seventy-six
collected by the writer five immature shells are of a uniform straw-
color and some of the adults, although badly weathered, seem by
transmitted light to be albinos. Others are straw-colored with in-
distinct flames. Twenty-five to thirty shells, or about 16 per cent.
are light-colored.

In the umbilicus of several of the Middle Sister shells the empty
pupa-case of a fly, or wasp, was found filling the umbilicus com-
pletely and requiring a strong pull to detach it.

Middle Sister Island. 102 fully adult shells measured:

A
Diam. 21.81, Alt. 14.23 mm., Index, 5 65.25 average,

sé “a “ae

25.00, 17.50 70.00 largest,
a TOO vee l5 Olean: e 74.40 smallest,
nage U220C tee 75 Olam 76.10 most elevated,
i E2350 0 ee e325 Ou id 58.70 mcst depressed.

Variation in diam. from 19.5 to 25.0 or 5.5 mm.
alt. peek BD Sebel 735) 5.0
Eighty-eight shells varied in diam. from 20.5 to 23.5 or 3 mm.

sé se “ee

“a sé

‘ “cc

alt. : I2.0

“cc “cc

Ninety 16.0 3

Crapp: Nores on LAND SHELLS. 537

Green (Strontian) Island. 86 fully adult shells measured:

Diam. 19.3, Alt. 12.6 mm., Index 66.33 average,

ee OreS ee s 13.0. ~ “60.47 largest,

ee ieOr L2.0°). " ** 70.58 smallest,

oe MeCOnF 2 1365 ‘* 75.00 most elevated,

me OLO, = «ETO! “55.00 most depressed.
Variation in diam. from 17.0 to 21.5 or 4.5 mm.

as oe alt. oo Ls Ole DAO! me a2" Ol cy

Eighty-four shells varied in diam. from 17.5 to 21 or 3.5 mm.
Eighty-six - 3 cmalt: oe Sse Oh epi 3.0! pa”

North Harbor Island. Shells smaller. 41 varied from 17.5 X I1
mm. to 20.5 X 12 mm., average 19.I1I X 12.01 mm., index 62.65, the
most elevated having an index of 71.05 and the most depressed of 57.50.

Type-locality Middle Sister Island, Lake Erie, Ontario. Types
No. 7464 of my collection, paratypes in collections of Bryant Walker,
Detroit, Michigan, and Calvin Goodrich, Toledo, Ohio.

5. Polygyra profunda strontiana var. nov.

Shell small, elevated, compact, dull-colored; umbilicus small, partly
covered by the reflected lip, and contained about six times in the
diameter of the shell. Whorls 5.

This variety was noticed by Binney, as in Land and Fresh-water
Shells of North America, Pt. I, p. 153, in the table of specimens in the
Binney and Bland Collection is the following reference: ‘“‘No. 7946,
2 specimens, Strontian Id., Lake Erie, from W. G. Binney,’’ and under
Remarks, “‘Local var.”’ In Manual of American Land Shells, p. 492,
in the catalog of the Binney Collection, No. 39527 is from ‘‘Strontian
Id., L. Erie, Collected by Hubbard, 6 spec., Var.”

MEASUREMENTS.

Green (Strontian) Island.

A
Diam. 23.3, Alt. 14.4 mm., Index, D 61.80 average of 103 shells,

Piss ie) Vattsats 60.80 largest,
PEO ae ig A ee as as re 64.80 smallest,
ee 22 Os eT 5 OMe 5 68.18 most elevated,
Pomme OMASS wer TAL Ovs. « : 57-13 most depressed.
Variation in diam. from 21 to 25.5 cr 4.5 mm.
- oy eulie oe MENTED ore TOL OIG Oh as

Ninety-eight shells vary in diam. from 22.0 to 25.0 or 3 mm.
oe oe oe ae ae 2255 24.5 oe 2

onto hy fore! gas a alte 4) MSSREg Sie Tesi At ae oS

sé se

Eighty-seven

“i

538 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.
North Harbor Island.
Diam. 23.16, Alt. 14.56 mm., Index 62.87 average of 16 shells.

Middle Sister Island.

Diam. 24.05, Alt. 14.66 mm., Index 60.96 average of 129 shells,

yee 172 O Oe ba LONGO ete “61.10 largest,

Sai 5 OF sie ASO Oma “65.10 smallest,

Sy ee 2C55 ON eine eLOLOOlmGs ‘** 68.08 most elevated,

Spee we 2158S Otc Ret 1 OO ame ** 54.90 most depressed.
Variation in diam. from 21.5 to 27.0 or 5.5 mm.

aa enalt: pee 1S. OMeaelOuse = 335. t

One hundred eighteen shells vary in diam. from 23 to 26 or 3 mm.
One hundred fourteen ‘ ea salt: SL STANT On ae a

Of the above 248 shells, 231 or 93.14 per cent. are from 21 to 25 mm.
in diam. and 205, or 82.66 per cent., are under 25 mm. The average
diam. is 23.5, alt. 14.54 mm., index 61.86.

Type-locality Green (formerly Strontian) Island, Lake Erie, Ohio.
Types No. 7466 of my collection. Paratypes in collections of Bryant
Walker, Detroit, Michigan, and Calvin Goodrich, Toledo, Ohio.

On Put-in-Bay Island, the profunda are of the large, flatter, main-
land form. They are also brighter in color.

Thirty-eight shells from four localities in Ohio, Illinois, and Ontario
were measured, and gave an average of 26.87 X 15.1 mm., index 56.10.
Shells from farther south are much flatter, as the average of thirty-two
shells from five localities in Kentucky, Virginia, and North Carolina
is 28.84 X 14.82 mm., index 51.4. The smallest of these thirty-two
shells is 25.5 X 13.5 mm. and the largest 33 X 16.5 mm. The most
depressed, excluding abnormal shells, had an index of 46.88 and the

cocYes

most elevated 55.77.
The specimens of profunda from Green Island appear to be losing

the bands, as out of one hundred and three examined thirty-seven are
banded, thirty-two are unicolorous and thirty-four are albinos. The
bands are faint to obsolete and generally split, many of the untcolorous
shells are so light that they might be called albinos. The large pro-
portion of bandless shells, about 65 per cent., would seem to indicate
the formation of a bandless race. On Middle Sister Island the pro-
portion of bandless shells is smaller, as out of one hundred and thirty-
four shells twenty-nine are of a uniform brown color, four are straw-
colored, four are albinos, sixty-seven have a single brown band and
thirty have two or more bands, the lower one usually split, and many

Crapp: Notes oN LAND SHELLS. 539

of them have the last season’s growth, that is about one-half whorl
back of the lip much lighter in color than the remainder of the shell.

6. Polygyra albolabris goodrichi var. nov.

Shell elevated, heavy, dark chestnut-color, having a reddish cast
when alive, lip brownish in immature shells and flesh-colored in adults.
Whorls five and one-half. Compared with the average albolabris of
the region the lip is narrower and less flattened, and the aperture is
slightly more rounded and less oblique. One shell collected by Dr.
Walker is dentate and one in my collection very faintly so. The
color is so distinct and the shells so much more elevated than normal,
that I consider it worthy of varietal rank and take pleasure in asso-
ciating with it the name of Calvin Goodrich, of Toledo, Ohio, who has
done much good work on the molluscan fauna of that most interesting
island region.

Forty-eight fully adult shells were measured with the following
result:

A
Diam. 28.24, Alt. 19.44 mm., Index, D 68.83 average,

6c “é sé

30.00, 22.00 73.33 largest,

2G SON Veen OO mae a 66.67 smallest,

ae 2SE5OK sa 22-50n Rs 78.905 most elevated,

See 202005) (a TOKOON ace ss 61.53 most depressed.
Variation in diam. from 25.5 to 30.0 or 4.5 mm.

a sa rallits pee TOL Orn 22) Sat Guba

Forty-five shells vary in diam. from 27.0 to 30.0 or 3.0 mm.
Forty-four “ ee > ceerallies rie ielijeGue ae Tt O a Sete

Type-locality Middle Sister Island, Lake Erie, Ontario. Types
No. 7465 of my collection. Paratypes in the collections of Bryant
Walker, Detroit, Michigan, and Calvin Goodrich, Toledo, Ohio.

Two or three dead shells found on North Harbor Island belong to
this variety.

Walker in ‘‘Variation of Polygyra albolabris in Michigan,” Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci., 1910, pp. 21-40, gives the average size of one hundred
and fifty-two shells from Cincinanti, O., as 28.35 X 18.78 mm.,
index 66. Two hundred and twenty-five shells from various localities
in Michigan, gave an average index of 67, and one hundred and
twenty-four from Isle Royale, Michigan, an index of 65. I believe
that a large series taken from almost anywhere in the interior region
will show an average index of not over 66. A series from Bald Porcu-
pine Island, Frenchmen’s Bay, Maine, gave an index of about 64.

540 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

On the islands under cultivation, and particularly on West Sister
Island, which was overrun by large flocks of turkeys, living mollusks
were very scarce, while the dead shells indicated that at one time the
molluscan population was very large, the ground being covered by
the ‘‘bones.”’ It is my belief that this destruction is largely due to
the turkeys, which scratch up and eat the eggs. Of course the con-
stant tramping of cattle and the destruction of the undergrowth by
browsing would destroy large numbers, but the turkeys scratch all
around, and even under the fallen trees, where the eggs would be
deposited.

A number of dead shells were gathered on West Sister Island, and
on cleaning out the dirt with which they were filled many minute
species were found. Three of the dead specimens of solitaria contained
young of from two to two and one-half whorls, there being two young
in one of the shells and one in each of the others. Out of others
broken young were shaken, but so badly broken that they were merely
recognizable as the young of solitaria. Does this indicate that, at
times, solitaria may be viviparous?

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII.

Fic. 1. Pyramidula solitaria strontiana Clapp. (Type) ‘

Fic. 2. Pyramidula solitaria sirontiana Clapp, most elevated form.

Fic. 3. Pyramidula solitaria strontiana Clapp, largest specimen.

Fics. 4-5. Pyramidula solitaria roseo-apicata Clapp. (Type)

Fic. 6. Pyramidula solitaria roseo-apicata Clapp, back view.

Fics. 7-8. Pyramidula solitaria mynesites Clapp. (Type).

Fics. 9-10. Pyramidula alternata eriensis Clapp. (Type)

Fic. 11. Pyramidula alternata eriensis Clapp, very tall specimen.

Fic. 12. Pyramidula alternata eriensis Clapp, top view of largest specimen.

Fics. 13-14. Polygyra profunda strontiana Clapp. (Type)

Fic. 15. ° Polygyra profunda strontiana Clapp, showing extreme elevation of
spire.

Fics. 16-17. Polygyra albolabris goodrichit Clapp. (Type)

Fic. 18. Polygyra albolabris goodrichi Clapp, showing extreme height of spire.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol X. Plate XXXII

Shells from the Western Islands of Lake Erie.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X.

Plate XXXIII.

|
i |

CLA Pyramidiula solilaria a
| | sirontlana Clapp

Greep (Strontia\) 1d,

| Lake Erve

Ze}

Zypelloce Ly. hid ly LYAS, -

Solid /rne “Hrameslers

| : Domed « Aalftilyad.

Solid Jine Wiamesers

Dotled 1» Siitedes

Diagrams showing diameters and heights of P. strontiana and P. roseo-apicata Clapp.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Voi X. Plate XXXIV

OR Bucamicla allerrdaA/a.
i Crrengsis Clapp

Middle Sisfer /e,
|

Lare &rie,
Sez

focasst:

Solid /¢ne Hlamesers

Dofled + es

86 Fyreamidyla a/lernaya
erlensis Clapp

Green(Stronsian) /a,

Lake £rve.
7 Silty 197.

olid Sine Alametlers
DoWed atsuces.

Diagrams showing diameters and heights of Pyramidula alternata eriensis Clapp.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X.

Plate XXXV

Clapp
Greeh (Strortiam Id,

Lake Erie.

he eee Tyee /oce lily, Sid 1915,

y» WF AAN HD

\Solidd fine Aramelers

+ oe ee Potted. 1 astitedes
|

| |

4A% Lalygyra progunda

Clapp.
Mida/e Sister /d,

Lake Erie
Su/y 1915,

Kas lire Aiamesers-
|

lo Ted alyiludes
]

Diagrams showing diameters and heights of Polygyra profunda strontiana Clapp.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. X Plate XXXVI.

48 Po/yoyra albolahris
} go0dr/ahi Clagp

Middle S/s/et/d,
Lame £rre,

7ype locally, Yiels QLD. =.

o77ed alt, ludes,

b Wid line Alamelers

Mr. George H. Clapp collecting shells on Middle Sister Island, July 4, 1915.

foe eeom OF THE ORTHOPTERA COLLECTED IN
ieee OF PINES BY J. L. GRAF, 1910, AND
Gea Ae “LINK: 1912=1013.

By W. J. HoLLanp AND HucGo Kau.

In the preparation of the following brief list, so far as the Achetidz
and subsequent families are concerned, we have mostly made a com-
pilation of the names of those species, which have been listed by Dr.
Lawrence Bruner in his various papers upon the neotropical Orthop-
tera, which have from time to time appeared in these ANNALS. The
list does not by any means cover the field, as Mr. Link only now and
then picked up such specimens as he encountered. A diligent and
systematic search by an orthopterist no doubt would show that a
number of species, which have been reported from Cuba, but which
are not here mentioned, are inhabitants of the island.

BLATTOIDEA.
Family BLATTIDA.

Genus BLATTA Linnzus.

1. Blatta delicatula Guérin-Ménéville.

Blatta delicatula GUERIN-MENEVILLE, in SaGRra’s Hist. Nat. de Cuba, VII, 1857.
p- 346.

A specimen taken by Link at Los Indios is referred to this species
with a shadow of doubt. (Det. H. Kahl.)

Genus Eurycotis Stal.

2. Eurycotis finschiana (Saussure).

Platyzosteria finschiana Saussure, Melanges Orthopt., II, Fasc. IV, 1872, p. 111.
Platyzosteria cabrere BoLivar, An. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., X, 1881, p. 355, Pl. VIII,
figs. 3, 3 a.

Two males and one female taken by Link at Los Indios, no date
given. (Det. H. Kahl.)

541

542 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus PERIPLANETA Burmeister.
3. Periplaneta americana (Linnzus).
Blatita americana LINNZUS, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, I, 1758, p. 424.

A female from Los Indios, and another female from Nueva Gerona,
the latter arriving at the Museum alive on July 25, 1912, and dis-
covered when a box of bird-skins was being unpacked, thus illustrating
the manner in which the insect has been transported from place to
place in times past.

Genus LEUCOPHXA Burmeister.

4. Leucophza surinamensis (Linnzus).
Blatta surinamensis LINN2US, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, I, 1758, p. 424.
One specimen from Los Indios.

MANTOIDEA.
Family MANTIDZ.

Genus GONATISTA Saussure.
5. Gonatista grisea (Fabricius).
Mantis grisea FAsRIctIvs, Ent. Syst., II, 1793, p. 22.

One male taken at Nueva Gerona, May 8, 1910.

Genus Musonia Stal.
6. Musonia cubensis (Saussure).
Thespis cubensis SAUSSURE, Mitth. Schweiz. Ent. Gesellsch., III, 1869, p. 70.

Three specimens, a male and two nymphs, were taken at Nueva
Gerona by Graf, May 6, 1910; a male was taken at Los Indios by
Link in September, 1912. (Det. H. Kahl.)

ACHETOIDEA.
Family NEMOBIID.

Genus NEMOBIUS Serville.
7. Nemobius cubensis Saussure.
Nemobius cubensis SAUSSURE, Miss. Mex., Orth., 8174, p.384, Pl. VII, fig. 5.

One female taken at Los Indios.

HoLLAND AND KAHL: ORTHOPTERA. 543

Family ACHETID.

Genus GRYLLUS Linnzus.

8. Gryllus assimilis Fabricius.
Gryllus assimilis FABRICIUS, Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 280.

Nueva Gerona.
Genus GRYLLODES Saussure.

9. Gryllodes sigillatus (Walker).
Gryllus sigillatus WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I, 1860, p. 46.

A few specimens.

Family PHALANGOPSITID.

Genus AMPHIACUSTA Saussure.

10. Amphiacusta annulipes (Serville).
Phalangopsis annulipes SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, 1831, p. 167.

Three specimens from Los Indios (Link coll.).

TETTIGONOIDEA.
Family PHANOPTERIDE.

Genus MICROCENTRUM Scudder.
11. Microcentrum marginellum (Serville).
Phylloptera marginella SERVILLE, Ins. Orthop., 1839, p. 405.

One female, Nueva Gerona, August 26, 1912.

Genus DIPLOPHYLLUS Saussure.

12. Diplophyllus insularis Bruner.
Diplophyllus insularis BRUNER, Ann. Carn. Museum, IX, I91I5, p. 331.
The type, which is unique, was taken by Link in the month of June.

Family CONOCEPHALID-.

Genus CoNOCEPHALUS Thunberg.
13. Conocephalus fasciatus (DeGeer).
Locusta fasciata DEGEER, Mémoir Ins., III., 1773, p. 458, Pl. XL, fig. 4.

Fourteen specimens taken at various localities during the months of
July and August.

544 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Family COPIOPHORID.
Genus NEocoNOCEPHALUS Karny.

14. Neoconocephalus nigropunctatus (Redtenbacher).

Conocephalus nigropunctatus REDTENBACHER, Verh. Zodél.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XLI,
I8QI, pp. 380, 391, PI. III, fig. 32. .

One male taken at Nueva Gerona in March.

15. Neoconocephalus maxillosus (Fabricius).
Locusta maxillosa FABRICIUS, Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 284.

A single male captured at Nueva Gerona in July.

16. Neoconocephalus muticus (Redtenbacher).
Conocephalus muticus REDTENBACHER, lI. ¢., p. 393.
Mr. Link captured a female of this species at Nueva Gerona in
July.
ACRIDOIDEA.

Family TRUXALID.

Genus ORPHULELLA Giglio-Tos.

17. Orphulella scudderi (Bolivar).
Orphula scudderi BOLivAR, Mém. Soc. Zoél. France, I, 1888, p. 142.

Recorded from the Isle of Pines by Bruner (cf. ANN. CARN.
Museum, VIII, p. 17).

Family A. DIRODID (LOCUSTID®).

Genus PsINIpIA Stal.

18. Psinidia fenestralis (Serville).
Cédipoda fenestralis SERVILLE, Ins. Orthop., 1838, p. 726.

A very long series taken by Link at Nueva Gerona from the begin-
ning of June to the end of August.

Genus SPHINGONOTUS Fabricius.

19. Sphingonotus haitensis (Saussure).
CGidipoda haitensis SAUSSURE, Rev. Zodl. (2), XIII, 1861, p. 323.

One specimen taken at Nueva Gerona by Graf, May 5, 1910.

on
rs
Ou

HoLLAND AND KAHL: ORTHOPTERA.

Family CYRTACANTHACRIDZ.
Genus SCHISTOCERCA Stal.

20. Schistocerca pallens (Thunberg).
Gryllus pallens THUNBERG, Mém. Acad. Petersb., V, 1815, p. 237.

A very long series taken at Nueva Gerona in June and July.

21. Schistocerca inscripta (Walker).

Cyrtacanthacris inscripta WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., III, 1870, p. 550.
Apparently very common. A long series taken by Link at Nueva

Gerona in the months of June, July, and August.

INDEX.

abbreviata, Cyrtoxipha, 408
abbreviatus, Gryllus, 379
Scapteriscus, 352
Abundance of snails on Middle Sister
Island, Lake Erie, 528
Acanthophacelus melanzonus, 132, 133,
134
accelerans, Geisonoceras, 26
Accipiter gundlachi, 161
striatus fringilloides, 161
Achatina straminea, 319
Acheta, 377
bimaculata, 378
nivea, 397
Achetide, 347, 544
Synopsis of the South American
genera of, 377
Achetoidea, South American, 346, 543
Achylodes arcas, 506
Acolastus amyntas, 502
Acridoidea, 545
Actinopteria emiliana, 26
boydi, 26
Actitis macularia, 160, 213
acuflavida, Sterna sandvicensis,
209
acuminata, Rhynchonella, 29
Adams, Miss Jean, 312
Adelpha iphicla, 493
adnexa, A¢schna, 523
adoxa, Ardea herodias, 158, 178
AXgialitis vocifera, 215
#Elurichthys pinnimaculatus, 59
zmiliana, Actinopteria, 26
eequalis, Micrathyria, 524
fEschna (Corypheschna) virens, 523
adnexa, 523
affinis, Apareiodon, 71, 74
Parodon, 71, 74, 75
Salminus, 91, 92
aflavida, Chzmepelia passerina,
222
Columbigallina passerina, 222
Aganisthos odius, 493
agarithe fornax, Catopsilia, 497
agassizi, Scapteriscus, 352
Agelaius assimilis, 159, 273, 274
humeralis, 161
pheeniceus, 273, 275
subniger, 273, 274

160,

158,

| Age of Mammals and Birds, 2

Reptiles, 2
agleus, Quiscalus quiscalus, 277
Agoniates anchovia, 77, 78
Agrion capreolus, 520
cardenium, 520
hastatum,
maria, 521
capillare, 521
Aix sponsa, I6I, I9I
Ajaia ajaja, 158, 188

| alba, Guara, 158, 188

Ibis, 188
-pinensis, Lingula, 25
albilora, Dendroica dominica, 266

| albina, Pyramidula solitaria, 533

alLipalpus, Hygronemobius, 375, 376
albolabris goodrichi, Polygyra, 539
albus, Eudocimus, 188
Alcedo alcyon, 239
alcyon, Alcedo, 239

Ceryle, 239

Streptoceryle alcyon, 160, 239
Allen, John A., 529
alleni, Hygronemobius, 375
alope, Erinnyis, 511
Alsophis angulifer, 305, 306

| alternata eriensis, Pyramidula, 535, 536

altus, Oligoplites, 62

alutaceus, Anolis, 302

amates, Peccilia, 120
Peeciliopsis, 120

Amatide, 512

Amazona leucocephala, 161, 228, 229
palmarum, 159, 161, 228

| amazonica, Peecilia, 131

amazonus, Nemobius, 373
Amblyopside, 95
Amblyopsis spelzus, 97
Amblyrhethus, 417
Amblyscirtes folia, 508
insule-pinorum, 508
tutolia, 508
Amboceelia gregaria, 25, 38

Ambonychia curvata, 335

mytiloides, 329

| Ambonychide, 334
| Ameiva auberi, 304
| amelia, Terias, 499

| americana, Curatella, 150

548 INDEX.

americanus, Coccyzus, 232 | annulata, Clymenia, 29
Compsothlypis, usnez, 160, 270 | annulatus, Spheroides, 69
Crocodilus, 299 _ annulicornis, Hapithus, 423
Cyrenella, 322 annulipes, Amphiacusta, 391, 395, 543
Fulica, 160, 203 Anolis, 297
Metioche, 403 alutaceus, 302
Mycteria, 158, 189 angusticeps,

Periplaneta, 543 equestris, 301
Pheethon, 161 | homolechis, 302
Platyclymenia, 27, 29 porcatus, 302
Ammodramus savannarum australis, | sagrei, 301
160, 285 | Anolis, Giant, 301
subsp., 161 | Anomalagrion hastatum, 520

ammon, Lyceena, 495 | Anona squamosa, 151

Ammonoidea, 27 | Anosia berenice, 488

Amnicola coronata, 322, 323 Anous stolidus stolidus, 161

Amphiacusta, 387 | antzeus, Cocytius, 510
annulipes, 391, 395, 543 anthracina, Urubitinga, 193, 194
grandis, 391 anthracinus, Falco, 193

Amphiacustes, 391 antillarum, Cryptoptilum, 385

amphipyroides, Latebraria, 514 | Podilymbus podiceps, 170

amplus, Crenipecten, 26 ; Sterna, 158, 209

Ampullaria reflexa, 322, 323 antiqua, Conocardium, 336

Amusus, 386 | Phemiades, 509 :

amygdalina, Leperditia, 327 | Antrostomus carolinensis, 160, 238

amyntas, Nennius, 502 | cubanensis, 238

Amyris balsamifera, 149 vociferus, 238

Anablepine, 96 _ Anurogryllus clarazianus, 377

Anableps anableps, 142 | Apareiodon affinis, 71, 74
microlepis, 142 dariensis, 71

anetheta, Sterna, 161 ecuadoriensis, 71, 76

analis, Neomeenis, 65 | itapicuruénsis, 71, 72

Anaphora, 517 piracicabe, 71, 72

Anaphoride, 517 terminalis, 71

Anartia jatrophe, 492 Apareiodon, a new genus of Characid
lytrea, 492 Fishes. By Carl H. Eigenmann,

anatum, Falco peregrinus, 160, 195 471-76

Anaudus, 417 Key to the species of, 71

Anaxipha, 402 _ Apatosaurus, 4
pallens, 409, 410 louise, 310
pallida, 408 Aphonomorpbus, 417

Ancyloxypha nanus, 506 | conspersus, 424, 425

Ancylus radiatilis, 322, 323 diversus, 425

anchovia, Agoniates, 77, 78 flavifrons, 424

Ancistrus melas, 83 | griseus, 425

andre, Leimadophis, 306 | hapitheformis, 425, 427

andremon, Papilio, 500 lividus, 425

angasi, Proteides, 502 major, 424, 425, 426

angelina, Bathyurus, 327 mutus, 424, 425

anguiformis, Sphagebranchus, 55, 56. obliquus, 425, 426

angulifer, Alsophis, 305, 306 peruvianus, 425
Epicrates, 304 silens, 424, 425

angusticeps, Anolis, 302 telskii, 425

angusticollis, Cyrtoxipha, 405 testaceus, 425

Anhinga anhinga, 158, I71 | timidus, 424

Ani, 149, 230 | variegatus, 424
Crotophaga, 159, 229 Synopsis of Tropical American

Anisoptera, 522 | species of, 424

Annual Report of the Director, 314 | apodus, Neomeenis, 64

INDEX,

appressus, Schizodus, 26
approximans, Polydactylus, 61
aptera, Cyrtoxipha, 408
Aquatic Gastropods, directions for col-
lecting, 478
aquaticus, Nemobius, 370
aquila, Fregata, 174
Arachnomimus, 387
bahamaénsis, 394
arachnopsis, Endecous, 392
Aramus gaurauna, 204
giganteus holostictus, 204
vociferus, 158, 204
Aratinga euops, 159, 228
Ara tricolor, 159, 227
aratus, Neomeenis, 65
. arborea, Dendrocygna, 158, 190
arboreum, Pithecolobium, 152, 153
arcas, Brachycorene, 506
archiaci, Spirifer, 29
Archosargus unimaculatus, 66
Arctiade, 512
arctirostrata, Productella, 25, 46
arctostriatus, Productella, 28
Ardea candidissima, 181
egretta, 179
herodias adoxa, 158, 178
repens, 178
wardi, 177
leucogaster, 181
occidentalis occidentalis, 177
repens, 158, 176, 177
tricolor ruficollis, 181
virescens, 182
Ardetta exilis, 175
Arenaria interpres morinella, 160, 217
argentarius, Spirifer, 31, 32
argentinus, (Ecanthus, 396, 398
Gryllodes, 382, 384
Gryllus, 380
Argiallagma minutum, 519
argiventris, Neomenis, 65
Argizala brasiliensis, 371
argutula, Sturnella, 272
Argyria auratella, 517
Arixenia, 346
armatus, Centropomus, 64
asander, Epargyreus, 502
Asarcia, 220
Asbolis sandarac, 509
Ascalaphide, 526
Ascalaphus hyalinus, 526
ascensionis, Holocentrus, 61
asiatica, Melopelia asiatica, 161
Asio stygius, 159, 235
aspera, Atrypa, 29
assimilis, Agelaius, 159, 273, 274
Gryllus, 379, 380, 544
astabulense, Leiorhynchus, 38, 39

549

Astyanax magdalenae, 89
stilbe, 89
atala, Eumeus, 494

| Atalopedes cunaxa, 507

Athyride, 43
atra, Rhipipteryx, 361
atratus, Tridactylus, 356, 357
Atremata, 25, 30
atricilla, Larus, 161
atrifrons, Cyrtoxipha, 405
atroviolacea, Dives, 276
Ptiloxena, 159, 276
atro-violaceus, Quiscalus, 276
Atrypa aspera, 29
reticularia, 29
auberi, Ameiva, 304
aura, Cathartes aura, 158, 191
septentrionalis, Cathartes, 192
auratella, Argyria, 517
aureolus, Gerres, 66
auricoma, Pleurodonte, 321
auripennis, Libellula, 523
auritus floridanus, Phalacrocorax, 158,
cap
aurocapillus, Seiurus, 160, 264
australis, Ammodramus savannarum,
160, 285
Tridactylus, 356, 357
autumnalis, Plegadis, 161
Avicennia nitida, 151
Aviculopecten celsus, 26
fasciculatus, 26
princeps, 26

Avifauna, Isle of Pines list of, 158

bachmani, Helminthophila, 270
Vermivora, 270
Baggesen, F. F., 171
bahamaénsis, Arachnomimus, 394
bahamensis, Lysiloma, 153
Peecilonetta, 161
Saurothera, 231
bairdii, Campephilus, 161
Balistes naufragium, 68
polylepis, 68
Balistide, 68
balsamifera, Amyris, 149
Bangs, Outram, 147, 155, 170, 184
Banisteria laurifolia, 149
baracoa, Limochores, 507
barbatula, Vireosylva calidris, 159, 257
Barbour, Dr. Thomas, 184
The Reptiles and Amphibians of
the Isle of Pines, 297—308
bardenflehti, Polygyra, 321
Barnes, R. M., 238
barrisi, Meristella, 25, 44
barytus, Quiscalus, 276
basalis, Hygronemobius, 374

550 INDEX.

batabano, Phocides, 501
batesi, Brachymesia, 525
Bathyurus angelina, 327
beathiana, Pineria, 320
Beecher, Lucas, 527
beecheri, Conocardium, 329, 336
bella, Zenaidura macroura, 223
Benezet, Jean’Etienne, 311
berenice, Anosia, 488
Erythrodiplax, 524
Beyrichia? clavigera, 327
clavifracta, 327

Pines, 286-296
bicolor, Tetrazygia, 152
bidorsata, Ctenodonta, 332
bimaculata, Acheta, 378
Iridio, 68
biolleyi, Rhipipteryx, 363
bipunctata, Neoxabea, 399, 400
Birds of the Isle of Pines. By W. E. C.
Todd, 146-296
Birds of North and Middle America,
147
(permanent residents, and winter
visitants) of the Isle of Pines, 158
of western Cuba found in the Isle
of Pines,
of western Cuba not found in the
Isle of Pines, 161
of Venezuela, 4
Bishop, Dr. Louis B., 147
biteeniatus, Lebinthus, 414
Bittern, 175
Least, 175, 176
bivittatus, Iridio, 68
Blacicus caribzus, 159, 250
Blackbird, Crow, 281
D’Orbigny’s, 276
Red-winged, 274
Rusty, 276
Blackburnian Warbler, 267
blandus, Helmitheros, 262
Blastoidocrinus carchariedens, 326
Blatta americana, 543 ;
delicatula, 542
surinamensis, 543
Blattoidea, 542
Blattaria, 345
blumenbachia, Euchasma, 336
Bobolink, 272
Bob-white, Cuban, 199
Boiids, 305
boisduvali, Urania, 515
boliviana, Luzara, 388
Rhipipteryx, 361, 364
boothiana, Thysanophora, 321
borealis, Neocurtilla, 350, 351
borellii, Luzara, 389

borellii, Scapteriscus, 352, 353
Botaurus lentiginosus, 159, 174
Boulenger, E. G., 105

boydi, Actinopteria, 26
borealis umbrinus, Buteo, 161
Brachiopoda, 25, 30
Brachycorene arcas, 506
Brachymesia batesi, 525

| brachypterus, Holoquiscalus niger, 280
| brachysomus, Calamus, 66

branicki, Pomadasis, 66

| branneri, Poecilia, 134
Bibliography of birds of the Isle of |

brasiliensis, Mugil, 61
Nemobius, 371
(Ecanthus, 3907

| brevidens, Salminus, 91

brevipennis, Cylindrogryllus, 418
. Miogryllus, 381
brevis, Paleoneilo, 26
Rivuius, 112

| breviuscula, Cyrtodonta, 329, 330, 341

Modiolopsis, 326
Brooks, Winthrop S., 297

| brullei, Rhipipteryx, 362, 366

Bruner, Lawrence, South American
Crickets, Gryllotalpoidea, and Ache-
toidea, 344-428

brunescens, Butorides, 158, 182, 183,
185

Brya ebenus, 150

Bryozoa, 27

of the Chazy, 326

Buccinum fasciatum, 320

buceras, Bucida, 153

Bucida buceras, 153

Buddha, carving of, 3II

Bufo empusus, 307

peltacephalus, 307

Bulimus poeyanus, 320

Bullfinch, Cuban, 154

Bunting, Indigo, 282

Busck, August, 487

Buteo borealis umbrinus, I61

platypterus cubanensis, 161, 193

Butorides brunescens, 158, 182, 183, 185

maculata, 182

saturatus, 185

virescens cubanus, 158
Buzzard, Turkey, 149
Byrsonima crassifolia, 150

caballus, Caranx, 62
cachinnans, Gallinula chloropus, 158,
203

’ Caceecia, 517

cadma, Lucinia, 492
cerulea, Culicivora, 254
Dendroica, 267

Florida, 158

a een a

INDEX.

cerulea, Polioptila, 160, 254
cerulescens, Dendroica cerulescens,
160, 268
Caiman, 209
calabura, Muntingia, 150
Calamus brachysomus, 66
calidris, Vireosylva calidris, 257
calidris barbatula, Vireosylva, 159, 257
caliensis, Gambusia, 95, I13
californiensis, Eucinostomus, 67
Calisto herophile, 494
Callidryas editha, 498
fornax, 497
godartiana, 497
neleis, 497
orbis, 407
callosa, Eutrochatella, 318
Calypte helene, 159, 246
Camarophoria (Leiorhynchus) subreni-
formis, 29, 42
Camarotcechia contracta, 25, 43
metallica, 25
plena, 338
camerani, Scapteriscus, 352
Campephilus bairdii, 161
canadensis, Grus, 205, 206, 207, 208
Leperditia, 327
Sowteria, 326, 342
candidissima, Ardea, 181
Egretta, 180, 181
caniceps, Geotrygon, I61
Cannaphila insularis funerea, 523
canora, Euetheia, 284
Tiaris, 159, 284, 285
cantans, Ectecous, 390
capreola, Ceratura, 520
Caprimulgus vociferus, 238
Caracara, Audubon’s, 198, 231
Carangide, 62
Caranx caballus, 62
hippos, 62
carbonaria, Rhipipteryx, 361
carcharizdens, Blastoidocrinus, 326
cardenium, Enallagma, 520
Cardiolide, 336
caribeea, Muscipeta, 250
Pinus, 150
- caribzeus, Blacicus, 159, 250
Holoquiscalus caymanensis,
276, 277, 280
carinatus, Leiocephalus, 303
carmioli, Vireo, 256
Carnegie, Andrew, 86
Carnegie Museum, Visitors to, 314
Quarry near Jensen, Utah, 2
carnegiei, Cnesterodon, 130
Diplodocus, 310
Pseudancistrus, 83
carolinensis, Antrostomus, 160, 238

159,

55]

carolinensis, Columba. 22
Dumatella, 160, 252
marginata, Zenaidura, 22
Pandion haliaétus, 198
Turdus, 252
Carsidava cinerascens, 421
carteri, Protambulyx strigilis, 510
Syringothyris, 25, 27, 28
Casearia sylvestris, 149
cassander, Telegonus, 503, 504
castaneus, Discophogryllus, 390
Catbird, 252
Catharista uruba, 191
Cathartes aura aura, 158, 191
septentrionalis, 192
Catia misera, 507
Catibo, 306
Catopsilia agarithe fornax, 497
drya, 497
editha, 498
eubule, 496
neleis, 497, 498
Catoptrophorus semipalmatus semipal-
matus, 160, 212
caudifasciatus, Pitangus, 248
Tolmarchus, 159, 248
caucana, Girardinus, 136
Mollienisia, 136, 137
caudomaculatus, Glaridodon, 122, 123
Phalloceros, 94, 99, 100, IOI, 102,
I24, 127
cayennensis, Cyrtoxipha, 404
Sterna, 209
caymanensis Holoquiscalus, 277, 280
caymanensis caribeus, Holoquiscalus,
I59, 2760, 277, 280
celadon, Papilio, 500
celeno, Macrothemis, 526
Centropomide, 63
Centropomus armatus, 64
ensiferus, 64
grandoculatus, 63, 64
medius, 63, 64
nigrescens, 64
parallelus, 64
pedimacula, 63
undecimalis, 64
viridis, 64
Centurus superciliaris murceus,
161
superciliaris, 161
cephalus, Mugil, 61
Cepolis comes, 323
(Cysticopsis) comes, 321
(Jeanneretia) multistriata pityo-
nesica, 321
Ceratura capreola, 520
Cerchneis, 197
sparveria dominicensis, 195

159,

552

cerdale, Charcharhinus, 58
Cerion pineria, 320, 323
Ceryle alcyon, 239
Cetopsorhamdia nasus, 83
Chemepelia passerina aflavida,
222
chalybea, Napata, 512
chapadensis, Nemobius, 372
Chapman, Frank M., 147
Characodontinz, 96
Charadrius semipalmatus, 60, 216
Charcharhinus cerdale, 58
charithonius, Heliconius, 488
Chazy in the Ottawa Valley, 326
of Quebec and the Mingan Islands,
327
Cheiloceras cephalopod zone, 29
chemungensis, var. arctostriata, Hemi-
pronites, 45
Schuchertella, 25, 45
Streptorhynchus, 45
Macrodon, 26
Mytilarca, 26
Chen hyperborea nivalis, 159, I9I
cheriway, Polyborus, 158, 198
chilensis, Curtilla, 349
Chinese collections of Miss Jean Adams,
312
Chlorznas inornata, 225
chloropus cachinnans, Gallinula,
203

158,

chocoénsis, Diphyacantha, 95, 105, 114 |

Chondrohierax wilsonii, 161
Chondropoma dissolutum, 316, 323
wilcoxi, 316
(var.), 323
Chordeiles virginianus minor, 159, 237
virginianus, 160, 236
chrysia, Geotrygon, 158, 221
Chrysobalanus Icaco, 225
Chrysocantor petechia gundlachi, 269
chrysocaulosus, Colaptes chrysocaulo-
sus, 161
Chrysopa, 526
Chrysopide, 526
chrysurus, Ocyurus, 65
Chuck-will’s-widow, 238
cicindeloides, Thamnoscirtus, 410
cinerascens, Carsidava, 421
cinereus, Gerres, 66
Spherodactylus, 301
cingulata, Herse, 510
circumcincta, Rhipipteryx, 361, 364
Circus hudsonius, 160, 193
Citharichthys gilberti, 70
citrea, Protonotaria, 271
citrina, Terias, 498
Tholymis, 526
Clapp, George H., Notes on the Land-

|
|
|
|

INDEX.

shells of the Islands at the Western
End of Lake Erie and descriptions of
New Varieties, 532-541.
claraziana, Neocurtilla, 350, 351
clarazianus, Anurogryllus, 377
Clark, B. Preston, collection of Sphingi-
dz, 311
clarkei, Leiorhynchus, 43
Loxopteria, 26
clathratum, Cyclostoma, 316
Rhytidopoma rugulosum, 316
clavifracta, ‘3eyrichia?, 327
clavigera, Beyrichia, 327
Cleiothyridina, 43
devonica, 25, 43
sublamellosa, 25
Clidophorus obscurus, 332
Clionychia marginalis, 334, 335
montrealensis, 329, 334, 335
Clymenia annulata, 29
flexuosa, 29
Cnesterodon, 129
carnegiei, 130
decem-maculatus, 94, 99, 100, 130
Cobalus tripunctus, 508
Coccyzus americanus, 232
erythropthalmus, 232
Cocothrinax Miraguana, 149, 150
Cocytius antzus, 510
ceenia, Junonia, 492
Colenis delila, 489, 490
julia cillene, 489, 490
lucina, 490
moderata, 489
nudeola, 489
titio, 490
Colaptes chrysocaulosus chrysocaulosus
161
superciliaris, 241
Colinus cubanensis, 158, 199
virginianus, 199
collaris, Passerina, 284
Collections of Reptiles and Amphibians
from the Isle of Pines, 297
collurides, Phylloscirtus, 411
colombiana, Diatrypa, 420
coloradensis, Productella, 25, 45
var. plicata, Productella, 25, 46
Columba carolinensis, 223
exsul, 226
inornata, 147
inornata, 161
leucocephala, 158, 224, 227
passerina, 222
proxima, 158, 225, 226
squamosa, 158, 225, 227
columbarius, Falco, 160, 195
Hypotriorchis, 195
columella, Thecla, 495

INDEX. 553

colombiana, Poeciliopsis, 120
columbianus, Heterandria, 120
Columbigallina passerina aflavida, 222
Colymbus dominicus dominicus, 158,
170
comes, Cepolis, 321
Composia fidelissima, 514
compressus, Rivulus, 95, III
Compsothlypis americana usnez, 160,
270
comptus, Phylloscirtus, 411
Conchylodes diphtheralis, 516
Conklin, Professor E. G., 56
conklini, Sphagebranchus, 55, 56
connata fraterna, Erythrodiplax, 525
Conocardiide, 336
Conocardium beecheri, 329, 336
immaturum, 336
(Pleurorhynchus) antiqua, 336
Conocephalide, 544
Conocephalus, 544
fasciatus, 544
conoideus, Spirifer, 29
conspersa, Cyrtoxipha, 406
conspersus, Aphonomorphus, 424, 425
constellata, Priotrochatella, 317
contracta, Camarotcechia, 25, 43
Rhynchonella, 43
Conularia, 26
Conularida, 26
Conurus euops, 228
guianensis, 228
Coot, 203
Copzodes, 506
Copernicia Curtisii, 150
Cophus, 387
Copiophoride, 545
corculum, Protoneura, 521
cordifera, Parra, 219
Cormorants, Florida, 154, 171
Mexican, 172
coronata, Amnicola, 322
Dendroica, 160, 268
corrupta, Prenes, 509
Corvus jamaicensis, 255
minutus, 161
nasicus, 159, 255
Cory, Charles B., 147
Corydoras mete, 78
Crane, Cuban, 150, 205
crassirostris, Vireo, 256
crebriseptum,, Tornoceras, 27
crenatus, Stethaprion, 77, 80, 81
Crenipecten amplus, 26
glaber, 26
crenistria, Schuchertella, 25
Crickets (South American) Gryllotal-
poidea, and Achetoidea. By Law-
rence Bruner, 344-428

|
|
|

Crocidophora zinghalis, 516
Crocodilus americanus, 299
porosus, 299
rhombifer, 299
croicensis, Scarus, 68
Crotophaga ani, 159, 229, 230
Crow, Common, 255
Cuban, 154, 255
cruciana, Dendroica petechia, 269

| cruciata, Rhipipteryx, 362, 365

cryptoleuca, Progne, 159, 260
Cryptoptilum antillarum, 385
Ctenodonta bidorsata, 332

dubiaformis, 331, 341

levata, 331

nasuta, 320, 330, 341 e

parvidens, 326, 330, 340
Ctenodontide, 330
Ctenucha hilliana, 512
Cuban Bullfinch, 154

Crow, 154

Ground Dove, I5I, 218, 222

King Rail, 153

Macaw, 227

Martin, 259, 260

Meadowlark, 151, 233, 272

Mourning Dove, 151

Oriole, r51, 275

Petchary, 151, 248

Quail, 151

Red-wing, 153

Sparrow Hawk, 150

Tody, 149, 238

Wood Pewee, 152

Yellow Warbler, 151
cubanensis, Antrostomus, 238

Buteo platypterus, 161, 193

Colinus, 199

Setochalcis, 159, 238
cubanus, Butorides virescens, 158, 183,

186

Rallus longirostris, 161
cubensis, Dromicus, 306

Galba, 321

Leiocephalus, 304

Limia, 137

Musonia, 543

Nemobius, 372, 543

Physa, 322

Tyrannus, 159, 247
Cuboides horizon, 29
Cuckoo, Black-billed, 232

Isle of Pines Lizard, 149, 231

Yellow-billed, 232
Culicivora cerulea, 254
cultriger, Curtilla, 349

| culveri, Trachinotus, 62

cunaxa, Atalopedes, 507
cuneifolium, Dendropanax, 152

504

Curatella americana, 150
curema, Mugil, 61
Curtilla, 349

chilensis, 349

cultriger, 349

gryllotalpa, 349
Curtillide, 348
Curtisii, Copernicia, 150
curvata, Ambonychia, 335
cuspidatus, Spirifer, 25
cyanea, Passerina, 160, 282
Cyanerpes cyaneus ramsdeni, 161
cyaneus ramsdeni, Cyanerpes, 161
cyanocephala, Starneenas, 158, 220
cyanipennis, Rhipipteryx, 362
Cyclostoma clathratum, 316
Cyclura macleayi, 303
Cydosia linki, 513

phedra, 513
cylindraceus, Rivulus, 108
Cylindrella pruinosa, 320
cylindrica, Pthonia, 26
Cylindrodide, 348
Cylindrogryllus, 416

brevipennis, 418
cynara, Macrodes, 514
Cypricardella, 26
Cypricardinia, 6
Cyprinodontine, 96
Cypseloides niger, 244
Cyrenella americana, 322, 323
Cyrtacanthacride, 546
Cyrtacanthacris inscripta, 545

Cyrtodonta breviuscula, 329, 330, 341 |

lamellosa, 330, 333
scala, 333
solitaria, 332
subcarinata, 329
tranceps, 337
Cyrtoxipha, 402
abbreviata, 408
angusticollis, 405
aptera, 408
atrifrons, 405
cayennensis, 404
conspersa, 406
gundlachi, 403
maxima, 407
nitida, 404
peruviana, 405
tibialis, 405
variegata, 404

Daggett, Dr. Frank S., 1
dariensis, Apareiodon, 71
Parodon, 76

decem-maculatus, Cnesterodon, 94, 99,

100, 130
Glaridichthys, 130

INDEX.

decolor, Saurothera, 159, 161, 231
merlini, 231

delicata, Gallinago, 160, 210

delicatula, Blatta, 542

Dendrocygna arborea, 158, 190

Dendroica blackburnie, 267
cerulea, 267

cerulescens czrulescens, 160, 268

discwlor, 160, 265

dominica, 160, 266

dominica albilora, 266

fusca, 267

maculosa, 269

magnolia, 269

palmarum, 160, 264

palmarum hypochrysea, 264

petechia cruciana, 269

petechia flaviceps, 269

petechia gundlachi, 159, 269

pityophila, 161

striata, 160, 265

tigrina, 269

virens, 160, 267
Dendropanax cuneifolium, 152
denticulatus, Ellipes, 359
depressa, Productella, 25, 46
Dermaptera, 346
Devonian formations, in America, 30
devonica, Cleiothyridina, 25, 43
Diatrypa, 416

colombiana, 420

ornata, 421

tuberculata, 421
Dichromanassa rufescens, 158, 179
Dictyoptera, 345
didactylus, Scapteriscus, 352, 353
didyma, Micrathyria, 524
dina, Terias, 498
Dione vanille var. insularis, 490, 491
Dioptide, 514
diphtheralis, Conchylodes, 516
Diphyacantha, 113

chocoénsis, 95, 105, 114
Diplodocus carnegiei, 310

skull of, 3
Diplophyllus insularis, 544
Discina lodiensis, 31
Discinide, 31
discolor, Dendroica, 160, 265
discoloratus, CEcanthus niveus, 397
Discophogryllus castaneus, 390

onthophagus, 390
discors, Querquedula, 159, 190
disjunctus, Spirifer, 29, 33, 34, 35, 36
disseverans, Mocis, 514
dissimilis, Hygronemobius, 375, 376
dissocians, Micrathyria, 524
dissolutum, Chondropoma, 316
diversus, Aphonomorphus, 425

INDEX. 555

Dives atroviolacea, 276
Dolichonyx oryzivorus, 160, 272
dominica, Dendroica dominica, 160, 266
dominicensis, Cerchneis sparveria, 195
Falco, 196
Oriolus, 275
Tyrannus dominicensis, 159, 247
Xantornus, 275
dominicus, Colymbus dominicus, 158,
170
Nomonyx, 161
Pluvialis dominicus, 214
domitia, Perithemis, 523
dorantes, Eudamus, 501
Dormitator latifrons, 69
maculatus, 69
dormitor, Philypnus, 69
dougalli, Sterna, 161
Douglass, Earl, 2, 13, 309
douglassi, Tornoceras, 27
Dove, Blue-headed Quail, 220
Cuban Ground, 151, 218, 222
Mourning, I51
Ruddy Quail, 221, 236
West Indian Mourning, 223
Zenaida, 222
Dowitcher, 210
Dromicus cubensis, 306
drya, Catopsilia, 497
dubiaformis, Ctenodonta, 331, 341
Duck, Antillean Tree, 153, 190
Wood, I91
Dumetella carolinensis, 160, 252
dunbarense, Leiorhynchus, 25, 38, 39
dunckeri, Phallostethus, 96
DuPuy, Herbert: collection of old silver-
ware, 3II
gift of Pullman Parlor Car, 5,
B52
Dwight, Dr. Jonathan, 147
Dyscophogryllus, 387
Dythemis rufinervis, 525

ebenus, Brya, 150
Ectecous, 386
borellii, 389
cantans, 390 .
ecuadoriensis, Apareiodon, 71, 76
Leporinus, 88
Parodon, 76
editha, Catopsilia, 498
Editorial Notes, 1-6; 309-313
Edmondia philipi, 26
Edriotrypa, 27
Education, International Jury (Pana-
ma-Pacific Exposition), 1
Egret, Reddish, 179
Snowy, 180
Egretta candidissima, 180, 181

| Egretta thula thula, 158, 180
| egretta, Ardea, 179

Herodias, 158

| Eigenmann, Dr. C. H., 5, 57, 93, 94, 95,
|

I21
Apareiodon, a New Genus of
Characid Fishes, 71-76
Description of a New Sphage-
branchus from the Bahamas,
55-56
New and Rare Fishes from South
American Rivers, 77-86
On the Species of Salminus, 91-92
Eigenmann, C. H. and Arthur Henn,
Description of Three New Species of
Characid Fishes, 87-90
eigenmanni, Fitzroyia, 140
Jenynsia, 140
Phalloptychus, 95, 121
Siphostoma, 60
elathea, Terias, 499
elegans, Lebinthus, 414
Neoheterandria, 95, 117, 118
Rivulus, 108, 109
Spherodactylus, 300
Spirifer, 32
elegantalis, Leucinodes, 516
Eleotris picta, 69
eleucha, Timetes, 493
Eleutherodactylus ricordii, 308
elisabeth, Myadestes, 159, 252
retrusus, Myiadestes, 252
Ellipes, 354
denticulatus, 359
histrio, 359, 360
histrionicus, 359
minimus, 359
Synopsis of the South American
species of, 359
Ellis, Max, 57
elongata, Eutrochatella, 318
Emerald, Ricord, 149, 152, 246
Emmelia pantherula, 513
Empetrichthys, 96
Empidonax flaviventris, 250
empusus, Bufo, 307
Enallagma cardenium, 520
Endacusta, 387
Endecous, 387
arachnopsis, 392
ferruginosus, 392
Endodesma tranceps, 337
Eneoptera surinamensis, 413
velutina, 419
Eneopteride, 348, 413
ensiferus, Centropomus, 64
Eopteria typica, 336
Epargyreus asander, 502
maysi, 501

556

Ephemeride, swarming of, 527, 529
Epicrates angulifer, 304
Epinephelus maculosus, 64
episcopi, Priapichthys, 116
Epistor lugubris, 511
equestris, Anolis, 302
erectum, Glyptodesma, 26
Eresia frisia, 491
Ereunetes pusillus, 211
ergolis, Lauron, 514
eriensis, Pyramidula alternata, 535, 536
Erinnyis alope, 511
Erismatura jamaicensis, 161
Erythemis simplicicollis, 525
verbenata, 525
vesiculosa, 525
Erythrodiplax berenice neva, 524
connata fraterna, 525
connata justiniana, 524
ochracea, 524
umbrata, 525
erythrogastra, Hirundo, 160, 258
erythropthalmus, Coccyzus, 232
erythrorhynchus, Pelecanus, 159, 174
Euchasma blumenbachia, 336
Eudamus dorantes, 501
proteus, 500
san antonio, 502
santiago, 500
Eudocimus albus, 188
Eucinostomus californiensis, 67
gula, 67
pseudogula, 67
Euetheia canora, 284
eufala, Lerodea, 508
Eugenia punicifolia, 151 .
Eumeus atala, 494
Eunomia latenigra, 512
euops, Aratinga, 159, 228
Conurus, 228
Eupera, genus, 446; index of species, cf.
D- 475
Eupithecia, 515
Eupleine, 488
Euprepia venusta, 512
Euptoieta hegesia, 491
Eurycotis finschiana, 542
euterpe, Terias, 499
Eutrochatella (Artecallosa) callosa, 318,
323
elongata, 318, 323
(Ustronia) scopulorum, 318, 323
Evolution, influence of habitat in, 429
exanimis, Modiolopsis, 338, 339
exilis, Ardetta, 175
Ixobrychus, 158, 175
expansa, Pterotheca, 332
Whiteavsia, 337
exsul, Columba, 226

INDEX.

exsul, Gymnasio lawrencii, 159, 234

fabaformis, Modiolopsis, 329, 338
faba, Modiolopsis, 338
fadus, Sesia, 511
Falcicula, 402
Falco anthracinus, 193
columbarius, 160
columbarius columbarius, 195
dominicensis, 196
leucophrys, 196
peregrinus anatum, 160, 195
sparverioides, 158, 195, 196, 197
sparverius, 195, 196, 197
sparverius sparverioides, 196
fasciata, Heterandria, 116
fasciatus, Conocephalus, 544
Liguus, 320
Lyriopecten, 26
Trachinotus, 62
fasciolatus, Phallotorynus, 95, 126, 127;
128, 129 é
Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Mon-
tana, 13-54
Three Forks Formation, 24, 25
Lower Mississippian, 27

| Faunal survey of the West Indies, 146

tavonius, Thecla, 495
Felichthys panamensis, 59
pinnimaculatus, 59

| fenestralis, Psinidia, 545

fernandine, Nesoceleus, 161
Teretistris, 159, 262
ferruginea, Orthemis, 523
ferruginosus, Endecous, 392
festee, Peecilia, 118
Pseudopeecilia, 119 ’

ficus, Pachylia, 511

fidelissima, Composia, 514
Field notes made in the Isle of Pines
by Gustav A. Link, 146
Figures representing the nobility and
peasantry of several European coun-
tries, 311
finschiana, Eurycotis, 542
Fisher, Carl G., 82
fisheri, Trachycorystes, 82
Fishes for aquaria, 94
Description of three New Species
of Characids. By C. H. Eigen-
mann & Arthur W. Henn, 87-90
of Japan in Carnegie Museum, 6
extensive collections of South
American in Carnegie Museum,
139
New and Rare from South Ameri-
can Rivers. By C. H. Eigen-
mann, 77-86

INDEX. 557

Fishes, Various South American Peecili-
ide. By Arthur W. Henn, 93-142
Fitzroyia eigenmanni, 140
lineata, 139, 140, 142
maculata, 140, 141
multidentata, 140
pygogramma, I40, 142
Key to the Species of, 139
Fitzroyiine, 96
Flamingo, 189
flavescens, Pantala, 526
flaviceps, Dendroica petechia, 269
flavifrons, Aphonomorphus, 424
Lanivireo, 257
flavipes, Totanus, 160, 212
flaviventris, Empidonax, 250
Porzana, 161
flexuosa, Clymenia, 29
florella, Syngamia, 516
Florida cerulea, 158, 179
Everglades, 153
floridanus, Phalacrocorax auritus, 158,
171
Flycatcher, La Sagra, 150, I5I, 249
Yellow-bellied, 250
folia, Amblyscirtes, 508
follicularis, Oleacina, 319
forceps, Rhipipteryx, 361, 363
Forficulina, 346
formosa, Heterandria, 99, 100, 103, I16,
118
fornax, Catopsilia agarithe, 497
Fossil beds at Rancho la Brea, 1
Fossils of the Chazy, 325
fraterna, Erythrodiplax connata, 525
Rhipipteryx, 363
Fregata aquila, 174
magnificéns, 158, 174
fria, Pseudopeecilia, 95, 105, I19
friderici, Leporinus, 89
Fringilla savannarum, 285
fringilloides, Accipiter striatus, 161
frisia, Eresia, 491
Fulica americana, 160, 203
spinosa, 218, 219
fulva, Petrochelidon fulva, 159, 259
Fundulus, 96
furcata, Strix pratincola, 235
Tyto perlata, 159, 235
fusca, Dendroica, 267
fuscata, Sterna, 161
fusculalis, Pionea,
fuscus, Pelecanus, 173

Gallinago delicata, 160, 210
Gallinule, Florida, 203
Purple, 153, 203
Gallinula chloropus cachinnans, 158,
203
galeata, 203
Gambusia, 112
caliensis, 95, I13
gracilis, 122
holbrooki, 99, 103
Gastropoda, 26
gaurauna, Aramus, 204
Geisonoceros accelerans, 26
normale, 26
genoveva, Junonia, 492
Geometer, 515
Geometride, 515
geometroides, Melanchroia, 515
Geothlypis trichas ignota, 261
trichas, 160, 261
Geotrygon caniceps, I61
chrysia, 158, 221
martinica, 221
montana, 221
Geranium Robertianum, 528
gerone, Telegonus, 503
Gerres aureolus, 66
cinereus, 66
lineatus, 66
olisthostomus, 67
patao, 67
rhombeus, 66
simillimus, 66
Gerride, 66
gilberti, Citharichthys, 70
Gilbertolus, 79
Gilmore, Charles W., Description of a
new species of Tortoise from the
Jurassic of Utah, 7-12
Girardinus caucana, 136
iheringi, 122
januarius, 122
uninotatus, 122
glaber, Crenipecten, 26
Glacial period of the Great Lakes, 529
Glandina follicularis, 319
Glaridichthys decem-maculatus, 130
(Phalloptychus) januarius, 94
Glaridodon caudomaculatus, 122, 123
januarius, 122

| Glaucidium siju siju, 161

vittatum, 159, 161, 232, 233
Glaucopis mors, 515

| glaucovirens, Jatropha, 283

gaimardianus, Mugil, 61
Galba cubensis, 321, 323
galeata, Gallinula, 203
Galeichthys simonsi, 58
Galeide, 58

glaucus, Trachinotus, 62
globulosa, Proserpina, 318
Glyphodes hyalinata, 516

. Glyptodesma erectum, 26

Glyptops ccelatus, II

558

Glyptops depressus, 10, II
pervicax, II
plicatulus, 7, 8, 9, 10, II
utahensis, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12
Gnatcatcher, Blue-gray, 254
Gnathocharax steindachneri, 79
Gobiide, 69
Gobius soporator, 70
godmani, Rivulus, 108
Gonatista grisea, 543
Goniaphora hamiltonensis, 26
subrecta, 26
Goniatites horizon, 29
(Manticoceras) intumescens, 29
Goniloba corrupta, 509
Gonioclymenia cephalopod zone, 29
Goodrich, Calvin, A Trip to Islands in
Lake Erie, 527-531
Goodrich, Calvin, 532
goodrichi, Polygyra albolabris, 539
gracilis, Gambusia, 122
Grackle, Isle of Pines, 150, 276
Grammysia subarcuata, 26
grandiflora, Xylopia, 152
grandis, Amphiacusta, 391
grandisquamis, Upeneus, 61
grandoculatus, Centropomus, 63, 64
Grassquit, Melodious, 284
Yellow-faced, I51, 283, 285
Grebe, Pied-billed, 170
Saint Domingo, 170

Great Lakes, metropolis of Nearctic

Spheeriide, 430
greeneanum, Leiorhynchus, 41
gregaria, Amboceelia, 25, 38
Gressoria, 345
Griffin, Dr. L. E., Catalog of Reptiles, 5
griseus, Aphonomorphus, 425
Limnodromus griseus, 160, 210
Neomenis, 64
Grus canadensis, 205, 206, 207, 208
mexicana nesiotes, 158, 205, 206,
207, 208
mexicana mexicana, 206
nesiotes, 205
poliophoea, 205
Grylloblattaria, 344
Gryllodes, 377
argentinus, 382, 384
clarazianus, 377
laplate, 383, 384
macropterus, 382, 383
parvipennis, 382
pusillus, 381
poeyi, 382
pustulipes, 382
sigillatus, 382, 544
Gryllomorphide, 347, 384
Gryllotalpa azteca, 351

INDEX.

| Gryllotalpa didactyla, 353
| hexadactyla, 351
mexicana, 353
oxydactyla, 353
tetradactyla, 353
gryllotalpa, Curtilla, 349
Gryllotalpoidea, 345
Key for separating the families of
the suborder of, 348
Gryllus, 377
abbreviatus, 379
argentinus, 380
assimilis, 379, 380, 544
pallens, 545
pusillus, 381
Guara alba, 158, 188
Guasabalo, 308
Guazuma Guazuma, 149
guianensis, Conurus, 228
gula, Eucinostomus, 67
Gulapinnus, 129
Gundlach, Dr. John, 155
gundlachi, Accipiter, 161
Chrysocantor petechia, 269
Cyrtoxipha, 403
Dendroica petechia, 159, 269
Hypomorphus, 192
gundlachii, Holoquiscalus jamaicensis,
278, 280
Quiscalus, 276, 279
Urubitinga, 158, 193, 194
Vireo, 159, 193, 194, 255, 256
Gynacantha nervosa, 522
Gymnasio lawrencii exsul, 150, 234
Gymnelia xanthocera, 512
Gymnoglaux lawrencii, 234
| gymnostoma, Jacana, 219
| Jacana spinosa, 220
Parra, 219

Hesperia eufala, 508
mesogramma, 507
savignyi, 502
syrichtus, 506

Hesperiidz, 500

Hesperiinz, 500

habana, Telegonus, 503

Hematia phcenicealis, 516

| Hematopus palliatus, 161

Hemulide, 65

Hemulon macrostomum, 65
parra, 65
plumieri, 65
sciurus, 65
scudderi, 65

hahneli, Telegonus, 503, 504

| haitensis, Phemiades, 510
Sphingonotus, 545

halizetus carolinensis, Pandion, 198

INDEX. 559

hanno, Lyczna, 495
hapitheformis, Aphonomorphus,
427
Hapithus, 417, 427
annulicornis, 423
hamiltonensis, Goniaphora, 26
Haplochilus hartii, 108
Haplomi, 95
hartii, Haplochilus, 108
Rivulus, 108
Haseman, John D., 57, 93, 117
hasemani, Apareiodon, 71, 75
Heterandria, 95, 116
hastatum, Anomalagrion, 520
Hatcher, Prof. J. B., 3
Hawk, Broad-winged, 193
Cuban Crab, 193
Cuban Sparrow, 195
Duck, 195
Marsh, 193
Pigeon, 195
Haya Dr ©} Pi 7
Haynes, W. P., The Fauna of the
Upper Devonian in Montana, 13-54
hegesia, Euptoieta, 491
Fein Z cite. 5-302
helenz, Calypte, 159, 246
Helerecous, 417
Helicina adspersa, 318, 323
callosa, 318
constellata, 317
eiongata, 318
marmorata, 318
ornata, 318
tenuilabris, 318
variegata, 318
Heliconiinz, 488
Heliconius charithonius, 488
_ Helicontia pantherula, 513
Helicotoma whiteavsiana, 326
Helix auricoma, 321
boothiana, 321
comes, 321
paludosa, 321
pityonesica, 321
Helminthophila bachmani, 270
peregrina, 270
Helmitheros blandus, 262
vermivorus, 271
Hemeroblemma pandrosa, 514
Hemiancistrus landoni, 83
Hemigryllus, 368
kriechbaumeri, 376
Hemimerina, 346
Hemiodus longiceps, 87
microlepis, 87
parnague, 87
Hemiprocna zonaris pallidifrons, 245

425:

Hemipronites chemungensis var. arcto-
striata, 45
Hemiramphide, 60
Henderson, John B., A List of the Land
and Fresh-water Shells of the Isle
of Pines, 315-324
Henn, Arthur W., 5, 57
On Various South American Peeci-
liid Fishes, 93-142
Henshaw, Henry W., 148
Herodias egretta, 158
herodias adoxa, Ardea, 158, 178
repens, Ardea, 178
wardi, Ardea, 177
Heron, Black-crowned Night, 186
Cuban Brown, 185
Cuban Great White, 176
Cuban Green, 186
Little Blue, 182, 179
Yellow-crowned Night, 187
herophile, Calisto, 494
Herse cingulata, 510
Heterandria colombianus, 120
fasciata, I16
formosa, 99, I00, 103, I16, I18
hasemani, 95, 116
heteristia, Poecilia, 134
Heterocera, 510
Heteropus, 355
hexadactyla, Neocurtilla, 350, 351
heydeni, Ligypterus, 414
hieroglyphica, Noropsis, 515
hilarii, Salminus, 91, 92
Himantopus mexicanus, 158, 210
Hippocampus punctulatus, 60
hippocrepis, Sturnella, 273
Sturnella magna, 159, 272
hippos, Caranx, 62
hirsuta, Productella, 25, 46
hirsutiformis, Productella, 25, 46
hirta, Trichilia, 149
Hirtella mollicoma, 151
Hirundo erythrogastra, 160, 258
histrio, Ellipes, 359, 360
histrionicus, Ellipes, 359
holbrooki, Gambusia, 99, 103
Holland, W. J., 7
Editor of Carnegie Museum publi-
cations, 95
Interest in collections of South
American fishes, 139
Lepidoptera of the Isle of Pines,
487-518 :
Member of International Jury in
Department of Education, Pana-
ma-Pacific Exposition, I
Silver tea-pot (antique) loaned by,
311
and Hugo Kahl, A List of the

Orthoptera collected in the Isle

of Pines, 542-545
hollandi, Limia, 95, 137, 138
holmiz, Rivulus, I1o
Holocentride, 61
Holocentrus ascensionis, 61
Holoquiscalus caymanensis caribzeus,
I59, 270, 277, 280
caymanensis, 277, 280
gundlachii, 278
jamaicensis gundlachii, 280
jamaicensis, 280
niger brachypterus, 280
niger, 280
holostictus, Aramus giganteus, 204
holzapfeli, Loxopteria, 26
homolechis, Anolis, 302
Hubbard, G. E., 30
hubbardi, Lingula, 29, 30
Hudson, George H., publications of,
325, 326
hudsonius, Circus, 160, 192
humeralis, Agelaius, 161
Hummingbird, Helena, 154, 246
Ricord, 239 —
hyalinata, Glyphodes, 516
hyalinus, Ululodes, 526
Hydranassa tricolor ruficollis, 158, 181
rufimentum, 181
hydrodroma, Rhipipteryx, 361
Hygronemobius, 368
albipalpus, 375, 376
alleni, 375
basalis, 374
dissimilis, 375, 376
liura, 375
minutipennis, 375
Synopsis of the species of, 374
Hyla septentrionalis, 307
Hylephila phyleus, 507
Hylocichla ustulata swainsoni, 254
Hypena, 514
hyperborea nivalis, Chen, 159, 191
hypochrysea, Dendroica palmarum, 264
hypomelas, Icterus, 159, 275
Hypomorphus gundlachi, 193
Hyporhamphus roberti, 60
Hypotriorchis columbarius, 195

Ibis alba, 188
Ibis, White, 153, 188

Wood, 189
Icterus hypomelas, 159, 275
idas, Proteides, 502
ide, Siderone, 493
ignota, Geothlypis trichas, 261
Ihering, Dr. H. von, 122
iheringi, Girardinus, 122
ilaire, Tachyris, 496

INDEX.

imbecilis, Pterinopecten, 26

| immaculatus, Gécanthus, 396, 397
| immaturum, Conocardium, 336

Imparfinis microps, 82

inflata, Schuchertella, 25, 28
| inoptatus,Limnopardalus maculatus, 161
| inornata, Chloreenas, 225

Columba, 147, 161
Columba proxima, 158
inscripta, Schistocerca, 545
insule-pinorum, Amblyscirtes, 508
Tretanorhinus, 306
Xiphidiopicus percussus, 159, 161
insularis, Diplophyllus, 544
funerea, Cannaphila, 523
Tramea, 526
insularum, Polygyra, 321
intermedia, Isochilina ottawa, 327
Neocurtilla, 350 :
interpres morinella, Arenaria, 160, 217
intumescens, Goniatites, 29
Ionornis martinica, 158, 203
iphicla, Adelpha, 493
Iridio bimaculata, 68
bivittatus, 68
Islands of Lake Erie:
East Sister, 529
Green, 527
Hen, 529
Middle, 528
Middle Sister, 528
North Harbor, 528
Strontian, 527
West Sister, 527
Isle of Pines area, 145
bibliography referring to birds
of, 286-296
birds (migratory), 159
birds (transient visitants), 160
Carnegie Museum Expedition,
IQI2—-13, 156
climate, 154
collections of reptiles
amphibians, 297
coral formation, 297
expeditions, 155
Geography and physiography,
148
jungle, I51I, 152
list of species of birds, 169-285
marsh, 153
population, 148
rivers, I51
Isochilina labellosa, 327
ottawa intermedia, 327
Isoptera, 345
itapicuruénsis, Apareiodon, 71, 72
Ivories, H. J. Heinz collection of, 310
Ixobrychus exilis exilis, 158, 175

and

—-

INDEX.

Jacana gymnostoma, 219
‘‘melanopygia,’’ 220
nigra, 218
spinosa gymnostoma, 220
spinosa, 220
violacea, 153, 158, 217
jamaicensis, Corvus, 255
Erismatura, 161
Holoquiscalus jamaicensis, 280
gundlachii, Holoquiscalus, 278, 280
Melanthes otreus, 505
Phemiades, 510
januatius, Girardinus, 122
Glaridichthys, 94
Glaridodon, 122
Phalloptychus, 121, 122, 126
Peecilia, 122
Jatropha glaucovirens, 283
jatrophe, Anartia, 492
jeffersonense, Leiorhynchus, 25, 41
jenkinsi, Synodus, 59
Jennings, Dr. Otto E., 148
and Mrs. O. E., botanical
collections of, 4
Jenynsia eigenmanni, 140
lineata, 139, 140
maculata, I41
multidentata, 140
pygogramma, 142
Jenynsiine, 96
Jordan, Dr. and Mrs. David Starr, I
““jubitos,”’ 305
“jucaro”’ tree, 281
julia, Colznis, 489, 490
delila, Colznis, 489
julia, Coleenis, 490
titio, Colzenis, 490
Junonia ccenia, 492
genoveva, 4092

Kahl, Hugo, A List of the Odonata
collected on the Isle of Pines by
Mr. J. L. Graf in 1910, and by
MroG: A. Link in 1912-1913,
now Contained in the Carnegie
Museum, 519-526
and W. J. Holland (See Holland,
W. J-.), 542, 545
Keenan, Miss Sophie G., 148
kelloggi, Leiorhynchus, 39, 40
kessleri, Netuma, 59
Khan, Mirza Ali Kuli, 313
Killdeer, West Indian, 215
Kindle, E. M., 24
Kingbird, Giant, 247
Gray, 150, I51, 247
Kingfisher, Belted, 239
Kite, Everglade, 192
Klages, Samuel M., 4

Knight, Wilbur C., 2
kriechbaumeri, Hemigryllus, 376

| labellosa, Isochilina, 327

Labride, 68

labrusce, Pholus, 511

Levigata cephalopod zone, 29

Lagoon, Santa Rosalia, 152

Lake Erie, A Trip to Islands in, By
Calvin Goodrich, 527-531

lamellosa, Cyrtodonta, 330, 333

laminata, Productella, 25, 46

Landon, Hugh MckK., 57, 83

Landon-Fisher Expedition
America, 93

landoni, Hemiancistrus, 83

Langley, Prof. Samuel P., 313

Lanivireo flavifrons, 257

Lantern-flies of the tropics, 313

to South

laplate, Gryllodes, 383, 384

Laranda, 386
tibialis, 387, 388
Larus atricilla, 161

| Latebraria amphipyroides, 514

latenigra, Eunomia, 512

latifrons, Dormitator, 69

latipinna, Mollienisia, 98, 135

laura, Leiorhynchus, 25, 43

Laurepa, 417

laurifolia, Banisteria, 149

lawrencii exsul, Gymnasic, 159, 234
Gymnoglaux, 234

| Lauron ergolis, 514

leana, Lingula, 25
Lebinthus biteniatus, 414
elegans, 414

| Lebistes reticulatus, 95, 105, 134, 135
| Leda, 26

Ledide, 332
Leimadophis andree, 306
nebulatus, 305, 300
Leiocephalus carinatus, 303
cubensis, 304
vittatus, 304
Leiorhynchus, 29
astabulense, 38, 39
clarkei, 43
dunbarense, 25, 38, 39
greeneanum, 41
jeffersonense, 25, 41
kelloggi, 39, 40
laura, 25, 43
madisonense, 25, 39, 40
var. gibbosum, 25, 39
mesacostale, 25, 39, 40, 42
multicosta, 43
utahense, 41
var. ventricosum, 25, 40, 42
lentiginosus, Botaurus, 159, 175

562

Leperditia amygdalina, 327
canadensis, 327
lepidophylla, Tabebouia, 150
Lepidoptera (The) of the Isle of Pines,
being a List of the Species collected
on the island by Mr. J. L. Graf and
Mr. G. A. Link, in 1910 and 1912-
1913. By W. J. Holland, 487-518
Lepidoptera of Arizona, 5
Leporinus ecuadoriensis, 88
friderici, 89
Lepthemis vesiculosa, 525
Leptodesma sociale, 26
Lerneca, 386
Lerodea eufala, 508
tripuncta, 508
Lestes tenuatus, 519
Leucinodes elegantalis, 516
leucocephala, Amazona, 229
Amazona leucocephala, 161, 228
Columba, 158, 224, 227
inornata, Columba, 158, 224, 227
palmarum, Amazona, I59, 161, 228
leucocephalus, Psittacus, 228
leucogaster, Ardea, 181
leucogastra, Sula, 161 |
leucopheus, Rallus longirostris,
I6I, 201
leucophrys, Falco, 196
leucorhynchus, Rhinobatus, 58
levata, Ctenodonta, 331
Libellula auripennis, 523
domitia, 523
Liguus fasciatus, 320, 323
Ligypterus heydeni, 414
limbata, Rhipipteryx, 361
Vanuxemia, 333
Limia, 100
cubensis, 137
hollandi, 95, 137, 138
Limnza cubensis, 321
Limnodromus griseus griseus, 160, 210
Limnopardalus maculatus inoptatus,
161
Limochores baracoa, 507
Limpkin, 153, 204
lineata, Fitzroyia, 139, 140, 142
Jenynsia, 139, 140
lineatipes, Tafalisca, 415
lineatus, Gerres, 66
lineolatus, GEcanthus, 396, 398
Lingula alba-pinensis, 25
leana, 25
hubbardi, 25, 30
Lingulacea, 30
lingulata, Polygyra, 321
Lingulidz, 30
Link, Gustav A., 146, 152, 153, 156,
LS7) Laly 175, 0OO, 202) 2017

158,

INDEX.

Link, John, 156

linki, Cydosia, 513
Lipotigris diphtheralis, 516
lisa, Terias euterpe, 499

| liura, Hygronemobius, 375

lividus, Aphonomorphus, 425
loculator, Tantalus, 189
Locustide, 545

| Locustoidea, 345

lodiensis, Discina, 31
Orbiculoidea, 25, 31
logani, Primitia, 327
longiceps, Hemiodus, 87
longipennis, Nemobius, 370
longirostris cubanus, Rallus, 161
leucopheeus, Rallus, 158, 161, 201
Waynei, Rallus, 202
louise, Apatosaurus, 310
Loxopteria clarkei, 26
holzapfeli, 26
lucidus, Planorbis, 322
lucina, Colznis, 490
Lucinia cadma, 492
lugubris, Epistor, 511
lurida, Tafalisca, 416
Lutianide, 64
Luzara, 386
boliviana, 388
borellii, 389
rufipennis, 388
Lycena ammon, 405
hanno, 495
theonus, 495
Lycenide, 494
Lyriopecten fasciatus, 26
polydorus, 26
solox, 26
Lysiloma bahamensis, 153
lytrea, Anartia, 492

Macaw, Cuban, 227
macilenta, Neocurtilla, 349
macleayi, Cyclura, 303
macracanthus, Pomadasis, 66
Macrodes cynara, 514
Macrodon chemungensis, 26
macropterus, Gryllodes, 382, 383
macrostemum, Hzemulon, 65
Macrothemis celeeno, 526
macroura bella, Zenaidura, 223
marginata, Zenaidura, 223
Zenaidura, 158, 223
macularia, Actitis, 160, 213
maculata, Butorides maculata, 182
Fitzroyia, 140, 141
maculatus, Dormitator, 60
Philypnus, 69
inoptatus, Limnopardalus, 161
maculosa, Dendroica, 269

INDEX.

maculosus, Epinephelus, 64

madisonense, Leiorhynchus, 25, 39, 40
var. gibbosum, Leiorhynchus, 25,
39
magdalene, Astyanax, 89
Rivulus, 95, 109
magnificens, Fregata, 158, 174 |
magnificum, Symphyloxiphus, 410
magnirostris, Tyrannus, 247
magnolia, Dendroica, 269
mahogoni, Neomenis, 65
Maja de Santa Maria, 304
“majagua,’’ I50
“majasitas,’” 305
major, Aphonomorphus, 424, 425, 420
Nemobius, 371
Mal Pais Gravel, 150
mangle, Rhizophora, I51
Mangrove-swamp, 151
mani, Megalomastoma, 315 |
Man-o’-war Birds, 154, 174
Mantaria, 345
Manticoceras cephalopod zone, 29
Mantide, 543
Mantoidea, 543
marginalis, Clionychia, 334, 335
marginata, Rhipipteryx, 362
Zenaidura carolinensis, 223
Zenaidura macroura, 223
marginellum, Microcentrum, 544
marginipennis, Rhipipteryx, 363, 367
maria, Neoneura, 521 |
Marine (Some) Fishes from Colombia
and Ecuador. By Charles Wilson,
57-70
Marissa latenigra, 512
marmorata, Helicina, 318
marmoratus, Phalangopsis, 393
Marpesia eleucha, 493
Marsh, Othniel Charles, 2 |
martialis, Thecla, 495
Martin, Cuban, 259, 260 |
martinica, Geotrygon, 221
Ionornis, 158, 203
Maryland Yellow-throat, 261
Mawson, Sir Douglas, collection of |
Antarctic photographs, 311 |
maxillosus, Neoconocephalus, 545
Salminus, 91
maxima, Cyrtoxiphba, 407
Sterna, 158, 209
maysi, Epargyreus, 501
Meadowlark, Cuban, I50, I51, 233, 272
medius, Centropomus, 63, 64
Megalomastoma, 300
mani, 315
procer, 315, 323
Melanchroia geometroides, 515

Melanerpes superciliaris, 241

melanoleucus, Totanus, 160, 211
“melanopygia,’’ Jacana, 220
Melanthes otreus, var. brunnea, 504
melas, Ancistrus, 83
melanzona, Peecilia, 132, 133
melanzonus, Acanthophacelus, 132, 133,
134
Melita frisia, 491
Melopelia asiatica asiatica, 161
Melopyrrha nigra, 159, 283
taylori, 283
meridionalis, Nemobius, 369
Neoxabea, 399, 400
Meristella barrisi, 25, 44
merlini decolor, Saurothera, 231
Saurothera, 161, 231
Merriam, Prof. J.-C., 1
mesacostale, Leiorhynchus, 25, 39, 42
mete, Corydoras, 78
metallica, Camarotcechia, 25
Metioche, 402
americana, 403
Metopium toxiferum, 153
Metrypa, 415
Metrypus, 415
mexicana, Grus mexicana, 206
Rhipipteryx, 363, 367
nesiotes, Grus, 158, 205
mexicanus, Himantopus, 158, 210
Phalacrocorax vigua, 158, 172
Scapteriscus, 352, 353
Micrathyria equalis, 524
didyma, 524
dissocians, 524
Microcentrum marginellum, 544
Microcyprini, 95
microlepis, Anableps, 142
Hemiodus, 87
micromegas, Miogryllus, 381
microps, Imparfinis, 82
micropus, Rivulus, 111
Mimocichla rubripes rubripes, 159, 253
Mimus orpheus, 251
polyglottos orpheus, 251
polyglottos polyglottos, 160, 251
minimus, Ellipes, 359
minor, Chordeiles virginianus, 159, 237
Philohela, 221
Neocurtilla, 349, 350
minutilla, Pisobia, 160, 211
minutipennis, Hygronemobius, 375
minutum, Argiallagma, 519
minutus, Corvus, 161
CEcanthus, 396, 397
Miogryllus, 377
brevipennis, 381
micromegas, 381
pusillus, 381
Miraguano, Cocothrinax, 149, 150

564

misera, Catia, 507
Mniotilta varia, 160, 271
Mocis disseverans, 514
Mockingbird, Jamaican, 251
modiolaris, Modiolopsis, 339
Modiolopside, 337
Modiolopsis breviuscula, 326
exanimis, 338, 339
faba, 338
fabaformis, 329, 338
modiolaris, 339
parviuscula, 329, 330, 339
sowteri, 340
subquadrilateralis, 330, 340
Modiomorpha sp., 26
Mogoplistide, 347, 385
mollicoma, Hirtella, 151
Mollienisia caucana, 136, 137
latipinna, 98, 135
sphenops, 136
Mollusca, 26, 330
Monacanthide, 68
Monacanthus oppositus, 68
Monbin, Spondias, 149
Monroe Silurian, 529
montana, Geotrygon, 158, 221
montanense, Orthoceras, 26
montrealensis, Clionychia, 329, 334,
335 ;
Vanuxemia, 329
monuste, Pieris, 496
moreletiana, Tudora, 317
Morinda Roioe, 151
morinella, Arenaria interpres, 160, 217
mortuifolia, Phyllogryllus, 419
motacilla, Seiurus, 262, 263
Mountain ridges of the Isle of Pines,
149
mucronatus, Spirifer, 32
Mugil brasiliensis, 61
cephalus, 61
curema, 61
gaimardianus, 61
Mugilide, 61
Mullide, 61
multicolor, Todus, 159, 238
multicosta, Leiorhynchus, 43
multidentata, Fitzroyia, 140
Jenynsia, 149
multistriata pityonesica,
mundus, Oligoplites, 62
Muntingia calabura, 150
murceus, Centurus superciliaris, 159,
161, 241 :
Muscicapa ruticilla, 260
Muscipeta caribaea, 250
Musculium, genus, 439, 473; for index
of species, cf. p. 475
Musonia cubensis, 543

Cepolis, 321

INDEX.

muticus, Neoconocephalus, 545
mutus, Aphonomorphus, 424, 425
Myadestes elisabeth, 159, 252
Mycteria americana, 158, 189
Myiadestes elisabeth retrusus, 252
Myiarchus sagre sagre, 159, 249
Mylothris margarita, 496
mynesites, Pyramidula, 535
Myrmecophila, 385
Myrmecophilide, 347, 384
Mytilarca chemungensis, 26
mytiloides, Ambonychia, 329

neva, Erythrodiplax berenice, 524
nevius, Nycticorax, 186

Nycticorax nycticorax, 158
nanus, Ancyloxypha, 506
Napata chalybea, 512
nasuta, Ctenodonta, 329, 330, 341
“National Dinosaur Monument,” 310
Nearctic Spheriid fauna, 430
Nannorhamdia nemacheir, 83
nasicus, Corvus, 255
nasus, Cetopsorhamdia, 83
naufragium, Balistes, 68
Nautiloidea, 26 ‘
nebulatus, Leimadophis, 305, 306
neglecta, Sturnella, 273
neleis, Catopsilia, 497, 498
nemacheir, Nannorhamdia, 83
Nemobiide, 543 :

Synopsis of the South American

genera, 368

Nemobiopsis, 385
Nemobius, 368

amazonus, 373

aquaticus, 370

brasiliensis, 371

chapadensis, 372

cubensis, 372, 543

longipennis, 370

major, 371

meridionalis, 360
Nennius, 502

amyntas, 502
Neoconocephalus, 545

maxillosus, 545

muticus, 545

nigropunctatus, 545
Neocurtilla, 349

borealis, 350, 351

claraziana, 350, 351

hexadactyla, 351

var. spinosa, 350

macilenta, 349

minor, 349, 350

Synopsis of South American species

of, 349

Neoheterandria elegans, 95, 117, 118

INDEX.

Neomeenis analis, 65
apodus, 64 ~
aratus, 65
argiventris, 65
griseus, 64
mahogoni, 65
Neoneura maria, 521
Neotremata, 25, 31
Neoxabea, 395.
bipunctata, 399, 400
meridionalis, 399, 400
obscurifrons, 399
Nephoceetes niger niger, 161, 244
nero, Prenes, 509
nervosa, Gynacantha, 522
nesiotes, Grus mexicana, 158, 205, 206,
207, 208
Nesoceleus fernandine, 161
Nessa, 418
Netuma kessleri, 59
newberryi, Spirifer, 25
niger brachypterus, Holoquiscalus, 280
Cypseloides, 244
Holoquiscalus niger, 280
Nepheecetes, 161, 244
Nighthawk, Cuban, 236, 237
nigra, Jacana, 219
Melopyrrha, 159, 283
nigrescens, Centropomus, 64
nigropunctatus, Neoconocephalus, 545
Sphezerodactylus, 300
nigroventralis, Priapichthys, 115
Nisoniades brunnea, 504, 505
zephodes, 505
otreus jamaicensis, 505
otreus, 506
nitida, Avicennia, I5I
Cyrtoxipha, 404
nivalis, Chen hyperborea, 159
Chen hyperboreus, I91
niveus discoloratus, CEcanthus, 397
Noctua nudipes, 234
siju, 232
Noctuide, 513
Noctua hieroglyphica, 515
nodulatum, Rhytidopoma rugulosum,
316
Nomonyx dominicus, 161
normale, ‘Geisonoceras, 26
Noropsis hieroglyphica, 515
Norops ophiolepis, 303
notabilis, Seiurus noveboracensis, 160,
263 ‘
notatus, Spherodactylus, 300, 301
Notodontide, 515
noveboracensis notabilis, Seiurus, 160,
263
Nucula, 26
levata, 330

565

nudipes, Noctua, 234

Nyctalops stygius siguapa, 235

Nyctanassa violacea, 158, 187

Nycticorax nevius, 186
nycticorax nevius, 186, 258
vulgaris, 186

Nymphalide, 488

Nymphaline, 489

Nyridela xanthocera, 512

Obeliscus strictus, 320, 322, 323
Oberholser, Harry, 184
obliquus, Aphonomorphus, 425, 426
obscurifrons, Neoxabea, 399
obscurus, Clidophorus, 332
Rivulus, 111
Tridactylus, 356, 357
occidentalis, Ardea occidentalis, 177
Pelecanus, 158, 173
repens, Ardea, 158, 176, 177
ochracea, Erythrodiplax, 524
ochraceus, Vireo, 256
ocola, Prenes, 509
Octhodromus wilsonius rufinucha, 216
Ocyurus chrysurus, 65
odius, Aganisthos, 493
Odonata (List) Collected on the Isle of
Pines.by Mr. J. L. Graf in 1910, and
by Mr. G. A. Link in 1912-1913,
Now Contained in the Carnegie
Museum. By Hugo Kahl, 519-526
Odontogryllus, 384

| (Ecanthide, 347

Synopsis of the South American
genera of, 395
CEcanthus, 395
argentinus, 396
_brasiliensis, 397
immaculatus, 396, 397
lineolatus, 396, 398
minutus, 396, 397
niveus, 396, 397
peruvianus, 396, 398
pini, 399
tenuis, 396, 398
varicornis, 396, 398
Synopsis of the South American
species of, 396
(Edipoda fenestralis, 545
haitensis, 545
(Edipodide, 545
Oileides zephodes, 504
oleacea straminea, Oleacina, 319, 323

| Oleacina (Lzevoleacina) follicularis, 319,

323
oleacea straminea, 319, 323
solidula, 319, 323
subulata, 319
Oligoplites altus, 62

566

Oligoplites mundus, 62
refulgens, 62
saurus, 62
olisthostomus, Gerres, 67
olivacea, Tiaris olivacea, 159, 283
Vireosylva, 258
onthophagus, Discophogryllus, 390
ophiolepis, Norops, 303
Opisthosiphon, 317
oppositus, Monacanthus, 68
Orbiculoidea lodiensis, 25, 31
Oreodoxia regia, 150
Orestias, 96
Orestiinz, 96
orientalis, Vireo gundlachii, 256
Oriole, Cuban, I51, 275
Oriolus dominicensis, 275
ornata, Diatrypa, 421
Helicina, 318
Ornithology of the Bahama Islands,
146
Orocharis, 417
saulcyi, 423
orpheus, Mimus, 251
Orphula scudderi, 544
Orphulella scuddeii, 545
Orthemis ferruginea, 523
Orthide, 44
Orthis (Schizophoria) striatula, 29
vanuxemi, 44
Orthoptera collected in the Isle of Pines
bye J. . uGraferoro ys andes GaarA:
Link, (Sts, (Lorz2—191324= Bye Waele
Holland and Hugo Kahl, 542-545
Orthopteroid insects: Synopsis of the
orders and suborders, 345
Orthorhynchus ricordii, 246
Ortmann, Dr. A. E.: collections of
mollusca and crustacea in Tennessee,

Orthoceras montanense, 26
oryzivorus, Dolichonyx, 160, 272
Osborn, Mrs. Frank: silverware loaned
by, 3II
Osprey, 198
Otocinclus spectabilis, 78
otreus, Melanthes, 504
ottawa intermedia, Isochilina, 327
Oven-bird, 264
Owl, Isle of Pines Bare-legged, 234
Pygmy, 149, 152, 232
Stygian, 235
White-winged Barn, 235, 236
Owston, Alan W., Collection of Japa-
nese fishes, 5
Oxyechus vociferus rubidus, 158, 215
torquatus, 215
vociferus, 214

INDEX.

Pachylia ficus, 511
Pagolla wilsonia wilsonia, 158, 216
Palzanatina, 26
Paleoneilo brevis, 26
Palearctic Spheriid fauna, 430
pallens, Anaxipha, 409, 410
Schistocerca, 545
palliatus, Hematopus, 161
pallida, Anaxipha, 408
pallidifrons, Streptoprocne zonaris, I59,
245
palmarum, Amazona leucocephala, 159,
161, 228
Dendroica, 160, 264
Dendroica hypochrysea, 264
Palmer, William, 147, 155
paludosa, Polygyra, 321
palustris, Pseudemys, 300
Pamphila mago, 507
Pamphiline, 506
panamensis, Felichthys, 59
Pandion haliaétus carolinensis,
198
pandrosa, Hemeroblemma, 514
Pantala flavescens, 526
pantherula, Helicontia, 513
Papilionide, 496
Papilio andreemon; celadon, 500
Papilionine, 500
Paracyclas, 26
Parecanthus, 416
picipes, 422
vicinus, 421, 422
Parenopterus, 414
pare, Peecilia, 132
Paragryllus, 386, 388
paraguayensis, Parodon, 74, 75
parallelus, Centropomus, 64
Parametrypa, 418
pardalis, Tropidophis, 304
Parra cordifera, 219
gymnostoma, 219
variabilis, 219
violacea, 219
parnague, Hemiodus, 87
Parodon affinis, 71, 74, 75
dariensis, 76
ecuadoriensis, 76
paraguayensis, 74, 75
piracicabee, 71, 72
terminalis, 76
Paroquet, Cuban, 228
parra, Hemulon, 65
Parrot of Isle of Pines, 150, 228
parvidens, Ctenodonta, 326, 330, 340
parviflora, Sabal, 150
parvipennis, Gryllodes, 382
Scapteriscus, 352
parviuscula, Modiolopsis, 329, 330, 339

158,

INDEX.

Passerculus sandwichensis savanna, 160,
285
Passerina collaris, 284
cyanea, 160, 282
passerina aflavida, Chemepelia, 158, 222
Columbigallina, 222
Columba, 222
inornata, Columba, 222
passerinus, Coturniculus savannarum,
285
patao, Gerres, 67
patruelis, Gambusia, 99
Paurotus Wrightii, 150
Peale; Dr. A. C., 13
pectinatus, Pristis, 58
pedimacula, Centropomus, 63

Pelecanus erythrorhynchus, 159, 174
fuscus, 173
occidentalis, 158, 173

Pelecypoda, 26, 328
of the Chazy formation. By

Percy E. Raymond, 325-343
Pelican, Brown, 173
White, 174
peltacephalus, Bufo, 307
pensilis, Sylvia, 266
Pentacentride, 347, 385
pentaphylla, Tecoma, 153
Peosina pandrosa, 514
peracuta, Ctenodonta, 330
percussus insulae-pinorum, Xiphidiopi-
cus, 159, I6I
Picus, 240
Xiphidiopicus percussus, 161
peregrina, Helminthophila, 270
Vermivora, 270
peregrinus anatumt, Falco, 160, 195
Perico, 303
Pericopide, 514
Periplaneta americana, 543
Perithemis domitia, 523
perlata furcata, Strix, 159, 235
Perna, Dr. E.,. 29
perrotetti, Pristis, 58
Persian official exhibit, 313
peruviana, Cyrtoxipha, 405
peruvianus, Aphonomerphus, 425
(€canthus, 396, 398
Petchary, Cuban, 151, 248
petechia cruciana, Dendroica, 269
flaviceps, Dendroica, 269
gundlachi, Chrysocantor, 269
Dendroica, 159, 268, 269
Petrochelidon fulva fulva, 159, 259
Pewee, Cuban Wood, 152, 250
phedra, Cydosia, 513
Phaéthon americanus, 161
Phalacrocorax auritus floridanus, 158,
I7I

567

Phalacrocorax dilophus floridanus, 172
vigua mexicanus, 158, 172
Phalena pyralis florella, 516
reginalis, 516
Phalangida, 307
Phalangopsis, 387
annulipes, 391, 544
marmoratus, 393

| Phalangopsitide, 347, 385, 544

Synopsis of the South American
genera of, 386
Phalloceros, 123
caudomaculatus, 94, 99, 100, IoT,
1245127
Phalloptychus, 94, 120, 123
eigenmanni, 95, 121
januarius, I2I, 122, 126
Key to the species of, 121
Phallostethus dunckeri, 96
Phallotorynus fasciolatus, 95, 126, 128,
129
Phanerotinus, 26
Phemiades antiqua, 509
haitensis, 510
jamaicensis, 510
philipi, Edmondia, 26
Philohela minor, 221
Philypnus dormitor, 69
maculatus, 69
Phocides batabano, 501
phcenicealis, Pyrausta, 517
pheeniceus, Agelaius, 273. 274
Pholus labrusce, 511
phthisicus, Stenogryllus, 415
phyleus, Hylephila, 507
Phyllogryllus, 416
mortuifolia, 419
pipilans, 419
velutinus, 419
Phyllopalpus, 411
Phylloptera marginella, 544
Phylloscirtus, 402
cicindeloides, 410
collurides, 411
similis, 411
Physa cubensis, 322, 323
picipes, Parcecanthus, 422
picta, Eleotris, 69
Pecilia, 133
Picus percussus, 240
varius, 240
Pier, Garrett C., 312
Pierine, 496
Pieris ilaire, 496
monuste, 496
Piestoxiphus, 402
Pigeon, El Bobo, 227
Isle of Pines Plain, 225
Scaly-naped, 225

568

Pigeon, White-crowned, 22
Pineria beathiana, 320, 323
terebra, 320, 323
pineria, Cerion, 320
pini, Gcanthus, 399
pinnimaculatus, A¢lurichthys, 59
Felichthys, 59
pinonensis, Spirifer, 31, 32
Pinus caribaea, 149, 150
pinus, Spindalus pretrei, 281
Pionea fusculalis, 516
pipilans, Phyllogryllus, 419
piracicabe, Apareiodon, 71
Parodon, 72
Pisidium, 478
« genus, 446, 473; for index of species
see p. 475
Pisobia minutilla, 211
Pitangus caudifasciatus, 248
Pithecolobium arboreum, 152, 153
pittieri, Poeciliopsis, 120
pityonesica, Cepolis, 321
pityophila, Dendroica, 161
Planorbis lanieriana, 322
lucidus, 322, 323
redfieldi, 322
Platyclymenia americana, 27, 29
polypleura, 27
Platydactylus, 419
saulcyi, 423
platypterus cubanensis, Buteo, 161, 193
Platyzosteria cabrere, 542
finschiana, 542
Plegadis autumnalis, 161
Pleistocene fauna of California, 2
Pleuronectide, 70
plena, Camaroteechia, 338
Pleurodonte auricoma, 321, 323
Plover, Black-bellied, 214
Golden, 214
Semipalmated, 216
Wilson, 216
plumieri, Heemulon, 65
Pluvialis dominicus dominicus, 214
podiceps antillarum, Podilymbus, 170
Podilymbus podiceps, 158, 170
antillarum, 170
Podoscirtide, 348, 416
Synopsis of the South American
genera of, 416
Podoscirtus, 417
Poeecilia amates, 120
amazonica, I3I
branneri, 134
decem-maculatus, 129, 130
festa, 118
heteristia, 134
januarius, 122
melanzona, 132, 133

INDEX.

Pecilia pare, 132
picta, 133
reticulata, 134
sphenops, 136
vivipara pare, 132
Peeciliide, 95
Peeciliid fishes:
Aggregations of sperm, or ‘“‘spermo-
zeugmata,’’ IOI
Birth, 103
Breeding habits, 98
New genera and species, 95
Number of young in some vivi-
parous species, 103
Postnatal development, 97
References to literature, 107
Sex ratio, 106
Peeciliopsis amates, 120
colombiana, 120 ~
pittieri, 120
Peecilonetta bahamensis, 161
poeyanus, Spiraxis, 320
poeyi, Gryllodes, 382
PolinssOVGr 5
poliophcea, Grus, 205
Polioptila caerulea cerulea, 160, 254
politus, Tridactylus, 358 ;
Polyborus cheriway, 158, 198
vulgaris, 198
Polydactylus approximans, 61
virginicus, 61
polydamas, Papilio, 500
polydorus, Lyriopecten, 26
polyglottos, Mimus, 160, 251
Polygyra albolabris goodrichi, 539
bardenflehti, 321
insularum, 321
lingulata, 321
paludosa, 321, 323
profunda strontiana, 537, 538
solitaria, 540
polylepis, Balistes, 68
Polynemide, 61
Polyphemus solidulus, 319
subulatus, 319
polypleura, Platyclymenia, 27
Pomadaside, 66
Pomadasis branicki, 66
macracanthus, 66
porcatus, Anolis, 302
porosus, Crocodilus, 299
portoricensis, Todus, 238
Porzana flaviventris, 161
Postprolobites cephalapod zone, 29
pratincola furcata, Strix, 235
Prenes corrupta, 509
nero, 500
ocola, 509
presidionis, Poecilia, 119

INDEX. 569

pretrei pinus, Spindalus, 281
Spindalus, 159, 281
Tanagra, 281
Priapichthys episcopi, 116
nigroventralis, 115
Primitia logani, 327
Prionodesmacea, 330
Priotrochatella constellata, 317, 323
stellata, 317, 323
Priotelus temnurus temnurus, 159, 161
vescus, 161, 242
Pristide, 58
Pristis pectinatus, 58
perrotteti, 58
procer, Megalomastoma, 315
Proclamation of the President of the
United States, 300
Productella arctirostrata, 25,28, 46
_coloradensis, 25, 45
var. plicata, 25, 46
depressa, 25, 46
hirsuta, 25, 46
hirsutiformis, 25, 46
laminata, 25, 46
spinigera, 25, 45
subaculeata, 25, 46
subalata, 25, 46
Productide, 45
profunda strontiana, Polygyra, 537, 538
Progne cryptoleuca, 159, 260
Prolebias, 96
Proserpina globulosa, 318, 323
Prosthacusta, 386
Protambulyx strigilis carteri, 59
Proteides angasi, 502
idas var. san antonio, 502
proteus, Eudamus, 500
Protoneura amatoria, 521
corculum, 521
Protonotario citrea, 271
Protoparce rustica, 510
sexta, 510
Protremata, 25, 44
Prolobites simplex, 27, 29
proxima, Columba inornata, 161,
226
pruinosa, Urocoptis, 320
Pseudancistrus carnegiei, 83
Pseudemys palustris, 300
Pseudogryllus, 414
elongatus, 415
pseudogula, Eucinostoma, 67
Pseudoneuroptera, 526
Pseudopeecilia, 118
festa, I19
fria, 95, 105, 119
Psinidia fenestralis, 545
Psittacus leucocephalus, 228
Pterinopecten imbecilis, 26

225,

Pterinopecten vertumnus, 26
Pterotheca expansa,
Pthonia cylindrica, 26
Ptiloxena atroviolacea, 159, 276
pulicaria, Rhipipteryx, 363, 367
Pullman Palace Car model, 312
punctatus, Rivulus, 111
punctulatus, Hippocampus, 60
punicifolia, Eugenia, 151
Pupide, The, 315
pupoides, Tudora, 317
pusillus, Ereunetes, 211
Miogryllus, 381
pustulipes, Gryllodes, 382
Put-in-Bay, shells of, 532
pygogramma, Fitzroyia, 140, 142
Pyramidula alternata eriensis, 532, 535
solitaria albina, 533
mynesites, 535
roseo-apicata, 534
strontiana, 532, 535
Pyrausta cardinalis, 517
pheenicealis, 517
pyrogramma, Fitzroyia, 142

R32

Querquedula discors, 159, 190
quiscala agleus, Quiscalus, 277
Quiscalus atro-violaceus, 276
barytus, 276
gundlachii, 276, 279
quiscula agleus, 277

Raborocado, 303
radiatilis, Ancylus, 322
Rail, Cuban King, 153, 200
Isle of Pines Clapper, I51, 201
Virginia, 202
Rallus elegans ramsdeni, 158, 200
longirostris cubanus, I61
leucophceus, 158, 161, 201
waynei, 202
Ramsden, Charles T., 147, 176, 242, 282

| ramsdeni, Cyanerpes cyaneus, 161

Rallus elegans, 158, 200
Raven, 255
Raymond, Dr. P. E., 24, 30
The Pelecypoda of the
formation, 325-343

Chazy

| raymondi, Spirifer, 25, 31, 32

Read, Arthur C.,
Redstart, 260
Red-wing, 153, 273
Reed, William H., 2
reflexa, Ampullaria, 322
refulgens, Oligoplites, 62

147, 156, 157

| regia, Oreodoxia, 150

reginalis, Sylepta, 516
Remigia disseverans, 514
repens, Ardea herodias, 178

570

repens, Ardea occidentalis, 158, 176, 177
Reptiles and Amphibians of the Isle

of Pines, by Thomas Barbour, 297- |

308
reticularis, Atrypa, 29
reticulata, Poecilia, 134
reticulatus, Lebistes, 95, 105, 134, 135
retrusus, Myiadestes elisabeth, 252
Rhinobatide, 58
Rhinobatus leucorhynchus, 58
Rhipidomella vanuxemi, 25, 28, 44
Rhipipteryx, 354
atra, 361
biolleyi, 363
boliviana, 361, 364
brullei, 362, 366
carbonaria, 361
circumcincta, 361, 364
cruciata, 362, 365
cyanipennis, 362
forceps, 361, 363
fraterna, 363
hydrodroma, 361
limbata, 361
marginata, 362
marginipennis, 362, 367
mexicana, 363, 367
pulicaria, 363, 367
pulicaria var. peruviana, 367
rivularia, 362, 366
scrofulosa, 363
tricolor, 363
trilobata, 362, 365
Synopsis of the species of, 361
Rhopalocera, 488
Rhytidopoma rugulosum, 316, 323
clathratum, 316, 323
nodulatum, 316, 323
Rhizophora mangle, 151
rhombeus, Gerres, 66
rhombifer, Crocodilus, 299
Rhynchonella acuminata, 29
(Stenocisma) contracta, 43
Rhynchonellide, 38
Riccordia ricordii ricordii, 159, 246
Richmond, Dr. Charles W., 147
ricordii, Eleutherodactylus, 308
Orthorhynchus, 246
Riccordia, 159, 246
Ridgway, Robert, 147, 169
Riley, Joseph H., 147, 155
**Rincon’’ Lagoon, 152
Riparia riparia, 259
rivularia, Rhipipteryx, 362, 366
Rivulus brevis, 112
compressus, 95, III
cylindraceus, 108
elegans, 108, 109
godmani, 108

INDEX.

Rivulus hartii, 108
holmiz, I10
magdalene, 95, 109
micropus, III
obscurus, III
punctatus, III

roberti, Hyporhamphus, 60

| robinsoni, Cherocampa, 510

Xylophanes, 511
Rodriguez, Sefior V. J., 297
Roioc, Morinda, 151
roseo-apicata, Pyramidula, 534

| Rostrhamus sociabilis, 158, 192
| rousseau, Siphostoma, 60

ruber, Phcenicopterus, 158, 189

| rubidus, Oxyechus vociferus, 158, 215

| sandvicensis acuflavida,

rubripes, Mimocichla, 159, 253
Ruedemann, Rudolf, 325
rufescens, Dichromanassa, 158, 179 .
ruficollis, Ardea tricolor, 158, 181
rufimentum, Hydranassa tricolor, 181
rufinucha, Octhodromus wilsonius, 216
rufipennis, Luzara, 388
rufinervis, Dythemis, 525
rugulosum nodulatum,
316
rustica, Protoparce, 510
ruticilla, Setophaga, 160, 260

Rhytidopoma,

Sabal parviflora, 150
sagre, Myiarchus, 249
Myiarchus sagre, 159
sagrei, Anolis, 301
Salamanquesa, 301
Salamariquita de la Virgen, 301
Salminus affinis, 91, 92
brevidens, 91
hilarii, 91, 92
maxillosus, 91
Key to the species of, 91
Salmoperce, The, 96
Saltatoria, 345
Samea zinghalis, 516
sandarac, Asbolis, 509
Sandpiper, Least, 211
Semipalmated, 211
Spotted, 213
Sterna, 160,
200
Sandy plain of the Isle of Pines, 149

| santiago, Eudamus, 500

Sapo de concha, 308
saturatus, Butorides virescens, 185
Satyrine, 494
saulcyi, Orocharis, 423
Saurothera bahamensis, 231
decolor, 159, I61, 231
merlini, 161, 231
decolor, 231

INDEX. 571
saurus, Oligoplites, 62 Shells: Notes on Land-shells of the
savanna, Passerculus sandwichensis, Islands of the Western End of

160, 285 Lake Erie and Descriptions of

savannarum, Ammodramus, I61
australis, Ammodramus, 160, 285
Fringilla, 285
scala, Cyrtodonta, 333
Scapteriscus, 349
abbreviatus, 352
agassizi, 352
borellii, 352, 353
camerani, 352
didactylus, 352, 353
mexicanus, 352, 353
oxydactylus, 352
parvipennis, 352
tenuis, 352
variegatus, 352
vicinus, 352, 354
Synopsis of the South American
species of, 352
Scaride, 68
Searus croicensis, 68
Schistocerca, 546
inscripta, 546
pallens, 546
Schizodus appressus, 26
Schizophoria striatula var.
25, 44
Schuchertella chemungensis var. arcto-
striata, 25, 45
crenistria, 25
inflata, 25, 28
Sciadeichthys troscheli, 59
Scienide, 67
scituliceps, Synodus, 59, 66
sciurus, Hzemulon, 65
scituliceps, Synodus, 60
scopulorum, Eutrochatella, 318
scrofulosa, Rhipipteryx, 363
scudderi, Hemulon, 65
Orphulella, 545
Seiurus aurocapillus, 160, 264
motacilla, 262, 263
noveboracensis notabilis, 160, 263
Selene vomer, 62
semipalmata, Symphemia, 212
semipalmatus, Catoptrophorus
palmatus, 160, 212
Charadrius, 160, 216
septentrionalis, Cathartes aura, 192
Hyla, 307
Serranide, 64
Sesia fadus, 511
setipinnis, Vomer, 63
Setochalcis cubanensis, 159, 238
Setophaga ruticilla, 160, 260
sexta, Protoparce, 510
Shah Abbas, 314

australis,

semi-

New Varieties.
Clapp, 532-541
List of Land and Fresh-water
Shells of the Isle of Pines. By
John B. Henderson, 315-324
Shells found at East Sister Island, On-
tario, 531
Green Island, Ohio (Formerly
Strontian Island), 530
Middle Island, Ontario, 530
Middle Sister Island, Ontario,
531
Mouse Island, Ohio, 531
North Harbor Island, Ontario,
531
West Sister Island, Ohio, 530
Shimer, H. W., 24
Siderone ide, 493
sigillatus, Gryllodes, 382, 544
siju, Glaucidium siju, 161, 232
Noctua, 232
vittatum, Glaucidium, 159, I61
silens, Aphonomorphus, 424, 425
Siluride, 58

By George H.

* simillimus, Gerres, 66

similis, Phylloscirtus, 411

simonsi, Galeichthys, 58

simplex, Prolobites, 27
Tornoceras, 29

simplicicollis, Erythemis, 525

Siphostoma eigenmanni, 60
rousseau, 60

Smith, Hugh M.: Appreciation of edi-

torial work, 313

Snails, food for chickens, 528
Paradise of, 528

Snipe, Wilson, 210

sociabilis, Rostrhamus, 158, 192

sociale, Leptodesma, 26

solidula, Oleacina, 319

| Solitaire, Cuban, 252, 253

Isle of Pines, 253
solitaria, Pyramidula albina, 533
Cyrtodonta, 332
Polygyra, 540
strontiana, Pyramidula, 532, 535
Tringa, 160
Tringa solitaria, 212
solox, Lyriopecten, 26
soporator, Gobius, 70
South American Crickets,
poidea, and Achetoidea.
rence Bruner, 344-428
Sowter, T. W. E., 339
sowteri, Modiolopsis, 340
Sowteria canadensis, 326, 342

Gryllotal-
By Law-

572 IND

Sparide, 66
Sparrow, Grasshopper, 285
Savannah, 285
sparveria dominicensis, Cerchneis, 195
sparverioides, Falco, 158, 195, 196
sparverius, Falco, 195, 196, 197
Spathella typica, 26
spectabilis, Otocinclus, 78
spelaus, Amblyopsis, 97
Spheeriide, 431
Collecting and collecting outfit,
479, 480
Drift-heaps containing, 483
Fossil species of, 431, 483
Method of making collecting net
with cheap ring, 480
Preliminary catalog
North American,
Sterki, 429-477
Preservation of, 484
Shipping for identification, 485
Time for collecting, 482
Variation in species. 429
Well-known only from limited area
of Western Continent, 478 |
and Aquatic Gastropods: sugges-
tions for collecting, 478-486

the |
Victor |

of
By

Spherium, genus, 431, 472; for index -|

of species see p. 475
Spherodactylus elegans, 300
cinereus, 301
nigropunctatus, 300
notatus, 300, 301
Sphagebranchus anguiformis, 55, 56
conklini, 55, 56
sphenops, Mollienisia, 136
Peecilia, 136
Spheroides annulatus, 69
testudineus, 69
Sphingide, 510
Sphingoidea, 510
Sphingonotus haitensis, 545
Sphinx alope, 511
fadus, 511
ficus, 511
cingulata, 510
labruscee, 511
lugubris, 511
medor, 510
rustica, 510
sexta, 510
tersa, 511
Sphyrapicus varius varius, 160, 240
Sphyrna tiburo, 58
Sphyrnide, 58
Spindalis, Cuban, 149, 152, 281
pretrei, 159

EX.

spinosa, Fulica, 217, 218
gymnostoma, Jacana, 220
Jacana, 220

Spiraxis poeyana, 323
(Glandinella) poeyanus, 320

Spirifer archiaci, 29
argentarius, 31, 32
conoideus, 29
cuspidatus, 25
disjunctus, 29, 33, 34, 35, 36

var. animasensis, 34
elegans, 32
mucronatus, 32
newberryi, 25
pinonensis, 31, 32
raymondi, 25, 31, 32
subequalis, 25
whitneyi, 25, 28, 33, 34, 35, 36, 38
var. animasensis, 25, 34
gallatinensis, 25, 35
monticola, 25, 36, 37

Spiriferide, 31

Spondias Monbin, 149

sponsa, Aix, 161, IOI

Spoonbill, Roseate, 188

““Spur-winged Water-hen,”’ 219

squamosa, Anona, I51
Columba, 158, 225, 227
inornata, Columba, 158, 225, 227

Squatarola squatarola, 160, 214

Starnznas cyanocephala, 158, 220

Steinbach, José, 312

steindachneri, Gnathocharax, 79

Stejneger, Dr. Leonhard, 297

stellata, Priotrochatella, 317

Stenaphonus, 417

steneles, Victorina, 494

Stencecanthus, 417

Stenogryllide, 348
Synopsis of the genera of South

American, 414

Stenogryllus, 41, 415
phthisicus, 415

Stenogyride, 315

Sterna anetheta, 161
antillarum, 158
cayennensis, 209
dougalli, 161
fuscata, 161
maxima, 158, 200
sandvicensis acuflavida, 160, 209

Sterki, Victor, A Preliminary. Catalog

of the North American Spheriide,
429-477

Stethaprion crenatus, 77, 80, 81

stilbe, Astyanax, 89

Stilt, Black-necked, 210

pinus, 281
spinigera, Productella, 25, 45

stolidus, Anous stolidus, 161
straminea, Oleacina oleacea, 319

INDEX.

Streptoceryle alcyon alcyon, 160, 239
Streptoprocne zonaris pallidifrons, 159,
245 |
Streptorhynchus chemungensis var. arc-
tostriata, 45
striata, Dendroica, 16), 265
striatula var. australis, Schizophoria,
25, 44
Orthis, 29
striatus fringilloides, Accipiter, 161
strigilis carteri, Protambulyx, 510 |
Strix furcata, 235
pratincola furcata, 235
strontiana, Polygyra profunda, 537, 538
Pyramidula solitaria, 532, 535
Strophomenacea, 44
Strophomenide, 45
Sturnella argutula, 272
hippocrepis, 272
magna hippocrepis, 159, 272
neglecta, 273
stygius, Asio, 159, 235
siguapa, Nyctalops, 235
subaculeata, Productella, 25, 46
subalata, Productella, 25, 46
subarcuata, Grammysia, 26
subcarinata, Cyrtodonta, 329
subequalis, Spirifer, 25
sublamellosa, Cleiothyridina, 25
subniger, Agelaius, 273, 274
subquadrilateralis, _Modiolopsis,

subrecta, Goniaphora, 26
subreniformis, Camarophoria, 29, 42
subulata, Oleacina, 319
Sula leucogastra, 161
_superciliaris, Centurus superciliaris, 161
Colaptes, 241
Melanerpes, 241
murceus, Centurus, 159, I61
surinamensis, Eneoptera,:413
swainsonii, Hylocichla ustulata, 254
Swallow, Bank, 259
Barn, 258
Cuban Cliff, r49, 2590
Rough-winged, 259
Swift, Antillean Collared, 245
Black, 244
Cuban Palm, 245
Sylepta reginalis, 516

330, |
340 |

sylvestris, Casearia, 149
Sylvia pensilis, 266
trichas, 261 |
virens, 267 |
. Symphemia semipalmata, 212
Symphyloxiphus, 402
magnificum, 410
Synchromia cardinalis, 517
Syngamia florella, 516

573

Syngnathide, 60

Synodontide, 59

Synodus scituliceps, 59, 60
jenkinsi, 59

Syntomide, auclorum, 512

syrichtus, Hesperia, 506

Syringothyris carteri, 25, 27

27, 28
Tabebouia lepidophylla, 150
Table indicating the distribution of land
and fresh-water shells of the Isle of
Pines, 323

Tachornis phenocobia yradii, 159, 245
Tachyris ilaire, 496
Tafalisca, 418

lineatipes, 415

lurida, 416
Tanagra pretrei, 281
Tantalus loculator, 189
Tarentola, 301
taylori, Melopyrrha, 283
Teal, Blue-winged, 190
Tecoma pentaphylla, 153
Telegonus cassander, 503, 504

gerone, 503

habana, 503

hahneli, 503, 504
Telotremata, 25, 31
telskii, Aphonomorphus, 425
temnurus, Trogon, 242

vescus, Priotelus, 161, 242
tenuatus, Lestes, 519
tenuilabris, Helicina, 318
tenuis, GEcanthus, 396, 398

Scapteriscus, 352
Terebra, Pineria, 320
Teretistris fernandine, 159, 262
Terias amelia, 499

citrina, 498

dina, 498

elathea, 499

euterpe, 499

lisa, 499
terminalis, Apareiodon, 71

Parodon, 76
Tern, Cabot, 209

Least, 209

Royal, 209

rookery, 528
Ternstrcemia obovalis, 152
testaceus, Aphonomorphus, 425
testudineus, Spheroides, 69
Tetraodontidez, 69
Tetrazygia bicolor, 152
Tettigonoidea, 346
Thamnoscirtus, 402

cicindeloides, 410

vittatus, 411
Thanaos velasquez, 506

574

Thecla columella, 495
favonius, 495
martialis, 495
theonus, Lycena, 495
Thespis cubensis, 543
Tholymis citrina, 526
Thrush, Grinnell Water-, 263
Louisiana Water-, 262
Olive-backed, 254
Red-legged, 149, 152, 253
thula, Egretta thula, 158, 180
““Thunder-snakes,’’ 305
Thymelicus nanus, 506
Thysanophora boothiana, 321, 323
Tiaris canora, 284, 285
olivacea olivacea, 159, 283
tibialis, Cyrtoxipha, 405
Laranda, 387, 388
tiburo, Sphyrna, 58
tigrina, Dendroica, 269
timais, Xanthopastis, 513
Timetes eleucha, 493
timidus, Aphonomorphus, 424
““Tocororo,’’ 244
Todd, W. E. C., The Birds of the Isle
of Pines, 146-296
Todus multicolor, 159, 238
portoricensis, 238
Tody, Cuban, 149, 238
Tolmarchus caudifasciatus, 159, 248
Tornoceras crebriseptum, 27
douglassi, 27
simplex, 29
torquatus, Oxyechus vociferus, 215
Tortoise, description of a new species
from the Jurassic of Utah. By
Charles W. Gilmore, 7-12
Tortricide, 517
Totanus flavipes, 160, 212
melanoleucus, 160, 211
toxiferum, Metopium, 153
Trachinotus culveri, 62
fasciatus, 62
glaucus, 62
Trachycorystes fisheri, 82
Tramea insularis, 526
tranceps, Endodesma, 337
Tretanorhinus insule-pinorum, 306
variabilis, 306
trichas, Geothlypis trichas, 160, 261
ignota, Geothlypis, 261
Sylvia, 261
Trichilia hirta, 149
tricolor, Ara, 159, 227
Rhipipteryx, 363
ruficollis, Ardea, 181
Hydranassa, 158, 181
Tridactylide, 348
Habitat of, 355

INDEX.

Tridactylide, Synopsis of the South
American genera of, 354
Tridactylus, 354
atratus, 356, 357
australis, 356, 357
(Heteropus) histrio, 359
marginatus, 3606
obscurus, 356, 357
politus, 356, 358
Synopsis of South American species
of, 356
Trigonidiide, 348
Synopsis of the genera with special
reference to Tropical America,
401 :
Trigonidium, 401
pallens, 409
trilobata, Rhipipteryx, 362, 365
Tringa solitaria, 160, 212
tripuncta, Lerodea, 508
Trogon, Isle of Pines, 149, 152, 242
temnurus, 242
Tropidophis pardalis, 304
troscheli, Sciadeichthys, 59
Truxalide, 545
Tschernyschew, Dr. Th., 28
tuberculata, Diatrypa, 421
Tudora moreletiana, 317, 323
pupoides, 317, 323
Turdus carolinensis, 252

| Turkey, Water, 171

Turnstone, Ruddy, 217

tutolia, Amblyscirtes, 508

typica, Eopteria, 336

Tyrannus cubensis, 159, 247
dominicensis dominicensis, 159, 247
magnirostris, 247

Turtles (Morrison Beds), most ancient
in North America, 7

Tyto perlata furcata, 159, 235

Ululodes hyalinus, 526
umbrata, Erythrodiplax, 525
Umbrina tumacoénsis, 67
umbrinus, Buteo borealis, 161

| undata, Whiteavsia, 337

undecimalis, Centropomus, 64
unimaculatus, Archosargus, 66
uninotatus, Girardinus, 122
Upeneus grandisquamis, 61
Urania boisduvali, 515

| Urantide, 515

Uranophora chalybea, 512
Urocoptis (Gongylostoma)
320, 323
urophthalmus, Rivulus, 110
uruba, Catharista, 191
Urubitinga anthracina, 193, 194
gundlachii, 158, 193, 194

pruinosa,

usnez, Compsothlypis americana, 160, |

270

INDEX.

ustulata swainsonii, Hylocichla, 254

utahense, Leiorhynchus, 41
var. ventricosum,

25, 40, 42
Utetheisa venusta, 512

Vanessa lytrea, 492
vanilla, Dione, 490
Vanuxemia limbata, 338
montrealensis, 329
vanuxemi, Orthis, 44
Rhipidomella, 25, 28, 44
variabilis, Parra, 219
Tretanorhinus, 306
varia, Mniotilta, 160, 271
varicornis, Gecanthus, 396, 398
variegata, Cyrtoxipha, 404
Helicina, 318
variegatus, Aphonomorphus, 424
Scapteriscus, 352
varius, Sphyrapicus varius, 240
velutinus, Phyllogryllus, 419
venusta, Utetheisa, 512
verbenata, Erythemis, 525
Vermivora bachmani, 270
peregrina, 270
vermivorus, Helmitheros, 271
vertumnus, Pterinopecten, 26
vescus, Priotelus temnurus, 159,
242
vesiculosa, Erythemis, 525
Lepthemis, 525
vicinus, Parcecanthus, 421, 422
Scapteriscus, 352, 354
Victorina steneles, 493
insularis, 494
vigua mexicanus, Phalacrocorax,
T72
violacea, Jacana spinosa, 158, 217
Nyctanassa, 158, 187
Parra, 219
virens, Afschna, 523,
Dendroica, 160, 267
Sylvia, 267
Vireo, carmioli, 256
crassirostris, 256

Leiorhynchus,

16,

158,

575
Vireosylva olivacea, 258
virescens, Ardea, 182
cubanus, Butorides, 158, 183, 186

virginianus, Chordeiles, 236
Chordeiles virginianus, 160
Colinus, 199

minor, Chordeiles, 159, 236, 237
| virginicus, Polydactylus, 61

viridis, Centropomus, 64
vittatum, Glaucidium siju, 159, 161,
233
Thamnoscirtus, 411
vittatus, Leiocephalus, 304
vivipara, Peecilia, 97, 98, 131, 132
vocifera, Agialitis, 215
vociferus, Antrostomus, 238
Aramus, 158, 204
Caprimulgus, 238
Oxyechus vociferus, 160, 214
Vomer, setipinnis, 63
vomer, Selene, 62
vulgaris, Nycticorax, 186
Polyborus, 198
Vulture, Southern Turkey, 191

waimacui, Rivulus, 110
Walker, Dr. Bryant, 431, 527, 532
Warbler, Bachman, 270
Blackburnian, 267
Black-poll, 265
Black-throated Blue, 268
Black-throated Green, 267
Black and White, 271
Cape May, 269
Cerulean, 267
Cuban Yellow, 269
Fernandina, 262
Magnolia, 269
Myrtle, 268
Northern Parula, 270
Palm, 264
Prairie, 265
Prothonotary, 271
Worm-eating, 271
Tennessee, 270
Vellow-throated, 151, 266
wardi, Ardea herodias, 177
waynei, Rallus longirostris, 202

gundlachii gundlachii, 159, 255, 256 | Wedekind, Dr. R., 29

orientalis, 256
ochraceus, 256
griseus griseus, 160
Black-whiskered, 149, 152, 257
Gundlach’s, 255
Red-eyed, 258
White-eyed, 256
Yellow-throated, 257

Vireosylva calidris barbatula, 159, 257

calidris, 257

Weed, Dr. W. H., 22
Whip-poor-will, Cuban, 238
whitneyi, Spirifer, 28, 33, 34, 35, 38
Whiteavsia, undata, 337

expansa, 337
whiteavsiana, Helicotoma, 326
wilcoxi, Chondropoma, 316
Willet, 212

Wilson, Charles, Some

232

marine fishes

from Colombia and Ecuador, 57-70

wilsonia, Pagolla wilsonia, 158, 216

wilsonius. rufinucha, Octhodromus, 216

Woodpecker, Isle of Pines, 150, 241
Isle of Pines Green, 152, 240
Yellow-bellied, 240

Wortman, Jacob L., 3

Wrightii, Paurotis, 150

xanthocera, Nyridela, 512
Xanthopastis timais, 513
Xantornus dominicensis, 275 ~
Xiphidiopicus percussus insule-pinor-
um, 159, 161, 240

Xya, 355

notata, 366
Xylophanes robinsoni, 511

tersa, 511

INDEX.

Xylopia grandiflora, 152

Yellow-legs, 212
Greater, 211
yradii, Tachornis phzenicobia, 159, 245

Zappey, Walter R., 147, 155
Zenaida zenaida zenaida, 158, 222, 223
Zenaidura carolinensis marginata, 223
macroura, 158, 223
macroura bella, 223
marginata, 223
zinghalis, Crocidophora, 516
zonaris pallidifrons, Hemiprocna, 245
Streptoprocne, 159, 245
Zonitide, 315
Zygoptera, 519°

=) Chote
Be oy

Pac Sah
A toes

afc
tae

-$ “ya gH hd se

Publications of the Carnegie Museum Serial No. 88

ANNALS

OF ‘THE

CARNEGIE MUSEUM

Were N NOS sae 2.

January, 1916.

For sale by Messrs. Wm, Wesley & Sons, 28 Essex St. Strand, London: England,
Messrs. R. Friedlander, u. Sohn, 11 Carlstrasse, Berlin, N. W. 6., Germany; and at
the Carnegie Museum, Schenley Park, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S. A.

XII.

CONTENTS

Editorial Notes . ; aise = .
. Description of a New Species of Tortoise from the

Jurassic of Utah. By CHARLES W. GILMORE ~ a4 A :

. The Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana. By ae
Wish, hens. sie eC er
. Description of a New Sphagebranchus from the Ba-

hamas. By C. H. EIGENMANN .. : ; SS

. Some Marine Fishes from Colombia and Ecuador.
By CHARLES WILSON -. : i ; ; eB
On Apareiodon, a New Genus of Characid Fishes. oe
By Cart H.:EIGENMANN.~. ; , : Set

. New or Rare Fishes from South American Rivers. .
By Cart H. EIGENMANN. .. : : : oe TT ae
. Description of Three New Species of Characid Fishes. : a
By Cart H. EIGENMANN AND: ARTHUR W.HENN <> 87°. @
. On the Species of Salminus. By Cart L. EIGEN- — |

MANN. 3 ; ; ; ; : s i Ot
On Various South American Peeciliid Fishes. By
ARTHUR W. HENN ‘ i ; i : pte:

A New Species of Apatosaurus. By W. J. HoLLaNn: i Pietged 4
. The Birds of the iste of Pines. - W.E. CLYDE

‘LODD.*.. ‘ ~ 146
The Reptiles and Aniphibiebe % of the Isle of Pines.

By Tuomas BARBOUR. ; . ; a a

y Sy

rnegie Museum —_— Serial No. 90

bat i se” tS 3

ns, 28 Essex St. Strand, London, Englan
ee N. W. 6., Germany; and

Pittsburgh, Pa., U. S. A.

XIII.

XIV.

XV.

XVI.

XVII.

XVIII.

XIX.

XXII.

CONTENTS

Editorial Notes

A List of the Land and Fresk-Wator Shells of the
Isle of Pines. By JOHN B. HENDERSON :

The Pelecypoda of the Chazy Formation. By
Percy E. RayMonp

South American Crickets, Gryllotalpoidea, and
Achetoidea. By LAWRENCE BRUNER.

A Preliminary Catalog of the North enetipns
Spheriide. By Victor STERKI, M.D.

Some Directions and Suggestions for Collecting the
Spheriide and Aquatic Gastropods. By VICTOR
STERKI, M.D.

The Lepidoptera of the igs of Pines, Heine a . List
of the Species Collected on the Island by Mr.
J. L. Graf, in t910, and Mr. G. A. Link, Sr., in
1912-1913. By W. J. HOLLAND

A List of the Odonata Collected on the Isle of
Pines by Mr. J. L. Graf in 1910, and by Mr. G. A.
Link in 1912-1913, Now Contained in the Car-
negie Museum. By HuGo KAHL.

A Trip to Islands in Lake Erie. By CALVIN een:
RCE y a

Notes on the bande shells: of the Islandé at the
Western End of Lake Erie and Description of
New Varieties. By GreorGE H. CLApP

A List of the Orthoptera Collected in the Isle af:

Pines by J. L. Graf, 1910, and G. A. Link, 1912—
1913. By W. J. HoLtAnpd AnD HuGo Kaai
Index

. 478

. 487

519

527

532

. 542

547

va
es
hy

cas d ire el Ad abe As E> RS te. dag bs

wear 7

yecente tte

’ a eens 5
: see es ennnires eae +
‘ cocci tes , oy

Woot ee aret ee eS
BRE SNe ty
Ai t3e3Seees
: + ¥ 2¥e
beat
ree tesy HY +45
ASS tira reetas ta

ue
% AS +
H

; Y ed be ree
9; eo a
ras ey
eit ith reaper ttepreameaty Pietra Sa enore
er eat r Liat amsrir 7 PRI ied a
see ; : = = =
pane vs ni : press Tae . ; ; 4 x ¢
re , : | 7 7 |
r4 ar enrrr Le add | :
neoasinar ines SoS" TTT eagrbreser earn HEHE . . : ze
a . aaeeperiine te OAe ert TS. i : BES =
: | = ? : ¥ ST cere ee
slap ettreet cacy ge genren ts

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Annals of the Carnegie Museum"

See other formats